DR-ID - 300CL-07E PG 494

FUJIFILM DR-ID 300
Console : DR-ID 300CL

Service Manual
FUJIFILM DR
Document No. 010-305-07E
First Edition : Aug. 20, 2009
7th Edition : Sep. 12, 2012
Printed in Japan
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
DR-ID 300CL Service Manual
Export Restrictions Applying to this Equipment
Japanese export restrictions and foreign exchange regulations apply to
this equipment. Therefore, government approval obtained through due
procedure is required in order to export or otherwise remove such
equipment from Japan.
Note that the same restrictions and regulations apply not only to the
main unit but also to after-sale parts, service manuals and service
training (for exporting or transferring technology) when such items are
dispatched or shipped to foreign countries and when service training is
given for trainees from foreign countries.
Caution : RX only in the United States. (Federal law restricts this device to sale by
or on the order of a physician.)
Precautions in Using the Service Manual
This manual should not be used by anyone other than the servicing staff
members qualified through the training specified by our company. Since
this manual contains confdential information including engineering know-
how related to product development, it is prohibited to distribute the manual
to users or to allow them free access to the manual without obtaining prior
permission from FUJIFILM Corporation.
This manual is intended to assist the service person in the safe and efficient
servicing of the equipment described.
The equipment must be used in accordance with the procedures contained in this
manual and must not be used for purposes other than those which are described
herein.
The equipment should only be used by persons having recognized qualifcations
and, if relevant, having adequate training on this equipment, especially regarding
protective measure such as laser radiation protection.
It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that existing legal regulations regarding
installation of the building with respect to the equipment are observed. Moreover
the legal regulations regarding the operation of the equipment are to be observed.
Incorrect operation, or failure of the user to maintain the equipment in accordance
with the schedule of maintenance, relieves the manufacturer or his agent from all
responsibility for consequent non-compliance, damage, injury, defects and/or other
malfunction.
FCR is a trademark or registered trademark of FUJIFILM Corporation.
Copyright 2009-2012 by FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted
in any form or by means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of FUJIFILM Corporation.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
WARNING
This manual is written for International distribution (including
distribution in the U.S.) and therefore may contain references to
mammography related options.
Mammography functionality for this product is not
commercially available in the US, pending FDA Approval.
This functionality must not be activated on US models, the only
breast related functionality available in the U.S. is the Specimen
Imaging Application.
I
m
p
o
r
t
a
n
t

N
o
t
i
c
e

C
o
n
c
e
r
n
i
n
g

t
h
i
s

M
a
n
u
a
l
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
1
How to Use This Manual
Notes on the Use of the Service Manual
1. This document is intended to be read by the service
personnel of FUJIFILM Corporation or authorized agent who
is commissioned by FUJIFILM Corporation to perform
servicing tasks.
Under these circumstances, no one is allowed to perform the
following actions without the prior written permission from
FUJIFILM Corporation
Duplicating or reproducing this document in whole or in part
Disclosing this document, in whole or in part, to a person other than
the authorized service personnel
Lending or transferring this document, in whole or in part, to a third
party
2. Due care must be exercised when handling this document
because it contains product internal structure descriptions
and other confdential information.
* When the contents of this document need be changed, the
information about such changes will be conveyed using
Engineering Change Notice (ECN).
The Engineering Change Notice (ECN) must also be handled
using the same care as for this document.
3. Due to a product development schedule, the product
specifcations and available options/variations prevailing at
the time of the release of this document may differ from the
descriptions given in this document. In such an instance, a
Service Engineering Information will be issued as needed to
furnish latest information about inapplicable specifcations
and components.
4. If you have any doubt about the contents of this document
or fnd errors, contact your local FUJIFILM representative.
Warning and Cautionary Information
Precautions during the service work are indicated by the following terms
and symbols.
WARNING
Serious injuries or death may result if this precaution is not
observed.
Damage of the unit and customer database may also occur.
CAUTION
Mild or moderate injuries may result if this precaution is not
observed.
Serious malfunction (which may be unrepairable or diffcult to
repair) may also occur.
IMPORTANT
Abnormal operations (easy to repair) may result if this precaution is not
observed.
NOTE
Indicates items which require particular attention.
REFERENCE
Explanation of related items and terms.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
2
Servicing Instruments and Tools That Require
Inspection/Calibration
The machine should be installed and serviced by use of servicing
instruments and tools that have been regularly inspected and calibrated
as appropriate.
If the machine were serviced using servicing instruments and tools that
have not been inspected and calibrated, proper performance of the
machine could not be guaranteed.
Servicing instruments and tools that require inspection/calibration are
as listed below.
The inspection/calibration should be planned and performed in
accordance with the specifcations and instruction manuals of the
applicable servicing instruments and tools.
Instruments and tools that require inspection/calibration
Name Inspection Calibration
Digital multimeter
Screen Displays According to Different OSs
This manual uses either of the Windows Vista or Windows 7 screen
displays.
When setting procedures to be performed and displayed windows are
different between Windows Vista and Windows 7, follow the procedure
specifc to the used OS to perform necessary settings.
Contents (DR-ID 300CL Service Manual)
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
3
Safety Precautions
1. Safety Precautions ...................................................... 1
2. Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) ....................... 5
2.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Related Standard ... 5
2.2 Further information for IEC 60601-1-2: 2001+A1:2004 ... 6
3. Caution for Handling Personal Information .............. 10
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4
Product Specifcations
1. Equipment Specifcations .......................................... 1
1.1 Product Code ......................................................... 1
1.2 Optional Components ............................................. 1
1.3 Dimensions/Weight ................................................. 4
1.4 Environmental Conditions ....................................... 5
1.5 Electrical Specifcations .......................................... 5
1.6 Applicable Standards .............................................. 6
1.7 Network Cable ........................................................ 6
1.8 Equipment Disposal ................................................ 6
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
5
MD: Machine Description
1. SystemConfguration ................................................. MD-1
1.1 Desktop PC ............................................................ MD-1
1.1.1 SystemConfguration ...................................... MD-1
1.1.2 OperatingEnvironment .................................... MD-2
1.2 Laptop PC .............................................................. MD-3
1.2.1 SystemConfguration ...................................... MD-3
1.2.2 OperatingEnvironment .................................... MD-3
2. ConnectorsandSlots ................................................. MD-4
2.1 Dell OptiPlex 760 MT .............................................. MD-5
2.2 Dell OptiPlex 780 MT .............................................. MD-6
2.3 Dell OptiPlex 780 DT .............................................. MD-7
2.4 Dell OptiPlex 790 DT .............................................. MD-8
2.5 Dell OptiPlex 960 MT (for Mobile Model) .................. MD-9
2.6 HP Compaq 6200 Pro SF ........................................ MD-10
2.7 HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT ...................................... MD-11
3. SystemConnectionExample ..................................... MD-12
3.1 System Connection Example (for Desktop PC) ......... MD-12
3.2 System Connection Example (for Laptop PC) ........... MD-13
4. SoftwareFunctionOverview ...................................... MD-14
5. RelationshipbetweenFPDandDR-ID300CL ........... MD-20
5.1 Software (AP/OS) and Data Flow ............................ MD-20
6. Relationshipbetween
aCassette-typeImageReaderandtheDR-ID300CL ... MD-21
6.1 Software (AP/OS) and Data Flow ........................... MD-21
7. ClusterConnectionFunctionOverview .................... MD-22
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
6
MT: Machine Troubleshooting
1. Error Code Table ......................................................... MT-1
1.1 Referring to Error Messages .................................... MT-1
1.2 Precautions ............................................................ MT-4
1.3 Error Message ........................................................ MT-4
2. Using the Event Viewer .............................................. MT-5
2.1 Overview of the Event Viewer .................................. MT-5
2.2 Starting the Event Viewer ........................................ MT-5
2.3 ConfgurationandHowtoViewtheEventViewer ..... MT-6
2.4 Details of Events ..................................................... MT-7
2.5 Saving the Event Log .............................................. MT-8
2.6 Deleting the Event Log ............................................ MT-9
2.7 Quitting the Event Viewer ........................................ MT-9
3. Information Useful for Error Recovery ...................... MT-10
3.1 PrecautionstobeObservedDuring
the Use of Options .................................................. MT-10
4. Troubleshooting (for DELL PC).................................. MT-11
4.1 Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics) ................ MT-12
4.1.1 Starting the Trouble Diagnosis Tool
(Dell Diagnostics) ............................................ MT-12
4.1.2 Running the Trouble Diagnosis Tool
(Dell Diagnostics) ............................................ MT-13
4.2 CheckingtheHardDisk .......................................... MT-17
4.3 Resetting the Refresh Frequency ............................ MT-18
4.4 ResettingtheTouchPanelSound ........................... MT-20
4.5 ChangingtheBarcodeReader/MagneticCardReader
Driver Software ....................................................... MT-21
4.6 ConfrmationRequiredWhen
BeepsSoundatPCStartup
(ForDellOptiPlex760/780/790) .............................. MT-25
5. Troubleshooting (for HP PC) ...................................... MT-26
5.1 CheckingtheMemory ............................................. MT-27
5.2 Setting the BIOS ..................................................... MT-31
Appendix A DR-ID 300CL Error Message Table
(V4.0 or Earlier) .............................. Appx MT A-1
Appendix B DR-ID 300CL Error Message Table
(V5.0 or Later) ................................ Appx MT B-1
Appendix C Cooper Application
Error Message Table...................... Appx MT C-1
Appendix D Precise Enlargement Function
Error Message Table...................... Appx MT D-1
Appendix E Free Layout Print
Error Message Table...................... Appx MT E-1
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
7
MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment
1. Reinstalling the OS and Application ....................... MC-1
2. Installing and Setting Up the OS ............................. MC-2
2.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista ...................... MC-3
2.1.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista ................ MC-3
2.1.2 Installing the Driver Software .......................... MC-18
2.1.3 Installing Windows Vista SP2 .......................... MC-24
2.1.4 Setting the OS .............................................. MC-25
2.2 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ........................... MC-48
2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ..................... MC-48
2.2.2 Installing the Driver Software .......................... MC-64
2.2.3 Setting the OS .............................................. MC-72
3. Setting Up the Monitor .............................................. MC-99
3.1 17" Monitor with Touch Panel ................................ MC-99
3.2 2M Color LCD Monitor
Radiforce RX211/RX220/RX240 ............................ MC-99
4. Installing the Database Management System ........ MC-100
4.1 For Software V4.0 or Earlier .................................. MC-100
4.2 For Software V5.0 or Later .................................... MC-101
4.2.1 Installing .NET Framework ............................. MC-101
4.2.2 Applying Windows Installer ............................. MC-102
4.2.3 Installing SQL Server ..................................... MC-102
5. Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................................. MC-104
5.1 Installing the AP .................................................... MC-104
5.2 Replacing the Menu Database ............................... MC-106
5.3 Installing Correction Parameters (V4.0 Only) .......... MC-108
5.4 Installing the RAID Status Display Tool
(Only for RAID Confguration in V5.0 or Later) ........ MC-109
6. Installing Various Components ............................... MC-111
6.1 Built_in Console (V4.0 or Earlier) ........................... MC-111
6.2 FRIS Modules ....................................................... MC-112
7. Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Key ............... MC-114
7.1 Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Key
(V4.0 or Earlier) .................................................... MC-114
7.2 Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit
(V5.0 or Later) ...................................................... MC-115
8. Installing the Electronic Manual .............................. MC-117
9. Option Key Installation ............................................. MC-118
10. AP Key Installation .................................................... MC-120
11. Initializing the Image Database ................................ MC-121
12. DisplayOptimization(LUTflesettings) ................. MC-123
13. RestoringtheConfg ................................................. MC-124
14. Settings for the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers ... MC-128
15. Firewall Settings ........................................................ MC-129
16. Canceling AutoPlay Mode ........................................ MC-137
17. Setting the Event Log ............................................... MC-138
18. Checking the Virtual Memory Size
(WindowsVistaOnly) ................................................ MC-140
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
8
Appendix A Replacement Procedure of
DamagedRAIDConfgurationHDD ... Appx MC A-1
1. Confrming Which HDD is Damaged ........... Appx MC A-1
2. Replacing the HDD ...................................... Appx MC A-3
3. Rebuilding RAID .......................................... Appx MC A-3
4. Verifcation ................................................... Appx MC A-5
Appendix B Setting
the RAID Status Display Tool ....... Appx MC B-1
1. Setting the Operation of
RAID Status Display Tool ............................ Appx MC B-1
2 Disabling RAID Status Display Tool ............ Appx MC B-3
Appendix C Reinstalling the OS and Application on
Laptop PC ....................................... Appx MC C-1
1. Installation Workfow .................................... Appx MC C-1
2 Installing and Setting Up the OS .................. Appx MC C-2
2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ............ Appx MC C-3
2.2 Setting the OS ....................................... Appx MC C-3
3. Installing
the Database Management System ............ Appx MC C-4
4. Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP .................... Appx MC C-4
4.1 Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP ............... Appx MC C-4
4.2 Replacing the Menu Database ............... Appx MC C-4
5. Installing the FRIS Modules ......................... Appx MC C-4
6. Installing the SKB Launcher ........................ Appx MC C-4
7. Installing the Standard Kit ............................ Appx MC C-5
8. Installing the Electronic Manual ................... Appx MC C-5
9. Installing the Option Key .............................. Appx MC C-5
10. Installing the AP Key .................................... Appx MC C-5
11. Initializing the Image Database .................... Appx MC C-5
12. Display Optimization (LUT fle settings) ....... Appx MC C-5
13. Restoring the Confg .................................... Appx MC C-5
14. Settings for
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers ....... Appx MC C-5
15. Firewall Settings .......................................... Appx MC C-5
16. Canceling AutoPlay Mode ........................... Appx MC C-5
17. Setting the Event Log .................................. Appx MC C-5
18. Other Settings .............................................. Appx MC C-6
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
9
Appendix D Reinstalling
the OS and Application on PPU ... Appx MC D-1
1. For PPU-AP V1.1 ......................................... Appx MC D-1
1.1 Installation Workfow .............................. Appx MC D-1
1.2 Installing and Setting Up the OS ............ Appx MC D-2
1.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ..... Appx MC D-3
1.2.2 Installing the Driver Software .......... Appx MC D-12
1.3 Setting the OS (1/4) ............................... Appx MC D-14
1.4. Installing the SQL Server ....................... Appx MC D-18
1.4.1 Installing
the Microsoft SQL Server 2008 SP1 ... Appx MC D-18
1.4.2 Installing the Microsoft SQL Server
Management Studio ...................... Appx MC D-19
1.5 Creating the DB/Table ........................... Appx MC D-21
1.7 Installing the PPU-AP ............................ Appx MC D-27
1.9 Installing the MFC ................................. Appx MC D-35
1.10 Setting the Update Interval for
Time Synchronization ............................ Appx MC D-35
1.11 Setting the PPU Startup ......................... Appx MC D-36
1.12 Registering/Executing the JOB ............... Appx MC D-36
1.14 Procedure to be Performed If Necessary ... Appx MC D-39
2. For PPU-AP V1.2 ......................................... Appx MC D-40
2.1 Installation Workfow .............................. Appx MC D-40
2.2 Installing and Setting Up the OS ............ Appx MC D-40
2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ..... Appx MC D-41
2.2.2 Installing the Driver Software .......... Appx MC D-57
2.3 Setting the OS ....................................... Appx MC D-61
2.4 Installing the PPU-AP (1/2) .................... Appx MC D-72
2.5 Changing Server Authentication Mode ... Appx MC D-79
2.6 Creating DSN ........................................ Appx MC D-82
2.7 Installing the PPU-AP (2/2) .................... Appx MC D-85
2.8 Setting up the FTP Server ..................... Appx MC D-87
2.9 Verifying the Operation of Application ..... Appx MC D-91
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
10
Appendix E Reinstalling the OS and Application
(HPPC) ........................................... Appx MC E-1
1. Installation Workfow .................................... Appx MC E-1
2. Installing and Setting Up the OS .................. Appx MC E-2
2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 ............ Appx MC E-3
2.2 Installing the Driver Software ................. Appx MC E-9
2.3 Setting the OS ....................................... Appx MC E-10
3. Setting Up the Monitor ................................. Appx MC E-15
4. Installing Database Management System ... Appx MC E-15
5. Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP .................... Appx MC E-15
5.1 Installing the AP .................................... Appx MC E-15
5.2 Replacing the Menu Database ............... Appx MC E-15
(Only for RAID Confguration) ................ Appx MC E-15
6. Installing FRIS Modules ............................... Appx MC E-15
7. Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit ..... Appx MC E-15
8. Installing the Electronic Manual ................... Appx MC E-15
9. Option Key Installation ................................. Appx MC E-15
10. AP Key Installation ....................................... Appx MC E-15
11. Initializing the Image Database .................... Appx MC E-16
12. Display Optimization (LUT fle settings) ....... Appx MC E-16
13. Restoring the Confg .................................... Appx MC E-16
14. Settings for
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers ....... Appx MC E-16
15. Firewall Settings .......................................... Appx MC E-16
16. Canceling the AutoPlay ............................... Appx MC E-16
17. Setting the Event Log .................................. Appx MC E-16
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
11
MU: Maintenance Utility
1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility .......................... MU-1
2. Overview of Service Utility Functions ..................... MU-4
3. VariousConfgurationSettings
SetupConfgurationItem ......................................... MU-10
3.1 Meanings of Individual Tree Items ......................... MU-11
3.2 EditingtheListedConfgurationItems .................... MU-13
3.3 SavingtheConfgurationData ............................... MU-14
3.4 ConfgurationDetails1.IMAGEMODALITY ....... MU-15
3.5 ConfgurationDetails3.QAFUNCTION ............ MU-29
3.6 ConfgurationDetails4.PRINTER ..................... MU-33
3.7 ConfgurationDetails5.CSL/IDTFUNCTION .... MU-52
3.8 ConfgurationDetails7.CONFIGOPTION ......... MU-73
3.9 ConfgurationDetails8.CONFIGQC ................ MU-75
3.10 ConfgurationDetails10.CONFIGQR ............... MU-76
3.11 ConfgurationDetails99.CONFIGFIX .............. MU-77
3.12 SettingtheNameElementsforDICOMConnection ... MU-78
3.13 SettingUptheDICOMPrintFilmSortingFunction ... MU-79
3.14 PatientInformationSharingFunctionSetup ........... MU-82
3.15 MACAddressManualInput ................................... MU-84
3.16 Log Information Sharing Function Setup ................ MU-85
4. DisplayOptimizationLUT .................................... MU-87
5. Restoring/BackingUptheConfgurationFile
ConfgurationRestore/Backup ................................ MU-88
6. RetrievingEDRDataRetrieveEDRBackupData ... MU-89
7. Verifying the Connection to
OtherConnectedEquipmentVerifyConnection ... MU-91
8. Print Output Function ............................................... MU-93
8.1 FilmAnnotationCharacterSetup
(Direct Editing of FilmStrFmt) ................................ MU-94
8.1.1 Procedurefor
Directly Editing the FilmStrFmt File .................. MU-94
8.1.2 FilmStrFmt File Description Format .................. MU-95
8.1.3 ChangingtheFilmAnnotationCharacters ......... MU-97
8.1.4 Format Descriptors ........................................ MU-101
8.1.5 AttributeDescriptors ...................................... MU-105
8.1.6 FilmAnnotationCharacterVerifcationProcedure ... MU-110
9. ManagementofVariousDatabases
DataBase Utility ......................................................... MU-111
9.1 InitializingtheImageDatabase .............................. MU-111
9.2 ClearingtheContentsoftheImageOutputQueue ... MU-112
9.3 InitializingthePatientDatabase ............................. MU-113
9.4 InitializingtheCalibrationDatabase
(V4.0orEarlier) .................................................... MU-113
10. SettingtheMagneticCard
Magnetic Card Setting .............................................. MU-114
10.1 Setting the Hospital Card Data Format ................... MU-114
10.2 DefningtheISOCardCharacterReadCode ......... MU-114
11. SettingtheBarcodeBarcodeSetting ................. MU-115
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
12
12. SettingtheSelectorsSelectorSetting ............... MU-117
12.1 SettingtheSelectors(V4.0orEarlier) .................... MU-117
12.2 SettingtheSelectors(V5.0orLater) ...................... MU-118
13. CollectingtheLogandConfgurationFiles
Log/ConfgurationFilesAcquisitionTool ............... MU-120
14. SettingtheDICOMMWLC-FINDTags
DICOMMWLC-FINDTagSetting(V4.0orEarlier) ... MU-123
15. RegisteringtheImageDetectors
DeviceSetting(V5.0orLater) .................................. MU-124
16. DRConsoleSetupTool............................................. MU-125
16.1 SettingtheWake-on-LANUtility ............................ MU-125
16.2 SetupforAdditionofDescriptiveCharacterstoIcons
[ApplicableonlyinJapan] ..................................... MU-128
16.3 SettingtheGridPatternRemovalProcessing ......... MU-129
16.4 SetupofAutoShutteringProcessing ...................... MU-130
17. MenuImportExportTool .......................................... MU-131
17.1 FunctionsandOverviewof
the Menu Import Export Tool ................................. MU-132
17.2 Setting Up the Menu Import Export Tool ................ MU-134
17.3 Starting/ShuttingDown
the Menu Import Export Tool ................................. MU-135
17.4 Exporting Exposure Menus ................................... MU-135
17.5 CautionsObservedBeforeMenuImport ................ MU-136
17.5.1CautionsObservedWhen
Editing Exposure Menus and Study Menus ....... MU-136
17.5.2SettingthePositioningIDand
theTube/TechniqueCode
(ApplicableonlyotherthaninJapan) ............... MU-137
17.6 Importing Exposure Menus and Study Menus ........ MU-139
17.7 CheckingAPRInformation .................................... MU-140
17.8 Setting the 180 Image Rotation Information .......... MU-141
17.9 AutomaticTechniqueSettings ............................... MU-142
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
13
AppendixG FilterInformationSetup
(Applicableonly
otherthaninJapan) ...................... AppxMUG-1
AppendixH SettingtheExposureIndexFunction
(V5.0orlater) .................................. AppxMUH-1
AppendixI SettingtheTechniqueCode ......... AppxMUI-1
AppendixJ DICOMTagEditTool(V5.0orLater) ... AppxMUJ-1
1. FunctionsandOverviewof
DICOMTagEditTool ..................................... AppxMUJ-1
2. SettinguptheDICOMTagEditTool .............. AppxMUJ-5
3. Creating Tag Conversion Files .................... AppxMUJ-6
3.1 CreatingtheOperationDefnition
Selection List ........................................ AppxMUJ-6
3.2 ConfguringOperationDefnitions ........... AppxMUJ-6
3.3 Saving Tag Conversion Files ................. AppxMUJ-8
3.4 Testing the Saved Tag Conversion Files ... AppxMUJ-9
3.5 ApplyingTagConversionFiles ............... AppxMUJ-10
4. Details of Each Command ........................... AppxMUJ-11
4.1 DetailsofOperationCommands ............ AppxMUJ-11
4.2 DetailsofJudgmentCommand .............. AppxMUJ-13
4.3 Details on Description of Tags ............... AppxMUJ-14
AppendixA DICOMTagMappingFunction
(V4.0orEarlier) .............................. AppxMUA-1
AppendixB Creating/Registering/Deleting
Markers ........................................... AppxMUB-1
1. Creating Markers ......................................... AppxMUB-1
2. MarkerCreationExample[Reference] ........ AppxMUB-4
3. PreparingMarkersforMammography
(V7.0orLater) .............................................. AppxMUB-7
4. RegisteringMarkers(V5.0orlater) .............. AppxMUB-7
5. Deleting Markers .......................................... AppxMUB-8
5.1 DeletingMarkers(V4.0orEarlier) .......... AppxMUB-8
5.2 DeletingMarkers(V5.0orLater) ............ AppxMUB-8
AppendixC UsingtheDICOMLogMode ........ AppxMUC-1
AppendixD DICOMTagEditingFunction
(V4.0orEarlier) .............................. AppxMUD-1
1. MPMCodeRelatedSettings ....................... AppxMUD-2
2. SettingsEnablingDifferentiationBetween
a DR Image and a CR Image ...................... AppxMUD-3
AppendixE SetupofLogOutputItemsof
theExposureResultLogFunction ... AppxMUE-1
AppendixF SetupofRulesAppliedfor
AutomaticPatientIDIssuance
(V4.0orEarlier) .............................. AppxMUF-1
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
14
5. Taking over the Tag Conversion Function in
V4.0orEarlier .............................................. AppxMUJ-15
5.1 Taking over the Conversion Setting of
the TagReplace.ini File ........................ AppxMUJ-16
5.2 Taking over the Conversion Setting of
the TagLookUp.ini File ........................ AppxMUJ-17
5.3 TakingovertheDICOMMWMC-FINDTag
Customization ....................................... AppxMUJ-18
AppendixK EditingtheAECConversionFile
(V6.1orLater) ................................ AppxMUK-1
1. FormatoftheAECConversionFile ............. AppxMUK-2
2. ProceduresofEditingAECConversionFile ... AppxMUK-3
AppendixL CSEditToolforStorage ............... AppxMUL-1
CS Edit Tool for Storage .............................. AppxMUL-1
2. Setting up the CS Edit Tool for Storage ....... AppxMUL-4
2.1 OperatingEnvironment .......................... AppxMUL-4
2.2 Tool Installation ..................................... AppxMUL-4
the CS Edit Tool for Storage .................. AppxMUL-5
3. OperationlistofEditingFunctions ............... AppxMUL-6
4. Editing Samples ........................................... AppxMUL-7
AppendixM SettingtheDefaultPositioningID
(OnlyforConnectingto
theDR-ID200) ................................ AppxMUM-1
AppendixN ExtendedParameterConvertTool
(V7.0orLater) ................................ AppxMUN-1
1. Overviewof
theExtendedParameterConvertTool ........ AppxMUN-1
2. Setting up
3. Starting/Operating
4. Errors and Remedies ................................... AppxMUN-4
5. List of Update Files ...................................... AppxMUN-5
6. ListofAdditionalMenus ............................... AppxMUN-6
6.1 Mammography Menu ............................. AppxMUN-6
6.2 Tomosynthesis Menu ............................ AppxMUN-9
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
15
SP: Service Parts
1. Service Parts List ........................................................ SP-1
1.1 How to Use Service Parts List ................................. SP-1
1.2 Service Parts List .................................................... SP-3
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
16
PM: Preventive Maintenance
1. Preventive Maintenance Items ................................... PM-1
2. Checking for a Fatal Error .......................................... PM-2
2.1 ConfrmingtheEventLog ........................................ PM-2
3. Safety ........................................................................... PM-2
3.1 ServiceVoltage ...................................................... PM-2
3.2 PowerPlug ............................................................. PM-2
4. Hardware Cleaning ...................................................... PM-3
4.1 PCInternalCleaning ............................................... PM-3
4.2 KeyboardandMouseCleaning ................................ PM-3
4.3 LCDCleaning ......................................................... PM-4
4.4 DVD/CD-RWComboDriveCleaning ....................... PM-4
5. Executing the Error Analysis Tool ............................. PM-5
5.1 ExecutingDellDiagnostics ...................................... PM-5
6. Functional Checks ...................................................... PM-5
6.1 ConfrmationofImageInputtoStorageontoHDD .... PM-5
6.2 ImageOutputtoFilm .............................................. PM-5
6.3 ImageTransfer ....................................................... PM-5
7. Backup of Setup Files and
Verifcation of Date and Time ..................................... PM-6
7.1 BackupofSetupFilesandLogFiles ........................ PM-6
7.2 VerifcationofDateandTime .................................. PM-6
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
17
IN: Installation
1. DR-ID 300CL Installation Conditions ......................... IN-1
1.1 Dimensions and Weight .......................................... IN-1
1.2 Temperature and Humidity ...................................... IN-1
1.3 Places of Installation ............................................... IN-1
1.4 Power Requirements .............................................. IN-1
2. Installation Procedure Overview ............................... IN-2
3. DR-ID 300CL Hardware Setup .................................... IN-3
3.1 Unloading and Unpacking ....................................... IN-3
3.2 Checking the Component Items ............................... IN-4
3.3 Installing the Accessories,
Optional Items, and Available Items ......................... IN-6
3.3.1 Installing the Accessories and Optional Items
(for Desktop PC) ............................................. IN-6
3.3.2 Installing the Accessories and Available Items
(for Laptop PC) ............................................... IN-7
3.4 Making a Cable Connection to
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Reader ..................... IN-8
3.5 Connecting to the Other Equipment ......................... IN-8
4. Software Setup ............................................................ IN-9
4.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup ........................................ IN-9
4.1.1 OS Startup ..................................................... IN-10
4.1.2 OS Setups ..................................................... IN-11
4.1.3 Touch Panel Driver Installation (Only on Desktop PC)
[Skip this procedure if the 17" monitor with
a touch panel is provided.] ................................ IN-12
4.1.4 Touch Panel Monitor Setups/
Operational Verifcation (Only on Laptop PC) ...... IN-19
4.1.5 Setup for Addition of Descriptive Characters to Icons
[Applicable only in Japan] ................................. IN-20
4.1.6 Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit
(V5.0 or Later) ................................................ IN-21
4.1.7 Option Key Installation ..................................... IN-25
4.1.8 AP Key Installation .......................................... IN-26
4.1.9 DR-ID 300CL Startup Verifcation ...................... IN-27
4.2 Settings on
the DR-ID 300CL for Connection with
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers .................... IN-28
4.2.1 Starting the Service Utility ................................ IN-28
4.2.2 DR-ID 300CL System Information Setup ............ IN-29
4.2.3 Registering the Image Detector (V5.0 or Later) .... IN-60
4.2.4 Setting the Selectors ....................................... IN-61
4.2.5 Optimizing the Monitor Display .......................... IN-64
4.2.6 Changing the Menu Database ........................... IN-65
4.2.7 Exiting the Service Utility .................................. IN-66
4.2.8 Installing the MC Software ................................ IN-66
4.3 Setting Network Connection in Laptop PC ................ IN-67
4.3.1 Setting the IP Address in
Each Network Confguration ............................. IN-67
4.3.2 Enabling the Built-in Wireless Network Adaptor of
a Laptop PC ................................................... IN-71
4.3.3 Setting the Connection Between
DR-ID 300CL (Laptop PC) and
the Image Local Network AP ............................ IN-72
4.4 Setting Network Connection for
the Desktop PC with Additional NIC ......................... IN-73
4.5 Setting the Priority Order of the Network Binding ...... IN-74
4.5.1 For the Laptop PC ........................................... IN-74
4.5.2 For the Desktop PC with Additional NIC ............. IN-75
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
18
4.6 Procedures for Changing the DR-ID 300CL and
RU (FPD and Cassette-type Image Reader)
IP Addresses .......................................................... IN-75
4.7 Procedures for Changing
the DR-ID 300CL Host Name .................................. IN-75
4.8 DR-ID 300CL Setup for Connection to Other Equipment
IN-76
4.9 Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader Connection ... IN-76
4.10 Setting the DX Parameter ....................................... IN-76
4.11 Setting the VIP Account Password ........................... IN-77
5. Checkout Procedures ................................................. IN-78
5.1 Checking the Connection between
the DR-ID 300CL and
FPD/Cassette-type Image Reader ........................... IN-78
the DR-ID 300CL and Other Equipment ................... IN-78
5.3 Checking the Output Image ..................................... IN-78
6. Setup File Backup, Image Database Initialization and
Error Log Verifcation/Deletion .................................. IN-79
6.1 Backing Up the DR-ID 300CL Setup Files ................ IN-80
6.2 Initializing Various Image Databases ....................... IN-81
6.2.1 Initializing Image Databases ............................. IN-81
6.2.2 Clearing the Image Output Queue ..................... IN-82
6.2.3 Initializing the Patient Database ........................ IN-82
6.2.4 Initializing the Calibration Database
(V4.0 or Earlier) .............................................. IN-83
6.3 Checking and Deleting the DR-ID 300CL Error Log ... IN-84
6.4 Turning OFF the DR-ID 300CL ................................ IN-84
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
19
Appx IN: Installation Appendix
Appendix 1 Connecting the Barcode Reader
[Option] ........................................... Appx IN1-1
1. Connecting
the Barcode Reader to the DR-ID 300CL .... Appx IN1-1
2. Settings Required When Using
the Study List Search Function Based on
the Hospital Barcode ................................... Appx IN1-5
2.1 Setting the Search Key .......................... Appx IN1-5
2.2 Setting the Barcode Type ...................... Appx IN1-6
Appendix 2 Setting Up the Magnetic Card
[Option] ........................................... Appx IN2-1
1. Installing the Bracket ................................... Appx IN2-1
2. Connecting the DR-ID 300CL to the Reader ... Appx IN2-2
3. Setting the Reader and Magnetic Card ....... Appx IN2-4
4. Hospital Card Data Format Setup Example
[Reference] .................................................. Appx IN2-8
5. ID Card Data Format [Reference] ................ Appx IN2-12
Appendix 3 Procedures for
Changing the DR-ID 300CL and
RU IP Addresses ............................ Appx IN3-1
1. Incorporating into the Network ..................... Appx IN3-1
2. Changing the Software Settings .................. Appx IN3-2
Appendix 4 Changing the RU Host Name ........ Appx IN4-1
Appendix 5 Changing
the DR-ID 300CL Host Name ......... Appx IN5-1
Appendix 6 Changing
the DR-ID 300CL IP Address ......... Appx IN6-1
Appendix 7 Uninstalling the AP ........................ Appx IN7-1
1. DR-ID 300CL-AP ......................................... Appx IN7-1
2. SQL Server .................................................. Appx IN7-2
2.1 SQL Server 2005 .................................. Appx IN7-2
2.2 SQL Server 2008 .................................. Appx IN7-4
3. Option Keys ................................................. Appx IN7-7
4. Console Software (Built_inConsole)
(V4.0 or Earlier) ........................................... Appx IN7-8
5. FRIS Modules [Applicable only in Japan] .... Appx IN7-9
6. Synapse Client (Synapse Workstation) ....... Appx IN7-10
7. Precise Enlargement Software .................... Appx IN7-11
8. Free Layout Print Software .......................... Appx IN7-13
Appendix 8 Upgrading the AP .......................... Appx IN8-1
1. Upgrading the DR-ID 300CL ........................ Appx IN8-1
2. System Migration to
the DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or Later ................... Appx IN8-15
3. Upgrading the PPU-AP ................................ Appx IN8-28
Appendix 9 Setup for Security Enhancement ... Appx IN9-1
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
20
Appendix 10 DICOM CR Storage ........................ Appx IN10-1
1. Hardware Setup ........................................... Appx IN10-3
2. Software Setup ............................................ Appx IN10-4
2.1 DR-ID 300CL Software Setup ................ Appx IN10-4
2.1.1 Starting the Service Utility .............. Appx IN10-4
2.1.2 Setup for the Study Modality ........... Appx IN10-5
2.1.3 Setup of Information on
This Equipment for
the DICOM CR Storage Function .... Appx IN10-6
2.1.4 Registration of Information on
Other Connected Equipment for
2.1.5 Settings of Automatic Image Distribution
(DISTRIBUTION CODE) ................ Appx IN10-13
2.1.6 Setup for
CONNECTING EQUIPMENT.......... Appx IN10-14
2.1.7 Settings for UID Issuance ............... Appx IN10-14
2.1.8 Changing the Name Elements ........ Appx IN10-16
2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction Setup ... Appx IN10-16
2.1.10 Service Utility Shutdown ................ Appx IN10-18
2.2 Software Setup on
Other Connected Equipment .................. Appx IN10-18
3. Connection Checkout .................................. Appx IN10-19
3.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup ....................... Appx IN10-19
3.2 Image Transfer to
4. Setup File Backup ........................................ Appx IN10-20
Appendix 11 DICOM DX Storage:
Transfer of Processed Images ..... Appx IN11-1
2.1.1 Starting the Service Utility .............. Appx IN11-4
2.1.2 Setup for the Study Modality ........... Appx IN11-5
This Equipment for
the DICOM DX Storage Function .... Appx IN11-6
the DICOM DX Storage Function .... Appx IN11-9
(DISTRIBUTION CODE) ................ Appx IN11-13
2.1.6 Setup for
2.1.7 Settings for UID Issuance ............... Appx IN11-14
2.1.8 Changing the Name Elements ........ Appx IN11-16
2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction Setup ... Appx IN11-16
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
21
Appendix 12 DICOM Print ................................... Appx IN12-1
2.1.1 Installation of
the DICOM Print Option Key ........... Appx IN12-3
2.1.2 AP Key Reinstallation .................... Appx IN12-4
2.1.3 Service Utility Startup .................... Appx IN12-4
This Equipment for
the DICOM Print Function .............. Appx IN12-5
the DICOM Print Function .............. Appx IN12-8
2.1.6 Registration of Printer That
Automatically Outputs Print Films Upon
Completion of Checkout
2.1.7 Film Annotation Character
Format Setup ............................... Appx IN12-12
2.1.8 Changes in Name Elements ........... Appx IN12-13
2.1.9 Setup for Film Sorting Function ....... Appx IN12-13
2.1.10 Setting the DICOM Print
Output Conditions ......................... Appx IN12-13
2.2 Software Setup for
3. Verifying the Connection .............................. Appx IN12-15
3.1 Starting the DR-ID 300CL-AP ................ Appx IN12-15
3.2 Verifying
the Film Annotation Character Format .... Appx IN12-15
4. Backing Up the Setup File ........................... Appx IN12-16
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
22
Appendix 13 RIS: DICOM MWM/DICOM PPS ..... Appx IN13-1
2.1 DICOM MWM or DICOM PPS
Option Key Installation ........................... Appx IN13-5
2.2 AP Key Reinstallation ............................ Appx IN13-6
2.3 Setup for the DICOM MWM Function ..... Appx IN13-6
2.3.1 Setup of DR-ID 300CL Information for
the DICOM MWM Function ............ Appx IN13-6
2.3.2 Registration of RIS Information ....... Appx IN13-9
2.3.3 Registration of RIS Used for MWM ... Appx IN13-10
2.4 Setup for the DICOM PPS Function ....... Appx IN13-11
2.4.1 Setup of DR-ID 300CL Information for
the DICOM PPS Function .............. Appx IN13-11
2.4.2 Registration of RIS Information ....... Appx IN13-13
2.4.3 Registration of RIS Used with PPS ... Appx IN13-14
2.5 MWM/PPSConfgurationSetup ............. Appx IN13-14
2.5.1 General Settings for MWM/PPS ...... Appx IN13-15
2.5.2 Setting
the Method of Inquiring at the RIS ... Appx IN13-16
2.5.3 Setting
Additional MWM Inquiry Items ........ Appx IN13-17
2.5.4 Settings for the Compliance with
the JJ1017 Guideline
(Applicable only in Japan) .............. Appx IN13-17
2.5.5 Setting the Additional PPS Items to
be Returned to the RIS .................. Appx IN13-18
2.5.6 Setting the Timing for Transmission of
PPS Study Termination Notice
(V4.0 or Earlier) ............................ Appx IN13-19
2.5.7 Embedding the Exposure Information into
a PPS Standard Tag ..................... Appx IN13-19
2.5.8 Settings for Editing the Exposure Result
(V4.0 or Earlier) ............................ Appx IN13-20
2.5.9 Setting the MWM Code Meaning as
a Menu Name .............................. Appx IN13-21
2.5.10 Settings for Regenerating
StudyInstanceUID for a Study Acquired Using
the MWM Function ........................ Appx IN13-21
2.6 Changing Name Elements ..................... Appx IN13-24
2.7 Setup for
Exposure Menu/Study Menu Mapping .... Appx IN13-24
3. Verifying the Connection .............................. Appx IN13-26
3.2 Verifying MWM ...................................... Appx IN13-26
3.3 Verifying PPS ........................................ Appx IN13-26
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
23
Appendix 14 Archiver:
Storage Commitment Push .......... Appx IN14-1
2.1 Installing the DICOM Commitment Push
Option Key ............................................ Appx IN14-4
2.2 Reinstalling the AP Key ......................... Appx IN14-5
2.3 Performing DICOM CR Storage Setup ... Appx IN14-5
2.4 Setting Information on This Equipment for
the Commitment Push Function ............. Appx IN14-6
2.5 Registering the Archiver Information for
the Commitment Push Function ............. Appx IN14-7
2.6 Registering the SC AE Name ................. Appx IN14-9
3. Verifying the Function .................................. Appx IN14-10
3.2 Transferring an Image to the Archiver ..... Appx IN14-10
Appendix 15 F-RIS: Ordering .............................. Appx IN15-1
Appendix 16 Connecting
the High-resolution Monitor ......... Appx IN16-1
1. Changing to the High-resolution Monitor
(1600 1200 monitor) ................................. Appx IN16-1
2. Reinstalling the Application and
Performing Necessary Settings ................... Appx IN16-3
2.1 Reinstalling the Application
(V4.0 or Earlier) ..................................... Appx IN16-3
2.2 Setting the High-Resolution Monitor ....... Appx IN16-4
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
24
Appendix 17 DICOM Server :
Image Reprint (V4.0 or Earlier) ..... Appx IN17-1
2.1.1 Installing the Image Search/Acquisition
Option Key ................................... Appx IN17-4
2.1.2 Reinstalling the AP Key ................. Appx IN17-5
2.1.3 Setting the Information on
This Equipment for
Image Search/Acquisition ............... Appx IN17-5
2.1.4 Registering the Information on
Image Search/Acquisition ............... Appx IN17-8
2.1.5 Setting the Information on
This Equipment for
2.1.7 Setting CONNECTING EQUIPMENT ... Appx IN17-16
2.1.8 Setting CONFIG QR ...................... Appx IN17-17
2.1.9 Setting the LUT Reverse-conversion
Processing ................................... Appx IN17-19
2.1.10 Exiting the Service Utility ................ Appx IN17-20
3. Verifcation ................................................... Appx IN17-21
3.2 Searching/Acquiring Images from
the DICOM Server ................................. Appx IN17-22
3.3 Checking Film Output Images ................ Appx IN17-22
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
25
Appendix 18 Setup of Date and Time Display ... Appx IN18-1
1. Displaying the Date and Time
(V4.0 or Earlier) ........................................... Appx IN18-1
2. Setting the Date and Time ........................... Appx IN18-3
3. Setting the Display Format of Date and Time ... Appx IN18-4
4. Setting the Display Font of Date and Time ... Appx IN18-6
5. Setting the Display Font Size of
Date and Time (V4.0 or Earlier) ................... Appx IN18-8
Appendix 19 X-Ray Controller ............................ Appx IN19-1
2.1 Installing the Software for
Directly Connecting the X-CON .............. Appx IN19-3
2.3 Confgurationsettingfor
Direct Connection with the X-CON ......... Appx IN19-6
2.4 Setting the OS COM Ports ..................... Appx IN19-11
3. Verifying the Connection/Data Exchange .... Appx IN19-12
3.1 Verifying the Serial Connection .............. Appx IN19-12
3.2 Checking the Data Exchange ................. Appx IN19-13
5. Switching to DR Connection Environment
(V4.0.0001) .................................................. Appx IN19-15
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
26
Appendix 20 Removable Media :
DICOM Media Storage ................... Appx IN20-1
1. DR-ID 300CL Software Setup ...................... Appx IN20-4
1.1 Installation of
the Media Storage Option Key ............... Appx IN20-4
1.2 Reinstallation of the AP Key ................... Appx IN20-5
1.3 Setup of Removable Media Information on
the DICOM Media Storage Function ....... Appx IN20-6
1.4 CONNECTING EQUIPMENT Settings .... Appx IN20-10
1.5 ConfgurationSettings ........................... Appx IN20-11
1.6 Setting When DVD Media are Used ....... Appx IN20-13
1.6.1 For DR-ID 300CL V4.0 .................. Appx IN20-13
1.6.2 For DR-ID 300CL V7.0 or Later ....... Appx IN20-14
2.2 Image Storage onto
the Removable Media ............................ Appx IN20-16
Appendix 21 Synapse Server (Web Query) ....... Appx IN21-1
2.1 Installing the Synapse Client Software .... Appx IN21-3
2.2 Installing the Synapse Web Query
Application (V4.0 Only) .......................... Appx IN21-4
2.3 Setting System Environment Variables ... Appx IN21-5
2.4 Web Query Related
ConfgurationSettings ........................... Appx IN21-6
2.5 Setting the User Utility ........................... Appx IN21-8
3.2 Web Query Checkout ............................ Appx IN21-9
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
27
Appendix 22 Auto Convert Patient ID ................ Appx IN22-1
Appendix 23 Settings Necessary for Browsing
the Operation Manuals (PDF) ....... Appx IN23-1
1.1 Tool Installation ..................................... Appx IN23-2
1.2 AP Key Installation ................................ Appx IN23-3
1.3 Setting the Adobe Reader
Operating Environment .......................... Appx IN23-4
1.4 Correcting and Moving the Setup Files ... Appx IN23-6
3. Setup File Backup/Restore .......................... Appx IN23-8
4. Browsing Operation Manuals (PDF)
Other Than for the Console ......................... Appx IN23-9
Appendix 24 Connecting 2nd Monitor ............... Appx IN24-1
1. Uninstalling the Video Driver ....................... Appx IN24-2
2. Mounting the Video Board ........................... Appx IN24-4
3. Installing and Setting the Video Driver ......... Appx IN24-6
3.1 2M Monitor (Video Board Not Added) ..... Appx IN24-7
3.1.1 Connecting the Monitor .................. Appx IN24-7
3.1.2 Setting the Monitor ........................ Appx IN24-9
3.2 3M Monitor (Video Board: FireGL V3600) ... Appx IN24-11
3.2.1 Setting the Monitor
(Before installing the driver) ............ Appx IN24-11
3.2.2 Installing the Video Driver .............. Appx IN24-13
3.3 3M Monitor
(Video Board: FirePro V3800) ................ Appx IN24-19
(Before Installing the Driver) ........... Appx IN24-19
3.3.2 Installing the Video Driver .............. Appx IN24-20
4. Changing the 2nd Monitor ........................... Appx IN24-27
4.1 Changing the 2nd Monitor ...................... Appx IN24-27
4.1.1 Changing the 2M Monitor to
the 3M Monitor ............................. Appx IN24-27
4.1.2 Changing the 3M Monitor to
the 2M Monitor ............................. Appx IN24-27
4.2 Having the 2nd Monitor Recognize
the Linking Application ........................... Appx IN24-27
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
28
Appendix 25 Precise Enlargement Function ..... Appx IN25-1
1.1 Installing the Precise Enlargement Function
Software ............................................... Appx IN25-2
1.2 Setting the Firewall (V4.0 Only) .............. Appx IN25-5
1.3 Installing the Precise Enlargement Function
1.5 Setting the System ................................ Appx IN25-7
1.5.1 Setting the OS .............................. Appx IN25-7
1.5.2 Setting the Service Utility ............... Appx IN25-7
1.5.3 Setting the User Utility ................... Appx IN25-8
1.5.4 Setting the Overlay Items ............... Appx IN25-9
2. ConfrmingtheSettings ............................... Appx IN25-11
2.2 ConfrmingtheImageDisplay ................ Appx IN25-11
3. Backup/Restore ........................................... Appx IN25-12
3.1 Backup ................................................. Appx IN25-12
3.2 Restore ................................................. Appx IN25-14
4. Disabling
the Precise Enlargement Function ............... Appx IN25-15
5. Enabling
the Precise Enlargement Function ............... Appx IN25-16
Appendix 26 Adding and Setting
the Serial Connector ..................... Appx IN26-1
1. Adding a Serial Connector ........................... Appx IN26-1
1.1 Adding a Serial Connector from
the Mother Board .................................. Appx IN26-2
1.2 Mounting the Serial Connector
Add-in Board ......................................... Appx IN26-5
1.3 Mounting the MOXA Board .................... Appx IN26-6
1.3.1 Setting the DIP Switch ................... Appx IN26-6
1.3.2 Mounting the MOXA Board ............. Appx IN26-6
2. Installing the Driver ...................................... Appx IN26-7
2.1 Installing the Serial Connector
Add-in Board Driver ............................... Appx IN26-7
2.1.1 Installing the Serial Connector
Add-in Board Driver ....................... Appx IN26-7
2.1.2 ConfrmingInstallationof
the Serial Connector
Add-in Board Driver ....................... Appx IN26-8
2.2 Installing the MOXA Board Driver ........... Appx IN26-9
2.2.1 Installing the MOXA Board Driver
(for Windows Vista) ....................... Appx IN26-9
(for Windows 7) ............................ Appx IN26-11
the MOXA Board Driver ................. Appx IN26-14
3. Port and Service Utility Settings .................. Appx IN26-15
3.1 The Case Where
the PC-standard Serial Connector and
an Add-in Serial Connector are Used ..... Appx IN26-15
3.2 The Case Where a MOXA Board is Used ... Appx IN26-17
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
29
Appendix 27 DAP (Dose-area Product Meter) ... Appx IN27-1
2.1 Starting the Service Utility ...................... Appx IN27-3
2.2 SettingtheConfgurationItems .............. Appx IN27-5
2.3 Exiting the Service Utility ....................... Appx IN27-7
3.2 Verifying Connection to a DAP ............... Appx IN27-8
3.3 Verifying Reception of
Dose-area Product Information .............. Appx IN27-9
3.4 Verifying Transfer of
Dose-area Product Information .............. Appx IN27-10
3.4.1 When DICOM PPS Connection is
Enabled ....................................... Appx IN27-10
3.4.2 When DICOM Storage Connection is
Enabled ....................................... Appx IN27-10
3.4.3 When DICOM Print Connection is
Enabled ....................................... Appx IN27-10
Appendix 28 Simple Ordering or
RIS Order USB ............................... Appx IN28-1
2.1 Installing the Simple Ordering
2.3 SettingtheConfgurationRelatedto
the Simple Ordering or RIS Order USB ... Appx IN28-4
2.4 Creating and Setting the Shared Folder ... Appx IN28-6
3.2 Verifying Receiving of
the Order Information ............................ Appx IN28-8
3.2.1 For Simple Ordering ...................... Appx IN28-8
3.2.2 For RIS Order USB ....................... Appx IN28-9
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
30
Appendix 29 PDI (Portable Data of Imaging) ..... Appx IN29-1
1.1 Installing the PDI Application .................. Appx IN29-2
1.2 Installing the PDI Option Key ................. Appx IN29-4
1.4 Setupconfgurationsrelatedto
PDI function .......................................... Appx IN29-5
1.5 Editing the Institution Information ........... Appx IN29-7
2.2 Writing Study Information Using
the PDI Function ................................... Appx IN29-9
2.3 Verifying the Created CD-R ................... Appx IN29-11
Appendix 30 Free Layout Print ........................... Appx IN30-1
1.1 Installing
the Free Layout Print Application ............ Appx IN30-3
1.2 Installing the Free Layout Print
1.4 SetupConfgurationsRelatedto
Free Layout Print Function ..................... Appx IN30-7
1.5 Setting the Cooper Application ............... Appx IN30-8
2.2 Verifying the Print Output ....................... Appx IN30-10
4. Backing up/Restoring
Cooper Application Settings ........................ Appx IN30-12
4.1 Backup ................................................. Appx IN30-12
4.2 Restore ................................................. Appx IN30-14
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
31
Appendix 31 Performing
Study Information Sharing Setup
(Cluster Connection) ..................... Appx IN31-1
2.1 Software Setup for All DR-ID 300CLs ..... Appx IN31-4
2.1.1 Verifying the Host Name ................ Appx IN31-4
2.1.2 Initializing the Output Queue and
Image Database ........................... Appx IN31-5
2.1.3 EqualizingtheConfgurationSettings ... Appx IN31-6
2.1.4 Verifying the Settings of
Connected Devices and Selectors ... Appx IN31-7
2.1.5 Equalizing the Environment/Table/Menu
Settings ....................................... Appx IN31-8
2.1.6 Performing Setup for Drive Sharing ... Appx IN31-14
2.1.7 Performing
Study Information Sharing Setup ..... Appx IN31-17
2.1.8 DefningtheShareRange .............. Appx IN31-18
2.1.9 Backing Up/Restoring
the Share Settings ........................ Appx IN31-19
Individual DR-ID 300CLs ....................... Appx IN31-21
2.2.1 Performing Integrated
Output Processing Setup ............... Appx IN31-21
2.2.2 Performing Study List Setup ........... Appx IN31-23
2.2.3 Setting User Utility in
All DR-ID 300CLs ......................... Appx IN31-23
3. ConnectionVerifcation ................................ Appx IN31-24
3.1 ConfrmingConsistency ......................... Appx IN31-24
3.2 Study Registration ................................. Appx IN31-25
3.3 Image Reading ...................................... Appx IN31-26
3.4 Study Information and Image Display ..... Appx IN31-26
3.5 Register IP Addresses and
Host Names of Other DR-ID 300CLs to
Share Study Information with ................. Appx IN31-27
5. Adding or Deleting
the Cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL ........... Appx IN31-29
5.1 Adding
the Cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL ...... Appx IN31-29
5.1.1 Setting the Existing DR-ID 300CL .... Appx IN31-29
5.1.2 Settings the DR-ID 300CL to
be Added ..................................... Appx IN31-30
5.1.3 Performing Study List Setup ........... Appx IN31-30
5.2 Deleting
5.3 Replacing
Appendix 32 Installing and Setting up
the Control Software as
Software Product ........................... Appx IN32-1
Appendix 33 Laptop PC ....................................... Appx IN33-1
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
32
Appendix 34 Setting up the USB Flash Drive .... Appx IN34-1
1. Setting up the Security Software ................. Appx IN34-1
1.1 Setting up the Security Area .................. Appx IN34-2
1.2 Setting the Password ............................. Appx IN34-3
1.3 ConfrmingtheLogintotheSecurityArea ... Appx IN34-4
1.4 Creating a Folder .................................. Appx IN34-5
2. Changing the Drive Letter of
the USB Flash Drive .................................... Appx IN34-6
Appendix 35 Patient Information Display Linkage
(for V6.1 or Later) ........................... Appx IN35-1
2.1 Setting in the DR-ID 300CL .................... Appx IN35-3
2.1.1 Installing the Application for
the Remote Display ....................... Appx IN35-3
2.1.2 Installing the Option Key ................ Appx IN35-6
2.1.4 Checking the IIS ........................... Appx IN35-7
2.1.5 Setting the Wake-on-LAN Utility ...... Appx IN35-8
2.1.6 Setting the Automatic Shutdown of
the Remote Terminal ..................... Appx IN35-9
2.1.7 SettingtheConfgurationRelatedto
the Patient Information
Display Linkage ............................ Appx IN35-12
2.2 Setting in the Remote Terminal .............. Appx IN35-14
3.1 Verifying the Patient Information Display ... Appx IN35-17
3.2 Verifying Wake-on-LAN ......................... Appx IN35-18
5. Changing
the Patient Information Display Items .......... Appx IN35-20
5.1 Display/Nondisplay of
the Patient Information Items ................. Appx IN35-21
5.2 Changing the Display Order of
Patient Information Items ...................... Appx IN35-22
5.3 Changing the Font Size/Color of
Patient Information Items ....................... Appx IN35-23
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
33
Appendix 36 Remote Image Display .................. Appx IN36-1
2.1.1 Installing the Application for
the Remote Display ....................... Appx IN36-3
2.1.2 Installing the Option Key ................ Appx IN36-6
2.1.4 Checking the IIS ........................... Appx IN36-7
2.1.5 Setting the Wake-on-LAN Utility ...... Appx IN36-8
the Remote Terminal ..................... Appx IN36-9
2.2 Setting in the Remote Terminal .............. Appx IN36-12
2.2.1 PC Terminal ................................. Appx IN36-12
2.2.2 Mobile Terminal ............................ Appx IN36-15
3.1 Verifying the Image Display ................... Appx IN36-16
3.2 Verifying Wake-on-LAN ......................... Appx IN36-17
5. Changing Display Layout ............................. Appx IN36-19
5.1 Changing the Items Displayed in
the Patient Information Display Area ...... Appx IN36-20
the Image Processing Button Display Area ... Appx IN36-21
the Exposure Information Area
(Displaying Overlay Items) ..................... Appx IN36-22
(Displaying an Exposed Image) .............. Appx IN36-24
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
34
Appendix 37 Energy Subtraction (ES) ............... Appx IN37-1
2.1 Installing the ES Option Key .................. Appx IN37-4
2.3 Setting the Position ID ........................... Appx IN37-5
Energy Subtraction ................................ Appx IN37-6
2.5 Setting up the User Utility Related to
Energy Subtraction ................................ Appx IN37-8
2.5.1 Starting User Utility ....................... Appx IN37-8
2.5.2 Displaying the ES Exposure Menu ... Appx IN37-8
2.5.3 Setting up the ES Exposure Menu ... Appx IN37-9
2.5.4 Exiting User Utility ......................... Appx IN37-10
3.2 Verifying the ES Exposure ..................... Appx IN37-11
Appendix 38 Tomosynthesis............................... Appx IN38-1
2.1.1 Installing
the Tomosynthesis Option Key ....... Appx IN38-3
2.1.3 Setting the Position ID
(PositionIDDefault.ini) .................... Appx IN38-4
2.1.4 Setting a Module for Tomosynthesis ... Appx IN38-5
2.1.5 Setting the Service Utility ............... Appx IN38-8
2.1.6 Setting the User Utility ................... Appx IN38-12
2.2 PPU Software Setup .............................. Appx IN38-13
2.2.1 Setting the IP Address ................... Appx IN38-13
2.2.2 Setting
the SQL Server Remote Connection ... Appx IN38-13
3.2 Checking the Tomosynthesis ................. Appx IN38-14
5. PPU Data Initialization ................................. Appx IN38-16
6. Time Synchronization for
the DR-ID 300CL and PPU .......................... Appx IN38-17
6.1 Settings on the DR-ID 300CL Side ......... Appx IN38-17
6.2 Settings on the PPU Side ...................... Appx IN38-19
7. Setting of the PPU at the Time of
Changing the IP Address of DR-ID 300CL ... Appx IN38-20
8. Tomosynthesis Menu List ............................ Appx IN38-21
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
35
Appendix 39 Remote Desktop ............................ Appx IN39-1
2.1.1 Installing the Remote Desktop
Option Key ................................... Appx IN39-3
2.1.3 Setting the UltraVNC ..................... Appx IN39-4
2.2 Setting in the Mobile Terminal ................ Appx IN39-10
2.2.1 Setting the Wyse PocketCloud ........ Appx IN39-10
2.2.2 Setting the Connection of
Wyse PocketCloud ........................ Appx IN39-10
3.2 Checking the Operation of
Remote Desktop ................................... Appx IN39-12
4. Solving Connection Problems ...................... Appx IN39-13
4.1 When the VNC Connection Fails ............ Appx IN39-13
4.2 When the Performance of
the Remote Desktop is Unstable ............ Appx IN39-14
4.3 When the Remote Operation from
the Mobile Terminal to DR-ID 300CL
Cannot be Performed ............................ Appx IN39-14
Appendix 40 DoseSR (Output for
Exposure Dose Management) ...... Appx IN40-1
1.1 Setup of Information on This Equipment ... Appx IN40-2
1.2 Registering
the Exposure Dose Management System... Appx IN40-4
1.3 Setting up the Exposure Dose
Management System Output .................. Appx IN40-7
2.2 Verifying Sending of
Exposure Dose Information When
Finishing QA ......................................... Appx IN40-8
2.3 Verifying Sending of
Exposure Dose Information When
Redistributing Study .............................. Appx IN40-8
Appendix 41 Screening Examination
Order Issuance .............................. Appx IN41-1
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
36
Appendix 42 DICOM MG Storage:
Digital Mammogram Transfer ....... Appx IN42-1
the DICOM MG Storage Function ........... Appx IN42-4
2.2 Setting Up on the DR-ID 300CL for
DICOM MG Storage Function ................ Appx IN42-7
2.3 Registering on
the Other Connected Equipment for
DICOM MG Storage Function ................ Appx IN42-10
2.4 Setting Up
the Automatic Image Distribution Function
(DISTRIBUTION CODE) ........................ Appx IN42-13
2.5 Setting Up CONNECTING EQUIPMENT ... Appx IN42-14
2.6 Setting Up the UID Issuance Method ...... Appx IN42-14
2.7 Changing the Name Elements ............... Appx IN42-15
Appendix 43 Adding the NIC ............................... Appx IN43-1
1. Adding a Serial Connector ........................... Appx IN43-1
1.1 Mounting PWLA8391GTL ...................... Appx IN43-1
1.2 Mounting EXPI9301CT .......................... Appx IN43-2
2. Updating Network Driver ............................. Appx IN43-3
2.1 EXPI9301CT ......................................... Appx IN43-3
2.1.1 Updating
EXPI9301CT network driver ........... Appx IN43-3
2.1.2 Confrming
the update EXPI9301CT
network driver .............................. Appx IN43-4
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
37
PC: Performance Check
DR-ID 300CL Performance Checklist ............................... PC-1
DR-ID 300CL Confg List ................................................... PC-2
1. IMAGE MODALITY ................................................. PC-2
2. QA FUNCTION ....................................................... PC-4
3. PRINTER ............................................................... PC-4
4. CSL/IDT FUNCTION ............................................... PC-6
5. CONFIG OPTION ................................................... PC-8
6. CONFIG QC ........................................................... PC-8
7. CONFIG QR ........................................................... PC-8
8. CONFIG FIX ........................................................... PC-8
DR-ID 300CL System Confguration List ......................... PC-9
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
38
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
39
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
40
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Safety Precautions-I
Safety Precautions-I
Safety Precautions
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Safety Precautions-II
Safety Precautions-II
Control Sheet
Issue date Revision number Reason Pages affected
08/20/2009 01 New release (FM5581) All pages
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) I, II, 110
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Safety Precautions-1
1. Safety Precautions
Precautions to be observed during operations
To prevent danger to humans and serious accidents, observe the
following.
WARNING
Unless indicated otherwise, be sure to turn off the power switch
before maintenance work, and disconnect the power plug from
the outlet.
Even if the power switch is OFF, 100 to 240VAC (differs according
to machine specifcations) will still be supplied to the primary
input terminal of the unit if the power cable is connected, and this
may result in possible electric hazards.
As neckties, scarves, and necklaces may get caught in the unit
during work, remove these items or take precautions against
such accidents.
Never modify the unit unless otherwise specifed.
Modifcation of the safety unit (interlock, breaker, temperature
fuse, etc.) will cause serious problems as it is not only dangerous
but violates the related laws and regulations.
CAUTIONS
The grounding wire must be connected.
To avoid damages to the parts/units due to static discharge, use
a wrist strap putting one end on your wrist and the other end on
the grounded section of the equipment, as illustrated below.
When doing so, make sure to unplug the power connector from
the socket to avoid electrical hazards.
00010003.EPS
Wrist strap
When performing settings for several software programs, ensure
that applications other than those of specifed procedures must
have been shut down appropriately.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
This equipment is affxed with a label. Follow the instructions provided
on the label when performing necessary works.
DXL00010002.ai
300CL-PC
(DT)
300CL-PC
(MT)
Identification
label
Identification
label
DXCL0500Sa001.ai
Identification
label
Identifcation label

Sample year of manufacture
Shock Hazard Precautions
Control Unit
When installing, using, or servicing the Control Unit (hereinafter referred
to as the PC), observe the following precautions. For details, refer to
the Users Guide, which is supplied with the PC.
Prevention of electric shock
For the PC main body and monitor, use a power cord provided with a
3-prong plug. Connect the PC main body and monitor to a power
outlet that is properly grounded. If the use of an extension cord is
required, use a three-wire type having a grounding pin.
LCD
WARNING
A high voltage is applied to the inside of the LCD monitor.
To avoid safety hazards such as electric shock hazard, never
access the interior of the LCD. The LCD monitor has no parts that
can be serviced by a service engineer.
Power supply
WARNING
When supplying power to system components, do not use a multi-
outlet power strip or extension cable because the capacity of such
a power strip or extension cable may be exceeded to create a fre
hazard or shock hazard.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Connection Precautions
WARNING
Be sure that only specifed external devices are connected to the
apparatus.
Isolation Precautions
WARNING
To assure complete system isolation, do not install unspecifed
accessories or options.
Disinfection Precautions
WARNING
Make sure that a legal limit is not exceeded by the respiratory
concentration of an employed disinfectant containing a solvent.
Some disinfectants may pose a hazard to human health. Before
using any disinfectant, be sure to thoroughly read its
documentation.
WARNING
Do not use the following disinfectants. If you use them, the
apparatus becomes damaged so that the quality, performance, and
safety of the apparatus cannot be guaranteed.
Chlorine disinfectants that readily corrode metals and rubber
members.
Disinfectants that are described in their documentation as being
inapplicable to metals, plastics, rubber members, and paints.
Formalin gases or spray-type disinfectants that may enter the
apparatus.
It is recommended that ethanol for disinfection be used as a
disinfectant. Before using a disinfectant, thoroughly read its
documentation.
Installation Precautions
When installing, using, or servicing the PC, observe the following
precautions. For details, refer to the Users Guide, which is supplied
with the PC.
Installation site
Exercise care so that no dust or foreign matter enters an opening in the
PC or the interior of the PC. Do not install the PC near a heating device
or other heat source. When mounting the PC on a foor, ensure that it
is positioned at least 5 cm above the surface of the foor.
Precautions to observe when servicing the interior of the PC
(1) Turn off the PC, monitor, and other currently used peripheral devices.
(2) Disconnect the power cord from the power outlet (to avoid electric
shock hazard).
(3) Open the I/O panel on the rear of the PC main body, and touch a
metal surface to discharge any static buildup on your body before
accessing the interior of the PC.
(4) If it is necessary to remove, for instance, a circuit board or a
memory module, handle it without directly touching its connector or
IC pin and place it in an antistatic bag.
Environmental conditions
Avoid installing the machine at the following places:
Places where the temperature changes drastically
Places near heaters or other heat sources
Places where the machine is likely to be wet or submerged
Places where the machine is likely to come into contact with any
corrosive gas
Dusty or dirty places. Places where the machine is subjected to
constant vibration or shock.
Places where the machine is subjected to excessive vibration or
shock. Places exposed to direct sunlight
Also, be sure that the monitor is not installed at the following places:
Places where the monitor is surrounded, such as in a rack case
Places whether the display surface is exposed to direct sunlight
Places near a transformer, another monitor, a power line, or a 0.02
Gauss or more of AC magnetic feld
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Cleaning Precautions
CAUTION
For exterior cleaning, use a cloth moistened with neutral detergent
or ethanol. Do not use thinner, benzine, or other similar solvent
because the exterior will corrode.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
2. Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
2.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Related Standard
As required by IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004/EN 60601-1-2:2001+A1:
2006, this equipment complies with the following internationally
recognized standard regarding Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC).
EMC standard : IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004
This does not guarantee that there is no harmful electromagnetic
interference under any installation environment.
This equipment can generate, use and radiate radio frequency energy.
If the equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, or if peripheral devices that are not complied with the EMC
standard, harmful interference may be generated under a particular
environment causing malfunction of the equipment and other devices.
If this equipment causes harmful interference to other devices, or if this
equipment is affected by interference from other devices, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
Reorient or relocate the device.
Increase the separation between the equipment.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to
which the other device(s) are connected.
If the problem cannot be solved with the above measures, stop using
this equipment and consult the manufacturer or our offcial dealer for
help.
WARNING
Do not place devices generating electromagnetic wave near this
equipment.
This Service Manual contains the names of standards applied in
IEC 60601-1-2.
The names of standards applied in EN 60601-1-2 are replaced as
follows.
IEC 60601-1-2
(descriptions in this Service Manual)
Standards applied in EN 60601-1-2
CISPR 11 EN 55011
IEC 61000-3-2 EN 61000-3-2
IEC 61000-3-3 EN 61000-3-3
IEC 61000-4-2 EN 61000-4-2
IEC 61000-4-3 EN 61000-4-3
IEC 61000-4-4 EN 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-5 EN 61000-4-5
IEC 61000-4-6 EN 61000-4-6
IEC 61000-4-8 EN 61000-4-8
IEC 61000-4-11 EN 61000-4-11
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
2.2 Further information for IEC 60601-1-2:
2001+A1:2004
(1) Medical electrical equipment is subject to special precautions
regarding EMC. The equipment must be installed and put into
service according to the EMC information provided in Tables 1 to 4.
(2) Portable and mobile RF communications equipment can affect
medical electrical equipment.
(3) Information regarding the cable affecting EMC is as follows.
Name Maximum Length General Specifcation
Network Cable 100m
Cat5e or more, UTP type and straight
cable
Power Cable Depends on the cable length of a personal computer.
(4) The use of accessories, transducers and cables other than those
specifed, with the exception of transducers and cables sold by
FUJIFILM Corporation as replacement parts for internal
components, may result in increased emissions or decreased
immunity of the equipment.
(5) The equipment should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other
equipment.
If adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the equipment should be
observed to verify normal operation in the confguration in which it
will be used.
(6) Test items (Tables 1 to 4)
Table 1
Guidance and manufacturers declaration - electromagnetic emissions
The Console is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specifed
below. The customer or the user of the Console should assure that it is used in
such an environment.
Emissions test Compliance Electromagnetic environment - guidance
RF emissions
CISPR 11
Group 1
The Console uses RF energy only for its
internal function. Therefore, its RF emissions
are very low and are not likely to cause any
interference in nearby electronic equipment.
RF emissions
CISPR 11
Class A
The Console is suitable for use in all
establishments other than domestic and
those directly connected to the public low-
voltage power supply network that supplies
buildings used for domestic purposes.
Harmonic emissions
IEC 61000-3-2
Class D
Voltage fuctuations/
ficker emissions
IEC 61000-3-3
Does not
comply
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Table 2
Guidance and manufacturers declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The Console is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specifed below.
The customer or the user of the Console should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test EN/IEC test level Compliance level Electromagnetic environment - guidance
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC61000-4-2
6kV contact
8kV air
6kV contact
8kV air
Floors should be wood, concrete or ceramic tile. If foors are covered with
synthetic material, the relative humidity should be at least 30%.
Electrical fast transient/burst
IEC61000-4-4
2kV for power supply lines
1kV for input/output lines
2kV for power supply lines
1kV for input/output lines
Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital
environment.
Surge
IEC61000-4-5
1kV between lines
2kV between line and contact
1kV between lines
2kV between line and contact
environment.
Voltage dips, short interruptions and
voltage variations of power supply
input lines
IEC61000-4-11
<5% U
T
(>95% dip in U
T
)
for 0.5 cycles
40% U
T
(>60% dip in U
T
)
for 5 cycles
70% U
T
(30% dip in U
T
)
for 25 cycles
<5% U
T
(>95% dip in U
T
)
for 5 cycles
<5% U
T
(>95% dip in U
T
)
for 0.5 cycles
40% U
T
(>60% dip in U
T
)
for 5 cycles
70% U
T
(30% dip in U
T
)
for 25 cycles
<5% U
T
(>95% dip in U
T
)
for 5 cycles
environment. If the user of the Console requires continued operation during
power mains interruptions, it is recommended that the Console be powered
from an uninterruptible power supply or a battery.
Power frequency (50/60Hz)
magnetic feld
IEC61000-4-8
3 A/m 3 A/m
Power frequency magnetic felds should be at levels characteristic of a typical
location in a typical commercial or hospital environment.
NOTE: U
T
is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Table 3
Guidance and manufacturers declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The Console is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specifed below.
The customer or the user of the Console should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test EN/IEC test level Compliance level Electromagnetic environment - guidance
Conducted RF
IEC61000-4-6
Radiated RF
IEC61000-4-3
3 Vrms
150 kHz to 80 MHz
3 V/m
80 MHz to 2.5 GHz
3 Vrms
3 V/m
Portable and mobile RF communications equipment should be used no closer to any
part of the Console, including cables, than the recommended separation distance
calculated from the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter.
Recommended separation distance
d = 1.2
d = 1.2 80 MHz to 800 MHz
d = 2.3 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W)
according to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the recommended separation
distance in metres (m).
Field strengths from fxed RF transmitters, as determined by an electromagnetic site
survey,
a
should be less than the compliance level in each frequency range.
b
Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the following
symbol:
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and refection from structures, objects and people.
a Field strength from fxed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV
broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy.
To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fxed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured feld strength in the location in
which the Console is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance, the Console should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional
measures may be necessary, such as reorienting or relocating the Console.
b Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, feld strength should be less than 3 V/m.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Table 4
Recommended separation distances between
Portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the Console
The Console is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF
disturbances are controlled.
The customer or the user of the Console can help prevent electromagnetic interference by
maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment
(transmitters) and the Console as recommended below, according to the maximum output
power of the communications equipment.
Rated maximum
output power of
transmitter
W
Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter
m
150 kHz to 80 MHz
d = 1.2 P
80 MHz to 800 MHz
d = 1.2 P
800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
d = 2.3 P
0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23
0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73
1 1.2 1.2 2.3
10 3.8 3.8 7.3
100 12 12 23
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended
separation distance d in metres (m) can be estimated using the equation applicable to the
frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in
watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range
applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations.
Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and refection from
structures, objects and people.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
3. Caution for Handling Personal
Information
Discarding the Equipment
When disposing of the DR-ID 300CL, be sure to completely discard any
private information stored on it.
When to Obtain and to Bring Out Personal Information
Follow the operating procedures under the Private Information
Protection Law and prescribed by your local FUJIFILM representative.
When you collect logs, use such as a security-ensured jig provided by
your local FUJIFILM representative, and handle the medium with
adequate care.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Product Specifcations-I
Product Specifcations-I
Product Specifcations
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Product Specifcations-II
Product Specifcations-II
Control Sheet
08/31/2011 04 Changes in pagination (FM5897) 2
03/31/2012 06 Changes in pagination (FM6000) 1, 35
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Product Specifcations-1
1. EquipmentSpecifcations
1.1 Product Code
Product Code Description Qty Remarks
DR300CL A*-V* Control Unit (Non-RAID type) 1
DR300CL B*-V* Control Unit (RAID type) 1
DR300CL LITE A*-V*
Control Unit
(LITE specifcation Non-RAID type)
1
V5.0 or
later
DR300CL LITE B*-V*
Control Unit
(LITE specifcation RAID type)
1
V5.0 or
later
DX CL SOFT V* Software 1
V6.1 or
later
DX CL SOFT
MOBILE V*
Software (Laptop type) 1
V6.1 or
later
1.2 Optional Components
DX CL DICOM PRINT DICOM print Key CD 1
DX CL MFP MFP Processing Key CD 1
DX CL DICOM ORDER
MWM
DICOM Worklist (MWM)
Key CD
1
DX CL DICOM ID MWM
DICOM worklist (MWM)
Key CD (only for patient
information)
1
DX CL DICOM MPPS DICOM PPS Key CD 1
DX CL DICOM
COMMITMENT
DICOM Commitment
Push Key CD
1
DX CL SHUTTER-PROC
Shuttering Processing
Key CD
1
DX CL TILE-IM QA
QA Tiling Confrmation
Key CD
1
V4.0 or
earlier
DX CL DICOM QR
DICOM Image Query/
Retrieve Key CD
1
V4.0 or
earlier
DX CL GPR
Grid pattern removal
processing key CD
1
DX CL IM COMPOSITION
Automatic image
composition key CD
1
DX CL RETAKE ANALYSIS Retake Analysis key CD 1
DX CL RUQC Image Reader QC key CD 1
V4.0 or
earlier,
and V6.1
or later
DX CL DICOM MEDIA
STORAGE
DICOM Media Storage
key CD
1
DX CL PRECISE
ENLARGEMENT
Precise Enlargement
function software CD
1 For V4.0
DX CL PRECISE
ENLARGEMENT A
Precise Enlargement
function key CD
1
For V5.0
or later
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
DX CL DISPLAY OF
PATIENT INF
Patient Information
Display Linkage function
key CD
1
V4.0 or
later
DX CL DELUX-QA FOR
LITE
Detail QA key CD
(for Lite type)
1
V5.0 or
later
DX CL IM-MAGNIFY FOR
LITE
Image magnifcation key
CD (for Lite type)
1
V5.0 or
later
DX CL LUT-ADJUSTMENT
FOR LITE
LUT adjustment key CD
for competitors PACS
(for Lite type)
1
V5.0 or
later
DX CL ANNOTATION
FOR LITE
Annotation key CD
(for Lite type)
1
V5.0 or
later
DX CL X ONLINE FOR
LITE
X-CON control function key
CD (for Lite type)
1
V5.0 or
later
DX CL FPD FOR LITE
DR exposure device
connection key CD
(for Lite type)
1
V5.0 or
later
DX CL DICOM PDI
STORAGE
PDI key CD 1
V6.0 or
later
DX CL F-LAYOUT PRINT Free Layout Print key CD 1
V6.0 or
later
DX CL REMOTE IMAGE
DISPLAY
Remote Display Image
Display function key CD
1
V6.1 or
later
DX CL ES FOR DR-ID200
Energy Subtraction key
CD
1
V6.1 or
later
DX CL TOMO FOR
DR-ID200
Tomosynthesis key CD 1
V6.1 or
later
DX CL REMOTE
DESKTOP
Remote Desktop function
key CD
1
V6.2 or
later
DX CL GRID SHADING
REDUCTION
Grid density gradient
reduction function key CD
1
V6.2 or
later
CL PEM PEM Processing Key CD 1
V7.0 or
later
IR 346 MCR ISO B Magnetic Card Reader (ISO) 1
IR 346 MCR JIS B Magnetic Card Reader (JIS) 1
IR 346 BARCODE NB Barcode Reader 1
IR 346 BCR STAND NA Barcode Reader Stand 1
IR CL BARCODE KIT DL
Barcode reader
(Datalogic Gryphon GD4130)
1
IR CL BARCODE
STAND DL
Barcode reader stand
Datalogic Gryphon GD4130)
1
IR CL BARCODE OA
Barcode Reader
(OmniScan)/stand
1
DR300 CL DISPLAY 17IN
LCD
17" Touch Panel LCD
Display
1
DR300 CL
2M DISPLAY CLR
2M Color LCD
(Nanao Radiforce
RX211/RX220/RX240)
1
DR300
2M DISPLAY DUAL GRAY
DUAL Monitor LCD/
2M Monochrome
(Nanao Radiforce
GS220-CL/GX240-CL)
1
DR300
3M DISPLAY DUAL CLR
DUAL Monitor LCD/
3M Color
(Nanao Radiforce
RX320/RX340)
1
DR300
3M DISPLAY DUAL GRAY
DUAL Monitor LCD/
3M Monochrome
(Nanao Radiforce GS310-CL/
GS310-CL ECN/GX340-CL)
1
VIDEO BD V3600
DUAL Monitor Video Board
(ATI FireGL V3600)
1
Windows
Vista only
VIDEO BD V3800
(ATI FireGL V3800)
1
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IDT3/4 ONLINE 9S-CBL
nM*
RS232C cable (9 pin) for
connection to other
manufacturers RIS
terminal or X-ray apparatus
1
IDT3/4 ONLINE 25P-CBL
nM*
connection to other
manufacturers RIS
terminal or X-ray apparatus
1
SERIAL PORT OPTI
TYPE 1
Additional serial port
(for Optiplex GX620/745/
755/760/780)
1
SERIAL PORT OPTI
TYPE 10
(for Optiplex 790DT/
790SFF/990DT/990SFF)
1
V6.1 or
later
SERIAL PORT OPTI
TYPE 20
(for HP 6200/8200)
1
V7.0 or
later
XCON CONNECT KIT
XCON connection kit for
RS-232C
1
SERIAL PORT BS
Board for serial capacity
enhancement
(MOXA CP-112UL-I-DB9)
1
V5.0 or
later
MARKER KIT Positioning marker 1
V6.1 or
later
GIGABIT NIC BD PCIEX1
Gigabit CT Desktop
Adapter (EXPI9301CT)
1
V7.0 or
later
GIGABIT NIC BD PCI
Additional LAN board
(for Optiplex 780DT)
1
V7.0 or
later
OPTIPLEX MEM 4GB
TYPE 4
Memory extension 2GB2
(for Optiplex GX280/745/
755/760/960/WS370/
WS380/WS390)
2
V7.0 or
later
OPTIPLEX MEM 4GB
TYPE 11
Memory extension 2GB2
(for Optiplex 780/790/990)
2
V7.0 or
later
*n: Cable length
DR300CL PPU A*-V* Control Unit (PPU) 1
V6.1 or
later
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
1.3 Dimensions/Weight
Dimensions (heightwidthdepth) Weight Remarks
PC
Optiplex 760MT 408.9 186.9 445 (mm) Approx. 14.3 kg
Optiplex 780MT 408 187 433 (mm) Approx. 11.7 kg
Optiplex 780DT 399 114 353 (mm) Approx. 8.26 kg V5.0 or later
Optiplex 790DT 360 102 410 (mm) Approx. 7.56 kg V6.1 or later
Compaq 6200 Pro SF 338 100 378 (mm) Approx. 7.6 kg V7.0 or later
Compaq 8200 Elite MT 448 178 445 (mm) Approx. 11.2 kg V7.0 or later
Monitor
L560T-C 432.5 - 514.5 380 208.5 (mm) Approx. 8.2kg
RadiForce RX211 522.5 - 604.5 376 208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.4kg
RadiForce RX240 520.5 - 599.0 376 245.5 (mm) Approx. 10.2kg V7.0 or later
RadiForce GS220-CL 522.5 - 604.5 376 208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.9kg
RadiForce GX240-CL 520.5 - 599.0 376 245.5 (mm) Approx. 10.2kg V7.0 or later
RadiForce RX340 520.5 - 599.0 376 245.5 (mm) Approx. 10.7kg V7.0 or later
RadiForce GS310-CL 515.5 - 597.5 368 208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.2kg
RadiForce GS310-CL ECN 515.5 - 597.5 368 208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.2kg
RadiForce GX340-CL 520.5 - 599.0 376 245.5 (mm) Approx. 10.2kg V7.0 or later
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
1.4 Environmental Conditions
Condition Temperature Humidity Atmospheric Pressure
PC
Optiplex 760MT
Optiplex 780MT
Optiplex 780DT
Optiplex 790DT
Operating 10C - 35C 20% - 80%H (No dew condensation) 700hpa - 1060hpa
Non-operating -40C - 65C 20% - 80%H (No dew condensation) 200hpa - 1060hpa
Compaq 6200 Pro SF
Compaq 8200 Mlite MT
Operating 10C - 35C 10% - 90%H (No dew condensation) 710hpa or more
Non-operating -30C - 60C 10% - 90%H (No dew condensation) 320hpa or more
Monitor
Operating 0C - 35C 30% - 80%H (No dew condensation) 700hpa - 1060hpa
Non-operating -20C - 60C 30% - 80%H (No dew condensation) 200hpa - 1060hpa
Increase humidity appropriately if it is too dry to operate the equipment.
1.5 ElectricalSpecifcations
Frequency Input Voltage Max. Input Current Remarks
PC
Optiplex 760MT 50/60Hz
115V 3.6A
230V 1.8A
Optiplex 780MT 50/60Hz
90V - 135V 3.6A
180V - 265V 1.8A
Optiplex 780DT 50/60Hz
90V - 135V 3.6A
V5.0 or later
180V - 265V 1.8A
Optiplex 790DT 50/60Hz
90V - 135V 3.6A
V6.1 or later
180V - 265V 1.8A
Compaq 6200 Pro SF 50/60Hz 90V - 264V 2.6A V7.0 or later
Compaq 8200 Mlite MT 50/60Hz 90V - 264V 3.5A V7.0 or later
Monitor
17inch 50/60Hz
100V - 120V 0.6A - 0.5A
200V - 240V 0.35A - 0.3A
21.3inch 50/60Hz
100V - 120V 1.1A - 0.9A
200V - 240V 0.6A - 0.45A
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
1.6 Applicable Standards
PC IEC 60950-1
Monitor IEC 60950-1
1.7 Network Cable
Use an IEC950/UL1950-compliant UTP cable of enhanced category 5
or higher.
1.8 Equipment Disposal
When disposing of the DR-ID 300CL, be sure to completely discard any
private information stored on it.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-I
MD:MachineDescription
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-II
Control Sheet
Issue date Revision number Reason Pagesaffected
08/20/2009 01 New release (FM5581) Allpages
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) I, II, 19, 11, 12, 14
04/15/2010 02 Changesinpagination(FM5668) 10, 13
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) I, II, 13, 6, 8, 9, 1114, 18
02/28/2011 03 Changesinpagination(FM5818) 7, 10, 1517
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) I, II, 1, 4-7, 9, 10, 12, 14, 1720
08/31/2011 04 Changesinpagination(FM5897) 21, 22
12/15/2011 05 Revision for V6.1 (FM5944) I, II, 14, 817, 24
12/15/2011 05 Changesinpagination(FM5944) 57, 1823, 25, 26
09/12/2012 07 Revision for V7.0 (FM6055) I, II, 1, 2, 4, 1012, 14, 1820
09/12/2012 07 Changesinpagination(FM6055) 13, 1517, 2126
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-1
1. SystemConfguration
Thissectionshowsthesystemconfguration,whichincludesthe
DR-ID300CLapplication,andtheoperatingenvironmentforthePC.
ThePCusedisthefollowing.
Dell OptiPlex 760 MT
Dell OptiPlex 780 DT
Dell OptiPlex 960 MT (for mobile model)
HP Compaq 6200 Pro SF
HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT
1.1 Desktop PC
1.1.1 SystemConfguration
USB USB USB USB
Video cable
Accessories
(keyboard
and mouse)
DR-ID 300CL
application Disk
PC main unit
Option key CD
DXCL040101001.ai
Network i/f
System area/image area
(drive C)
Monitor
RS232C
PCI slot (2)
SATA
Mother board
Video board
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-2
1.1.2 OperatingEnvironment
PCmainunit
Item Description
CPU Core2Duo E7300 or more
*1 *2
System memory 2GB or more
HDD 160GB SATA 7200rpm
*3
Internal drives
3.5" FD drive
DVD/CD-RW multi-drive
Expansion card
slots
PCI 2 (Necessary so that the video board is inserted for the
use of the DVI output)
Network 10/100/1000BASE-T
OS
Windows Vista Business Edition SP1 (32-bit)
Windows 7 Professional (32-bit)
Port
Keyboard connection port : USB or 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2
Mouse connection port : USB or 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2
USB port 6 or more
* USB 2.0 port is recommended.
COM port RS232C (9-pin)
DVI adapter : 1600 1200 pixel or more
Input device Keyboard and mouse
Monitor
connection
RGB : 1280 1024 pixel
DVI : 1600 1200 pixel
Added video board : 1600 1200 pixel, 2048 1536 pixel
(One or two monitors can be connected.)
*1 : Core2Duo: ON, Hyper Thread: OFF
*2 : Intel Core2Duo E8400 or more for mobile model.
*3 : 250GB SATA 7200rpm or more 2 (RAID1 type) for mobile model.
Monitor(17"monitorwithatouchpanel)
Item Description
Display resolution 1280 1024 pixels
Number of display colors 24-bit True-Color (16,777,216 colors)
Seethemanualssuppliedwith17monitorwithatouchpanel.
Monitor(RadiForceRX211/RX220/RX240)
Item Description
SeethemanualssuppliedwithRadiForceRX211/RX220/RX240.
Monitor(SL-IC300)
SeethemanualssuppliedwithSL-IC300.
2ndmonitor(RadiForceGS220/GX240)
Item Description
Display resolution 1200 1600 pixels (monochrome)
SeethemanualssuppliedwithRadiForceGS220/GX240.
2ndmonitor(RadiForceRX320/RX340)
Item Description
SeethemanualssuppliedwithRadiForceRX320/RX340.
2ndmonitor(RadiForceGS310-CL/GS310-CLECN/GX340-CL)
Item Description
Display resolution 1536 2048 pixels (monochrome)
Seethemanualssuppliedwith
RadiForceGS310-CL/GS310-CLECN/GX340-CL.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
MD-3
1.2 LaptopPC
1.2.1 SystemConfguration
Mother board
(video terminal: onboard)
Video RAM
Serial connector i/f
Wireless Network
Adapter
DR-ID 300CL
application Disk E-IDE
-i/f
PC main unit
Option key CD
DXCL050101001.ai
Network i/f
USB
Connector
LCD
System area/image area
(drive C)
USB
Connector
USB Flash Drive
(For RIS Order USB)
(Available Item)
USB Flash Drive
(For Media Storage)
(Available Item)
1.2.2 OperatingEnvironment
PCmainunit
Item Description
CPU Intel Core i5 540UM or more
HDD 160GB SATA 5400rpm
Network (LAN) 100/1000Base-T : 1 or more ports
Network (Wireless LAN)
Compliant with
IEEE802.11a(W52/W53/W56)/b/g/n
OS Windows 7 Professional (32-bit)
Port
USB port (Conformable to USB 2.0 port)
: 2 or more ports
COM port (RS232C) : 1 or more ports
Input device Keyboard and touch panel
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-4
2. ConnectorsandSlots
ThissectionshowsthelocationsofthefollowingPCconnectors,
memorymodules,andPCboardmountingslots.
Dell OptiPlex 960 MT (for mobile model)
HP Compaq 6200 Pro SF
HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
MD-5
2.1 DellOptiPlex760MT
Systemboardlocation
Memory slots
System board
Expansion card slots
AWS10002.ai
Expansioncardslots
AWS10007.ai
PCI1
PCI Express x16
Card slot
PCI Express x1
Card slot
System board
PCI2
Memory
2048MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
AWS10008.ai
System board
DIMM sockets
Connectorconfguration(PCrearpanel)
DXCL050102008.ai
USB port (6-port)
Video connector
Serial port connector
: Indicates connectors used for the DR-ID 300CL.
Parallel port connector
NIC connector
Video connector
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
MD-6
2.2 DellOptiPlex780MT
Systemboardlocation
Memory slots
System board
AWS10002.ai
Expansioncardslots
DCL10017.ai
PCI1
PCI Express x16
Card slot
PCI Express x1
Card slot
System board
PCI2
Memory
DCL10018.ai
System board
DIMM sockets
NIC connector
Video connector
DXCL050102009.ai
USB port (6-port)
Video connector
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
MD-7
2.3 DellOptiPlex780DT
Systemboardlocation
DXL01020008.ai
Memory slots
System board
Expansioncardslots
DXL01020004.ai
PCI1
PCI Express x16
Card slot
System board
PCI2
Memory
System board DIMM sockets
DXL01020005.ai
DXCL050102010.ai
USB port (6-port) Serial port connector
NIC connector
Video connector
Video connector
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
MD-8
2.4 DellOptiPlex790DT
Systemboardlocation
System board
Power button
DXCL050102001.ai
Expansioncardslots
DXCL050102002.ai
PCI Express x16
Card slot
PCI Express x4
Card slot
PCI Express x1
Card slot
System board
PCI
Memory
DXCL050102003.ai
DXCL050102004.ai
NIC connector
DisplayPort
connector
USB port
(6-port)
Video connector
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
MD-9
2.5 DellOptiPlex960MT(forMobileModel)
Systemboardlocation
System board
Power button
NAX010129.ai
Expansioncardslots
NAX010131.ai
System board
PCI1
PCI Express x16
Card slot
PCI2
PCI Express x1
Card slot
Memory
NAX010130.ai
System board
DIMM sockets
DXCL050102011.ai
USB port (6-port)
Video connector Serial port connector
Video connector
NIC connector Parallel port connector
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-10
2.6 HPCompaq6200ProSF
Systemboardlocation
Memory slots
System board
DXCL070102006.ai
Expansioncardslots
DXCL070102007.ai
PCI Express x16
Card slot
PCI Express x1
Card slot
PCI Express x1
Card slot
System board PCI
Memory
DXCL070102008.ai
DXCL070102009.ai
USB port
(6-port)
Video connector
NIC connector
DisplayPort connector
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-11
2.7 HPCompaq8200EliteMT
Systemboardlocation
Memory slots
System board
DXCL070102010.ai
Expansioncardslots
DXCL070102011.ai
PCI Express x4
Card slot
PCI Express x1
Card slot
PCI Express x16
Card slot
System board
PCI
Memory
DXCL070102012.ai
DXCL070102013.ai
USB port
(6-port)
Video connector
NIC connector
DisplayPort
connector
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-12
3. SystemConnectionExample
This section shows an DR-ID 300CL system connection example.
3.1 SystemConnectionExample
(forDesktopPC)
The DR-ID 300CL can be connected to one CU/MC/FSC. The CU/MC/
FSCcanbeconnectedtootherunitsinthefollowingcombinations.
- Two DR built-in exposure units can be connected to one CU.
Further, two DR cassettes can be connected via MC.
- Three DR cassettes can be connected to one MC.
- A total of three DR cassettes/handy modules can be connected to
one FSC. (V7.0 or later)
TheDR-ID300CLcanbeconnectedtoeightcassette-typeCRImage
Readers.
The DR-ID 300CL can be connected to one DR built-in unit or three
DR cassettes connected to the CU, and one CR-IR
364/366/367/370/371/372. (V5.0 or later)
DR-ID 300CL CU/MC/FSC
DR Image
Detector
CR Image
Reader
CR Image
Reader
CR-IR 36X/37X
DXCL070103002.ai
TCP/IP
* 36X : 364/366/367
37X : 370/371/372
REFERENCE
FSC is applicable only in Japan.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-13
3.2 SystemConnectionExample(forLaptopPC)
NOTE
When connecting DR-ID 300CL wirelessly to the in-hospital network, make encryption settings in accordance with the security policy in each hospital,
and check the operations.
When you connect or disconnect a LAN cable for the wired connection, you may do so only on the study registration window or the study list window (except RIS).
Be sure to use the wired connection in the following cases.
- When inputting images from the CR image reader to DR-ID 300CL.
- When using the RIS trigger function.
- When using the remote image display function.
- When using the patient information display linkage function.
- When sharing the study data by clustering, with their image already input.
When connecting to DR-ID 700, the connection between DR-ID 300CL and MC of DR-ID 700 cannot be dynamically changed to the wired or wireless
connection.
PACS
DR-ID 300CL
(Cluster Connection)
In-Hospital Network Image Local Network
AP
or
HUB
AP
SE
(DR Cassette)
MC HUB
CU/MC
DR Image
Reader
CR Image
Reader
RIS
DR-ID 300CL
(Laptop PC)
DXCL050102007.ai
TCP/IP
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
NetworksettingofDR-ID300CLinthein-hospitalnetwork((A)and(B))
IP address : 172.16.1.20
Subnet mask : 255.255.0.0
NetworksettingofDR-ID300CLintheimagelocalnetwork((C)and(D))
IP address : 192.168.0.50
Subnet mask : 255.255.255.0
Whenconnecting(A),(B)and(D)atthesametime,connect(B)viatheoutftwirelessLANterminal(AP)andthewirelessLANadaptor(connectedto
DR-ID 300CL).
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-14
4. SoftwareFunctionOverview
Externalequipmentconnections
Equipment Description
Reader
In software V4.0 or later, CU (FDR AcSelerate)
V2.0 or later or MC V1.0 to V1.x can be connected.
InsoftwareV5.0orlater,thefollowingunitscanbe
connected.
CR-IR 364U/364T/364UM/366/367
CR-IR 370/371/372
CU (FDR AcSelerate) V3.2 or later or MC V2.0 or later
In software V6.0 or later, CU V3.2 or later or MC
V2.1/V3.1 or later can be connected.
connected.
CR-IR 391RU/392
connected.
FSC (In case of desktop PC, a network card is
necessary for connection.) (only in Japan)
DR built-in Exposure
device(single)
Up to two devices can be connected (one unit for CU).
(Only on desktop PC)
DR cassette
(single)
In V4.0 or earlier:
Up to two devices can be connected (one unit for MC).
In V5.0 or later:
Up to three devices can be connected (one unit for
MC). Up to two devices can be additionally
registeredassparedevices.
CR built-in Exposure
device(single)
Up to two devices can be connected.
(Only on desktop PC V5.0 or later)
DR cassette/Handy
module(singly,
when the Firm-
RAD exposure unit
is used)
(only in Japan)
Maximum three DR cassettes/handy modules can
be connected (one unit for FSC). Maximum two
unitscanbeadditionallyregisteredfor
replacement. However maximum two handy
modulescanberegistered,includingtheonesfor
replacement. (V7.0 or later)
Reader
(contd)
DR built-in Exposure
device and DR
cassette (mixed)
Up to two DR built-in exposure devices and up to
two DR cassette can be connected (one unit of CU
can be connected, and MC connects with the CU).
DR cassette and
CR built-in Exposure
device (mixed)
Up to three DR cassettes (one unit for MC) can be
connected. Up to one unit of CR built-in device can
be connected. (Only on desktop PC V5.0 or later)
CRImageReader
Uptoeightunitscanbeconnectedbywired
connection.
NotehoweverthatthenumberofImagesReaders
thatcanreadimagesatthesametimeistwofor
theFRUP-systemImageReadersandthreeforthe
DICOM-systemImagesReaders.
Network printer
The connection protocol used is DICOM BGP/
PrinterSOP.Theacceptableconnectiontargetis
theDRYPIX3000/4000/7000orotherspecifed
device of a different manufacturer.
DICOM receiver
Thisdevicecandeliveritsoutputtoonefling
deviceandeightotherdevices.
Astheconnectionprotocol,DICOMCRImage
Storage,DICOMDXImageStorage, DICOM
StorageCommitmentandDICOMQuery/Retrieve
(V4.0 or earlier) can be used.
TheacceptableconnectiontargetistheSynapse,
QA-WS776(onlyDICOMCRImagestorage)or
otherspecifeddevicesofdifferentmanufacturers.
Dose-area product meter
Only one unit can be serially connected (via COM
port on the PC).
Only VacuTECs VacuDAP can be connected.
X-CON
The Toshiba, Shimadzu, Hitachi, Phillips and
Siemens devices are supported.
For V4.0 or earlier, an X-CON is connected when
connectingonlyCRImageReader.
RIS
DICOM MWM or
DICOM PPS
compliant device
Network connection.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-15
Monitor Only one unit can be connected on a desktop PC.
12801024 color LCD The touch panel function is provided.
16001200 color LCD Color
SL-IC300 Dedicated video board is required.
Patient information display
terminal
Network connection. (Only wired connection)
Other
Magneticcard
reader
Only one unit can be connected via USB.
The JIS card and ISO card are supported.
Barcode reader Only one unit can be connected via USB.
Full-size keyboard Only one unit can be connected.
Mouse Only one unit can be connected.
Disk Drive
Can be connected via USB (laptop PC only, for
services)
Startofprocessing
Function Description
Study list display
mDisplayingthestudyliststoredontheHDD(localworklist)
mDisplayingtheDICOMworklist
mThefollowingprocessescanbeperformedwithastudy
listingselected:
Exposure
QA
Lock
Deletion
Multi-frame forced output
Shared study
information
(cluster connection)
This function enables multiple DR-IR 300CLs to share study
information and can be set up in service utility mode.
(only in the wired connection environment of V6.0 or later)
7.ClusterConnectionFunctionOverview
User utility
mExposuremenuinformationsetup/management
Imageprocessingparameter
Exposure menu
Filmannotationcharacterstring
Anatomicalregion
mLookuptablesetup/management
Technologist
Requestingdepartment
Filmannotationcharacterstring
Import of consumables database
Usergroup
Commentonimproperlyexposedimages
Anatomicalregion
m Environment setup
m Setup data backup/restore
m Patient database utility
mTransferofimageprocessingparameterfle
mAcquisitionandclearingofexposureresultlog
m Customization of window display
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-16
Exposure
Studyregistration
(reception)
m Patient information input methods
Magneticcardinput
Keyboard input
Software keyboard input
AutomaticIDassignmentfunction(V3.1orearlier)
IDissuancefunctionformassscreening(V4.0only)
Local database search (300,000 items)
mExposuremenuregistrationmethods
Choosingfromadisplayedgroupofexposuremenus
(Twoormoreexposuremenuscanberegistered.)
Choosingfromastudymenu
mRegisteredstudylistmanagementfunction
Displayingalistofregisteredstudies
Deletingregisteredstudies
Performingstudies
mMonitorimagedisplay
Blackenedimagesaredisplayedwhentheautomatic
shutteringprocessisspecifed.
Siximagescanbedisplayedonthesamewindowin
the list form. (V4.0 or earlier)
mTheQAfunctioncanbeexercisedwithimagesforstudy
selected.
mSettingsforembeddingofautomaticmarkers
m Exposure list manipulation
New-exposure addition
Repeat
Duplication
Reexposure
Exposuremenuchange
Exposuremenuparameterchange
Exposuresequencechange
Imagechange
Informationchange
(The patient information/exposure information can be
changed.TheresultswillnotbefedtotheRIS.)
Svalue/Lvaluewarningfunction
Multiple studies performed at the same time
mAutomaticprinting/delivery
Theusercanchooseprinting/deliveringexposedimages
successivelyormakingprints/deliveryincompliance
with the instructions issued upon completion of a study
orprinting/deliveringaccordingtouseroperations.
Performingstudies
m Study suspension (suspension/termination) and initiation
of a new study
When new patient information is entered via the
magneticcardduringstudy,anewstudycanbestarted.
In such an instance, the user can choose between
proceedingwithoutchangingtheexposuremenuand
removingtheexposuremenuregistration.
mSynapseWebQuery
BrowsingSynapse-server-storedimagesofthesame
patient ID. (V4.0 or later)
Other
Startingan
exposure
(study)
Choosingfromthelocalworklist(listofregisteredstudies)
ChoosingfromtheDICOMworklist
MakinganentryfromtheRIS
Temporary
study
suspension
Anongoingstudycanbetemporarilysuspended.
Study
interruption
Anongoingstudycanbeinterrupted.
Study
termination
Thestudyendswhenalltheregisteredexposuresare
made.
Forwardingto
QA/printing
withoutQA
Theusercanchoosebetweenforwardingthestudieditems
toQAandprintingthemwithoutforwardingthemtoQA.
Study result
management
OrderingandDICOMPPSaresupported.
Settingof2on1
or 4on1 on the
study window
2on1or4on1formatcanbesetupandimagepositioncan
bechangedaccordinglyonthestudywindow.
Support
provided to
PAS security
Authority(password)tochangeimageprocessing
parameters can be set up.
Patient
information
display
linkage
Enablingpatientinformationtobedisplayedonthepatient
information display terminal.
(Option key: DX CL DISPLAY OF PATIENT INF)
(V4.0 or later)
Remote
imagedisplay
Displayinganimageintheimagedisplayterminal.
(Option key: DX CL REMOTE IMAGE DISPLAY)
(V6.1 or later)
Grid density
gradient
detection
Inportableexposureofthechestfrontalviewusinggrid,
detectingtheX-rayirradiationanglefortheDRcassette
fromtheexposedimageandrequestingimageconfrmation
to user.
(Option key: DX CL GRID SHADING REDUCTION)
(V6.2 or later)
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-17
QAfunction(QAwaitingstudylist/QAuponstudy)
Information display/
correction
Thefollowingitemsofinformationcanbehandled:
Imageinformation
Exposure menus
Imageprocessingconditions
Film formats
Distribution destination selection for each study
Imagingfailuresetup
Outputlog
Calculated DAP values from X-CON
(V6.2 or later)
Imagemanipulation
Thefollowingimagemanipulationfunctionsare
supported:
Shutteringprocess
Restandardization process
Imageprocessingchange
Rotation
Markerimbedding(whethermanuallyor
automatically)
Trimming
Annotation
Operations
Thefollowingoperationscanbeperformedforimages:
Thesequenceofimageswithinastudycanbe
changed.
Theimageswithinastudycanbeinterchanged.
Imagescanbemovedfromonestudytoanother.
(V4.0 or earlier)
Imagescanbeoutput.
Theimageerasurelockcanbeset.
Setup can be performed so as indicate the
completionofQA.
Imagescanbedeleted.
Theimagecanbemagnifedandthefullscreen
display is available.
Exposuremenuscanbeadditionallyregisteredtoan
already delivered study.
AstudywaitingforQAcanbeforciblyexit.
(V6.2 or later)
Other Window customization function
Imageoutput
Image
data
output
function
Output to printer
Imagescanbeoutputautomaticallytooneortwo
printers.
Aprinteroptimumforflmoutputisselected
automaticallyaccordingtotheImagesizeand
Filmformatfortheimagetobeoutputonflm.
The sorter function is supported.
Printersconnectablewiththefollowingprotocols
are supported:
DICOM Print
Thefollowingflmsizesareavailableforflm
output.
14"17" 14"14"
2636cm 8"10"
Output to network-
connectedfling
device
Onlyoneunitoftheflingdevicecanbe
connected. When DICOM is used, processed
imagescanbeoutput.Further,DICOMStorage
Commitmentissupported(oneunitonly).Filing
devicesconnectablewiththefollowingprotocols
are supported:
DICOMCRImageStorage
DICOMDXImageStorageforPresentation
Output to network-
connected device
Uptoeightunitscanbeconnected.
WhenDICOMisused,processedimagescanbe
output.
Filingdevicesconnectablewiththefollowing
protocols are supported:
DICOMCRImageStorage
DICOMDXImageStorageforPresentation
Free Layout Print
Imagescanbeoutputinanylayout.
(Option key: DX CL F-LAYOUT PRINT)
Patientinformationlog
function
Patientinformationisloggedintextformat.
Patient information used for exposures can be
viewed with Service Utility.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-18
Imagesearch
Function Description Optionkey
DICOMQuery/Retrieve
(V4.0 or earlier)
Study information can be searched
forfromtheflingdevice(Query).
Based on the searched information,
imagescanbeacquiredfromthe
flingdevice(Retrieve).
Acquiredimagescanbeoutputtothe
printer (Reprint).
DX CL DICOM
QR
Imageprocessing
Standardization
(automatic/manual)
Notapplicabletoimagereoutputsthat
aregeneratedbyanexternaldevice.
Standard
Gradationprocessing Standard
Spatial frequency
processing
Standard
DRC Standard
TAS Standard
MFP DX CL MFP
PEM CL PEM
Shutteringprocessing
Notapplicabletoimagereoutputsthat
aregeneratedbyanexternaldevice.
DX CL
SHUTTER-
PROC
Grid pattern removal
processing
Removesmoireappearingonthegrid
withoutdeterioratingtheimagequality.
DX CL GPR
Flexible Noise Control
(FNC)processing
Improvesimagegraininess. Standard
CRFprocessing Standard
Imagecomposition
Composesmultipleimagesintooneso
thatitisoutputononeflm.
DX CL IM
COMPOSITION
Energysubtraction
processing
Generatessofttissueandboneimages
fromtwoormoreimagesexposedwith
differentenergies.
DX CL ES FOR
DR-ID200
Tomosynthesis
processing
Displaystheplainimagegeneratedby
PPUbyreconstructionprocessingon
the 2nd monitor of DR-ID 300CL.
DX CL TOMO
FOR DR-ID200
Other
Retake Analysis
Stores/calculates the information of
exposure and improperly exposed
images.
Outputs the calculation data as CSV
data.
DX CL RETAKE
ANALYSIS
ImageReaderQC
processing
ImageReaderQCtool
(V4.0 or earlier, and V6.1 or later)
DXCLRUQC
Calculation of IP use
count
Calculates/resets the IP use count
individually for each IP barcode.
Standard
Supportedlocalstorage
Temporarystorage
Simplifedimagestorage(V4.0orearlier)
DICOMflestorage
Standard
Removable media
Removablemediastorage
(USB memory stick, USB hard disk or
the like) (V4.0 or later)
DX CL DICOM
MEDIA
STORAGE
User interface For hospitals Standard
Patient information
protection
Authenticates a user at startup of the
application.
Automaticlog-offprocessing
Limited items available for each user
Entry of mis-exposure comment
whencancelingamis-exposurethat
occurred
Re-entry of a password when
changingormodifyingaradiographer
name
Standard
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-19
Supportedlanguages
Japanese
English
German
French
Spanish
Italian
Swedish
Finnish
Danish
Norwegian
Korean
Chinese(Simplifed)
Chinese (Traditional)
Portuguese
Polish
Hungarian
Czech
Russian
Turkish
Standard
Date display Displays the current date and time. Standard
LogontotheService
Utility
Password entry is required when
loggingontotheServiceUtility.
Standard
Preciseenlargement
images
Presentsdisplayedimagesandtheir
additional information on an add-in
monitor.
DX CL PRECISE
ENLARGEMENT
DisplayingExposure
Index
Displays Exposure Index (EI) and
DeviationIndex(DI)forimages.
(V5.0 or later)
AppendixHSettingthe
ExposureIndexFunction
(V5.0orLater)under
MU:MaintenanceUtility
Standard
RAID status display
Displays the icon which indicates the
RAID status. (V5.0 or later)
Standard
Simpleordering
Sends/Receives order information by
exchangingXMLflesbetweenthe
orderingdeviceandDR-ID300CL.
(V5.0 or later)
DX CL SIMPLE
ORDERING
RIS Order USB
StoreXMLfleintoaUSBfashdrive
and load the order information to
DR-ID 300CL. (V6.1 or later)
PDI creation
Saves the study result into the media
orthesharingfolder.
DX CL DICOM
PDI STORAGE
ConnectingtoDR
cassette with X-ray
automatic detection
function
Createsimageswithoutreceivingthe
exposuresignalfromtheX-ray
exposuredeviceduringX-ray
exposure, and connects to the DR
cassette with X-ray automatic detection
function.
Also, consumption of the battery can
becontrolledbycontrollingtheX-ray
automatic detection function.
(V6.0 or later)
(When the Firm-RAD exposure unit is
connected, this function cannot be
used.) (only in Japan)
Standard
Remote Maintenance
DR-ID 300CL and the technical service
center can be connected online.
Thetechnicalservicecentergrasps
operatingstatusbycollectingthe
operatinglogsandmanagementdata
of DR-ID 300CL and peripheral
devices, and reports the status to the
user. (V6.1 or later)
Standard
Output for exposure
dosemanagement
Sends the exposure results to the
dosagemanagementsystem.
(V6.2 or later)
Standard
Remote desktop
operation
DR-ID 300CL can be displayed and
operated from a mobile terminal.
(V6.2 or later)
DX CL
REMOTE
DESKTOP
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-20
5. RelationshipbetweenFPDand
DR-ID300CL
Thissectionexplainsaboutthedataexchangeoperationsbetweenthe
DR-ID300CLandFPDthatareperformedwhenestablishing
connection between them.
NOTE
The application and operating system are abbreviated hereafter AP
and OS, respectively.
5.1 Software(AP/OS)andDataFlow
Datafowduringroutineprocessing
REFERENCE
Imagedata
ImagesderivedfromFPDareretainedonceinCU/MC/FSCandthen
transferred to the DR-ID 300CL via CU/MC/FSC.
Controlcommand
The network that connects the DR-ID 300CL and CU/MC/FSC assumes
responsibility to control the DR-ID 300CL and FPD.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-21
6. Relationshipbetweena
Cassette-typeImageReader
andtheDR-ID300CL
Thissectionexplainsaboutthedataexchangeoperationsbetweenthe
DR-ID300CLandacassette-typeImageReaderthatareperformed
whenestablishingaconnectionbetweenthem.
NOTE
The application and operating system are abbreviated hereafter AP
and OS, respectively.
6.1 Software(AP/OS)andDataFlow
Datafowduringroutineprocessing
Imagedata
Imagesreadonacassette-typeImageReaderaretransferredtothe
DR-ID 300CL via TCP/IP.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-22
7. ClusterConnectionFunction
Overview
The cluster connection function enables network-connected DR-ID
300CLs to share study information.
This function enables each cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL to display
studyinformationandimagesregisteredwithanothercluster-connected
DR-ID300CLonaspecifcDR-ID300CLsdisplayandtoperform
integratedoutputprocessing.
NOTE
If the Japanese and English versions of the DR-ID 300CLs are used
together, they cannot be cluster-connected.
Anexampleofclusterconnection
A typical cluster connection is shown below.
DXCL040107001.ai
DR-ID
300CL2
DR-ID
300CL1
FPD1 FPD2
Cluster-connected
Printer
Functionoverview
Studyinformationdisplay
Variousstudylists(Waitingstudy,WaitingQA,FinishQA,All,Today)of
aspecifcDR-ID300CLcandisplaythestudyinformationaboutthe
otherDR-ID300CLswithinthesharedrange.
In this instance, the study information that is not possessed by the
specifcDR-ID300CLcanalsobeobtainedfromtheothercluster-
connected DR-ID 300CL and displayed.
A
B
C
D
DR-ID
300CL2
DXCL040107002.ai
A
A
B
DR-ID
300CL1
A
B
C
D
C
D
FPD1 Printer FPD2
A
B
C
D
A
Cluster-connected
Study information
database
Image files
Information
sharing
Study list display Study list display
Image display Image display
Study information
database
Image files
Imagedisplay
Study information can be selected from a study list to display the
associatedimage.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-23
Studyexecution
ThestudyexecutionprocesscanbeperformedbyaDR-ID300CL
other than the one with which the study information to be studied was
registered.
Registeredstudyinformationcanbesharedbycluster-connectedDR-
ID 300CLs.
DR-ID
300CL2
DR-ID
300CL1
DXCL040107003.ai
E
F
E
F
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
E
B
A
B
E
F
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
D
C
D
E
F
C
FPD1 Printer FPD2
Study information
database
Study information
database
Image files
Image files
Information
sharing
Study list display Study list display
Image display Image display
Study information registration Study execution
Whenimagesarereadforexecutingastudy,theyarestoredinaDR-ID
300CL that has executed the study.
Sorting,search,andfltering
Althoughthetotalnumberofstudiestobedisplayedincreasesdueto
clusterconnection,youcanperformasorting/search/flteringoperation
fromastudylisttonarrowdowntherangeofstudyinformationtobe
displayed.
NOTE
If an error occurs, it is displayed and logged by a DR-ID 300CL that has
been performing the affected process. Therefore, the error information
must be collected on an individual DR-ID 300CL basis.
Example) Imagereadingerror DisplayedonaDR-ID300CLthat
has been reading the affected
image.
Printeroutputerror Displayedonanoutputprocessing
DR-ID 300CL.
Sharedstudyinformationdisplaysetup
Variousstudylistsetupwindowsareavailablefordefningtheitemsto
be displayed and the maximum number of studies to be displayed in
each study list.
Sharerangesetup
WithServiceUtility,youcandefneasharerangetodeterminewhat
DR-ID 300CLs can share study information.
AfterasharerangeisdefnedinthismannerfromServiceUtility,itcan
be narrowed down from a study list.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-24
Studiesenabledbyclusterconnection
Whenaclusterconnectionisestablished,thefollowingstudiescanbe
conducted.
IntensiveQA(improvedQAeffciency)
Afterstudyreception,X-rayexposure,andprimaryverifcation
proceduresareperformedbyadesignatedradiographeratvarious
DR-ID300CLs,aseniorradiographercanperformasecondary
verifcationprocedureintensivelyataseparateDR-ID300CL.
Integratedoutputprocessing(reducedoutputload)
AspecifcDR-ID300CLcanbedesignatedasanoutputprocessingunit
soastocarryoutoutputprocessinginacentralizedmanner.Inthis
instance,theprintoptionisrequiredfortheoutputprocessingDR-ID
300CL only.
MovingastudyfromoneX-rayexposureroomtoanother
A currently executed study can be suspended and then resumed at
another DR-ID 300CL. If, for instance, a built-in type X-ray exposure is
neededforastudythatwasoriginallyregisteredforacassette
exposure, the study can be moved to another X-ray exposure room
Restrictionsonclusterconnection
Functionalrestrictions
ConcentratingstudyreservationsonaspecifcDR-ID300CLandthen
performingstudiesonotherDR-ID300CLsarenotguaranteed.
(Forbidden of study reservation concentration)
The patient information input in the DR-ID 300CL cannot be shared
withotherDR-ID300CLs.(Patientinformationsharingisnot
supported)
Confgurationrestrictions
The numbers of DR-ID 300CLs that can be cluster-connected (share
study information) are as follows.
Whenperformingtheintegratedoutputprocessing: Upto4
Whennotperformingtheintegratedoutputprocessing:Upto8
Whenestablishingaclusterconnection,itisnecessarytoinitializethe
imagedatabasesoftheDR-ID300CLswithinasharerange.The
DR-ID 300CLs cannot be cluster-connected while they retain their
previously saved data.
When DR-ID 300CLs are to be added to or removed from an
institution in which a cluster connection is established, they are
allowed to retain their previously saved data. However, you must
deletetheimageflesthataresavedintheDR-ID300CLstobe
removed.
When an MWM connection is used, each DR-ID 300CL receives
study information from the RIS. Therefore, the MWM tab in a study
list is not to be shared.
Settingrestrictions
The host name of a cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL cannot exceed
10charactersinlength.
Ensure that the cluster-connected DR-ID 300CLs use the same DR-
ID 300CL software version.
TherearesomeUserUtility/ServiceUtilityconfgurationsettingsthat
need to be the same for all DR-ID 300CLs.
FordetailsonUserUtilityconfgurationsettings,see2.1.5
EqualizingtheEnvironment/Table/MenuSettingsunder
Appendix31PerformingStudyInformationSharingSetup
(ClusterConnection)inAppxIN:InstallationAppendix.
FordetailsonServiceUtilityconfgurationsettings,see3.
VariousConfgurationSettingsSetupConfgurationItemin
MU:MaintenanceUtility.
EachDR-ID300CLcandesignateonlyoneoutputprocessingDR-ID
300CL.
All the output DR-ID 300CLs entitled to issue an output request must
beregisteredwiththeoutputprocessingDR-ID300CL.
Ifthenumberofstudiestobedisplayedissettolimitless,a
considerable amount of time may be required for operation.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-25
Operationalrestrictions
AstudycurrentlyusedbyacertainDR-ID300CLforexposureorQA
purposescannotbeselectedfromtheotherDR-ID300CLs(theAll
listindicatesthatanexposure/QAprocessisinprogress).
WhileaDR-ID300CLisrunningUserUtilityorServiceUtility,the
other DR-ID 300CLs can share the study information. However,
imagedatabaseinitialization,study-relatedinformationediting,and
other similar operations must be performed while all DR-ID 300CLs
are stopped.
Studies cannot be moved from one X-ray exposure room to another if
theyarebeingusedforexposure/QAatanotherDR-ID300CL,
registeredwithoutcompletinganimageinput,orinanoutputprocess.
IftheoutputprocessingDR-ID300CLreceivesarequestforlarge-
volumeoutput,theprocessingspeedmaydecrease.Tokeepahigh
outputprocessingspeed,performsetupinthesamemanneras
before so that each DR-ID 300CL performs output operation.
TurnOFFotherDR-ID300CLssharingstudyinformationbefore
initializingtheimagedatabase.
EnsurethatLANcablesareinsertedwheninitializingtheimage
database.Theimagedatabasecannotbeinitializedproperlywithout
LAN cable connection.
Studyresultscannotbeoutputtomediaduringtheintegratedoutput
processing.Tooutputtomedia,outputtomediasetintheDR-ID
300CLtowhichthestudyresultsarestoredduringdistributedoutput
processing.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MD-26
BLANKPAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MT-I
MT: Machine Troubleshooting
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MT-II
Control Sheet
Issuedate Revisionnumber Reason Pagesaffected
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) I, II, 3, 4, 8, 10, 22, Appx MT A-1136,
Appx MT B-112, Appx MT C-14
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) I, II, 4, 5, 8, 9, 18, 19, 2126,
Appx MT A-1136, Appx MT B-1108,
Appx MT C-112, Appx MT D-14
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) I, II, Appx MT B-1108, Appx MT C-116,
Appx MT D-14, Appx MT E-18
12/15/2011 05 Revision for V6.1 (FM5944) I, II, 11, 25, Appx MT B-1136,
Appx MT E-18
03/31/2012 06 Revision for V6.2 (FM6000) I, II, Appx MT B-1148,
Appx MT C-116
09/12/2012 07 Revision for V7.0 (FM6055) I, II, 11, 2634, Appx MT B-1152
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
MT-1
1. Error Code Table
ForerrorsoccurringwhiletheDR-ID300CL-APisbeingused,take
appropriatecountermeasuresfollowingtheerrorcodes(anderror
messages)listedherein.
See 2. Using the Event Viewer.
1.1 Referring to Error Messages
Event (error code) and event source name
Whenanerroroccurs,usetheeventandeventsourcename
informationtoseparatetheassumedcauses.
TheeventandeventsourcenamearedisplayedintheSourceand
EventcolumnsoftheEventViewermainwindowshownbelow.
Event ID column Source column
00000072.ai
Meaning of the event (error code)
Afve-digitcodedisplayedintheEventcolumnimpliesthefollowing.
A B C C C
A: Error-detectedprocess
1:Moduleusedincommoninthesystem
2: Main process
3: Input process
4: QA unit
5: Output process, SFPD process
7: UTILITY process
B: Error level (See the Table Error Levels.)
CCC: Forerrorlevel0or1,thissectionoftheerrorcodeis
providedsothatitisuniqueintheprocess.
For error level 2, 3 or 9, this section is unique in the
control.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
MT-2
Table Error Levels
Error Level Description
0: Fatal Error
An error that fully
disablessystem
operation.
Aserious,fatalproblemthatabsolutelydisablesthesystems
stable operation.
DB acc ess error
Systemfleaccessfleerror
1:Warning
An error that enables
thesystems
operation to be
continuedafteruser
intervention.
Inevitablyinvolvesusernotifcationandthesystemoperation
canbecontinuedbytheuserintervention.
Causesofthiserrortypecanbeassumedasfollows.
Datafleaccesserror
Disk full
Noresponsefromthetargetdestinationforconnection
2:Warning
An error that enables
thesystems
continuous
operation.
Aslighterrorthatdoesnotrequireusernotifcation.
Thesystemoperationcanbecontinuedwithnouser
intervention.Thefollowingcausescanbeassumed.
Unspecifeddataenteredfromnetworks.(Anerrorimplying
thatthesystemcanbecontinuedbeingsubstitutedbythe
default).
3:Information
Simpleinformation
Informationthatthesystemdevelopmentsectionwishesto
keep.
9: Logical Error
Defectiveprogram
Anerrorpresumablycausedbydefectiveprogram.
Basically,thiserrordoesnotoccuratuserssite.
Thefollowingcausescanbeassumed.
Unspecifedvaluereturnedfromthemethod
Failureinsecuringmemory
FailureinacquiringWindowsresources
ErrorreturnedfromtheWindowsAPI
Message
Themessageisdescriptionofanevent.
Adisplaymessagecanbecheckeduponawindowthatopensby
selectingtheGeneraltabontheEventPropertieswindowshown
below.
00000073.ai
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
MT-3
Identifyingtheproblemcausewhentwoormoreerrorsencountered
havethesameerrorcode
Thesameerrorcodemayappearonthedisplayevenwhentheerror
cause varies. If you encounter such a situation, note both the error
codeanderrormessagetoidentifytheerrorcause.
Event
Event
Source
Description Causes
*
13005
FFCustom
MsgBox
MessageBox
Dialog Show
Error.
Amessageboxcouldnotbe
displayed.Theproblemis
attributable to resource
inadequacyorsysteminstability
13005
FFIdFilm
Mark
Itfailedthat[%1]
gets the
connection string
ofFilmMarkDB
TheFflmMarkDBkeywasnot
foundinDirectory.ini.
13005
FFId
Menu
Change
[%1]failedinthe
liberating
processing of the
displaygroup
dataacquisition
The connection to the
displaygrouptablewasnot
successfullyclosed.
13005
FFIdPat
InfoInput
Itfailedthat[%1]
gets the SexMale
caption
TheLangStrDBkeywasnot
foundinDirectory.iniortheID
30705wasnotregisteredinthe
characterstringdatabase.
13005
FFIipInput Itfailedthat[%1]
connects to
STRDB
The connection character string
wasnotproperlyregisteredfor
theLangStrDBkeyinDirectory.
ini.
13005
FFIpcInf [%1]Itfailedin_
beginthread(%2).
Mainthreadcreationwasno
successful.Theproblemis
attributable to resource
inadequacyorsysteminstability.
*Therearetwoormoreoccurrencesofthesameerrorcode
(event).
Toidentifytheerrorcause,performthefollowingprocedure:
1. Start the Event Viewer.
2. Open the Event Properties window.
Fordetailstheprocedureforopeningtheabovewindow,
see 2.4 Details of Events.
3. See both the error code and error message, and then locate
the associated error description in Appendix A DR-ID
300CL Error Message Table.
00000472.ai
Error code
Error message
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MT-4
1.2 Precautions
Anerrorsuchasincorrectlyenteredimageprocessingparameters
willnotbehandledasanerror.
Thecorrelationbetweentheerrorlevel(theseconddigitofanerror
codenumber)ofDR-ID300CL-generatederrorsandthatassumed
byWindows(EventViewer)isasfollows.
Error level Error level assumed by Windows
0:FatalError EVENTLOG_ERROR_TYPE
1:Warning EVENTLOG_WARNING_TYPE
2:Warning EVENTLOG_WARNING_TYPE
3:Information EVENTLOG_INFORMATION_TYPE
9:LogicalError EVENTLOG_ERROR_TYPE
1.3 Error Message
For software V4.0 or earlier
For error messages, see Appendix A DR-ID 300CL Error Message
Table (V4.0 or Earlier).
For software V5.0 or later
For error messages, see Appendix B DR-ID 300CL Error Message
Table (V5.0 or Later).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MT-5
2. Using the Event Viewer
TheWindowsEventViewerisusedforcheckingdetailsoferrors
occurringwithWindowsortheDR-ID300CL-AP.
HowtousetheEventViewerisdescribedherein,togetherwiththe
startupprocedures.
2.1 Overview of the Event Viewer
Avarietyofinformationitems,suchasresourceinformation,system
operationstatusandapplicationerrorsoccurringwithWindows,are
recorded(logged)totheEventViewer.
Causesoferrorsthatoccurcanbespecifedfromthefollowinglogs.
Application Log
SystemLog
Security Log
TheDR-ID300CL-APerrorinformationisrecordedtoApplication
undertheWindowsLogs.
TodisplaytheDR-ID300CL-APerrorinformation,selecttheWindows
LogsApplicationfromthetreemenuoftheEventViewermain
windowshownbelow.
00000371.ai
2.2 Starting the Event Viewer
1. Start up the DR-ID 300 CL Service Utility mode.
For details of DR-ID 300 CLs Service Utility mode startup, see
1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility in MU: Maintenance
Utility.
TheIIPServiceUtilitywindowopens.
DXL02020001.ai
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
MT-6
2. Click .
TheEventViewermainwindowopens.
REFERENCE
Use the following procedures if you cannot start up the Event
Viewer from the Service Utility mode.
1. From the Start menu at the lower left of the desktop window,
select Control Panel to display the Control Panel window.
2. Double-click Administrative Tool to display the Administrative
Tool window.
3. Double-click Event Viewer. The Event Viewer starts up.
2.3 ConfgurationandHowtoView
the Event Viewer
ExplainedhereinaretheEventViewersscreenconfguration(shown
below)andhowtoviewit.
00000375.ai
A B C D E
A Level:
Symbol Meaning Description
Error
Displayedwhenafatalerror,suchasfailureindevice
driverorservicestartup,orlossofdata,occurswhilethe
systemisrunning.
Information
Displayedtoindicatethatthesystemhasstartednormally
beingsuccessfulinstartupofservicesorremoteaccess.
Warning
DisplayedtoindicatethattheWarningcanbeattributable
tothecauseoftheerrorthathasoccurred.
B DateandTime: Thedateandtimewhenaneventoccurs.
C Source : The source application that wrote an event.
D Event ID : Event ID
E Task Category : Event category
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
MT-7
2.4 Details of Events
Describedbelowaretheproceduresusedforcheckingdetailedevent
information.
1. On the Event Viewer main window, double-click the log you
wish to display.
00000376.ai
TheEventPropertieswindowopens.
2. Check detailed information of an event.
00000377.ai
Error message
Event details
3. Click .
ThesystemreturnstotheEventViewerwindow.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MT-8
2.5 Saving the Event Log
Howtosaveeventlogsisexplainedbelow.
NOTE
Be sure to have media (FD, USB memory stick or the like) ready to use
for saving event logs.
1. Insert the media used for saving event logs into the PC.
2. From the Action menu of the Event Viewer main window,
select Save All Event As...
(Save Events As... for Windows Vista).
DXL02020005.ai
TheSaveAswindowopens.
3. Select or enter the following.
00000379.ai
I
II
I. Selectamediadriveusedforsavingeventlogs.
II. Entertheflename(e.g.:log).
REFERENCE
If Text (Tab Separation) is selected for Save as Type, event logs
can be saved as text fles.
4. Click .
TheDisplayInformationwindowopens.
00000473.ai
5. Click .
ThesystemreturnstotheEventViewer/Applicationwindow.
6. Remove the media from the PC.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MT-9
2.6 Deleting the Event Log
Howtodeleteeventlogsareexplainedbelow.
1. From the Action menu of the Event Viewer window, select
Clear Log....
DXL02020006.ai
Awindowopenspromptingyoutoconfrmthedatatobesaved.
2. Click .
ThesystemreturnstotheEventViewer/Applicationwindow,
deletingthusalleventlogs.
DXL02020007.ai
2.7 Quitting the Event Viewer
HowtoquittheEventViewerisexplainedbelow.
1. Click of the Event Viewer main window.
Thesystemreturntothedesktopwindow.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
MT-10
3. Information Useful for Error
Recovery
3.1 Precautions to be Observed During
the Use of Options
Ifanerrormessageoftheerrorcode50001appearsatDR-ID300CL-
AP startup, check the settings for the following option.
InappropriatelyperformedsettingswilldisabletheDR-ID300CLtostart
up properly.
DX CL DICOM MPPS
DXCLDICOMMEDIASTORAGE
Thecheckstobeperformedaredetailedbelow:
Option key Check
DX CL DICOM MPPS
Verifythattheoptionkeyisinstalled,andthencheck
thattheMPPSoptionperformsDICOMsettingsand
CONNECTINGEQUIPMENTsettingsproperly.The
procedureisdescribedbelow:
1.WiththeServiceUtility,opentheSetup
ConfgurationItemwindow.
2.OpenNETWORKCONFIGURATIONandthen
THISHOST(IIP).
3.CheckthattheMPPSSCUisregistered
appropriately.
4.CheckthatMPPSSCPisspecifedforALLOTHER
NODES.
5.CheckthatPPSisspecifedforCONNECTNIG
EQUIPMENT.
*Registerasappropriateifnodataisregisteredat
steps3,4and5,above.
DX CL DICOM MEDIA
STORAGE
Verifythattheoptionkeyisinstalled,andthencheck
thattheMEDIASTORAGEoptionperformsMEDIA
settingsandCONNECTINGEQUIPMENTsettings
properly.
Theprocedureisdescribedbelow:
1.WiththeServiceUtility,opentheSetup
2.OpenNETWORKCONFIGURATIONandthen
THISHOST(IIP).
3.CheckthatMEDIASCPisspecifed.
4.CheckthatMEDIAisspecifedforCONNECTING
EQUIPMENT.
*Registerasappropriateifnodataisregisteredat
steps3and4,above.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MT-11
4. Troubleshooting (for DELL PC)
Thetablebelowsummarizesvarioustroublesthatmayarisewiththe
DR-ID300CL.Inaccordancewiththeencounteredtrouble,performa
procedureindicatedintheCheckMethod/Remediescolumn.
Symptom Probable Causes Check Method/Remedies
ThePC(Windows)doesnot
start up.
ItisconceivablethatthePCsmemory
maybedefective.
CheckthePCsmemory.Ifitisdefective,replaceit.
For the memory check procedure, see 4.1 Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics).
The DR-ID 300CL-AP
(application)doesnotstart
up.
Itisconceivablethatthedatastoredon
theharddiskmaybepartlydamaged.
Checktheharddisk.Ifanyerrorisrevealedbythecheck,performaprocedureforachievingerror
recoveryorreplacetheharddisk.
For the hard disk check procedure, see 4.2 Checking the Hard Disk.
Installedoptionsarenotproperlysetup.
[Displayederrorcode:5000120110]
Properlysetupsystemoptions.
For details, see 3.1 Precautions to be Observed During the Use of Options.
Theimagedatabaseisnotinitialized.
[Displayederrorcode:50001 20001
30107 30151 20110]
WiththeServiceUtility,initializetheimagedatabase.
TheMACaddressisnotacquired.
(Error20111isrecordedonlyinthe
applicationseventlog.)]
Iftheerrorrecursafterthenetworkdriverisupdated,replacethePCsmotherboard.Before
motherboardreplacement,acquiretheMACaddressmanuallyandstartuptheDR-ID300CL-AP.
For the MAC address acquisition procedure, see 3.15 MAC Address Manual Input
in MU: Maintenance Utility.
The DR-ID 300CL-AP
up.
Theselectorresetupprocedureisnot
completed.
Afterthehostnameforthebuilt-intypeequipmentischanged,usetheselectorsetupoftheService
Utilitytosetthebuilt-intypeequipmenthostnameagain.
For the setup procedure, see 12. Setting the Selectors Selector Setting in
MU: Maintenance Utility.
TheLCDfickers. Therefreshfrequencysettingisimproper. Correct the refresh frequency setting.
For the refresh frequency setup procedure, see 4.3 Resetting the Refresh Frequency.
TheLCDtouchpaneldoes
notsound.
The screen contact position correction
procedurewasperformedtwicein
succession.
Withtheutilitytoolforthetouchpanel,performthetouchpanelsoundsetupprocedureagain.
For the setup procedure, see 4.4 Resetting the Touch Panel Sound.
Thebarcodereader(BCR)/
magneticcardreader(MCR)
doesnotoperate.
Theproperdriversoftwareisnotinstalled.
Reinstalling the OS with the BCR or MCR
connectedtoaUSBportresultsin
installationofimproperdriversoftware.
WithWindowsDeviceManager,switchtotheproperdriversoftware.
For the driver software change procedure, see 4.5 Changing the Barcode Reader/
Magnetic Card Reader Driver Software.
TheBCR/MCRdoesnot
normallyoperate.
TheBCR/MCRisconnectedtoan
improperUSBport.
ConnecttheBCR/MCRtoarecommendedUSBport.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
MT-12
4.1 Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)
UseDellDiagnosticsfortroublediagnosis.DellDiagnosticsusesthe
Driverdisksuppliedwiththecomputer.TheDriverdiskisaDellDVD
withvariousdriversstoredonit.
4.1.1 Starting the Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)
1. Turn ON the monitor and PC power switches.
The PC starts running.
2. Press the <F12> key when F12 Boot Option appears at the
upper right corner of the window.
NOTE
If the <F12> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup
window will not open.In such an instance, restart the PC to perform
step 2. above again.
TheBootDeviceMenuwindowopens.
Boot Device Menu
Use Up/Down arrows to highlight desired item.
Use Enter to select highlighted item.
*Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive
*SATA0-WDC WD1600AAJS-75PSA0
*System Setup
*Diagnostics
AWS24001.ai
3. Insert the Drivers Disk into the PC.
4. Select the CD-ROM drive (The screen display is SATA0-WDC
WD1600AAJS-75PSA0) by using the < > key and then
press the <Enter> key.
Thescreenforselectionofthebootdiskisdisplayed.
5. Enter the <1>key.
TheDriversandUtilitiesCDwindowopens.
6. Enter the <2>key.
DellDiagnosticsprogramstartsrunning.
7. Select Run the 32 Bit Dell Diagnostics from the lists.
NOTE
If multiple versions are displayed, select a version suitable for the
computer.
TheMainMenuwindowopens.
AWS24002.ai
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
MT-13
4.1.2 Running the Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics)
AWS24002.ai
ExpressTest(usedatthetimeofnormalinspection)
Theentirecomputeristested(10to20minutes).
ExtendedTest
Detaileddiagnosisisperformed,takingmoretimethanExpressTest
(one hour to several hours).
CustomTest
Diagnosis in part units
SymptomTree
Thesymptomsoftheoccurredcomputertroubleareselectedandall
trouble-relatedhardwareistested.
Express Test
1. Start up the Dell Diagnostics.
For detail, see 4.1.1 Starting the Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell
Diagnostics).
2. Click on the Main Menu window.
Diagnosis starts.
AWS24003.ai
Oneofthefollowingisdisplayedaftercompletionoftesting.
Whentherewasnofault
Thefollowingwindowisdisplayed.Click .
AWS24004.ai
Whenafaulthasbeenfound
Anerrorcodeandanerrormessagearedisplayed.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
MT-14
Extended Test
Diagnostics).
Diagnosis starts.
AWS24003.ai
Whentherewasnofault
AWS24004.ai
Custom Test
Diagnostics).
TheCustomizewindowopens.
AWS24005.ai
3. Select the parts to be tested and click Run Tests (or
double-click the item).
Diagnosis starts.
REFERENCES
The test items are shown below.
Item Test object Remarks
All Devices SameasforExpanded
Test.
Sometestitemsmay
require user input or
judgment.
Processor CPU
SystemBoard Motherboard
SystemManagement BIOSandSMBIOS
controller
SystemMemory Memory Maynotbedetectedby
testing.Endurance
Testisrecommended.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
MT-15
Item Test object Remarks
Video Videofunction(On-board
orcardtype)
CDROM/DVD CD-ROM Drive Mediamustbeplaced
intothedrive.
Cables All cables in the
computer(IDE/SATA/
Audiocables)
USB USB Port
Keyboard Keyboardinput
Pointing Devices Mouse operation
Network Interface Network function
PCI Devices PCICard APCIcardmustbe
installed.
Parallel Port Parallelport/controller Devicesmustbe
disconnected.
Serial Port Serialport/controller Devicesmustbe
disconnected.
Diskette Drive FD Drive Afoppydiskmustbe
insertedintothedrive.
Audio Soundfunction Aspeakerisrequired.
HardDrive HDD Thetimechanges
accordingtothe
capacity.
Whentherewasnofault
AWS24004.ai
4. SelecttheResulttaborErrortab.Confrmthedetailed
test results.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
MT-16
Symptom Tree
Diagnostics).
TheSymptomTreewindowopens.
3. Select the occurred trouble contents and click Run Tests
(or double-click the item).
Diagnosis starts.
REFERENCES
The trouble contents which can be diagnosed differ according to
the confguration of the computer. Example test items are shown
below.
Item Trouble contents
NoSoundorAudio Nosound
Alldevices Diagnose all.
ProblemswithFan(s)orSystem
SeemsHot
Abnormallyhightemperatureinthe
computer.Problemswithfan(s).
ProblemswithUSBDeviceor
USBDeviceNotDetected
USBdevicesarenotrecognized.USB
devicesdonotoperatenormally.
KeyboardNon-Responsive Keyboardinputisnotpossible.
Abnormalnoisecomingfrommy
system
Abnormalnoisefromthecomputer
CursorMovementisErratic Erraticmousecursormovement
Cannot Boot the OS TheOScannotbebooted.
HardDriveErrors Theharddiskdoesnotoperatenormally.
VideoCorruption Thevideodisplaydoesnotoperate
normally.
Whentherewasnofault
AWS24004.ai
4. SelecttheResulttaborErrortab.Confrmthedetailed
test results.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
MT-17
4.2 CheckingtheHardDisk
1. Start up Windows and open Windows Explorer.
2. Right-click drive C (Local Disk C:) and then choose
Properties.
MT000010.ai
3. Choose the Tools tab. In the Error-checking area, click
.
MT000011.ai
4. Verify that the check boxes in the Check disk options area
are unchecked, and then click .
MT000012.EPS
Theharddiskcheckstarts(andittakesabout5minuteswhenthe
disksizeis40GB).
Whentheharddiskisnormal,Phasesupto3willbecompletedanda
dialogboxwillopentoindicatethecompletionoftheharddiskcheck.
Iftheharddiskisnotnormal,Phasesupto3willnotbecompletedand
adialogboxwillopentoindicatethattheharddiskcheckisnot
completed.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MT-18
4.3 Resetting the Refresh Frequency
Ifthescreenfickers,itcanberestoredtonormalbychangingthe
refresh frequency setting.
Therefreshfrequencychangeprocedureisdescribedbelow.
1. Perform the following procedures.
For Windows Vista
I. ChoosePersonalizationfromtheright-clickmenuonthe
desktop.
ThePersonalizationwindowopens.
II. ClicktheDisplaySettings.

MT000015.ai
TheDisplayPropertieswindowopens.
III. Click .

MT000015.ai
TheMonitorPropertieswindowopens.
For Windows 7
I. ChooseScreenResolutionfromtheright-clickmenuonthe
desktop.
TheScreenResolutionwindowopens.
II. ClicktheAdvancedsettings.

MT000020.ai
TheMonitorPropertieswindowopens.
2. Click the Monitor tab.
3. From the Screen refresh rate: pull-down menu, choose
60 Hertz.
MT000016.ai
4. Click .
Theconfrmationwindowopens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MT-19
5. Click .
TheDisplaySettingswindowopens.
NOTE
If you do not click within 15 seconds, the system reverts the
previous setting. Therefore, click it without delay.
6. Click and close all windows.
Thesystemreturnstothedesktopscreen.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MT-20
4.4 Resetting the Touch Panel Sound
Ifyouperformthescreencontactpositioncorrectionproceduretwoor
moretimesinsuccession,thetouchpanelmayfailtosoundwhenyou
touch it.
Torecoverthetouchpanelsoundgenerationfunction,performthe
followingprocedure.
1. Double-click on the desktop.
TheMT7SoftwareControlPanelwindowopens.
2. Select the Touch Settings tab.
DCL70420.ai
3. Perform following settings.
DCL70421.ai
II.
I.
I. Touch tosetTouchModeto[Clickontouchwith
drag].
II. Touch tosetTouchSoundto[Beepon
touchdown].
4. Touch to close the MT7 Software Control Panel
window. The touch sound will then be restored.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MT-21
4.5 Changing the Barcode Reader/
Magnetic Card Reader Driver Software
Ifanyencounteredproblemisattributabletotherecognitionofwrong
driversoftware,useWindowsDeviceManagertocheckwhether
properdriversoftwareisused.Ifimproperdriversoftwareisused,
replaceitwithproperdriversoftware.
Thedriversoftwarecheck/changeprocedureisindicatedbelow.
NOTE
If either one of the following are applicable, display the desktop screen
and start from step 9.
When the Barcode Reader other than the DataLogics is used.
When the driver of the Magnetic Card Reader is to be changed.
When the version is V5.0.0001 or later.
1. Exit DR-ID 300CL-AP and shut down the PC.
2. Connect the barcode reader to the USB port on the PC.
3. Turn On the PC power.
Windowsstartsup.Afteraboutoneminute,theDR-ID300CL-AP
starts.
4. Start up the Service Utility and click [Exit Service Utility].
5. If the DataLogics barcode reader is used, insert Barcode
Reader Driver CD V1.0 into the PC.
Theinstallationwindowautomaticallyopens.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution fle (Setup.bat) in the CD.
DXL02040006.ai
6. Enter 1 and press the <Enter> key.
Thefollowingwindowopens.
DXL02040007.ai
7. Press the <Enter> key.
8. Remove the CD from the PC.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MT-22
9. Select Control Panel from the menu.
TheAllControlPanelItemswindowopens.
10. Click .
TheDeviceManagerwindowopens.
11. Right-click Human Interface Devices and then USB
Human Interface Device to select Update Driver
Software....
MT0000053.ai
TheUpdateDriverSoftware-USBHumanInterfaceDevice
windowopens.
12. Select Browse my computer for driver software.
MT000057.ai
TheBrowsefordiversoftwareonyourcomputerwindowopens.
13. Select Let me pick from a list of device drivers on my
computer.
MT000058.ai
TheSelectthedevicedriveryouwanttoinstallforthishardware
windowopens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MT-23
14. Select a driver you wish to install and click .
For the barcode reader
NOTE
With V5.0.0001 or later, select WinUSB BCR.
IfthebarcodereaderotherthantheDataLogicsisused
MT0000055.ai
IftheDataLogicsbarcodereaderisused
DXL02040008.ai
For the magnetic card reader
MT0000054.ai
TheWindowsSecuritywindowopens.
15. Select Install this driver software anyway.
MT000059.ai
Awindowopenstoindicatethatinstallationprocessinghasended.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MT-24
16. Click [Close].
ThesystemreturnstotheDeviceManagerwindow.
NOTE
If the DataLogics barcode reader is used, perform the following
procedures.
I. Disconnect the barcode reader and restart the PC.
PC restarts.
II. Start up the Service Utility and click [Exit Service Utility].
The desktop screen opens.
III. Connect the barcode reader to the USB port on the PC.
IV. Select Control Panel from the menu.
The All Control Panel Items window opens.
V. Click .
The Device Manager window opens.
17. Verify that the proper USB drivers are installed.
DXL02040009.ai
Example of state that
the drivers installed normally
Upper: Barcode reader
Lower: Magnetic card reader
MT-25
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
4.6 ConfrmationRequiredWhen
Beeps Sound at PC Startup
(For Dell OptiPlex 760/780/790)
Aseriesofbeepsmaysoundsometimesconsecutivelywhendisplayof
therelevanterrormessageortheproblemindicationisdisabledonthe
monitorforanerrordetectedatcomputerstartup.
Example:3beeps+2consecutivebeeps+4beeps(beeppatterncode:
3-2-4)
Theexampleaboveshowsthatakeyboardcontrollertesterror
occurred.
Ifyourcomputerbeepswhenitstarts,performthefollowingprocedure.
1. Write down the beep code.
2. Execute the Dell Diagnostics program, and check details.
Diagnostics).
3. Inquire at DELL Technical Support.
Beep code Cause
1-1-2 Microprocessor register failure
1-1-3 NVRAMread/writefailure
1-1-4 ROMBIOSchecksumfailure
1-2-1 Programmableintervaltimerfailure
1-2-2 DMAinitializationfailure
1-2-3 DMApageregisterread/writefailure
1-3 VideoMemorytestfailure
1-3-1 through 2-4-4 Memorynotbeingproperlyidentifedorused
3-1-1 Slave DMA register failure
3-1-2 Master DMA register failure
3-1-3 Masterinterruptmaskregisterfailure
3-1-4 Slaveinterruptmaskregisterfailure
3-2-2 Interruptvectorloadingfailure
3-2-4 KeyboardControllertestfailure
3-3-1 NVRAM power loss
3-3-2 InvalidNVRAMconfguration
3-3-4 VideoMemorytestfailure
3-4-1 Screeninitializationfailure
3-4-2 Screen retrace failure
3-4-3 SearchforvideoROMfailure
4-2-1 Notimertick
4-2-2 Shutdownfailure
4-2-3 GateA20failure
4-2-4 Unexpectedinterruptinprotectedmode
4-3-1 Memoryfailureaboveaddress0FFFFh
4-3-3 Timer-chipcounter2failure
4-3-4 Time-of-dayclockstopped
4-4-1 Serial or parallel port test failure
4-4-2 Failuretodecompresscodetoshadowedmemory
4-4-3 Math-coprocessor test failure
4-4-4 Cache test failure
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MT-26
5. Troubleshooting(forHPPC)
Thetablebelowsummarizesvarioustroublesthatmayarisewiththe
DR-ID300CL.Inaccordancewiththeencounteredtrouble,performa
procedureindicatedintheCheckMethod/Remediescolumn.
Symptom Probable Causes Check Method/Remedies
ThePC(Windows)doesnot
start up.
ItisconceivablethatthePCsmemory
maybedefective.
CheckthePCsmemory.Ifitisdefective,replaceit.
For the memory check procedure, see 5.1 Checking the Memory.
The DR-ID 300CL-AP
up.
Itisconceivablethatthedatastoredon
theharddiskmaybepartlydamaged.
Checktheharddisk.Ifanyerrorisrevealedbythecheck,performaprocedureforachievingerror
recoveryorreplacetheharddisk.
For the hard disk check procedure, see 4.2 Checking the Hard Disk.
Installedoptionsarenotproperlysetup.
Properlysetupsystemoptions.
For details, see 3.1 Precautions to be Observed During the Use of Options.
Theimagedatabaseisnotinitialized.
30107 30151 20110]
WiththeServiceUtility,initializetheimagedatabase.
TheMACaddressisnotacquired.
(Error20111isrecordedonlyinthe
applicationseventlog.)]
ReplacethePCsmotherboard.Beforemotherboardreplacement,acquiretheMACaddressmanually
andstartuptheDR-ID300CL-AP.
For the MAC address acquisition procedure, see 3.15 MAC Address Manual Input
in MU: Maintenance Utility.
Aftermotherboardreplacement,performthememorycheckandBIOSsettings.
For the memory check procedure, see 5.1 Checking the Memory.
For the BIOS setup procedure, see 5.2 Setting the BIOS.
The DR-ID 300CL-AP
up.
Theselectorresetupprocedureisnot
completed.
Afterthehostnameforthebuilt-intypeequipmentischanged,usetheselectorsetupoftheService
Utilitytosetthebuilt-intypeequipmenthostnameagain.
For the setup procedure, see 12. Setting the Selectors Selector Setting in
TheLCDfickers. Therefreshfrequencysettingisimproper. Correct the refresh frequency setting.
For the refresh frequency setup procedure, see 4.3 Resetting the Refresh Frequency.
TheLCDtouchpaneldoes
notsound.
The screen contact position correction
procedurewasperformedtwicein
succession.
Withtheutilitytoolforthetouchpanel,performthetouchpanelsoundsetupprocedureagain.
For the setup procedure, see 4.4 Resetting the Touch Panel Sound.
Thebarcodereader(BCR)/
magneticcardreader(MCR)
doesnotoperate.
Theproperdriversoftwareisnotinstalled.
Reinstalling the OS with the BCR or MCR
connectedtoaUSBportresultsin
installationofimproperdriversoftware.
WithWindowsDeviceManager,switchtotheproperdriversoftware.
For the driver software change procedure,
see 4.5 Changing the Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader Driver Software.
TheBCR/MCRdoesnot
normallyoperate.
TheBCR/MCRisconnectedtoan
improperUSBport.
ConnecttheBCR/MCRtoarecommendedUSBport.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MT-27
5.1 Checking the Memory
2. Press the <F10> key when the hp logo appears at the center
of the window.
NOTE
window will not open. In such an instance, restart the PC to perform
Thesetupwindowopens.
3. Select Storage Storage Options and press the <Enter> key.
AWS080205001.ai
TheStorageOptionswindowopens.
AWS080205002.ai
4. Select Removable Media Boot and change it to Enabled.
AWS080205016.ai
5. Press the <F10> key.
Thesystemreturnstothesetupwindow.
6. Select File Save Changes and Exit and press the
<Enter> key.
AWS080205014.ai
TheSaveChangesandExitwindowopens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MT-28
7. Make sure that Yes has been selected and press the
<Enter> key.
AWS080205015.ai
The PC restarts.
8. Press the <F9> key when hp logo appears at the center of
the screen.
NOTE
If the <F9> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the Please
select boot device window will not open. In such an instance,
restart the PC to perform step 8. above again.
Pleaseselectbootdevice:windowopens.
9. Insert the Diagnostics CD for 6200/8200 V1.1 into the PC.
10. Select Legacy Boot Source ATAPI CD/DVD Drive
SATA2 and press the <Enter> key.
DXCL070205001.ai
TheAttemptingBootFromCD-ROMmessageappears.
DXCL070205002.ai
11. Enter 2.
TheHewlett-PackardEnd-UserLicenseAgreementmessage
appears.
DXCL070205003.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MT-29
12. Enter a and press the <Enter> key.
TheMemoryTestsModeSelectionmessageappears.
DXCL070205004.ai
Thefollowingmessageappears.
DXCL070205005.ai
Checkingthememorystart.
Uponcompletionofcheckingthememory,theHPMemory
Diagnosticsmessageappears.
15. Make sure that all the test results are passed and press
the <Enter> key.
DXCL070205006.ai
The PC restarts.
of the window.
NOTE
17. Remove the Diagnostics CD for 6200/8200 V1.1 from the PC.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MT-30
18. Select Storage Storage Options and press the <Enter>
key.
AWS080205001.ai
AWS080205017.ai
19. Select Removable Media Boot and change it to Disabled.
AWS080205003.ai
21. Select File Save Changes and Exit and then press the
<Enter> key.
AWS080205014.ai
22. Make sure that Yes has been selected and press the <Enter>
key.
AWS080205015.ai
The PC restarts.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MT-31
5.2 Setting the BIOS
of the window.
NOTE
3. Select Storage Storage Options and press the <Enter> key.
AWS080205001.ai
AWS080205002.ai
AWS080205003.ai
6. Select Storage Boot Order and press the <Enter> key.
AWS080205004.ai
TheBootOrderwindowopens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MT-32
7. Select the following items, and press the <F5> key.
EFIBootSourceUSBFloppy/CD
EFIBootSourceUSBHardDrive
LegacyBootSourceUSBFloppy/CD
LegacyBootSourceHardDriveUSBHardDrive
LegacyBootSourceNetworkController
Theselecteditemsturngray.
AWS080205005.ai
9. Select Security System Security and press the <Enter>
key.
DXCL070205007.ai
TheSystemSecuritywindowopens.
10. Select Data Execution Prevention and change it to Disabled.
DXCL070205007.ai
12. Select Power OS Power Management and press the
<Enter> key.
AWS080205006.ai
TheOSPowerManagementwindowopens.
13. Select Runtime Power Management and change it to Disabled.
AWS080205007.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MT-33
15. Select Power Hardware Power Management and press
the <Enter> key.
AWS080205008.ai
TheHardwarePowerManagementwindowopens.
16. Select S5 Maximum Power Savings and change it to Enabled.
AWS080205009.ai
TheWarningwindowopens.
ThesystemreturnstotheHardwarePowerManagementwindow.
19. Select Advanced Device Options and press the
<Enter> key.
AWS080205010.ai
20. Select Hyperthreading and change it to Disabled.
AWS080205011.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MT-34
22. SelectAdvancedAMTConfgurationandpressthe
<Enter> key.
AWS080205012.ai
TheAMTConfgurationwindowopens.
23. Select AMT and change it to Disabled.
AWS080205013.ai
25. Select File Save Changes and Exit and press the
<Enter> key.
AWS080205014.ai
26. Make sure that Yes has been selected and press the
<Enter> key.
AWS080205015.ai
The PC restarts.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-1
Appendix A DR-ID 300CL Error Message Table (V4.0 or Earlier)
Event Event Source Description Causes Remedies Remarks
1 VBRunTime The VB Application
identifedbytheevent
sourceloggedthis
ApplicationPDFPassWordInput:
ThreadID:2556,Logged:
PasswordInputToolcant
start.
Noapplicationkeyisregisteredtothe
registry.
Install the DR-ID 300CL application key.
29 FFIIPQACtrl clsCombineDialog.cls,
cmdAutoCombine_Click,1.
Failedinautomaticimagecombining
processing.
Checkimageorientationandrotationand
then retry.
3001 FFQAMsgBoxCtrl ctlImageLaterality.ctl,
GetLateralityParam,1,
clsImageInfoFCR.
GetBSTRValue
[0x00200062]ElementNot
Found.
TheImageLateralitytag([0x00200062]
tag)doesnotexistinDDO.
SetupimagelateralityfromtheUserUtility.
3001 FFQAMsgBoxCtrl ctlImageLaterality.ctl,
GetLateralityParam,2,
clsImageInfoFCR.
GetBSTRValue
[0x00200062]Length=0.
No value has been set up for the
ImageLateralitytag([0x00200062]tag)in
DDO.
SetupimagelateralityfromtheUserUtility.
10000 MenuManager Propertydataisinvalid.
[%s]
InvalidData(%s%s)
Aprograminternalerrororinconsistencyin
exposuremenudata.
Restart. Use the User Utility to check
parameteroftheexposuremenuaterror
occurrence.
%s:Detailed
explanation
10001 MenuManager MethodError.
[%s]
ErrorMessage:%s
Aprograminternalerror. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
reinstallthesystem.
%s:Detailed
explanation
10001 CooperMsgNotify Propertydataisinvalid.
%n%1%n%2
TheparametertobeconveyedtotheI/Fis
invalid.
Restart.
10002 CooperMsgNotify Function Call Error.
%n%1%n%2
Aprogramerror. Restart.
10003 CooperMsgNotify Exception Error.
%n%1%n%2
Aprogramerror. Restart.
10900 IIPInputEz %1:RegistryValue
Get/SetError%n
[Key]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
Theacquisition/setupkeyorregistration
informationisabnormal.
Check the registry key.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-2
10901 IIPInputEz %1:DatabaseConnection
Error%n
[DB]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
Thiserrorisattributabletoanabnormal
character string in Directory.ini, an incorrect
databaseflename,oradamaged
database.
CheckDirectory.iniordatabaseflename.
10902 IIPInputEz %1:DatabaseData
Get/SetError%n
[DB]%2%n
[Table]%3%n
[Field]%4%n
[Exp]%5
databaseacquisition/setupkeyor
database.
Checkthedatabasetable/feldname.
10903 IIPInputEz %1:DicomDataObject
Get/SetError%n
[Tag]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
TheDDOacquisition/setuptagis
abnormal.
Check the DDO tag.
10904 IIPInputEz %1:OtherError%n
[Procedure]%2%n
[ErrorCode]%3%n
[Exp]%4%n
%5
Unknown error.
Get/SetError%n
[Key]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
11900 IIPPortable %1:RegistryValueGet/
Set Error
[Key]%2
[Exp]%3
%4
%5
Theregistrywasdamaged. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
reinstallthesystem.
Error%n
[DB]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
database.
11901 IIPPortable %1:DatabaseConnection
Error
[DB]%2
[Exp]%3
%4
%5
Failedinaccessingtheimagedatabase. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
reinstallthesystemandperform
Initializationofimagedatabase.(Image
datawillbefullydeleted.)
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-3
11902 IIPInputEz %1:DatabaseDataGet/
SetError%n
[DB]%2%n
[Table]%3%n
[Field]%4%n
[Exp]%5
acquisition/setupkeyordatabase.
11902 IIPPortable %1:DatabaseDataGet/
Set Error
[DB]%2
[Table]%3
[Field]%4
[Exp]%5
Get/SetError%n
[Tag]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
abnormal.
Check the DDO tag.
11903 IIPPortable %1:DDODataGet/Set
Error
[Tag]%2
%3
%4
%5
TheDDOflewasdamaged. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
[Procedure]%2%n
[ErrorCode]%3%n
[Exp]%4%n
%5
Unknown error.
11904 IIPPortable %1:OtherError
[Procedure]%2
[ErrorCode]%3
[Exp]%4
%5
Programerrororunstablesystemstatus. CheckPOCKETidConsoleconnection
statusandrestart.Ifthesamesymptom
recurs,reinstallthesystemandperform
12001 FF32 [%1]
ItfailedinCreateFile(%2).
%3
Failedinreadingabitmapfle.
It is conceivable that there was no such
fle,freediskspacewasnotsuffcientor
thesystemwasunstable.
Checktoseeiftheflenameiscorrector
availableharddiskspaceissuffcient.
Proceedwithprocessing.
%1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
%3:Bitmapflename/
Iconflename
12002 FF32 [%1]
Itfailedin
CreateFileMapping(%2).
%3
Failedincreatingaflemapobject.
It is conceivable that available resources
wereinsuffcientorthesystemwas
unstable.
Proceedwithprocessing. %1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
%3:Bitmapflename/
Iconflename
12003 FF32 [%1]
Itfailedin
MapViewOfFile(%2).
%3
Failedinmappingafle.Itisconceivable
thatavailableresourceswereinsuffcient
orthesystemwasunstable.
%2:Errorcode
%3:Bitmapflename/
Iconflename
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-4
12004 FF32 [%1]
Itfailedin
CreateCompatibleDC.
[%2]
Failedincreatingadevicecontext.
unstable.
%2:Errorcode
12005 FF32 [%1]
Itfailedin
CreateDIBSection(%2).
%3
FailedincreatingaDIBsection.
unstable.
%2:Errorcode
%3:Bitmapflename/
Iconflename
12006 FF32 [%1]
Itfailedin
OleCreatePictureIndirect(%2).
%3
Failedincreatingabitmappictureobject.
unstable.
%2:Errorcode
%3:Bitmapflename/
Iconflename
12008 FF32 [%1]
ItfailedinExtractIon.
%2
Failedinreadinganiconfle.
It is conceivable that there was no such
fle,freediskspacewasnotsuffcientor
Checktoseeiftheflenameiscorrector
availableharddiskspaceissuffcient.
%1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
12009 FF32 [%1]
Itfailedin
OleCreatePictureIndirect(%2).
%3
Failedincreatinganpictureobjectforan
icon. It is conceivable that available
resourceswereinsuffcientorthesystem
was unstable.
%2:Errorcode
%3:Bitmapflename/
Iconflename
12011 FF32 [%1]
Itisaflepatherror.%2
Theflepathwasillegal. Checktoseeiftheflenameiscorrect.
%1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
12012 FF32 [%1]
Memoryallocationfailed(%2).
%3
Failedinacquiringmemory.
unstable.
Checktoseeiftheflenameiscorrect.
%1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
%3:Bitmapflename/
Iconflename
12014 FF32 [%1] Aninvalidinputvaluewasspecifed. Proceedwithprocessing. Commonsoftware
%1:Instancename
(functionname),
occurrederror,
errorcode
12015 FF32 [%1]
%2
Aninvalidinputvaluewasspecifed. Proceedwithprocessing. Commonsoftware
%1:Instancename
(functionname),
occurrederror,
errorcode
%2:Errordetails
12016 FF32 [%1]
%2
%3
Aninvalidinputvaluewasspecifed. Proceedwithprocessing. Commonsoftware
%1:Instancename
(functionname),
occurrederror,
errorcode
%2:Errordetails(1/2)
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-5
Get/SetError%n
[Key]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
Set Error
[Key]%2
[Exp]%3
%4
%5
Aregistrywasdamaged. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
reinstallthesystem.
Error%n
[DB]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
database.
Error
[DB]%2
[Exp]%3
%4
%5
Get/SetError%n
[DB]%2%n
[Table]%3%n
[Field]%4%n
[Exp]%5
acquisition/setupkeyordatabase.
Set Error
[DB]%2
[Table]%3
[Field]%4
[Exp]%5
Get/SetError%n
[Tag]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
abnormal.
Check the DDO tag.
Error
[Tag]%2
%3
%4
%5
TheDDOflewasdamaged. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-6
12904 IIPInputEz %1:UnknownError%n
[Procedure]%2%n
[ErrorCode]%3%n
[Exp]%4%n
%5
Unknown error. CheckthePOCKETidConsoleconnection
status.
[Procedure]%2
[ErrorCode]%3
[Exp]%4
%5
Ageneral-purposeinformationeventlog. CheckthePOCKETidConsoleconnection
status.
13000 FFIdMenuChange Itfailedthat[%1]getsthe
FontName
TheFontkeywasnotfoundinthe
registry.
ReinstalltheIIPbecausethedisplayed
characterscanbecorrupted.
13000 FFIdMenuItem Itfailedthat[%1]getsthe
FontName
registry.
13001 FFCustomMsgBox MessageBox DataBase
Connection Error.
Themessagedatabasewasnot
successfullyconnected.Itisconceivable
thatthedatabasedidnotexistorthatthe
specifeddatasourcenamewasinvalid.
Reinstallorcheckwhetherthemessage
databaseexistsandthecontentsof
Directory.ini are correct.
FontSize
TheFontSizeSS/FontSizeS/FontSizeM/
FontSizeL/FontSizeLLkeywasnotfound
in the registry.
FontSize
in the registry.
13001 FFIipInput Itfailedthat[%1]getsthe
FontName
registry.
13001 FFIpcInf [%1]
ItfailedinCoInitialize(%2).
Initializationwasunsuccessful.
Itisconceivablethatthesystemwas
unstable.
Restart. %1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
13001 FFLogFile [%1]
Logflecreationwasunsuccessful.
Theproblemmighthavebeencaused,for
instance,byaninvalidflenameselection,
inadequatediskspace,orsystem
instability.
Checkforafreediskspaceorrestart. %1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
%3:Filename/mutex
name
13001 FFImageDBCTL ImageDatabaseAccess
Failure.
ErrNo:%1NativeErrNo:%2
SQLState:%3Source:%4
Description:%5
Theimagedatabasewasnotsuccessfully
accessed(ADOerror).
Restart.
13001 FF32LIB ImageDatabaseAccess
Failure.
ErrNo:%1NativeErrNo:%2
SQLState:%3Source:%4
Description:%5
accessed(ADOerror).
Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-7
Error.
ErroNo:%1
Source:%2
Description:%3
accessed(ADOerror).
Restart.
13001 FF32LIB FF32lib Database Access
Failure.%nFunction:%1
Command:%2%nErrNo:%3
NativeErrNo:%4
SQLState:%5%n
Source:%6%n
Description:%7
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Restart.
multibytefag
TheMultibytekeywasnotfoundinthe
registry.
Reinstall.
multibytefag
registry.
Reinstall.
FontSize
in the registry.
13002 FFIpcInf [%1]
Itfailedin
CoCreateInstance(%2).
LogFileComcreatefailure.
A log save control was not successfully
created.Theproblemisattributableto
systeminstabilityorunregisteredcontrol.
Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
performareinstallation.
%1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
Itfailedin
CreateFileMapping(%2).
Filemapobjectcreationwasunsuccessful.
Theproblemisattributabletoresource
%2:Errorcode
Failure.
InstanceName[%1]%2
accessed.
Restart.
13002 FFIdMcrControl Driverinitializeerror[%1] Themagneticcardwasnotconnected. Connectthemagneticcardreader.
13002 FFCustomMsgBox MessageBoxDataGet
Error.
Thespecifedmessagewasnot
databased.
Itisconceivablethatthemessagewasnot
registeredinthemessagedatabaseorthat
thespecifedIDwasincorrect(program
defect).
Performareinstallationorreplacethe
messagedatabasewiththelatestone.
Failure.InstanceName[%1]
%n%2%nFunction:%3
Command:%4
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Restart.
Failure.
InstanceName[%1]
%2
Failedinaccessingtheimagedatabase. Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-8
13003 FFIdMenuChange [%1]failedinthe
initializationforthedisplay
groupdataacquisition
TheDisplayDataDBkeywasnotfoundin
Directory.ini or the connection character
stringwasnotproperlyregisteredinthe
displaygrouptable.
Reinstall.
13003 FFIdMenuItem ImageFolderPathGet
Error
TheBitmapkeywasnotfoundin
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
multibytefag
registry.
Reinstall.
13003 FFIpcInf [%1]
Memoryallocationfailed.
Memoryallocationwasnotsuccessfully
achievedformainthreadcreation.
Itfailedin
MapViewOfFile(%2).
Filemappingwasunsuccessful.
%2:Errorcode
Failure.
InstanceName[%1]%2%3
accessed.
Restart.
Failure.
InstanceName[%1]%2
%3
accessed.
Restart.
13003 FFCustomMsgBox SameMessageBox
Existed.
[%1]
Thespecifedmessageboxisalready
open.
Closethemessagebox.
Failure.
InstanceName[%1]%n%2
%n%3
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Restart. %1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
13004 FFIdMenuChange [%1]failedinthedisplay
displaygrouptable.
Reinstall.
13004 FFIdMenuItem [Miss]ImageGetError Id_MissExposure_I.bmpwasnotfoundin
thepathtoanimagefolderortheimage
formatwasillegal.
Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
bedisplayednormally.
connection string of STR
DB
TheLangStrDBkeywasnotfoundin
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
13004 FFIpcInf [%1]Apipehasalready
beenmade(%2).
Anattemptwasmadetoduplicateapipe. Therearenooperationalproblems. %1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
13004 FFLogFile [%1]Itfailedin
CreateMutex(%2).
%3
Mutex creation was unsuccessful.
%2:Errorcode
%3:flename/mutex
name
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-9
13004 FFIdMcrControl Magneticcarddata
acquisitionerror[%1]
Themagneticcardwasfounddamaged. Haveanormalmagneticcardberead.
13004 FFCustomMsgBox MessageBox Dialog Create
Error.
[%1]
Themessageboxcouldnotbecreated.
Thiserroroccurredduetoinsuffcient
resourcesorsysteminstability.
Restart.
13005 FFIdMenuChange [%1]failedintheliberating
processingofthedisplay
Theconnectiontothedisplaygrouptable
wasnotsuccessfullyclosed.
reinstall.
13005 FFIipInput Itfailedthat[%1]connects
to STR DB
The connection character string was not
properlyregisteredfortheLangStrDBkey
in Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
13005 FFIpcInf [%1]
Itfailedin_
beginthread(%2).
Mainthreadcreationwasnotsuccessful.
%2:Errorcode
13005 FFldMcrControl Magneticcardvariation
error[%1]
Themagneticcardwasnotofthespecifed
type.
Havethespecifedtypeofmagneticcard
beread.
13005 FFCustomMsgBox MessageBox Dialog Show
Error.
[%1]
Themessageboxcouldnotbeopened.
Restart.
13006 FFCustomMsgBox ListForModeless
MessageBoxManagement
New Error.
Themodelessmessageboxmanagement
tablewasnotsuccessfullycreated.
Restart.
13006 FFIdMenuChange [%1]Failedinthe
initializationforthedisplay
menudataacquisition
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
connection string of SYS
DB
TheSysConfgDBkeywasnotfoundin
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
13006 FFIpcInf [%1]Itfailedin
WaitNamedPipe(%2).
Thespecifedpipewasnotsuccessfully
connected.Itisconceivablethatthepipe
wasnotcreatedorwasunconnectableor
thatthesystemwasunstable.
Makeachangesoastolettheprogram
initiatearetransmission,orrestart.
%1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
13006 FFIdMcrControl Magneticcardvariation
checkerror[%1]
Thecardformatwasincorrectoran
attemptwasmadetoreadanunspecifed
hospitalcard.
Havethespecifedhospitalcardberead.
13006 FFCustomMsgBox ListForModeless
MessageBoxManagement
New Error.
[%1]
Themodelessmessageboxmanagement
tablewasnotsuccessfullycreated.
Restart.
13007 FFIdMenuChange [%1]failedintheacquisition
ofnumberofrecordsof
displaymenudata
properlyregisteredinthedisplaygroup
table.
Reinstall.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-10
13007 FFIipInput Itfailedthat[%1]connects
to SYS DB
properlyregisteredfortheSysConfgDB
key in Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
13007 FFIpcInf [%1]
Thespecifedpipewasnotsuccessfully
connected.Itisconceivablethatthepipe
wasclosedorthatthesystemwas
unstable.
Theproblemisattributabletotheprogram.
Checktheprogramorrestart.
%1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
13008 FFIdMenuChange [%1]failedinthedisplay
menudataacquisition
Notproperlyregisteredtothedisplaygroup
table.
Reinstall.
13008 FFIipInput Itfailedthat[%1]callsthe
CUSTOMMESSAGEBOX
(%2)
Themessagedatabasedidnotexistorthe
programwasfaulty.
Reinstall.
13008 FFIpcInf [%1]
ItfailedinWriteFile(%2).
Amessagewasnotsuccessfully
transmitted.Itisconceivablethatthepipe
wasclosedorthatthesystemwas
unstable.
Theproblemisattributabletotheprogram.
Checktheprogramorrestart.
%1:Instancename
%2:Errorcode
13008 FFCustomMsgBox An exception error
occurred.
[%1]
%2
Anexceptionoccurred(thesystemwas
unstable).
Restart.
13009 FFIdConnectionWatch LogFileNameMake
error(%1).%n[%2]
TheLogkeywasnotfoundinDirectory.
ini.
Reinstall.
13009 FFIdMenuChange [%1]Failedintheliberating
processingofthedisplay
menudataacquisition
Theconnectiontothedisplaymenutable
Restart.Iftheproblemfrequentlyoccurs,
initializetheimagedatabase.
13009 FFIpcInf [%1]
Memoryallocationfailed.
aaaaa
Memoryallocationwasnotsuccessfully
achievedforreceptionthreadcreation.
%2:Errorcode
13009 FFIdConnectionWatchEx LogFileNameMake
Error[%1]
ErrorCode[%2]
TheLogkeywasnotfoundinDirectory.
ini.
RegistertheLogkeyinDirectory.ini.
13009 FFIdMcrControl DataFormatDBclose
error[%1]
Thedatabasewasfaulty. Reinstall.
13009 FFCustomMsgBox Commonfunctionerror
occurred.
[%1]
%2
Thecommonfunctionreturnedanerror. Restart.
13010 FFIdConnectionWatch DB Connect
error(%1).%n[%2]
Directory.iniorSysConfg.mdbdidnotexist
in the path.
Reinstall.
13010 FFIdMenuChange [%1]Failedinthe
terminationofthedisplay
menudataacquisition
Theconnectiontothedisplaymenutable
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-11
13010 FFIdConnectionWatchEx DBConnectError[%1]
ErrorCode[%2]
SysConfgDBkeywasnotfoundin
Directory.iniorSysConfg.mdbdidnotexist
inthespecifedpath.
ProperlyregistertheSysConfgDBkeyin
Directory.ini.
13010 FFIdMcrControl Patientinfodataerror[%1]
%n(%2)
Thepatientinformationcontainedinthe
magneticcardwasincorrect.
Checkthedatacontainedinthemagnetic
card.
13010 FFIpcInf [%1]Itfailedin
CreateNamedPipe(%2).
[Pipe:%3]
Thepipewasnotsuccessfullycreated.
Thesystemwasunstable.
Restart.
13010 FFCustomMsgBox ActiveX Data Objects(ADO)
Error.
ErroNo:%1
Source:%2
Description:%3
AnADOerrorwasdetected. Restart.
windowsize
TheScallHight/ScallWidthkeywasnot
registeredintheregistry.
Reinstall.
13011 FFIpcInf [%1]
Itfailedin
ConnectNamedPipe(%2).
Pipe connection was not successfully
awaited.Itisconceivablethatthesystem
was unstable.
%2:Errorcode
13012 FFIpcInf [%1]
Itfailedin_
beginthread(%2).[Pipe:%3]
Thereceptionthreadwasnotsuccessfully
created.Thiserroroccurreddueto
insuffcientresourcesorsysteminstability.
Restart.
13013 FFIdMenuChange Itfailedthat[%1]getthe
folderpathtoBitmap
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
13013 FFIpcInf [%1]
ItfailedinReadFile(%2).
[Pipe:%3]
Themessagereceptionwasnot
successfullycompleted.Thesystemwas
unstable.
Restart.
bitmaptoPreviousPage
Id_PrevPage_U.bmp/Id_PrevPage_D.bmp/
Id_PrevPage_X.bmpwasnotfoundinthe
pathtoanimagefolderortheimageformat
was illegal.
13014 FFIpcInf [%1]
Itisaparametererror.
Anillegalparameterwasencountered
(programdefect).
%1:Instancename
bitmaptoNextPage
Id_NextPage_U.bmp/Id_NextPage_D.bmp/
Id_NextPage_X.bmpwasnotfoundinthe
was illegal.
13015 FFIpcInf [%1]
ExceptionInformation.
%2
Anexceptionoccurred(thesystemwas
unstable).
Restart.
13023 FFIdPatInfoInput %1(%2):Patient
InformationCheckError%n
Item[%3]%n
Error[%4]
Thepatientinformationcontainedillegal
information.
Correctthepatientinformationsetup.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-12
13024 FFIdPatInfoInput %1(%2):BitmapImage
GetError%n
BMPFile[%3]
Id_LocalSearch_U.bmp,
Id_LocalSearch_D.bmp,or
Id_LocalSearch_X.bmpwasnotfoundin
thepathtothefolderinwhichimageswere
positioned.
PlaceId_LocalSearch_U.bmp,
Id_LocalSearch_D.bmp,and
Id_LocalSearch_X.bmpinthepathtothe
folderinwhichimagesarepositioned.
13025 FFIdPatInfoInput %1(%2):PatientInfoGet
Error%n
Error[%3]%n
RetCode[%4]
Thepatientinformationdatabasewas
damaged.
Repairthepatientinformationdatabase.
13026 FFIdPatInfoInput %1(%2):PatientInfoSet
Error%n
Error[%3]%n
RetCode[%4]
Thepatientinformationtoberegistered
containedillegalinformationorthepatient
informationdatabasewasdamaged.
Entercorrectpatientinformationorrepair
thepatientinformationdatabase.
13027 FFIdPatInfoInput %1(%2):PatientInfoNot
Correspond%n
RetCode[%3]%n
Nomatchingpatientinformationwas
found.
13027 FFIipInput %1%n%2%n%3%n%4%n
%5%n%6%n%7%0
Controlinformation Noparticularremedyneedsbetaken.
13030 FFIipInput %1%n%2%n%3%n%4%n
%5%n%6%n%7%0
properlyregisteredforthe
RuStatusDataDBkeyinDirectory.ini.
Reinstall.
13031 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):LogOutput
DirectoryGetError
Thesystemsetupdatabasewasdamaged. Reinstall.
13032 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):MCRControl
InitializeError
Thecardreaderunitwasnotconnected. Therearenoparticularproblemsexcept
thatthemagneticcardreaderisnot
available.
13033 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):LRbutton
cannot be concave set
TherangewaschangedbytheService
Utility.
Noparticularremedyneedsbetaken.
13034 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):TBbutton
Utility.
13035 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):TBLRbutton
Utility.
13036 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Rotation
button cannot be concave
set
Utility.
13037 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Message
TableNameGetError
TheMsgTableNamekeywasnotfoundin
thesystemsetupdatabase.
Reinstall.
13038 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):StrDB
ConnectionStringGet
Error
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
Connect Error
properlyregisteredfortheLangStrDBkey
in Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-13
13040 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):SysDB
ConnectionStringGet
Error
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
13041 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):SysDB
Connect Error
properlyregisteredfortheSysConfgDB
Reinstall.
13042 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):ImageDB
Connection Character
StringGetError
TheImageDBkeywasnotfoundin
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
13043 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Failed
ImageDBConnection
properlyregisteredfortheImageDBkey
in Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
ImageDBOpenRecordset
accessed.
Reinstall.
ImageDBCloseRecordset
accessed.
CheckwhethertheSQLservicemanager
isnormallyoperating.Ifthesamesymptom
occurswhiletheSQLservicemanageris
normallyoperating,initializetheimage
database(theentireimagedataisthen
deleted).
DataGetError
accessed.
deleted).
Data Set Error
accessed.
deleted).
Data Delete Error
accessed.
deleted).
ImageDBFlagConnection
accessed.
deleted).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-14
ImageDBFlagClose
accessed.
deleted).
13051 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):
ImageDBFlagDataSet
Error
accessed.
deleted).
MenuDBInitialize
Theinitializationprocessformenu
databaseaccesswasnotsuccessfully
performed.
Reinstall.
13053 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):MenuData
inImageDBGetError
Menuinformationwasnotsuccessfully
acquiredfromthemenudatabase.
Reinstall.
13054 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Menu
ParameterDatain
ImageDBGetError
Menuparameterinformationwasnot
successfullyacquiredfromthemenu
database.
Reinstall.
MenuDBTermination
Theterminationprocessformenu
databaseaccesswasnotsuccessfully
performed.
Reinstall.
13056 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):NetDB
Connection Character
StringGetError
TheNetConfgDBkeywasnotfoundin
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
NetDB Connection
properlyregisteredfortheNetConfgDB
Reinstall.
13058 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):NetDBData
GetError
Thenetworksetupdatabasewas
damaged.
Reinstall.
Create New DICOM Data
NewDICOMdatawasnotsuccessfully
created.
13060 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):DICOMData
GetError
DICOMdatawasnotsuccessfully
acquired.
Set Error
DICOMdatawasnotsuccessfullysetup. Restart.Iftheproblemfrequentlyoccurs,
Delete Error
DICOMdatawasnotsuccessfullydeleted. Restart.Iftheproblemfrequentlyoccurs,
LoadError
DICOMdatawasnotsuccessfullyloaded. Restart.Iftheproblemfrequentlyoccurs,
Save Error
DICOMdatawasnotsuccessfullysaved. Restart.Iftheproblemfrequentlyoccurs,
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-15
Free Error
DICOMdatawasnotsuccessfullyfreed. Restart.Iftheproblemfrequentlyoccurs,
13066 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Failedin
PaddingAcquisition[Id#]
TheIdPaddingkeywasnotfoundinthe
systemsetupdatabase.
Reinstall.
Padding
Acquisition[Exam#]
TheExaminationNoPaddingkeywasnot
foundinthesystemsetupdatabase.
Reinstall.
FormatAcquisition[DateOf
Birth]
TheDateFormatkeywasnotfoundinthe
Reinstall.
13069 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Cannot
Access Data
Base[Departmdb]
Therequestingdepartmentdatabasewas
notfoundinthepathindicatedbythe
connection character string. The requesting
departmenttabledidnotexist.
Reinstall.
13070 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Displayed
ItemIsNot
Understood[DepartList]
TheFieldDepartListkeywasnotfoundin
Reinstall.
ConnectedString
Acquisition[Depart]
TheDepartDBkeywasnotfoundin
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
13073 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Cannot
Access Data
Base[Paramedicmdb]
Thetechniciansdatabasewasnotfound
inthepathindicatedbytheconnection
characterstring.Thetechnicianstabledid
not exist.
Reinstall.
13074 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Displayed
ItemIsNot
Understood[ParamedicList]
TheFieldParamedicListkeywasnot
Reinstall.
ConnectedString
Acquisition[Paramedic]
TheParamedicDBkeywasnotfoundin
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
WindowSizeAcquisition
Theregistrywasdamaged. Reinstall.
ExposureList Erase
TheExposureListErasekeywasnot
Reinstall.
13079 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Confg
Directory Character String
GetError
TheConfgkeywasnotfoundin
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
ImageDBFlagDataGet
Error
Theimagedatabasewasdamaged. CheckwhethertheSQLservicemanager
deleted).
MessageStringGetError
Thecharacterstringdatabasewas
damaged.
Reinstall.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-16
13083 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Initialize
Timeout<InImg>
Thesystemwasunstable. Restart.
13084 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Terminate
Error<InImg>
13085 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Terminate
Timeout<InImg>
13086 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Input
MethodError<InImg>
13087 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Original
ImageInputFailure
<InImg>
13088 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Image
Processing Trouble
<InImg>
13089 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):MenuRead
Error<IdExposureList>
Theimagedatabase/informationflewas
damaged.
Reinstall.
13090 FFIdDepartSelect %1(%2):InvalidDepart
Code%n
Code[%3]
Directory.iniwasdamaged. Reinstall.
13090 FFIdParamedicSelect %1(%2):Invalid
ParamedicCode%n
Code[%3]
13090 FFIdIndividualSelect %1(%2):Invalid
Depart/ParamedicCode%n
Code[%3]
Directory.iniwasdamaged. Repair Directory.ini.
13091 FFIdDepartSelect %1(%2):InvalidDepart
Name(SBCS)%n
Name(SBCS)[%3]
Thedatabasewasdamaged. Reinstall.
13091 FFIdParamedicSelect %1(%2):Invalid
ParamedicName
(SBCS)%n
Name(SBCS)[%3]
13091 FFIdIndividualSelect %1(%2):Invalid
Depart/Paramedic
Name(SBCS)%n
Name(SBCS)[%3]
Thedatabasewasdamaged. Repairthedatabase.
13094 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Message
SendError<IpcInfCom>
13096 FFNetDB %1
%2
%3
Aninvalidinputvaluewasspecifed. Restart. Commonsoftware
%1:Instancename
(functionname),
occurrederror,
errorcode
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-17
13097 FFNetDB %1
%2
%3
Invalidnetworkconfguration. Checknetworkconfgurationusingthe
Service Utility.
Commonsoftware
%1:Instancename
(functionname),
occurrederror,
errorcode
13098 FF32LIB FF32libAWIN32system
libraryerroroccurred.
[%1]%n%2
Anerroroccurredwhencallingupthe
WIN32API.
Restart.
13098 FFIdPatInfoInput %1(%2):%n
[%3]%n
%4%n
%5
Ageneral-usemessagefortheinputof
patientinformation(servesasanerror
messageandalsoasinformation).
If it is referring to an error, follow the
custommessageboxthatopens.
13099 FF32LIB FF32lib An unknown error
occurred.[%1]%n%2
Anexceptionerroroccurred. Restart.
DisplayGroup
Acquisition[Initialize]
displaygrouptable.
Reinstall.
DisplayGroupAcquisition
displaygrouptable.
Reinstall.
Display Menu
Acquisition[Initialize]
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
Display Menu
Acquisition[Record]
Themenudatabasewasdamaged. Reinstall.
Exposure Menu Acquisition
Themenudatabasewasdamaged. Reinstall.
13109 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):NextSet
NumberDataGetError
NumberDataSetError
13111 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):SystemID
DataGetError
13112 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Auto
DistributionDataGetError
13113 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Enable
SelectorDataGetError
13114 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):AutoMenu
SelectDataGetError
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-18
NumberMinDataGetError
NumberMaxDataGet
Error
GettingID-OnlinePort#
Thedatabasewasnotfoundorthe
associatedkeydidnotexist.
Reinstall.
ID-OnlineDeviceName
Thedatabasewasnotfoundorthe
associatedkeydidnotexist.
Reinstall.
selectabledirection
TheSelectableDirectionkeywasnot
foundinthesystemsetupdatabaseorits
value was incorrect.
Reinstall.
SelectableImageFormat
Acquisition
TheSelectableFormatkeywasnotfound
inthesystemsetupdatabaseoritsvalue
was incorrect.
Reinstall.
13125 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):FilmMarkDB
ConnectionStringGet
Error
TheFilmMarkDBkeywasnotfoundin
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
13126 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):FilmMarkDB
Connect Error
properlyregisteredfortheFilmMarkDB
Reinstall.
LimitFilmCopyAcquisition
TheLimitFilmCopykeywasnotfoundin
thesystemsetupdatabaseoritsvaluewas
incorrect.
Reinstall.
SelectableEDRMode
Acquisition
TheSelectableEdrModekeywasnot
Reinstall.
Selectable Function
Acquisition
TheSelectableFunctionkeywasnot
Reinstall.
SelectableEDRMode
Acquisition
TheSelectableFilingModekeywasnot
Reinstall.
13135 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):NetDBData
GetError
The connection character string for the
networksetupdatabasewasnot
successfullyacquiredorthenetworksetup
databasedidnotexist.
Reinstall.
EnableDistributionCode
Acquisition
TheEnableDistributionCodekeywasnot
Reinstall.
Enable FileString
Acquisition
TheEnableFileStringkeywasnotfound
inthesystemsetupdatabaseoritsvalue
was incorrect.
Reinstall.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-19
Enable Function Acquisition
TheEnableFunctionkeywasnotfoundin
thesystemsetupdatabaseoritsvaluewas
incorrect.
Reinstall.
13157 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):FinishMode
GetError
DisplayThumbnailImage
Theprogramwasfaultyortheimagefle
wasdamaged.
13165 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):ImageSize
CodeSpecifyError
PU-dependentsymptom. Check the PU status.
13166 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Pantomo
SettingGetError
Thesystemsetupdatabasewasdamaged. Repairthesystemsetupdatabase.
13177 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Default
MenuCodeGetError
13178 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):NextMulti
FramePairCodeDataGet
Error
13179 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):NextMulti
FramePairCodeDataSet
Error
13180 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Series
GenerationTypeDataGet
Error
13181 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):MultiFrame
UIDInformationGetError
13184 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):MCRType
GetError
13185 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):MCR
VariationGetError
13186 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Custom
CardUseGetError
13187 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):FontName
GetError
registry.
13188 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):FontSize
GetError
FontSizeL/FontSizeLLkeywasnot
foundintheregistry.
Displayedcharacterscanbecorrupted.
Reinstall the IIP as necessary.
13189 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Multibyte
FlagGetError
registry.
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[Id#]
Directory.iniortheID30700wasnot
registeredinthecharacterstringdatabase.
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[Exam#]
Reinstall.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-20
CaptionAcquisition[SBCS
PatientName]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[DBCS
PatientName]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[Sex]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[SexM]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[SexF]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[SexO]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[DateOf
Birth]
Reinstall.
LimitationNo
Acquisition[Id#]
TheIdLengthkeywasnotfoundinthe
Reinstall.
LimitationNo
Acquisition[Exam#]
TheExaminationNoLengthkeywasnot
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[Depart]
Reinstall.
Caption
Acquisition[Paramedic]
Reinstall.
13203 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):Image
FolderPathGetError
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
[Clear]ButtonImageGet
Error
Id_Clear_U.bmp/Id_Clear_D.bmp/
Id_Clear_X.bmpwasnotfoundinthe
was illegal.
[Ok]ButtonImageGetError
Id_Ok_U.bmp/Id_Ok_D.bmp/Id_Ok_
X.bmpwasnotfoundinthepathtoan
imagefolderortheimageformatwas
illegal.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-21
13206 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):[Cancel]
ButtonImageGetError
Id_Cancel_U.bmp/Id_Cancel_D.bmp/
Id_Cancel_X.bmpwasnotfoundinthe
was illegal.
[Plus]ButtonImageGet
Error
Id_Plus_U.bmp/Id_Plus_D.bmp/Id_Plus_
illegal.
13208 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):[Minus]
ButtonImageGetError
Id_Minus_U.bmp/Id_Minus_D.bmp/
Id_Minus_X.bmpwasnotfoundinthe
was illegal.
[NextPage]ButtonImage
GetError
Id_NextPage_U.bmp/Id_NextPage_
D.bmp/Id_NextPage_X.bmpwasnot
foundinthepathtoanimagefolderorthe
imageformatwasillegal.
[PreviousPage]Button
ImageGetError
Id_PrevPage_U.bmp/Id_PrevPage_
D.bmp/Id_PrevPage_X.bmpwasnot
Caption
Acquisition[Complete]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[QA
Unfnished]
Reinstall.
Caption
Acquisition[Interrupt]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[Cancel]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[New
Study]
Reinstall.
Caption
Acquisition[Registered]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[QA
Waiting]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[Output
Waiting]
Reinstall.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-22
Caption
Acquisition[Outputted]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[All]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[Today]
Reinstall.
ImageAcquisition[System]
Reinstall.
Caption
Acquisition[StudyReseve]
Reinstall.
Caption
Acquisition[StudyStart]
Reinstall.
ImageAcquisition[Priority]
Thebmpflepath/bmpflewasabnormal. Reinstall.
ImageAcquisition[End]
ImageAcquisition[Change]
[New]ButtonImageGet
Error
13235 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):[Repeat]
ButtonImageGetError
[Again]ButtonImageGet
Error
[Add]ButtonImageGet
Error
13238 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):[Delete]
ButtonImageGetError
[Prev]ButtonImageGet
Error
[Next]ButtonImageGet
Error
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-23
[MonitorMode]Button
ImageGetError
[QA]ButtonImageGetError
13243 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):[Change]
ButtonImageGetError
[AP/PA]ButtonImageGet
Error
[EDRMode]ButtonImage
GetError
[FilmFormat]ButtonImage
GetError
[Detail]ButtonImageGet
Error
[New]ButtonToolTipText
GetError
damaged.
Reinstall.
13249 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):[Repeat]
ButtonToolTipTextGet
Error
damaged.
Reinstall.
[Again]ButtonToolTipText
GetError
damaged.
Reinstall.
[Add]ButtonToolTipText
GetError
damaged.
Reinstall.
13252 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):[Delete]
Error
damaged.
Reinstall.
[Prev]ButtonToolTipText
GetError
damaged.
Reinstall.
[Next]ButtonToolTipText
GetError
damaged.
Reinstall.
[MonitorMode]Button
ToolTipTextGetError
damaged.
Reinstall.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-24
[QA]ButtonToolTipTextGet
Error
damaged.
Reinstall.
13257 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):[Change]
Error
damaged.
Reinstall.
[AP/PA]ButtonToolTipText
GetError
damaged.
Reinstall.
[EDRMode]Button
ToolTipTextGetError
damaged.
Reinstall.
[FilmFormat]Button
ToolTipTextGetError
damaged.
Reinstall.
[Detail]ButtonToolTipText
GetError
damaged.
Reinstall.
ImageAcquisition[New]
ImageAcquisition[Normal]
Id_NormalImage_U.bmp/
Id_NormalImage_D.bmp/
Id_NormalImage_X.bmpwasnotfoundin
formatwasillegal.
ImageAcquisition[LR]
Id_LR_Reverse_U.bmp/Id_LR_Reverse_
D.bmp/Id_LR_Reverse_X.bmpwasnot
ImageAcquisition[TB]
Id_TB_Reverse_U.bmp/Id_TB_Reverse_
D.bmp/Id_TB_Reverse_X.bmpwasnot
ImageAcquisition[TBLR]
Id_Rotation180_U.bmp/
Id_Rotation180_D.bmp/
Id_Rotation180_X.bmpwasnotfoundin
formatwasillegal.
ImageAcquisition[Rotation]
Id_Rotation90_U.bmp/Id_Rotation90_
D.bmp/Id_Rotation90_X.bmpwasnot
ImageAcquisition[Single]
Id_Single_U.bmp/Id_Single_D.bmp/
Id_Single_X.bmpwasnotfoundinthe
was illegal.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-25
ImageAcquisition[Twin]
Id_Twin_U.bmp/Id_Twin_D.bmp/
Id_Twin_X.bmpwasnotfoundinthepath
toanimagefolderortheimageformatwas
illegal.
13270 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):AnIllegal
FilmMarkCharacterWas
Detected
Theflmmarkdatabasewasdamaged. Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[FIX]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[Skfx]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[SEMI-
X]
Reinstall.
Caption Acquisition
[DensityAverage]
Reinstall.
[Utility]ButtonImageGet
Error
Id_Utility_U.bmp/Id_Utility_D.bmp/
Id_Utility_X.bmpwasnotfoundinthe
was illegal.
bedisplayednor
mally.
CaptionAcquisition[Alarm
Stop]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[Exit]
damaged.
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[User
Utility]
damaged.
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[List
Setting]
damaged.
Reinstall.
Caption
Acquisition[Version]
damaged.
Reinstall.
Caption
Acquisition[CANCEL]
damaged.
Reinstall.
[Clear]ButtonImageGet
Error
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-26
[Clear]ButtonToolTipText
GetError
damaged.
Reinstall.
Caption
Acquisition[CANCEL]
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[DUST]
Reinstall.
13286 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):TooltipText
GetError
damaged.
Reinstall.
Caption
Acquisition[TitleBar]
damaged.
Reinstall.
CaptionAcquisition[Option]
damaged.
Reinstall.
13289 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):VersionInfo
GetError
13290 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):OptionList
GetError
[Miss]ImageGetError
[ImageStyle]ButtonImage
GetError
Id_ApPa_U.bmp/Id_ApPa_D.bmp/
Id_ApPa_X.bmpwasnotfoundinthe
was illegal.
[EDR]ButtonImageGet
Error
Id_Edr_U.bmp/Id_Edr_D.bmp/
Id_Edr_X.bmpwasnotfoundinthepath
toanimagefolderortheimageformatwas
illegal.
13296 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):[Function]
ButtonImageGetError
Id_Edr_U.bmp/Id_Edr_D.bmp/Id_Edr_
illegal.
[FilmCount]ButtonImage
GetError
Id_FilmCount_U.bmp/Id_FilmCount_
D.bmp/Id_FilmCount_X.bmpwasnot
[ImageFormat]Button
ImageGetError
Id_FilmFormat_U.bmp/Id_FilmFormat_
D.bmp/Id_FilmFormat_X.bmpwasnot
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-27
[Filing]ButtonImageGet
Error
Id_FilingMode_U.bmp/Id_FilingMode_
D.bmp/Id_FilingMode_X.bmpwasnot
[FilmMark]ButtonImage
GetError
Id_FilmMark_U.bmp/Id_FilmMark_D.
bmp/Id_FilmMark_X.bmpwasnotfound
inthepathtoanimagefolderortheimage
formatwasillegal.
[DistributionCode]Button
ImageGetError
Id_DistributionCode_U.bmp/
Id_DistributionCode_D.bmp/
Id_DistributionCode_X.bmpwasnot
13303 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):[CSSS]
ButtonImageGetError
Id_CsCs_U.bmp/Id_CsCs_D.bmp/
Id_CsCs_X.bmpwasnotfoundinthe
was illegal.
13304 FFIipInput [%s]%s(%s):ImageData
ConnectionDisconnected
Thelinewasabnormal. Check the line.
PatientInformation
Thepatientinformationcontainedanillegal
character string.
Ensurethatthepatientinformationdoes
not contain any illegal character string.
13345 FFIdDepartSelect %1(%2):DatabaseData
GetError%n
Database[%3]%n
Table[%4]%n
Key[%5]
13345 FFIdFilmMark %1(%2):DatabaseData
GetError%n
Database[%3]%n
Table[%4]%n
Key[%5]
13345 FFIdMcrControl IdMcrControl
(threadMcrRead):
DatabaseDataGetError
Thedatabasewasfaulty. Reinstall.
13345 FFIdParamedicSelect %1(%2):DatabaseData
GetError%n
Database[%3]%n
Table[%4]%n
Key[%5]
13345 FFIdPatInfoInput %1(%2):DatabaseData
GetError%n
Database[%3]%n
Table[%4]%n
Key[%5]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-28
13345 FFIipInput %1(%2):DatabaseData
GetError%n
Database[%3]%n
Table[%4]%n
Key[%5]
13345 FFIdIndividualSelect %1(%2):DatabaseData
GetError%n
Database[%3]%n
Table[%4]%n
Key[%5]
13346 FFIipInput %1(%2):Patient
InformationCheckError%n
Item[%3]%n
Error[%4]
Thepatientinformationcontainedillegal
information.
Correctthepatientinformationsetup.
13347 FFIipInput %1(%2):CaptionGet
Error%n
CaptionId[%3]
damaged.
Reinstall.
13348 FFIdDepartSelect %1(%2):RegistryData
GetError%n
Value[%3]
13348 FFIdFilmMark %1(%2):RegistryData
GetError%n
Value[%3]
13348 FFIdMenuChange %1(%2):RegistryData
GetError%n
Value[%3]
13348 FFIdParamedicSelect %1(%2):RegistryData
GetError%n
Value[%3]
13348 FFIdPatInfoInput %1(%2):RegistryData
GetError%n
Value[%3]
13348 FFIipInput %1(%2):RegistryData
GetError%n
Value[%3]
13348 FFIdIndividualSelect %1(%2):RegistryData
GetError%n
Theregistrywasdamaged. Repair the registry.
13349 FFIdDepartSelect %1(%2):INIFileDataGet
Error%n
Key[%3]
13349 FFIdFilmMark %1(%2):INIFileDataGet
Error%n
Key[%3]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-29
13349 FFIdMenuChange %1(%2):INIFileDataGet
Error%n
Key[%3]
13349 FFIdParamedicSelect %1(%2):INIFileDataGet
Error%n
Key[%3]
13349 FFIdPatInfoInput %1(%2):INIFileDataGet
Error%n
Key[%3]
13349 FFIipInput %1(%2):INIFileDataGet
Error%n
Key[%3]
13349 FFIdIndividualSelect %1(%2):INIFileDataGet
Error%n
Key[%3]
Registry.iniwasdamaged. Repair Registry.ini.
13350 FFIdFilmMark %1(%2):BitmapImage
GetError%n
BMPFile[%3]
Thebmpflepathorbmpflewas
abnormal.
Reinstall.
13350 FFIdMenuChange %1(%2):BitmapImage
GetError%n
BMPFile[%3]
abnormal.
Reinstall.
13350 FFIipInput %1(%2):BitmapImage
GetError%n
BMPFile[%3]
abnormal.
Reinstall.
13352 FFIipInput %1(%2):DicomMWM&
PPS Option Not Install
TheDICOMMWM&PPSoptionwasnot
installed.
InstalltheDICOMMWM&PPSoption.
13353 FFIipInput %1(%2):DicomMWM
Option Not Install
TheDICOMMWMoptionwasnotinstalled. InstalltheDICOMMWMoption.
13362 FFIipInput %1(%2):NotEntryHost
Name
Thehostnameforthelocalenclosurewas
notsuccessfullyacquired.
Withtheserviceutility,registerthehost
informationaboutthePPSlocalenclosure.
13370 FFIipInput %1(%2):PPSRequest
Failure[INPROGRESS]
Theequipmentconnectionwasfaultyor
theremoteequipmentpowerwasOFF.
Retry.
Failure[COMPLETED]
Retry.
Failure[DISCONTINUED]
Retry.
13382 FFIipInput %1(%2):StudyList
RefreshException%nError
[%3]
Retry.
13386 FFIipInput %1(%2):Failedindata
reception%n[OnlineTime
Out]
The serial cable was broken or the
connectedequipmentdidnotrespond.
Reinstall.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-30
13389 FFIdDepartSelect %1(%2):Database
ConnectionError%n
Database[%3]%n
13389 FFIdFilmMark %1(%2):Database
ConnectionError%n
Database[%3]%n
13389 FFIdParamedicSelect %1(%2):Database
ConnectionError%n
Database[%3]%n
13389 FFIdPatInfoInput %1(%2):Database
ConnectionError%n
Database[%3]%n
13389 FFIipInput %1(%2):Database
ConnectionError%n
Database[%3]%
13389 FFIdIndividualSelect %1(%2):Database
ConnectionError%n
Database[%3]%n
13392 FFIipInput %1(%2):BCRControl
InitializeError
Thebarcodereaderwasnotconnected. Connectthebarcodereader.
13443 FFIipInput %1(%2):CannotChange
Patient Info
EditMode[%3]
Anattemptwasmadetochangethe
patientinformationduringanimageinput
sequence(patientinformationchange
button: inactive).
Changetheinformationaftercompletionof
imageinput.
13444 FFIipInput %1(%2):CannotEnd
Examination
ExamEndMode[%3]
Anattemptwasmadetoterminateastudy
duringanimageinputsequence(study
endbutton:inactive).
Terminatethestudyaftercompletionof
imageinput.
13447 FFIipInput %1:IipInput.exe[Starts] IipInput.exeisstarted(information).
13448 FFIipInput %1:IipInput.exe[Normal
Termination]
IipInput.exeisterminated(information).
13449 FFIipInput %1:IipInput.exe[Forced
Termination]
IipInput.exeisterminated(information).
13457 FFIipInput %1(%2):Image
ProcessingInformation
<InImg>
Thiserroroccursiftheimageprocessing
parameterfledoesnotexist.
13462 FFIipInput %1(%2):Ordering
Exposure Menu Not Entry
[%3]
Theexposuremenureceivedasthe
orderinginformationwasnotregistered.
Registertheexposuremenuwiththeuser
utility.
13470 FFIipInput %1(%2):ExposureMenu
Register Error.
utility.
13471 FFIipInput %1(%2):AllExposure
Menu Register Error.
utility.
13475 FFIipInput %1(%2):Failedin
OrderingData.[RIS]
Thepatientexposureorderinformation
sentfromtheRISwasabnormal.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-31
13477 FFIipInput %1(%2):ExposureMenu
Register Error.
Theexposuremenuspecifedbythe
receivedorderinginformationwasnot
registered.
utility.
13478 FFIipInput %1(%2):AllExposure
Menu Register Error.
Theexposuremenuspecifedbythe
receivedorderinginformationwasnot
registered.
utility.
ExaminationEnd
Command.[Ris]
Theorderexposurestudytermination
signalwasreceivedfromtheRISalthough
anorderexposurewasnotreceived.
Check the RIS settings.
CommunicationwithRIS.
[%3]%n[%4]
Theproblemisattributabletoa
disconnectedlineorinvalidparameter.
Checktheequipmentandcables.
13483 FFIipInput %1(%2):Menuisnot
Selected.
FailedinGettingID
Information
AnIDacquisitionrequestwasreceived
frombuilt-intypeequipmentalthoughno
exposuremenuwasselected.
Makeamenuselectionandthenpressthe
OKbuttononthebuilt-intypeConsole.
13484 FFIipInput %1(%2):Failedinthe
SystemStart.
[Error:OpDcmStandardDx
orMenuData.mdb]
Inappropriate installation. Reinstallthesystemtosecurematching
betweenDXoptionandmenudatabase.
13489 FFIipInput %1(%2):PatientInfoSet
Error%n
Error[%3]%n
RetCode[%4]
Patientinformationtoberegistered
includedillegalinformationitemsorpatient
informationdatabasewasdamaged.
Entercorrectpatientinformationorrepair
patientinformationdatabase.
13490 FFIipInput %1(%2):UserName
CheckError%n
Item[%3]%n
Error[%4]
Illegalinformationwasinputasthe
username.
Call upon the user to input a correct
username.
13491 FFIipInput UserLogin[UserName:%1] Theuserloggedinthesystem.
13492 FFIipInput User Logout
[UserName:%1
Theuserloggedoffthesystem.
13493 FFIipInput %1(%2):MCR-DataSend
Error.[RIS]
Failedintransferringmagneticcard
informationtotheFRIS.
Repeatthesameoperation.Ifthesymptom
remainsuncorrected,checkthebarcode
information.
13494 FFIipInput %1(%2):BCR-DataSend
Error.[RIS]
Failedintransferringbarcodeinformation
to the FRIS.
Repeatthesameoperation.Ifthesymptom
information.
13495 FFIipInput [%1]FailedinsettingMCR
data[%2]
Failedinsettingmagneticcardinformation. Repeatthesameoperation.Ifthesymptom
remainsuncorrected,checkthemagnetic
cardinformation.
13496 FFIipInput [%1]FailedinsettingBCR
data[%2]
Failedinsettingbarcodeinformation. Repeatthesameoperation.Ifthesymptom
information.
13497 FFIipInput %1(%2):Failedindeleting
multibytedata
Programerror.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-32
Get/SetError%n
[Key]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
informationwasabnormal.
Error%n
[DB]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
database.
Get/SetError%n
[DB]%2%n
[Table]%3%n
[Field]%4%n
[Exp]%5
Theacquisition/setupkeyordatabasewas
abnormal.
Get/SetError%n
[Tag]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
TheDDOacquisition/setuptagwas
abnormal.
Check the DDO tag.
[Procedure]%2%n
[ErrorCode]%3%n
[Exp]%4%n
%5
Unknown error.
13998 FFIipInput %1(%2):[%3] Generalinformationeventlog.
13998 FFIipInput SendToCommPort,COMM
PortSendError
Thedatatransmissionportisdefective. Checkconnectionandsettingsoftheport.
13998 FFIipInput m_hQUEMutex,Create
Mutex Error
Anexclusiveprocessingerroroccurred. Restart.
13998 FFIipInput CommOpen,COMMPort
Open Error
Afailureresultedinanattempttoestablish
connectiontothedatatransmissionport.
Checkconnectionandsettingsoftheport.
13998 FFIipInput CommOpen,COMMPort
ParamSetError
Settingsofthedatatransmissionportare
defective.
Check settings for connection to the port.
13998 FFIipInput tControlMain, _
beginthreadexCreateError
Afailureoccurredinanattempttostartthe
mainthread.
Restart.
13998 FFIipInput End_ControlProc,COMM
Port Close Error
Afailureoccurredinanattempttoclose
the port.
Noparticularremedialmeasuresneedto
be taken as the DR-ID 300CL is in process
ofshutdown.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-33
13998 FFIipInput MakeSendMessage,
MessageCodeConvert
Error
Thereceiveddataisdefective. Checktheconnectedcableanddevice.
13998 FFIipInput lFocus,
DicomDataFormatError
TheFocusdatareceivedisdefective. Checktheequipmenttargetedfor
connection or restart it.
13998 FFIipInput lTubeVoltage,
TheTubeVoltagedatareceivedis
defective.
Checktheequipmenttargetedfor
13998 FFIipInput lExposureTime,
TheExposureTimedatareceivedis
defective.
13998 FFIipInput lmAs,
ThemAsdatareceivedisdefective. Checktheequipmenttargetedfor
13998 FFIipInput csGrid,
TheGriddatareceivedisdefective. Checktheequipmenttargetedfor
13998 FFIipInput lGlandulardose,
TheGlandularDosedatareceivedis
defective.
13998 FFIipInput csFilterMaterial,
TheFilterMaterialdatareceivedis
defective.
13998 FFIipInput BodyPartThickness,
TheBodyPartThicknessdatareceived
isdefective.
13998 FFIipInput csActualStereoAngle,
TheActualStereoAngledatareceivedis
defective.
13998 FFIipInput csTubeHeadAngle,
TheTubeHeadAngledatareceivedis
defective.
13998 FFIipInput lmAsActualValue,
TheActualValuedatareceivedis
defective.
13998 FFIipInput SaveResExpParamData,
DicomFileSaveError
AnattempttostoreaDICOMfleresulted
in a failure.
Restart.
13998 FFIipInput SaveResExpParamData,
NotUseDicomDirectory
Anattempttoobtaininformationonthe
foldertargetedforstoringaDICOMfle
resultedinafailure.
Restart.
13998 FFIipInput tComRecvMain,SubTread
Create Error
Aattempttocreateadatareceptionthread
resultedinafailure.
Restart.
13998 FFIipInput MainTH_MainPrc,
ReceivedfromPort[Alloc
Error]
Anattempttoobtainanarearesultedina
failure.
Restart.
13998 FFIipInput MainTH_MainPrc,
ReceivedBufferClaer
Thereceiveddataisdefective. Checktheequipmenttargetedfor
13998 FFIipInput RespOperation, response
dataFormaterror
Thereceiveddataisdefective. Checktheequipmenttargetedfor
13998 FFIipInput RespOperation, response
dataChecksumerror
Achecksumerrorwasfoundinthe
receiveddata.
13998 FFIipInput RespOperation, Alloc Error
forDicomData
Anattempttoobtainanarearesultedina
failure.
Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-34
13998 FFIipInput ACKOperation,NoTarget
[ACK]Receive
IllegalACKdatawasreceived. Nothing particular.
13998 FFIipInput SendToCommPort,Send
Error
Datatransmissionresultedinafailure. Checktheequipmenttargetedfor
13998 FFIipInput RetryOperation,RetrySend
Error
Dataretransmissionprocessingresultedin
a failure.
13998 FFIipInput RetryOperation,Comm
SendRetryOver
Anattempttoretransmitdataresultedina
failure.
13998 FFIipInput RetryOperation, Response
Timeout
Atimeouterroroccurredwhileinwaitof
datareception.
14900 IIPInputEz %1:RegistryValueGet/Set
Error%n
[Key]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
Anacquisition/setupkeyerror.Aregistry
informationerror.
Set Error
[Key]%2
[Exp]%3
%4
%5
Aregistrywasdamaged. Thereisnoparticularproblemwith
operations.
Error%n
[DB]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
IncorrectDirectory.iniflecharacterstrings.
Anincorrectdatabaseflename.Damaged
database.
ChecktheDirectory.inifle.Alsocheckthe
databaseflename.
Error
[DB]%2
[Exp]%3
%4
%5
Failedinaccessingtheimagedatabase. Thereisnoparticularproblemwith
operations.
Get/SetError%n
[DB]%2%n
[Table]%3%n
[Field]%4%n
[Exp]%5
Anacquisition/setupkeyerror.Adatabase
error.
Checkthedatabasetable/fledname.
Set Error
[DB]%2
[Table]%3
[Field]%4
[Exp]%5
Failedinaccessingtheimagedatabase. Thereisnoparticularproblemwith
operations.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-35
14903 IIPInputEz %1:DDODataGet/Set
Error%n
[Tag]%2%n
%3%n
%4%n
%5
ADDOacquisition/setuptagerror. Check the DDO tag.
Error
[Tag]%2
%3
%4
%5
TheDDOflewasdamaged. Thereisnoparticularproblemwith
operations.
[Procedure]%2%n
[ErrorCode]%3%n
[Exp]%4%n
%5
Other error.
[Procedure]%2
[ErrorCode]%3
[Exp]%4
%5
Ageneral-purposeinformationeventlog. Thereisnoparticularproblemwith
operations.
19001 FFDICOMCommitSCU Initializationfailed.
[DPMInvokefail]
DPMthreadgenerationwasunsuccessful.
Restart.
[DPCInvokefail]
DPCthreadgenerationwasunsuccessful.
Restart.
[Insuffcientmemory]
Instance generation was unsuccessful.
Restart.
19001 FFDICOMEchoSCU Initializationfailed.
[DPMInvokefail]
Restart.
19001 FFDICOMEchoSCU Initializationfailed.
[Insuffcientmemory]
Restart.
19001 FFDICOMMPPSSCU Initializationfailed.
[DPMInvokefail]
Restart.
19001 FFDICOMMPPSSCU Initializationfailed.
[Insuffcientmemory]
Restart.
19001 FFDICOMMWLSCU Initializationfailed.
[DPMInvokefail]
Restart.
19001 FFDICOMMWLSCU Initializationfailed.
[Insuffcientmemory]
Restart.
19001 FFDICOMPrintSCU Initializationfailed.
[DPMInvokefail]
Restart.
19001 FFDICOMPrintSCU Initializationfailed.
[Insuffcientmemory]
Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-36
19001 FFDICOMStoreSCP Initializationfailed.
[DPMInvokefail]
Restart.
[DPCInvokefail]
DPCthreadgenerationwasunsuccessful.
Restart.
[Insuffcientmemory]
Restart.
19001 FFDICOMStoreSCU Initializationfailed.
[DPMInvokefail]
Restart.
19001 FFDICOMStoreSCU Initializationfailed.
[Insuffcientmemory]
Restart.
19002 FFDICOMCommitSCU MethodInvokefailed.
[PushPrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
19002 FFDICOMCommitSCU MethodInvokefailed.
[DiscontinueRequest]
transmitted.
Restart.
19002 FFDICOMEchoSCU MethodInvokefailed.
[EchoPrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
19002 FFDICOMMPPSSCU MethodInvokefailed.
[CreatePrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
19002 FFDICOMMPPSSCU MethodInvokefailed.
[SetPrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
19002 FFDICOMMWLSCU MethodInvokefailed.
[FindPrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
19002 FFDICOMMWLSCU MethodInvokefailed.
[CancelPrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
19002 FFDICOMQRSCU MethodInvokefailed.
[FindPrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
[MovePrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
[CancelPrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
[FreePrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-37
19002 FFDICOMPrintSCU MethodInvokefailed.
[PrintPrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
[GetPrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
[DiscontinueRequest]
transmitted.
Restart.
19002 FFDICOMStoreSCU MethodInvokefailed.
[StorePrc]
transmitted.
Restart.
19003 FFDICOMCommitSCU FileI/Ofailed.
[Communicationlogfle
name]
Acommunicationlogflewasnot
successfullyopened.
Althoughthecommunicationlogcannotbe
obtained,executionispossible.
19003 FFDICOMEchoSCU FileI/Ofailed.
name]
successfullyopened.
19003 FFDICOMMPPSSCU FileI/Ofailed.
name]
successfullyopened.
19003 FFDICOMMWLSCU FileI/Ofailed.
name]
successfullyopened.
19003 FFDICOMPrintSCU FileI/Ofailed.
name]
successfullyopened.
19003 FFDICOMStoreSCP FileI/Ofailed.
name]
Anadequatediskspacewasnotavailable. Checktheavailablediskspace.
name]
Animage-relatedflewasnotsuccessfully
accessed.Theproblemisattributabletoa
disk.
Restart.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
occurs,replacethedisk.
name]
successfullyopened.
19003 FFDICOMStoreSCU FileI/Ofailed.
name]
successfullyopened.
Get/SetError%n
[Key]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
informationwasabnormal.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-38
Error%n
[DB]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
database.
Get/SetError%n
[DB]%2%n
[Table]%3%n
[Field]%4%n
[Exp]%5
Theacquisition/setupkeyordatabasewas
abnormal.
Get/SetError%n
[Tag]%2%n
[Exp]%3%n
%4%n
%5
TheDDOacquisition/setuptagwas
abnormal.
Check the DDO tag.
[Procedure]%2%n
[ErrorCode]%3%n
[Exp]%4%n
%5
Unknown error.
20001 FFCtrlProc ItfailedinCreateProcess.
It has the possibility that an
executivefledoesntexist.
Thestarttreatmentcantbe
continued./
CtrlProc:RunProc()
%1
Asubprocesswasnotsuccessfullystarted
up.Thesystemwasunstableora
necessaryexecutableflewasnotfound.
Restart.Ifthesamesymptomoccursafter
a restart, reinstall.
Asubsystemnameis
placedinthe%1
position.
20002 FFCtrlProc Processstartinformationis
unusual. The start
treatmentcantbe
continued./
CtrlProc:RunProc()
Anillegalparameterwasusedforprocess
startup. It is conceivable that the contents
oftheprocessinformationdatabasewere
wrong.
20003 FFCtrlProc Itfailedinthecompletion
messagepreparation
treatment.Thetreatment
cantbecontinued.
/CtrlProc:EndProc()
Aprocessendrequestmessagewasnot
successfullycreated.Itisconceivablethat
theavailableresourcewasnotadequate
orthatthesystemwasunstable.
Restart.
20004 FFCtrlProc Itfailedinthecompletion
messagetransmitting
cantbecontinued.
/CtrlProc:EndProc()
Aprocessendrequestmessagewasnot
successfullytransmitted.Itisconceivable
thatthetransmissiondestinationprocess
wasdownorthatthetransmission
destinationwaswrong.
Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-39
20005 FFCtrlProc Itfailedintheswitching
messagepreparation
cantbecontinued.
/CtrlProc:ChangeProc()
Awindowshow/hidemessagewasnot
successfullycreated.Itisconceivablethat
theavailableresourcewasnotadequate
orthatthesystemwasunstable.
Restart.
20006 FFCtrlProc Itfailedintheswitching
messagetransmitting
cantbecontinued.
/CtrlProc:ChangeProc()
20007 FFCtrlProc ItfailedinCreateProcess.
It has the possibility that an
executivefledoesntexist.
Thestarttreatmentcantbe
continued.
/CtrlProc:SetInitProcEnd()
20102 FFCustomMsgBox [20102]Setupnot
completed.
It is conceivable that the application key
wasnotinstalled.
Install the application key. Main
20104 FFCustomMsgBox [20104]Failedinsecuring
systemsettings.
Itisconceivablethattheflewasdamaged
ordeleted.
Main
20104 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedintheacquisitionof
theconfgurationinformation.
Theinitializationtreatment
cantbecontinued.
/MainProcess:Main()
Theconfgurationinformationwasnot
successfullyacquired.Thiserroroccurred
duetoanimproperinstallationorsystem
instability.
20105 FFCustomMsgBox [20105]Failedinaccessing
the process control
database.
ordeleted.
Main
theprocessinformation
database.Theinitialization
treatmentcantbe
continued./
MainProcess:Main()
Datawasnotsuccessfullyacquiredfrom
theprocessinformationdatabase.
Thiserroroccurredduetoanimproper
installationorsysteminstability.
themessagedistribution
controldatabase.
ordeleted.
Main
20106 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedinopeningofthe
messagedatabase.
cantbecontinued.
/MainProcess:Main()
successfullyopened.Thiserroroccurred
duetoanimproperinstallationorsystem
instability.
20108 FFCustomMsgBox [20108]Failedinprocess
activation.
Asubprocesswasnotsuccessfullystarted
upforsomereason.
Viewtheeventlogsaroundtoexaminethe
cause.
Main
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-40
20108 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedinthestartofthe
sub-process.
cantbecontinued.
/MainProcess:Main()
The subprocess was not successfully
started.Thiserroroccurredduetoan
improperinstallationorsysteminstability.
20110 FFCustomMsgBox [20110]Failedin
initializationprocessing.
started.Itisconceivablethatthesystem
wasunstable.Thiserrormayalsooccuras
a consequence of the occurrence of
another error.
Checkforerrormessagesandwarnings
issuedbeforetheoccurrenceofthiserror
andthentakearemedialaction.
Or,restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
Main
20110 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedinthestartofthe
sub-process.
cantbecontinued.
/MainProcess:
m_ProcessControl_
OnRunProcComplete()
started.Thiserroroccurredduetoan
improperinstallationorsysteminstability.
termination.
Anerroroccurredforsomereasonduring
subprocessendprocessing.
Noparticularremedyneedsbetaken. Main
20118 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedinthecompletionof
the sub-process.
/MainProcess:
ProcessEndRequirement()
terminated.Thesystemwasunstable.
Restart.
switchover.
A subprocess was not successfully
controlledforsomereason.
Viewtheeventlogsaroundtoexaminethe
cause.
Main
20124 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedinswitchingofthe
process./
MainProcess:xxxxx
A subprocess changeover was not
successfullyeffected.Thetarget
subprocesswasnotactiveorthesystem
was unstable.
Restart.
20147 FFIIPMAIN StudyAutomaticDeletion
successfullyprocessed.
(LoopCountis[%1].)/
MainProcess:m_Timer_
Timer()
Thelogwasdeletedsuccessfullybystudy
automaticdeletionprocessing.
This is not an error.
20148 FFIIPMAIN StudyAutomaticDeletion
warning.
(LoopCountis[%1].)/
MainProcess:m_Timer_
Timer()
Deletingthelogusingstudyautomatic
deletionprocessingresultedinafailure.
This is not an error.
Ifamessageboxopens,followwhatis
directedinthebox.
connectingtotheimage
database.
Theproblemisattributable,forinstance,to
aninactiveSQLservicemanageror
uninitializedimagedatabase.
isnormallyoperating.Ifthesymptom
deleted).
List
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-41
theimagedatabase.
deleted).
List
21003 FFCustomMsgBox [21003]Failedinobtaining
informationfromtheimage
database.
deleted).
List
theimagedatabase.
deleted).
List
21005 FFCustomMsgBox [21005]Failedinsetting
informationtotheimage
database.
deleted).
List
21006 FFCustomMsgBox [21006]Failedindeleting
thestudyinformation.
deleted).
List
connectingtothesystem
settingdatabase.
Itisconceivablethatthedatabaseflewas
damagedordeleted.
List
thesystemsetting
database.
damagedordeleted.
List
informationfromthesystem
settingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
List
connecting to the character
database.
damagedordeleted.
List
thecharacterdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
List
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-42
informationfromthe
characterdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
List
thedefnitionfle.
ordeleted.
List
21014 FFCustomMsgBox [21014]Failedinopening
theregistryinformation.
It is conceivable that the registry
informationwasdamagedordeleted.
List
21015 FFCustomMsgBox [21015]Failedinretrieving
List
21016 FFCustomMsgBox [21016]Failedinwritingthe
registryinformation.
List
21017 FFCustomMsgBox [21017]Failedinclosing
List
21018 FFCustomMsgBox [21018]Failedinreceiving
message.
Thesystemwasunstable. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
List
21019 FFCustomMsgBox [21019]Failedincanceling
the output processing.
Theselectedimagewasbeingoutputor
alreadydeleted.
Noparticularresponseisrequired. List
21020 FFCustomMsgBox [21020]Failedinoutput. Theselectedimagewasbeingoutputor
alreadydeleted.
Noparticularresponseisrequired. List
themessage.
Thesystemwasunstable. Noparticularresponseisrequired. List
21022 FFCustomMsgBox [21022]Failedininitializing
processformessage
communication.
List
terminatingprocessfor
messagecommunication.
List
informationfromthehost
settingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
List
21025 FFCustomMsgBox [21025]Failedineditingthe
hostsettingdatabase.
List
21030 FFCustomMsgBox [21030]Failedinstudy
start.
Connectionequipmentwasnotoperative
or the network was unstable.
Checktheconnectedequipmentor
network.
List
21031 FFCustomMsgBox [21031]FailedinQAstart. Connectionequipmentwasnotoperative
network.
List
re-start.
network.
List
studyinformationfromhost
%s.
network.
List
21034 FFCustomMsgBox [21034]Failedinlocking
thestudy.
network.
List
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-43
completionprocessing.
network.
List
21036 FFCustomMsgBox [21036]Thetargetstudy
existsbutisnotdisplayed
on the list.
network.
List
21037 FFCustomMsgBox [21037]Thetargetstudy
couldnotbefound.
Thespecifedstudymayhavebeen
deleted.
Noparticularmeasuresneedtobetaken. List
21038 FFCustomMsgBox [21038]Theinputformat
fordateiswrong.
Theinputformatwasincorrect. Noparticularmeasuresneedtobetaken. List
21039 FFCustomMsgBox [21039]Theinputformat
fortimeiswrong.
Theinputformatwasincorrect. Noparticularmeasuresneedtobetaken. List
21040 FFCustomMsgBox [21040]NopatientIDor
Accessionnumberexists.
Theinputwordwasincorrect. Noparticularmeasuresneedtobetaken. List
21041 FFCustomMsgBox [21041]Multipletarget
studiesexist.Thestudy
cannotbestarted.
Twoormorerelevantstudiesexisted. Noparticularmeasuresneedtobetaken. List
21051 FFCustomMsgBox [21051]Anunknownstudy
wasreceivedfromtheRIS.
Illegaldatawascontainedinthestudy
informationreceivedfromtheRIS.
ChecktheRISsidesetupinformationand
the like.
21052 FFMWMHelper [MWMHelper]%1 Thisisaninformationlog. Thereisnoparticularproblemwith
operations.
21053 FFMWMHelper [MWMHelper]%1 Awarningconditionisencountered.
Fordetails,refertothecontentsofthe
event log.
Thereisnoparticularproblemwith
operations.
21054 FFMWMHelper [MWMHelper]%1 Anerroroccurred. Restart.
AstudyreceivedbymeansofMWMdidnt
includeStudyInstanceUID(0020,000D).
RequesttheMWMServertosend
StudyInstanceUID.
21129 FFCustomMsgBox [21129]Theharddiskwas
full.
Thefreeharddiskspacewasinsuffcient.
Aforcedterminationprocedurewas
performedduringastartuporfreeze.
Deleteunnecessaryimages.Ifanyimages
areleftwithoutbeingoutput,outputthem.
Main
21201 FFCustomMsgBox [21201]Anerroroccurred. Thesystemwasunstable. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
List
21202 FFCustomMsgBox [21202]Initializationhas
notbeencompleted.
List
21203 FFCustomMsgBox [21203]Radiographer
informationdatabaseis
abnormal.
damagedordeleted.
List
List
registry values.
List
21206 FFCustomMsgBox [21206]Failedinclearinga
displayedimage.
List
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-44
connectingtothedatabase.
Checkotherconnectedequipmentor
network.
List
connectingtothedatabase.
Checkotherconnectedequipmentor
network.
List
21209 FFCustomMsgBox [21209]Failedinsettingthe
studyinformationsharing
host.
List
thestudyinformationfrom
thedatabase.
damagedordeleted.
List
21211 FFCustomMsgBox [21211]Anerroroccurred
inobtainingradiographer
information.
damagedordeleted.
List
List
21213 FFCustomMsgBox [21213]Anerroroccurred.
Studyinformationcannot
beobtained.
List
21214 FFCustomMsgBox [21214]Failedinstarting
remotesearch/acquisition
processing.
List
incheckingthedefnition
fleforpatientIDauto-
convert.
Itispossiblethatthedefnitionfleand/or
databaseflehasbeendamagedor
deleted.
21217 FFCustomMsgBox [21217]Failedinauto-
conversion of patient ID.
Itispossiblethatthedefnitionfleand/or
databaseflehasbeendamagedor
deleted.
21218 FFCustomMsgBox [21218]Theupper-limitof
thenumberofstudies
selectable by patient ID
auto-convertisexceeded.
Thelimitnumberoftheitemsallowedon
thelistisexceeded.
Reducethenumberofselectedstudies.
21219 FFCustomMsgBox [21219]Nosettingflefor
patient ID auto-convert
exists.
ThepatientIDauto-convertsettingfle
doesnotexistatthespecifedlocation.
Allocate the patient ID auto-convert setting
fleatthespecifedlocation,andthen
restart.
21220 FFCustomMsgBox [21220]Aformaterror
occurredinthesettingfle
for patient ID auto-convert.
FormatofthepatientIDauto-convert
settingfleisinvalid.
Correcttheerrorsothattheformatofthe
patientIDauto-convertsettingfleis
appropriate,andthenrestart.
21221 FFCustomMsgBox [21221]Nodefnitionfleof
examinee-listforpatientID
auto-convert exists.
Thedefnitionfleofexaminee-listfor
patientIDauto-convertdoesnotexistat
thespecifedlocation.
Allocatethedefnitionfleofexaminee-list
forpatientIDauto-convertatthespecifed
location,andthenrestart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-45
21222 FFCustomMsgBox [21222]Aformaterror
occurredinthedefnition
fleofexamineelistfor
patient ID auto-convert.
Formatofthedefnitionfleofexaminee-list
isinvalid.
defnitionfleofexaminee-listis
21223 FFCustomMsgBox [21223]NodefnitionDBof
examinee-listforpatientID
auto-convert exists.
ThedefnitionDBfleofexaminee-listfor
patientIDauto-convertdoesnotexistat
thespecifedlocation.
AllocatethedefnitionDBfleofexaminee-
list for patient ID auto-convert at the
specifedlocation,andthenrestart.
22100 FFIIPListMoveImage Warning.
%1
Awarningwasissued.Fordetails,seethe
contents of the event log.
Thereisnoparticularproblemwith
operations.
theconfgurationinformation.
cantbecontinued.
/MainProcess:Main()
Theversioninformationwasnot
successfullyacquired.Itisconceivablethat
theVersion.envfledidnotexistinthe
specifeddirectoryorthatthecontentsof
thefleweredamaged.
Reinstall.
22128 FFIIPMAIN Anerroroccurredinlogfle
backuptreatment.
/MainProcess:xxxxx
Alogflebackupwasnotsuccessfully
made.Itisconceivablethatthespecifed
pathnamewasincorrect.
Reinstall. (Although there are no
operationalproblems,various
communicationlogscannotbesaved.)
22200 FFIIPListMoveImage Error.
%1
Anerroroccurred.Fordetails,seethe
contents of the event log.
Sincetheprocesswasabortedduetoan
error occurrence, it is conceivable that a
datainconsistencymayexist.Verifythe
dataconsistency.
22201 FFIIPListMoveImage InitializeError.
%1
Theinitializationprocessfailed. Restart.
22202 FFIIPListMoveImage FFGetStringError.
%1
TheFFGetStringfunctionreturnedan
error.
Restart.
22203 FFIIPListMoveImage DB Connect Error.
%1
Thedatabaseconnectionwasnot
successfullyestablished.
Restart.
22204 FFIIPListMoveImage DBGetError.
%
Datacouldnotbeacquiredfromthe
database.
Restart.
22205 FFIIPListMoveImage SetDB Error.
%1
Datacouldnotbesetupforthedatabase. Restart.
22206 FFIIPListMoveImage DicomDataObjectGet
Error.
%1
DatacouldnotbeacquiredfromtheDicom
Data Object.
Restart.
22207 FFIIPListMoveImage DicomDataObjectSet
Error.
%1
DatacouldnotbesetupfortheDicom
Data Object.
Restart.
22208 FFIIPListMoveImage An unknown error
occurred.%n[%1]
23000 FFMWMStudyList RegCreatekey()returned
withErrorat%1.[%2]
TheRegCreateKeyfunctionreturnedan
error.
Restart.
23000 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
RegCreatekey()returned
withErrorat%1.%n[%2]
Theuserauthoritymaynothavebeen
grantedorinstallationmayhavebeen
endedabnormally.
Usethenormalstartupprocedureor
performreinstallation.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-46
23000 FFIIPListCustomize RegCreatekey()returned
endedabnormally.
23000 FFIIPListSearch RegCreatekey()returned
endedabnormally.
23000 FFIIPListMoveImage Information.
%1
Informationlog. Therearenooperationalproblems.
23000 FFMWMStudyList Studycouldntbestarted
automatically.%1.[%2]
Failedinstartingastudyautomaticallyfor
any reason.
Therearenooperationalproblems.
23001 FFMWMStudyList RegOpenkey()returned
withErrorat%1.[%2]
TheRegOpenKeyfunctionreturnedan
error.
Restart.
23001 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
RegOpenkey()returned
endedabnormally.
23001 FFIIPListCustomize RegOpenkey()returned
endedabnormally.
23001 FFIIPListSearch RegOpenkey()returned
endedabnormally.
23002 FFMWMStudyList RegClosekey()returned
withErrorat%1.[%2]
error.
Restart.
23002 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
RegClosekey()returned
granted.
Usethenormalstartupprocedure.
23002 FFIIPListCustomize RegClosekey()returned
granted.
23002 FFIIPListSearch RegClosekey()returned
granted.
23003 FFMWMStudyList RegQueryNumericValue()
returnedwithErrorat%1.
[%2]
error.
Restart.
23003 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
RegQueryNumericValue()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
granted.
23003 FFIIPListCustomize RegQueryNumericValue()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
granted.
23003 FFIIPListSearch RegQueryNumericValue()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
granted.
23004 FFMWMStudyList RegSetNumericValue()
[%2]
error.
Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-47
23004 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
RegSetNumericValue()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
granted.
23004 FFIIPListCustomize RegSetNumericValue()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
granted.
23004 FFIIPListSearch RegSetNumericValue()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
granted.
23005 FFMWMStudyList FFGetString()returnedwith
Errorat%1.[%2]
TheFFGetStringfunctionreturnedan
error.
Restart.
23005 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FFGetString()returnedwith
Errorat%1.%n[%2]
Theproblemisattributabletoadamaged
Directory.inifle.
EnsurethattheDirectory.inifleisnormal,
andthenrestart.
23005 FFIIPListCustomize FFGetString()returnedwith
Errorat%1.%n[%2]
Directory.inifle.
andthenrestart.
23005 FFIIPListSearch FFGetString()returnedwith
Errorat%1.%n[%2]
Directory.inifle.
andthenrestart.
23006 FFIIPListCustomize FFStrDBConnect()returned
Directory.inifleormissingLangStr.mdb
fle.
andthenrestart.Or,checktheLangStr.
mdbfle.
23006 FFIIPListSearch FFStrDBConnect()returned
fle.
mdbfle.
23006 FFMWMStudyList FFStrDBConnect()returned
withErrorat%1.[%2]
TheFFStrDBConnectfunctionreturnedan
error.
Restart.
23006 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FFStrDBConnect()returned
fle.
mdbfle.
23007 FFIIPListCustomize FFStrDBClose()returned
TheLangStr.mdbflewasdamaged. ChecktheLangStr.mdbfle.
23007 FFIIPListSearch FFStrDBClose()returned
23007 FFMWMStudyList FFStrDBClose()returned
withErrorat%1.[%2]
TheFFStrDBClosefunctionfailed. Restart.
23007 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FFStrDBClose()returned
23008 FFIIPListCustomize FFStrDBReadString()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
23008 FFIIPListSearch FFStrDBReadString()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-48
23008 FFMWMStudyList FFStrDBReadString()
[%2]
TheFFStrDBReadStringfunctionreturned
an error.
Restart.
23008 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FFStrDBReadString()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
23009 FFIIPListCustomize FFRegGetKeySZ()returned
Theproblemisattributabletoan
unprivilegeduser.
23009 FFIIPListSearch FFRegGetKeySZ()returned
unprivilegeduser.
23009 FFMWMStudyList FFRegGetKeySZ()returned
withErrorat%1.[%2]
TheFFRegGetKeySZfunctionreturnedan
error.
Restart.
23009 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FFRegGetKeySZ()returned
unprivilegeduser.
23010 FFIIPListCustomize FFRegGetKeyDWORD()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
unprivilegeduser.
23010 FFIIPListSearch FFRegGetKeyDWORD()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
unprivilegeduser.
23010 FFMWMStudyList FFRegGetKeyDWORD()
[%2]
TheFFRegGetKeyDWORDfunction
returnedanerror.
Restart.
23010 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FFRegGetKeyDWORD()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
unprivilegeduser.
23011 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FFSysDBConnect()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
ItisconceivablethattheDirectory.inifle
wasdamagedortheHosts.mdbfledidnot
exist.
andthenrestart.Or,checktheSysConfg.
mdbfle.
23011 FFMWMStudyList FFHostDBInitialize()
[%2]
FFHostDBInitialize()sentbackanerror. Restartthesystem.
23012 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FFSysDBClose()returned
Thiserrorisattributabletoadamaged
Directory.inifle.
ChecktheSysConfg.mdbfle.
23012 FFIIPListCustomize FFHostDBGetQueryHost()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
ItisconceivablethattheHosts.mdbfle
wasdamaged.
ChecktheHosts.mdbfle.
23012 FFMWMStudyList FFHostDBGetQueryHost()
[%2]
FFHostDBGetQueryHost()sentbackan
error.
Restartthesystem.
23013 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FFSysDBReadszValue()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
Directory.inifle.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-49
23013 FFIIPListCustomize FFHostDBSetQueryHost()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
ItisconceivablethattheHosts.mdbfle
wasdamaged.
23013 FFMWMStudyList FFHostDBSetQueryHost()
[%2]
FFHostDBSetQueryHost()sentbackan
error.
Restartthesystem.
23014 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FFSysDBReadnValue()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
Directory.inifle.
23015 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FailedImageDB
Connectionat%1.%n[%2]
The SQL Server Service Manager starts
runningornecessaryflesarenotinstalled.
Ensure that the SQL Server is running.
23016 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FailedImageDB
Disconnection at
%1.%n[%2]
23017 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FailedImageDBOpen
Recordsetat%1.%n[%2]
23018 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FailedImageDBUpdate
23019 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
FailedImageDBClose
23020 FFStudyList FailedGetHostNameas
%1.%n[%2]
Failedinacquiringahostname.
Thenetworkmayhavebeensetup
incorrectly.
Checkthenetwork/networksettings.
23021 FFStudyList FailedHostDBDataat
%1.%n[%2]
FailedinacquiringdatafromtheHosts.
mdbfle.Thedatabasemayhavebeen
damaged.
23022 FFStudyList FailedGetPossessionat
%1.%n[%2]
Failedinacquiringproperty.
Itisconceivablethatanyotherequipment
hasalreadyacquiredproperty,network
disconnectedorpowernotturnedON.
Checkthenetwork/equipment.
23023 FFStudyList Failed
DDOChangeOrDelivery at
%1.%n[%2]
Afailureoccurredinflechangeordelivery
processingatflmdivision/extension
(12on1) output.
Restartthesystem.
23024 FFStudyList FailedDicomQ/Rat
%1.%n[%2]
AfailureoccurredwhenperformingDICOM
Q/Rprocessing.
Checkthenetwork/networksettings,and
thenrestartthesystemasnecessary.
23025 FFStudyList FFNetDBConnect()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
Anattempttoestablishconnectiontothe
networksetupdatabaseresultedina
failure.
CheckNetConfg.mdbandrestartthe
system.
23026 FFStudyList FailedDicomQ/RInitialize
at%1.%n[%2]
AfailureoccurredininitializationofDICOM
Q/Rprocessing.
Restartthesystem.
23027 FFStudyList Failed
MultiPrintDDOUpdateat
%1.%n[%2]
Afailureoccurredinflechangeprocessing
atflmdivision/extension(12on1)output.
Restartthesystem.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-50
23028 FFStudyList FailedMultiPrintDelivery
%1.%n[%2]
Afailureoccurredindeliveryprocessingat
flmdivision/extension(12on1)output.
Restartthesystem.
23029 FFStudyList FailedFFNetDBGet
%1.%n[%2]
Anattempttoacquiredatafromthe
networksetupdatabaseresultedina
failure.
CheckNetConfg.mdbandrestartthe
system.
23031 FFStudyList CSIdmCheckResource()
returnedwithErrorat
%1.%n[%2]
CSIdmCheckResource()returnedanerror
at%1.
23032 FFStudyList FailedIDAutoConvertDLG
Initializeat%1.%n[%2]
Initializationoftheauto-convertscreen
returnedanerrorat%1.
23033 FFStudyList frm_AutoConvertProgDlg.
SetExecData()returned
frm_AutoConvertProgDIg.SetExecData()
returnedanerrorat%1.
23034 FFStudyList LimitOverSelectedRows
Thenumberofselectedstudiesis
exceededtheupperlimitat%1.
Reducethenumberofselectedstudies.
23035 FFStudyList NoConfgFileOn
AutoConvertProc.%n[%1]
Aconfgurationflebrowseerroroccurred
duringauto-convertprocessing.
Allocate the patient ID auto-convert
confgurationfleatthespecifedlocation,
andthenrestart.
23036 FFStudyList ConfgFileFormatError
On AutoConvert
Proc.%n[%1]
Aconfgurationfleformaterroroccurred
patientIDauto-convertconfgurationfleis
23037 FFStudyList NoSchemaFileOn
Adefnitionflebrowseerroroccurred
Allocatethedefnitionfleofexaminee-list
forpatientIDauto-convertatthespecifed
location,andthenrestart.
23038 FFStudyList ScehmaFileFormatError
On AutoConvert
Proc.%n[%1]
Adefnitionfleformaterroroccurredduring
auto-convert processing.
defnitionfleofexaminee-listis
23039 FFStudyList No MatchingDB Error On
AdefnitionDBbrowseerroroccurred
AllocatethedefnitionDBfleofexaminee-
list for patient ID auto-convert at the
specifedlocation,andthenrestart.
23099 FFIIPListCustomize An unknown error
occurred.%n[%1]
Anunknownerroroccurred. Restart.
23099 FFIIPListSearch An unknown error
occurred.%n[%1]
23099 FFMWMStudyList Anunknownerroroccurred.
[%1]
23099 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
An unknown error
occurred.%n[%1]
24244 FFCustomMsgBox [24244]PatientIDauto-
convert processing is
executed.
The patient ID auto-convert button was
pressed.
Noproblemswillarise.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-51
24245 FFCustomMsgBox [24245]Noexaminee-list
flehasbeenselected.
Targetprocessingwasperformed
preliminarilyordefnitivelywithno
examinee-listfleforpatientIDauto-
convertselectedappropriately.
Selecttheexaminee-listfleandre-perform
thetargetprocessingpreliminarilyor
defnitively.
24246 FFCustomMsgBox [24246]Changethestudy
statusfromQAListto
StudyCompletedand
outputto%s.
Processingtooutputaspecifedstudywas
performed.
Noproblemswillarise.
24247 FFCustomMsgBox [24247]Nooutputdevice
hasbeenregistered.
Nodeviceshavebeenregisteredtooutput
aspecifedstudy.
Registeradeviceforoutputofthespecifed
study,andthenredistributethetarget
study.
24248 FFCustomMsgBox [24248]Failedinoutputa
partofthestudy
Itispossiblethatthedatabaseflehas
beendamagedordeleted.
24249 FFCustomMsgBox [24249]Nodestinationhas
been set.
Nodestinationhasbeenspecifedforthe
specifedstudy.
Registeradestinationfordistributionofthe
specifedstudy,andthenredistributeit.
24250 FFCustomMsgBox [24250]Thereisastudy
into which a patient ID or
patientnamehasnotbeen
entered.
NopatientIDornamehasbeeninputfor
thespecifedstudy.
InputthepatientIDandnameforthe
specifedstudy,andthenredistributeit.
the setting info of the
connectedmedia.
Accesstothedefnitionflefailedwhilethe
targetmediaforconnectionwasbeing
changed.
Restart.
25030 FFCustomMsgBox [25030]Failedinchanging
theconnectingdestination.
Inanattempttochangethetargetmedia
forconnection,accesstothedatabase
failedoranunexpectederroroccurred.
Restart.
theselecteddrive.
Adrivewherenomediahasbeeninserted
wasselected.
Ensurethatadiskhasbeeninsertedinto
thedrivecorrectly.
29010 FFIIPEvtMonitoringCtrl [%1]%nTheerroroccurred
inWin32API.%n%2
TheWin32APIfunctionreturnedanerror. Restart. Worklist
29011 FFIIPEvtMonitoringCtrl [%1]%nTheexceptionerror
occurred.%n%2
29107 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedinthepreparation
ofthepipe.Thetreatment
cantbecontinued.
/MainProcess:Main()
Thepipeforinter-processcommunication
wasnotsuccessfullycreated.
unstable.
Restart.
29112 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedintheindicationof
theroutinemodetransition.
/MainProcess:
m_ProcessControl
_OnRunProcComplete()
Theroutinetransitioninstructionmessage
wasnotsuccessfullyissued.
It is conceivable that the subprocess was
not running or that the pipe was not
created.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-52
29114 FFIIPMAIN Anunusualmessagewas
received.Thismessageis
ignored.
/MainProcess:
m_ProcessComControl
_OnRecvNotifcation()
Thereceivedmessagewasunusual.
Itisconceivablethatthemessagewasnot
registeredinthemessageinformation
databaseorthatthesystemwasunstable.
29115 FFIIPMAIN Anunusualsendcause
wasreceived.Thissend
causeisignored.
/MainProcess:
m_ProcessComControl
_OnRecvNotifcation()
Amessagewasreceivedfromanunknown
source. It is conceivable that the
transmissionsourcewasnotregisteredin
themessageinformationdatabaseorthat
awrongtransmissionsourcewasselected.
29116 FFIIPMAIN Theformoftheplaceofthe
transmissionisntright.
/MainProcess:
SendMessage()
Anunknowntransmissiondestinationwas
specifedforthereceivedmessage.
Itisconceivablethatthetransmission
destinationwasnotregisteredinthe
messageinformationdatabaseorthata
wrongtransmissiondestinationwas
selected.
29117 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedinthemessage
delivery.
/MainProcess:
SendMessage()
Amessagedeliverywasnotsuccessful.
It is conceivable that the subprocess at the
transmissiondestinationwasnotrunning.
29119 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedintheprocess
completionnotice.
/MainProcess:ProcessEnd-
AnswerMessage()
Anendnoticewasnotsuccessfullysentto
the subprocess. It is conceivable that the
subprocess was not running or that the
systemwasunstable.
Restart.
29122 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedintheunusual
occurrence notice.
/MainProcess:
ErrorNoticeMessage()
An error notice was not successfully sent
to the subprocess. It is conceivable that
the subprocess was not running or that the
systemwasunstable.
Restart.
29123 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedinthepipeclose.
/MainProcess:
EndMainProcess()
Aninter-processcommunicationpipewas
notsuccessfullyclosed.Itisconceivable
thatthesystemwasunstable.
Restart.
29125 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedincloseofthe
messagedatabase.
/MainProcess:xxxxx
successfullyclosed.Itisconceivablethat
Restart.
29126 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedinreadingofthe
/MainProcess:xxxxx
Datawasnotsuccessfullyacquiredfrom
the registry. It is conceivable that
installationwasnotproperlycompleted.
Reinstall.
29127 FFIIPMAIN Itfailedinwritingofthe
/MainProcess:xxxxx
Data was not successfully written into the
registry.Itisconceivablethatthesystem
was unstable.
Restart.
the connection characters
tothecharacterdatabase.
ordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-53
database.
damagedordeleted.
tothesystemsetting
database.
ordeleted.
settingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
totheimagedatabase.
ordeleted.
30013 FFCustomMsgBox [30013]Failedinsaving
listed(worklist)display
settings.
ordeleted.
to the network setting
database.
damagedordeleted.
the list (worklist).
obtained.
30045 FFCustomMsgBox [30045]IPaddressonthe
ImageReadernot
obtained.
damagedorimproperlyset.
themessage.
totheImageReaderstatus
informationdatabase.
ordeleted.
30105 FFCustomMsgBox [30105]Failedinlist
initialization(waitingfor
study).
QA).
output).
initialization(already
output).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-54
initialization(all).
initialization(today).
30117 FFCustomMsgBox [30117]Failedinupdating
list(worklist)display.
totheImageReader
ordeleted.
theImageReader
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(Magneticcard
type).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(Magneticcard
type).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(Hospitalcard
used).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
database.
damagedordeleted.
Theconnectiontothenetworkwasnot
established.
NodesetupwasnotcompletedforTHIS
HOST(IIP)underNetworkConfg.
Connecttothenetwork.
SetadummynodeforTHISHOST(IIP)
(e.g., DICOM Print).
thepassinformation(image
datafolder).
ordeleted.
30153 FFCustomMsgBox [30153]Theshutdown
processresultedina
failure.
study).
ordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-55
30157 FFCustomMsgBox [30157]Databaseaccess
was unsuccessful.
deleted).
30200 FFCustomMsgBox [30200]FailedinRIS
activation.
TheremaybeaproblemwiththeRIS
moduleorRISsetup.
Verifythesettingsandthenrestart.
Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,performa
reinstallation.
30201 FFCustomMsgBox [30201]Acommunication
errorwithRISoccurred.
moduleorRISsetup.
reinstallation.
moduleorRISsetup.
reinstallation.
30204 FFCustomMsgBox [30204]Becauseof
improperlyperformed
installation processing, the
systemcannotbestarted.
Failedininstallation. Reinstall.
30205 FFCustomMsgBox [30205]Failedinsearch
processing.
patient-incidental
information.
30208 FFCustomMsgBox [30208]Systemerror
occurred.
AreturnerrorfromtheShimadzuFPD
controllerandaprogramerror.
RestarttheFPDsystem.Ifthesameerror
recurs,reinstallthesystem.
occurred.
AreturnerrorfromtheShimadzuFPD
controllerandaprogramerror.
occurred.
Anerroroflevel:3,4originatedfromthe
FPDsystem.
occurred.
Anerroroflevel:3,4originatedfromthe
FPDsystem.
30213 FFCustomMsgBox [30213]Failedindisplaying
the preview screen.
Afailureoccurredinpreviewdisplayofa
CRlong-viewimagebeforeitissubjected
toimagecombiningprocessing.
RestarttheFPDsystem.Ifthesame
symptomrecurs,performareinstallation.
Improvementof
operationperformance
oftheautomaticimage
combiningprocessing.
when changing the
exposure technique.
Anerroroccurredinanattempttochange
anexposuretechniqueisnotifed
accordingly.(Notonlyanerroroccurring
while the exposure controller controlling
methodisbeingcalledup,butalsoan
erroroccurringinanattempttoaccess
DDOandimagedatabasearenotifed
accordingly.)
ConfrmconnectiontotheFPDdevice. Exposure technique
change
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-56
30216 FFCustomMsgBox [30216]Noconfgurable
trimmingsizeavailablein
%s.
Thedatabasedoesnotcontaintrimming
sizesconfgurablefortheFPDselector
(upright or supine position).
Contactyourmaintenancepersonnel.
30507 FFCustomMsgBox [30507]Anerroroccurred. Communicationwiththelinkingapplication
failed.
Restartthesystem.Ifthesameerrorstill
recurs,contactyourmaintenance
personnel.
theregistryinformation
(fontname).
(fontsize).
(multi-bytelanguage
information).
theusedlanguagein
systemsetting.
damagedordeleted.
tothecharacterdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
database.
damagedordeleted.
tothesystemsetting
database.
damagedordeleted.
settingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
connectingtotheimage
database.
deleted).
31011 FFCustomMsgBox [31011]Failedinacquiring
informationfromtheimage
database.
deleted).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-57
theimagedatabase.
deleted).
theinformationfromthe
imagedatabase.
deleted).
informationtotheimage
database.
deleted).
imagedatabase.
deleted).
connectingtothefag
database.
deleted).
thefagdatabase.
deleted).
informationtothefag
database.
deleted).
initializationprocessfor
menusettingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-58
themenuinformationfrom
themenusettingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
themenuparameter
informationfromthemenu
settingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
terminatingthemenu
settingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
to the network setting
database.
damagedordeleted.
connecting to the network
settingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
networksettingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
31026 FFCustomMsgBox [31026]Failedinissuing
theimageinformation.
UsetheDICOMMWMC-FINDTagSetting
of CL Service Utility to see if Distribution
Code(ID:141)ischeckedornot.
Ifchecked,uncheckit.
imageinformation.
31030 FFCustomMsgBox [31030]Failedinreading
theimageinformationfle.
disk.
31031 FFCustomMsgBox [31031]Failedinwritingthe
imageinformationfle.
disk.
31032 FFCustomMsgBox [31032]Failedinreleasing
thecaptioninformation
(ID#).
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-59
(study#).
damagedordeleted.
(patientname).
damagedordeleted.
(Kanji-patientname).
damagedordeleted.
(sex).
damagedordeleted.
(sex: M).
damagedordeleted.
(sex: F).
damagedordeleted.
(sex: O).
damagedordeleted.
(dataofbirth).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(ID#input
characterlimitation).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(Study#input
characterlimitation).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(ID#padding
format).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(Study#
paddingformat).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(dateofbirth
format).
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-60
31051 FFCustomMsgBox [31051]Invalidcharacteris
inputinID#.
A 2-byte character, @, or other
unacceptablecharacterwascontained.
Make a proper entry.
inputinStudy#.
inputinpatientname.
inputinkanji-patientname.
A 1-byte character or other unacceptable
characterwascontained.
input in sex.
AcharacterotherthanM,F,andO
wascontained.
31056 FFCustomMsgBox [31056]Invalidformatfor
dateofbirthisinput.
Theentrydidnotagreewithapreselected
birthdateformat.
therequestingdepartment
database.
damagedordeleted.
(requestingdep.).
damagedordeleted.
theiteminformationfor
displayingintherequesting
dep.Selectionlist.
damagedordeleted.
information.
damagedordeleted.
to the requesting
departmentdatabase.
ordeleted.
thetechnicianinformation
database.
damagedordeleted.
31063 FFCustomMsgBox [31063]Failedincaption
information(technician).
damagedordeleted.
theiteminformationfor
displayinginthetechnician
selection list.
damagedordeleted.
thetechnicianinformation.
damagedordeleted.
tothetechniciandatabase.
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-61
(windowsize).
31068 FFCustomMsgBox [31068]Nopatient
informationisinput.
Nothingwasenteredinthepatient
informationinputfeld.
Enteratleastthepatientssex.
thesystemsetting
information(succeeded
fromexposuremenu
reservation list).
damagedordeleted.
31070 FFCustomMsgBox [31070]Multiplestudies
cannotbeexecuted.
Anattemptwasmadetostartan
examinationprocesswithmorethanone
examinationitemselectedfroman
examinationwaitinglist.
Startanexaminationprocesswithone
examinationitemselected.
31071 FFCustomMsgBox [31071]Nolistisselected. Anattemptwasmadetostartexecution
withnoexaminationitemselected.
Selectatleastoneexaminationitem.
inputforflmannotation.
Anunacceptablecharacterwascontained. Make a proper entry.
fagdatabase.
deleted).
thebuttonimage(Clear
button).
Itisconceivablethatthebitmapflewas
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(OK
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Cancel
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(increment
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage
(decrementbutton).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Next
page button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(previous
page button).
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-62
characterdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
31099 FFCustomMsgBox [31099]Anerrorof
unknowncauseoccurred.
It is conceivable that there is an
inconsistencyintheimageinformationfle.
31100 FFCustomMsgBox [31100]Theimagedisplay
processresultedinafailure
while operating in the
imageinputsubsystem.
Itisconceivablethattheimagedataor
imageinformationflewasdamaged.
thepassinformation(log
savingfolder).
ordeleted.
31103 FFCustomMsgBox [31103]Failedincallingup
thepatientinformation.
terminatingtheimageinput
subsystem.
terminatingtheimageinput
subsystem.
31107 FFCustomMsgBox [31107]Failedinimage
inputting process in the
imageinputsub-system.
31110 FFCustomMsgBox [31110]Failedincallingup
theexposuremenu.
terminatingprocess.
inputting process.
inputting process.
31114 FFCustomMsgBox [31114]Failedinspecifying
the urgent processing.
(StudywithQAcompleted).
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-63
the caption (only exposure
competed).
damagedordeleted.
(Studyinterruptbutton).
damagedordeleted.
(Cancel button).
damagedordeleted.
(Studyreceptiontab).
damagedordeleted.
(waitingforstudytab).
damagedordeleted.
(waiting for QA tab).
damagedordeleted.
(Waitingforoutputtab).
damagedordeleted.
(Alreadyoutputtab).
damagedordeleted.
(All tab).
damagedordeleted.
(Todaytab).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(System
button).
damagedordeleted.
(Studyreservationbutton).
damagedordeleted.
(Studystartbutton).
damagedordeleted.
31141 FFCustomMsgBox [31141]Patientinformation
is illegal.
thedisplaygroupdata.
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-64
damagedordeleted.
damagedordeleted.
damagedordeleted.
damagedordeleted.
damagedordeleted.
damagedordeleted.
damagedordeleted.
theexposuremenu
information.
thebuttonimage(Urgent
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Study
completedbutton).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Update
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(New
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Repeat
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Re-shoot
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Add
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Delete
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Before
scroll button).
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-65
thebuttonimage(After
Scroll button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Monitor
modebutton).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(QA
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Change
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Rotation/
Inversion button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(EDR
modebutton).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Image
formatbutton).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Change
menuparameterbutton).
damagedordeleted.
the tool tip (New button).
damagedordeleted.
the tool tip (Repeat button).
damagedordeleted.
the tool tip (Re-shoot
button).
damagedordeleted.
thetooltip(Addbutton).
damagedordeleted.
the tool tip (Delete button).
damagedordeleted.
the tool tip (Before scroll
button).
damagedordeleted.
the tool tip (After scroll
button).
damagedordeleted.
thetooltip(Monitormode
button).
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-66
the tool tip (QA button ).
damagedordeleted.
the tool tip (Change
button).
damagedordeleted.
thetooltip(Rotation/
Inversion button).
damagedordeleted.
thetooltip(EDRmode
button).
damagedordeleted.
thetooltip(Imageformat
button).
damagedordeleted.
thetooltip(Changemenu
parameterbutton).
damagedordeleted.
theregistryinformation(Set
No.).
tool tip (Before scroll
button).
thesystemsetting
information(SystemID).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(Auto-
distributioninstruction
information).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(Selector
auto-switchover
information).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(Menu
auto-sequence
information).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(SetNo.
minimumvalue
information).
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-67
thesystemsetting
information(SetNo.
maximumvalue
information).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(Series
informationissuing
method).
damagedordeleted.
31197 FFCustomMsgBox [31197]Nomatchingwork
ID exists.
Thecontentsoftheimagefledidnot
agreewiththoseoftheimagedatabase.
Initializetheimagedatabase.
31198 FFCustomMsgBox [31198]Failedindistribution
process.
31201 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Dataerror.%n[%1] Inputdatawasincorrect. Restartthesystem.
thesystemsetting
information(Patient
informationonlineserial
port No.).
damagedordeleted.
ChecktheFPDandthe5000Series
equipment.Performanimageinput
process again or restart.
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl Initializeerror.[Detailed
errorinformation3120214
items]
Anabnormalityoccurredintheinitialization
process.Thecommonprobablecauses
are as follows:
Installationwasnotnormallyended.
Theparameterflewasincorrect.
Restartthesystem.Ifthesamesymptom
occursafterarestart,performa
reinstallationandinitializetheimage
database.
31202 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Initializeerror.%n[%1] Failedininitializationprocessing. Restartthesystem.
thesystemsetting
information(Patient
informationonlinedevice
name.).
damagedordeleted.
31203 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Methodprocesserror.%n
[%1]
Anerrorwasdetectedduringmethod
processing.
Restartthesystem.
31204 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl WindowsAPIaccesserror.
%n[%1]
Thesystemwasunstable. Restartthesystem.
31205 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Parametererror.%n[%1] Anabnormalparameterwasdetected. Restartthesystem.
31206 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Memoryaccesserror.
%n[%1]
Systemmemorywasinsuffcient. Restartthesystem.
31207 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Functionerror.%n[%1] Anerrorwasdetectedduringinternal
processing.
Restartthesystem.
ImageReadermachine
code.
reinstallthesystem.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-68
thebuttonimage(New
button).
damagedordeleted.
31208 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Fileaccesserror.%n[%1] Thesystemwasunstable. Restartthesystem.
thesystemsetting
information(Imagerotation/
inversion selectable range).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(frontal
imagebutton).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Left-right
invert button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Up-side-
downinvertbutton).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(180
degreerotationbutton).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(90
degreerotationbutton).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(Imageformat
selectable range).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(SINGLE
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(TWIN
button).
damagedordeleted.
totheflmannotation
database.
ordeleted.
connecting characters to
theflmannotation
database.
damagedordeleted.
flmannotationdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-69
thesystemsetting
information(upperlimitof
No.ofoutputflm).
damagedordeleted.
(CS).
damagedordeleted.
(SS).
damagedordeleted.
31241 FFCustomMsgBox [31241]Failedincreating
thumbnailimageswiththe
imageinputsubsystem.
processinginimageinput
subsystem.
31243 FFCustomMsgBox [31243]Imageformat
informationisillegal.
Avalueintheimagefleconfictedwitha
systemsetting.
Sinceastandardsettingwillbeusedasa
substitute to continue with the process, no
particularresponseisrequired.
31244 FFCustomMsgBox [31244]Annotation
systemsetting.
31245 FFCustomMsgBox [31245]No.ofoutputflm
systemsetting.
31246 FFCustomMsgBox [31246]Distributioncode
systemsetting.
31247 FFCustomMsgBox [31247]Imagereading
sensitivity is illegal.
systemsetting.
31248 FFCustomMsgBox [31248]Averageoutput
densityisillegal.
systemsetting.
31249 FFCustomMsgBox [31249]EDRmodeis
illegal.
systemsetting.
31250 FFCustomMsgBox [31250]Imageflingmode
is illegal.
systemsetting.
31251 FFCustomMsgBox [31251]Functionmodeis
illegal.
systemsetting.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-70
31253 FFCustomMsgBox [31253]Contrastshiftis
illegal.
systemsetting.
31254 FFCustomMsgBox [31254]Sensitivityshift
systemsetting.
31255 FFCustomMsgBox [31255]Thereisa
discrepancybetween
systemsettingandimage
information.
systemsetting.
discrepancybetween
information.
systemsetting.
discrepancybetween
information.
systemsetting.
discrepancybetween
information.
systemsetting.
theimageinvert/rotate
information.
Itisconceivablethattheimageinformation
wasdamaged.
Deletetheassociatedexamination.
Ifthesamesymptomfrequentlyrecurs,
imageformatinformation.
systemsetting.
theimageformat
information.
Itisconceivablethattheimageinformation
wasdamaged.
Deletetheassociatedexamination.
Ifthesamesymptomfrequentlyrecurs,
31262 FFCustomMsgBox [31262]Filmannotationis
illegal.
Theregisteredflmmarkcontainedan
unacceptable character.
Correcttheflmmarksetupwithauser
utility.
(FIX).
damagedordeleted.
(S value).
damagedordeleted.
(SEMI-X).
damagedordeleted.
(Density Ave)
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-71
(Density Average).
damagedordeleted.
31270 FFCustomMsgBox [31270]Inputvalueis
illegal.
Theenteredvaluecontainedan
unacceptable character or was out of
rangeorotherwiseabnormal.
thesystemsetting
information(Function
selectable range).
damagedordeleted.
functioninformation.
No.ofoutputflm.
contrast shift.
sensitivity shift.
EDRmodeinformation.
FIXmodeSvalue.
SEMI-Xmodeaverage
outputdensity.
31282 FFCustomMsgBox [31282]FailedinQA
starting process.
thesystemsetting
information(Filingmode
selectable range).
damagedordeleted.
imageflinginformation.
thedistributiondestination
information.
thesystemsetting
information(Distribution
codechange).
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
information(Filmannotation
change).
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-72
thesystemsetting
information(Function
change).
damagedordeleted.
terminatingprocess.
terminatingprocess.
thelistdisplay.
31303 FFCustomMsgBox [31303]Nolist(Waitingfor
study)isselected.
Itishighlyprobablethattheprogramwas
faulty.
QA)isselected.
faulty.
output)isselected.
faulty.
31306 FFCustomMsgBox [31306]Nolist(Already
output)isselected.
faulty.
31307 FFCustomMsgBox [31307]Nolist(All)is
selected.
faulty.
31308 FFCustomMsgBox [31308]Nolist(Today)is
selected.
faulty.
thelist(Waitingforstudy)
display.
thelist(WaitingforQA)
display.
thelist(Waitingforoutput)
display.
thelist(Alreadyoutput)
display.
thelist(All)display.
thelist(Today)display.
31315 FFCustomMsgBox [31315]No.ofselected
studyisillegal.Study
cannotbestarted.
faulty.
starting process.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-73
31317 FFCustomMsgBox [31317]No.ofselected
studiesisillegal.QAcannot
bestarted.
faulty.
starting process.
starting process.
thesystemsetting
information(Operational
modeafterstudying).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Utility
button).
damagedordeleted.
thepatientinformation.
31323 FFCustomMsgBox [31323]Dateofbirthcould
notbeconvertedtothe
displayingformat.
Illegalbirthdateinformationwasset. Deletetheassociatedexamination.Ifthe
samesymptomrecursafterdeletion,
(Stopalarmbutton).
damagedordeleted.
31330 FFCustomMsgBox [31330]Failedinthe
obtaining the caption
information(System
Terminatingbutton).
damagedordeleted.
(User Utility button).
damagedordeleted.
(Studylistsettingbutton).
damagedordeleted.
(Versiondisplayingbutton).
damagedordeleted.
(Cancel button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Clear
button).
damagedordeleted.
thetooltipinformation
(Clear button).
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-74
thethumbnailimages.
Thethumbnailimageflewasdamaged,
deleted,orotherwiseabnormal.
Therearenoprocessingproblemsexcept
fortheinabilitytodisplaythumbnail
images.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
occurs,initializetheimagedatabase.
(Cancel button).
damagedordeleted.
(Cancel button).
damagedordeleted.
31348 FFCustomMsgBox [31348]Failedinthumbnail
imagecreationprocess.
Thethumbnailimageflewasdamaged,
deleted,orotherwiseabnormal.
Therearenoprocessingproblemsexcept
fortheinabilitytodisplaythumbnail
images.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
occurs,initializetheimagedatabase.
thelist(Waitingforstudy).
unstableorthattheprogramwasfaulty.
Ifthesamesymptomrecursafterarestart,
thelist(WaitingforQA).
thelist(Waitingforoutput).
thelist(Alreadyoutput).
the list (All).
thelist(Today).
customizingthelistdisplay.
thesystemsetting
information(Defaultmenu
code).
damagedordeleted.
the tool tip text.
damagedordeleted.
(Title bar).
damagedordeleted.
(Option label).
damagedordeleted.
theversioninformation.
ordeleted.
31362 FFCustomMsgBox [31362]Optionlistcould
notbeobtained.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-75
(Nextmultipleframeset
No.).
registryinformation(Next
multi-framesetNo.).
thesystemsetting
information(Seriesissuing
type).
damagedordeleted.
themulti-frameUID
information.
the cassette insertion
enabledimage.
damagedordeleted.
the cassette insertion
disabledimage.
damagedordeleted.
theimageicon(Mis-
exposure).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Image
style button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(EDR
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Function
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(No.of
outputflmbutton).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Film
formatbutton).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Filing
button).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(Film
annotation button).
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-76
thebuttonimage
(Distributioncodebutton).
damagedordeleted.
thebuttonimage(CS/SS
button).
damagedordeleted.
31382 FFCustomMsgBox [31382]Imagedatalineto
theImageReader(%s)has
broken.
Thelinewasabnormal. Check the line.
thecaptioninformation.
damagedordeleted.
thebit-mapfle.
damagedordeleted.
thefontinformation.
31389 FFCustomMsgBox [31389]Failedinrefresh
the list.
reinstallthesystem.
31390 FFCustomMsgBox [31390]Theinformation
about a requesting
departmentwasillegal.
Theenteredinformationoritsformatwas
in error.
31391 FFCustomMsgBox [31391]Theinformation
aboutaparamedicwas
illegal.
Theenteredinformationoritsformatwas
in error.
31392 FFCustomMsgBox [31392]Apatient
informationsearchwas
unsuccessful.
Nothingmatchedtheenteredpatient
information.
Checkthepatientinformation.
31393 FFCustomMsgBox [31393]Failedinsettingup
connection status with the
RIS.
ThiserrorisattributabletoanRISproblem
orRISsetupproblem.
CheckRIS-sidestatusorRISsetup.
31394 FFCustomMsgBox [31394]Thelineconnected
to the RIS was faulty.
orRISsetupproblem.
ChecktheRISstatusandRISsetup.
31395 FFCustomMsgBox [31395]Failedinreporting
ofstudystart(PPS).
It is conceivable that the server was
inoperative or network settings were
incorrect.
Checkoperatingconditionoftheserver
andnetworksettings.
ofstudytermination(PPS).
incorrect.
andnetworksettings.
ofstudyabort(PPS).
incorrect.
andnetworksettings.
the label caption.
damagedordeleted.
reinstallthesystem.
31400 FFCustomMsgBox [31400]Theselectedmenu
didnotexist.
orRISsetupproblem.
ChecktheRISstatusandRISsetup.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-77
31401 FFCustomMsgBox [31401]Pathinformation
(imagedatafolder)
acquisition was not
successful.
ordeleted.
31402 FFCustomMsgBox [31402]Parametericon
imageacquisitionwasnot
successful.
damagedordeleted.
31403 FFCustomMsgBox [31403]Captioninformation
acquisition was not
successful.
damagedordeleted.
communicatingwithother
connecteddevice.
Thiserrorisattributabletoaproblemwith
theconnectedequipmentorconnection
setup.
Checktheconnectedequipment,
connectionsetup,andothers.
exposuresize.
Theconnectedequipmentmaybefaulty. Checktheconnectedequipment.
reference position for
exposure.
31409 FFCustomMsgBox [31409]Noresponse
comesfromother
connecteddevice.
31410 FFCustomMsgBox [31410]Thereisnoanswer
fromthedevicethatID
informationisshared.
31411 FFCustomMsgBox [31411]AStudycant
register because the
exposuremenuregisterdin
IDTisntregisteredinIIP.
Thiserrorisattributabletoanimproperly
registeredmenu.
Checkthemenuregistrationinformation.
31412 FFCustomMsgBox [31412]Animagedataline
withthereaderiscutoff.
thecaptioninformation(RIS
tab).
Thedatabaseflemaybedamagedor
deleted.
31416 FFCustomMsgBox [31416]Someexposure
menuscouldntbe
registered.
setmenuparameterorothersetupfailure.
Check the settings.
31417 FFCustomMsgBox [31417]Anexposuremenu
couldntberegistered.
setmenuparameterorothersetupfailure.
Check the settings.
31418 FFCustomMsgBox [31418]Failedinthe
referenceofthereader
device.
Theconnectionsetupmaybefaulty. Check the connection setup.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-78
31420 FFCustomMsgBox [31420]Afailureoccurred
inthecommunicationwith
the RIS.
Itisconceivablethattheconnected
equipmentmaybefaulty.
Checktheconnectedequipment.
31422 FFCustomMsgBox [31422]Failedinregistering
thestudytothepatient
Thepatientinformationdatabaseoperation
was wrong.
stitching processing.
Ensurethatonlyperiodisusedasa
symbolrepresentingadecimalpointfor
valuestobesetinOSSettings-Regional
Options.Ifanysymbolotherthanaperiod
isused,correctitappropriately.
31424 FFCustomMsgBox [31424]Failedinsavingthe
exposureresultinformation.
actual exposure result
value.
Invalidcharacterswereusedforthe
performedprocedurestepdescription,
protocolname,orfltertype.Theradiation
source-to-detectordistanceorradiation
timedidnotconsistofnumeralsonly.
TheflmoutputcountorflmsizeIDwas
out of range.
Noremedialactionisneededbecausethe
processwillbecontinuouslyperformed
withtheinvalidsettingsreplacedwiththe
standardones.
coloringinformation.
Settingsmayhavebeencorrupted. Restartthesystem.Ifthesamesymptom
recurs,performareinstallation.
distributionprocessing.
Thesystemwasunstable. Restartthesystem.Ifthesamesymptom
thestudyinformationlist.
patientinformation.
patientinformation.
image(background).
Thebitmapflemayhavebeendamaged
ordeleted.
parametersusedfor
displayingmammography
images.
ordeleted.Itisalsoconceivablethatthe
databaseflewasdamagedordeleted.
31444 FFCustomMsgBox [31444]Illegalinformation
receivedfromtheoutside.
Pollingtothesharedfolderwiththereceipt
computerresultedinafailure.
It is conceivable that the content of the
studyreceivedfromthereceiptcomputer
doesnotmatchtheDR-ID300CLsetting.
Checktheconnectionsettingandthe
systemsetting.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-79
receivedfromtheoutside.
Thepatientcannotberegisteredbecause
ofaformaterrorthatoccurredwiththetext
receivedfromtheFujitsureceiptcomputer.
Checktoseethatcharactersprohibitedto
useontheDR-ID300CLarenotincluded
inthetransmittedinformation.Retransmit
thenthestudyfromthereceiptcomputer,
as necessary.
for connection with the
equipment.
Astudytransmittedfromthereceipt
computercannotberegistered.
Checktoseethatcharactersprohibitedto
useontheDR-ID300CLarenotincluded
inthetransmittedinformation.Retransmit
thenthestudyfromthereceiptcomputer,
as necessary.
occurred.
AnerroroccurredintheFPD. RestarttheFPDsystem.Ifthesameerror
occurredin
communications.
Adisconnectionerroroccurredintheline
totheFPDsystem.
Checkconnectionstatustotheequipment
andrestarttheFPDsystem.
Ifthesameerrorrecurs,reinstallthe
system.
31449 FFCustomMsgBox [31449]Connecting
*Pleasewaitforamoment.
Adisconnectionerroroccurredintheline
totheFPDsystem.
Checkconnectionstatustotheequipment
andrestarttheFPDsystem.
Ifthesameerrorrecurs,reinstallthe
system.
occurred.
AnerroroccurredontheFPDside(aerror
oflevel:1,2originatedfromtheFPD
system).
input processing.
If you carry input
processing out again, you
maysucceedininput
image.
Duetoanerroroccurredduringimage
inputprocessing,acquisitionofanimage
fromtheCU/MCorimagereconstruction
basedontherawimageresultedina
failure.
Itispossiblethattheimagecanbere-
acquiredifitremainsintheCU/MC.
Iftheuserabandonedtore-acquirethe
image,theusercandeletethetarget
menu.
31455 FFCustomMsgBox [31455]Anexposuremenu
couldntbedecided.
This error can be attributable to the fact
thattheuserselectedamenuonthestudy
windowandpressedthebuttonhalfway
with the LED unlit.
TheLEDmaynotgoonbythecauses
below.
FPD panel error
Line status error
Exposuredisabledduetoemergency
Inconsistencyfoundinthedatabase
ChecktheFPDsystemandlinestatus.
Ifsuchsymptomdoesnotimprove,restart
theFPDsystem.Ifthesameerrorrecurs,
reinstallthesystem.
31460 FFCustomMsgBox [31460]InitializationofDAP
meterhasfailed.
InitializationoftheDAPmeterresultedina
failure.
CheckconnectiontotheDAPmeterand
restartthesystem.
DAP
31461 FFCustomMsgBox [31461]InitializationofDAP
meterhasfailed.
InitializationoftheDAPmeterresultedina
failure.
Retryinitializationprocessingorsuspend
thestudyandthenrestartitafterchecking
connectiontotheDAPmeter.
DAP
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-80
31462 FFCustomMsgBox [31462]Doseacquisition
fromDAPmeterhasfailed.
Failedinacquiringadosevaluefromthe
DAPmeter.
Confrmthedosevaluewiththedose-area
productmeter.Checkconnectiontothe
DAPmeterasnecessary.
DAP
31464 FFCustomMsgBox [31464]Registrationof
studyinformationhas
failed.
Anerroroccurredinanattempttoregister
studyinformation.
Reinstallthesystem. Re-scanning.
31466 FFCustomMsgBox [31466]Noselectoris
applicable.
AnIPisregisteredandthestudyis
suspended.TheConsoleisthenshut
down.Whileitisbeingshutdown,the
selectorwheretheIPhasbeenregistered
wasdeletedaccidentally.
Review the selector setting. Cancellation of
registeredIP.
31467 FFCustomMsgBox [31467]Failedinenergy
subtraction processing.
FailedinperformingES(energy-
subtraction) processing.
Reinstallthesystem. ES processing
31468 FFCustomMsgBox [31468]Failedinexposure
abort processing.
Afailureoccurredinexposureabort
processing.
Performre-exposureasnecessary. Exposure abort
processing
31469 FFCustomMsgBox [31469]Asystem
communicationerrorwas
detected.
DisconnectionofthelinetotheShimadzu
FPDsystem(whileinprocessofID
determination).
ReconfrmFPDdevicesettings. Linedisconnected.
communicatingwithX-ray
equipment.
equipmentmayhaveaproblemorthe
networkmaybeunstable.
Checkstatusoftheconnectedequipment.
31851 FFCustomMsgBox [31851]Failedinregistering
areservedstudy.
Thesystemisunstable. Restartthesystem.Ifthesamesymptom
31852 FFCustomMsgBox [31852]Failedinstartinga
reservedstudy.
with connection to the
equipment.
31854 FFCustomMsgBox [31854]Failedinsearching
areservedstudy.
31855 FFCustomMsgBox [31855]Receivedillegal
informationfromthe
outside.
equipmentmayhavetransmittedillegal
information.
Checkinformationtransmittedfromthe
connectedequipment.
31856 FFCustomMsgBox [31856]Receivedillegal
informationfromthe
outside.
equipmentmayhavetransmittedillegal
information.
Checkinformationtransmittedfromthe
connectedequipment.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-81
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl Initializewarning.[Detailed
items]
Awarning-levelerroroccurredinanimage
databaseinitializationprocess.The
commonprobablecausesareasfollows:
Anabnormalityoccurredwhentheimage
databasewasaccessed.
Anabnormalityoccurredwhenan
informationflewasaccessed.
Anabnormalityoccurredwhenanimage
flewascreatedorreferencedforimage
flerecovery.
Thecontentsoftheimagedatabaseor
informationflewereillegal.
Anunrecoverableimageflewas
encountered.
deleted).
32001 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Initializewarning.%n[%1] Awarning-levelerroroccurredduring
Nothing particular. (Processing was
continued.)
32001 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Initializewarning.%n[%1] Awarning-levelerroroccurredduring
Nothing particular. (Processing was
continued.)
32002 FFIIPInImgCtrl Datanotfound.(warning)
[Detailederrorinformation
320021item]
Awarning-levelerrorwasfoundin
informationfledata.
Nothinginparticular.(Thedatafound
abnormalwasreplacedbythedefault
value to continue with the process.)
32002 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Datanotfound.(warning)
%n[%1]
Awarning-levelerrorwasdetectedinthe
informationfledata.
Nothingparticular.(Theerrordatawas
replacedbythedefaultvalueand
processingwascontinued.)
32002 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Datanotfound.(warning)
%n[%1]
Awarning-levelerrorwasdetectedinthe
informationfledata.
32003 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Statuswarning.[Detailed
item]
Aprocessrequestwasissuedwhilean
initializationorterminationprocesswas
beingperformed.
Nothing in particular. (The process request
wasrejected.)
32003 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Statuswarning.%n[%1] Awarning-levelerroroccurredduring
methodprocessing.
32003 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Statuswarning.%n[%1] Awarning-levelerroroccurredduring
methodprocessing.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-82
32038 FFCustomMsgBox [32038]Anerrorwas
detectedinconnectionwith
%s.
Anexposuretechniquenotifedfromthe
FPDdeviceasanerrorisnotifed.
ReconfrmFPDdevicesettings. Exposurereadystatus
(Consoletarget#1912)
Caption of the selector
whereanerroroccurred
isincludedin%s.(If
errors occur in both of
the exposure
techniques,standing
positionandsupine
position,atthesame
time,thebothare
includedputtinga
commabetweenthem.)
Example:Error
occurredbothinthe
standingposition,the
supineposition.
32039 FFCustomMsgBox [32039]Anerrormessage
wasreceivedfrom
unspecifedtechnique.
ThoughanerrorwasnotifedfromtheFPD
device,noselectorthatisfortheexposure
technique exists.
Make sure that settings for the selector
andtheFPDdevicehavebeenperformed
properly.
32043 FFCustomMsgBox [32043]Failedinlinkingthe
patientinfoanddisplay
terminal.
Outputoftheexaminee-listdefnitionfle
failed.
Ensurethatadiskhasbeeninsertedinto
thedrivecorrectly.
wastransmittedfromthe
RIS.
Illegalinformationwasreceivedfromthe
RIS.
Informationofthestartedstudyincludes
theonethatisnotallowedfortheDR-ID
300CL.
Correcttheinformationproperlyandthen
restartthestudyfromtheRIS.
34085 FFCustomMsgBox [34085]Communication
withtheRISwasdisabled.
Aconnecteddevicemayhaveaproblem
or the network can be unstable.
Reconnect.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
checkstatusoftheconnecteddevice.
inanattempttoconnectto
the RIS.
Anerrorofunknowncauseoccurredwith
the connection to the RIS.
Restart.
whenstartingtheordered
study.
when notifying the RIS of
thechangedtechnologist.
AnattempttoinformtheRISofthe
changedtechnologistresultedinafailure.
Determinethesametechnologistbothfor
theRISandtheDR-ID300CL.
incommunicationwiththe
RISatstartupofastudy.
CommunicationwiththeRISatstartupof
anorderedstudyresultedinafailure.
Stopthestudyexposurestartedviathe
RISandthenrestartit.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-83
incommunicationwiththe
RISwhenfnishingastudy.
CommunicationwiththeRISattheendof
anorderstudyresultedinafailure.
Confrmtheactualexposureresult.If
informationoftheactualexposureresultis
notrefectedappropriatelyonthedata,
input it on the RIS screen.
Ifthesamesymptomremains,restartthe
relevantsystem.
when changing the RIS
user.
Thesystemwasunstable. Matchtechnologistregistrationinformation
ofthisequipmentwiththatofthe
connecteddevice.
communicatingwithother
connecteddevice.
DisplayofRISviewscreenwasdisabled. Restarttherelevantsystem.Ifthesame
symptomremains,checksettingsfor
connectionoftheconnecteddevice.
34107 FFCustomMsgBox [34107]Doyouwishto
deletemarkersandexecute
the operation?
Whenrotatingamarker-specifedimage,
determinewhetherornottodeletethe
markers.
Whenthe[Yes]buttonispressed,the
markersaredeletedandtheimagewithno
markersisrotated.Whenthe[No]buttonis
pressed,theimageisrotatedwithout
deletingthemarkers.
34109 FFCustomMsgBox [34109]Imageswereinput
duringthepreviewdisplay.
Duringpreviewdisplayofthe2CRlong-
viewimagesbeforesubjectingthemto
combiningprocessing,thethirdimagewas
input.
Afterallimageshavefullybeenread,
presstheCRlong-viewimagecombining
button.
Improvementof
operationperformance
oftheautomaticimage
combiningprocessing.
34113 FFCustomMsgBox [34113]Automaticlinkage
ofstitchingimageshas
failed.
Afailureoccurredinanattempttoperform
automaticcombiningprocessingoflong-
viewmenuimages,whichconsequently
notifestheuserofthefactthattheimages
havebeencombinedasdeterminedbythe
defaultsetting.
Checkthesettingsdeterminedonthe
ImageReader(size,referenceposition,
offset value).
Long-viewimage
combiningprocessing
34114 FFCustomMsgBox [34114]Conditions
inhibiting the start of
exposurehadbeensent
fromtheexternaldevice.
Inconsistencybetweentheexposuremode
andthespecifednumberofimage
exposures,transferredfromanexternal
device,isnotifedtotheuser.
Checkthesettingsdeterminedonthe
ImageReader.
Exposure initiation
34115 FFCustomMsgBox [34115]Exposurewas
aborted.
Whenthenumberofactuallyexposed
imagesdidnotreachthenumberexpected
forimageexposure,theuserwillbe
notifedthattheexposurewasaborted.
Thehandswitchmayhavebeenreleased
too early. Retry exposure.
Exposure abort
34116 FFCustomMsgBox [34116]Techniquecannot
bechangedbecauseitisa
longviewmenuwhoseIP
numberhasbeen
registered.
Whenapre-determinedexposure
techniquewaschangedforaConsole-
derivedreasonwhileanIP-registeredlong-
viewmenuwasbeingselected,theuser
willbenotifedthattheexposuretechnique
cannotbechanged.
Registeranewmenutoperformexposure
ofthelong-viewmenuwhetherinstanding
position or supine position.
Exposure technique
change
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-84
34117 FFCustomMsgBox [34117]Exposuretechnique
cannotbechanged.
InthecaseofreceivingfromtheFPDa
notifcationtochangeexposureparameters
(suchasexposuretechniqueandexposure
size)whileexposureprocessingisbeing
inactivated,with,forexample,therelated
dialogboxleftopenedorwhentheselector
buttonispressed,theuserwillbenotifed
thatchangingtheexposureparametersis
disabled.
Retry after a while. Exposure technique
change
34118 FFCustomMsgBox [34118]Longviewimage
exposurewillbeaborted.
Whenthefunctionmenufagissettobe
WS,theuserwillbenotifedofabortingthe
exposure processing.
Performre-exposureasnecessary. Exposure initiation
34119 FFCustomMsgBox [34119]Exposurefor
energy subtraction will be
aborted.
Whenthefunctionmenufagissettobe
ES (energy-subtraction processing), the
userwillbenotifedofabortingthe
exposure processing.
Performre-exposureasnecessary. Exposure initiation
34120 FFCustomMsgBox [34120]ReaderUnitQC
menuisbeingirradiated.
Confrmingwhetherornottoperform
ReadingUnitQCprocessing,whenan
attemptwasmadetoshutdownthe
systemwhileexposureoftheReadingUnit
QCmenuwasbeingperformedonthe
studyexecutionscreen.
Operateasinstructedonthewindow. ReadingUnitQC
34121 FFCustomMsgBox [34121]Theimagingrange
isexceeded.
Whenanattemptwasmadetoperform
exposureoflong-viewimagesofthe
numberlargerthanthatsupportedbythe
system,theuserwillbenotifedthatthe
shootingisdisabled.
Checkthenumberofimageshootings.
34122 FFCustomMsgBox [34122]ReaderUnitQC
menuisregistered,butnot
all the exposure has been
completed.
Confrmationrequiredwhenanattempt
wasmadetoexittheReadingUnitQC
menuwithoutperformingit,though
properlyregisteredonthestudyexecution
screen.
Operateasinstructedonthewindow. ReadingUnitQC
34123 FFCustomMsgBox [34123]Exposuresize
cannotbechanged.
InthecaseofreceivingfromtheFPDa
notifcationtochangeexposureparameters
(suchasexposuresize)whileexposure
processingisbeinginactivated,with,for
example,therelateddialogboxleftopened
orwhentheselectorbuttonispressed,the
userwillbenotifedthatchangingthe
exposureparametersisdisabled.
Ifthedialogboxisleftopen,closeitand
then retry.
34842 FFCustomMsgBox [34842]Incorrectpassword. Anincorrectpasswordwasinput. Inputacorrectpassword. Password
authentication
component
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl Memoryallocateerror.
[E1027]
Suffcientmemorywasnotavailabletothe
system.
Restart.
39001 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Memoryallocateerror.
%n[%1]
Systemmemorywasinsuffcient. Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-85
39002 FFIIPInImgCtrl Messagepost/geterror.
390025items]
39002 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Messagepost/geterror.
%n[%1]
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl IIPInImgcontrolerror.
3900319items]
AnabnormalitywasfoundintheIIPinput
imageprocess.
Restart.
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl CR-Imagecontrolerror.
3900413items]
Anabnormalterminationwasdetectedin
imageflecreationprocessingorimage
displayprocessing.Thediskmaybefaulty.
Restart.
39004 FFInImgMonitorCtrl CR-Imagecontrolerror.
%n[%1]
Anerrorwasdetectedduringimage
processing.
Restart.
39005 FFIIPInImgCtrl Pipeerror.[Detailederror
information390051item]
Thesystemremainsunstable. Restart.
39005 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Pipeerror.%n[%1] Thesystemwasunstable. Restart.
39006 FFIIPInImgCtrl Fileerror.[Detailederror
information390067items]
Thesystemremainsunstable. Restart.
39006 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Fileerror.%n[%1] Thesystemwasunstable. Restart.
39007 FFIIPInImgCtrl Datanotfound.(error)
390073items]
Thedataintheimagedatabaseor
informationflewasabnormal.
Make an exposure again. If the error
recurs,initializetheimagedatabase(the
entireimagedataisthendeleted).
39007 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Datanotfound.(error)
%n[%1]
Thereisanerrorintheimagedatabase/
informationfledata.
Restart.
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl DBaccesserror.[Detailed
items]
Anabnormalityoccurredwhenadatabase
wasaccessed.
occurs,performareinstallation.
39008 FFIIPInImgMgr Insuffcientmemory.
%n[%1]
Theavailablememorywasinsuffcient. Restart.
39008 FFInImgMonitorCtrl DBaccesserror.%n[%1] Anerroroccurredwithaccessingtoseveral
databases.
Restart.
39009 FFIIPInImgMgr CreateDicomDataObject
Failed.%n[%1]
Data object creation was not successfully
completed.
Restart.
39010 FFIIPInImgCtrl DICOMDataObjdataarea. Anexceptionoccurredwhenaccessingto
theinformationfle(DDO).
39010 FFIIPInImgCtrl Exception error.
390105items]
Exceptionhandlingwasdone. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
39010 FFIIPInImgMgr InputImageOperationis
Busy.%n[%1]
Thediskwasfullortheconnectionlimit
wasexceededbytheinputrequest(busy
state).
Thisisnotanoperatingerror.Waitawhile
andtheninputagain.
39010 FFInImgMonitorCtrl Exceptionerror.%n[%1] Anexceptionalerroroccurred. Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-86
39010 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Exceptionerror.%n[%1] Anexceptionalerroroccurred. Restart.
39045 FFCustomMsgBox [39045]Imageinput
processinghasfailed.
Afailureoccurredduringimageinput
processingatrecoveryofaCRimage.
DR#1277-Ameasure
topreventimagesfrom
beinglostaccidentally.
39901 FFInitializingStudy [%1]
An exception error
occurred(%2).
39902 FFInitializingStudy [%1]
%2.
Anerroroccurred. Restart.
40002 FFCustomMsgBox [40002]Anerroroccurred. Anerroroccurredincommunicationwith
Ascent View (linking application).
Restart.
40200 FFQAMsgBox ProcessCommunication
Control Error.
[FileName][FunctionName]
[ErrorCode]
Themethodreturnvaluefortheinter-
processcommunicationcontrolresultedin
an error.
Restart.
40201 FFQAMsgBox Journal Proc Failure.
[ErrorCode]
Themethodreturnvalueforthelogsave
controlresultedinanerror.
Restart.
40202 FFQAMsgBox CustomMessageCtrl
Access Failure.
[ErrorCode]
Thereturnvalueforthecustommessage
boxcontrolresultedinanerror.
Restart.
40203 FFQAMsgBox ImageDBAccessControl
Error.
[ErrorCode]
Themethodreturnvaluefortheimage
databaseaccesscontrolresultedinan
error.
Restart.
40205 FFQAMsgBox ProcessCommunication
API Error.
[ErrorCode]
Themethodreturnvaluefortheinter-
processcommunicationAPIresultedinan
error.
Restart.
40206 FFQAMsgBox SysConfgDBAccess
Error.
[ErrorCode]
Anerroroccurredwithconnection/
disconnection/valueacquisition/value
setupforthesystemsetupdatabase
access API.
Restart.
40207 FFQAMsgBox LangStr DB Access Error.
[ErrorCode]
disconnectionofthecharacterstring
databaseaccessAPI.
Restart.
40208 FFQAMsgBox LangMsgBox DB Access
Error.
[ErrorCode]
disconnectionofthemessagebox
databaseaccessAPI.
Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-87
40209 FFQAMsgBox Flag DB Access Error.
[ErrorCode]
Anerroroccurredwithconnection/value
acquisition/valuesetup/disconnectionof
thefagdatabaseaccess.
Restart.
40210 FFQAMsgBox Return value of a
ImgDeliveryCommakesan
error.
[ErrorCode]
distributioninstructioncomponentresulted
in an error.
Restart.
40211 FFQAMsgBox NetConfgDBAccessError.
[ErrorCode]
disconnection/valueacquisition/value
setupforthenetworksetupdatabase
(irreplaceable).
Restart.
41001 FFCustomMsgBox [41001]Thedeviceisnot
ready.
Nofoppydiskwassetinposition. Setmediathatisappropriateforthe
device.
41002 FFCustomMsgBox [41002]Remainingcapacity
isinsuffcient.
Thefletobecopiedwastoolargetoft
ontothemediaatthereceivingend.
Switchtolarger-capacitymedia.
41003 FFCustomMsgBox [41003]Destinationforfle
copy is illegal.
Aninvalidpathnamewasspecifedasthe
flecopydestination.
Checkthesystemsetup.
41004 FFCustomMsgBox [41004]E-mailprogram
cannotbestarted.
Outlook was not properly set up. ExitIIPandthencompleteOutlooksetup.
41005 FFCustomMsgBox [41005]Nodatacannotbe
writtenonthedisk.
Thediskwaswrite-protectedordamaged. Checkthedisk.
41106 FFCustomMsgBox [41106]HardDiskFull. Theharddiskwasfull. ExitQA,deleteunnecessaryimagesfrom
thelist,andretrythedistribution.
41107 FFCustomMsgBo [41107]HardDiskFull. Theharddiskwasfull. ExitQA,deleteunnecessaryimagesfrom
thelist,andretrythedistribution.
theLUTfleforJPEG
Image.
NoJPEGimagegradationcorrectionfleis
availableortheformatisillegal.
Checkthecorrectionfle.
41109 FFCustomMsgBox [41109]Amenuofa
differentmodalityhasbeen
selected.
Amenuofadifferentmodalitywas
selected.
Selectamenuofthesamemodality.
41110 FFCustomMsgBox [41110]Failedinaccessto
theimagedatabase.
theimagedatabase.
Itisconceivablethatthesharedhosthas
notbeenstarted.
Checktargetsinvolvedinthesharedhost.
theimagedatabase.
It is conceivable that QA processing was
performedonotherequipment.
Checkotherequipmentorperformanother
study.
theimagefle.
notbeenstarted.
information.
notbeenstarted.
theimagefle.
notbeenstarted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-88
information.
notbeenstarted.
information.
notbeenstarted.
output processing.
notbeenstarted.
41119 FFCustomMsgBox [41119]FailedinQAstartup
processing.
theimagefle.
notbeenstarted.
41130 FFCustomMsgBox [41130]Failedinreplacing
animage.
Noextensionmenushavebeenregistered. Checkmenuregistrationinformation.
41131 FFCustomMsgBox [41131]Studyinformation
cannotbemodifed.
Itisconceivablethatsystemsettingsfor
thestudy#andID#havebeenchanged.
Check the settings.
41132 FFCustomMessageBox [41132]Failedinenergy
Failedinre-performingenergysubtraction
processinginanattempttochangeanES
menualreadysubjectedtoexposure.
Abnormalresultantimages(boneandsoft
tissueimages)weregenerated.
Changetheexposuremenuagain.
41140 FFCustomMsgBox [41140]Thefunctioncannot
beimplemented.
Afunctionthatwascalledupdidnotmatch
theoptionalsystemsettings.
Checkthecustomizedsettings.
41141 FFCustomMsgBox [41141]Anerroroccurred. Thesystemwasunstable. Reinstalltheprogramifthesamesymptom
recursafterrestartingtheequipment.
41150 FFCustomMsgBox [41150]Failedinfleoutput
processing.
Afailureoccurredinaccessingthe
transmissionfle.Thesystemmayhave
been unstable.
41151 FFCustomMsgBox [41151]Thereisnofree
spaceontheharddisk.
Theharddiskwasfull. ExitQAprocessing,deleteunnecessary
imagesfromthelist,andretryoutput
processing.
41152 FFCustomMsgBox [41152]Freespaceis
insuffcientonthe
destinationforoutput.
Theharddiskwasfull. ExitQAprocessing,deleteunnecessary
imagesfromthelist,andretryoutput
processing.
41200 FFQAMsgBox HDDFULL.
[ErrorCode]
Theharddiskwasfull. Increasethefreeharddiskspaceandthen
retry operation.
41201 FFQAMsgBox Thespecifedpathdoesnot
exist.
[ErrorCode]
Thespecifedpathwasnotfound. Check path settings.
41210 FFQAMsgBox Return value of a
ImgDeliveryCommakesan
error.
[ErrorCode]
distributioninstructioncomponentresulted
inanerror.(Processingotherthanimage
distributioncanbecontinued.)
Checkthedestinationforimagedistribution
andthenretry.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-89
42200 FFQAMsgBox CantGetBitmap
(Processing continuation).
[ErrorCode]
Failedinacquiringabitmap(replaceable). Reinstalltheprogram.
42201 FFQAMsgBox CustomMessageCtrl
Access Failure(Processing
continuation).
[ErrorCode]
Thereturnvalueforthecustommessage
boxcontrolresultedinanerror.
Reinstalltheprogram.
42202 FFQAMsgBox SysConfgDBAccess
Failure(Processing
continuation).
[ErrorCode]
Anerroroccurredwhenobtainingasystem
setupdatabaseaccessAPIvalueorthe
obtainedvaluewasillegal(replaceable).
42203 FFQAMsgBox LangStr DB Access
Failure(Processing
continuation).
[ErrorCode]
Anerroroccurredwhenobtaininga
characterstringdatabaseaccessAPI
value (replaceable).
42204 FFQAMsgBox LangMsgBox DB Access
Failure(Processing
continuation).
[ErrorCode]
Thereturnvalueforthemessagebox
databaseaccessAPIresultedinanerror.
42205 FFQAMsgBox FF32 Access Failure
(Probably acquisition of
Registry goes wrong.)
[ErrorCode]
The return value for the FF32 library (FF32.
dll)resultedinanerror.
*Whenacquiringanoptionalkeyregistry,
noerrorwillberegisteredevenifnokey
is available.
42206 FFQAMsgBox TagInformationAccess
Failure(Processing
continuation).
[ErrorCode]
Notaginformationwassetupthoughit
musthavebeensetupbeforehand
(replaceable).
Usedefaultinformationforprocessing.
Thereisnooperationalproblem.
42207 FFQAMsgBox NetConfgDBAccess
Failure(Processing
continuation).
[ErrorCode]
Anerroroccurredwhenobtaininga
networksetupdatabasevalueorobtained
value was not correct (replaceable).
42209 FFQAMsgBox FF32 Access Failure
[ErrorCode]
Failedinobtaining/settinganFF32library
value (replaceable).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-90
42210 FFQAMsgBox InvalidfunctionIDNumber.
[ErrorCode]
AnillegalfunctionID(disregard). Thereisnooperationalproblem.
42211 FFQAMsgBox Dataisnotfoundin
CustomScreenDB.
[ErrorCode]
Nocustomsetupdatabaseregistered
(processingcanbecontinued).
Registercustomsetupdatabaseusingthe
customizationsettingdisplayedonthe
UserUtilitywindow.
42212 FFQAMsgBox LogFile Access Failure.
[ErrorCode]
Failedinaccessingthelogfle. Reinstalltheprogram.
42214 FFQAMsgBox Theamountofadjustments
is 0.
[ErrorCode]
Theamountofpositionadjustmentissetto
0(zero).
Manuallyadjustthepositioningamount
fromthetrimmingdialog.
42299 FFQAMsgBox Data resource access error.
[ErrorCode]
A clustering resource access error
(processingcanbecontinued).
Check network connection status.
43010 FFQAManagerCom CantGetFontSize
Information.
Thefontsizewasnotregisteredinthe
registry.
43010 FFIIPQACtrl CantGetFontSize
Information.
Thefontsizewasnotregisteredinthe
registry.
43020 FFIIPQACtrl CantGetCaption
Information.
Thecharacterstringdatabasedidnotexist
orwasdamaged.
43060 FFQAManagerCom [Control:%1,
Function:%2,Code:%3]
orwasdamaged.
orwasdamaged.
orwasdamaged.
orwasdamaged.
orwasdamaged.
43110 FFIIPQACtrl CantAccessLocal
ConfgurationData.
Thelanguagesettingcouldnotbe
obtained.
43201 FFIIPQACtrl Focus Set Failure. Thefocuscannotbedeterminedproperly. Thereisnoparticularproblemwith
operations. (The focus cannot be
determinedproperlybecausethe
annotationcharacterinputdialoghasbeen
inactivated.)Aftershuttingthe
magnifcationfunction,inputofannotation
charactersbecomespossible.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-91
43210 FFIIPQACtrl frmChageMenu.frm,
cmdOK_Click-RunEsProc
Retry
Energysubtractionprocessingwasretried. Re-performchangingoftheexposure
menu.
Retry Error
Though energy subtraction processing was
retried,anabnormalimagewasgenerated.
Re-performchangingoftheexposure
menu.
Thescreensizewasnotobtained. ReinstalltheIIPbecausethedisplayed
Thelanguagesetupdatawasnotobtained. ReinstalltheIIPbecausethedisplayed
44200 FFQAMsgBox Journal Proc Failure.
[ErrorCode]
Themethodreturnvalueforthelog
storagecontrolresultedinanerror.
Restartthesystem.
44201 FFQAMsgBox AnunexpectedMethod
call.
[ErrorCode]
Anunexpectedmethodcall(calledupat
animpossibletiming,beingpossible
though to continue processing).
Restartthesystem.
44262 FFCustomMsgBox [44262]Themaximum
settablenumberof
automaticmarkers
exceeded.
Automaticmarkersettingwasattempted
onanimagewherethenumberof
automaticmarkersallowedforone
exposuremenuwasexceeded.
Deleteunnecessarymarkerssothatthere
are4orless,andreperformthesetting.
44263 FFCustomMsgBox [44263]Doyouwishto
deletemarkersandexecute
the operation?
Theimagewasrotated/fippedwith
markersdeterminedonit.
Pressthe[Yes]buttontodeletethe
markerssothattheimageisrotated/fipped
appropriately.Pressthe[No]buttonto
rotate/fiptheimagewithoutdeletingthe
markers.
44266 FFCustomMsgBox [44266]Markersarenot
beingselected.
Thesettingofautomaticmarkerswas
attemptedonanimagewithanexposure
menuwhereautomaticmarkersare
already-registered,thoughnomarkers
havebeendeterminedonthesameimage.
Pressthe[Yes]buttontodeletethe
already-registeredautomaticmarkers.
Pressthe[No]buttonnottomakeany
changesinthesettingoftheautomatic
markers.
44267 FFCustomMsgBox [44267]Automaticmarkers
willberegistered.
performedforanexposuremenuforwhich
noautomaticmarkershavebeen
determined.
Pressthe[Yes]buttontodetermineimage
makersfortheexposuremenuasthe
automaticmarkers.Pressthe[No]button
nottoperformthesettingofautomatic
markers.
44268 FFCustomMsgBox [44268]Automaticmarkers
willberegistered.
performedforanexposuremenuforwhich
automaticmarkershavealreadybeen
determined.
Pressthe[Yes]buttontodeletealready-
registeredautomaticmarkersand
determineimagemarkersastheautomatic
markers.Pressthe[No]buttonnottomake
anychangesinthesettingoftheautomatic
markers.
An error other than generation of an
abnormalimage.
menu.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-92
Retry Error
An error other than generation of an
abnormalimageoccurredatretrialof
energy subtraction processing.
menu.
49200 FFQAMsgBox FF32 Error.
[ErrorCode]
The return value for the FF32 library (FF32.
dll)resultedinanerror(irreplaceable).
Restartthesystem.
49201 FFQAMsgBox MethodArgumentError.
[ErrorCode]
Amethodargumenttypeerror(for
instance, there were no objects).
Restartthesystem.
49202 FFQAMsgBox CantgetTagInformation.
[ErrorCode]
Notaginformationwassetupthoughit
musthavebeensetupbeforehand
(irreplaceable).
Restartthesystem.
49203 FFQAMsgBox MemoryorResource
cannotbegained.
[ErrorCode]
Failedinacquiringmemory/handle
resources.
Restartthesystem.
49204 FFQAMsgBox WindowsAPIerror
occurred.
[ErrorCode]
WindowsAPIreturnvalueresultedinan
error.
Restartthesystem.
49298 FFQAMsgBox Secondarydetectioncode
Error.
[ErrorCode]
Anerroroccurredwiththereturnvalueof
thesecondarydetectioncode.
Restartthesystem.
49299 FFQAMsgBox ExceptionErroroccurred.
[ErrorCode]
Anexceptionalerror(anerrordetected
withTry/Catch,OnErrorGoto).
Restartthesystem.
50000 FFFinpSend MemoryError.%n%1 Thesystemwasabnormal(memory
allocationwasnotaccomplished).
Restart.
50000 FFOutImgPrc InitializeError.%n%1 Anerroroccurredduringinitialization
processing.
Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs
frequently,reinstallthesystemandthen
initializationprocess.
Outputoptionsetupwasnotcompleted.
Performoutputoptionsetup.
50001 FFFinpSend DicomDataObjectLoad
Error.%n%1
TheDicomDataObjectfleforoutputwas
notfound.
Performareinstallation.
50001 FFIIPOUTPUT InitializeError.%n[%1] Initializationprocesserror.
Outputcontrolwasnotexercised.
Theerrorcheckmethodwasnot
successfullycalled.
Acertainotherprogramerroroccurred.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-93
50001 FFOutImgPrc DBConnectError.%n%1 Anabnormalityoccurredintheconnection
toadatabase.
deleted).
50001 Spooler InitializeError.%n[%1] Initializationprocesserror.
Nooutputcontrolwasexercised.
Anerrorcheckmethodcallwas
unsuccessful.
Otherprogramerror.
Output section
container.
50002 FFCustomMsgBox [50002]Failedinoutput
process.
Thesystemwasunstable. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecursafter
arestart,performareinstallation.
50002 FFFinpSend FileOpenError.%n%1 Thereisnooutputrawdatafle. Reinstall.
50002 FFIIPOUTPUT State Change
Error.%n[%1]
Statetransitionnotifcationprocesserror.
Theoutputdestinationwasnot
successfullyreregistered.
Thestatetransitionnotifcationcallwas
not successful.
Anunknownprogramerroroccurred.
Restart.
50002 FFOutImgPrc DBInformationError.%n%1 Thedatabaseinformationwasabnormal. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
occurs,performareinstallationandthen
50002 Spooler StateChangeError.%n[%1] Statechangenotifcationprocesserror.
Anoutputdestinationwasnot
successfullyregistered.
Astatechangenotifcationcallwasnot
successful.
Otherprogramerror.
Lineestablishmentmessagetransmission
error[notused].
Lineabnormalitymessagetransmission
error[notused].
Restart. Output section
container.
process.
50003 FFFinpSend FileReadError.%n%1 Theoutputrawdatafleisabnormal. Reinstall.
50003 FFIIPOUTPUT Routine Change
Error.%n[%1]
Routine change process error.
Theresumptionrequestwasnot
successfullymade.
Restart.
50003 FFOutImgPrc SystemError.%n%1 Thesystemwasabnormal. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-94
50003 Spooler Routine Change
Error.%n[%1]
Routine change process error.
Aresumptionrequestwasnot
successfullymade.
container.
process.
50004 FFFinpSend FinpSendError.%n%1 Anabnormalityoccurredintheoutput
sequence.
50004 FFIIPOUTPUT SpoolError.%n[%1] Spool process error.
Thespoolrequestcallwasnot
successfullymade.
Thereoutputrequestwasnot
successfullymade.
Thestudyterminationnotifcationwasnot
successfullymade.
Thespoolrequestresponsestatuswas
invalid.
Restart.
50004 FFOutImgPrc I/FTimingError.%n%1 Aninterfaceabnormalitywasencountered. Restart.
50004 Spooler SpoolError.%n[%1] Spool process error.
Aspoolrequestcallwasnotsuccessfully
made.
Areoutputrequestwasnotsuccessfully
made.
Anexaminationendnotifcationwasnot
successful.
Thespoolrequestresponsestatewas
illegal.
Otherprogramerror.
container.
process.
50005 FFIIPOUTPUT ExeOutputError.%n[%1] Forced-outputprocesserror.
Thespoolforcedoutputrequestcallwas
notsuccessfullymade.
Thequeueforcedoutputresponse
messagewasnotsuccessfully
transmitted.
Restart.
50005 FFOutImgPrc CreateFileMapping
Error.%n%1
Filemappingwasunachievable. Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-95
50005 Spooler ExeOutputError.%n[%1] Forcedoutputprocesserror.
Aspoolforcedoutputrequestwasnot
successfullycalled.
Aqueueforcedoutputresponsemessage
wasnotsuccessfullytransmitted.
Otherprogramerror.
container.
process.
50006 FFIIPOUTPUT ImageProcError.%n[%1] Imageprocessingerror.
Theimageprocessingrequestcallwas
Theimageprocessingsetupcompletion
callwasnotsuccessfullymade.
Theimageprocessingcompletion
notifcationcallwasnotsuccessfully
made.
Theimageprocessingjobacquisition
requestwasnotsuccessfullymade.
Restart.
50006 FFOutImgPrc FileOpenError.%n%1 Theflecouldnotbeopened. Checkthefle.
terminatingprocess.
50007 FFIIPOUTPUT OutputProcError.%n[%1] Output processing error.
Theoutputdestinationinformationwas
notsuccessfullyacquired.
Theoutputrequestcallwasnot
successfullymade.
Theoutputcompletionnotifcationwas
Restart.
50007 FFOutImgPrc FileRead/Write
Error.%n%1
Aflewrite/readwasunsuccessful.
Theproblemisattributabletoadisk.
Iftheproblemfrequentlyoccurs,replace
thediskortakesomeotherremedial
action.
50007 Spooler TerminateError.%n[%1] Terminationprocesserror.
Otherprogramerror.
container.
processing for output.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-96
50008 FFIIPOUTPUT CommitProcError.%n[%1] Commitmentprocessingerror.
Thecommitmentdestinationinformation
wasnotsuccessfullyacquired.
Thecommitmentrequestcallwasnot
successfullymade.
Thecommitmentcompletionnotifcation
wasnotsuccessfullymade.
Restart.
50008 FFOutImgPrc CreateDispatch
Error.%n%1
Thecontrolwasnotsuccessfullyinitialized. Checkthatthecontrolisregistered.
50008 Spooler ImageProcError.%n[%1] Imageprocesserror.
Animageprocessrequestwasnot
successfullycalled.
Animageprocesssetupcompletioncall
Animageprocesscompletionnotifcation
wasnotsuccessfullycalled.
Animageprocessjobacquisitionrequest
Otherprogramerror.
container.
process.
50009 FFIIPOUTPUT QueueResume
Error.%n[%1]
Queueresumptionprocesserror.
Thequeueresumptionrequestcallwas
Thequeueresumptionresponse
transmitted.
Restart.
50009 FFOutImgPrc MemoryGetError.%n%1 Thesystemwasabnormal(memory
allocationwasnotachieved).
Restart.
50009 Spooler OutputProcError.%n[%1] Output process error.
Outputdestinationinformationwasnot
successfullyacquired.
Anoutputrequestwasnotsuccessfully
called.
Anoutputcompletionnotifcationwasnot
successful.
Otherprogramerror.
container.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-97
50010 FFIIPOUTPUT Queue Delete
Error.%n[%1]
Queuedeletionprocesserror.
Thequeuedeletionrequestwasnot
successfullymade.
Thequeuedeletionresponsemessage
Restart.
50010 FFOutImgPrc Memory(DDO)Get
Error.%n%1
Thesystemwasabnormal(memory
Restart.
50010 Spooler QueueResume
Error.%n[%1]
Queueresumptionprocesserror.
Aqueueresumptionrequestwasnot
successfullycalled.
Aqueueresumptionresponsemessage
Otherprogramerror.
container.
50011 FFIIPOUTPUT UnitSuspend
Error.%n[%1]
Equipmentoutputsuspensionprocess
error.
Theequipmentoutputsuspension
requestcallwasnotsuccessfullymade.
Theequipmentoutputsuspension
responsemessagewasnotsuccessfully
transmitted.
Restart.
50011 FFOutImgPrc Memory(VR)Get
Error.%n%1
Thesystemwasabnormal(memory
Restart.
50011 Spooler Queue Delete
Error.%n[%1]
Queuedeletionprocesserror.
Aqueuedeletionrequestwasnot
successfullyissued.
Aqueuedeletionresponsemessagewas
notsuccessfullytransmitted.
Otherprogramerror.
container.
50012 FFIIPOUTPUT UnitResumeError.%n[%1] Equipmentoutputresumptionerror.
Theequipmentoutputresumption
requestcallwasnotsuccessfullymade.
Theequipmentoutputresumption
responsemessagewasnotsuccessfully
transmitted.
Restart.
50012 FFOutImgPrc DicomDataObject
Error.%n%1
DicomDataObjectwasabnormal. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-98
50012 Spooler UnitSuspendError.%n[%1] Unit output suspension process error.
Aunitoutputsuspensionrequestwasnot
successfullycalled.
Aunitoutputsuspensionresponse
transmitted.
Otherprogramerror.
container.
50013 FFOutImgPrc DicomDataObjectNo
Data.%n%1
DicomDataObjectdidnotcontainany
data.
50013 Spooler UnitResumeError.%n[%1] Unitoutputresumptionprocesserror.
Aunitoutputresumptionrequestwasnot
successfullycalled.
Aunitoutputresumptionresponse
transmitted.
Otherprogramerror.
container.
50015 FFIIPOUTPUT TerminateError.%n[%1] Terminationprocesserror.
Restart.
50020 FFOutImgPrc DataError.%n%1 Adataabnormalitywasencountered. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
50021 FFOutImgPrc OutputJobDBError.%n%1 Theoutputdatabasewasabnormal. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
50022 FFOutImgPrc MemoryOver.%n%1 Amemoryareaabnormalitywas
encountered.
Restart.
50030 FFOutImgPrc OutImgPrcError.%n%1 Anabnormalityoccurred. Restart.
50100 FFOutImgPrc IFormatComError.%n%1 Theformatcalculationobjectwas
abnormal.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-99
50100 Spooler SpoolerError.%n%1 Commonerrormessage.
Queueinformationclassrelated
message.
Anoutputjobflewasnotsuccessfully
accessed.
Outputjobinformationwasnot
successfullyaccessed.
Filminformationwasnotsuccessfully
acquired.Informationwasnot
The job status was not successfully
acquired(programerror).
Jobinformationwasnotsuccessfully
freed.
Unitinformationclassrelatedmessage.
Unitinformationwasnotsuccessfully
freed.
Spoolerclassrelatedmessage.
Theflmcountwasnotsuccessfully
checked.
Theimagecount/imageinformationarea
Unitinformationwasnotsuccessfully
acquired.
Otherprogramerror
Spooler
50101 FFOutImgPrc IRawMakeCom
Error.%n%1
Therawdatacreationobjectwas
abnormal.
50101 Spooler RunProcError.%n%1 Initializationprocesserror.
Thespoolercontrolstatewasabnormal.
Aspoolstartprocesswasinerror.
Adatabaseconnectionwasnot
successfullyclosed.
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50102 FFOutImgPrc FFNetDBError.%n%1 Anabnormalityoccurredatthetimeof
networksetupdataacquisition.
(It is conceivable that the network setup
databasewasabnormal.)
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-100
50102 Spooler OutputRegisterProc
Error.%n%1
Outputdestinationregistrationprocess
error.
Anillegalparameterwasencountered.
Anoutputdestinationregistrationrequest
messagewasnotsuccessfullyissued.
Anoutputdestinationwasnot
successfullyregistered.
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50103 FFOutImgPrc IImgJpegCtrlError.%n%1 Thedecompressionobjectwasabnormal. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
50103 Spooler StateChangeProc
Error.%n%1
Localprinter/Dicomprinterstatechange
notifcationprocesserror.
Aprinterstatechangenotifcation
Theunitstatuswasnotsuccessfully
acquired.
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50104 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgSkGpCtrl
Error.%n%1
Thenormalizationprocessobjectwas
abnormal.
50104 Spooler ErrorCheckProc
Error.%n%1
Data integrity check process error.
Adataintegritycheckrequestmessage
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50105 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgVRSCtrl
Error.%n%1
Thezoomobject(VRSmethod)was
abnormal.
50105 Spooler RestoreJobError.%n%1 Job restoration error.
Anunprocessedjobrestorationrequest
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50106 FFOutImgPrc IRotateComError.%n%1 Therotationobjectwasabnormal. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-101
50106 Spooler SpoolProcError.%n%1 Spool process error.
Aparametererroroccurred.
Aspoolrequestmessagewasnot
successfullyissued.
DDOfleinformationwasnotsuccessfully
acquired.
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50107 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgParamCtrl
Error.%n%1
Theimageprocessmanagement
parameterobjectwasabnormal.
50107 Spooler ReoutputProcError.%n%1 Reoutput start process error.
Areoutputstartmessagewasnot
successfullyissued.
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50108 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgHandCtrl
Error.%n%1
TheCRimageprocessobjectwas
abnormal.
50108 Spooler StudyReqEndProc
Error.%n%1
Studyterminationrequestprocessingerror.
Spoolercontrolstatuserror.
Illegalparameters.
Failedinissuingstudytermination
requestmessage.
Otherprogramerrors.
Spooler
50109 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgFCmpCtrl
Error.%n%1
FCRcompression(compression/
decompression(Fujisuniquemethod))
wasabnormal.
50109 Spooler ExeOutputJobError.%n%1 Forcedoutputrequestprocesserror.
Aforcedoutputrequestmessagewasnot
successfullyissued.
Therequestedoutputimagedatadidnot
exist.
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50110 FFOutImgPrc IDataToPrintCom
Error.%n%1
Data conversion (for DICOM) was
abnormal.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-102
50110 Spooler GetImageProcJob
Error.%n%1
Imageprocessingjobacquisitionprocess
error.
Animageprocessingjobacquisition
requestmessagewasnotsuccessfully
issued.
Datawasnotdatabased.
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50111 FFOutImgPrc IDataToStorageCom
Error.%n%1
Data conversion (for DICOM Storage) was
abnormal.
50111 Spooler SetImageProcComplete
Error.%n%1
Imageprocessingcompletionnotifcation
process error.
Animageprocessingcompletion
notifcationmessagewasnotsuccessfully
issued.
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50112 FFOutImgPrc IFMImgMoireCtrl
Error.%n%1
Moireeliminationwasabnormal. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
50112 FFQCMsgBox CustomDBAccessError.
[FileName]
[FunctionName]
[50112]
AccesserrortoReaderQC.mdb. Restart.
50112 Spooler GetOutputProcJob
Error.%n%1
Output job acquisition response process
error.
Anoutputjobacquisitionresponse
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50113 FFOutImgPrc IFilmCharMakeCom
Error.%n%1
Theflmannotationcharactergeneration
objectwasabnormal.
50113 Spooler SetOutputProcComplete
Error.%n%1
Outputcompletionnotifcationprocess
error.
Anoutputcompletionnotifcation
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-103
50114 FFOutImgPrc MaskProcExecError.%n%1 Theblackeningprocesswasabnormal. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomfrequently
50114 Spooler GetCommitProcJob
Error.%n%1
Commitmentjobacquisitionresponse
process error.
Thespoolercontrolstatuswasabnormal.
Thecommitmentjogacquisitionresponse
Thedatawasnotfoundinthedatabase.
50115 FFOutImgPrc RecognizeProcExec
Error.%n%1
Theblackeningautomaticrecognition
processwasabnormal.
Error.%n%1
Queueoutputresumptionrequestprocess
error.
Aqueueoutputresumptionrequest
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50115 Spooler SetCommitProcComplete
Error.%n%1
Commitmentcompletionnotifcation
process error.
Thecommitmentcompletionnotifcation
Thequeuewasnotfound.
Thedatawasnotfoundinthedatabase.
50116 FFOutImgPrc ExecMarkerError.%n%1 Themarkerimbeddingprocesswas
abnormal.
50116 Spooler QueueDeleteError.%n%1 Queuedeletionrequestprocesserror.
Aqueuedeletionrequestmessagewas
notsuccessfullyissued.
Outputjobfleinformationwasnot
Queuedeletionwasnotsuccessful.
Databaseaccesswasnotsuccessful.
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-104
50117 FFOutImgPrc LUTProcExecError.%n% Anerroroccurredinadisplaygradation
correction process.
Error.%n%1
Queueoutputresumptionrequestprocess
error.
Thequeueoutputresumptionrequest
50117 Spooler UnitSuspendError.%n%1 Unit suspension request process error.
Aunitsuspensionrequestmessagewas
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50118 FFOutImgPrc MPMCodeError.%n%1 Anerroroccurredinanoutputinformation
conversion process.
50118 Spooler QueueDeleteError.%n%1 Queuedeletionrequestprocesserror.
Failedinissuingaqueuedeletionrequest
message.
Failedinaccessingtheoutputjobfle
information.
Failedindeletingthequeue.
Failedinaccessingthedatabase.
50118 Spooler UnitResumeError.%n%1 Unitresumptionrequestprocesserror.
Aunitresumptionrequestmessagewas
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50119 Spooler SuspendProcError.%n%1 Suspension request process error.
Asuspensionrequestmessagewasnot
successfullyissued.
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-105
50119 Spooler UnitSuspendError.%n%1 Equipmentsuspensionrequestprocess
error.
Theequipmentsuspensionrequest
50119 FFOutlmgPrc TrimmingError.%n%1 Anerroroccurredwhileintrimming
processing.
50120 Spooler ResumeProcError.%n%1 Resumptionrequestprocesserror.
Aresumptionrequestmessagewasnot
successfullyissued.
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50120 Spooler UnitResumeError.%n%1 Equipmentresumptionrequestprocess
error.
Theequipmentresumptionrequest
50120 FFOutlmgPrc AnnotationProc
Error.%n%1
Anerroroccurredwhileinannotation
informationembeddingprocessing.
50121 Spooler EndProcError.%n%1 Endrequestprocesserror.
Anendrequestmessagewasnot
successfullyissued.
Otherprogramerror.
Spooler
50121 Spooler SuspendProcError.%n%1 Suspension request process error.
Thesuspensionrequestmessagewas
50121 FFOutlmgPrc FNCProcError.%n%1 AnerroroccurredduringFNCprocessing. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
performreinstallationandinitializethe
imagedatabase.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-106
50122 Spooler ResumeProcError.%n%1 Resumptionrequestprocesserror.
Theresumptionrequestmessagewas
50123 Spooler EndProcError.%n%1 Terminationrequestprocesserror.
Theterminationrequestmessagewas
50400 FFQCAutoCalcCom File%1,Spot%2,
Code%3.
Fatal Error (exceptional error)
50500 FFQCAutoCalcCom File%1,Spot%2,
Code%3.
Fatal Error (exceptional error)
50700 FFCustomMsgBox [50700]Anunknownerror
occurred.
50700 FFIIPDicomQR UnknownError.%n[Module]
%1
%n[Function]%2
%n[SpotCode]
%3%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
Unknown error. Restartthesystem.
50702 FFIIPDicomQR LogicalProgramError.Not
SupportedCase.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]%2
%n[SpotCode]
%3%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
Thisisananticipatederror,but
unsupported.
Hardtocontinuetheoperationasitisa
critical error.
Restartthesystem.
50703 FFIIPDicomQR InitializationError.
%n[Module]
%1%n[Function]%2
%n[SpotCode]%3
%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]%5
Initializationerror. Restartthesystem.
50704 FFIIPDicomQR UnInitializationError.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%n[Ret]%4%n[Description]
%5
Uninitializationerror. Restartthesystem.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-107
50705 FFIIPDicomQR SystemConfguration
InformationAcquisition
Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
Systemconfgurationinformation
acquisition error.
Shutdownthesystemandmakesurethat
thesystemconfgurationisappropriate.
50706 FFIIPDicomQR NetworkConfguration
Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
Networkconfgurationinformation
acquisition error.
Shutdownthesystemandmakesurethat
thenetworkconfgurationisappropriate.
50707 FFIIPDicomQR Resource(Message/String/
Bitmapetc.)Acquisition
Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
Resource(message,characterstring,
BMP) acquisition error.
Restartthesystem.
50708 FFIIPDicomQR RegistryInformation
Acquisition
Error.%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]%2
%n[SpotCode]
%3%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
Registryinformationacquisitionerror. Restartthesystem.
50709 FFIIPDicomQR InterProcess Message
CommunicationError.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
Interprocessmessagecommunication
error.
Restartthesystem.
50710 FFIIPDicomQR Database Access Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
Database access error. Restartthesystem.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-108
50711 FFIIPDicomQR DDO Access Error.
%n[Module]
%1%n[Function]%2
%n[SpotCode]%3
%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]%5
DDOfleaccesserror. Restartthesystem.
50721 FFIIPDicomQR QueriedInformation
Display
Error.%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]%2
%n[SpotCode]
%3%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
Queryresultdisplayerror.
critical error.
Restartthesystem.
50741 FFIIPDicomQR RetrievedImageDisplay
Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
Retrievedimagedisplayerror.
critical error.
Restartthesystem.
50742 FFIIPDicomQR RetrievedImageOutput
Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
Imagedistributionerror.
critical error.
Restartthesystem.
50800 FFSFPD LogicalProgramError.%n
%1%n%2
Aprogramerroroccurred.Processing
cannotbecontinuedbecauseitisaserious
error.
Restart.
50801 FFSFPD CatchExceptionError.%n
%1%n%2
Aprogramerroroccurred.Processing
cannotbecontinuedbecauseitisan
exceptionallyoccurredseriouserror.
Restart.
50802 FFSFPD ProcessPipeTimeout.%n
%1%n%2
Atimeouterroroccurredininter-process
communication.
Restart.
50803 FFSFPD PropertyError.%n
%1%n%2
An illegal property. Restart.
50804 FFSFPD ArgError.%n
%1%n%2
Anillegalargument. Checktheinputdata.Proceedwith
processing.
50805 FFSFPD DataError.%n
%1%n%2
Apacketdataerror. Restart.
50806 FFSFPD WinAPIError.%n
%1%n%2
AWinAPIerror. Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-109
50900 FFSFPD ProgramError.%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
Aprogramerror.Processingcannotbe
continuedbecauseitisaseriouserror.
Restartthesystem.
50901 FFSFPD Resource(Message/String/
Bitmapetc.)Acquisition
Error.
%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
Aresource(message/characterstring/
BMP) acquisition error.
CheckthedatabaseorBMPfle.
50902 FFSFPD RegistryInformation
Acquisition
Error.%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
A registry setting acquisition error. Check the registry key.
50903 FFSFPD SystemConfguration
Error.
%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
Asystemsettingacquisitionerror. ChecktheNetConfg.mdbfle.
50904 FFSFPD XML Data Acquisition Error.
%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
AnXMLdataacquisitionerror. Checkthexmlformat.
50905 FFSFPD InitializationError.%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
Aninitializationprocessingerror. Restartthesystem.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-110
50906 FFSFPD UnInitializationError.%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
Asystemshutdownerror. Restartthesystem.
50907 FFSFPD ShimazuFPDcontrol
processing
error.%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
AShimadzuFPDcontrolerror. Restartthesystem.
50908 FFSFPD Calibration Execution Error.
%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
A calibration execution error. Check the error.
50909 FFSFPD DatabaseAccessError.%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
Adatabaseaccesserror. Check the actual calibration execution
database.
50910 FFSFPD DBResultSetError.%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
Adatabaseresultsettingerror. Check the actual calibration execution
database.
50911 FFSFPD NetConfgAcquisitionError.
%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
A network setting acquisition error. ChecktheNetConfg.mdbfle.
50951 FFStdFPDCtrl %1!s! Anerroroccurredatanexternaldevice. Restart.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-111
51001 FFIIPOUTPUT InitializeWarning.%n[%1] Initializationprocesswarning.
Theoutputequipmentexecutionwasnot
successfullystarted.
Theoutputequipmentname(AEname/
hostname)wasnotsuccessfullyacquired
(there was an inconsistency between the
optionandnetworksettings).
TheFFNETdatabasewasnot
Check the network settings. If any setting
isincorrect,performareinstallation.
51001 Spooler InitializeWarning.%n[%1] Initializationprocesswarning.
Anoutputdeviceexecutionwasnot
successfullystarted.
Anoutputdevicename(AEname/host
name)wasnotsuccessfullyacquired.
FFNETDBaccesswasunsuccessful.
Output section
container.
51002 FFIIPOUTPUT State Change
Warning.%n[%1]
Statetransitionnotifcationprocess
warning.
Theresponsetoanacquisitionrequest
Restart.
51002 Spooler State Change
Warning.%n[%1]
Statechangenotifcationprocesswarning.
Anacquisitionrequestwasnot
successfullyanswered.
container.
51007 Spooler TerminateWarning.%n[%1] Terminationprocesswarning.
Aprocessstatusfagwasnotsuccessfully
set.
Aprocessterminationresponsemessage
Anabnormalityoccurrencenotifcation
transmitted.
Amessageboxwasnotsuccessfully
displayed.
Aspoolerterminationrequestwasnot
successfullycalled.
Aspoolercontrolendrequestwasnot
successfullycalled.
Thespoolercontrolendresponsestate
wasabnormal.
Animageprocesscontrolendrequest
Anoutputdevicecontrolendrequestwas
Theoutputdevicecontrolendresponse
statewasabnormal.
container.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-112
51010 FFCustomMsgBox [51010]Specifeddevice
doesnotexist.
Thesetupdatawasincorrectorthe
equipmentnotstarted.
Resetthedataorchecktheequipment.
51011 FFCustomMsgBox [51011]Failedinreadingof
theconfgurationfle
(TagLookup.ini).
Thesetupfleformatwasincorrectorthe
flecouldnotberead.
Check settings.
51012 FFCustomMsgBox [51012]Failedinreadingof
the gray level correction
fle.
flecouldnotberead.
Check settings.
process.
51015 FFIIPOUTPUT TerminateWarning.%n[%1] Terminationprocesswarning.
Theprocessstatusfagwasnot
successfully set.
Theprocessterminationresponse
transmitted.
Theabnormalityoccurrencenotifcation
transmitted.
Themessageboxwasnotsuccessfully
opened.
Thespoolerterminationrequestcallwas
Thespoolercontrolterminationrequest
callwasnotsuccessfullymade.
Thespoolercontrolterminationresponse
statuswasabnormal.
Theimageprocessingcontroltermination
Theoutputequipmentcontroltermination
Theoutputequipmentcontroltermination
responsestatuswasabnormal.
Restart.
51301 FFCustomMsgBox [51301]Theharddiskis
full.
Theremainingfreespaceisinsuffcient. Increasethefreespaceandthenperform
the output process again.
51302 FFCustomMsgBox [51302]Failedintheimage
output process.
Theimageoutputprocesscouldnotbe
performedbecausethehostattheoutput
destinationwasnotrunning.
Startupthehostattheoutputdestination
andthenperformtheoutputprocessagain.
51312 FFCustomMsgBox [51312]Failedintheimage
output process.
Theselectedimagewasnotfound. Selectanimagethatcanbeoutput.
theimagefle.
Theimageflewasnotfound. Makesurethattheimagesareentered.
51323 FFCustomMsgBox [51323]Anerroroccurred. Restart.Ifthesamesymptomrecurs,
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-113
51701 FFIIPDicomQR FailedinProcessing.
%n[Module]
%1%n[Function]%2
%n[SpotCode]%3
%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]%5
Exceptional error.
Theoperationcanbecontinuedasitisa
minorerror.
Continuetheoperation.Ifthesameerror
recurscontinuously,restartthesystem.
DICOM QR
thestudyinformationlist.
Thesearchresultincludesillegaldata. Stopacquiringstudiesthatincludeillegal
information.
51710 FFCustomMsgBox [51710]Inputinformation
includesillegalcharacters.
Inputinformationincludesillegaldata. Inputcorrectdata.
51711 FFCustomMsgBox [51711]Inputinformation
exceedsthelimitnumberof
characters.
Inputinformationincludesillegaldata. Inputcorrectdata.
51712 FFCustomMsgBox [51712]Thehitrateof
searchingforstudies
exceededthelimitvalue.
Search processing is
suspended.
Thenumberofhitstudiesismany. Narrowdownthesearchconditions
accordingly.
51713 FFCustomMsgBox [51713]Failedinsearching
studyinformation.
51714 FFCustomMsgBox [51714]Anetworkerror
occurredwhileinsearchof
studyinformation.
The network settings were inappropriate. Checksettingsofnetworkandother
connectedequipment.
51715 FFCustomMsgBox [51715]Atimeouterror
studyinformation.No
responsescomefrom
equipmenttargetedfor
search.
connectedequipment.
51717 FFCustomMsgBox [51717]Informationof
searchcannotbefound.
Networksettingsmaynot
be correct.
connectedequipment.
erroroccurredwhilein
searchofstudyinformation.
connectedequipment.
51720 FFIIPDicomQR Query Processing Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
Query processing error.
Itisaminorerror.Theoperationcanbe
continuedaftertheuserissuesa
necessarynotifcation.
processing to acquire
studies.
Notpossibletoobtaintheselectedstudy. Stopobtainingastudythatmaycontain
invalidinformation.
DICOM QR
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-114
Display
Error.%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]%2
%n[SpotCode]
%3%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
Queryresultdisplayerror.
processing to acquire
studies.Freeharddisk
spaceisnotsuffcient.
Freespaceontheharddiskisinsuffcient. Increasefreespaceontheharddisk
appropriately.
51722 FFIIPDicomQR FailedinQueryProcessing.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
DICOM QR
51723 FFCustomMsgBox [51723]Imagethatisnot
subjecttobeingacquiredor
displayedmaybeincluded.
*Imageof13.6insize,
whichwasexposedby
FDRD-EVOmaybe
contained.
Anacquiredstudyincludesillegaldata. Stopacquiringstudiesthatincludeillegal
information.
51725 FFCustomMsgBox [51725]Informationof
imageacquisitioncannot
befound.Networksettings
maynotbecorrect.
Network settings were inappropriate. Checksettingsofnetworkandother
connectedequipment.
erroroccurredinanattempt
toacquirestudies.
connectedequipment.
51727 FFCustomMsgBox [51727]Atimeouterror
occurredwhileinprocess
ofstudyacquisition.No
responsescomefromthe
studyacquisition.
connectedequipment.
51729 FFCustomMsgBox [51729]Inputinformationis
not correct.
Inputinformationincludesillegaldata. Inputcorrectinformation.
51730 FFCustomMsgBox [51730]Anattemptismade
toacquireastudy
generatedbyanunknown
modality.
Acquiredstudyinformationincludesillegal
data.
Stopacquiringstudiesthatincludeillegal
information.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-115
51731 FFCustomMsgBox [51731]Astudygenerated
byanunknownmodality
wasacquired.
Acquiredinformationincludesillegaldata. Stopacquiringstudiesthatincludeillegal
information.
51732 FFCustomMsgBox [51732]Thehitrateof
searchingforstudies
exceededthelistedlimit
value.
Thenumberofhitstudiesismany. Narrowdownthesearchconditions
accordingly.
51740 FFIIPDicomQR Retrieve Processing Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
Retrieve processing error.
Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
51742 FFIIPDicomQR FailedinRetrieve
Processing.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
DICOM QR
Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
displayprocessing.Some
imagescannotbe
displayed.
Acquiredstudiesincludeillegaldata. Stopacquiringstudiesthatincludeillegal
information.
distributionprocessing.
Acquiredstudiesincludeillegaldata. Stopacquiringstudiesthatincludeillegal
information.
51810 FFCustomMsgBox [51810]Informationonthe
devicetargetedforimage
printoutwasnotfound.
Networksettingsmay
possibly be incorrect.
connectedequipment.
51950 FFStdFPDCtrl %1!s! Awarningwasissuedfromanexternal
device.
Checkthedevicestatus.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-116
52000 FFFinpSend Warning.%n%1 Informationfordevelopmentpersonnel. Thereisnoproblemwithoperations.
52000 FFOutImgPrc Warning.%n%1 Informationfordevelopmentpersonnel. Thereisnoproblemwithoperations.
52002 FFEifPrinter SMCU Driver error.
[%1]
AnerroroccurredintheSMCUdriver.
Theproblemmighthavebeencaused,for
instance,bydataincompletenessor
systeminstability.
Restart.
52003 FFEifPrinter EIFIMGDrivererror.
[%1]
AnerroroccurredintheEIFIMGdriver.Itis
conceivablethatthesystemwasunstable.
Restart.
52004 FFEifPrinter Receivedunexpected
command.
[%1]
Anunknowncommandwasreceivedfrom
the printer.
Checkthelogofcommunicationswiththe
connectedprinterorrestarttheprinter/IIP.
52006 FFEifPrinter File Error.
[%1]
Therawdatafleforoutputwasnotfound. Sincetheproblemisattributabletoa
programerror,tryperformingareinstall.
52100 FFQCMsgBox CustomDBAccessError.
[FileName]
[FunctionName][50112]
Thebitmapwasnotsuccessfullyacquired. Checkthatthebitmapfleisinstalled.
52100 Spooler SpoolerWarning.%n%1 Commonwarningmessage.
Queueinformationclassrelated
message.Imageinformation
(SOPInstanceUID) was not successfully
acquired.Thejobstatuswasnot
Spoolerclassrelatedmessage.
Adatabaseconnectionwasnot
successfullyclosed.
Illegalimagedisplayformatdata.
Spooler
52101 Spooler RunProcWarning.%n%1 Initializationprocesswarning.
Acharacterstringdatabaseconnection
wasnotsuccessfullyopened.
Spooler
52102 FFQCMsgBox SysConfgDBAccess
Failure (Processing
continuation).
[FileName]
Anerror/invalidvaluewasencountered
whenanattemptwasmadetoacquirea
systemsetupdatabaseaccessAPIvalue.
Restart.
52103 FFQCMsgBox LangStr DB Access Failure
[FileName]
Anerroroccurredwhenanattemptwas
madetoacquireacharacterstring
databaseaccessAPIvalue.
Restart.
52103 Spooler StateChangeProc
Warning.%n%1
Localprinter/Dicomprinterstatechange
notifcationprocesswarning.
Aunitstatecharacterstringwasnot
Spooler
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-117
52105 FFQCMsgBox FF32 Access Failure
(Probably acquisition of
Registry goes wrong)
[FileName]
TheFF32library(FF32dll)returnvalue
was in error.
* For option key registry acquisition, no
erroroccursevenifthekeyismissing.
It is probable that the installation was not
properlycompleted.Performa
reinstallation.
52105 Spooler RestoreJobWarning.%n%1 Job restoration warning.
Anoutputjobflewasnotsuccessfully
accessed.
Spooler
52106 Spooler SpoolProcWarning.%n%1 Spool process warning.
Unitinformationacquisitionwasnot
successful.
Filedeletionwasnotsuccessful.
Queuecancellationwasnotsuccessful.
Datawasnotsuccessfullywrittenintoa
logfle.
Spooler
52108 FFQCMsgBox CustomDBAccessFailure
(Processing continuation)
[FileName]
Anattempttoset/acquireavaluefrom
ReaderQC.mdbfailed.
Restart.
52108 Spooler StudyReqEndProc
Warning.%n%1
Examinationendrequestprocesswarning.
Adatabasewasnotsuccessfully
accessed.
acquired.
Spooler
52109 FFQCMsgBox FF32 DB Access Failure
[FileName]
Registrysetup/acquisitionfailed
(replaceable).
Itisprobablethattheregistryinformation
wasnotproperlyinstalled.Performa
reinstallation.
52109 Spooler ExeOutputJob
Warning.%n%1
Forcedoutputrequestprocesswarning.
acquired.
Spooler
52110 FFQCMsgBox FF32 DB Access Failure
[FileName]
Animagefleaccesserroroccurred. Sincetheimageisvalid,makean
exposure again.
52110 Spooler GetImageProcJob
Warning.%n%1
Imageprocessingjobacquisitionprocess
warning.
Anoutputunittypeparametererror
occurred.
Spooler
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-118
52112 Spooler GetOutputProcJob
Warning.%n%1
Output job acquisition response process
warning.
Anoutputunittypeparametererrorwas
encountered.
Spooler
52114 Spooler GetCommitProcJob
Warning.%n%1
Commitmentjobacquisitionresponse
process warning.
Acommitmentequipmenttypeparameter
erroroccurred.
52116 Spooler QueueDelete
Warning.%n%1
Queuedeletionrequestprocesswarning.
Animagedatabasefagwasnot
successfully set.
TheDDOflewasnotsuccessfully
deleted.
Spooler
52117 Spooler UnitSuspend
Warning.%n%1
Unit suspension request process warning.
Aunitstatuscharacterstringwasnot
Spooler
52118 Spooler QueueDelete
Warning.%n%1
Queuedeletionrequestprocesswarning.
Theimagedatabasefagwasnot
successfully set.
TheDDOflewasnotsuccessfully
deleted.
52118 Spooler UnitResume
Warning.%n%1
Unitresumptionrequestprocesswarning.
Aunitstatusacquisitionerroroccurred.
Spooler
52119 Spooler UnitSuspend
Warning.%n%1
Equipmentsuspensionrequestprocess
warning.
Theequipmentstatuscharacterstring
52120 Spooler UnitResume
Warning.%n%1
Equipmentresumptionrequestprocess
warning.
Anequipmentstatusacquisitionerror
occurred.
52400 FFQCAAutocalccom File%1,Spot%2,Code
%3.
Warninginformation. Performreexposureandthen
measurementprocessingbecausethe
imageisillegal.
52500 FFQCAAutocalccom File%1,Spot%2,Code
%3.
Fatal error (exceptional error).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-119
52720 FFIIPDicomQR Query Processing Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
minorerror.
Display
Error.%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]%2
%n[SpotCode]
%3%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
Queryresultsdisplayerror.
minorerror.
52740 FFIIPDicomQR Retrieve Processing Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
minorerror.
Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
minorerror.
Error.
%n[Module]%1
%n[Function]
%2%n[SpotCode]%3
%5
minorerror.
52750 FFIIPDicomQR LogicalProgramError.
%nNetwork
Warning(Timeout).
%n%1%n%2
Timeouterror. Shutdownthesystemandmakesurethat
Checkalsotoseethattheconnected
equipmentoperatescorrectly.
52751 FFIIPDicomQR NetworkWarning(Over
Number
OfResult).%n%1%n%2
Thelimitnumberforqueryingisexceeded. Suspendthequery.Narrowdownthe
queryconditionandreperformit.
52760 FFTsSearchCondition DiskFullError.%n Theharddiskisfull. Restartthesystem.
52761 FFTsSearchCondition DB Operation Status
Warning.%n
Awarninggivenwhenthedatabase
operation result status is illegal.
Restartthesystem.
52770 FFMaSearchCOM DiskFullError.%n Theharddiskisfull. Restartthesystem.
52771 FFMaSearchCOM NetworkError.%n Anetworkerroroccurred. Restartthesystem.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-120
52772 FFMaSearchCOM NetworkError.%n Thenumberforhitresultsexceededthe
upperlimit.
Restartthesystem.
52780 FFMaCommon DiskFullError.%n TheHDDdiskisfull. Restartthesystem. DICOM QR
52581 FFMaCommon DebugLogOutPut.%n Eventlogoutputnumberfordebugging. Restartthesystem. DICOM QR
52790 FFMaCommonImage DiskFullError.%n TheHDDdiskisfull. Restartthesystem. DICOM QR
52800 FFIIPDicomQR NetworkWarning(Timeout).
%n%1%n%2
Timeouterror. Shutdownthesystemandmakesurethat
Checkalsotoseethattheconnected
equipmentoperatescorrectly.
52801 FFIIPDicomQR NetworkWarning(DiskFull).
%n%1%n%2
TheHDDdiskisfull. Stopretrievingimageinformation.Increase
freespaceavailableontheharddiskand
retry retrieval.
52802 FFIIPDicomQR Warning(RetrieveImage
Nothing).%n%1%n%2
Noimagesarecontainedintheretrieved
study.
Endthestudywithoutcheckingimages.
Makesurethattheconnectedequipment
retainscorrectstudyinformation.
52810 FFTsImgRetInd DiskFullError.%n Theharddiskisfull. Restartthesystem.
52820 FFMaRetrieve DiskFullError.%n Theharddiskisfull. Restartthesystem.
52821 FFMaRetrieve StorageSCPnotfound.%n No Storage SCP is set up. Restartthesystem.
52822 FFMaRetrieve CannotGetNetWork
Setting.%n
Necessary network settings cannot be
acquired.
Restartthesystem.
52823 FFMaRetrieve IntegrationWarningin
DataBase.%n
Thereisaproblemwithconsistencyofthe
database.
Restartthesystem.
52824 FFMaRetrieve DICOMDataWaring.%n ADICOMdata-relatedwarning. Restartthesystem.
52825 FFMaRetrieve LocalRetrieveWarning.
%n
Awarninggivenwhenimagescannotbe
acquiredlocally.
Restartthesystem.
52826 FFMaRetrieve InputImageWarning
(DensityCode=SH).%n
AwarninggivenwhenanSHimageis
input.
Restartthesystem.
52827 FFMaRetrieve FileError.%n Warningissuedwhenanerroroccurs
duringfleoperation.
DICOM QR
52828 FFMaRetrieve FileFormatError.%n Warningissuedwhenthereisanerrorwith
thefleformat.
Therewasaninvalidformatrowinthe
obtainedConfgQRFilter.iniflterfle.Such
rowwasprocessedasaninvalidcondition.
Makesurethatthecontentoftheflterfle
is correct.
DICOM QR
52830 FFMaRetrieve OutOfMemoryError.%n Warningissuedwhenafailureoccurredin
anattempttosecurememory.
DICOM QR
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-121
52831 FFMaRetrieve InputImageInfomation
(Imagedatanotmatch
QRFilter).%n
Warningissuedwhenanimagetargeted
forflteringwasinput.
Suspendtheattempttoretrieveimage
informationbecauseanimagethatdoes
notmatchtheflteringconditiondescribed
intheobtainedConfgQRFilter.iniflterfle
wasinput.Iftheintendedflteringcondition
isnotmet,makesurethatthecontentof
theflterfleiscorrect.
DICOM QR
52832 FFMaRetrieve CatchExceptionError.%n Warningissuedwhenanunexpectederror
occurredexceptionally.
DICOM QR
52840 FFTsCommon DiskFullError.%n TheHDDdiskisfull. Restartthesystem. DICOM QR
52841 FFTsCommon CatchDBexception.%n Exceptionaldatabaseaccesserror. Restartthesystem. DICOM QR
52850 FFMaCommon DiskFullError.%n TheHDDdiskisfull. Restartthesystem.
52851 FFMaCommon DebugLogOutPut.%n Eventlogoutputnumberfordebugging
purposes.
Restartthesystem.
52860 FFMaCommonImage DiskFullError.%n TheHDDdiskisfull Restartthesystem.
52870 FFTsCommon DiskFullError.%n TheHDDdiskisfull. Restartthesystem.
52871 FFTsCommon CatchDBexception.%n Anexceptionalaccesstothedatabase. Restartthesystem.
53106 Spooler SpoolProc
Infomation.%n%1
Informationinaspoolprocess.
Unittypemismatchnotifcation.
Spooler
53820 FFMaRetrieve RetrieveProcessStart.%n Process startup. Restartthesystem.
53821 FFMaRetrieve RetrieveProcessEnd.%n Processshutdown. Restartthesystem.
53823 FFMaRetrieve ImageisAlreadyExistsin
ImageDB.%n
Informationgivenwhenthesameimageis
input.
Restartthesystem.
52840 FFTsCommon Retryissuccess.%n Databaseretryinformation. Restartthesystem. DICOM QR
53870 FFTsCommon Retryissuccess.%n Databaseretryinformation. Restartthesystem.
54100 FFQCMsgBox Journal Proc Failure.
[FileName]
Writingerror. Checktoseethemediahasnotbeen
prohibitedforwriting.
54800 FFSFPD NetworkError.%n
%1%n%2
An ArcNet network error. ChecktheArcNetline.Proceedwith
processing.
54801 FFSFPD ProcessStart.%n
%1%n%2
Startedprocess(COM). Proceedwithprocessing.
54802 FFSFPD ProcessEnd.%n
%1%n%2
Endedprocess(COM). Proceedwithprocessing.
%1%n
%2
Invalidactualresultinformation. Checktheequipment.
%1%n
%2
Parameterspecifedoutsidethefxed
range.
Checktheexposureparameter.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-122
%1%n
%2
Aflterinformationdefnitionfledataerror. Checktheflterinformationdefnitionfle.
%1%n
%2
AnX-raytubecodefledataerror. ChecktheX-raytubecodefle
54900 FFSFPD ImpossibleError.%n
[Module]%1%n
[Function]%2%n
[SpotCode]%3%n
[Ret]%4%n
[Description]%5
Acalibrationexecutiondisableerror. Ifthesystemisinemergencymode,wait
untilitgoesintoroutinemode.
59100 FFQCMsgBox FF32 Error.
[FileName]
AnFF32library(FF32.dll)returnvalue
error (irreplaceable).
Itispossiblethattheregistryinformation
hasnotbeeninstalledcorrectly.Performa
reinstallation.
59102 FFQCMshBox CantgetTagInformation.
[FileName]
Novalueissetupforthetaginformation
eventhoughitmusthavebeensetup
accordingly(irreplaceable).
Performreexposurebecausetheimageis
illegal.
59103 FFQCMsgBox MemoryorResource
cannotbegained.
[FileName]
Failedinobtainingmemory/handle
resource.
Increaseavailableresourcesandthen
retry.
59198 FFQCMsgBox Secondarydetectioncode
Error.
[FileName]
Asecondarydetectioncodereturnvalue
error.
59701 FFIIPDicomQR LogicalProgramError.
Exception
hasOccurred.%n[Module]
%1
%n[Function]%2
%n[SpotCode]
%3%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]
%5
Exceptional error.
minorerror.
59702 FFIIPDicomQR LogicalProgramError.Not
SupportedCase.
%n[Module]
%1%n[Function]%2
%n[SpotCode]%3
%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]%5
Thisisananticipatederror,but
unsupported.
minorerror.
59751 FFIIPDicomQR Catch Exception Error.
%n%1
%n%2
Anunexpectederroroccurred
exceptionally.
Restartthesystem.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-123
59761 FFTsSearchCondition CatchExceptionError.%n Anexceptionalerroroccurred
unexpectedly.
Restartthesystem.
59762 FFTsSearchCondition OutOfMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
memorytobesecuredappropriately.
Restartthesystem.
59763 FFTsSearchCondition FreeMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
memorytobereleasedappropriately.
Restartthesystem.
59771 FFMaSearchCOM CatchExceptionError.%n Anunexceptionalerroroccurred
unexpectedly.
Restartthesystem.
59772 FFMaSearchCOM OutOfMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
Restartthesystem.
59773 FFMaSearchCOM FreeMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
Restartthesystem.
59774 FFMaSearchCOM DataBaseError.%n Adatabaseerroroccurred. Restartthesystemiftherelevant
processinghasbeencompleted.
Iftherelevantprocessingremains
unprocessed,theremaybeanillegalstudy
intheservertargetedforsearchofdata.In
thiscase,noparticularremedialmeasures
needtobetaken.
59781 FFMaCommon CatchExceptionError.%n Anunexpectederroroccurred
exceptionally.
Restartthesystem. DICOM QR
59782 FFMaCommon OutOfMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurredinanattempttosecure
memory.
59783 FFMaCommon FreeMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurredinanattempttoopen
memory.
59791 FFMaCommonImage CatchExceptionError.%n Anunexpectederroroccurred
exceptionally.
59792 FFMaCommonImage OutOfMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurredinanattempttosecure
memory.
59793 FFMaCommonImage FreeMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurredinanattempttoopen
memory.
59801 FFIIPDicomQR Catch Exception Error.
%n%1
%n%2
Anunexpectederroroccurred
exceptionally.
Restartthesystem.
59802 FFIIPDicomQR InvalidPropatyError.
%n%1%n
%2
Invalidpropertyerror(onlyforthe
AddIndicationDatamethod).
Restartthesystem.
59811 FFTsImgRetInd CatchExceptionError.%n Anexceptionalerroroccurred
unexpectedly.
Restartthesystem.
59812 FFTsImgRetInd OutOfMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
Restartthesystem.
59813 FFTsImgRetInd FreeMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
Restartthesystem.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-124
59821 FFMaRetrieve CatchExceptionError.%n Anexceptionalerroroccurred
unexpectedly.
Restartthesystem.
59822 FFMaRetrieve OutOfMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
Restartthesystem.
59823 FFMaRetrieve FreeMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
Restartthesystem.
59824 FFMaRetrieve ProcessCommunication
Error.%n
Anerroroccurredinthecommunication
control.
Restartthesystem.
59825 FFMaRetrieve Retrieve Process Exists.
%n
Aprocesswasstarteddouble. Restartthesystem.
59826 FFMaRetrieve ImageisAlreadyExistsin
ImageDB.%n
Imageinputisdisabledbecausethesame
imagealreadyexistsintheimage
database.
Restartthesystem.
59827 FFMaRetrieve FileError.%n Afleerroroccurred. Restartthesystem.
59828 FFMaRetrieve NetWorkError.%n Theassociationwasdisconnecteddueto
a network error.
Restartthesystem.
59829 FFMaRetrieve CannotGetNetWork
Setting.%n
Necessary network settings cannot be
acquired.
Restartthesystem.
59829 FFMaRetrieve LogicalProgramError.%n Warningissuedwhenaprogramerror
occurs.
DICOM QR
59830 FFMaRetrieve DICOMRetrieveTimeout.
%n
Atimeouterroroccurredinanattemptto
acquireastudy.
Restartthesystem.
59831 FFMaRetrieve DICOM Retrieve is Not
AbletoUseNow.%n
DICOM acquisition processing is not
available at present.
Restartthesystem.
59832 FFMaRetrieve ProcessingImageis
Deleted.%n
Processingisdisabledbecausetheimage
wasdeleted.
Restartthesystem.
59841 FFTsCommon CatchExceptionError.%n Anunexpectederroroccurred
exceptionally.
59842 FFTsCommon OutOfMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurredinanattempttosecure
memory.
59843 FFTsCommon FreeMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurredinanattempttoopen
memory.
59851 FFMaCommon CatchExceptionError.%n Anexceptionalerroroccurred
unexpectedly.
Restartthesystem.
59852 FFMaCommon OutOfMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
Restartthesystem.
59853 FFMaCommon FreeMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
Restartthesystem.
59861 FFMaCommonImage CatchExceptionError.%n Anexceptionalerroroccurred
unexpectedly.
Restartthesystem.
59862 FFMaCommonImage OutOfMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
Restartthesystem.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-125
59863 FFMaCommonImage FreeMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
Restartthesystem.
59871 FFTsCommon CatchExceptionError.%n Anexceptionalerroroccurred
unexpectedly.
Restartthesystem.
59872 FFTsCommon OutOfMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
Restartthesystem.
59873 FFTsCommon FreeMemoryError.%n Anerroroccurred,whichdisabledthe
Restartthesystem.
thedatabase.
Itisconceivablethatthedatabasefleis
damagedordeleted.
60002 FFCustomMsgBox [60002]UserUtilitywillbe
terminated.
There is no alternative but to exit the
programduetotheoccurrenceofan
abnormality.
the character string
database.
damagedordeleted.
thesystemsetting
database.
damagedordeleted.
60053 FFCustomMsgBox [60053]Valueofregistry
damagedordeleted.
systemsettingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
systemsettingfle.
flecouldnotberead.
Check settings.
informationtothesystem
settingfle.
flecouldnotberead.
Check settings.
thedisplaygroup
information.
damagedordeleted.
themenuinformation.
damagedordeleted.
theMPMcode.
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-126
database.
damagedordeleted.
database.
damagedordeleted.
damagedordeleted.
damagedordeleted.
damagedordeleted.
damagedordeleted.
theflmannotation
database.
damagedordeleted.
theflmannotation
database.
damagedordeleted.
60251 FFCustomMsgBox [60251]Imageprocessing
parameterdatais
abnormal.
Theimageprocessingparameterdatais
abnormal.
Checktheimageprocessingparameters.
60260 FFCustomMsgBox [60260]Systemhasnot
beenrebooted.
ItisconceivablethattheIIPexecutablefle
wasdamagedordeleted.
Reinstall.
60300 FFCustomMsgBox [60300]Anoptionanda
databasearent
conformable.
Necessaryoptionsarenotinstalledor
inappropriatemenudatabaseisinstalled.
Reinstall.
60301 FFCustomMsgBox [60301]Datastorage
resultedinafailure.
Thedatabasefleispossiblydamagedor
deleted.
60302 FFCustomMsgBox [60302]Datadeletion
resultedinafailure.
Thedatabasefleispossiblydamagedor
deleted.
60303 FFCustomMsgBox [60303]UserUtilitycannot
bestartedbecausethe
necessary option has not
beeninstalled.
Necessaryoptionsarenotinstalledor
inappropriatemenudatabaseisinstalled.
Reinstallthesystem.
occurred.
AnerroroccurredontheFPDside. Checkinformationoftheconnected
devices.
occurred.
AnerroroccurredontheFPDside. Checkinformationoftheconnected
devices.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-127
erroroccurredwiththe
X-ray generator.
Anerroroccurredincommunicationwith
the X-ray generator.
Checkinformationoftheconnected
devices.
61060 FFCustomMsgBox [61060]Wrongpassword
has been input.
Anincorrectpasswordwasentered. Thepasswordisfxedat1111.
61082 FFCustomMsgBox [61082]Nomenuhasbeen
selected.
Anattemptwasmadetostartaneditingor
likeoperationwithoutselectinganymenu.
Completeamenuselectionbeforeinitiating
aneditingorlikeoperation.
61083 FFCustomMsgBox [61083]Alreadyregistered
fordisplayingandcannot
bedeleted.
Themenucouldnotbedeletedbecauseit
wasregisteredfordisplay.
Cleartheregistrationfordisplayandthen
deletethemenu.
61084 FFCustomMsgBox [61084]Alreadyregistered
tothestudymenuand
cannotbedeleted.
Themenucouldnotbedeletedbecauseit
wasregisteredfortheexaminationmenu.
Removethetargetmenufromthe
examinationmenuinadvance.
61085 FFCustomMsgBox [61085]Nomenuwas
registeredforacertain
displaygroup.
Acertaindisplaygroupwasemptybecause
nomenuwasregisteredforit.
Noemptydisplaygroupisallowedtoexist.
Registeroneormoremenusforthedisplay
groupordeletethedisplaygroup.
61090 FFCustomMsgBox [61090]Invalidcharacter
has been input in the
displaygroupname.
Theentereddatawasabnormaldue,for
instance, to the inclusion of an
unacceptable character.
61093 FFCustomMsgBox [61093]Displaygroupwill
bedeleted.
Thiswindowopensforconfrmationonly.
61094 FFCustomMsgBox [61094]Displaygroup
nameisillegal.
instance, to its excessive length or the
inclusion of an unacceptable character.
61103 FFCustomMsgBox [61103]Sameextension
menucodealreadyexists.
Theentereddatavaluewasalready
registeredorotherwiseunacceptable.
Enter another value.
61106 FFCustomMsgBox [61106]SameANK
exposuremenuname
alreadyexists.
61109 FFCustomMsgBox [61109]Samekanji-
exposuremenuname
alreadyexists.
61110 FFCustomMsgBox [61110]Extensionmenu
codeisillegal.
61111 FFCustomMsgBox [61111]ANKexposure
menunameisillegal.
61112 FFCustomMsgBox [61112]Kanji-exposure
menunameisillegal.
61122 FFCustomMsgBox [61122]MPMcodeis
illegal.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-128
61125 FFCustomMsgBox [61125]Sameflm
annotationalreadyexists.
61130 FFCustomMsgBox [61130]Devicecodeis
illegal.
61131 FFCustomMsgBox [61131]Film-relatedcodeis
illegal.
61132 FFCustomMsgBox [61132]Auto-exposure
mechanismisillegal.
61142 FFCustomMsgBox [61142]Samestudymenu
codealreadyexists.
61145 FFCustomMsgBox [61145]SameANKstudy
menunamealreadyexists.
61148 FFCustomMsgBox [61148]Samekanji-study
menunamealreadyexists.
61149 FFCustomMsgBox [61149]Noexposuremenu
hasbeenselected.
Anattemptwasmadetostartaneditingor
likeoperationwithoutselectinganymenu.
Completeamenuselectionbeforeinitiating
aneditingorlikeoperation.
61151 FFCustomMsgBox [61151]Exposuremenu
cannotberegistered.
Themaximumpermissiblenumberof
menuregistrationswasexceeded.
Deleteanyunnecessarymenu.
61152 FFCustomMsgBox [61152]Sameexposure
menuhasalreadybeen
registered.
61153 FFCustomMsgBox [61153]Studymenucode
is illegal.
61154 FFCustomMsgBox [61154]ANKstudymenu
codeisillegal.
61155 FFCustomMsgBox [61155]Kanji-studymenu
codeisillegal.
61156 FFCustomMsgBox [61156]Theenergy
subtractionmenucannot
beregisteredtothestudy
menu.
Anattemptwasmadetoregisteranenergy
subtractionmenuinastudymenu.
Energysubtractionmenusarenotallowed
tobeincludedinastudymenu.
61171 FFCustomMsgBox [61171]Notechniciancode
has been input.
Anattemptwasmadetoregisterdatawith
aninputfeldleftblank.
Enter a value.
61172 FFCustomMsgBox [61172]Techniciancodeis
illegal.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-129
techniciancode.
61174 FFCustomMsgBox [61174]Sametechnician
codealreadyexists.
61175 FFCustomMsgBox [61175]NoANKtechnician
namehasbeeninput.
Enter a value.
61176 FFCustomMsgBox [61176]ANKtechnician
nameistoolong.
Theentereddatawastoolong. Make a proper entry.
hasbeeninputintheANK
technicianname.
techniciannamealready
exists.
61179 FFCustomMsgBox [61179]Nokanji-technician
namehasbeeninput.
Enter a value.
61180 FFCustomMsgBox [61180]Kanji-technician
nameistoolong.
has been input in the kanji-
technicianname.
techniciannamealready
exists.
61191 FFCustomMsgBox [61191]Norequesting
departmentcodehasbeen
input.
Enter a value.
61192 FFCustomMsgBox [61192]Requesting
departmentcodeistoo
long.
requestingdepartment
code.
61194 FFCustomMsgBox [61194]Samerequesting
departmentcodealready
exists.
61195 FFCustomMsgBox [61195]NoANKrequesting
departmentnamehasbeen
input.
Enter a value.
61196 FFCustomMsgBox [61196]ANKrequesting
departmentnameistoo
long.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-130
name.
namealreadyexists.
61199 FFCustomMsgBox [61199]Nokanji-requesting
departmentnamehasbeen
input.
Enter a value.
61200 FFCustomMsgBox [61200]Kanji-requesting
departmentnameistoo
long.
hasbeeninputintheKanji-
name.
namealreadyexists.
61211 FFCustomMsgBox [61211]Noflmannotation
characters have been input.
Enter a value.
61212 FFCustomMsgBox [61212]Filmannotation
characters are too long.
hasbeeninputintheflm
annotation characters.
61214 FFCustomMsgBox [61214]Sameflm
61224 FFCustomMsgBox [61224]Driveisnotready. NoFDwasinsertedintotheFDD. Insert an FD.
61234 FFCustomMsgBox [61234]Driveisnotready. NoFDwasinsertedintotheFDD. Insert an FD.
61235 FFCustomMsgBox [61235]Wrongdisk AwrongFDwasinsertedintotheFDD. Insert a correct FD.
61236 FFCustomMsgBox [61236]Wrongdisk AwrongFDwasinsertedintotheFDD. Insert a correct FD.
61280 FFCustomMsgBox [61280]NoCodingScheme
Designator has been input.
Nodataisinput. Make a proper entry.
61281 FFCustomMsgBox [61281]CodingScheme
Designator is too long.
hasbeeninputinCoding
SchemeDesignator.
61303 FFCustomMsgBox [61303]Failedinimporting
theconsumablesdatabase.
adamagedfle.
Prepareaconsumablesdatabaseagain.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-131
61340 FFCustomMsgBox [61340]Aflebackedup
with another application
cannotberestored.
Anattemptwasmadetorestoreabackup
madebytheViewerforusewiththeIIPor
torestoreabackupmadebytheIIPfor
use with the Viewer.
TorestoretotheIIP,useabackupfle
generatedbytheIIP.Torestoretothe
Viewer,useabackupflegeneratedbythe
Viewer.
61341 FFCustomMsgBox [61341]Thisisnota
contrastmediumdatabase
fle.
AfleotherthanSupply.mdbwasselected
foranimport.
SelectaSupply.mdbfle.
61342 FFCustomMsgBox [61342]Nobackupfles
exist.
Specifeddriveorfoldercanbeincorrect. Specifyacorrectdestinationfordata
backup.
61345 FFCustomMsgBox [61345]Nomedia
managementflesexist.
TheDICOMDIRfledoesnotexist. Ensurethattheimagefleiscorrect.
64595 FFCustomMsgBox [64595]Failedinactivation
of Ascent View setting
screen.
Access to the linking application Service
Utilityfailedoranunexpectederror
occurred.
conversionofmis-exposure
imageloginformation.
It is possible that the RetakeAnalyisData.
mdbfleiswrite-protected.
OpentheRetakeAnalysisData.mdbfle
properties to check to see if it is write-
protected.
70001 FFCustomMsgBox [70001]Failedindeletionof
logfles.
It is possible that the RetakeAnalyisData.
mdbfleiswrite-protected.
OpentheRetakeAnalysisData.mdbfle
properties to check to see if it is write-
protected.
thedefnitionfle.
Itispossiblethatthefleisdamagedor
deleted.
70005 FFCustomMsgBox [70005]Connectiontothe
systemsettingdatabase
resultedunsuccessful.
Itispossiblethatthedatabasefleis
damagedordeleted.
informationfromthesystem
settingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
characterstringdatabase
damagedordeleted.
informationfromthe
damagedordeleted.
Itispossiblethattheregistryinformationis
damagedordeleted.
70010 FFCustomMsgBox [70010]Failedinwriting
Itispossiblethattheregistryinformationis
damagedordeleted.
technologistinformation.
damagedordeleted.
classifcationsofmis-
exposureimages.
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-132
commentsonmis-exposure
images.
damagedordeleted.
loginformationdatabase
damagedordeleted.
informationforsetupof
mis-exposureimage
analysis.
damagedordeleted.
imagefles.
Itispossiblethattheimagefleisdamaged
ordeleted.
Althoughtheimagefleinquestionisnot
displayed,therearenoproblemswith
other operations.
images.
Anerroroccurredwhileinimage
processing.
conversionofdateformat.
Thedatedisplayformatmayhavebeen
input incorrectly.
Inputinacorrectformat.
70020 FFCustomMsgBox [70020]Failedinstorageof
themis-exposureimagelog
list.
Thiserrorisdisplayedwhenafailure
occurredindatastorage.
Retrydatastore.Ifthesamesymptom
recurs,changethedestinationforstorage
accordingly.
the calculation result.
Thiserrorisdisplayedwhenafailure
occurredindatastorage.
Retrydatastorage.Ifthesamesymptom
recurs,changethedestinationforstorage
accordingly.
whileanimageisbeing
displayed.
Itispossiblethattheimagedisplaycontrol
orimageflehasaproblem.
70023 FFCustomMsgBox [70023]Anunknownerror
occurred.
databaseofregionstobe
exposedresulted
unsuccessful.
damagedordeleted.
databaseofcausesof
mis-exposureimages
damagedordeleted.
70026 FFCustomMsgBox [70026]Failedincalculation
ofthemis-exposureimage
log.
calculation result of the
mis-exposureimagelog.
networksettingdatabase
damagedordeleted.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-133
necessarydatafromthe
damagedordeleted.
the list.
themis-exposureimage
log.
deleted.
the exposure result log.
deleted.
animagefle.
deleted.
imagedatainthesystem
settingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
imagedatainthedisplay
settingdatabase.
damagedordeleted.
70037 FFCustomMsgBox [70037]Failedinrelocating
the tree structure.
70038 FFCustomMsgBox [70038]Failedinreducing
the tree structure.
70039 FFCustomMsgBox [70039]Transitiontothe
mainwindowresulted
unsuccessful.
themenudatabase.
damagedordeleted.
theloginformation
database.
damagedordeleted.
damagedordeleted.
imagedata.
deleted.Itisalsopossiblethatthetarget
mediaforflestoragehasproblems.
Retryflestorage.Ifthesamesymptom
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-134
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-135
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MT A-136
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-1
Appendix B DR-ID 300CL Error Message Table (V5.0 or Later)
0 CslAdv_
ClusteringManager
ClusteringManager Error
Occuerd.Refertothe
Application log.
Abnormalityoccurredintheprogram. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
phenomenonrecurred,reinstallthe
system.
Alldetailsofabnormality
(forexample,error
messageanderrorspot)
arerecordedtodetails
log.
0 CslAdv_
DaemonActivity
1%2% Abnormalityoccurredintheprogram. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
1%:Errormessage
2%:Errorspot
(Stackinformation)
0 CslAdv_DataEditor {0} Abnormalityoccurredintheprogram. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
{0}:Thenameofthe
function which error
occurred.
0 CslAdv_Delivery CannotOpenSubKey{0} Failedinopeningregistrykey. Checkthesettingparameterandthen
restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
{0}: Registry key
0 CslAdv_Delivery CannotSend
SubApplicationWakeup
Message
WaitOnefunctionofsignalreturnedan
error.
Checkthesettingparameterandthen
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery ItFailedinConfguraion
Initialization(rc={0})
Initializationfunctionofsettingreturnedan
error.
system.
{0}: Function return value
0 CslAdv_Delivery LinkerControlInitMethod
CallError(rc={0})
Initializationfunctionoflinkerreturnedan
error.
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery NotFoundApplicationKey Failedinacquiringapplicationkey. Checkthesettingparameterandthen
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery OutImgPrcControl
RunProcError(rc={0})
Anerrorwasnotifedtotheresponding
statusofRunProcCompleteevent
processedinOutImagePrc.
system.
{0}: Status
0 CslAdv_Delivery OutImgPrcControl
RunProcMethodCallError
(rc={0})
processedinSpooler.
system.
{0}: Status
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-2
0 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control RestoreJob
MethodCallError(rc={0})
UnprocessedJOBrestorationrequest
functionreturnedanerrortoSpooler.
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control
ResumeProcMethodCall
Error(rc={0})
ResumeProcexecutionfunctionofSpooler
returnedanerror.
system.
0 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control RunProc
Error(rc={0})
processedinSpooler.
system.
{0}: Status
0 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control RunProc
ExecutionfunctionofSpoolerreturnedan
error.
system.
0 CslAdv_Re ErrorwheninitializesMwm/
PPS controller
FailedininitializingMwm/PPSController. ConfrmconnectionwithRISserver.Ifno
validconnectionfromDR-ID300CLtoRIS
server, set up the connection again.
Restart DR-ID 300CL.
0 [QA00000]Anerror
occurred.
Anerroroccurred. Restartthesystem.
Ifthesameerrorrecursafterrestartingthe
system,reinstallthesystem.
0 [RE00000]Anerror
occurred.
Anerroroccurred. Pressthebuttonbelowtoshutdownthe
system.
0 [TS00000]Anerror
occurred.
Anerroroccurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Ifthesameerrorrecursafterrestarting,
reinstall DR-ID 300CL.
0 CslAdv_Qc AccessOLEDBfailed. Failedinaccessingthedatabase. RestartQC.Ifthesamephenomenon
recurred,reinstallDR-ID300CL.
0 [IC00000]Anerror
occurred.
Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,reinstall
DR-ID 300CL.
0 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control RestoreJob
Error(rc={0})
statusofRestoreJobCompleteevent
processedinSpooler.
{0}: Status
0 to 2 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredwhenstarting
TomosynthesisView.
DR-ID 300CL.
1%:Thespotand
cause error
occurred
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-3
0 to 3 MenuSel EventID(00000)AC-CGU-
MenuSel:Unknown Error
%1%2
In%1(Nameofthefleeventoccurred)
and%2(Nameofthemethodandrow
numbereventoccurred),asthereisfawin
theparametersetinMenuSel,anerror
wasreturned.
Asaninternalerroroccurred,restartDR-
ID 300CL.
Iftheerroroccurredagain,restartthePC.
Iftheerrorcouldnotberecovered,reinstall
the application.
%1: Fujiflm.
ConsoleAdvance.
ApplicationCommon
Library.GUI.MenuSel.
MenuSel.Initialize()
%2:Z:\Source\....\
MenuSel\MenuSel.
cs:Lines 1186
0
to
22103
CslAdv_QA 1%
2%
AnerroroccurredinQAprocessing. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
1%:Thenameofthe
moduleerror
occurred
2%:Thespotand
cause error
occurred
1 CslAdv_AC_ImgDBC %1
%2
%3
%4
%5
%6
%7
AnerroroccurredinADO. Asaninternalerroroccurred,restartDR-
ID 300CL.
the application.
%1:Methodname
%2:Varioustypesof
information
%3: ErrornumberofADO
%4:Provider-specifc
ErrorcodeofADO
%5:SQLstatusofADO
%6:ADOobjectname
%7:DescriptionofADO
object
1 CslAdv_AC_ImgDBCEx CslAdv_AC_ImgDBCEx:Gen
eralFailure(Fujiflm.
ConsoleAdvance.
ApplicationCommonLibrary.
DataAccessor.ImgDBCEx.
ImgDBCExException
Occuerd.
Code:GeneralFailure:%1,%2
Ageneralerroroccurredinthemethodof
%1.
ID 300CL.
the application.
%1:Methodname
%2: Detailedinformation
1 CslAdv_
ClusteringManager
LogCtl2 Create Error.
Msg:[{0}]\n{1}
FailedininitializingAClog. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
{0}: ErrormessageofAC
{1}: Error spot of ADO
ErrorCheckProcMethod
CallError(rc={0})
Data inconsistency checking request
system.
GetCommitProcJobMethod
CallError(rc={0})
CompletingrequestfunctionofSpooler
returnedanerror.
system.
1 CslAdv_Modality %1%2
Initialize%3
Failedininitializationprocessing. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%2:Spotwhereerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-4
1 CslAdv_Modality FailedInit%1 Failedininitializingindicator. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Indicatorname.
1 CslAdv_Modality Failedto%1.Initialize Failedininitializing%1. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Indicatornameor
statuswindow
name.
1 CslAdv_Modality FailedtoInitialize%1 Failedininitializingindicator. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Indicatorname.
1 CslAdv_
OperationManager
Lock Error
GetAllLockInfoError
GetLockTypeError
FailedinaccessingtheLockdatabase. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
One of these three
types is set in event
content.
1 CslAdv_
SystemManager
SystemErrorReceive Asystemerrormessagewasreceived. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
1 [DE00001]Failedin
initialization.
Failedininitialization. Restartthesystem.
1 [DT00001]Keyitemsetting
error
Keyitemsettingerror Correcttheitemsettings.
1 [MD00001]Failedin
initialization.
1 [OM00001]Failedin
initialization.
1 [QA00001]Failedin
obtaininginformationfrom
thesettingfle.
Failedinobtaininginformationfromthe
settingfle.
Restartthesystem.
1 [RE00001]Failedin
accessingtodatabase.
Failedinaccessingtodatabase. Restartthesystem.
1 [SM00001]Failedin
Failedininitializationprocessing. Restartthesystem.
1 CslAdv_Modality ModalityViewException
Msg=FailedtoInitialize
FPDPanelChangeDialog
Failedininitializingthepanelchange
dialogbox.
Restartthesystem.
thesystem.
1 CslAdv_Modality ModalityViewException
Msg=FailedtoInitialize
panelChangeViewListener
Class
dialogbox'seventlistener.
Restartthesystem.
thesystem.
1 CslAdv_Modality Failedtoexecute
PanelGUIInitialize
dialogbox.
Restartthesystem.
thesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-5
1 [WL00001]Failedin
initialization.
Failedininitialization. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1 [QC00001]Failedin
accessingthedatabase.
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Click the close button on the QC execution
window.
1 [TS00001]Failedin
initialization.
DR-ID 300CL.
1 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert catchThreadException AnexceptionaleventThreadException
occurred.
DR-ID 300CL.
1 [DA00001]Anerror
occurred.
DR-ID 300CL.
1 [IC00001]Failedin
initialization.
DR-ID 300CL.
1
to
9999
CslAdv_Study 1% Anunrecoverableerroroccurredinthe
process.
DR-ID300CLrestartsautomatically.
RestartDR-ID300CLifithasfrozen.Ifthe
samephenomenonrecurred,reinstallthe
system.
1%: Errorfunctionname
2 CslAdv_AC_ImgDBC FFImageDBCTL
%1
%2
%3
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Asaninternalerroroccurred,restartDR-
ID 300CL.
the application.
%1:Errorinformation
%2:Methodname
%3:Varioustypesof
information
2 CslAdv_Delivery InvalidMediaStatus
Parameter(ae_name={0},
media_status={1},free_
space={2})
MediaStatAENameexecutionfunctionof
Spoolerreturnedanerror.
system.
{0}:AEname
{1}: Status
{2}: Blank space
MediaStatAENameMethod
CallError(rc={0})
MediaStatAENameexecutionfunctionof
system.
MediaStatErrMethodCall
Error(rc={0})
MediaStatErrexecutionfunctionofSpooler
returnedanerror.
system.
MediaStatFreeMethodCall
Error(rc={0})
MediaStatFreeexecutionfunctionof
system.
MediaStatMountMethod
CallError(rc={0})
MediaStatMountexecutionfunctionof
system.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-6
MediaStatUnMountMethod
CallError(rc={0})
MediaStatUnMountexecutionfunctionof
system.
SetImageProcComplete
Imageprocesscompletionnotifcation
system.
SetOutputProcComplete
Outputcompletionnotifcationfunction
returnedanerrortoSpooler.
system.
2 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control SpoolProc
Error(rc={0})
statusofSpoolProcCompleteevent
processedinSpooler.
system.
{0}: Status
2 CslAdv_Delivery Spooler Control SpoolProc
Spoolrequestfunctionreturnedanerrorto
Spooler.
system.
StudyReqEndProcMethod
CallError(rc={0})
Spoolrequestfunctionreturnedanerrorto
Spooler.
system.
%3
[ExceptionInfomation]
%4
Failedinterminatingprocessing. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%2:Detailed
information
%3:Erroroutline
%4:Errordetails
2 CslAdv_Modality Failedto%1.Terminate Failedincompletionprocessingof%1. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Indicatornameor
statuswindow
name.
2 CslAdv_
OperationManager
MsgGetError Failedinaccessingtheresourcedatabase. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
2 CslAdv_
SystemManager
UPS Signal Receive UPSabnormalitymessagewasreceived. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
2 [DE00002]Failedinoutput
processing.
Failedinoutputprocessing. Restartthesystem.
2 [MD00002]Failedin
terminatingprocessing.
Failedinterminatingprocessing. Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-7
2 [OM00002]Failedin
starting up the service
utility.
Failedinstartinguptheserviceutility. Restartthesystem.
2 [QA00002]FailedinQA
starting process.
FailedinQAstartingprocess. Restartthesystem.
2 [RE00002]Failedin
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Restartthesystem.
2 [SM00002]Systemerror
occurred.
Systemerroroccurred. Pressthelowerbuttontoterminatethe
system.
2 [WL00002]Anerror
occurred.
2 [QC00002]Failedto
initalizeQC.
FailedtoinitializeQC. Click the close button on the QC execution
window.
2 [TS00002]Failedin
obtainingtheinformation
fromthesystemsettingfle.
Failedinobtainingtheinformationfromthe
systemsettingfle.
DR-ID 300CL.
2 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert catch Exception Anexceptionoccurredwhileprocessingan
exceptionaleventThreadException.
DR-ID 300CL.
2 [IC00002]Failedin
initialization.
DR-ID 300CL.
3 CslAdv_AC_ImgDBC ImageDatabase%1Error Anerroroccurredinthemethodof%1. Asaninternalerroroccurred,restartDR-
ID 300CL.
the application.
%1:Methodname
3 CslAdv_AC_ImgDBC ImageDatabase%1
Exception
Unknown error. Asaninternalerroroccurred,restartDR-
ID 300CL.
the application.
%1:Methodname
3 CslAdv_Delivery OutImageControl
ExecImageProcMethod
CallError(rc={0})
system.
GetImageProcJobMethod
CallError(rc={0})
Acquiringrequestfunctionofimage
processingJOBinSpoolerreturnedan
error.
system.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-8
FailedtoReadDirectory.ini:
%3.
Failedinacquiringdirectoryinformation. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%2: Spoterroroccurred
%3:Errordetails
3 CslAdv_
OperationManager
DB Error FailedinaccessingSysConfg,Paramedic.
mdb.
Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
3 CslAdv_Re Errormessageof
AC::ImgDBCEx
Aproblemoccurredin_console_db. Checkthepossession,exclusion,and
databaseconfgurationin_console_db.
3 CslAdv_
SystemManager
BCR error Failedincreatingdatacontainerorxmlfle
for BCR.
system.
3 [DE00003]Failedinimage
processing for output.
Failedinimageprocessingforoutput. Restartthesystem.
3 [MD00003]Failedin
3 [OM00003]Failedin
executing the lock
processing.
Failedinexecutingthelockprocessing. Press the lower button
3 [QA00003]Failedin
initializationfor
communication.
Failedininitializationforcommunication. Restartthesystem.
3 [RE00003]Failedin
3 [SM00003]Apowerfailure
hasoccurred.
Apowerfailurehasoccurred. Restartthesystem.
3 [QC00003]Failedto
displayingthumbnailimage.
Failedtodisplayingthumbnailimage. Click the close button on the QC execution
window.
3 [TS00003]Recoverywas
attemptedfromanerror
duringthereconstruction
processingbutitfailed.
Recoverywasattemptedfromanerror
duringthereconstructionprocessingbutit
failed.
3 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert catchThreadException AnexceptionoccurredinProgram.Main. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
3 [IC00003]Failedin
initialization.
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-9
4 CslAdv_Delivery AnsembleDataContainer
CreateError.(Name={0},
ContentTyp={1},Key={2})
FailedinregistrationtoAnsemble.
DataContainer.
system.
{0}:SANameDelivery
{1}: ContentType
{2}:Key
4 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Print Control
PrintPrc Error
(indexNo={0})
Failedinacquiringtheflmnumber. Checkthesettingparameterandthen
system.
{0}:Filmnumber
PrintPrcError(prcNo={0})
AnerrorwasnotifedtoPrintPrcexecution
result.
system.
{0}: Execution result
PrintPrcMethodCallError
(rc={0})
Dicomprinteroutputcontrolfunction
returnedanerror.
system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Store Control
StorePrcMethodCallError
(rc={0})
Output request function of storage output
controlreturnedanerror.
system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery Outputddofleisnotfound
({0})
NoDDOflesexist. Checkthesettingparameterandthen
system.
{0}:DDOfle
4 CslAdv_Delivery OutputJobGetItemError
(function={0},id={1},rc={2})
AcquiredfunctionofGetItemreturnedan
error.
system.
{0}: function
{1}:id
{2}: rc
4 CslAdv_Delivery OutputProcError(rc={0},
UnitType={1})
Outputcompletionnotifcationfunction
system.
4 CslAdv_Delivery PostMessageMethodCall
Error(rc={0})
Postfunctionofsendingmessagereturned
an error.
system.
GetOutputProcJobMethod
CallError(rc={0})
Acquiring request function of output JOB in
system.
NotifyUpdateImage
StatusResultMethodCall
Error(rc={0})
NotifyUpdateImageStatusResultfunction
ofSpoolerreturnedanerror.
system.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-10
SetCommitProcComplete
Deliverycompletionnotifcationfunction
system.
%3Valueisinvalid
Valueofsystemsettingisinvalid. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Informationof
systemsettingkey
FailedtoReadSysConfg:
%3
%4
Failedinreadingthesystemsetting. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Erroroutline
%4:Errordetails
4 CslAdv_
OperationManager
Registory Error Anerroroccurredwhenaccessingregistry
information.
system.
4 CslAdv_
SystemManager
MCR error FailedincreatingdatacontainerforMCR
orxmlfleforBCR.
system.
processing.
4 [MD00004]Failedin
sendingthemessage.
Failedinsendingthemessage. Restartthesystem.
4 [OM00004]Failedin
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Press the button below.
4 [QA00004]Anerror
occurred.
4 [RE00004]Failedin
4 [SM00004]Failedinlock
processing.
Failedinlockprocessing. Press the button below.
4 [QC00004]Cannotshow
magnifedimage.
Cannotshowmagnifedimage. Click the close button on the QC execution
window.
4 [TS00004]Failedinstarting
uptheTomoView.
FailedinstartinguptheTomoView. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
4 [IC00004]Failedin
initialization.
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-11
QueueResumeMethod
CallError(rc={0})
QueueResumeexecutionfunctionof
system.
%3
Failedinaccessingthedatabase.
Failedinacquiringinformationfromthe
database.
Failedinsettinginformationonthe
database.
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
ExecuteInvalid
Operation:%3
Failedinupdatingthedatabase. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%2:Spoterroroccurred
%3:Errordetails
FailedtoExecuteSQL:%3
Failedinupdatingthedatabase. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
FailedtoInitialize
ModalityDB
Failedininitializingthedatabase. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
5 CslAdv_Modality Failedtogetrownumberof
DataSetfrom_modality_
status_tbl:number=%1
Failedinacquiringdataappricablefor
number=%1fromModalityDB.
system.
%1:Searchnumber.
5 CslAdv_Modality FailedtoSqlExecutor.
ReferenceCommand()for
getfcrerrorrecord
FailedinobtainingtheFCRerror
information.
system.
5 CslAdv_Modality ModalityExceptionMsg=
FailedtoSelectorChange
UpdateModalityDb-
SelectorNumber=%1
Failedinupdatingtheaccessofinternal
database.
Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
again.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
restart the application.
%1:Selectornumber
5 CslAdv_Modality NotFoundnumberin_
modality_status_tbl:
number=%1
Dataappricablefornumber=%1doesnot
existinModalityDB.
system.
%1:Searchnumber.
5 CslAdv_
SystemManager
Lock error FailedinaccessingtheLockdatabase. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
processing.
5 [OM00005]Failedin
registeringtheusername.
Failedinregisteringtheusername. Press the button below.
5 [QA00005]Failedin
enteringparameterstostart
QAwithinthestudy.
FailedinenteringparameterstostartQA
withinthestudy.
Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-12
5 [RE00005]Failedin
sendingthemessage.
Failedinsendingthemessage. Restartthesystem.
5 [SM00005]Failedin
creatingadatafle.
Failedincreatingadatafle. Press the button below.
5 CslAdv_Modality FailedtoshowPanelChang
eDlg:selectorNumber=%1
Failedindisplayingthepanelchange
dialogbox.
Checkforthesettingsofselectorand
deviceagainandrestartthesystem.Ifthe
system.
%1:Theselector
numberfor
changing panel
5 CslAdv_Modality Nothingselector's
icon:selectornum=%1
dialogbox.
Checkforthesettingsofselectorand
deviceagainandrestartthesystem.Ifthe
system.
%1:Theselector
numberfor
changing panel
5 CslAdv_Modality FaildtoDelete_panel_
change_request_tbl
FailedinupdatingtheModalityDB. Restartthesystem.
thesystem.
5 CslAdv_Modality Failedtoresetselector's
color:SelectorNumber=%1
Failedinrestoringthepaneltothesetup
conditionwithsystemsetting.
Restartthesystem.
thesystem.
%1:Theselector
numberfor
changing panel
5 CslAdv_Modality FailedtoshowPanelChang
eDlg:selectorNumber=%1
dialog.
RestartDR-ID300CL.Ifthesame
phenomenonrecurred,reinstallDR-ID
300CL.
%1:Selectornumber
5 CslAdv_Modality FaildtoDelete_panel_
change_request_tbl
FailedinoperatingMDlocaldatabase. RestartDR-ID300CL.Ifthesame
300CL.
5 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GuiAdpException Anexceptionoccurredwhileretrieving
processingresultmessage.
DR-ID 300CL.
5 [IC00005]Failedin
initialization.
DR-ID 300CL.
6 CslAdv_Delivery Linker Control
PostMessageMethodCall
Error(rc={0})
Endmessagesendingfunctionofqueue
returnedanerror.
system.
QueueDeleteMethodCall
Error(rc={0})
QueueDelete execution function of Spooler
returnedanerror.
system.
6 CslAdv_Modality %1 Failedinbrowsingtheimagedatabase. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
%1:Themoduleand
spoterroroccurred
6 CslAdv_
SystemManager
ImgDBCExerror
DeleteRecordByStudy
Error
Failedinaccessingthestudydatabase. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
One of these two types
is set in event content.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-13
processing.
6 [OM00006]Failedin
acquiring the initial user
name.
Failedinacquiringtheinitialusername. Press the button below.
6 [RE00006]Failedin
6 [SM00006]Failedin
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Press the button below.
6 CslAdv_Modality FailedtoReleaseExclusion Failedinbrowsingtheimagedatabase. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
restart the Console.
7 CslAdv_Delivery {0}\r\n{1} Anexceptionhasoccurred. Checkthesettingparameterandthen
system.
{0}:Exceptionmessage
{1}: Stack trace
7 CslAdv_Delivery CannotSend{0}Message Messagesendingfunctionoflinker
returnedanerror.
system.
{0}: Cause of process
abortion
7 CslAdv_Delivery DICOMPrintSCU Control
EndProcMethodCallError
(rc={0})
Requestfunctiononcompleting
DICOMPrintSCUreturnedanerror.
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery DicomSCControlEndProc
Error(rc={0})
statusofEndProcCompleteevent
processedinDicomSCCtrl.
system.
{0}: Status
7 CslAdv_Delivery DicomSCControlEndProc
EndProcfunctionofSuspendComplete
eventprocessingreturnedanerror.
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery DICOMStoreSCU Control
(rc={0})
Completerequestfunctionto
DICOMStoreSCUreturnedanerror.
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery EventLog.InfoEventID.
Terminate
Outputwhathascompletedtotheevent
log.
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery OutImageControlEndProc
Error(rc={0})
system.
{0}: Status
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-14
7 CslAdv_Delivery OutImagePrcControl
(rc={0})
RequestfunctiononcompletingOutImgPrc
returnedanerror.
system.
7 CslAdv_Delivery SpoolerControlEndProc
Error(rc={0})
processedinSpooler.
system.
{0}: Status
7 CslAdv_Delivery SpoolerControlEndProc
CompletingrequestfunctionofSpooler
returnedanerror.
system.
SuspendProcMethodCall
Error(rc={0})
SuspendProcexecutionfunctionofSpooler
returnedanerror.
system.
LngDBCExException
%3
ThecharacterstringdatabaseoftheImage
Readerhasnotbeeninstalled.
TheImageReadermightnotbeen
installed.Checkthesystem.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
processing.
7 [OM00007]Setuphasn't
beencompletedyet.
Setuphasn'tbeencompletedyet. Contactmaintenancepersonnel.
Clickthebuttontoexitthesystem.
7 [QA00007]Failedinstarting
QAwithinthestudy.
FailedinstartingQAwithinthestudy. Restartthesystem.
7 [RE00007]Failedin
7 CslAdv_
SystemManager
ImgGrpDBC:Delete
RecordByStudyError
Failedinaccessingthestudydatabase. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
7 [SM00007]Anerror
occurred.
8 CslAdv_Delivery DicomSCControl
CommitmentProcMethod
CallError(rc={0})
Commitmentprocessingrequestfunction
returnedanerrortoDicomSC.
system.
%3
%
Failedinacquiringtheselectorinformation. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errorcode
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-15
GetSelectorDBDataError.
MenuManeger.
SelectorCollection.Get()
returnstatus:%3
Failedinacquiringtheselectorinformation. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errorcode
8 CslAdv_Re Loadsystemconfgfail Failedinreadingthesystemsetting. ConfrmSysconfg.mdbfle,RisConfg.xml
fle,etc.
8 [DE00008]Anerror
occurred.
8 [RE00008]Failedin
8 CslAdv_
SystemManager
MessagePrametererror
(paramList.Count<=0)
MessagePrametererror
(paramList.Count>
LockParameterCountMax)
Messageparameterlistisabnormal. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
8 [TS00008]Thesettingof
thedisplayedscreenis
invalid.
Thesettingofthedisplayedscreenis
invalid.
Checkthescreensetting,andrestart
DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
8 [IC00008]Anerroroccurred
in starting auto-conversion
of patient ID.
Anerroroccurredinstartingauto-
DR-ID 300CL.
8 [OM00008]Themodality
settingofthesystemis
contradictory.
Themodalitysettingofthesystemis
contradictory.
CheckthemodalitysettingsofService
Utility.RestartDR-ID300CL.Ifthesame
error recurs after restarting, reinstall DR-ID
300CL.
9 CslAdv_Delivery CannotConnectImageDB Failedinconnectingtheimagedatabase. Checkthesettingparameterandthen
system.
9 [QA00009]Anerror
occurred.
9 [RE00009]Failedin
9 [IC00009]Failedinauto-
Failedinauto-conversionofpatientID. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
10 CslAdv_Modality catch DCMObjExException FailedinacquiringDICOMdata. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-16
DDOHelper.FreeDDOObj
FailedinreleasingprocessofDICOMfle. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
ImageDBAccessor.
RenewImageStatus
Failedinbrowsingtheimagedatabase. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
10 CslAdv_Modality SendSetPatientInformation
DCMObjExException
FailedinacquiringDICOMdata. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
10 [DE00010]Failedin
updatingthestudy
information.
Failedinupdatingthestudyinformation. Restartthesystem.
10 [RE00010]Failedin
%3
Anerroroccursinsidetheprogram. Restartthesystem
Ifthesamephenomenonrecurredafter
restartingthesystem,reinstallthesystem.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
10 [IC00010]Failedinauto-
Failedinauto-conversionofpatientID. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
%3
Failedinacquiringsharingdata. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
%3
%4
Failedinacquiringsharingdata. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Erroroutline
%4:Errordetails
DataContainerMain.
Remove()-tempDDOKey
=%1
Failedindeletinganinternalprocessing
fle.
%1:Thesearchkeyof
internal processing
fle.
DataContainerMain.
Remove()-XmlKey=%1
Failedindeletinganinternalprocessing
fle.
%1:Thesearchkeyof
internal processing
fle.
11 CslAdv_Modality OnImagingPreviewCreated
DataContainerMain.Create
Error
Failedincreatinganinternalprocessing
fle.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-17

%3
Anerroroccursinsidetheprogram. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
12 CslAdv_Qc Cannotexecuteinputted
query.
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. RestartQC.Ifthesamephenomenon
processing.
Failedinoutputprocessing. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
GetRegistryDataError.
%3
Failedinacquiringregistryvalue. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
FaildtoShowMessageBox.
MessageID=%3
%4
Failedindisplayingmessagebox. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:IDofthemessage
whichcouldnotbe
shown
%4:Errordetails
MsgBoxExException
Failedindisplayingdialogbox. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
MsgBoxExNotFound
Exception
Failedindisplayingdialogbox. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
SetImageProcComplete
MethodCallError(rc=%1)
restartDR-ID300CL.Ifthesame
300CL.
%1:axSpooler.
SetImageProc
Complete()return
value
14 CslAdv_Delivery CreateSRProcCompleteis
null.(outputID=%1)
Failedtoregisteraneventtonotifythe
completionofcreatingDDOforoutputting
SR.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:OutputID
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-18
%3
%4
FailedininitializingGUI. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Erroroutline
%4:Errordetails
ModalityExceptionMsg=Faild
to
cmdChangeExposureCondition.
Convert
%3
Failedinnotifyingthechangeofexposure
conditionstoImageReader.
ChecktheImageReaderstatus. %1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
ClearPatientInformation
ActiveSelector=%1
Selectornumber:Failedinnotifyingtothe
deviceof%1.
%1:Selectornumber
16 CslAdv_Modality Failedtoexecuteselector.
Devices[%1].Modality.
DisableImaging
deviceof%1.
RestartDR-ID300CLandthedevice. %1:Selectornumber
EnableImaging
deviceof%1.
%1:Selectornumber
SetExposureCondition
ActiveSelector=%1
deviceof%1.
%1:Selectornumber
SetPatientInfomation
Selector=%1
deviceof%1.
%1:Selectornumber
Failedto
GetTubeTechniqueCode
-SelectorNumber=%1
Failedinacquiringtheselectornumber. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
%1:Selectornumber
%3
Anerroroccurredinsidetheprogram. Restartthesystem.
Ifthesameerrorrecurredafterrestarting
thesystem,reinstallthesystem.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
EnableImaging
FailedinnotifyingtheImageReaderthat
exposurehasbeendisabled.
ConfrmthestatusoftheImageReader. %1:Theselector
numbererror
occurred
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-19
DisableImaging
FailedinnotifyingtheImageReaderthat
exposurehasbeenenabled.
ConfrmthestatusoftheImageReader. %1:Theselector
numbererror
occurred
%3
Anerroroccurredwhenreceiving
message.
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
Failedtogetsearchkeyof
DataContainerfrom
XmlMessagefaild.
Anerroroccurredwhenreceiving
message.
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
17 [RE00017]Failedinstarting
up the user utility.
Failedinstartinguptheuserutility. Restartthesystem.
18 CslAdv_Modality FailedtoexecuteLinker.
PostMessage()
Failedinnotifyingthemessage. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
Failedto
SelectorChangedSend
Message-imageId=%1
Failedinnotifyingthemessage. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
%1:Therecordnumber
oftheimage
database.
shuttingdowntheconsole.
Failedinshuttingdowntheconsole. Restartthesystem.
%3
Anerroroccursinsidetheprogram. Restartthesystem.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
19 CslAdv_Modality 1% Anerroroccursinsidetheprogram. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
1%:Spoterroroccurred
sendingareporttothe
simplifedorderingdevice.
Failedinsendingareporttothesimplifed
orderingdevice.
Restartthesystem.
19 CslAdv_Modality Failedtogetvaluefrom
DDO:tag=%1
FailedinacquiringtheTomosynthesis
informationfromDDO.
restart DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Tomosynthesis-
relatedtags
defnedbyDDO
19 CslAdv_Modality FailedtoGetResouce
iReConstructCondition
Failedinacquiringtheinformationfromthe
restructuringconditionfle.
300CL.
ModalityIF.
ReacquisitionImage
(RETAKE)-imageKey=
%1
Failedinretransmissionprocessing. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
%1:Deviceinformation
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-20
20 CslAdv_Modality FailedtoexecuteModalityIF.
ReacquisitionImage(RETAKE_
STOP)-imageKey=%1
Failedindeletingretransmissionmenu. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
%1:Deviceinformation
SelectorList.
GetImageData()
20 CslAdv_Modality ImageDataCreateError Anerroroccursinsidetheprogram. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
%3
%4
Anerroroccursinsidetheprogram. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Erroroutline
%4:Errordetails
21 CslAdv_Qc Unhandleexception
ocurred
Anunclearsystemerroroccurred. RestartQC.Ifthesamephenomenon
%3
%4
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Erroroutline
%4:Errordetails
acquiringsystemsetting
information(IPsizeseries).
Failedinacquiringsystemsetting
information(IPsizeseries).
Restartthesystem.
%3
%4
Failedincheckingmenucondition. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Erroroutline
%4:Errordetails
23 CslAdv_Modality catch Exception Anerroroccursinsidetheprogram. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
MenuSelectStateCheck
Failedinmenuselectingprocess.
MenuselectionisdisabledinDR-ID300
CL status.
MenuUnSelectStateCheck
Failedinmenuselectingprocess.
MenuselectionisdisabledinDR-ID300
CL status.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-21
ReqExposurePreparation
CancelStateChecker.
Check()
23 CslAdv_Modality ImageIDincorrect
(imageIds.Length=%1
Dataintheimagedatabaseisinvalid. ShutdownDR-ID300CL,andcheckthe
imagedatabase.
%1:Therecordnumber
oftheimage
database.
23 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatusofMixMenu
isn'tReadyUp.
Menustatusisinvalid. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
failedlogclassinitilalize
%3
Failedininitializingthelogoutputfunction. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
failedoutputlog
%3
Failedinoutputtingthelog. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
24 [RE00024]Initializationhas
notbeencompleted.
Initializationhasnotbeencompleted. Restartthesystem.
ErrorNumber=%3,
ErrorCode=%4,
ExtraMessage=%5,
DataSouceType=%6,
messag_mode=%7,win_
func=%8,selectorNo=
%9,hostName=%10
AnerrorwasnotifedfromtheImage
Reader.
ConfrmtheImageReader. %1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errorcharacter
string ID
%4:Errorcode
%5:Detailed
descriptionfor
errors
%6:IDforidentifying
thedatasource
which this error
character string is
stored
%7:Procedureof
specifyingmeans
oferrormessage
display
%8:WinFuncdefnition
(FRUP)
%9:Selectornumber
%10:Hostname
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-22
25 [RE00025]Failedinlogoff. Failedinlogoff. Restartthesystem.
%3
%4
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Erroroutline
%4:Errordetails
registering the patient
information.
Failedinregisteringthepatientinformation. Registerthepatientinformationagainfrom
theorderingsystem.
%3
%4
FailedinexecutingutilityoftheImage
Reader.
occurred
%3:Erroroutline
%4:Errordetails
reservingastudy.
Failedinreservingastudy. Reservethestudyinformationagainfrom
theorderingsystem.
astudyautomaticallyfrom
theSimplifedOrdering.
Failedinstartingastudyautomatically
fromtheSimplifedOrdering.
ReservethestudyfromtheOrdering
deviceagain.
astudyautomaticallyfrom
theSimplifedOrdering.
Failedinstartingastudyautomatically
fromtheSimplifedOrdering.
Registerpatientinformationfromthe
Orderingdeviceagain.
30 CslAdv_Modality 1% Anerroroccursinsidetheprogram. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
30 [RE00030]Invaliddatahas
beenentered.
Invaliddatahasbeenentered. RegisteritfromtheOrderingdeviceagain.
IMDIFUtilityInterface.
Initialize
FailedininitializingImageReaderUtility. Restartthesystem.
30 CslAdv_Modality FailedtoGetResourceInfo:
resource_info=%1
FailedinacquiringtheresourceofImage
ReaderUtility.
Restartthesystem.
%1:Dynamicresource
information
acquiredfrom
ModalityIF.
30 CslAdv_Modality Failedto
CreateXmlResource
Anerroroccursinsidetheprogram. Restartthesystem.
IMDIFUtilityInterface.
QueryRequisiteResource :
resource=
FailedinsettingtheresourceofImage
ReaderUtility.
Restartthesystem.
%1:Dynamicresource
informationtohand
overtoModalityIF.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-23
thesystem.
Failedinstartingthesystem. Restartthesystem.
32 [RE00032]Studycondition
cannotbechanged.
Studyconditioncannotbechanged. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
%3
%4
Failedinprocessingintheprogram. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Erroroutline
%4:Errordetails
40 CslAdv_Modality Err[%1.NotifyOKButton] FailedinprocessingOKbuttononthe
connecteddevicestatusdialogwindow
%1.
system.
%1:Dialogwindowname
40 CslAdv_Modality Failedto%1.
NotifyVisibleScreen[param
showFlag=true]
Failedindisplayingtheconnecteddevice
statusdialogwindow%1.
system.
%1:Dialogwindowname
ClickIndicator[paramnum=
%1]
statuswindow.
system.
%1:Clickedindicator
number.
40 CslAdv_Modality FailedtoDispScreen[param
num=%1]
system.
%1:Dialogwindowname
40 CslAdv_Modality FailedtostatusDlg.
PreparationShow[param
num=%1]
statusdialogwindow.
system.
%1:Thedialogwindow
numberattempted
todisplay.
SwitchScreen[param
num=%1]
system.
%1:Dialogwindowname
40 CslAdv_Modality Failedtto
ChangeShotReadyStatus:
status=%1
Failedinrequestingtoenable/disablean
exposureofShotReady.
system.
%1:Transitionstatusof
ShotReady
50 CslAdv_Re Unknown error when
interact with plugin
commands
Unknownerrorwaspassedthroughduring
plugincommandprocessing.
Restartthesystem.
64 CslAdv_Re Failedinapplinkerinit AproblemoccurredinReception.confg
fle.
RestoreReception.confgfle.
100 CslAdv_Re Cantloadplugin Allpluginscouldnotbeimported. CheckPluginDefnition.xml.
Reinstallplugins,suchasReStudyList.dll
andReWorkList.dll.
110 CslAdv_Re Unhandlederror Unhandledexceptionhasoccurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-24
200 CslAdv_Re Failedininteractingwith
[_console_db]database
_console_dbdoesnotexist.
ConnectionwiththeSQLserverwas
disconnected.
TheSQLservicehasbeenstopped.
ConfrmconnectionwiththeSQLserver.If
theapplicationisnotconnectedtotheSQL
server, set up the connection with the
server.
Check if the SQL service has been
stopped.Iftheservicehasbeenstopped,
Backupthedataof_console_dbandthen
recreate_console_db.
200 ClsAdv_Tomo 1%
2%
AnerroroccurredinQAprocessing. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1%:Modulename
where an error
occurred
2%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
202 CslAdv_Qc InitializeQCerror. FailedininitializingQC.Necessary
resourceandcomponentsmaynotexist.
RestartQC.Ifthesamephenomenon
203 CslAdv_Qc Can'tshowmagnifed
imageform.
RAWimagedataisnotintheselected
folder.
TheimageforQCmaybeillegal.Exposea
newimageandperformtheoperation
again.
231 CslAdv_Re Parametervaluesforquery
datafrom[_recept_image_
db]isinvalid
_recept_image_dbdoesnotexist. Initializethedatabase.Ifthesame
system.
232 CslAdv_Re Initializedadapterfor[_
recept_image_db]DB
failed.
_recept_image_dbdoesnotexist. Initializethedatabase.Ifthesame
system.
233 CslAdv_Re SQL exception when
interact[_recept_image_
db]DB.
_recept_image_dbdoesnotexist.
disconnected.
server.
Backupthedataof_recept_image_dband
thenrecreate_recept_image_db.
290 CslAdv_Re FailedinconnectingtoMS
Accessdatabase
NetConfg.mdbdoesnotexistinC:\
ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIPfolderand
subfolder.
Characterstringoftheconnectionto
Depart.mdb,Paramedic.mdb,NetConfg.
mdbdoesnotexistinDirectory.inifleof
C:\ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\System
folder,orthepathisinvalid
ReinstallDepart.mdb,Paramedic.mdb,
NetConfg.mdb.
Check character string of the connection to
thesedatabasesin"C:\ProgramFiles\
Fujiflm\IIP\System"folder.
Ifconnectioncharacterstringdoesnot
exist,addthepathofthereinstalled
database.
Ifconnectioncharacterstringisinvalid,
changethepathtothoseofthereinstalled
database.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-25
290 CslAdv_Re Failedinaccessingthe
IDMassHistorydatabase
Anerroroccurredintheinformationread
duringrecordinsertion.
291 CslAdv_Re Couldnotloadinformation
fromdatabase
disconnected.
mdbdonotexistin"C:\ProgramFiles\
Fujiflm\IIP"folderandsubfolder.
Characterstringoftheconnectionto
mdbdoesnotexistinDirectory.inifleof
"C:\ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\System"
folder,orthepathisinvalid
server.
ReinstallDepart.mdb,Paramedic.mdb,
NetConfg.mdb.
Check character string of the connection to
thesedatabasesin"C:\ProgramFiles\
Fujiflm\IIP\System"folder.Ifconnection
characterstringdoesnotexist,addthe
pathofthereinstalleddatabase.If
connectioncharacterstringisinvalid,
changethepathtothoseofthereinstalled
database.
Restart the application.
300 CslAdv_Re Failedinconnectingto
[_recept_image_db]
database
disconnected.
server.
fromdatabase
disconnected.
server.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-26
302 CslAdv_Re Couldnotstoredatainthe
database.
disconnected.
server.
302 CslAdv_Qc Failedinaccessingimage
fles
RAWimagedataisnotintheselected
folder.
Confrmtheauthorityandthefreespace
forthedestinationfoldertosave.
303 CslAdv_Qc Measurementprocessing
cannotbeimplemented.
Illegalimagedata(incompletedata). Performanexposureagain.Ifthesame
300CL.
304 CslAdv_Qc Anerroroccurred.Error
code:{0}
Illegalimagedata.
For the cause of the failure of
measurement,refertotheerrorcode{0}.
Thedatamaynotbesupported.Ifthe
samephenomenonrecurred,exposean
imageagain.
{0}:Errorcode
307 CslAdv_Qc Theimageisillegal Illegalimagedata.
Itscausecannotbeidentifed.
TheimageforQCmaybeillegal.Exposea
newimageandperformtheoperation
again.
308 CslAdv_Qc Savegridviewsettings
occurs error
QCapplicationmayhaveacomponent
problem.
310 CslAdv_Qc Terminate[QCCalculation]
moduleoccurserror
QCapplicationmayhaveacomponent
problem.
311 CslAdv_Qc Deleteimagefleswhen
fnishQCoccurserror
Anerroroccurredwhendeletingtheread
dataafterfnishingQC.
Thesub-foldersintheselectedimagedata
folderarechanged,ortheselectedimage
datafoldersaccessauthorityischanged.
Deletethefoldermanuallyafterfnished
QC.
314 CslAdv_Qc Anerroroccurred.Error
code:{0}
Illegalimagedata.
For the cause of the failure of
measurement,refertotheerrorcode{0}.
samephenomenonrecurred,takethe
imageagain.
{0}:Errorcode
316 CslAdv_Qc SaveQCdataoccurserror AnerroroccurredwhensavingtheQC
data.
Analreadyexistingflemightnotbe
overwritten.
317 CslAdv_Qc Access Violation Exception No access authority. RestartQC.Ifthesamephenomenon
330 CslAdv_Re CouldnotdeleteInput.xml
flereturnfromBC::RisIf
"C:\ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\Work\BC_
RIS\Input"folderdoesnotexist.
Restore"C:\ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\
Work\BC_RIS\Input\"directorypath.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-27
330 CslAdv_Re CouldnotreadInput.xml
flereturnfromBC::RisIf
"C:\ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\Work\BC_
RIS\Input"folderdoesnotexist.
Restore"C:\ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\
Work\BC_RIS\Input\"directorypath.
332 CslAdv_Re CouldnotaccessMenuDB. TheMenudatabasedoesnotexist. RestoretheMenudatabase.
340 CslAdv_Re Couldnotconnectto
PatientDatadatabase.
PatientDatadoesnotexist. RestorethePatientdatabase.
360 CslAdv_Re Couldnotgetflepathof
BCRdatafle
Thetypeofbarcodecardisinvalid.
Thedataofbarcodecardisincorrect.
Checkthecard.
Selectthebarcodecardtypewhichis
supportedbythesystem.
Specifythedatawithvalidbarcode.
360 CslAdv_Re CouldnotreadBCRdata
fle
Thetypeofbarcodecardisinvalid.
Thedataofbarcodecardisincorrect.
Checkthecard.
Selectthebarcodecardtypewhichis
Specifythedatawithvalidbarcode.
370 CslAdv_Re Couldnotgetflepathof
MCRdatafle
Thetypeofmagneticcardisinvalid.
Thedataofmagneticcardisincorrect.
Checkthecard.
Selectthemagneticcardtypewhichis
Specifythevaliddataofmagneticcard.
370 CslAdv_Re CouldnotreadMCRdata
fle
Thetypeofmagneticcardisinvalid.
Thedataofmagneticcardisincorrect.
Checkthecard.
Selectthemagneticcardtypewhichis
Specifythevaliddataofmagneticcard.
402 CslAdv_Re SEHExceptioncontent AnerroroccurredinLoadDDO. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
406 CslAdv_Re Can'tnotconvertdatato
displayformat
Displayformatofthedataisincorrect. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
453 CslAdv_Re Failedingetregistrykey
value.
Registrykeyvalueisinvalid.
Thecorrespondingregistrykeydoesnot
exist.
Install the registry key.
Correct the registry key value.
500 CslAdv_Qc Getdatafromstationtable
failed
503 CslAdv_Qc SaveCSVflefailed AnerroroccurredwhensavingtheQC
data.
overwritten.
Harddiskmaynothaveenoughfree
space, or you have no writable authority.
Confrmthedestinationfoldertosave.
507 CslAdv_QA QADBAccessor.dll
ImgDBCExWrapper
GetInstance
Failedinbrowsingtheimagedatabase. Confrm_console_db,andrestartDR-ID
300CL.
510 CslAdv_Re Createreportfleerror Informationcouldnotbesavedinoutput.
xmlfle.
630 CslAdv_Re Failedinconnectingtothe
receptimagedatabase.
FailedtopreparethedataforstartingPDI
function.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-28
634 CslAdv_Re Youdonothavepermission
todeletestudy.
Thedataisincorrect. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
635 CslAdv_Re Selecteditemsareinvalid. CustomsettingsofMWMworklistare
incorrect.
CheckthecustomsettingsofMWMwork
list.
Restart DR-ID300CL.
650 CslAdv_Re +NoprocUIDspecifedfor
the request
+Autostartformultiple
studiesisnotsupported
Thefollowingproblemsoccurredduring
theautostartofstudiesrequestedfromthe
outside.
Nostudy.
Therearetwoormorestudies.
Stopthestudythatresultedinerror.
Resetparameters,andrepeattheauto
startofstudiesfromtheoutside.
920 CslAdv_Re Failedinsettingtheimage
information
MWMImage.mdbfledoesnotexistin
"C:\ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\
MWMStudyList"folderorisread-onlyfle.
IfMWMImage.mdbdoesnotexistin"C:\
ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\MWMStudyList"
folder,restoreitfromtheinstaller.
Releasetheread-onlyproperty.
921 CslAdv_Re Failedinobtaining
informationfromdatabase
MWMConfg.mdb
MWMImage.mdbfledoesnotexistin
MWMStudyList"folder.
IfMWMImage.mdbdoesnotexistin"C:\
from[MWMConfg.mdb]
MWMConfg.mdbfledoesnotexistin
MWMStudyList"folder.
IfMWMConfg.mdbdoesnotexistin"C:\
1000 CslAdv_MdIf Module=%1,Class=%2,
Method=%3,%4
Defectiveprogram(error). Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Filename
%2:Classname
%3:Methodname
%4:Detailmessage
1000 CslAdv_Re Failedinloading
confgurationinformation
fromSysConfgDB
SysConfg.mdbfledoesnotexistin"C:\
ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\Confg"folder.
IfSysConfg.mdbdoesnotexistin"C:\
ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\Confg"folder,
restoreitfromtheinstaller.
1000 IIPUserUtility "Main()"
"ExceptionNotifcationfrom
UnhandledException
EventHandler"
FailedinlaunchingtheUserUtility.exe
application.
system.
1000 IIPUserUtility 1%2%3% Outofmemory
Directorybrowsingerror
IIP/ConfgdirectoryandIIP/System
directoryunderFujiflmdonotexist.
Filebrowsingerror
Executionfle(IIPUserUtility.exe)doesnot
exist.
Nullbrowsingerror
Failedinlaunchingtheexecutionfle
(IIPUserUtility.exe).
Exceptionerror
Programerror.
system.
2%:Message
3%:EventID
Event logs output by
UserUtility.exe are
categorizedto5
patterns.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-29
1000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Initializefaild FailedininitializingGUI. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1000
to
20854
ClsAdv_Tomo 1%
2%
AnerroroccurredinQAprocessing. RestartDR-ID300CL.Ifthesame
300CL.
1%:Modulename
where an error
occurred
2%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
1005 CslAdv_MdIf ConvertTubecodefle
error.
Tube/techniquecodeconversionfleerror. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
1005 CslAdv_Re InitializeMenuSelfailed Failedindisplayingthesettingscreenfor
an active target.
1006 CslAdv_MdIf Positioningfleerror. Positioningfleerror. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
1007 CslAdv_MdIf Filterdefnitionfleerror. Errorofflterinformationdefnitionfledata. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
1010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Linker.Init error FailedininitializingLinker. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1011 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert InitializeIDAutoConvert
error
DR-ID 300CL.
1012 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Linker.
SendWakeupComplete
error
Failedinprocessingtoinstruct
SendWakeupComplete.
DR-ID 300CL.
1014 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert MyLinker.
SendWakeupComplete
error
Failedinprocessingtoinstruct
SendWakeupComplete.
DR-ID 300CL.
1015 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert DirectoryInfo.Initialize()
error
Failedinacquiringthepathinformation. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1020 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert matchingProc.Initialize
failed
Failedininitializingthematching
processing section.
DR-ID 300CL.
1030 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert AppSettingInfo() error Failedinreadingthedefaultsetting
information.
DR-ID 300CL.
1031 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert AdjustDialogSize()error Failedinadjustingthedialogsize. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-30
1032 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert MatchingCommon()error Failedininitializingthecommonmatching
processing section.
DR-ID 300CL.
1033 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert progressGUI()error Failedingeneratingtheprogressscreen. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1034 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert ProgressGUI.Initializeerror Failedininitializingtheprogressscreen. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1040 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert FailedtoexecuteLinker.
End:Linker.End=%1
FailedintheendprocessingofLinker. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Completionstate
of Linker
1060 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GetProgressStateerror Failedinacquiringtheprogress
information.
DR-ID 300CL.
1061 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert ProgressTimeOutCount
error
Anretryerroroccurredinupdatingthe
progress ratio.
DR-ID 300CL.
1070 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Matching process cancel. Failedinconvertingthematchingprocess
result.
DR-ID 300CL.
1070 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert resultGUICtrl.SetResultInfo
faild
Failedinconvertingthematchingprocess
result.
DR-ID 300CL.
1080 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert MatchingCancelTimeout Time-outoccurredwhilewaitingforcancel. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1081 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert InitializeError:%1 Failedininitialization. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Errorcode
1082 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert CancelComplete Failedinmatching. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
1082 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert MatchingComplete(NG):
%1=%2
Failedinmatching. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Theprocessstatus
%2:Errorcode
1109 CslAdv_Re FailedinInitializeFris
Client
UnabletoconnecttotheFRISsystem. Restartthesystem.
1310 CslAdv_Re ErrorfromBCRisIf Dataofstartingstudyisinvalid. Registerstudydata.
1550
to
1555
ClsAdv_Tomo 1%
2%
DR-ID 300CL.
1%:Modulename
where an error
occurred
2%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-31
1601 CslAdv_Re Generalexceptionof
KenshinOrder
Anerroroccurredinthesoftkeyboard
screen.
1605 CslAdv_Re Failedinaccessinginto
MassOrder.mdb
Anerroroccurredwhenconnectingto
MassOrderDB.
1614 CslAdv_Re InvalidFormat FailedindisplayingtheAutoNumberIDand
PatientID.
1622 CslAdv_Re Thesitecodemappingtag
isinvalid
Themappingdatainformationatthetime
of starting up the Console is illegal.
1650
to
1653
ClsAdv_Tomo 1%
2%
DR-ID 300CL.
1%:Modulename
where an error
occurred
2%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
1700 [AC01700]Anerror
occurred.
1700 CslAdv_Re Overlap patientID failure Anerroroccurredwhilecheckingthe
overlappingatthestartofthestudy.
1703 CslAdv_Re AccessIDMassHistory,mdb
failed
Anerroroccurredinresettingtheautomatic
IDassignmentoftheIDissuancefunction
formassscreening.
1705 CslAdv_Re Failedinaccessinginto
MassOrder.mdb
WiththeautomaticIDassignmentON,
failedinselectingthemassscreeningtype,
setting the ExposurePart button, focus
setting of the exposure part, or focus
settingofthemassscreeningtype.
1706 CslAdv_Re Format
IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat
failure
FormatoftheIssuanceIdMassOrder.datis
illegal.
Modifythesettingof
IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat.
1853 CslAdv_Re Failedinaccessingintothe
consoleimagedb
Failedinaccessingtheconsole_dbwhen
deletingtherecordofthe
IDMassHistoryDB.
1999 MediaStorage MediaStorage:ctrlLinker_
ReceiveEvent:%1:
MediaStorage
Anexceptionerroroccurredduringthe
operationinthemedialistat%1.
%1:Exceptionmessage
1999 MediaStorage MediaStorage:subEndProc
ess:%1:MediaStorage
%1:Exceptionmessage
1999 MediaStorage MediaStorage:subChkRun
DispFlg:%1:MediaStorage
%1:Exceptionmessage
2000 CslAdv_
DaemonActivity
1%2% Abnormalityoccurredinacquiringsetting
valuefromSysConfg,etc.Operatewiththe
defaultvalue.
system.
1%:Errormessage
2%:Errorspot
(Stackinformation)
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-32
2000 CslAdv_
DaemonActivity
InitializationFailed FailedininitializingAnsemblelinker. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
Method=%3,%4
Defectiveprogram(error). Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Filename
%2:Classname
%3:Methodname
%4:Detailmessage
2001 [MI02001]Failedinthe
referenceofthereader
device.
Failedinthereferenceofthereader
device.
Restartthesystem.
2001 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Faildtoexecute
DataContainerMain.Peek
Failedinacquiringtheflepathat
DataContainer.
DR-ID 300CL.
2002 [MI02002]Anerror
occurred.
2002 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Targetflereaderror[%1] Anerroroccurredinreadinglistfleofthe
massscreeningtargets.
Confrmthefle.Iftheerroriscausedby
%1:Filename
2003 [MI02003]Anerror
occurred.
2003 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Targetfleremoveerror[%1] Anerroroccurredindeletingthelistfleof
theselectedstudies.
%1:Filename
2010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert FaildSendMessage Failedinsendingtheprocesscompletion
notifcation.
DR-ID 300CL.
2020 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert FaildPostMessage FailedinsendingtheFatalErrormessage. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
2600 [TS02600]Failedin
accessingImagedatabase
duetoanerrorinPPUIF.
FailedinaccessingImagedatabasedueto
an error in PPUIF.
DR-ID 300CL.
2800
to
2814
ClsAdv_Tomo AnerroroccurredinTomoPPUCommCtrl.
dll.
Anerroroccurredintheconnectionwith
PPU.
Check the connection to PPU server.
Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,restart
DR-ID 300CL.
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
3000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert idAutoConvert=null FailedingeneratingIDAutoConvert.dll
instance.
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-33
3000
to
3008
ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredin
TomoImgProcReqQueueCtrl.dll.
Anerroroccurredwheninitializingthe
TomosynthesisView.
DR-ID 300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
3001 [MI03001]Systemerror
occurred.
Systemerroroccurred. Restartthesystem.
3001 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert cbProcessComplete=null Failedinacquiringthecallbackmethod
address.
DR-ID 300CL.
3002 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert funcPtr=null Failedinregisteringthecallback. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
3003 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert SysConfgDBtoIdAuto
ConvertIni()failed
FailedinwritingtheSysConfgDBvalueto
IdAutoConvert.ini.
Confrmthefle.Ifthesamephenomenon
3004 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert idAutoConvert.Initialize()
failed
FailedininitializingIdAutoConvert.dll. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
3010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert resultInfo=null Failedingeneratingthematchingresult
storage region.
DR-ID 300CL.
3202 ClsAdv_Tomo AccessDDOtag"+
strNumberTag+"isfailed
Anerroroccurredwhenacquiringthe
values of DDO tags.
CheckwhethertheDDOflesexist.IfDDO
flesexist,checkwhethertagsexistand
whetherthedataarevalid.
4000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert OnRequestEvent=NULL Failedinsendingtheeventthatthe
prematchbuttonisclicked.
DR-ID 300CL.
4010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert OnRequestEvent=NULL Failedinsendingtheeventthatthereal
matchingbuttonisclicked.
DR-ID 300CL.
4020 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GuiAdpException FailedintheGuiAdpprocessingwhenthe
fleselectionbuttonisclicked.
DR-ID 300CL.
5000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert [%1] Thedefnitionfleforresultdisplayinglist
doesnotexist.
%1:Filepath
5001 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert mainItemDataTable=null Failedingeneratingthedataforresult
displayinglist(DataTable).
DR-ID 300CL.
5002 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert mainItemDataSet=null Failedingeneratingthedataforresult
displayinglist(DataSet).
DR-ID 300CL.
5003 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert SetupMatchingNamefailed Failedininitializingthescreenfor
displayingtheprocessingresult.
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-34
5004 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert catchGuiAdpException Failedinretrievingthestringsforupdating
theresultdisplayinglist.
DR-ID 300CL.
5005 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert catch Exception Anoperationerroroftheresultdisplaying
listoccurred.
DR-ID 300CL.
5010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert mainItemDataTable=null Anargumenterroroccurredwhile
registeringthematchingresult(registering
the list).
DR-ID 300CL.
5020 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GuiAdpException AGuiAdperroroccurredwhileretrieving
thematchingtype.
DR-ID 300CL.
6000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert ArgumentException Anargumenterroroccurredwhilereading
theXMLfleforrequestingaprocessing.
DR-ID 300CL.
6001 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert XmlException FailedinprocessingtheXMLfleinreading
theXMLfleforrequestingaprocessing.
DR-ID 300CL.
6010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert ArgumentException Anargumenterroroccurredwhile
generatingthematchingresultfle.
DR-ID 300CL.
6011 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert XmlException FailedinprocessingtheXMLflein
generatingthematchingresultfle.
DR-ID 300CL.
6384 MediaStorRtrv FFIIPMedia0008,0060
GetStringErrReturn
Method(FcStorProc::
ImageFilering)
FailedinacquiringtheModality(0008,
0060).
"RestartDR-ID300CL.
reinstallDR-ID300CL."
6385 MediaStorRtrv FFIIPMediaDDOFILE
INVALIDMethod
(FcStorProc::
ImageFilering)
TheModality(0008,0060)tagdoesnot
exist.
6386 MediaStorRtrv FFIIPMedia0018,1401
GetStringErrReturn
Method(FcStorProc::
ImageFilering)
FailedinacquiringtheMPMcode(0018,
1401).
6387 MediaStorRtrv FFIIPMediaDDOFILE
INVALIDMethod
(FcStorProc::
ImageFilering)
TheMPMcode(0018,1401)tagdoesnot
exist.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-35
6388 MediaStorRtrv FFIIPMediafcMenuDB.
Connect()ErrMethod
(FcStorProc::
ImageFilering)
FailedinaccessingtheMenuData.mdb. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
6389 MediaStorRtrv FFIIPMediaMPMCodeno
ExistMethod(FcStorProc::
ImageFilering)
TheMPMCodedoesnotexistin
MenuData.mdb.
7000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert NullReferenceException Failedinconvertingtheconfginformation
numericalvalue.
Confrmthesystemsettings.Iftheproblem
isfoundinthesystem,reinstallDR-ID
300CL.
7000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert FormatException Failedinconvertingtheconfginformation
numericalvalue.
300CL.
7001 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GetSettingValueexception Anerroroccurredwhilecheckingtheupper
limitoftheConfgvalue.
300CL.
7001 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert ProgressRatioOfPreIn
MatchingKeyNG>max
Anerroroccurredwhilecheckingtheupper
300CL.
7002 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert ProgressRatioOfPreIn
MatchingKeyNG<min
Anerroroccurredwhilecheckingthelower
300CL.
8000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GuiAdpException AnerroroccurredintheGuiAdpconversion
processing.
DR-ID 300CL.
8010 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GuiAdpException AnerroroccurredintheGuiAdpconversion
processing.
DR-ID 300CL.
8020 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert Monitor1Resolution Anerroroccurredwhileconvertingthe
screen resolution.
DR-ID 300CL.
8021 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert SysDBCException Anerroroccurredwhileretrievingthe
resolutioninsystemsettings.
DR-ID 300CL.
9100 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GetDirectoryString(DirKey
Confg)
Failedinacquiringtheconfgdirectory
path.
DR-ID 300CL.
9101 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GetDirectoryString(DirKey
Log)
Failedinobtainingthelogflepath. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
9102 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert GetDirectory(DirKeyIDAC
Work)
Failedinacquiringtheworkingdirectory
path.
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-36
9999 CslAdv_Delivery DeviceStateListData
ChangeAttrStringFailed.\r\
n{0}\r\n{1}
Exceptionoccurredwhenconverting
deviceattributevalueofthedatabaseto
thecharacterstringfordisplay.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
ChangeStatusString
Failed.\r\n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredwhenconverting
devicestatusofthedatabasetocharacter
stringfordisplay.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
GetListDataFailed.\r\n{0}\r\
n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredwhenacquiring
datafordisplayofdevicestatuslist.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfgFile
LoadConfgFileFailed.\r\
n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredduringreading
processofXMLfle.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfgFile
SaveConfgFileFailed.\r\
n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredduringsaving
processofXMLfle.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery ListViewConfgFile.
LoadBaseConfg-Not
Defned<FontName>
NULLvalueorblankletterwasnotifedin
Fontname.
system.
LoadBaseConfg-Not
Found<FontSize>
SelectSingleNodemethodoftherootnode
returnedNotFound.
system.
LoadColumns-NotFound
<Column><Alignment>
SelectSingleNodemethodofAlignment
returnedNotFound.
system.
<Column><MatchingType>
SelectSingleNodemethodofMatchingType
returnedNotFound.
system.
<Column><Name>
SelectSingleNodemethodofName
returnedNotFound.
system.
<Column><Width>
SelectSingleNodemethodofWidth
returnedNotFound.
system.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-37
LoadColumns-Parse
Failed
<Column><Alignment>\r\
n{0}\r\n{1}
processofColumns.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
LoadColumns-Parse
Failed<Column>
<MatchingType>\r\n{0}\r\
n{1}
processofColumns.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
LoadQuery-NotDefned
<QueryName>
SelectSingleNodemethodofMatchingType
returnedNotFound.
system.
LoadQuery-NotFound
<MaxCount>
SelectSingleNodemethodofMaxCount
returnedNotFound.
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery NotFoundRootNode SelectSingleNodemethodoftherootnode
returnedNotFound.
system.
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputDBCloseFailed.\r\
n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredindatabase
disconnectingprocess.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputDBConnectFailed.\
r\n{0}\r\n{1}
connecting process.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputDBDisposeFailed.\
r\n{0}\r\n{1}
AnexceptionoccurredinDispose(Dispose
fag)process.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputDB
OpenSQLDatasetFailed.\r\
n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredindatasetacquiring
process.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicator
ChangeStatusFailed.\r\
n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredinprocessof
changingtostatusdisplay.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
dependency_OnChange
changing process.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-38
IndicatorLabel_Click
ClickIndicatorisnull.
Clickeventoftheindicatorlabelisnotset
intheupperorder.
system.
IndicatorLabel_Click
Anexceptionoccurredinclickevent
processing.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicatorInitialize
Anexceptionoccurredininitialization. Checkthesettingparameterandthen
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicatorInitialize
GuiAdpError.\r\n{0}\r\n{1}
AnexceptionoccurredinGUIinitialization. Checkthesettingparameterandthen
system.
{1}: Stack trace
InitSqlDependency
ConnectionString is illegal.
NULLvalueorblankletterwasnotifedto
SQL server connection character string.
system.
InitSqlDependencyFailed.\
r\n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredininitializationof
SqlDependency.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
InitSqlDependency
InvalidOperationException.\
r\n{0}\r\n{1}
Anoperationalexceptionoccurredin
initializationofSqlDependency.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
InitSqlDependency
SqlException.\r\n{0}\r\n{1}
AnSQLexceptionoccurredininitialization
ofSqlDependency.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
SetSqlDependencyFailed.\
r\n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredinsettingprocess
ofSqlDependency.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicatorTerminate
Anexceptionoccurredincompletion
processing.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputIndicatorTerminate
SqlException.\r\n{0}\r\n{1}
AnSQLexceptionoccurredincompletion
processing.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-39
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputQueueListData
ChangeDateStringFailed.\
r\n{0}\r\n{1}
convertingStudyDatevaluetodate
characterstringfordisplay.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputQueueListData
GetListDataFailed.\r\n{0}\r\
n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredinacquiringdatafor
displayofoutputqueuelist.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen
DeleteButton_ClickFailed.\
r\n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredindeletingprocess. Checkthesettingparameterandthen
system.
{1}: Stack trace
DevStsGroupButton_Click
Anexceptionoccurredintransitionto
devicestatusdisplay.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen DevStsList_
OnErrEvent.\r\n{0}
Devicestatusdisplaylistcontrolerrorwas
notifed.
system.
{0}:Notifcation
message
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreenInitialize
Anexceptionoccurredininitialization. Checkthesettingparameterandthen
system.
{1}: Stack trace
InitializeMsgClientFailed.\r\
n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredinmessageclient
initialization.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
InitializeMsgClient
MsgClient.InitFailed.
Failedinmessageclientinitialization. Checkthesettingparameterandthen
system.
NextPageButton_Click
Anexceptionoccurredinnotifcation
processingofpageforwardbutton
pressing.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
NotifyVisibleScreenFailed.\
r\n{0}\r\n{1}
processofdisplay/nondisplayswitching.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
OutQueGroupButton_Click
transitiontooutputqueuedisplay.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-40
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen OutQueList_
OnErrEvent.\r\n{0}
Outputqueuedisplaylistcontrolerrorwas
notifed.
system.
{0}:Notifcation
message
ScrollFailed.\r\n{0}\r\n{1}
processingofoutputqueuedisplaylist
control scroll.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
SelectionChangedFailed.\
r\n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredinchange
notifcationprocessingofoutputqueue
displaylistcontrolselectingstatus.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
PostMessageFailed.
Postprocessingofsendingmessage
returnedanerror.
system.
PostMessageFailed.\r\n{0}\
r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredinsendingprocess
ofre-output/deletemessage.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
PrevPageButton_Click
processingofpagebackwardbutton
pressing.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
ReceiveMsgFuncError.\r\
n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredinmessage
receiving process.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
RefreshButton_Click
Anexceptionoccurredindisplayupdating
process.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
9999 CslAdv_Delivery OutputScreen RetryButton_
ClickFailed.\r\n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredinre-outputting
process.
system.
{1}: Stack trace
10000 [MD10000]Anerrorhas
occurredincompletion
processingoftheImage
Reader.
Anerroroccurredincompletionprocessing
oftheImageReader.
Restartthesystem.
10000 [QA10000]Anerror
occurred.
10001 CslAdv_Re Sendmessagefail. Connectiontofrewallhasbeen
disconnected.
Checkprocessingstatusoffrewall
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-41
10001 [MD10001]Failedin
fromtheimagedatabase.
imagedatabase.
Restartthesystem.
occurred.
enteringinformation.
Failedinenteringinformation. Enterproperinformationintheinputitem
thatcomeswithamark.
10001 [SM10001]Theharddiskis
full.
Theharddiskisfull. Deleteunnecessaryimagesfromthelist.
10001 [ST10001]Anerrorthat
disablestocontinue
operationoccurred.
Anerrorthatdisablestocontinueoperation
occurred.
Restartthesystem.
10001 FFIdAutoConvert *Amethodnameanda
failedprocessnameare
outputdependingonthe
error spot.
Anunrecoverableerroroccurredinthe
process.
DR-ID300CLrestartsautomatically.
RestartDR-ID300CLifithasfrozen.Ifthe
system.
* This part is
appropriatedfrom
V4.0.
10001
to
19999
CslAdv_Study 1% Failedinoperatingdata. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
1%:Errorfunction
name
ExcludingNo.1to
44 IDs.
10001
to
19999
CslAdv_Study *Amethodnameanda
error spot.
Failedinoperatingdata. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
ErrorNumber=%3,
ErrorCode=%4,
ExtraMessage=%5,
DataSouceType=%6,
messag_mode=%7,win_
func=%8,selectorNo=
%9,hostName=%10
AnerrorwasnotifedfromtheImage
Reader.
occurred
%3:Errorcharacter
string ID
%4:Errorcode
%5:Detailed
descriptionfor
errors
%6:IDforidentifying
thedatasource
which this error
character string ID
isstored
%7:Procedureof
specifyingmeans
oferrormessage
display
%8:WinFuncdefnition
(FRUP)
%9:Selectornumber
%10:Hostname
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-42
10002 [MD10002]Failedinsetting
theinformationtothe
imagedatabase.
Failedinsettingtheinformationtothe
imagedatabase.
Restartthesystem.
10002 [QA10002]Failedinstarting
QA.
FailedinstartingQA. Restartthesystem.
10002 [RE10002]Failedinreading
themagneticcard.
Failedinreadingthemagneticcard. Checkthecard.
10002 [ST10002]Failedin
receivinginformationfrom
themagneticcardreaderor
barcodereader.
Failedinreceivinginformationfromthe
magneticcardreaderorbarcodereader.
Restartthesystem.
10002 [SM10002]Theremaining
battery charge of the
Console PC is low.
TheremainingbatterychargeofthePCis
low.
Stopoperationandrechargethebattery.
10002 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredwhenchangingimage
types(exposedimageorre-exposed
image).
Preformtheoperationagain.Ifthesame
phenomenonrecurred,restartDR-ID
300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
%3
%4
Failedinprocessingintheprogram. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Erroroutline
%4:Errordetails
10003 [MD10003]Failedinissuing
Failedinissuingtheimageinformation. Restartthesystem.
10003 [QA10003]Failedin
themagneticcard.
Failedinreadingthemagneticcard. Swipethecardagainorcheckthecontents
ofthecard.
10003 [ST10003]Failedinsetting
the exposure result value.
Failedinsettingtheexposureresultvalue. Restartthesystem.
10003 [SM10003]Ithaspassed
%shourssincetheConsole
applicationstarted.
Ithaspassed%shourssincetheConsole
applicationstarted.
Restartthesystem.
To continue the operations, click the button
displayedonthescreen.
%s:Time
10003 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredwhenchangingimage
types(exposedimageorre-exposed
image).
300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
10003 [TS10003]Failedinstarting
toretrieveimagesfrom
PPU.
Failedinstartingtoretrieveimagesfrom
PPU.
DR-ID 300CL.
10004 CslAdv_Modality Remainingbatterypoweris
low
Remainingbatterypowerislow. Charge the battery.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-43
obtainingtheimage
information.
Failedinobtainingtheimageinformation. Restartthesystem.
acquiringstudyinformation
oftheimage.
Failedinacquiringstudyinformationofthe
image.
Restartthesystem.
thebarcode.
Failedinreadingthebarcode. Tryreadingoperationagain.
informationfortheimage
database.
Failedinsettinginformationfortheimage
database.
Restartthesystem.
10004 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredwhensendingtheimage. Preformtheoperationagain.Ifthesame
300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
ReacquisitionImage
selector:{%3},
menuUID:{%4}
Retransmissionexecutionhasbeen
selected.
Executeretransmission. %1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Selectornumber
%4:MenuUID
10005 CslAdv_Modality Noremainingbattery
power.
Noremainingbatterypower. Charge the battery.
Failedinsettingtheimageinformation. Restartthesystem.
10005 [QA10005]Failedinimage
rotation.
Failedinimagerotation. Restartthesystem.
acquiringinformationfrom
thesystemsetting.
systemsetting.
Restartthesystem.
Failedinenteringinformation. Inputinformationisinvalid.
[*]Enterproperinformationintheinputitem
thatcomeswithamark.
10005 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredwhensendingtheimage. Preformtheoperationagain.Ifthesame
300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
10005 [QC10005]Failedin
accessingimagefles.
Failedinaccessingimagefles. Click the close button on the QC execution
window.
10006 [MD10006]Anerror
occurred.
10006 ClsAdv_Tomo Failedinprocessingfnish
copyoneimage
Anerroroccurredwhencopyingthe
imagesfromPPUtoconsole.
Check the connection to PPU server. 1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-44
10006 [QC10006]Measurement
processing cannot be
implemented.
Measurementprocessingcannotbe
implemented.
Arrangethephantompositionandperform
an exposure again.
10007 CslAdv_Modality Remainingcapacitydisk
error
Requiredharddiskspaceisinsuffcient. Checkthefreespaceoftheharddisk.
accessingtheimagefle.
Failedinaccessingtheimagefle. Checkifotherdevicehasbeenactivated
frst,andthenexecutethisfunctionagain.
acquiringthestudy
information.
Failedinacquiringthestudyinformation. Restartthesystem.
communicationwithRIS.
FailedincommunicationwithRIS. Restartthesystem.
10007 [QC10007]Anerrorof
unknowncauseoccurred.
Anerrorofunknowncauseoccurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
10007
to
10011
ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredintheprocesstoreceive
imagesfromPPU.
300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
statusId={%3},
DataSourceType={%4},
selectorNo={%5},
hostName={%6}
InformationwasnotifedfromtheImage
Reader.
CheckthecontentdisplayedintheImage
Readerstatusdisplaydialogue.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:IDofconnected
character string
andstatusdisplay
character string
%4:IDforidentifying
thedatasource
which this error
character string ID
isstored
%5:Selectornumber
%6:Hostname
10008 [QA10008]Failedinsaving
information.
Failedinsavinginformation. Checkifotherdevicehasbeenactivated
frst,andthenexecutethisfunctionagain.
10008 [RE10008]Anerror
occurred.
10008 [ST10008]Acommunication
AcommunicationerrorwithRISoccurred. Restartthesystem.
10008 [QC10008]Failedin
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Click the close button on the QC execution
window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-45
10008 [TS10008]Anerror
occurredwhileobtaining
ImageInformation.
AnerroroccurredwhileobtainingImage
Information.
Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen. * This function cannot
beexecuted.
theinformation.
Failedinsavingtheinformation. Checkifotherdevicehasbeenactivated
aftercompletingtheQA.
occurred.
10009 [ST10009]An
communicationerrorwith
RISoccurred.
AncommunicationerrorwithRISoccurred. Restartthesystem.
10009 [QC10009]Failedtoaccess
Failedtoaccesstheregistryinformation. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
theexposuremenuname.
Anerroroccurredwhileobtainingthe
exposuremenuname.
beexecuted.
occurredwhilechangingan
exposure technique.
Anerroroccurredwhilechangingan
exposure technique.
Selectthemenuagain.
occurred.
Anerroroccurred. Checkifotherdevicehasbeenactivated
aftercompletingtheQA.
occurred.
RIS.
FailedinobtaininginformationfromRIS. Restartthesystem.
occurred.
10010 [QC10010]Freeharddisk
spaceisnotsuffcient.
Freeharddiskspaceisnotsuffcient. Confrmthefreespaceoftheharddisk,
andperformtheoperationagain.
themis-exposurestatus.
mis-exposurestatus.
beexecuted.
theexposuresize.
Failedinsettingtheexposuresize. Confrmtheconnecteddevice.
10011 [RE10011]Inputoffeld
nameisinvalid.
Inputoffeldnameisinvalid. Enterinformationcorrectly.
querying patient
information.
Failedinqueryingpatientinformation. Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-46
10011 [QC10011]Failedinwriting
afle.
Failedinwritingafle. Checktheoutputmediastatus.
10011 [TS10011]Image
informationcouldnotbe
changed.
Imageinformationcouldnotbechanged. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen. * This function cannot
beexecuted.
the reference position for
exposure.
Failedinsettingthereferencepositionfor
exposure.
Checkthedevice.
applying the changes of
trimmingsettings.
Failedinapplyingthechangesoftrimming
settings.
Restartthesystem.
10012 [RE10012]Failedindata
accessofmagneticcard
reader.
Failedindataaccessofmagneticcard
reader.
Restartthesystem.
occurredwhilesaving
information.
Anerroroccurredwhilesavinginformation. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen. * This function cannot
beexecuted.
10013 [MD10013]Imagesize
couldnotbedetected.
Imagesizecouldnotbedetected. Confrmtheconnecteddevice.
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Checkifthehosthasbeenactivated.
accessofmagneticcard
reader.
Failedindataaccessofmagneticcard
reader.
Restartthesystem.
10013 [QC10013]Folderinput
incorrect.
Folderinputincorrect. Confrmthefoldername.
occurredwhilestartingup
the control function of
reconstruction queue.
Anerroroccurredwhilestartingupthe
control function of reconstruction queue.
registeringtheIP#.
FailedinregisteringtheIP#. Checkthedevice.
occurredinimage
processing.
Anerroroccurredinimageprocessing. Restartthesystem.
10014 [QC10014]Theimageis
illegal.
Theimageisillegal. Arrangethephantompositionandperform
an exposure again.
switchingexposuremenu
display.
Failedinswitchingexposuremenudisplay. CheckthestatusofPPUandthe
connectionwithPPU,andswitchthe
displayoftheexposuremenuagain.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-47
10015 [MD10015]Thiscassette
cannotberegistered
properly.
Ithasbeenregisteredto
thefollowingmenuwhere
imageinputiseitherbeing
processedorstopped
halfway.
Patientname:%sExposure
menu:%s
Thiscassettecannotberegistered
properly.Ithasbeenregisteredtothe
followingmenuwhereimageinputiseither
beingprocessedorstoppedhalfway.
Patientname:%sExposuremenu:%s
Suspendthecurrentstudy.
ReadthenthecassettesIP#againonthe
LocalWLlist.
Ifthemenuisfound,opentherelevant
studytocheckthestateofsuchmenu
processing. Delete then the exposure
menuifitisjudgedunnecessary.
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen. * This function cannot
beexecuted.
10015 [QC10015]Anerror
occurred.
Anerroroccurred. Performre-exposurewithadefaultsize.
switchingexposuremenu
display.
Failedinswitchingexposuremenudisplay. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen.
10016 [MD10016]Theharddiskis
full.
Theharddiskisfull. Deleteunnecessaryimagesfromthelist.
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen. * This function cannot
beexecuted.
implemented.
implemented.
Checktoseeifanimagehasbeeninput.
10016 [TS10016]Image
informationoftheselected
studycouldnotbe
obtained.
Imageinformationoftheselectedstudy
couldnotbeobtained.
beexecuted.
10017 [MD10017]Theexposure
menucouldnotbe
determined.
Theexposuremenucouldnotbe
determined.
Checkthedeviceandselectappropriate
menusfortheexposureagain.
calculating the S or L value.
FailedincalculatingtheSorLvalue. Restartthesystem.
10017 [RE10017]Forbidden
character(s)arecontained.
Forbiddencharacter(s)arecontained. Enterinformationcorrectly.
implemented.
implemented.
Enteracorrectimage.
10017 [TS10017]Failedinloading
theimageinformationfle.
Failedinloadingtheimageinformationfle. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen. * This function cannot
beexecuted.
cancelling the exposure.
Failedincancellingtheexposure. Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-48
occurredinROIcalculation.
AnerroroccurredinROIcalculation. Restartthesystem.
implemented.
implemented.
Setthesizeofthe1shotPhantomimage
to 24x30 or larger.
theexposuremenu
information.
Failedinloadingtheexposuremenu
information.
Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen.
readingtheIP#.
FailedinreadingtheIP#. Performthereadoperationagain.
occurredinEdge
Reinforcementprocessing.
AnerroroccurredinEdgeReinforcement
processing.
Restartthesystem.
implemented.
implemented.
Useonlytheimagesfromthesamereader
foronestudy.
imageinformationflesof
exposuremenus.
Failedinloadingimageinformationflesof
exposuremenus.
occurred.
10020 [QC10020]Imagewith
unsupportedreading
densityisincluded.
Imagewithunsupportedreadingdensityis
included.
Selectanimagewiththedesignated
readingdensity.
displayingthepatient
information.
Failedindisplayingthepatientinformation. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen. * This function cannot
beexecuted.
10021 [MD10021]Failedinimage
resecuring.
Failedinimageresecuring. Restartthesystem.
obtaining the login user.
Failedinobtainingtheloginuser. Restartthesystem.
occurred.
implemented.
implemented.
Useonlyimageswithasamereading
density.
displayingtheexposure
menunameandmis-
exposure status.
Failedindisplayingtheexposuremenu
nameandmis-exposurestatus.
beexecuted.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-49
10022 [MD10022]Failedinimage
Failedinimageinputtingprocessinthe
Restartthesystem.
updatingtheloginuser.
Failedinupdatingtheloginuser. Restartthesystem.
occurred.
10022 [QC10022]Datacannotbe
deleted.
Datacannotbedeletedbecausethebasic
valuedataareincluded.
Selectdatawithoutbasicvaluedata.
10023 [MD10023]Imageinput
processinghasfailed.
Imageinputprocessinghasfailed. Restartthesystem.
Ifimageinputfailedagain,restartthe
ReaderUnit.
IfrestartingtheReaderUnitdoesnot
resolvetheproblem,contactyourservice
engineer.
creatingatemporaryDDO
fle.
FailedincreatingatemporaryDDOfle. Restartthesystem.
occurred.
implemented.
implemented.
Useonlytheimagesfromthesamereader
foronestudy.
10023 [TS10023]Failedinsaving
theinformation.
Failedinsavingtheinformation. Confrmthattheotherdevicehasbeen
activatedaftercompletingtheQA.
notifcationwasissuedby
theImagerReader.The
targetimagemayhave
been input erroneously in
thestudyofdetailsbelow:
PatientID:%sPatient
name:%sStudydate:
%sStudytime:%s
Anerrornotifcationwasissuedbythe
ImagerReader.Thetargetimagemay
havebeeninputerroneouslyinthestudy
ofdetailsbelow:PatientID:%sPatient
name:%sStudydate:%sStudytime:%s
Theimageisregisteredtothestudyof
detailsbelow:
Exposuremenu:%sIPnumber:%s
Performre-exposureifnecessary.Then,
subjecttheIPtoimageerasureprocessing
ontheImageReader.
settings.
Failedinsavingsettings. Restartthesystem.
implemented.
implemented.
Confrmifthespecifedreaderhasbeen
registered.
the settings.
Failedinsavingthesettings. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen. * This function cannot
beexecuted.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-50
occurredinwindow
processing.
Anerroroccurredinwindowprocessing. Restartthesystem.
FailedincalculatingtheSorLvalue. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen. * This function cannot
beexecuted.
automaticlinkageof
stitchingimages.
Failedinautomaticlinkageofstitching
images.
Checktheorder,orientationandpositionof
theimages.
Settheimagestothesamedirection.
10026 CslAdv_Qc QCGridViewExGeneral
Exception
QCcomponentscrashed.DR-ID300CL
maynothavebeeninstalledcorrectly.
occurredinROIcalculation.
AnerroroccurredinROIcalculation. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen,
andrestartDR-ID300CL.
occurredwhileupdatingthe
state of reconstruction
processing.
Anerroroccurredwhileupdatingthestate
of reconstruction processing.
accessingtheimagefle.
Failedinaccessingtheimagefle. Ensurethattheotherunitisactivated
before executing this function again.
deletinganimagefle.
Failedindeletinganimagefle. Restartthesystem.
10028 [TS10028]Thefreespace
ofHDDtostartthe
reconstruction processing
isinsuffcient.
ThefreespaceofHDDtostartthe
reconstructionprocessingisinsuffcient.
Deleteunnecessaryimagesfromthestudy
list.
occurredinMagnifcation/
Reductionfunction.
AnerroroccurredinMagnifcation/
Reductionfunction.
Restartthesystem.
occurredinPanning
function.
AnerroroccurredinPanningfunction. Restartthesystem.
10030 [RE10030]Thedateformat
isinvalid.
Thedateformatisinvalid. Enter again.
occurredinMagnifcation
function.
AnerroroccurredinMagnifcationfunction. Restartthesystem.
10031 [RE10031]Failedinquery
for RIS.
FailedinqueryforRIS. ConfrmtheRIS.
10031 CslAdv_Qc QCInputEXGeneral
Exception
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-51
occurredinReduction
function.
AnerroroccurredinReductionfunction. Restartthesystem.
accessofbarcordreader.
Failedindataaccessofbarcordreader. Restartthesystem.
occurredinActualsize
function.
AnerroroccurredinActualsizefunction. Restartthesystem.
accessofbarcordreader.
Failedindataaccessofbarcordreader. Restartthesystem.
occurredin1-to-1pixelsize
function.
Anerroroccurredin1-to-1pixelsize
function.
Restartthesystem.
10034 [RE10034]Theinputdata
fromthebarcodereaderis
invalid.
Theinputdatafromthebarcodereaderis
invalid.
Enterthedataagainfromthebarcode
reader.
acquiringtheorder
information.
Failedinacquiringtheorderinformation. ConfrmtheRIS.
10036 [RE10036]Memoryis
running out.
Memoryisrunningout. Restartthesystem.
10037 [RE10037]Atimeout
occurred.Deliverycannot
start.
Atimeoutoccurred.Deliverycannotstart. Restartthesystem.
occurred.
Atimeoutoccurred. Restartthesystem.
occurred.
Atimeoutoccurred. Restartthesystem.
occurred.
occurred.
occurred.
10043 [RE10043]TheRISunitis
offine.
TheRISunitisoffine. Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-52
occurred.
occurred.Theorder
informationconfrmation
dialogcannotbeopened.
Atimeoutoccurred.Theorderinformation
confrmationdialogcannotbeopened.
Restartthesystem.
offine.
TheRISunitisoffine. Ensurethatthedevicehasbeenactivated
andconnectedtoanetwork.
10047 [RE10047]Thisoperation
isnotallowed.
Thisoperationisnotallowed. Loginagainwithanauthorizedusername.
accessingthesettingfle.
Failedinaccessingthesettingfle. Restartthesystem.
acquiringthestudy
information.
Failedinacquiringthestudyinformation. Updatethestudylist.
occurred.
occurred.
occurred.
occurred.
occurred.
occurred.
offine.
theorderinformation.
Failedinreadingtheorderinformation. Restartthesystem.
10060 CslAdv_Re Unknow error when receive
messagfromFW
Anunknownexceptionoccurredwhen
receivingmessagefromfrewall.
Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-53
registering the patient
information.
Failedinregisteringthepatientinformation. Restartthesystem.
10061 CslAdv_Re Create lock object fail. FailedincreatingtheLockedobject. Check_cosole_db::_lock_tbl.
reservingstudies.
Failedinreservingstudies. Restartthesystem.
occurred.
occurred.
theresultdatafromthe
F-RISsystem.
Failedinreadingtheresultdatafromthe
F-RISsystem.
Restartthesystem.
requesting to switch the
current user.
Failedinrequestingtoswitchthecurrent
user.
Restartthesystem.
10065 CslAdv_Re Failedinstartmanualstudy
fromKensinOrder
Anerroroccurredwhilestartingastudy. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
restart DR-ID 300CL.
occurred.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-54
converting the patient
information.
Failedinconvertingthepatientinformation. Restartthesystem.
offine.
TheRISunitisoffine. Restartthesystem.
thestudy.
Failedinstartingthestudy. Restartthesystem.
sendingexposureresults.
Failedinsendingexposureresults. Restartthesystem.
occurred.
magneticcardreader
processing.
Failedinmagneticcardreaderprocessing. Restartthesystem.
barcodereaderprocessing.
Failedinbarcodereaderprocessing. Restartthesystem.
magneticcardreader
processing.
Failedinmagneticcardreaderprocessing. Thecardtypeisnotacceptable.
Checkthecardtype.
barcodereaderprocessing.
Failedinbarcodereaderprocessing. Retryorcheckthecardcontent.
magneticcardreader
processing.
Failedinmagneticcardreaderprocessing. Retryorcheckthecardcontent.
executingthestudy.
Failedinexecutingthestudy. Restartthesystem.
thestudy.
10086 [RE10086]Thebeginning
dateissetearlierthanthe
endingdate.
Thebeginningdateissetearlierthanthe
endingdate.
Settheendingdatelaterthanthe
beginningdate.
activating RIS.
FailedinactivatingRIS. Restartthesystem.
processingfromRIS.
FailedindataprocessingfromRIS. Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-55
10089 [RE10089]Thelatest
searchconditionscouldnot
beloaded.
Thelatestsearchconditionscouldnotbe
loaded.
Restartthesystem.
searchconditionscouldnot
besaved.
Thelatestsearchconditionscouldnotbe
saved.
Restartthesystem.
10091 [RE10091]Atemporary
folderforsettingaMWM
worklistcouldnotbe
created.
AtemporaryfolderforsettingaMWM
worklistcouldnotbecreated.
Restartthesystem.
10092 [RE10092]A
RISoccurred.
AcommunicationerrorwithRISoccurred. Restartthesystem.
occurredincommunication
with RIS.
Anerroroccurredincommunicationwith
RIS.
Restartthesystem.
communicationwithRIS.
FailedincommunicationwithRIS. Restartthesystem.
10097 [RE10097]Informationfrom
RIScouldnotbeobtained.
InformationfromRIScouldnotbe
obtained.
Restartthesystem.
theMWMsearchsetting
form.
FailedinstartingtheMWMsearchsetting
form.
Restartthesystem.
10099 [RE10099]Thecustom
settingofMWMworklist
hasbecomedisabled.
ThecustomsettingofMWMworklisthas
becomedisabled.
Restartthesystem.
10100 [RE10100]Noexecutable
studyisfound.
Noexecutablestudyisfound. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen.
10101 [RE10101]TheDDOfleof
MWMworklistcannotbe
deleted.
TheDDOfleofMWMworklistcannotbe
deleted.
Restartthesystem.
searching patient
information.
Failedinsearchingpatientinformation. Restartthesystem.
10103 [RE10103]Freelayout
print:Failedinunlocking
the object.
Freelayoutprint:Failedinunlockingthe
object.
Restartthesystem.
10104 [RE10104]DatafromRIS
cannotbedisplayed.
DatafromRIScannotbedisplayed. Restartthesystem.
searchconditionscannot
beloaded.
Thelatestsearchconditionscannotbe
loaded.
Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-56
searchconditionscannot
bestored.
Thelatestsearchconditionscannotbe
stored.
Restartthesystem.
10107 [RE10107]Datareturned
fromRIScannotbestored.
DatareturnedfromRIScannotbestored. Restartthesystem.
10108 [RE10108]Barcodedata
cannotbeobtained.
Barcodedatacannotbeobtained. Re-inputfromBCR.
10109 [RE10109]Datareturned
fromRIScannotbeusedto
createexposuremenusor
flmoutputnumbers.
DatareturnedfromRIScannotbeusedto
createexposuremenusorflmoutput
numbers.
Restartthesystem.
switching the user.
Failedinswitchingtheuser. Restartthesystem.
offine.
theMWMformsearch
setting.
FailedinstartingtheMWMformsearch
setting.
Restartthesystem.
restoringtheimagedata
base.
Failedinrestoringtheimagedatabase. Restartthesystem.
10115 [RE10115]Failedinstoring
datareturnedfromRIS.
FailedinstoringdatareturnedfromRIS. Restartthesystem.
querying patient
information.
Failedinqueryingpatientinformation. Restartthesystem.
updatingthesettingflefor
customizestudylist.
Failedinupdatingthesettingflefor
customizestudylist.
Restartthesystem.
10120 [RE10120]Study
collected.
Studyinformationcouldnotbecollected. Ensurethatthedevicehasbeenactivated
offine.
10122 [RE10122]Invalidpatient
informationhasbeen
entered.
Invalidpatientinformationhasbeen
entered.
Enterpatientinformationagain.
10123 [RE10123]Freespaceto
savedataisinsuffcient.
Freespacetosavedataisinsuffcient. Selectanotherdestinationfordatastorage.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-57
10124 [RE10124]Anerrorhas
occurredwhilesavinglocal
data.
Anerrorhasoccurredwhilesavinglocal
data.
10125 [RE10125]Thespecifed
folderisnotauthorizedto
saveastudy.
Thespecifedfolderisnotauthorizedto
saveastudy.
Selectanotherdestinationfordatastorage.
10126 [RE10126]Someofthe
studiescannotbesaved.
Someofthestudiescannotbesaved. Selectstudiesagain.
10127 [RE10127]Thestudy
cannotbestartedwhile
processing is in progress.
Thestudycannotbestartedwhile
Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreento
performtheprocessinginprogress.
Startstudyagainaftercompletingthe
processing.
sendingexposureresults.
Failedinsendingexposureresults. Clickthebuttonandcontinueother
processing.
10129 [RE10129]Theentered
pathisinvalid.
Theenteredpathisinvalid. Enter the path again.
cannotbedeletedwhile
Thestudycannotbedeleted. Clickthebuttonandcontinueother
processing.
cannotbelockedor
unlockedwhileprocessing
is in progress.
Thestudycannotbelockedorunlocked
while processing is in progress.
Clickthebuttonandcontinueother
processing.
10132 [RE10132]Unableto
processbecauseastudy
currently in progress exists
intheselectedstudies.
Unabletoprocessbecauseastudy
currentlyinprogressexistsintheselected
studies
Selectastudyagain.
10133 [RE10133]PatientIDauto-
convert function cannot be
started.
Patient ID auto-convert function cannot be
started.
Clickthebuttonandcontinuethe
processing.
thesettingfle.
Failedinreadingthesettingfle. Clickthebuttonandconfrmthesettingfle.
10135 [RE10135]Converteddata
cannotbeobtained.
Converteddatacannotbeobtained. Clickthebuttonandcontinuethe
processing.
10136 [RE10136]QAcannotbe
completed.
QAcannotbecompleted. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen.
10200 CslAdv_Re Logdirectorynotexist Logdirectorycouldnotbeacquiredfrom
Directory.ini.
RestoreDirectory.inifle.
10203 CslAdv_Qc Loadresource(captions,
icons, tooltips) error
ResourcedataforQCcannotbeacquired.
DR-ID300CLmaynothavebeeninstalled
correctly.
10205 CslAdv_Qc InitializeQCAutoCalc
object fail.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-58
10206 CslAdv_Qc InitializeQCAutoCalc
objectfail.Errorcode{0}
{0}:Errorcode
10207 CslAdv_Qc MainContainerGeneral
exception
10235 CslAdv_Re Couldnotloaddatafrom
DDOflestomemory.
DDOflecorrespondingtothestudyhas
beendeleted.
CheckthattheDDOflecorrespondingto
theselectstudyexistin"C:\ProgramFiles\
Fujiflm\IIP\Data\Image"folder.
IftheDDOflecorrespondingtotheselect
studydoesnotexist,registerthestudy
again.
10235 CslAdv_Re CouldnotsaveDDOobject
intoDDOfle.
beendeleted,orisread-onlyfle.
Fujiflm\IIP\Data\Image"folder.Ifthefle
doesnotexist,registerthestudyagain.
Ifthefleisread-onlyfle,releasetheread-
onlypropertyandthenrerunthefle.
10235 CslAdv_Re Couldnotsetstudydateto
DDO object.
beendeleted,orisread-onlyfle.
Fujiflm\IIP\Data\Image"folder.Ifthefle
doesnotexist,registerthestudyagain.
Ifthefleisread-onlyfle,releasetheread-
onlypropertyandthenrerunthefle.
10235 CslAdv_Re Exception of
AC::ImgDBCEx
disconnected.
server.
consoleimagedb
disconnected.
server.
receptimagedb
Anerroroccurredwhileupdatingthe
informationonstudydateandonreleasing
of the ownership.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-59
intoDDOfle
informationonstudydateandonreleasing
of the ownership.
10236 FW Initializecommunication
failed.
FailedinLinkerinitialization. CheckthesettingofLinkerlibrary,and
thenrestartthesystem.
10236 FW Sendwakeupcancelled
failed.
Failedinnotifyingthemessageof"wakeup
cancelled"fromMiniCoopertoConsole.
CheckthesettingofLinkerlibrary,and
10236 FW Sendwakeupcompleted
failed.
Failedinnotifyingthemessageof"wakeup
completed"fromMiniCoopertoConsole.
CheckthesettingofLinkerlibrary,and
10240 CslAdv_Re Accesstolistviewconfg
flefailed
"C:\ProgramFile\Fujiflm\IIP\Work\
Reception"folderisaread-onlyfolder.
Loginuserdoesnothavetheauthorityto
edit.
Enable the writing authority to the login
user.
10260 CslAdv_Re XMLflenotexist Thefle(PluginDefnition.xml,or
PluginDefnition.xsd)toreadtheplugin
defnitioninformationdoesnotexist.
Thepathtothefledoesnotexist.
RestorePluginDefnition.xmland
PluginDefnition.xsd.
10261 CslAdv_Re Readplugindefnitionxml
fleerror
Thefle(PluginDefnition.xml,or
PluginDefnition.xsd)toacquiretheplugin
defnitioninformationdoesnotexist.
Thepathtothefledoesnotexist.
RestorePluginDefnition.xmland
PluginDefnition.xsd.
10281 CslAdv_Re Failedinsavingintothe
CustomizeStudyList.xml
Thepathtothefolderwhichstores
CustomizeStudyListInfo.xmldoesnotexist.
RestoreDirectory.inianddirectorypath.
10300 CslAdv_Qc SaveQCdataoccurserror AnerroroccurredwhensavingtheQC
data.
overwritten.
Confrmtheauthorityandthefreespace
forthedestinationfoldertosave.
10301 CslAdv_Qc Errorwhenreadtag
({0:X8})
QCdataisillegal.Somenecessary
informationisnotincludedinDDOfles.
Performanexposureagain.Ifthesame
300CL.
{0:X8}: DDO tag ID
10302 CslAdv_Qc CheckQCconditionsfailed SelecteddatamaynotsatisfyQC
measurementcondition.
samephenomenonrecurred,exposean
theimageagain.
10303 CslAdv_Qc ImpViewGeneralexception QCcomponentscrashed.DR-ID300CL
10315 CslAdv_Qc FolderfolderBrowser
Dialog exeception
10316 CslAdv_Qc Displaystudyinforerror.
Errorcode:{0}
{0}:Errorcode
10321 CslAdv_Qc Loadbufferfromfleerror. RAWimagesandthumbnailimagesare
notintheselectedfolder.
Performanexposureagain.Ifthesame
300CL.
10322 CslAdv_Qc CreatexmlLUTparameters
error.Errorcode{0}
{0}:Errorcode
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-60
10323 CslAdv_Qc Create LUT table error.
Errorcode{0}
{0}:Errorcode
10324 CslAdv_Qc Processtrimmingerror.Errr
code{0}
{0}:Errorcode
10325 CslAdv_Qc ProcesscompressJPEG
error.Errorcode{0}
{0}:Errorcode
10326 CslAdv_Qc DecodeJPEGError.Error
code{0}
{0}:Errorcode
10327 CslAdv_Qc GenerateXMLparameter
for FCR processing error.
Errorcode{0}
{0}:Errorcode
10328 CslAdv_Qc Process FCR Error. Error
code{0}
{0}:Errorcode
10336 CslAdv_Qc Displaythumbnailimage
error
10346 CslAdv_Qc LoadbasicvaluefromDB
failed
10347 CslAdv_Qc QCResultGeneral
exception
10367 CslAdv_Qc DivideByZeroException QCcomponentscrashed.DR-ID300CL
10368 CslAdv_Qc InvalidCastException QCcomponentscrashed.DR-ID300CL
10369 CslAdv_Qc IndexOutOfRange
Exception
10370 CslAdv_Qc ArgumentOutOfRange
Exception
10400 CslAdv_Qc UnauthorizedAccess
Exception
occurredwhiledisplaying
the representative
reconstructionimage.
Anerroroccurredwhiledisplayingthe
representativereconstructionimage.
CheckthestatusofPPUandthe
connectionwithPPU,andrestartthe
system.
10401 CslAdv_Qc ArgumentException QCcomponentscrashed.DR-ID300CL
occurredwhileclosingthe
representative
reconstructiondialog.
Anerroroccurredwhileclosingthe
representativereconstructiondialog.
system.
10401 CslAdv_Re NostudycanstartStudy/
QA
Nostudyiscapableofstartingstudy/QA. Selectanotherstudy.
10402 CslAdv_Qc Path Too Long Exception WhensavingQCdata,itsflepathislonger
thanWindowss.
Confrmtheflepathlength.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-61
images.
Anerroroccurredwhiledisplayingimages. CheckthestatusofPPUandthe
connection with PPU.
10403 CslAdv_Qc DirectoryNotFound
Exception
ThefolderselectedtosaveQCfledoes
not exist.
occurredwhileprocessing
images.
Anerroroccurredwhileprocessing
images.
10405
to
10415
TomoImageDisplayMgrCtrl.dll.
Failedindisplayingimages.
300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
10411 CslAdv_Re GetPatientInfofalse ThedatacannotbesavedintothePatient
database.
Restorethepatientdatabase.
switchingimagedisplay.
Failedinswitchingimagedisplay. CheckthestatusofPPUandthe
10419 CslAdv_Re Conver to JIS false Thedataformattobeconvertedisinvalid. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10422 CslAdv_Qc Savestandarddatato
databasefailed.
10431 CslAdv_Re Failedinaccess
confgurationfleforsetting
displayPatientListscreen
TheCustomizePatientListInfo.xmlfle
doesnotexist.
Theformatisinvalid.
Restorethe"CustomizePatientListInfo.xml"
flewithusingtheinstaller.
10454 ClsAdv_Tomo +ArgumentException Anerroroccurredwhenacquiringthepath
toimageprocessingfolder.
300CL.
10500 CslAdv_Re WarninglogrelatewithGUI Anerroroccurredindisplayingthewindow. Restartthesystem.
10500 [TS10500]Displaylayoutof
imagescouldnotbe
changed.
Displaylayoutofimagescouldnotbe
changed.
10500
to
10509
CslAdv_QA QADBAccessor.dll
QADBAccessor
1%
Adatabaseaccesserroroccurred. Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
phenomenonrecurred,initializethe
database.
1%: Spoterroroccurred
switchingdisplayof
images.
Failedinswitchingdisplayofimages. CheckthestatusofPPUandthe
connectionwithPPU,andswitchthemenu
displayagain.
occurredwhileloadingthe
dataobject.
Anerroroccurredwhileloadingthedata
object.
10601 CslAdv_Re oesnothaveanormal
imageexistinastudy.
Cannot continue
processing.
Theselectedstudiescontaininvalid
images.
Inputtheimagesagain.
Performtheoperationtothetargetedstudy
again.
occurredwhileupdatingthe
DDOfle.
AnerroroccurredwhileupdatingtheDDO
fle.
ChecktheDDOfle,andexecutethe
processing again.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-62
10602 CslAdv_Re ThestudystillnotfnishQA ThestudywhichisnotcompletedtheQA
isselected.
CompletetheQA.
Performtheoperationtothetargetedstudy
again.
10603 CslAdv_Re Failt in get Posession Possessionhasbeenusedbyother
service engineers.
Delete Possession.
10606 CslAdv_Re Noneitherreceived
messagescontent
IDAutoConvertfailedingeneratingthe
XMLfle.
Restart the patient ID auto-convert
function.
DDOflesforupdateto
startstudyfromstudylist
Thepathtothefolderwhichstoresthe
DDOfledoesnotexist.
NoDDOflesexist.
DDOflesarebeingtothereadonlyfle.
Restorethedirectorypath.
Registerthestudyagain.
10700 [TS10700]The
reconstructionconditions
cannotbeobtainedfrom
theDDOfle.
Thereconstructionconditionscannotbe
obtainedfromtheDDOfle.
processing again.
10701 [TS10701]Invalid
reconstructconditionexists.
Please input reconstruct
conditionsagain.
Invalidreconstructconditionexists. Checkthereconstructionconditions,and
execute the reconstruction processing
again.
10702 [TS10702]Theparameter
value to register the
reconstruction by PPU is
invalid.
Theparametervaluetoregisterthe
reconstructionbyPPUisinvalid.
Checktheparameters,andexecutethe
reconstruction processing again.
10801 CslAdv_Re Failedinupdatecustomize
studylistconfgurationfle
TheCustomizeStudyListInfo.xmlfledoes
not exist.
Thefleisbeingtothereadonlyfle.
Releasetheread-onlypropertyforthe
"CustomizeStudyListInfo.xml"fle.
Ifthefledoesnotexistin"C:\Program
Files\Fujiflm\IIP\Confg"folder,restoreit
fromtheinstaller.
occurredwhilemonitoring
job status.
Anerroroccurredwhilemonitoringjob
status.
10850 CslAdv_Re Updatecustomizestudylist
isfailed
Anerroroccurredinwritingthe
Checkthefolderpathofthe
the reconstruction status of
the current job.
reconstruction status of the current job.
10901 [TS10901]Reconstruction
processingcouldnotbe
canceled.
Reconstructionprocessingcouldnotbe
canceled.
10903 [TS10903]Thepriorityof
couldnotbechanged.
The priority of reconstruction processing
couldnotbechanged.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-63
occurredwhile
reconstructing the current
job again.
Anerroroccurredwhilereconstructingthe
current job again.
Method=%3,%4
Defectiveprogram(error). Restarttheapplication.Ifthesame
system.
%1:Filename
%2:Classname
%3:Methodname
%4:Detailmessage
11000 [MD11000]Systemerror
occurred.
11000 ClsAdv_Tomo CslAdv_AC_
GuiAdp:GeneralFailure
processID:5860
MutexDBConnection() retry
out
System.Data.OleDb.
OleDbException:Couldnot
fndfle'c:\Programfles\
FujiFilm\IIP\GUI\Icon\Icon.
mdb'.
AnerroroccurredinTomoMenuDispCtrl.
dll.
Cannotloadmis-exposureicon.
DR-ID 300CL.
11000
to
11099
CslAdv_QA QADeliverySetting.dll/
1%
Failedinoutputprocessing. Checktheoutputdevicestatusand
performaprocessagain.
11001 [MI11001]Failedin
initializationofdosearea
productmeter.
Failedininitializationofdoseareaproduct
meter.
Checkthedoseareaproductmeter.
error spot.
Failedinmanipulatingthedata. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
* This part is
appropriatedfrom
V4.0.
11002 [MD11002]Asystem
communicationerrorhas
beendetected.
Asystemcommunicationerrorhasbeen
detected.
Restartthesystem.
Ifnoimageisdisplayedontheconsole
evenaftermakingx-rayexposures,
performre-exposureasnecessary.
patientinformation.
Failedinsettingpatientinformation. Contactyourmaintenanceservice
engineer.
Pressthebuttonbelowtoclosethedialog
boxandshutdownthesystem.
communicationwiththe
connecteddevice.
Failedincommunicationwiththe
connecteddevice.
Checkthedevice.
11005 [MD11005]Noresponse
comesfromtheconnected
device.
Noresponsecomesfromtheconnected
device.
Checkthedevice.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-64
11010 [MD11010]Thestatus
displayingpartisunableto
refectthesystemstatus.
Thestatusdisplayingpartisunableto
refectthesystemstatus.
Restartthesystem.
Ifnoimageisdisplayedontheconsole
evenaftermakingx-rayexposures,
performre-exposureasnecessary.
theImageReader.
ImageReader.
ChecktheImageReaderstatus.
obtainingtheImageReader
statusinformation.
FailedinobtainingtheImageReader
statusinformation.
obtainingtheImageReader
errorinformation.
FailedinobtainingtheImageReadererror
information.
Restartthesystem.
11016 [MD11016]Remaining
battery power is low
Remainingbatterypowerislow Chargeimmediatelytoavoidlosing
images.
11017 [MD11017]Noremaining
battery power.
Noremainingbatterypower. Exposurecannotbeperformedanylonger.
Charge the battery.
11018 [MD11018]Animage
readerwithlowremaining
battery power exists.
Animagereaderwithlowremaining
11019 [MD11019]Animage
readerwithoutremaining
Animagereaderwithoutremainingbattery
power exists.
controllingtheImage
Readerconditions.
FailedincontrollingtheImageReader
conditions.
11021 [MD11021]Thecommand
requestedtotheImage
Readerwasnotexecuted.
ThecommandrequestedtotheImage
11021 [MI11021]Connectionline
with the X-ray unit has
been cut off.
Connection line with the X-ray unit has
been cut off.
Confrmtheconnecteddevice.
11024 [MD11024]Connectionto
X-ray unit has been
disconnected.
Connection to X-ray unit has been
disconnected.
Check the X-ray unit status.
integratingimagedisplay.
Failedinintegratingimagedisplay. CheckthestatusofPPUandthe
11100
to
11104
TomoImgDispOperationCtrl.dll.
Anerroroccurredintheprocessingof
displayingimages.
DR-ID 300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
11103 CslAdv_Re FailedinInitializeFris
Client
UnabletoconnecttotheFRISsystem. Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-65
11104 CslAdv_Re Failedinsendingreportto
FRIS Client.
UnabletoconnecttotheFRISsystem.
Areportdataisinvalid.
RegisterthestudydatatotheFRISclient.
11108 CslAdv_Re Failedinswitchingcurrent
user
Anerroroccurredinswitchingthecurrent
userintheFRISwindow.
Switch the current user again.
11211 CslAdv_Re Failedinreading
informationisoutputed
fromRIS
FailedinreadingtheresultdatafromRIS. Performthestudyagain.
imagedatabase
Unable to connect to DR-ID 300CL
database.
Restartthesystem.
user
user.
11304 CslAdv_Re Failedinrequeststartstudy
to SA:STUDY
Anerroroccurredwhensending
messages.
Atimeouterroroccurredinsending
messages.
Check the existence of StMessenger.exe.
Ifthefledoesnotexist,reinstallDR-ID
300CL.
11312 CslAdv_Re Failedinswitchcurrent
user
user.
theDDOfle.
DDOfle.
ChecktheDDOfleandexecutethe
processing again.
11401 [TS11401]Patient
informationisinvalid.
Patientinformationisinvalid. CheckthestatusofPPUandthe
system.
11412 CslAdv_Re Can not register patient
data
FailedtoregisterpatientdatainlocalDB. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
11521 CslAdv_Re CreateXMLflenot
completed(Thiseventis
log in layer view)
ReadXMLresultflefailure
(This event is log in layer
view)
Failedinsendingthegeneratedinformation
to IDAutoConvert.
11605 CslAdv_Re SaveMassOrderSettings
failed
FailedinsavingtheMassOrderDB. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
11613 CslAdv_Re Couldnotgetfle
informationbyprocUID
Anerroroccurredwhileretrievingthestudy
commentinformationfromDDO.
11617 CslAdv_Re AccessMenuData.mdb
failed
Anerroroccurredwhilemappingthestudy
dataatthestartupofDR-ID300CL.
11621 CslAdv_Re Deletehistoryfailed Anerroroccurredwhiledeletingthe
IDHistoryDBtableatthestartupofDR-ID
300CL.
11701 CslAdv_Re Reservestudyfailure Failedinreservingstudies. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-66
11707 CslAdv_Re PatientIDexceededthe
maximumvalue
An inappropriate patient ID was set when:
Displayingscreen
Startingastudy
Automaticallystartingthenextstudy
VerifyingthesiteCode
Transitingfromanotherfunction
ResettingthepatientID
Changingthemassscreeningtype
Set up the patient ID correctly.
11708 CslAdv_Re IDexceededtherange
valueofExam
An inappropriate patient ID was set when:
Displayingscreen
Startingastudy
Automaticallystartingthenextstudy
VerifyingthesiteCode
Transitingfromanotherfunction
ResettingthepatientID
Changingthemassscreeningtype
Set up the patient ID correctly.
11729 CslAdv_QA IIPQACtrl.dll/
QAScreen/
patientInfoChgLimit_
OnOk_Click
Failedinusergroupinformationchanging
process.
ChecktheselecteduserIDandperforma
process again.
consoledb
AsiteCodemappingerroroccurredwhile
startingastudyorstartinganextstudy.
ModifythemappingtagofsiteCode.
11855 CslAdv_Re ReadingofpatientIDauto-
issuancesettingflefor
screenfailed.
SettingofIssuanceIdMassOrder.datis
inappropriate.
Modifythesettingof
11856 CslAdv_Re TheformatofthepatientID
auto-issuancesettingfle
for screening is incorrect
Setting of the AUTOINC tag of
IssuanceIdMassOrder.datisinappropriate.
Modifythesettingof
Method=%3,%4
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Filename
%2:Classname
%3:Methodname
%4:Detailmessage
DDOfle.
AnerroroccurredwhileloadingtheDDO
fle.
processing again.
12000
to
12012
ClsAdv_Tomo 1% AnerroroccurredinTomoDataMgrCtrl.dll.
AnerroroccurredintheimageDataEntity
control function.
Restart DR-ID 300CL. 1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
productmeter.
meter.
Checkthedoseareaproductmeter.
images.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-67
12003 [MI12003]Noresponse
comesfromthedevicethat
sharesIDinformation.
Noresponsecomesfromthedevicethat
12004 [MI12004]AStudycan't
register because the
exposuremenuregistered
inIDTisn'tregisteredinIIP.
AStudycan'tregisterbecausethe
exposuremenuregisteredinIDTisn't
registeredinIIP.
communicationwiththe
connecteddevice.
Failedincommunicationwiththe
connecteddevice.
12006 [MI12006]Failedinsetting
exposureconditions.
Failedinsettingexposureconditions. Confrmtheconnecteddevice.
12007 [MI12007]Failedinsetting
exposureconditions.
Failedinsettingexposureconditions. Confrmtheconnecteddevice.
12012 [MI12012]Thecommand
requestedtotheImage
ThecommandrequestedtotheImage
theImageReader.
ImageReader.
theImageReader.
ImageReader.
theImageReader.
ImageReader.
controllingtheImage
Readerconditions.
FailedincontrollingtheImageReader
conditions.
12017 [MI12017]Theconnected
ImageReader(%s)went
intosuspendmode
becauseithadnotbeen
usedforacertainperiod.
TheconnectedImageReader(%s)went
intosuspendmodebecauseithadnot
beenusedforacertainperiod.
WhenyouareusingtheImageReader,
turn the power ON again.
12018 [MI12018]Powertothe
connectedImageReader
(%s)hasbeenturnedOFF.
PowertotheconnectedImageReader
(%s)hasbeenturnedOFF.
Whenyouarere-usingtheImageReader,
turn the power ON again.
12020 [MI12020]Thelinetothe
device(%s)hasbeen
disconnected.
Thelinetothedevice(%s)hasbeen
disconnected.
productmeter.
meter.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-68
12022 CslAdv_QA QACommunication
Handler.dll
SynchronizeStudyInfo
-<exceptioncontent>
FailedinsynchronizingtheTomoViewand
studystatus.
12025 CslAdv_QA QACommunication
Handler.dll
SynchronizeStudy
Operation-<exception
content>
FailedinsynchronizingtheTomoViewand
studystatus.
12229 CslAdv_QA QACombineImageCtrl.dll/
ImgViewCtrl/
CrtLutFile.
FailedinsetupprocessofLUTfles. ChecktheLUTflesandperformaprocess
again.
IftheLUTfledoesnotexistin"C:\Program
Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut\"folder,reinstall
again.
1%
FailedinacquiringtheConfgfle
information.
CheckthefollowingConfgfleandperform
a process again.
"C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\1%"
12468 CslAdv_QA QAOrderInfoChgCtrl.dll
StudyImageCommentView
-<exceptioncontent>
Failedindisplayingimages. ChecktheDDOflesandperforma
process again.
-<exceptioncontent>
process again.
-<exceptioncontent>
process again.
12500 [TS12500]Anerroroccurs
duringimageprocessing.
Anerroroccursduringimageprocessing. CheckthestatusofPPUandthe
images.
12601 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredwhiledisplayingjob
settingdialog.
300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
12601 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% AnerroroccurredinTomoJobMgntCtrl.dll.
Anerroroccurredinthemanaging
processing of reconstruction queue.
erroranditscause
1%
FailedinacquiringtheConfgfle
information.
CheckthefollowingConfgfleandperform
a process again.
"C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\1%"
12602 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredwhilechangingthe
displaylayout.
300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-69
12603 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredwhilechangingthe
displaylayout.
300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
12603 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% AnerroroccurredinTomoJobMgntCtrl.dll.
erroranditscause
12604 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredin
TomoRecCondResOutputCtrl.dll.
Anerroroccurredwhenmodifyingthe
reconstructionconditions.
erroranditscause
12605 CslAdv_QA QARejectLogStorage.dll/
RejectLogStorageCtrl/
GetLogFolderPath-
<exceptioncontent>
Failedinsavingthelogfles. Checkthepathofdestinationforlogfle
saving,andthenexecutetheprocess
again.
12605 [TS12605]Failedincopying
theDDOfle.
FailedincopyingtheDDOfle. Click[OK].
12608
to
12624
CslAdv_QA QARejectLogStorage.dll/
ImageStorage-<exception
content>
FailedinsavingtheJPEGfles. Checkthepathoftheimageflesand
performaprocessagain.
GetLogFolderPath-
<exceptioncontent>
again.
reconstruction processing.
Failedinreconstructionprocessing. CheckthestatusofPPUandthe
GetLogFolderPath-
<exceptioncontent>
again.
12613
to
12646
ClsAdv_Tomo 1% AnerroroccurredinTomoJobMgntCtrl.dll.
erroranditscause
12615 [TS12615]Unableto
execute the reconstruction
processing because the
reconstructionconditionis
invalid.
Unable to execute the reconstruction
processing because the reconstruction
conditionisinvalid.
Checkthereconstructionconditionsand
again.
Anerroroccurredwhendisplayingoutput
range.
erroranditscause
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-70
Anerroroccurredwhenmodifyingthe
reconstructionconditions.
erroranditscause
-<exceptioncontent>
process again.
range.
erroranditscause
GetLogFolderPath-
<exceptioncontent>
again.
12620 [TS12620]Aconnection
erroroccurredwithPPU.
AconnectionerroroccurredwithPPU. Click[Yes].
executedbecause
unnecessarypastdata
exists.
Reconstruction processing cannot be
executedbecauseunnecessarypastdata
exists.
Restartthesystem.
executedagain.
executedagain.
Checkthereconstructionconditionsand
again.
executed.
executed.
12624 ClsAdv_Tomo * String of the exception
occurredisoutput.
Anerroroccurredwhilere-drawingtheicon
oftheexposedimageretrievingstatus.
If the list of reconstruction jobs is not
displayedproperlyafterawhile,restart
DR-ID 300CL.
executedbecausethe
numberofexposureimages
couldnotbeobtained.
executedbecausethenumberofexposure
imagescouldnotbeobtained.
GetLogFolderPath-
<exceptioncontent>
again.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-71
GetLogFolderPath-
<exceptioncontent>
again.
GetLogFolderPath-
<exceptioncontent>
again.
occurredwhilerecovering
jobsynchronization.
Anerroroccurredwhilerecoveringjob
synchronization.
12801
to
12804
ClsAdv_Tomo AnerroroccurredinTomoPPUCommCtrl.dll.
AnerroroccurredinthePPUconnection.
DR-ID 300CL.
12805
to
12815
ClsAdv_Tomo AnerroroccurredinTomoPPUCommCtrl.dll.
Restart PPU server.
12816 ClsAdv_Tomo AnerroroccurredinTomoPPUCommCtrl.dll.
DR-ID 300CL.
12817 ClsAdv_Tomo AnerroroccurredinTomoPPUCommCtrl.dll.
DR-ID 300CL.
12817 ClsAdv_Tomo Erroroccursduring
updating_reconstruction_
processingfeldin_image_
tbl
reconstructinstatusofimages.
occurredisoutput.
Anerroroccurredwhilegeneratingdatafor
displayingthereconstructionjobssent
fromPPU.
occurredisoutput.
Anerroroccurredwhilegeneratingdatafor
displayingthereconstructionjobssent
fromPPU.
12821 ClsAdv_Tomo Set ReconstructionStatus
fail
Anerroroccurredintheinitialization
processing of the re-reconstruction of the
retrievedjobs.
300CL.
Failedinsavingtheimageinformation. CheckthestatusofPPUandthe
images.
occurredwhilecopying
images.
Anerroroccurredwhilecopyingimages. CheckthestatusofPPUandthe
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-72
informationby
synchronization
processing.
Failedinsavinginformationby
synchronizationprocessing.
connectionwithPPU,andsavethe
informationagain.
13001 LngDBC Database Access Failure.
%nFunction:%1
Command:%2%nErrNo:%3
NativeErrNo:%4
SQLState:%5%n
Source:%6%n
Description:%7
AnerroroccurredinADO. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
restartthePC.Ifthephenomenonstill
recurred,reinstallit.
%1:Functionname.
%2:Thespecifedfeld
nameerror
occurredorthe
character string in
SQL.
%3:TheADOnumber
(errornumber)
properties.
%4:TheADO
NativeError (unique
errorcodeofthe
provider)
properties.
%5: TheADOSQLState
(SQL status)
properties.
%6:TheSourceof
ADO(objectname)
properties.
%7:Thedescriptionof
ADO (object
description)
properties.
error spot.
Theinformationisoutputwhenrestoring
theDDOfle.
- * This part is
appropriatedfrom
V4.0.
13002 LngDBC Database Access Failure.
InstanceName
[LngDBC]%nNoError
Item%nFunction:%1
Command:%2
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
restartthePC.Ifthephenomenonstill
recurred,reinstallit.
%1:Functionname.
%2:Thespecifedfeld
nameerror
occurredorthe
character string in
SQL.
13010 CslAdv_Study Itfailedthat[%1]initializes
[%2]
Defectiveprogram. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
13015 CslAdv_Study [%1]failedinsetting
DICOMdata[%2]
reinstallthesystem.
13016 CslAdv_Study [%1]failedintheacquisition
ofDICOMdata[%2]
reinstallthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-73
13044 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):Failed
ImageDBOpenRecordset
Failedinaccessingtheimagedatabase. CheckthattheSQLservicemanageris
activatingproperly.Ifthesame
phenomenonrecurredevenwhenthe
systemisactivatedproperly,initializethe
imagedatabase.(Alltheimagedatawillbe
deleted)
ImageDBCloseRecordset
deleted)
13046 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):ImageDB
DataGetError
deleted)
Data Set Error
deleted)
Data Delete Error
deleted)
ImageDBFlagConnection
deleted)
13051 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):
ImageDBFlagDataSet
Error
deleted)
MenuDBInitialize
Failedininitializingthemenudatabase
access.
Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
13053 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):MenuData
inImageDBGetError
Failedinacquiringthemenuinformation
fromthemenudatabase.
reinstallthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-74
13054 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):Menu
ParameterDatain
ImageDBGetError
Failedinacquiringthemenuparameter
informationfromthemenudatabase.
reinstallthesystem.
MenuDBTermination
Failedindisconnectingthemenudatabase
access.
reinstallthesystem.
Create New DICOM Data
FailedincreatingnewDICOMdata. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
13060 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):DICOM
DataGetError
FailedinacquiringDICOMdata. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
Data Set Error
FailedinsettingupDICOMdata. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
Data Delete Error
FailedindeletingDICOMdata. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
DataLoadError
FailedinloadingDICOMdata. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
Data Save Error
FailedinsavingDICOMdata. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
Data Free Error
FailedinfreeingDICOMdata. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
13066 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):DicomData
DuplicateError[%3]
FailedincopyingDICOMdata. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
13067 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):DicomData
Push Error
FailedininsertingDICOMdata. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
13068 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):DicomReplace
Data Error
FailedinswitchingDICOMdata. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
13080 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):
ImageDBFlagDataGet
Error
Theimagedatabasewasdamaged. CheckthattheSQLservicemanageris
deleted)
13088 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):Image
Processing Trouble
<InImg>
Thesystemwasunstable. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
13093 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):Priority
ChangeMethodError
<IdExposureList>
reinstallthesystem.
13098 LngDBC AWIN32systemlibrary
erroroccurred.[%1]%n%2
AnerroroccurredinWINAPI. Asaninternalerroroccurred,restartDR-
ID 300CL.
the application.
%1:TheprocessID
andthreadID.
%2:Theerrormessage
includingtheerror
code.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-75
13099 LngDBC Anunknownerroroccurred.
[%1]%n%2
Unknown error. Asaninternalerroroccurred,restartDR-
ID 300CL.
the application.
%1:TheprocessID
andthreadID.
%2:Theerrormessage
includingtheerror
code.
13101
to
13115
ClsAdv_Tomo 1% AnerroroccurredinTomoDBAccessor.dll.
Andatabaseaccesserrorhasoccurred.
DR-ID 300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
13117 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):ImageUID
Issue Error
reinstallthesystem.
13118 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):Series
Instance UID Issue Error
reinstallthesystem.
13119 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):Failedin
Auto Distribution
reinstallthesystem.
13201 ClsAdv_Tomo +Erroroccursduring
calling
ACCModImgProcCtrl.
ACCModImgProcGetter
method
Anerroroccurredwhenacquiringxml
parameters.
ConfrmDDOflesandimagefles.
callingFCDModImageProc.
FCDModImgProcmethod
Anerroroccurredwhencallingout
BC:FCDModImgProcandperformFCR
imageprocessing.
callingFCDAppImgPre
Proc.FCDAppImg
PreProcGammaTblmethod
Anerroroccurredwhencallingout
BC:FCDAppImgPreProcGammaTbland
createGammaLUT.
Performtheoperationagain.Ifthe
operationcannotbeperformed,restart
DR-ID 300CL.
13203 ClsAdv_Tomo +COMException AnerroroccurredatFCRimage
processing.
DR-ID 300CL.
callingACCAppImgPre
ProcCtrl.ACCAppImg
PreProcGammaTblGetter
method
Anerroroccurredwhenacquiringxml
parameterscorrespondingtothe
processingofGammaLUTcreation.
ConfrmDDOfles.
13208 ClsAdv_Tomo +COMException Anerroroccurredwhenperformingimage
processingandcreatingGammaLUT.
DR-ID 300CL.
gettingImageBufferSize
Anerroroccurredwhenacquiring
ImageBufferSize.
DR-ID300CL,andperformtheoperation
again.
13212 ClsAdv_Tomo Erroroccursduringturning
offFNCfag
Anerroroccurredwhenturningoff
xmlParamsFNCfag.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-76
13213 ClsAdv_Tomo +ArgumentException
+SecurityException
+PathTooLongException
+ArgumentException
+IOException
AnerroroccurredwhenacquiringHDDs
free space.
13214 ClsAdv_Tomo +COMException Anerroroccurredwhenchangingthe
imageversionUID.
DR-ID 300CL.
13215 ClsAdv_Tomo +COMException Anerroroccurredwhenperforming
RemoveMaskTags.
DR-ID 300CL.
13307 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):Control
InitializeError
reinstallthesystem.
13310 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):Unmatched
ImageID
reinstallthesystem.
13345 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):DatabaseData
GetError%n
Database[%3]%n
Table[%4]%n
Key[%5]
Thedatabasewasdamaged. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
13348 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):RegistryData
GetError%n
Value[%3]
Theregistrywasdamaged. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
13349 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):INIFileDataGet
Error%n
Key[%3]
TheDirectory.iniwasdamaged. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
13356 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):ControlInitialize
Error[%3]
reinstallthesystem.
13383 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):Failedin
terminatingprocess.%n
ComponentName[%3]
reinstallthesystem.
13388 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):Failedinevent
reception.
reinstallthesystem.
13389 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):Database
ConnectionError%n
Database[%3]%n
Thedatabasewasdamaged. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
13435 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):Failedtoupdate
implantandvmcstag
FailedinacquiringtheDICOMdate. RestartDR-ID300CL.Ifthesame
phenomenonrecurred,
13436 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):Failedtoupdate
implanttag
phenomenonrecurred,
13445 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):Updateimplant
presenttagandVMCStag
failed
phenomenonrecurred,
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-77
13457 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):Image
ProcessingInformation
<InImg>
Theimageprocessingparameterfles
doesnotexist.
reinstallthesystem.
13472 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):SelectedMenu
is Done.
XCONResultInformationis
annulled.[%3]
Theexposurefortheselectedmenuhas
beendone.
Selectamenuforwhichanexposure
processhasnotbeenperformed.
13473 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):Menuisnot
Selected.
XCONResultInformationis
annulled.[%3]
Noexposuremenuhasbeenselected. Selectamenuforwhichanexposure
processhasnotbeenperformed.
13998 CslAdv_Study %1(%2):[%3] General-purposeinformationeventlog Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
13999 CslAdv_Study [%s]%s(%s):<%s>
Unknown Error
reinstallthesystem.
19000 ImgViewCtrl File%1,Spot%2,Code
%3.
Anerrorwhichmadetheprocesstobe
uncontinuablehasoccurred.
ID 300CL.
the application.
%1:Nameofthefle
which output the
event.
%2:Indicatesan
unique ID for
identifyingtheerror
spot.
%3:Returnserrortype
(fxedas-9999)
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Printer Control
processedinDICOMPrintSCU.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Status
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Printer Control
(rc={0})
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Status
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Printer Setting was
notfound.
Initializationfunctionofprintersetup
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Storage
CommitmemtSettingwas
notfound.
InitializationfunctionofCommitmentsetup
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Storage Control
processedinDICOMStoreSCU.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Status
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Storage Control
(rc={0})
RunProc function of storage output control
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOM Storage Setting
wasnotfound.
Initializationfunctionofstoragesetup
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-78
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOMSC Control
OutputRegisterProc
Registrationfunctionofoutputdestination
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOMSC Control RunProc
Error(rc={0})
processedinDicomSCCtrl.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Status
20000 CslAdv_Delivery DICOMSC Control RunProc
RunProcfunctionofCommitmentcontrol
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
OutputRegisterProc
Registrationfunctionofoutputdestination
reinstallthesystem.
occurredindisplayingthe
patientinformation.
Anerroroccurredindisplayingthepatient
information.
Restartthesystem.
20000 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredwhenperformingdata
synchronization.
erroranditscause
20001 CslAdv_Delivery DICOMPrintControlGetPrc
Request function on retrieving
DICOMPrintSCUstatusreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
DicomStateChangeProc
ModifcationfunctionofDICOMprinter
statusreturnedanerrortoSpooler.
reinstallthesystem.
20001 CslAdv_
SystemManager
InBcrControlStart:%1 FailedininitializingtheBCR. ConnecttheBCRandthenrestart. %1:Anerrorcode.
20001 [DE20001]Thespecifed
devicedoesnotexist.
Thespecifeddevicedoesnotexist. Correct the settings.
obtaininginformation.
Failedinobtaininginformation. ClosetheQAorgotootherstudy.
20001 [RE20001]A
RISoccurred.
AcommunicationerrorwithRISoccurred. Checkthepowerofthedeviceandits
connection.
20001 [SM20001]Failedin
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Press the lower button to continue other
processes.
20001 [ST20001]Failedinadding
amenu.
Failedinaddingamenu. Restartthesystem.
20001 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredwhenperformingdata
synchronization.
erroranditscause
20001 [QC20001]Inputvalueis
incorrect.
Input value is incorrect. Input a correct value.
20001 [IC20001]Thestudythat
hasfailedinauto-
conversion of patient ID
exists.
Thestudythathasfailedinauto-
conversion of patient ID exists.
Check the cause of the failure.
Forthefailedstudy,correcttheexaminee
listfleandredotheprocessing,or
manuallycorrectthestudyinformation
directlyintheQA.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-79
20001 CslAdv_Re Sendmessagefail. ConnectiontoFrameWorkislost. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
Check the proccesing stetus of
FrameWork.
20002 CslAdv_Modality MainControl
IpFpdUseCountUp
Anerroroccursinsidetheprogram. Checkthedatabaseofutilizationnumber.
20002 CslAdv_
SystemManager
InMcrControlStart:%1 FailedininitializingtheMCR. ConnecttheMCRandthenrestart. %1:Anerrorcode.
deliveryprocessing.
Failedindeliveryprocessing. Waitforawhileandtryagain.
occurred.
20002 [RE20002]Atimeouterror
studyinformation.No
responsescomefrom
search.
Atimeouterroroccurredwhileinsearchof
studyinformation.Noresponsescome
fromequipmenttargetedforsearch.
Restartthesystem.
20002 [SM20002]Itcouldnotbe
defnedasconfrmed.
Itcouldnotbedefnedasconfrmed. Restartthesystem.
20002 [ST20002]Thisoperationis
notallowed.
Thisoperationisnotallowed. Loginagainwithanauthorizedusername.
illegal.
Input value is illegal. Input a correct value.
20003 CslAdv_Delivery OutputJobImageHost
Error(rc={0})
Failedinacquiringimagesofother
equipments.
reinstallthesystem.
20003 CslAdv_Modality 1% Failedinbrowsingtheimagedatabase. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
%1:Themoduleand
spoterroroccurred
20003 CslAdv_Modality DeviceType is Error. -
DeviceType=%1
Anerroroccurredinanalyzingdevice
information.
Fordeviceinformation.
20003 CslAdv_Modality ErrorNotifcationFrom
BC::ModalityIFin
OnExposureResultCreated
-status=%1
information.
BC::ModalityIFin
OnExposureResultReceive
-status=%1
information.
BC::ModalityIFin
OnImagingCreated-status
=%1
information.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-80
BC::ModalityIFin
OnImagingFinished-status
=%1
information.
BC::ModalityIFin
OnImagingPreviewCreated
-status=%1
%1:Internalerrorcode.
BC::ModalityIFin
OnImagingProcessStart
-status=%1
BC::ModalityIFin
OnImagingStart-status=
%1
BC::ModalityIFin
OnReqExposure
PreparationCancel - status
=%1
20003 CslAdv_Modality Failedtoget
StudyOperation-
ImageStatus=%1
%1:Theselectormenu
status.
mixMenuStateCheck
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus!=MENU_
FIXED-ImageStatus=%1
Themenuwhichcannotpressedthebutton
halfwayhasbeenselected.
Selectanothermenuandperformthe
operation.
%1Theselectormenu
status.
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus!=READYUP
-ImageStatus=%1
Themenuwhichcannotpressthebutton
%1:Theselectormenu
status.
orREIMAGING-
ImageStatus=%1
%1:Theselectormenu
status.
orREIMAGING-
ImageStatus=%1
%1:Theselectormenu
status.
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus!=
READYUP_FREE or
REIMAGING-ImageStatus
=%1
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus!=
READYUP_FREE or
REIMAGING-ImageStatus
=%1
%1:Theselectormenu
status.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-81
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatusis
Error(builtin).-ImageStatus
=%1
information.
%1:Thestatusof
Console.
20003 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatusis
Error(cassette). -
ImageStatus=%1
information.
%1:Thestatusof
Console.
20003 CslAdv_Modality MenuOperation!=
SELECTED_FREE -
MenuOperation=%1
Themenuwhichcannotexposehasbeen
selected.
%1:Thestatusof
Console.
SELECTED_FREE -
MenuOperation=%1
Themenuwhichcannotpressthebutton
%1:Theselectormenu
status.
20003 CslAdv_Modality RegistIDandMenuUID
mismatch-RegistID=%1
MenuUid=%2
20003 CslAdv_Modality StudyOperation!=
PERFORMING-
StudyOperation=%1
%1:Theselectormenu
status.
20003 CslAdv_
SystemManager
InitializeException
Dependency_OnChange
Exception
SetSqlDependency
Exception
ClickIndicatorisNull
ChangeIcon Exception
Anerroroccurredinprocessingthe
indicatorofDR-ID300CL.
InDR-ID300CL,theindicatorcanactivate
properly.Noremedyisrequired.
Oneofthesefvetypes
20003 [DE20003]Theharddiskis
full.
Theharddiskisfull. Deleteunnecessaryimagesfromthelist
andtryagain.
information.
Failedinsavinginformation. Restartthesystem.
thestudy.
20003 [ST20003]Bodymovement
diffculttobeobservedin
thedisplayedimagehas
beendetected.Maximum
movement:%smm
Bodymovementdiffculttobeobservedin
thedisplayedimagehasbeendetected.
Maximummovement:%smm
Enlargetheimagetocheckthedetails. Maximumamountof
movement:%smm
20003 CslAdv_Modality Failedtoget
MenuOperation-ImageId=
%1
Menustatusisinvalid. Selectthemenuagain.
the Console.
%1:Menunumber
20003 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredintheinterlocking
processingofimageprocessing
adjustment.
Preformtheoperationagain.Ifthe
DR-ID 300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
illegal.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-82
LngDBCExException
StatusID=%3
%4
Informationisnotifedfromthereader.
Failedinretrievingthetranslationcharacter
strings.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:IDofconnected
character string
andstatusdisplay
character string
%4:Errordetails
NotFoundRecordin%:3
ID=%4
Theerrorinformationisreceivedfromthe
reader.Thereceivedinformationdoesnot
matchwiththeinternalinformationof
DR-ID 300CL.
ConfrmtheImageReader.
Restart.
thesystem.
20004 CslAdv_
SystemManager
Initialize.Failed
Terminate.Faild
buttonDeletion_Click_
Param.Failed
buttonConfrmation_Click_
Param.Failed
PrevPageButton_Click.
Failed
NextPageButton_Click.
Failed
Anerroroccurredintheeventwindowof
DR-ID 300CL.
InDR-ID300CL,theindicatorcanactivate
properly.Noremedyisrequired.
One of these six types
20004 [DE20004]Failedinreading
adisplaygradation
correctionfle.
Failedinreadingadisplaygradation
correctionfle.
Checkthecorrectionfle.
confrmationofQA.
FailedinconfrmationofQA. Restartthesystem.
occurred.
20004 [ST20004]Anon-stitched
long-viewimageexists.
Anon-stitchedlong-viewimageexists. Checktheimage.
illegal.
ConvertXMLtoProperty:%3.
Invaliddata%4
Theinvalidvalueisreceivedfromthe
reader.
occurred
%3:Invalidvalue
%4:Detailofinvalid
value
Failedtoreaddatafrom
%3
%4
FailedinreadingtheIPbarcode
information.
ReadtheIPbarcodeagain.
the application.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Erroroutline
%4:Errordetails
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-83
suspendingconfrmationof
QA.
FailedinsuspendingconfrmationofQA. Restartthesystem.
20005 ClsAdv_Tomo Eventargumentisnull Themessagethatsystemreceivedisvalid. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
process.
Failedinoutputprocess. Confrmthedevicestatus.
20005 [ST20005]Along-view
menuhavingimagesnot
alignedexists.
Along-viewmenuhavingimagesnot
alignedexists.
Checktheimage.
20005 [QC20005]Optionkey
softwareisnotinstalled.
Optionkeysoftwareisnotinstalled. Exittheprogram,andinstalloptionkey
software.
Failedtoexecuteselector.
DisableImaging
Failedinnotifyingtheinexposablestatus
toImageReader.
occurred
%3:Erroroccurred
selectornumber
Failedtoexecuteselector.
EnableImaging
Failedinnotifyingtheexposablestatusto
ImageReader.
occurred
%3:Erroroccurred
selectornumber
Failedtoselector.
SendClearExposureCondition
-SelectorNumber=%3
Failedinnotifyingtheclearingexposure
conditionstoImageReader.
occurred
%3:Erroroccurred
selectornumber
OnResetImageKey
RecievedfromModalityIF
atErrorStatus.%3
Anerroroccurredinrequestingtodelete
theIPinformationfromtheImageReader.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Themoduleerror
occurred
%3:Errordetails
DisableImaging
deviceof%1.
Checkthedevicestatusandconnection. %1:Selectornumber
resumingthestudy.
Failedinresumingthestudy. Restartthesystem.
20006 ClsAdv_Tomo Eventargumentisnull Themessagethatsystemreceivedisvalid. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
20006 [QC20006]Image
sharpness is illegal.
Imagesharpnessisillegal. Arrangethephantompositionandperform
an exposure again.
20006 [ST20006]Readingofthe
patient ID auto-issuance
settingfleforscreening
failed.
ReadingofthepatientIDauto-issuance
settingfleforscreeningfailed.
Confrmthesettingfle.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-84
occurred.
adjustment.
300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
20007 [QC20007]Failedtodelete
thisfolder.

%s
Failedtodeletethisfolder. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
occurred.
Anerroroccurred. CheckthestatusofPPUandthe
system.
20007 [ST20007]Avalueoutside
the allowable range has
been set for auto-issuance
ID.
Avalueoutsidetheallowablerangehas
been set for auto-issuance ID.
Restore the auto-issuance ID to the
minimumvalue.
applying the changes.
Failedinapplyingthechanges. Restartthesystem.
adjustment.
300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
switching to other QA
function.
FailedinswitchingtootherQAfunction. Switch the QA function again.
20008 [ST20008]PatientIDthat
willbeissuedisduplicated.
PatientIDthatwillbeissuedisduplicated. Change the patient ID.
20009 CslAdv_Delivery AnalyzeXMLFailure
(path={0}Message={1}
StackTrace={2})
AnexceptionoccurredinanalyzingXML. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:Pathofthexmlfle
{2}: Stack trace
20009 ClsAdv_Tomo Failedinupdatingdisplay
patientinformation
AnerroroccurredinTomoViewCtrl.dll.
Anerroroccurredwhenupdatingthe
displayofpatientinformation.
300CL.
20009 CslAdv_Delivery Receivedanunexpected
Message(/{0}/{1}/{2})
Thetopicofthemessagenotifedin
Ansemblemessagereceivingprocesswas
in error.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Topic
{1}: Object
{2}: Event
20009 [QA20009]Failedinediting
studycomments.
Failedineditingstudycomments. Restartthesystem.
20009 [RE20009]Harddiskspace
requiredforfreelayoutprint
isinsuffcient.
Harddiskspacerequiredforfreelayout
printisinsuffcient.
Deletethestudyandtryagain.
20009 [QC20009]Baselinevalues
cannotbegenerated.
Baselinevaluescannotbegenerated. Selectanotherimage,andreexecute.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-85
20009 [ST20009]Themenu
cannotbechanged
becauseanimagehas
been input.
Themenucannotbechangedbecausean
imagehasbeeninput.
Updateonlythepatientinformation.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery {0}isadeliveryattribute
notsupported.(Coping
CombineDDOFileat
LifeSize)
Theunsupporteddistributionattributewas
notifed.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Distribution attribute
notsupported.(Creating
deliveryhostinformation)
notifed.
reinstallthesystem.
notsupported.(Making
deliveryDDO-fle)
Theunsupporteddistributiondestination
informationwasnotifed.
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery {0}isamodalitynot
supported.(Registering
deliveryhostinformationin
fle-attribute)
Theunsupportedabstractsyntaxwas
notifed.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Abstract syntax
20010 CslAdv_Delivery {0}isnotfound.(Copying
combineddofle)
TheDDOfleofcompositionoriginalimage
doesnotexist.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:DDOfle
DDOfle)
TheDDOfledoesnotexist. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:DDOfle
imagedatafle)
Theimagedatafledoesnotexist. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:Imagedatafle
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Catchsomeother
Exception.[{0}]\r\n{1}\r\n{2}
Anexceptionoccurredincopyingprocess. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:Filename
{2}: Stack trace
Exception.\r\n{0}\r\n{1}
Anexceptionhasoccurred. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{1}: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DCOMObjExeption:{0}\r\
n{1}\r\n{2}
AnexceptionoccurredinDDOHelper. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: DDO tag
{2}: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0}
DistributionDensity is null.
(Creatingdeliveryhost
informationoffleattribute)
NULLvaluewasnotifedto
DistributionDensity.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: DDO tag
DistributionProc is null.
(Creatingdeliveryhost
informationoffleattribute)
NULLvaluewasnotifedto
DistributionProc.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: DDO tag
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} ID is illegal.
(Datacreationofdelivery
beginningofmultiframe
informationprocessing)
ID value.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: DDO tag
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-86
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} ID is illegal.
(Datacreationofdelivery
beginning)
ID value.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: DDO tag
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} ID is illegal. (Is
excludedautodeliveryin
deliveringprocessing)
ID value.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: DDO tag
ImagingSystemisillegal.
(CopyingWSimagedata
fle)
FailedinretrievingImagingSystem. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: DDO tag
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} is illegal.
(Copyingimagedatafle)
Failedinretrievingtheimagedatafle
name.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: DDO tag
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} PrintDensity is
null.(Creatingdeliveryhost
informationofprint
attribute)
theoutputimagedensity.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:DDOfle
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} PrintProc is
null.(Creatingdeliveryhost
informationofprint
attribute)
theoutputimageprocessing.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:DDOfle
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DDO tag {0} ProcUID is
null.(Checkingmultiframe)
ProcUID.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: DDO tag
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Deliverymessage
conversion failure. (Starting
PreDelivery)\r\nMessage=/
{0}/{1}/{2}
FailedinconvertingthedataforAnsemble
messagedistribution.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Topic
{1}: Object
{2}: Event
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DeliveryworkDDOfle
nameisnull.(Copying
DDOfle)
Failedingeneratingtheflenamefor
distributionprocess.
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Deliveryworkimagefle
nameisnull.(Copying
combineddofle)
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Deliveryworkimagefle
nameisnull.(Copying
imagedatafle)
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery FF32CSException:\r\n{0}\r\
n{1}
AnexceptionoccurredinFF32CS
processing.
reinstallthesystem.
{1}: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery FFNetException:\r\n{0}\r\
n{1}
AnexceptionoccurredinFFNet
processing.
reinstallthesystem.
{1}: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery ImagePositionis0.(Multi
frameimagedelivery
judgementprocessing)
NULLvalueor"0"wasnotifedto
ImagePosition.
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery ImgDBCExException:\r\
n{0}\r\n{1}
AnexceptionoccurredinmgDBCEx
processing.
reinstallthesystem.
{1}: Stack trace
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-87
20010 CslAdv_Delivery IOException:[{0}]\r\n{1}\r\
n{2}
Anexceptionoccurredduringtheflecopy. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:Filename
{2}: Stack trace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery newdeliveryhost
informaitonifnull.(Creating
useurgentdeliveryhost
information)
Failedincreatingthedistribution
destinationinformation.
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery newdeliveryhost
informaitonifnull.
(Registeringdeliveryhost
informationinfle-attribute)
Failedincreatingthedistribution
destinationinformation.
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Notadeliverymessage.
(Starting PreDelivery)
Triggertypetobedistributedwasinerror. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Theacquisitioninformation
numberisillegal.(Creating
deliveryhostinformationof
fleattribute)\r\
nDistributionHost={0}\r\
nDistributionDensity={1}\r\
nDistributionProc={2}
Numberofacquiredinformationwasin
error.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:DistributionHost
{1}: DistributionDensity
{2}: DistributionProc
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Thedeliveryattributeisnot
set.(Startingdelivery
perparation.)
thedistributionattribute.
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Theinputflenameis
illegal.[{0}](Creating
deliveryworkflename)
theinputflename.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:Inputflename
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Theinputparameteris
illegal.(Creatingnewmulti
frameinformation)
Invalidvaluewasnotifedtotheinput
parameter.
reinstallthesystem.
illegal.(Registeringdelivery
hostinformationinfle-
attribute)\r\nHostNmae=
{0}\r\nOutputDensity={1}\r\
nOutputProc={2}
theparameter.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:HostName
{1}: OutputDensity
{2}: OutputProc
illegal. (Starting Delivery
hostinformation
acquisition)
theparameter.
reinstallthesystem.
illegal.(Startingdelivery
judgment)
theparameter.
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery TheKeyType({0})isillegal.
(PreDeluveryofmanual
deliveryprocessing)
Notifedtypewasinerror. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Type
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-88
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Thenumberofmultiframe
informationlistsis0.(Data
creationofdelivery
beginningofmultiframe
informationprocessing)
Numberofregisteredmulti-frame
informationwasinerror.
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Theparameterofthe
messageisillegal.
(Creating SQL sentence of
autodeliveryreading)
Notifedtypewasinerror. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Theparameterofthe
messageisillegal.auto
deliverytype=[{0}]
(Creating SQL sentence of
autodelivery)
Notifedautodistributionsettingtypewas
in error.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:Autodistribution
setting type
20010 CslAdv_Delivery The value of DDO tag {0}
ESOutputImageGroupis
illegal.(ESimagedelivery
ESOutputImageGroup.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Tag
ESOutputImageGroupis
null.(WSimagedelivery
ESOutputImageGroup.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Tag
flmoutputformatisillegal.
(ESimagedelivery
theflmoutputformat.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Tag
flmoutputformatisnull.
(Otherimagedelivery
theflmoutputformat.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Tag
ImageUIDisillegal.
(Checkingcompletedmulti
frameinformation)
FailedinacquiringtheflmUID. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Tag
MPMCodeisillegal.(ES
imagedeliveryjudgement
processing)
MPMcode.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Tag
MultiFrameUIDisillegal.
(Multiframeimagedelivery
FailedinacquiringthemultiframeUID. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Tag
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-89
numberofsheetsofimage
inflmisillegal.(Creating
newmultiframe
information)
NULLvalueor"0"wasnotifedtothe
numberofimagesintheflm.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Tag
PrintImageGroupisnull.
(WSimagedelivery
PrintImageGroup.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Tag
ProcUID is illegal. (Multi
frameimagedelivery
FailedinacquiringProcUID. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Tag
20010 CslAdv_Delivery ThevalueofdiagnosisEs
ImageTypeisillegal.(ES
processing)
theESImageTypefordiagnosisimages.
reinstallthesystem.
20010 FFOutImgPrc {0}isadeliveryattribute
notsupported.(Creating
SQL sentence of auto
delivery)
notifed.
reinstallthesystem.
MPMCodeisillegal.(ES
processing)
theMPMcode.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Tag
20010 CslAdv_Delivery ThevalueofdiagnosisEs
ImageTypeisillegal.(ES
processing)
theESImageTypefordiagnosisimages.
reinstallthesystem.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery %1isnotfound.(Copying
DDOfle)
DDOfletobecopieddoesnotexist. Performdeliveryagain.Iftheerroris
causedbythesystem,reinstallthesystem.
%1:DDOflepath
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DeliveryworkDDOfle
nameisnull.(Copying
DDOfle)
Failedincreatingatemporaryflenamefor
delivery.
Performdeliveryagain.Iftheerroris
20010 CslAdv_Delivery IOException:[%1]
%2
%3
AnIOExceptionexceptionoccurred. Performdeliveryagain.Iftheerroris
%1:DDOflepath
%2:Exception
message
%3:Stacktrace
Exception.:[%1]
%2
%3
Anexceptionoccurred. Performdeliveryagain.Iftheerroris
%1:DDOflepath
%2:Exception
message
%3:Stacktrace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery Theinputflenameis
illegal.[%1](Creating
deliveryworkflename)
Thetemporaryflenamefordeliveryis
abnormal.
%1:Filepath
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-90
20010 CslAdv_Delivery DCOMObjExeption:(%1)
%2
%3
An exception of DDO operation
componentsoccurred.
%1:DDOtagnumber
%2:Exception
message
%3:Stacktrace
20010 CslAdv_Delivery ReconstDataTimeor
InfoFileURL is illegal.
(%1)
TheReconstDataTimeorInfoFileURLof
tomosynthesisimageisabnormal.
%1:Methodname
20010 CslAdv_Delivery ImgGrpDBCException:
%1
%2
AnexceptionofImgGrpDBCcomponents
occurred.
%1:Exception
message
%2:Stacktrace
20010 [ST20010]Left-rightdensity
differenceby%s%has
beendetectedintheimage.
IftheactualSIDis%scm,
that is equal to the value
set to the Console,
itmaybeobliqueby%s
degree.
Left-rightdensitydifferenceby%s%has
beendetectedintheimage.
Confrmtheimage.
Modalityisillegal.
Modality.
{0}: Tag
MPMCodeisillegal.
MPMCode.
{0}: Tag
20010 CslAdv_Delivery FFNet
FFNetDBGetStorageClass
Failed.(Registeringdelivery
hostinformationinfle-
attribute)
An error occurs in the function of
FFNetDBGetStorageClass.
20010 CslAdv_Delivery MammoMenuisa
modality{0}notsupported.
ModalitynotsupportedbyMammography
Menu is set.
Checkthesettingparameter.Iftheerroris
causedbythesystem,reinstalltheDR-ID
300CL.
{0}:Modality
20011 CslAdv_Delivery Deliverymessage
conversion failure.
(GetImageUIDList)\r\
nMessage=/{0}/{1}/{2}
FailedinconvertingthedataforAnsemble
messagedistribution.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}: Topic
{1}: Object
{2}: Event
20011 CslAdv_Delivery ImageStatusOutProcessing
isillegal.imageID={0}({1})
Anerrorofcheckingupper/lowerlimitfor
output processing status.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:Image_UID
{1}: Output processing
status
illegal.(CalcImageStatus
OutProcessing)
NULLvaluewasnotifedtoImage_UIDlist. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-91
illegal.(GetImageUIDList)
NULLvaluewasnotifedtoImage_UIDlist. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
illegal.(StatusEndImage
StatusOutProcessing)
NULLvaluewasnotifedtotheparameter. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
Failedinenteringinformation. Enterinformationinthemarkeditems
correctly.
QAofthestudy.
FailedinstartingQAofthestudy. Checktheconnectiontotheotherdevice.
20011 CslAdv_Delivery ImgGrpDBCException:
%1
%2
AnexceptionofImgGrpDBCcomponents
occurred.
%1:Exception
message
%2:Stacktrace
Exception.
%1
%2
Anexceptionoccurred. Performdeliveryagain.Iftheerroris
%1:Exception
message
%2:Stacktrace
20011 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredwhiledisplayingjob
settingdialog.
300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
20011 [QC20011]Inputvaluesare
incorrect.
Input values are incorrect. Input a correct value.
20011 [ST20011]Failedinthe
portablealignment
detectionprocessing.
Failedintheportablealignmentdetection
processing.
Click the button below to restart the
system.
20012 CslAdv_Delivery InvalidFinishMedia
StorageOutputId
(status={0})
OutputIdformediaoutputisnotregistered. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:OutputId
20012 CslAdv_Delivery InvalidFinishMedia
StorageResult({0}={1})
Themessagestatusvaluereceivedfrom
Linker was in error.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:MediaStorage_
Result
{1}: Result
20012 CslAdv_Delivery InvalidMediaDetailStatus
(ae_name={0},media_
status={1},detail_
status={2})
Anerroroccurredinconvertingtheerror
informationtypefromthemessage.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:AEname
{1}: Status
{2}:detailStatus
20012 CslAdv_Delivery InvalidMediaStatus(ae_
name={0},media_
status={1})
MediaStatErrexecutionfunctionofSpooler
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:AEname
{1}: Status
20012 CslAdv_Delivery InvalidMediaStatus
Parameter(ae_name={0})
theAEname.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:AEname
20012 FFOutImgPrc Invalidimage_id
(status={0})
Anerroroccurredinconvertingtheimage_
idtypeofIDlistwhichhascompletedthe
preliminarypreparation.
reinstallthesystem.
{0}:image_id
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-92
20012 [RE20012]Thenumberof
studiesthatallowthefree
layoutprintexceedsthe
upperlimit.
Thenumberofstudiesthatallowthefree
layoutprintexceedstheupperlimit.
Select100studiesorlessandtryagain.
incorrect.
20012 [ST20012]NoexamineeID
thatcanbeissued
automaticallyexists.
NoexamineeIDthatcanbeissued
automaticallyexists.
Confrmtherangeofissuancenumbers.
20012
to
20015
ClsAdv_Tomo 1% Anerroroccurredwhenperformingdata
synchronization.
erroranditscause
20013 [RE20013]Astudywhich
doesnotallowthefree
layout print has been
selected.
Astudywhichdoesnotallowthefree
layoutprinthasbeenselected.
Selectastudyandtryagain.
incorrect.
shuttingdownthestudy
forcibly.
Failedinshuttingdownthestudyforcibly. Restartthesystem.
incorrect.
Exception.
CreatingaStructured
ReportfnishedinFailure.
(rc=%1)
%2
FailedincreatingtheDDOforoutputting
SR.
restartDR-ID300CL.Ifthesame
300CL.
%1:CreateReport()
return value
%2:Stacktrace
Exception.
%1
%2
Anexceptionoccurred. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Exception
message
%2:Stacktrace
incorrect.
cannot be output has been
selected.
Astudywhichcannotbeoutputhasbeen
selected.
Selectastudyagain.
incorrect.
occurredindisplaying
F-RIS client.
AnerroroccurredindisplayingF-RIS
client.
ContacttheF-RISmaintenancestaff.
20017 [QC20017]Fileexisted. Fileexisted. Checktheflename.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-93
20018 [RE20018]Thenumberof
studiesthatmatchthe
studyconditionsexceeds
thelimitvalue.Thesearch
willbeaborted.
Thenumberofstudiesthatmatchthe
studyconditionsexceedsthelimitvalue.
Thesearchwillbeaborted.
Narrowdownthesearchconditionsandtry
again.
20019 [RE20019]Thespecifed
studywasnotfound.
Thespecifedstudywasnotfound. Restartthesystem.
thestudy.
cannotbedeleted.
Thestudycannotbedeleted. Unlockthestudyandtryagain.
20023 [RE20023]Failedinauto-
startofthestudy.
Failedinauto-startofthestudy. Selectastudyfromthestudylistandstart
thestudy.
20024 [QA20024]Thepatient
orientation has not been
entered.
The patient orientation has not been
entered.
Enterinformationcorrectly.
cannotbestarted.
Thestudycannotbestarted. Choosestudyfromthelist,andstart.
20025 [RE20025]Thebatch
outputoftheselected
studiescannotbe
performed.
Thebatchoutputoftheselectedstudies
cannotbeperformed.
Confrmthestatusofstudies.
displayingimagesfrom
Synapse.
FailedindisplayingimagesfromSynapse. Press the button below to continue other
processing.
20026 [RE20026]Thereturned
recordexceedsthelimit.
Thereturnedrecordexceedsthelimit. Setahighermaximumnumberofrecords.
(Themaximumvaluecanexceed10000.)
outputtingthemis-exposure
log.
Failedinoutputtingthemis-exposurelog. Restartthesystem.
log.
20028 [RE20028]Norecordhas
beenselected.
Norecordhasbeenselected. Choosestudyfromthelist.
changing the exposure
menu.
Failedinchangingtheexposuremenu. Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-94
20029 [RE20029]Thestatusof
theselectedstudyis
invalid.
Thestatusoftheselectedstudyisinvalid. Choosestudyfromthelist.
20030 [QA20030]TheSvaluehas
TheSvaluehasexceededthelimitvalue. Check the S value.
20030 [RE20030]Study
collected.
Studyinformationcouldnotbecollected. Continuetheprocessingwiththecollected
studyinformation.
20030 [TS20030]TheSvaluehas
TheSvaluehasexceededthelimitvalue. Check the S value.
20031 [QA20031]TheLvaluehas
TheLvaluehasexceededthelimitvalue. Check the L value.
20031 [RE20031]Studycouldnot
bestarted.
Studycouldnotbestarted. Thestudythatcouldn'tbestartedhasbeen
registeredforreservation.Startastudy
fromthestudylist.
20031 [TS20031]TheLvaluehas
TheLvaluehasexceededthelimitvalue. Check the L value.
switchingimages.
Failedinswitchingimages. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen. * This function cannot be
completed.
20032 [RE20032]Noneofthe
selectedstudiescontain
exposuremenus.
Noneoftheselectedstudiescontain
exposuremenus.
Selectastudyandstartit.Afterstartingthe
study,registeranexposuremenu.
switchingimages.
Failedinswitchingimages. Restartthesystem.
20033 [RE20033]Studyinwhich
noexposuremenuhas
beenregisteredexistsin
theselectedstudies.
Studyinwhichnoexposuremenuhas
beenregisteredexistsintheselected
studies.
Selectstudiesinwhichtheirexposure
menuisregisteredandstartthestudies.
displayingtheorder
information.
Failedindisplayingtheorderinformation. Restartthesystem.
relocating the exposure
menu.
Failedinrelocatingtheexposuremenu. UserUtility.ConfrmUserUtility.
log.
accessingthestudy.
Failedinaccessingthestudy. Updatethelisttorefectthelateststatus.
Press the button below to continue the
processing.
log.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-95
20036 [RE20036]Auto-issuance
ID is not correct.
Auto-issuance ID is not correct. Specifyauto-issuanceID(%s-%s)within
the range where MinID is lower than
MaxID.
notifying the linking
application.
Failedinnotifyingthelinkingapplication. Restartthesystem.
displayingorupdatingthe
optionmonitor.
Failedindisplayingorupdatingtheoption
monitor.
Restartthesystem.
20038 [RE20038]Therangeof
auto-issuanceID#is
duplicated.
Therangeofauto-issuanceID#is
duplicated.
Re-input the range of auto-issuance ID
20039 [RE20039]Thefacility
identifcationcodeis
incorrect.
Thefacilityidentifcationcodeisincorrect. Setupafacilityidentifcationcodeusing
singlebytealphanumericcharacters
exceptforinvalidcharacterssuchas*,@,
andspace.
selectingexposuremenus.
Failedinselectingexposuremenus. Restartthesystem.
changingtheorderof
exposuremenulist.
Failedinchangingtheorderofexposure
menulist.
Restartthesystem.
scrolling the exposure
menulist.
Failedinscrollingtheexposuremenulist. Restartthesystem.
20043 [RE20043]Itexceededthe
maximumvalueofissuable
ID.
Itexceededthemaximumvalueofissuable
ID.
RestoretheissuanceIDtotheminimum
value.
20044 [RE20044]Theformatof
thesettingfleisincorrect.
Theformatofthesettingfleisincorrect. Confrmthesettingfle.
cannotbestartedhasbeen
selected.
Astudywhichcannotbestartedhasbeen
selected.
Selectastudyagain.
20047 [RE20047]Themaximum
durationthatPatientIDis
storedisincorrect.
ThemaximumdurationthatPatientIDis
storedisincorrect.
SpecifythemaximumdurationthatPatient
IDisstoredwithintherangeof[1365].
anatomicalregionshas
beenselected.
Noneoftheanatomicalregionshasbeen
selected.
Selectoneormoreanatomicalregions.
screening type has been
selected.
None of the screening type has been
selected.
Selectoneormorescreeningtype.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-96
20050 [QA20050]Thespecifed
positionisinvalid.
Thespecifedpositionisinvalid. Thetopimageandthebottomimage
cannotbespecifed.
Specifythecenterimageandanother
image.
20050 [RE20050]Inputof
screening type has not
beencompletedyet.
Input of screening type has not been
completedyet.
Inputnecessaryinformation.
20051 [QA20051]Thespecifed
positionisinvalid.
Thespecifedpositionisinvalid. Adjusttheimageposition
20051 [RE20051]Anormalstudy
andanorderstudythat
wasstartedfromRIShave
beenselected.
Anormalstudyandanorderstudythat
wasstartedfromRIShavebeenselected.
Select again.
20052 [QA20052]Rotation
directionisinvalid.
Rotationdirectionisinvalid. Directionsofimagestobecomposedare
notthesame.
Settheimagestothesamedirection.
readingoutpatient
information.
Failedinreadingoutpatientinformation. Restartthesystem.
occurredinconvertinga
partofdata.
Anerroroccurredinconvertingapartof
data.
Clickthebuttonandcontinuethe
processing.
occurredinconvertingall
data.
Anerroroccurredinconvertingalldata. Clickthebuttonandcontinuethe
processing.
20055 [RE20055]Allofthe
selectedstudiesareunable
to execute.
Alloftheselectedstudiesareunableto
execute.
20056 [RE20056]Someexposure
menuscannotbe
registered.
There is an inconsistency
betweenthemodalityof
Consoleandtheexposure
menusreceived.
Someexposuremenuscannotbe
registered.
There is an inconsistency between the
modalityofConsoleandtheexposure
menusreceived.
CheckthemodalitysettingsofService
Utility.Checkthereceivedexposuremenu.
receptimagedb
Failedinaccessingthereceptimagedb. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
20400 CslAdv_Re Showstatusdialogfailure Failedtoshowdialogatthetimeofstarting
studies/QAorrestartingstudies.
20401
to
20403
TomoImageDisplayMgrCtrl.dll.
Failedindisplayingimages.
DR-ID 300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
20450 CslAdv_QA QACommon.dll
QAFileLog.ctor
Filepathhasnotbeendefned. Checkthepathoflogflesdefnedby
Directory.ini.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-97
20453 CslAdv_Re ErrorwhenusingGuiAdpto
loadresource
Anerroroccurredinloadingresources. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
20500 CslAdv_Re Updateexposuremenu
control failure
Failedtoupdatetheexposuremenu
control.
20600 CslAdv_Re Selectchangedofthe
lstStudyListcontrolfailure
FailedtohandletheSelectChangedevent
ofthelstStudyListcontrol.
range.
erroranditscause
range.
erroranditscause
20607 CslAdv_Re Indexoutofrange Anerroroccurredwhilesettingthebody
partoftheexposuremenuorsettingfocus
totheimpedanceofthestudytype.
20641 CslAdv_Re Read
ReleasePosssessionXXX.
xmlfailed
FailedtogetresultdataattheendofFLP. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
20642 CslAdv_Re Can not release possesion
ofselectedstudy.
Failedtoreleasepossessionattheendof
FLP.
20700 CslAdv_Re Abortsynchronizethread Failedtosynchronizedatawhenthe
console_dbwaschanged.
executedagain.
executedagain.
connection with PPU. Re-execute the
reconstructionmode.
Anerroroccurredwhileloadingthe
reconstructionmode.
20703 [TS20703]DDOfleisnot
authorizedtobeupdated.
DDOfleisnotauthorizedtobeupdated. Updatethedataagainbytheauthorized
user.
20801 CslAdv_Re Initializescustomizestudy
listformfailure
Failedtoopenthecustomizestudyscreen
fromthemainform.
20810 CslAdv_Re Initializessearchhost
screen failure
Failedtoopenthesearchhostscreenfrom
thecustomizestudyform.
20815 CslAdv_Re Initializesbasicsetting
screen failure
Failedtoopenthebasicsettingscreen
fromthecustomizestudyform.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-98
20900 CslAdv_Re Gereralworklisterror Anerroroccurredduringthefollowing
operations.
HandlingtheelapsedeventofRefreshTimer.
Displayingthestatusofdatasearchdialog
fromRIS.
HandlingSearchRisEventfromStatusDialog
to RIS.
RegisteringthedatareturnedfromRIS.
Updatingthestudydate/timeatstarting
studiesfromtheworklist.
20901 [TS20901]The
couldnotbecanceled.
Thereconstructionprocessingcouldnot
becanceled.
20902 [TS20902]Thepriorityof
thespecifedreconstruction
changed.
Thepriorityofthespecifedreconstruction
processingcouldnotbechanged.
20903 [TS20903]The
reconstruction job cannot
becanceled.
Thereconstructionjobcannotbecanceled. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen.
Method=%3,%4
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Filename
%2:Classname
%3:Methodname
%4:Detailmessage
thedatabase.
database.
*Thelistmaynotbedisplayedproperly.
Press the button below to continue other
processing.
21000 ClsAdv_Tomo Valueof'0'isnotvalidfor
'emSize'.'emSize'should
begreaterthan0andless
thanorequaltoSystem.
Single.MaxValue.
Parametername:emSize
AnerroroccurredinTomoMenuDispCtrl.
dll.
Anerroroccurredwhensettingthefont
styleinexposuremenuinformationdisplay
processing.
DR-ID 300CL.
21001 CslAdv_MdIf ExceededtheLimitation
Value of XCON Exposure
Data.[%1=%2]
Anerrorinexceedingupper/lowerlimitof
exposureconditions.
Checktheexposureconditions.
21001 CslAdv_Modality CorrespondingSelectoris
Nothing. InitialActiveButton
isSelected.DDO
TECHCODE:%1
Failedinacquiringtheselectornumber. Finishthestudy,andperformthestudy
%1:TechniqueCode
canceling the output
processing.
Failedincancelingtheoutputprocessing. *Outputofselectedimagescouldnotbe
canceled.
processing.
21002 CslAdv_MdIf Timeoutoccurredwhile
waiting exposure result.
Timeoutoccurredwhilewaitingexposure
result.
ChecktheX-raydevice.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-99
21002 CslAdv_Modality Exposureresultisreceived
butselectedmenuis
invalid.Theselectedmenu
maybeimageinputted
menu.
sendingthemessage.
Failedinsendingthemessage. *List-relatedoperationsmaynotbe
performedproperly.
processing.
21002 [MI21002]Failedindose
acquisitionfromdosearea
productmeter.
Failedindoseacquisitionfromdosearea
productmeter.
*Doseareaproductvalueswillnotbe
stored.Confrmdoseareaproductmeter.
21003 [MI21003]Anexposure
conditionthatisnot
registeredinthissystem
hasbeenreceivedfromthe
exposure unit.
ThecombinationofX-ray
tube, exposure technique
andDRpaneltypemaynot
havebeenspecifed
correctly.
Anexposureconditionthatisnotregistered
inthissystemhasbeenreceivedfromthe
exposure unit.
ThecombinationofX-raytube,exposure
techniqueandDRpaneltypemaynot
havebeenspecifedcorrectly.
Reselecttheselectortobeusedfor
exposure in DR-ID 300CL.
connecting with the X-ray
unit.
Theimagemayhavebeen
lost.
FailedinconnectingwiththeX-rayunit.
Theimagemayhavebeenlost.
21100 CslAdv_Re Failedconditionsstart
study
ThedataofstudybeinginputfromRISis
invalid.
RegisterstudydatawithFRIS.
21100
to
21135
TomoImgDispOperationCtrl.dll.
Anerroroccurredintheprocessingof
displayingimages.
DR-ID 300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
21211 CslAdv_Re ErrorOccursfromBC:RisIf Anerroroccurredinstepsofprocessing
theOnErrorOccuredeventfrom
SimpleOrderingController.
21212 CslAdv_Re Failedinwritinginformation
into registry
Failedinsettingthecharacterstringinto
registry.
Restartthesystem.
21213 CslAdv_Re ErrorOccursfromBC:RisIf Anerroroccurredinstepsofprocessing
theOnInitianlizeResulteventfrom
imagedatabase
Anerroroccurredinstepsofprocessing
theOnErrorOccuredeventfrom
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-100
21216 CslAdv_Re Failedinsendingreportto
Simpleordering
Anerroroccurredinstepsofprocessing
theOnReceiveOrdereventfrom
21502 CslAdv_Re Outofmaximum-setting
exposuremenunumber
Anerroroccurredwhentheuserclickeda
menuandtriedtoaddthemenufromthe
menuselectionregiontothemenulist.
Set a value within the allowable range.
21603 CslAdv_Re SiteCodeisnotcorrect Theuserisnotallowedtoentercharacters
oranerroroccurredwhileconvertingthe
charactercodetoANSI.
Enter the value again.
21607 CslAdv_Re Active target setting screen
failed
Theuserclickedthetabsettingbuttonin
theMassOrdersettingscreen.
Display the setting screen for an active
target again.
21611 CslAdv_Re GereralMassordererror Anerroroccurredduringthefollowing
operations.
ProcessingtheFormClosingeventofthe
SoftKeyBoardFormcontrol.
Gettingthemaximumvalue,theminimum
value,andthenumberofdigitsofthe
automaticallynumberedpatientID.
SettingthetextofpatientID.
21621 CslAdv_Re Executequerydelete
recordinIDHistorytable
failure
Anerroroccurredduringdeletingthe
historyofIDHistorytablewhenstarting
DR-ID 300CL.
intoDDOfle
AsiteCodemappingerroroccurredwhile
startingastudyorstartinganextstudy,
andreadingofDDOfailed.
Method=%3,%4
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Filename
%2:Classname
%3:Methodname
%4:Detailmessage
22000 ClsAdv_Tomo 1% AnerroroccurredinTomoDataMgrCtrl.dll.
control function.
erroranditscause
22001 CslAdv_MdIf ExceededtheLimitation
Value of XCON Exposure
Data.[%1=%2]
Anerrorinexceedingupper/lowerlimitof
exposureconditions.
Checktheexposureconditions.
control function.
erroranditscause
22002 CslAdv_MdIf Timeoutoccurredwhile
waiting exposure result.
Timeoutoccurredwhilewaitingexposure
result.
ChecktheX-raydevice.
22002 [MI22002]Failedindose
acquisitionfromdosearea
productmeter.
Failedindoseacquisitionfromdosearea
productmeter.
Doseareaproductvalueswillnotbe
stored.Confrmdoseareaproductmeter.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-101
started.
started.
Execute the reconstruction processing
again.
22601
to
22605
ClsAdv_Tomo 1% AnerroroccurredinTomoJobMgntCtrl.dll.
erroranditscause
started.
started.
22603 [TS22603]Theimage
acquiredfromPPU.
Theimageinformationcouldnotbe
acquiredfromPPU.
22604 [TS22604]Theparameter
ofreconstructioncondition
isinvalid.
Theparameterofreconstructioncondition
isinvalid.
Checktheparameters. Thefollowingitemsare
changed.(Unit:mm)
1. Slice center height
2.Slicewidth
3. Slice interval
22605 [TS22605]Theheightof
the center slice for PPU
exceededthemaximum
value(500mm).
The height of the center slice for PPU
exceededthemaximumvalue(500mm).
occurredwhilecreatinga
marker.
Anerroroccurredwhilecreatingamarker. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen.
22607 [TS22607]Atomosynthesis
menuinprocessof
reconstruction exists.
ATomosynthesismenuinprocessof
reconstruction exists.
22608 [TS22608]Animageof
which the height of the slice
is0to500mmcanonlybe
generated.Otherimages
cannotbegenerated.
Animageofwhichtheheightofthesliceis
0to500mmcanonlybegenerated.Other
imagescannotbegenerated.
Check the height of the slice.
occurredisoutput.
Anerroroccurredwhilesettingtheposition
of the scroll bar.
300CL.
22609 [TS22609]Thenumberof
exposureimagescouldnot
beobtainedproperly.
Thenumberofexposureimagescouldnot
beobtainedproperly.
Confrmthenumberofexposureimages.
occurredisoutput.
Anerroroccurredwhilesettingtheposition
of the scroll bar.
300CL.
occurredisoutput.
Anerroroccurredwhilesettingtheindexes
ofthe1stcolumntobedisplayed.
300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-102
occurredisoutput.
Anerroroccurredwhenacquiringthe
values in the table.
300CL.
occurredisoutput.
Anerroroccurredwhileretrieving/setting
values of the table.
300CL.
occurredisoutput.
Anerroroccurredwhileretrieving/settinga
value of the scroll bar.
300CL.
occurredisoutput.
Anerroroccurredwhengeneratingthe
displaydata.
22802 [UU22802]Thepatient'sID
#istoolong,
Thepatient'sID#istoolong, Enterinformationcorrectly.
22803 [UU22803]Invalid
character(s)areincludedin
thepatient'sID#.
Invalidcharacter(s)areincludedinthe
patient'sID#.
22804 [UU22804]Thepatient's
Nameistoolong.
Thepatient'sNameistoolong. Enterinformationcorrectly.
thepatient'sname.
patient'sname.
22806 [UU22806]TheKanji
patient'snameistoolong.
TheKanjipatient'snameistoolong. Enterinformationcorrectly.
theKanjiPatient'sName.
KanjiPatient'sName.
22808 [UU22808]Theformatused
for the sex is incorrect.
Theformatusedforthesexisincorrect. Enterinformationcorrectly.
forthedateofbirthis
incorrect.
Theformatusedforthedateofbirthis
incorrect.
22810 [UU22810]Patient
informationhasnotbeen
entered.
Patientinformationhasnotbeenentered. Enteratleastoneofthefollowingitems:
patentID#,patientnameandsex.
23001 [MI23001]Anexposure
conditionthatisnot
registeredinthissystem
hasbeenreceivedfromthe
exposure unit.
ThecombinationofX-ray
tube, exposure technique
andDRpaneltypemaynot
havebeenspecifed
correctly.
Anexposureconditionthatisnotregistered
inthissystemhasbeenreceivedfromthe
exposure unit.
ThecombinationofX-raytube,exposure
techniqueandDRpaneltypemaynot
havebeenspecifedcorrectly.
Reselecttheselectortobeusedfor
exposure in DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-103
23003
to
23007
TomoImgProcReqQueueCtrl.dll.
Anerroroccurredwheninitializingthe
TomosynthesisView.
DR-ID 300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
23008 ClsAdv_Tomo Key[%1]issetdefault
value=%2
Failedtogettheoptionsettingvalues
whenstartingTomosynthesisduetothe
following reasons.
Thereisnosettingfle.
Asettingkeyisnotassignedtothesettingfle.
Setvaluesofthesettingfleareincorrect
(type, range).
Checkthesettingscorrespondingtothe
keyindicatedbylogmessage,andcorrect
theerroraccordingtothecausesdescribed
intheCausecolumn.
*Whenanerroroccurs,
thedefaultvalueis
usedautomatically,
andTomosynthesisis
normallystarted.
23101
to
23104
ClsAdv_Tomo 1% AnerroroccurredinTomoDBAccessor.dll.
Andatabaseaccesserrorhasoccurred.
DR-ID 300CL.
1%:Thespotofthe
erroranditscause
23200 ClsAdv_Tomo +DCMObjExException
+GeneralException
FailedinrefectingtheDDOtags. Performtheoperationagain.Ifthe
DR-ID 300CL.
23202 ClsAdv_Tomo +GetLatitudeTagValue
Failed
FailedinacquiringthevalueofLatitudetag
asitdoesnotexist.
DR-ID 300CL.
+Generalexception
FailedinacquiringthevalueofLatitudetag
asitdoesnotexist.
DR-ID 300CL.
23204 ClsAdv_Tomo +Generalexception Anexceptionoccurredwhenacquiringthe
DDO tags.
DR-ID 300CL.
23205 ClsAdv_Tomo +DCMObjExException FailedindeletingtheDDOtags. Performtheoperationagain.Ifthe
DR-ID 300CL.
+Generalexception
+EncoderFallbackException
AnerroroccurredwhencopyingtheDDO
tagsdata.
DR-ID 300CL.
+Generalexception
Anerroroccurredwhenrefectingthe
exposureorderofDDOtags.
DR-ID 300CL.
23209 ClsAdv_Tomo +ArgumentException
+FormatException
+Generalexception
Anerroroccurredwhenconvertfrombyte
to short.
DR-ID 300CL.
+Generalexception
+FF32CSException
Anerroroccurredwhencreatingimage
UID.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-104
informationhasbeen
registeredmorethanthe
numberofdisplayable
information.
Patientinformationhasbeenregistered
morethanthenumberofdisplayable
information.
Searchbythekeyword.
informationbeyondthe
numberofdisplayable
informationwasfound.
Patientinformationbeyondthenumberof
displayableinformationwasfound.
Changethekeywordandtryagain.
24302 [UU24302]Failedin
connecting to the patient
informationmanagement
host.
Failedinconnectingtothepatient
informationmanagementhost.
Itwillbeconnectedtothedatabaseofthis
system.
Toconnecttothemanagementhostagain,
confrmtheconnectionandinputa
"-"(hyphen)tothepatientID#tosearch.
obtaining patient
information.
Failedinobtainingpatientinformation. Itmayhavebeendeletedbyanother
system.
Search again.
24801 [UU24801]Thekana
patientnameistoolong.
Thekanapatientnameistoolong. Enterinformationcorrectly.
thekanapatient'sname.
kanapatient'sname.
24803 [UU24803]Thetelephone
numberistoolong.
Thetelephonenumberistoolong. Enterinformationcorrectly.
thetelephonenumber.
telephonenumber.
forthebloodtype(ABO)is
incorrect.
Theformatusedforthebloodtype(ABO)
is incorrect.
forthebloodtype(Rh)is
incorrect.
Theformatusedforthebloodtype(Rh)is
incorrect.
24807 [UU24807]Thephysical
disorderinformationistoo
long.
Thephysicaldisorderinformationistoo
long.
thephysicaldisorder
information.
physicaldisorderinformation.
24809 [UU24809]Theinfection
informationistoolong.
Theinfectioninformationistoolong. Enterinformationcorrectly.
theinfectioninformation.
infectioninformation.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-105
24811 [UU24811]The
contraindicationinformation
is too long.
Thecontraindicationinformationistoo
long.
thecontraindication
information.
contraindicationinformation.
24813 [UU24813]Thepatient
commentistoolong.
Thepatientcommentistoolong. Enterinformationcorrectly.
thepatientcomment.
patientcomment.
24815 [UU24815]Itemstobe
displayedhavenotbeen
set.
Itemstobedisplayedhavenotbeenset. Setmorethanonedisplayitems.
24816 [UU24816]Thesettingof
warningtimefordecreased
batterycapacityexceedsa
range of 10 to 59.
Thesettingofwarningtimefordecreased
batterycapacityexceedsarangeof10to
59.
29999 CslAdv_Delivery CanNotWriteCallLog.\
n{0}\n{1}
Anexceptionoccurredinoutputtingthe
CallLog.
reinstallthesystem.
{1}: Stack trace
29999 CslAdv_Delivery CanNotWriteEnterLog.\
n{0}\n{1}
EnterLog.
reinstallthesystem.
{1}: Stack trace
29999 CslAdv_Delivery CanNotWriteExitLog\n{0}\
n{1}
ExitLog.
reinstallthesystem.
{1}: Stack trace
29999 CslAdv_Delivery CanNotWriteReturnLog.\
n{0}\n{1}
ReturnLog.
reinstallthesystem.
{1}: Stack trace
30000 [TS30000]Doyouwishto
deletethemarkersand
continue the operation?
Themarkersistriedtobedeleted. Click[No]andcontinuetheoperation
withoutdeletingthemarkers.
30000 CslAdv_IDAutoConvert FF32CS.
RegGetKeyDWORD
Failedinobtainingtheregistryinformation. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
CREATED-ImageStatus=
%1
selected.
Selecttheothermenu.
Addamenu.
CREATED/MENU_FIXED/
MENU_FIXED_FREE/
READYUP_FREE -
ImageStatus=%1
selected.
Selecttheothermenu.
Addamenu.
30001 CslAdv_
SystemManager
Application.Start Applicationlaunched. - Informationtoknow
that the application was
beingstarted.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-106
30001 CslAdv_Modality ImageStatus!=IMAGING_
COMPLETED/OUTPUT_
COMPLETED/READYUP_
FREE/MENU_CREATED
-ImageStatus=
%1,ImageId=%2
Menustatusisinvalid. Selectthemenuagain.Ifthesame
phenomenonrecurred,restarttheConsole.
%1:Thestatusof
selectedmenu
%2:Menunumber
FIXED/MENU_FIXED_
FREE-ImageStatus=
%1,ImageId=%2
%1:Thestatusof
selectedmenu
%2:Menunumber
SELECTED_FREE/
SELECTED_LOCK-
MenuOperation=
%1,ImageId=%2
%1:Thestatusof
selectedmenu
%2:Menunumber
SELECTED_FREE -
MenuOperation=
%1,ImageId=%2
%1:Thestatusof
selectedmenu
%2:Menunumber
FIXED-ImageStatus=
%1,ImageId=%2
%1:Thestatusof
selectedmenu
%2:Menunumber
30001 [QC30001]Established
criteriahavebeenchanged.
Establishedcriteriahavebeenchanged. -
30001 [IC30001]Auto-conversion
of patient ID will be
executed.
Auto-conversion of patient ID will be
executed.
-
30002 CslAdv_
SystemManager
Application.Exit Applicationexitedproperly. - Informationtoknow
beingexitedproperly.
30002 [QC30002]Thestudyresult
cannotbestored.
Thestudyresultcannotbestored. Inputthestudyresult.
30003 CslAdv_
SystemManager
ConsoleEventIndicator.
Start
Indicatorprocessingwasstarted. - Informationtoknow
beingstarted.
30003 [QC30003]Someitems
have not yet been input.
Someitemshavenotyetbeeninput. Entertheuserinputitems.
30004 CslAdv_
SystemManager
ConsoleEventIndicator.End Indicatorprocessingwasfnished. - Informationtoknow
beingexitedproperly.
30004 [QC30004]Someitems
have not yet been input.
Someitemshavenotyetbeeninput. Executethemeasurementprocessing.
30005 [OM30005]Thescreen
resolution has been
changed.
Thescreenresolutionhasbeenchanged. Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-107
30005 CslAdv_
SystemManager
MakeCabFile::Exception
MakeCabFile Retry
BackupLogCabMake
Exception::
MaintePCUpLoad
MakeCabFileNG
MaintePCUpLoad::
exception=Mainte
PCUpLoad::MainteFolder
Nothing
IIPBackupLogDataMake
falseend
LogFileNothing=
FailedincreatingCabflewhenoutputting
logfle.
DR-ID 300CL.
One of the 9 types will
be set as an event
content.
processing will be
implemented.
Measurementprocessingwillbe
implemented.
-
30006 [MD30006]Invalid
charactersareincludedin
IP#.
InvalidcharactersareincludedinIP#. Re-input correctly.
30006 [QC30006]Thestudyresult
isnotstoredaccordingly.
Thestudyresultisnotstoredaccordingly. Storethestudyresult.
30007 [QC30007]Reconfrming. Reconfrming. Click[Yes]tosavethedataandexitQC.
Click[No]toexitQCwithoutsavingthe
data.
30008 [ST30008]Pleasecheck
theorderofimages.
Pleasechecktheorderofimages. Checktheorderoftheimages.
30009 [MD30009]Theconditions
thatdonotallowan
exposure to start have
beensentfromanexternal
device.
Theconditionsthatdonotallowan
exposuretostarthavebeensentfroman
externaldevice.
Checktheexposureconditionsofthe
externaldevice.
30009 [ST30009]Stitching
executedbecausenomore
thanoneimagehasbeen
inputted.
Stitchingprocessingcannotbeexecuted
becausenomorethanoneimagehas
beeninputted.
Checkthenumberoftheinputtedimages.
executedsincetheimage
sizeorrotationinformation
thathasbeeninputteddoes
notmatchoneanother.
Stitchingprocessingcannotbeexecuted
sincetheimagesizeorrotationinformation
thathasbeeninputteddoesnotmatchone
another.
Checkthedirectionoftheinputtedimage.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-108
30011 [ST30011]Pleasesetthe
exposureconditionproperly
again when the technique
ischanged.
Exposureconditionhasnotbeenset
properly.
Settheexposureconditions.
30012 [QC30012]Baselinevalues
willbestored.
Baselinevalueswillbestored. -
processing has been
performedonalready
acquiredimages.
Stitchingprocessinghasbeenperformed
onalreadyacquiredimages.
-
30013 [MD30013]Exposurewas
aborted.
Exposurewasaborted. Thenumberofimagesirradiatedwas
(%s/%s).
*Checktheimagesreceived.
changing the panel.
Failedinchangingthepanel. Initializethepanel.
30014 [QC30014]Selectedhistory
informationwillbedeleted.
Selectedhistoryinformationwillbe
deleted.
-
30015 [MD30015]Exposed
imageswillbelostand
unfnishedlong-viewmenus
willbedeletedifthemenu
isdeleted.
Themenuistriedtobedeleted. Whenyouselect[Yes],theimages
combiningprocessingstartsforonlythe
retrievedimages.
Whenyouselect[No],imageswillbe
retrievedagainwithoutdeletingthem.
30015 [QC30015]Basicvaluehas
beenchanged.
Basicvaluehasbeenchanged. Storethestudyresult.
30016 [MD30016]Thetechnique
cannotbechanged
because the long-view
menuhasalreadybeen
relocated.
Thetechniquecannotbechangedbecause
thelong-viewmenuhasalreadybeen
relocated.
The exposure technique cannot be
changedforthedevelopedlong-view
menu.
technique cannot be
changed.
The exposure technique cannot be
changed.
Themenuwhoseexposuretechnique
cannotbechangedisselected.
Checkthemenu.
30020 [QA30020]Informationhas
beenchanged.
Informationhasbeenchanged. ChecktheApplybuttontoconfrmthe
imageprocessingadjustmentresults.
30022 [TS30022]FNC-CRFimage
processingparametersare
notconfguredproperly.
FNC-CRFimageprocessingparameters
arenotconfguredproperly.
ChecktheFNC-CRFimageprocessing
parameters.
30023 [TS30023]Thecorrected
informationwillbesaved.
Thecorrectedinformationwillbesaved. -
30027 [RE30027]Failedinstudy
start.
Failedinstudystart. Clickthebuttondisplayedonthescreen.
30031 [TS30031]Thecorrected
informationwillbesaved.
Thecorrectedinformationwillbesaved. -
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-109
30037 [RE30037]Thehistoryof
patient ID issuance will be
deleted.
The history of patient ID issuance will be
deleted.
-
FailedincalculatingtheSorLvalue. Specify two points for ROI again.
30038 [RE30038]Astudythatis
unable to execute exists.
Astudythatisunabletoexecuteexists. Confrmthestudystatus.
30040 [QA30040]Invalid
combinationhasbeen
selected.
Invalidcombinationhasbeenselected. Switching of general exposure will be
changedtothedefaultvalue.
30040 [RE30040]AllthepatientID
ofthefacilityidentifcation
codecurrentlysetupwill
becleared.
AllthepatientIDofthefacilityidentifcation
codecurrentlysetupwillbecleared.
-
30041 [QA30041]Thisfunction
cannotbeexecuted.
Thisfunctioncannotbeexecuted. Clickthebuttontoproceedtheprocess.
30041 [RE30041]PatientIDthat
willbeissuedisduplicated.
PatientIDthatwillbeissuedisduplicated. ConfrmthepatientID.
30042 [QA30042]Thisfunction
cannotbeexecuted.
Thisfunctioncannotbeexecuted. Clickthebuttontoproceedtheprocess.
30042 [RE30042]Thereisastudy
notintheWaitingQAlist.
ThereisastudynotintheWaitingQAlist. Confrmthestudystatus.
30042 [ST30042]Thisfunction
cannotbeexecuted.
Thisfunctioncannotbeexecuted. Press the button below to continue the
processing.
30043 [QA30043]Markersexistin
theESpairedimage.Do
youwishtodeletethe
markersandexecutethe
operation?
MarkersexistintheESpairedimage. If[No]isselected,theoperationwillbe
continuedwithoutdeletingthemarkers.
30044 [QA30044]Imagescannot
bestitchedbecausethose
imagesarenotlinkedwith
one another.
Imagescannotbestitchedbecausethose
imagesarenotlinkedwithoneanother.
Adjusttheimageposition.
30045 [QA30045]Itexceedsthe
maximumnumberof
ViewModifer.
Itexceedsthemaximumnumberof
ViewModifer.
SelectViewModifernotmorethan4.
30046 [QA30046]Viewmodifer
codesequenceitems
cannotbechanged.
Viewmodifercodesequenceitemscannot
bechanged.
Selectanimagewithviewcodedata.
30209 [MD30209]Systemerror
occurred.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-110
30216 [ST30216]Thereisno
settabletrimmingsizein
%s.
Thereisnosettabletrimmingsizein%s. Restartthesystem.
30507 [ST30507]Anerror
occurred.
30600 [TS30600]Theoutput
range is incorrect.
The output range is incorrect. Check the output range. The output range
returns to the value
before the setting.
30902 [TS30902]Doyouwantto
cancel the reconstruction
processing?
Thereconstructionprocessingistriedto
bestopped.
Click[OK]tocancelthereconstruction
processing.
30903 [TS30903]Doyouwantto
cancel the reconstruction
processing even if it cannot
beexecutedagain?
Thereconstructionprocessingistriedto
bestopped.
Click[OK]tocancelthereconstruction
processing.
Method=%3,%4
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Filename
%2:Classname
%3:Methodname
%4:Detailmessage
occurred.
user
Failedtochangethecurrentuserwhen
startingstudiesfromtheworklist.
specifying the urgent
processing.
Failedinspecifyingtheurgentprocessing. Restartthesystem.
31249 [ST31249]EDRmodeis
illegal.
EDRmodeisillegal. ConfrmtheEDRMode.
31270 [ST31270]Inputvalueis
illegal.
Input value is illegal. Re-input correctly.
31344 [ST31344]Imagesize
couldnotbeidentifed.
Imagesizecouldnotbeidentifed. *TheImagesizesentfromthereading
devicehasaproblem.
Checkthedevice.
31350 [ST31350]Theparameter
isinvalid.
isinvalid.
Checkthereconstructioncondition
parameters.
Thefollowingitemsare
updated.(Unit:mm)
2. Slice range
3. Slice interval
31360 [ST31360]Animageof
is0to500mmcanonlybe
cannotbegenerated.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-111
terminating.
Failedinterminating. Try the operation again.
theexposuresize.
Failedinsettingtheexposuresize. Checkthedevice.
the reference position for
exposure.
Failedinsettingthereferencepositionfor
exposure.
31410 [MD31410]Noresponse
comesfromthedevicethat
Noresponsecomesfromthedevicethat
Checkthedevice.
menucouldnotbe
determined.
Theexposuremenucouldnotbe
determined.
Presstheconfrmationbuttonatthebottom
ofthewindowafterreselectingthe
appropriatemenusfortheexposures.
31422 [MD31422]Notableto
transittoHighSensitivity
Mode.
NotabletotransittoHighSensitivityMode. Select a correct type of DR exposure
panel.
stitchingimages.
Failedinstitchingimages. Restartthesystem.
31423 [MD31423]Notableto
releaseHighSensitivity
Mode.
NotabletoreleaseHighSensitivityMode. Reselectanexposuremenu.
31465 [ST31465]Itwillbetreated
asaregularimageduetoa
failure of provisional
linkage.
Itwillbetreatedasaregularimagedueto
a failure of provisional linkage.
Defneasmis-exposedimageandperform
an exposure again.
31467 [ST31467]Failedinenergy
Failedinenergysubtractionprocessing. Restartthesystem.
Method=%3,%4
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Filename
%2:Classname
%3:Methodname
%4:Detailmessage
control function.
erroranditscause
32021 [ST32021]Thestudycould
notbecompleted.
Thestudycouldnotbecompleted. Waitforawhileandtryagain.
32023 [ST32023]Datafor
exposure analysis is full.
Data for exposure analysis is full. BackupandclearthedatawiththeUser
Utility.
If the operation is
continuedwithout
backingupandclearing
thedata,savingthe
analysisdatawillnotbe
guaranteed.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-112
32025 [ST32025]failedin
relocating the exposure
menu.
failedinrelocatingtheexposuremenu. Restartthesystem.
32043 [ST32043]Failedinlinking
tothepatientinformation
displayterminal.
Failedinlinkingtothepatientinformation
displayterminal.
Checkthepatientinformationforthestudy
thatiscurrentlyinprocessandforthe
studythatisdisplayedonthepatient
informationdisplayterminal.
occurredwhenconnecting
to PPU
Anerroroccurredwhenconnectingto
PPU.
acquiringtheimagefle
fromPPU.
Failedinacquiringtheimageflefrom
PPU.
Check the status of PPU.
acquiringtheimagefle
fromPPU.
Failedinacquiringtheimageflefrom
PPU.
Check the status of PPU.
32603 [TS32603]Atimeerror
occurredwhileanimage
flewasbeingcopied.
Atimeerroroccurredwhileanimagefle
wasbeingcopied.
34019 [ST34019]Amenuinwhich
hasnotbeenexecuted
existsinthestudy.
Amenuinwhichreconstructionprocessing
hasnotbeenexecutedexistsinthestudy.
Checkthetargetmenu.
Specifymis-exposureforaTomosynthesis
menuwhichdoesnotrequire
reconstructionprocessingandcomplete
thestudy.
34020 [ST34020]Amenuwhichis
currently in process of
reconstruction exists in the
study.
Amenuwhichiscurrentlyinprocessof
reconstructionexistsinthestudy.
Suspendthestudy.
Thestudyisnotautomaticallycompleted
evenafterthereconstructionimage
processingends.Afterresumingthestudy,
checktheimageandcompletethestudy.
34021 [ST34021]Pleasecheck
thereconstructedimagein
thestudy.
Thereconstructedimageinthestudy
needstobechecked.
Checkthereconstructedimage.
34022 [ST34022]Astudythathas
beensuspendeddueto
exposureconditionsexists.
Astudythathasbeensuspendeddueto
exposureconditionsexists.
Checkthecompletionstateofthestudy.
IfitcontainsaTomosynthesismenu,
resumethestudytochecktheimageand
thencompletethestudy.
34038 [ST34038]Thetargetmenu
is in process of
Thetargetmenuisinprocessof
Cancel the reconstruction processing for
thetargetmenuandspecifymis-exposure.
34057 [ST34057]Toomany
menusareincludedinthe
study.
Toomanymenusareincludedinthestudy. Reducethenumberofmenusto%sor
lessandperformexposures.
34064 [ST34064]Astudythat
includesthismenuwillbe
deleted.
Astudythatincludesthismenuwillbe
deleted.
Select[OK]todeletethem.
Select[CANCEL]nottodeletethem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-113
34069 [ST34069]S/Lvaluesare
outsidethespecifedrange.
S/Lvaluesareoutsidethespecifedrange. Checktheexposureconditions.
34107 [ST34107]Doyouwishto
deletethemarkersand
execute the operation?
Youtriedtodeletemarkerswhileexecuting
the operation.
Select[Yes]todeletethem.
Select[No]nottodeletethem.
34108 [ST34108]Images
generatedfromdifferent
imagegeneratorscannot
bereplacedeachother.
Imagesgeneratedfromdifferentimage
generatorscannotbereplacedeachother.
Press the button below to abort
processing.
34109 [ST34109]Imageswere
inputduringthepreview
display.
Imageswereinputduringthepreview
display.
Try stitching operations again.
34114 [ST34114]Conditions
inhibiting the start of
exposurehadbeensent
fromtheexternaldevice.
Conditionsinhibitingthestartofexposure
hadbeensentfromtheexternaldevice.
Checktheexposureconditionsonthe
externaldevice.
34118 [ST34118]Failedinmenu
selection.
Failedinmenuselection. Selectamenuagain.
34300 [ST34300]Thenumberof
patientinformationexceeds
thenumberthatcanbe
indicated.
Thenumberofpatientinformationexceeds
thenumberthatcanbeindicated.
Searchbythekeyword.
34301 [ST34301]Patient
informationbeyondthe
numberwhichcanbe
indicatedwasfound.
Patientinformationbeyondthenumber
whichcanbeindicatedwasfound.
Changethekeyword,andsearchagain.
40073 FW Cannotgetimagedata
fromflepath:"{0}"
Thebitmapcannotbeloaded. Restartthesystem.
40073 FW Cannotgetimagedepth.
Path="{0}"
Theimagedepthcannotbeacquiredfrom
DDO.
Restartthesystem.
40073 FW Cannotgetimageflepath.
Path="{0}"
Thepathofthebitmapcannotbeacquired
fromDDO.
Restartthesystem.
40073 FW Cannotgetimageheigh.
Path="{0}"
Theimageheightcannotbeacquiredfrom
DDO.
Restartthesystem.
40073 FW Cannotgetimagewitdh.
Path="{0}"
Theimagewidthcannotbeacquiredfrom
DDO.
Restartthesystem.
40073 FW Cannotgetthegamma
table
LUTtablecannotbecreated. Restartthesystem.
40073 FW Cannotgettheimage
buffer
Nomemorytoassignforimageloading. Restartthesystem.
40073 FW Can not get the XML
parameter
ACcannotacquirethe"createxml
parameter"fromDDOfle.
ChecktheACparameterfleagainand
restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-114
50000 FFOutImgPrc InitializeError.
%1:ComInitializeError<
%2>
FailedininitializingCOM. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Methodname
50002 FFOutImgPrc FFSysConfg::Initialize
Error<Run_Prc>
[LastError=%1]
[ErrorCode=%2]
Failedinreadingthesetvaluesfrom
systemsettings.
Confrmwhetherthesystemsettingsare
setproperlyinUserUtilityand
ServiceUtility.Iftheerroriscausedbythe
%1:GetLastError()
return value
%2:Errorcode
50003 FFOutImgPrc ACCMenuMasterCalc
MaskSizeFailednRet=(%1)
(%2)<ImgPrcExec>
Failedincallingthemethodofmenu
masterparameteraccessor.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Callreturnvalue
%2:Nameoffunction
erroroccurred
50003 FFOutImgPrc ACCMenuMasterGet
MaskSizeFailednRet=(%1)
(%2)<ImgPrcExec>
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Callreturnvalue
%2:Nameoffunction
erroroccurred
50003 FFOutImgPrc ACCMenuMaster
LoadParamsFailed
nRet=(%1)(%2)
<ImgPrcExec>
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Callreturnvalue
%2:Nameoffunction
erroroccurred
50003 FFOutImgPrc ConvertImageProc
ParameterFailedlRet=(%1)
(%2)<ImgPrcExec>
Failedinconvertingtheimageprocessing
parameters.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Callreturnvalue
%2:Nameoffunction
erroroccurred
50004 FFOutImgPrc ACCAppImgCreator
WSLifeSizeProcGetter
Failed(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
AcquiringaccessorofCSLimage
generation(lifesizecomposition)image
processingcommonparametersreturned
an error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50004 FFOutImgPrc ACCAppImgPreProc
GammaTblGetterFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
CSLpreprocessingfacadeparameter
accessorreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc ACCAppImgProc%1Getter
Failed(%1)<ImgPrcExec
>
CSLprocessingfacadeparameter
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc ACCMenuMasterInitialize
>
Initializationfunctionofmenumaster
parameteraccessorreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc ACCMenuMasterSetMaster
ParameterToDDOFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
Perpetuationaccessorofimageprocessing
commonparametersreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc ACCModImgProcGetter
>
FCRprocessingfacadeparameter
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc BC::FacadeNotifcation
Type[%1]Code[%2]
Time[%3]Message[%4]<
ImgPrcExec>
Anerroroccursinsidetheparameter
accessor.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Errortype
%2:Errorcode
%3:Errortimeanddate
%4:Internalerror
information
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-115
50004 FFOutImgPrc CFcRawMake::
ExeImageProcessFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
OutputDDOflenameacquiringfunctionof
creatingRAWdatareturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
GetOutDICOMFName
>
OutputDDOflenameacquiringfunctionof
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
GetRAWFNameFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
RAWflenameacquiringfunctionof
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
ImgRawMakeInitFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
Initializationsettingcommonfunctionof
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc CharToBstrFailed(%1)<
ImgPrcExec>
FunctionofconvertingfromCcharacter
strings to BSTR type character strings
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc CreateInstanceError(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
Instancegenerationfunctionofparameter
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOMGetAttributeValue
FailedTAG=%1ATTR=%2
(%3)<ImgPrcExec>
TagvalueconfgurationfunctionofDOM
methodreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutelocation
path
%2:Tagname
%3:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOMGetSameTagNumber
FailedTAG=%1(%2)<
ImgPrcExec>
Functioninacquiringthenumberofsame
tagsforDOMmethodreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutelocation
path
%2:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOMGetTagValueFailed
TAG=%1(%2)<
ImgPrcExec>
Tag value acquiring function of DOM
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutelocation
path
%2:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOMLoadXmlStringFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
XMLflereadfunctionofDOMmethod
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOMRemoveAttribute
FailedTAG=%1ATTR=%2
(%3)<ImgPrcExec>
Deleting attribution function of DOM
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutelocation
path
%2:Attributionname
%3:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOMSaveXmlStringFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
SavingXMLflefunctionofDOMmethod
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOMSetAttributeFailed
TAG=%1ATTR=%2(%3)<
ImgPrcExec>
Attributionvalueconfgurationfunctionof
DOMmethodreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutelocation
path
%2:Attributionname
%3:Nameofcaller
function
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-116
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOMSetTagValueFailed
TAG=%1(%2)<
ImgPrcExec>
TagvalueconfgurationfunctionofDOM
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutelocation
path
%2:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc DOMTAGDoesNotExist
TAG=%1(%2)<
ImgPrcExec>
Checking tag existence function of DOM
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutelocation
path
%2:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDAppImgCreator
WSLifeSizeFailed(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
Lifesizecompositionfacadeoflongview
imagereturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDAppImgPreProc
GammaTblFailed(%1)<
ImgPrcExec>
tablegenerationprocessingfacade
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDAppImgProc%1Failed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
CSLimageprocessingfacadereturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Distribution
destination
recognition
("Strg"/"Print")
%2:Imagetype
character string
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDManualMarginProc
Addingmargin(manualarrangement)
facadeofanimagereturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDModImgProcFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
FCRprocessingcontrolfunctionreturned
an error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDTrimmingProcFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
Cuttingoutprocess(trimmingprocess)of
animagereturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50004 FFOutImgPrc FCDWriteLosslessJPEG
>
LosslessJPEGcompressionoutputfacade
ofRAWdatareturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc GetIndexOfImagePixelNot
FoundTAG:image_pixel
ATTR=%1(%2)<
ImgPrcExec>
imageattributionindexvalueacquiring
functionofimageprocessingcommon
parametersreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:RequestingIN/
OUT recognition
%2:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc GetValueFromXMLTag
FailedTAG=%1:%2(%3)<
ImgPrcExec>
Tagvalueacquiringfunctionofimage
an error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutelocation
path
%2:Tagname/
attributionname
%3:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc PushLUTDataToTagfailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
DDOtagsettingprocessingfunctionof
tablereturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50004 FFOutImgPrc RemoveXMLTagFailed
TAG=%1(%1)<
ImgPrcExec>
Tagvaluedeletingfunctionofimage
an error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutelocation
path
%2:Nameofcaller
function
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-117
50011 FFOutImgPrc DICOMReplaceVR/Push
Error<
ImgConvReadyDicomDXSt
>
Failedinacquiringthecharacterstring
region.
reinstallthesystem.
50011 FFOutImgPrc VRAreaGetError
<ImgConvReadyDicomSt>
DDOtagreplacefunctionreturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Functionreturn
value
DDO tag character replace function
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Functionreturn
value
DDO tag character replace function
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Functionreturn
value
50012 FFOutImgPrc DDTError(DDO=[%1]
SOPUID=[%2]AEName=
[%3])<ImgConvDicomSt
>
DDO conversion function by SOP class
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:DDOflepath
%2:SOPClassUID
%3:DistributionHost
50012 FFOutImgPrc DICOMDataGetVRError(
Gr:0x%1Er:0x%2)<
DelTrimInfo>
AcquiredfunctionofDDOtagreturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:GroupID
%2:ElementID
Gr:0x%1Er:0x%2Ret:
0x%3)<SetImgInf>
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:GroupID
%2:ElementID
%3:Functionreturn
value
50012 FFOutImgPrc DICOMDataGetVRError
TAG=(%1,%2)lRet=(%3)
(%4)<ImgPrcExec>
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Groupnumberof
tag
%2:Elementnumberof
tag
%3:Callreturnvalue
%4:Nameoffunction
erroroccurred
50012 FFOutImgPrc DICOM Data SetVR Error
TAG=(%1,%2)lRet=(%3)
(%4)<ImgPrcExec>
ConfgurationfunctionofDDOtagreturned
an error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Groupnumberof
tag
%2:Elementnumberof
tag
%3:Callreturnvalue
%4:Nameoffunction
erroroccurred
50012 FFOutImgPrc DICOMReplaceVR/Push
Error(errorcode=%2)<
%1>
DDOtagreplacefunctionreturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Functionreturn
value
%2:Nameofcaller
function
50012 FFOutImgPrc ParameterObjectnot
found.<%1>
The return value of pointer acquiring
functionofsequencedataisNULL.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50012 FFOutImgPrc ParameterObjectArraynot
found.<%1>
NULLisnotifedtotheconvertedresultof
SQtagtothesequencedata.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50012 FFOutImgPrc SaveFileErrorlRet=(%1)
(%2)<ImgPrcExec>
FailedinsavingtheDDO. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Callreturnvalue
%2:Nameoffunction
erroroccurred
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-118
50012 FFOutImgPrc SaveFileFailedFile=%1
(%2)<ImgPrcExec>
Savingcommonfunctionreturnedanerror
toDDOfle.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:DDOflepath
name
%2:Nameofcaller
function
50013 FFOutImgPrc GetDICOMDataNoData(
Gr:0x%1Er:0xXX%2)<
ImgFilmCharMake>
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:GroupID
%2:ElementID
50020 FFOutImgPrc ConvertSizeCodeError:
(%1)[SizeCode=%2]<
ExeOutMain>
Valueconversionfunctionofimagesize
codebefore/aftertrimmingtothesizecode
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
%2:Sizecodeor
trimmingsizecode
50020 FFOutImgPrc ConvertSizeCodeError:
(%1)[SizeCode=%2]<
ExeOutMain>
Character string conversion function of
trimmingsizecodereturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
%2:Trimmingsizecode
50020 FFOutImgPrc ConvertSizeCode
CharToNumError.
SizeCode=(%1),lRet=(%2)
Valueconversionfunctionofsizecode
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sizecode
%2:Functionreturn
value
50020 FFOutImgPrc ConvertSizeCode
NumToCharErrror.
SizeCode=(%1),lRet=(%2)
Character string conversion function of
sizecodereturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sizecode
%2:Functionreturn
value
50020 FFOutImgPrc GetImageSizeError:
[SizeCode%1]<
ExeOutMain>
Acquisitionfunctionofpixel/linereturned
an error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sizecode
50020 FFOutImgPrc GetValueFromXMLTag
FailedTAG=%1:%2
lRet=(%3)(%4)<
ImgPrcExec>
FailedinacquiringatagfromXML. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutepathof
XMLfle
%2:Tagname
%3:Callreturnvalue
%4:Nameoffunction
erroroccurred
50020 FFOutImgPrc InvalidFilmFormatString
(%1:%2)<
ImgGetImageData>
Energysubtractionprocessingimagetype
characters were in error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Imagedataindex
%2:Imagetype
character string
50020 FFOutImgPrc NullorInvalid
Parameter(%1)<
ExeOutMain>
Notifcationparameterwasinerror. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50020 FFOutImgPrc S%1=0x%1'%2'Error<
ImgFilmCharMake>
Imageprocessedfagvaluewasoutof
range.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Imageprocessed
fagpositionindex
%2:Imageprocessed
fagvalue
%3:Imageprocessed
fagvalue
(character)
50020 FFOutImgPrc S%1=0x%2Error<
ImgFilmCharMake>
Imageprocessedfagvaluewasoutof
range.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Imageprocessed
fagpositionindex
%2:Imageprocessed
fagvalue
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-119
50020 FFOutImgPrc SizeCodeConvertError
(SizeCode=%1)
Valueconversionfunctionofsizecode
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sizecode
50020 FFOutImgPrc CFcImgInfobjectisnull<
%s>
Theobjectofimagedataclassisnot
found.
%s:Methodname
50021 FFOutImgPrc OutputJobImpossible
ReturnedValue
(0x%1,0x%2)(%3)<
ImgPrcExec>
Specifying output processing being
acquiredwasinerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:GroupID
%2:ElementID
%3:Functionname
50021 FFOutImgPrc OutputJobObjectDataGet
(%1)Error<
ImgConvDicomSt>
TagacquiringfunctionofoutputJOBfle
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:GroupID
Error(0x%1,0x%2)(%3)<
ImgPrcExec>
TagacquiringfunctionofoutputJOBfle
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:GroupID
%2:ElementID
%3:Nameofcaller
function
Error(%1,%2)(%3)
lRet=(%4)<
ImgConvDicomSt>
deliveryJOBfle.
%1:OutputJOBtag
Function
%2:OutputJOBtagID
%3:Nameoffunction
erroroccurred
%4:Functionreturn
value
50030 FFOutImgPrc [MsxmlWrap]
LoadXmlStringError(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
XMLflereadfunctionofDOMmethod
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50030 FFOutImgPrc [MsxmlWrap]
SaveXmlStringError(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
SavingXMLflefunctionofDOMmethod
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50030 FFOutImgPrc CalculateManualMargin
failed(%1)lRet=(%2)
<ImgPrcExec>
Parameteracquiringfunctionofmargin
processreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
%2:Functionreturn
value
50030 FFOutImgPrc CalculateTrimmingfailed
(%1)lRet=(%2)
<ImgPrcExec>
Magnifcation/reductionratiocalculation
functionoftrimming-relatedparameters
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
%2:Functionreturn
value
50030 FFOutImgPrc CalculateTrimmingFor1414Film
Trimmingregioncalculationfunctionof"14
inchX14inch"singleprintreturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc CalculateTrimmingPosition
For1414FilmFailed(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
Calculationfunctionof"14inchX14inch"
flmtrimmingprocess(cuttingoutdirection
ofedgeoftheimage)returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc Catchsomeother
Exception(%1)<
ImgFilmCharMake>
Anexceptionoccurredintheacquiring
processofimageinverttypeoftheflm
character.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Process
recognition
character string
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-120
Exception(%1)<
ImgPrcExec>
Anexceptionoccurredintheimage
distributionprocesscontrolfunction.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameoffunction
exceptionoccurred
ExceptionLastError=(%1)
(%2)<ImgPrcExec>
Anexceptionoccurredduringtheprocess. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Valueofexception
occurred
%2:Nameoffunction
erroroccurred
50030 FFOutImgPrc CheckDiagnosisImage
>
Determinationcommonfunctionof
diagnosisimagereturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc CoCreateInstanceFailed
%1(%2)<ImgPrcExec>
Generationmethodofinstancereturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:ID
%2:Callerfunction
50030 FFOutImgPrc ConvertCS/SSerror.(
errorcode=0x%1)<%2>
ModifcationfunctionofCStagandSStag
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Functionreturn
value
%2:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc ConvertCS/SSincluding
imageparametererror.(
errorcode=0x%1)<%2>
Modifcationfunctionofimageparameters
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Functionreturn
value
%2:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc CopyInputImageArea
>
Memorymanagementcopyingfunctionof
inputimagereturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc CreateTrimmingProc
ParameterError(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
Generationfunctionofimageprocessing
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50030 FFOutImgPrc CreateMarginProc
XmlPaaramError(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
Generationfunctionofimageprocessing
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50030 FFOutImgPrc CreateXML_
ImageCompJPEGFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
Imageprocessingcommonparametersof
LosslessJPEGcompressionreturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc DDOPushFailed
(0x%1,0x%2)(%3)<
ImgPrcExec>
DDOwritingcommonfunctionreturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:GroupID
%2:ElementID
%3:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc DDOPushFailedMask
Processing Data
(0x%1,0x%2)(%3)<
ImgPrcExec>
DDOwritingcommonfunctionofwriting
themasktagreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:GroupID
%2:ElementID
%3:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc DOMRemoveTagFailed
TAG=%1(%2)<
ImgPrcExec>
TagdeletionfunctionofDOMmethod
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutelocation
path
%2:Nameofcaller
function
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-121
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExceptionError(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
Anexceptionoccurredinthelong-view
compositionprocessforlifesize.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExecDecisionCSLFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
CSL processing (for storage) execution
determinationfunctionreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExecDecisionFCRFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
FCRprocessingexecutiondetermination
functionreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExecImageCSL%1Failed
(%2)<ImgPrcExec>
CSLprocessingfunctionreturnedanerror. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Distribution
destination
recognition
("Strg"/"Print")
%2:Imagetype
character string
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExecImageFCRFailed(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
FCRprocessingfunctionreturnedanerror. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExecImagePreCSLFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
CSLpreprocessingfunctionreturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc ExecMaskProceToTag
>
MaskimageandDDOtagconfguration
functionreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc FCDMakeMaskImgFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
Maskimagegenerationfacadeforoverlay
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetParameterFailed
(Element=[%1]Attribute=
[%2])(%3)<ImgPrcExec>
Acquisitionfunctionofimageprocessing
reinstallthesystem.
%1:absolutelocation
path
%2:Tagname/
attributionname
%3:Classandfunction
name
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetInputImageAreaFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
Acquisitionfunctionofinputimagepointer
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetInputImageData(%1)<
ImgPrcExec>
Acquisitionfunctionofinputimagereturned
an error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetOutputProcessing
>
Acquisition function of specifying output
processreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetSrcImgAreaError(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
Pointeracquiringfunctionofinputimage
regionreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetVRError(Gr:0x%04X
Er:0x%04X)(%1)<
ImgPrcExec>
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:GroupID
%2:ElementID
%3:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc GetXMLExecutableResult
>
Function to acquire the result of whether or
nottoperformintheimageprocessing
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-122
50030 FFOutImgPrc ImageCompJPEGtoRawFile
LosslessJPEGcompressioncontrol
functionofimagedatareturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc InitializeRawDataFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
InitializationfunctionofRAWdatareturned
an error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc MakeRotationInverseBit
>
Creatingfunctionofrotation/inversionbit
characterstringsreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc ManualMarginisinvalid
(%1)Top=(%2)
Bottom=(%3)Left=(%4)
Right=(%5)<ImgPrcExec>
Calculatedresultofmarginprocesswasin
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
%2:Calculatedresult
marginsize(top)
%3:Calculatedresult
marginsize
(bottom)
%4:Calculatedresult
marginsize(left)
%5:Calculatedresult
marginsize(right)
50030 FFOutImgPrc MemoryCopyError(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
Imageprocessedresultcopyingfunctionto
thememoryregionreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50030 FFOutImgPrc PermanentImage
ParmtoDDOFailed
PathName=%1(%2)<
ImgPrcExec>
DDOperpetuationfunctionofimage
processingparametersreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:DDOflepath
name
%2:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc PushNormalizedFlagFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
Modifcationfunctionofstandardizedfag
(0009,XXF2)returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc RemoveDICOMDataFailed
(0x%1,0x%2)(%3)<
ImgPrcExec>
DeletioncommonfunctionofDDOtag
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:GroupID
%2:ElementID
%3:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetParameterFailed(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
Saving function of output results for life
sizecompositionreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetParameterFailed
(Element=[%1]Attribute=
[%2])(%3)<ImgPrcExec>
Confgurationfunctionofimageprocessing
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutelocation
path
%2:Tagname/
attributionname
%3:Classandfunction
name
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetImagePixelofBitStored
>
Confgurationfunctionofimageattribution
parametersinimageprocessingcommon
parametersreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetImagePixelofFileData
Failed(%1:%2)<
ImgPrcExec>
Outputtagdeletionfunctionofimage
attributioninformationreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1: IN/OUTrecognition
%2:Nameofcaller
function
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-123
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetImagePixelofRotInverse
>
Rotation/inversiontagconfguration
functionofinputfleinformationinimage
attributionparametersreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetValueToXMLTagFailed
TAG:<%1><%2>(%3)<
ImgPrcExec>
XMLvalueconfgurationfunctionofimage
an error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Absolutepathof
the tag
%2:Tagname
%3:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetXMLParameterCSL
>
XMLconfgurationfunctionofCSL
processingparametersreturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetXMLPrmPreCSLFailed
(%1)<ImgPrcExec>
Imagecommonparametersconfguration
functionofCSLpreprocessingreturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetXMLProcedureCSL
>
XMLconfgurationfunctionofCSL
processingexecutionconditionreturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetXMLProcedureFCR
>
XMLconfgurationfunctionofFNC
processingexecutionconditionreturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameofcaller
function
50030 FFOutImgPrc SetXMLProcedure
ScaleProcFailed(%1)
<ImgPrcExec>
Function to set whether or not to execute
thedistancecorrectionoftheimage
an error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Classandfunction
name
50100 FFSpooler DiconDataObjectLoad
failure[GetReadDensity]\
nF=%1L=%2
Thetagvalueofreaddensitydoesnot
exist.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
50100 FFSpooler FFGetMinimumOuterSize
Notation
ByPhysicalImageSizeError
[PhysicalImageSizeTo
SizeCode]\nF=%1L=%2
Acquisition function of DICOM notation
sizereturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
50100 FFSpooler FFGetSizeCodeError
[PhysicalImageSize
ToSizeCode]\nF=%1L=%2
FunctiontoconvertfromtheDICOM
notationsizetothesizecodereturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
50100 FFSpooler MakeSizeCodeListError
[GetTrimBySizeCode]\
nF=%1L=%2
Listhasnotbeencreatedinthelist
creationfunctionofsizecode.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
50100 FFSpooler OutputJobFile
GetItem(TrimSizeCode)
Failed[GetInfo]\nF=%1
L=%2[OutputID=0x%3]
Failedinacquiringthetrimmingprocessed
imagesizecode.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:OutputID
50100 FFSpooler TrimmingSize(0007F272)
Error
[GetTrimBySizeCode]\
nF=%1L=%2
Thetagvalueofcutoutsizedoesnot
exist.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-124
50100 FFSpooler mbstowcsError\nF=%s
L=%d
Failedtoconvertthecharacterstring. Performdeliveryagain.Iftheerroris
"%s:Filename
%d:Numberoflines"
50100 FFSpooler VRError\nF=%sL=%d FailedtoreservetheVRdataarea. Performdeliveryagain.Iftheerroris
"%s:Filename
%d:Numberoflines"
50100 FFSpooler IndexFailedtJobInfo.
tpFilmInfo[nFilmNum]\
nF=%sL=%d
[OutputID=0x%X]
AnincorrectIDwasgiventotheflmdata
intheoutputjobdata.
"%s:Filename
%d:Numberoflines
%X:OutputjobID"
50100 FFSpooler ArrayIndexOverfow
tJobInfo.
nF=%sL=%d
[OutputID=0x%X]
intheoutputjobdata.
"%s:Filename
%d:Numberoflines
%X:OutputjobID"
50103 FFSpooler MoveNextFailed.[%1]
ErrorCode=%2
F=%3L=%4
Failedinaccessingtothedatabasefor
output.
RestarttheConsoleandperformdelivery
again.Iftheerroriscausedbythesystem,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameoffunction
erroroccurred
%2:Errorcode
%3:Sourceflename
%4:Sourcefleline
number
50103 FFSpooler GetOperationRSFailed.
[%1]
ErrorCode=%2
F=%3L=%4
Failedinaccessingtothedatabasefor
output.
RestarttheConsoleandperformdelivery
again.Iftheerroriscausedbythesystem,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Nameoffunction
erroroccurred
%2:Errorcode
%3:Sourceflename
%4:Sourcefleline
number
50104 FFSpooler Catchsomeotherexception
[SearchWorkFolder]
ErrorCode=%1\nF=%2
L=%3
Anexceptionoccurred. Confrmthesettingparameters.Iftheerror
iscausedbythesystem,reinstallthe
system.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Sourceflename
%3:Sourcefleline
number
[SelectNot
ExistFileOnOutImage]
ErrorCode=%1\nF=%2
L=%3
Anexceptionoccurred. Confrmthesettingparameters.Iftheerror
system.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Sourceflename
%3:Sourcefleline
number
50106 FFSpooler DistributionHostincludes\\
isnotallowed
[GetDDOFileInfo]\nF=%1
L=%2[SpotCode=%2]
Separatorremained. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:Spotcode
50106 FFSpooler Catch exception
[CSpoolProcSR]
InfFileNameisempty
FailedinretrievingtheDDOflenamefor
outputting.
DR-ID 300CL.
[CSpoolProcSR]
AENameisempty
FailedinacquiringAEname. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-125
[CSpoolProcSR]
PostThreadMessagefailed.
Failedinissuingthespoolrequest
message.
DR-ID 300CL.
50106 FFSpooler Catchbadallocexception
[CSpoolProcSR]
Memoryallocationerror.
Failedingeneratingthespoolrequest
method(forStructuredReport)parameter.
DR-ID 300CL.
[CSpoolProcSR]
%1
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Exception
message
50106 FFSpooler Catch logic_error
exception[tSpoolProcSR]
ErrorCode=%1
SpotCode=%2
DDOInfoLoadFailed
[tSpoolProcSR]
FailedinretrievingtheDDOfleinformation
exceptforthedeviceinformation.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Spotcode
[tSpoolProcSR]
ErrorCode=%1
SpotCode=%1
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Spotcode
50106 FFSpooler Catch logic_error exception
[tSpoolProcSR]
ErrorCode=%1
SpotCode=%2
DDOInfo is null
Whenaddinganewrecordfor
StructuredReporttotheOutputDB,failedin
retrieving a pointer to the structure for
DDO object.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Spotcode
[tSpoolProcSR]
ErrorCode=%1
SpotCode=%2
AddNewRequestRecord
failed.
addinganewrecordtotheRequesttable.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Spotcode
[tSpoolProcSR]
ErrorCode=%1
SpotCode=%2
AddNewOperationRecord
failed.
addinganewrecordtotheOperation
table.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Spotcode
[tSpoolProcSR]
ErrorCode=%1
SpotCode=%2
AddNewOutImageRecord
failed.
addinganewrecordtotheOutImage
table.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Spotcode
50106 FFSpooler Catchruntimeexception.
[SetReportFileNameToJob]
Parameter(s)isnull.
Whenretrievingthenameofthesettingfle
forReportandsettingittoaJOB,NULL
wassettoanyoneoftheparameters(AE
title,Transfersyntax,Quemanagement
object, or Dispatch poionter of the JOB).
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Spotcode
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-126
50106 FFSpooler Catchruntimeexception.
[SetReportFileNameToJob]
SafeArrayGetElement
failed.hr=%1
Failedinretrievingtheleadingelementof
theReportsettingflenamestoragearray.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:reportFileName
(Nameofthe
Reportsettingfle)
50106 FFSpooler DDOLoadfailed.
[ExistsOutputHost]
%1
FailedinreadingtheDDOfle. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:DDOflename
50106 FFSpooler Catchruntimeexception
[AddNewOperationRecord]
GetOperationRecordSet
failed.ErrorCode=%1
SpotCode=%2
FailedinretrievingtheOutputIDfroma
newlyaddedoralreadyexistingrecord.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Spotcode
50110 FFSpooler BackupOrRestore
RetryDDOFailed[CopyFile]
\nF=%sL=%d
[OutputID=0x%X]
FailedtocopytheDDOfleforbackupor
restore.
%s:Filename
%d:Numberoflines
%X:OutputjobID
[tNotifyUpdateImage
StatusResult]\n
ErrorCode=%1\nF=%2
L=%3]
AnexceptionoccurredinImageStatus
updatingresultnotifcationprocess.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Sourceflename
%3:Sourcefleline
number
[tSetCommitProc
CompleteAfter]\
nErrorCode=0x%1\nF=%2
L=%3
processingofcommitmentprocess.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Sourceflename
%3:Sourcefleline
number
[tSetOutputProc
CompleteAfter]\
nErrorCode=0x%1\nF=%2
L=%3
processing of output process.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Sourceflename
%3:Sourcefleline
number
50113 FFSpooler NotFoundOperation
Record[tSetOutputProc
CompleteAfter]\nF=%1
L=%2[RequestID=%3]
NorecordisfoundinOperationrecordset. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:OutputID
50113 FFSpooler NotFoundOutImage
Record[tSetOutputProc
L=%2[RequestID=%3]
Norecordisfoundinrecordset. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:RequestID
50113 FFSpooler NotFoundQueue
[tSetOutputProc
L=%2[OutputID=%3]
FailedinsearchingtheDISPATCHpointer
of the output JOB object.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:OutputID
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-127
[tSetOutputProc
L=%2[OutputID=0x%3]
FailedindeletinganOutputJobflefor
output.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:OutputID
50113 FFSpooler OperationRecordsetNot
Found[tSetOutputProc
L=%2[OutputID=0x%3]
NorecordisfoundinOperationrecordset. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:OutputID
50113 FFSpooler TDDOEditDataCopyFailed
[CopyDDOFortData]
F=%1L=%2[Group=%3,
Element=%4]
FailedincopyingDDOtags. Confrmthesettingparameters.Iftheerror
system.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:DDOtagGroup
%4:DDOtagElement
50113 FFSpooler SetMaxFreeTrimming
SizeToDDOError.
[SetMaxFreeTrimming
SizeToDDO]
F=%1L=%2[lRet=%3]
Failedinsettingthetrimmingregiontothe
maximumsizeincompositionoriginal
images.
Confrmthatthetrimmingregionisadded
properlytothecompositionoriginalimage.
Iftheerroriscausedbythesystem,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:Functionreturn
value
50113 FFSpooler LoadFile()Failed.
[GetMaxFreeTrimmingSize]
[DDOFilePath=%1]
FailedinreadingtheDDOflesof
compositionoriginalimages.
Performcompositionanddeliveryagain.If
theerroriscausedbythesystem,reinstall
thesystem.
%1:Pathof
compositionoriginal
imageDDO
50113 FFSpooler SetFree
TrimmingSizeToDDOError.
[SetFreeTrimmingSize
ToDDO]
F=%1L=%2[lRet=%3]
Failedinsettingthetrimmingregionin
DDO tags.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:Functionreturn
value
50113 FFSpooler Setting
MagRate(0029,xx34) is
failed.
[SetLifesizeMagRate]
Failedinsettingthemaximumratetag
(0029,xx34).
50114 FFOutImgPrc ImgFilmCharMake--Invalid
ElementNumber(num=
%2)<ImgFilmCharMake>
Acquisition function of DDO sequence tag
sizereturnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Acquiredsize
[tSetCommitProc
L=%2[OutputID=%3]
FailedinsearchingtheDISPATCHpointer
of the output JOB object.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:OutputID
[tSetCommitProc
L=%2[OutputID=0x%3]
FailedindeletingtheapplicableDISPATCH
pointerfromthequeuelist.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:OutputID
50115 FFSpooler OperationRecordsetNot
Found[tSetCommitProc
L=%2[OutputID=0x%3]
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:OutputID
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-128
50116 FFSpooler InvalidParameter
[CNotifyUpdateImage
StatusResult]\nF=%1L=%2
[OutputID=%2]
OutputID value was in error. Restart.Ifthesamephenomenonrecurred,
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:OutputID
50116 FFSpooler NoMemory
[CNotifyUpdateImage
NULLvaluewasnotifedtoImageStatus
updatingresultnotifcationmessage.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
50116 FFSpooler PostThreadMessageFailed
[CNotifyUpdateImage
PostThreadMessagefunctionreturnedan
error.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
Gr:%1Er:%2)<
LUTProc>
FailedinacquiringtheDDOtag. Checkthesettingparameter.Iftheerroris
%1:DDOtagGroup
%2:DDOtagElement
50117 FFOutImgPrc AreaGetError<LUTProc
>
Failedinsecuringamemoryregionfor
LUT.
Performthedeliveryagain.Iftheerroris
ExceptionErrCode=%1
<LUTProc>
Anexceptionhasoccurred. Performthedeliveryagain.Iftheerroris
%1:Errorcode
50117 FFOutImgPrc ModLUTGammaError
<LUTProc>
Failedinsecuringamemoryregionfor
tone tables.
Performthedeliveryagain.Iftheerroris
[tMainErrQueClearAfter]\
nErrorCode=%1\nF=%2
L=%3
Anexceptionoccurredinoutputcompletion
waiting queue execution process.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Errorcode
%2:Sourceflename
%3:Sourcefleline
number
50124 FFSpooler SetNetDevInfoFailed
[FFNetDBGetMask
Processing]\n
ErrorCode=0x%1\nF=%2
L=%3
FFNetDBGetMaskProcessingfunction
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
50300 FFDicomSC CoInitializeError
[tThreadProc]\nF=%s
L=%d
FailedinCoInitialize. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
%s:Filename
%d:Numberoflines
50301 FFDicomSC \nF=%sL=%dLParamis
null.
Theparametershavenotbeen
determined.
300CL.
%s:Filename
%d:Numberoflines
null.
determined.
300CL.
%s:Filename
%d:Numberoflines
null.
determined.
300CL.
%s:Filename
%d:Numberoflines
50600 [ME50600]Failedin
initializationofmedia
control.
Failedininitializationofmediacontrol. Press the button below.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-129
50601 [ME50601]Failedinmedia
mountingprocess.
Failedinmediamountingprocess. Press the button below.
notifyingtheconditionsofa
medium.
Failedinnotifyingtheconditionsofa
medium.
Press the button below.
requestingtostoreimages
inamedium.
Failedinrequestingtostoreimagesina
medium.
Press the button below.
creatingafolder.
Failedincreatingafolder. Restartthesystem.
changing the connection
destinationformediaasthe
specifeddrivecouldnotbe
accessed.
Failedinchangingtheconnection
destinationformediaasthespecifeddrive
couldnotbeaccessed.
Selectaconnectiondestinationformedia
again.
acquiringastudyfroma
medium.
Failedinacquiringastudyfromamedium. Restartthesystem.
initializationofthemedia
list.
Failedininitializationofthemedialist. Restartthesystem.
checkingimages.
Failedincheckingimages. Restartthesystem.
50619 [ME50619]Anerror
occurred.
updatingthestudy
conditions/image
conditions.
Failedinupdatingthestudyconditions/
imageconditions.
Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-130
customizingamedialist.
Failedincustomizingamedialist. Restartthesystem.
50622 [ME50622]Failedinsetting
adistributioncode
Failedinsettingadistributioncode Restartthesystem.
mountingprocess.The
mountingprocesswillbe
performedintheoriginally
connecteddestination.
Failedinmediamountingprocess.The
mountingprocesswillbeperformedinthe
originallyconnecteddestination.
Changetheconnectiondestinationfor
mediaandtryagain.
mountingprocess.
Failedinmediamountingprocess. Changetheconnectiondestinationfor
mediaandtryagain.
changing the connection
destinationformedia.
Failedinchangingtheconnection
destinationformedia.
Restartthesystem.
unmountingprocess.
Failedinmediaunmountingprocess. Restartthesystem.
informationacquisition
processingformountinga
medium.
Failedininformationacquisitionprocessing
formountingamedium.
Restartthesystem.
acquiringastudyfroma
medium.
Failedinacquiringastudyfromamedium. Restartthesystem.
deliveryprocessing.
Failedindeliveryprocessing. Waitforawhileandtryagain.
occurred.
acquiringahostname.
Failedinacquiringahostname. Restartthesystem.
acquiringdevice
information.
Failedinacquiringdeviceinformation. Restartthesystem.
acquiring screen
information.
Failedinacquiringscreeninformation. Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-131
50635 [ME50635]Failedinpage
forwardprocessing.
Failedinpageforwardprocessing. Restartthesystem.
50636 [ME50636]Failedinpage
backwardprocessing.
Failedinpagebackwardprocessing. Restartthesystem.
obtaining a list of
distributioncodes.
Failedinobtainingalistofdistribution
codes.
Restartthesystem.
mountingmedia.
Failedinmountingmedia. Restartthesystem.
occurred.
occurred.
occurred.
acquiring free space
information.
Failedinacquiringfreespaceinformation. Restartthesystem.
acquiringdriveinformation.
Failedinacquiringdriveinformation. Restartthesystem.
displayingprocessofa
storagefolderselecting
dialog.
Failedindisplayingprocessofastorage
folderselectingdialog.
Restartthesystem.
displayingamedialist
customizedialog.
Failedindisplayingamedialistcustomize
dialog.
Restartthesystem.
displayingaprogress
dialog.
Failedindisplayingaprogressdialog. Restartthesystem.
displayingadistribution
codeselectingdialog.
Failedindisplayingadistributioncode
selectingdialog.
Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-132
displayingamedium
selectingdialog.
Failedindisplayingamediumselecting
dialog.
Restartthesystem.
checking the available
characters.
Failedincheckingtheavailablecharacters. Restartthesystem.
50651 [ME50651]Failedindevice
auto recognition
processing.
Failedindeviceautorecognition
processing.
Restartthesystem.
50652 [ME50652]Failedinwriting
Failedinwritingregistryinformation. Restartthesystem.
changingthedisplay
position.
Failedinchangingthedisplayposition. Restartthesystem.
checkingimages.
Failedincheckingimages. Restartthesystem.
acquiringimage
information.
Failedinacquiringimageinformation. Restartthesystem.
50672 [ME50672]Image
informationdoesnotexist.
Imageinformationdoesnotexist. Restartthesystem.
50673 [ME50673]Thereisno
studythatcanbecreated.
Thereisnostudythatcanbecreated. Changethetargetstudyandtryagain.
acquiring screen
information.
Failedinacquiringscreeninformation. Restartthesystem.
50675 [ME50675]Thereisnodata
to write.
Thereisnodatatowrite. Changethetargetstudyandtryagain.
occurredwhileverifying.
Anerroroccurredwhileverifying. Restartthesystem.
occurredwhilecomparing.
Anerroroccurredwhilecomparing. Restartthesystem.
50678 [ME50678]AnIOerror
occurredagainstthedrive.
AnIOerroroccurredagainstthedrive. Restartthesystem.
occurred.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-133
checking free space.
Failedincheckingfreespace. Restartthesystem.
selectingastoragefolder.
Failedinselectingastoragefolder. Restartthesystem.
50684 [ME50684]Failedinwriting
amedium.
Failedinwritingamedium. Restartthesystem.
50685 [ME50685]Failedinimage
processing.
Failedinimageprocessing. Restartthesystem.
generatingaDICOMfle.
FailedingeneratingaDICOMfle. Restartthesystem.
generatingamediaimage.
Failedingeneratingamediaimage. Restartthesystem.
50688 [ME50688]Aprogramerror
hasbeendetected.
Aprogramerrorhasbeendetected. Restartthesystem.
acquiring DICOM tag
information.
FailedinacquiringDICOMtaginformation. Restartthesystem.
checking available
characters.
Failedincheckingavailablecharacters. Restartthesystem.
acquiringahostname.
Failedinacquiringahostname. Restartthesystem.
accessingadefnitionfle.
Failedinaccessingadefnitionfle. Restartthesystem.
acquiringdevice
information.
Failedinacquiringdeviceinformation. Restartthesystem.
mountingthemedia.
Failedinmountingthemedia. Ensurethat%smediahasbeensetand
connectedtoanetwork.
51601 [ME51601]Thefreespace
ofthemediaisrunningout.
Thefreespaceofthemediaisrunningout. Replacethemediaorspecifyanother
folder.
51610 [ME51610]Thespecifed
folderdoesnotexist.
Thespecifedfolderdoesnotexist. Selectafolderagain.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-134
51615 [ME51615]Insertadiskto
thedrive.Themounting
processwillbeperformed
intheoriginallyconnected
destination.
Thediskisnotinsertedtothedrive.
51616 [ME51616]Adelivery
destinationdoesnotexist
inthespecifeddistribution
code.
Adeliverydestinationdoesnotexistinthe
specifeddistributioncode.
Selectadistributioncodeagain.
51617 [ME51617]Themaximum
numberofinputcharacters
hasbeenexceededforthe
volumelabel.
Themaximumnumberofinputcharacters
hasbeenexceededforthevolumelabel.
*Upto16characterscanbeenteredfora
volumelabel.
Enter correctly.
51618 [ME51618]Inputofvolume
labelisinvalid.
Inputofvolumelabelisinvalid. Enter correctly.
51672 [ME51672]Nomediais
inserted.
Nomediaisinserted. Insertmedia.
51673 [ME51673]Theinserted
mediumisnotblank.
Theinsertedmediumisnotblank. Insertablankmediumorspecifyan
unusedfolder.
51674 [ME51674]Diskspaceis
insuffcient.
Diskspaceisinsuffcient. Replacethediskwithhigh-capacitymedia.
51675 [ME51675]Themaximum
numberofinputcharacters
hasbeenexceededfora
flename.
Themaximumnumberofinputcharacters
hasbeenexceededforaflename.
*Upto4characterscanbeenteredfora
flename.
Enter correctly.
51676 [ME51676]Inputoffle
nameisinvalid.
Inputofflenameisinvalid. *Theflenamecontainsinvalidcharacters.
Enter correctly.
51678 [ME51678]Thedestination
folderforstorageisnot
empty.
Thedestinationfolderforstorageisnot
empty.
Selectanemptyfolder.
52100 FFSpooler FFGetSizeCodeFailed.
[MakePermitted
SizeCodeList]\nF=%1
L=%2Gr=%3,El=%4
Conversionfunctiontothesizecode
returnedanerror.
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:Sizecode
%4:DDUgroupID
%5:DDUelementID
52100 FFSpooler OperationTableInvalidDat
a[tNotifyUpdateImageStatu
sResult]\nF=%1L=%2
RequestID=%2
reinstallthesystem.
%1:Sourceflename
%2:Sourcefleline
number
%3:RequestID
52106 FFSpooler removeDDOfleFailed
[tSpoolProcSR]
[ImageID=%1]
FailedindeletingtheDDOflewhile
cancelingtheSRoutputrequestduetothe
failureofthedeviceinformationretrieval.
DR-ID 300CL.
%1:ImageID
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-135
52113 FFSpooler ArrayIndexOverfow
tJobInfo.
nF=%sL=%d
intheoutputjobdata.
%s:Filename
%d:Numberoflines
53600 [ME53600]Requiredhard
diskspaceisinsuffcient.
Requiredharddiskspaceisinsuffcient. Checkthefreespaceoftheharddisk.
53601 [ME53601]Diskspaceis
insuffcient.
Diskspaceisinsuffcient. Checkthefreespaceofthedisk.
obtainingastudyfromthe
media.
Thestudycontainsan
imagewithinvalidimage
processingconditions.
Failedinobtainingastudyfromthemedia.
Thestudycontainsanimagewithinvalid
imageprocessingconditions.
Checktheimageprocessingparameters.If
theerroriscausedbythesystem,reinstall
the DR-ID 300CL.
54613 [ME54613]Themedia
managementfleisforread
only.
Themediamanagementfleisforread
only.
Confrmcontentsofthemedia.
54616 [ME54616]Thismediais
notallowedbythissystem
towritedata.
Thismediaisnotallowedbythissystemto
writedata.
Confrmcontentsofthesystemsetup
database.
54617 [ME54617]Thisisnotan
operatingmedia.
Thisisnotanoperatingmedia. Confrmcontentsofthemedia.
54625 [ME54625]Power
interruptionwasdetected.
Powerinterruptionwasdetected. Shutdownthesystemimmediately.
54626 [ME54626]Nomedia
Nomediamanagementflesexist. *Folderthatisnotsubjectto
reconfgurationmaybeselected.
Checkthecontentsofthemedia.
54627 [ME54627]Themedia
managementfleisforread
onlyorwrite-protected.
Themediamanagementfleisforread
onlyorwrite-protected.
54628 [ME54628]Theflecannot
behandledbecauseitis
unformattedorillegally
formatted.
Theflecannotbehandledbecauseitis
unformattedorillegallyformatted.
54640 SKBLauncher NotFoundBmpfolder ThereisnoBMPfolder. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher NotFoundSKBOffU.bmp
orSKBOffD.bmp
ThereisnoBMPfle. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher NotFoundSKBOnU.bmp
SKBOnD.bmp
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-136
54640 SKBLauncher NotFoundSysConfg.mdb ThereisnoSysConfg.mdb. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher FaildDBConnect Failedinconnectingtodatabase. RestartthePC.Ifthesamephenomenon
54640 SKBLauncher NotFoundKEY ThereisnoreceivedKEYstringin
SysConfg.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher NotFoundUSBDrive CannotfndUSBdrive. ConfrmwhethertheUSBisavailablefor
DR-ID300CLandwhetherthesettingsfor
MediaStorageiscorrect.
54640 SKBLauncher BootEXE()
Exception error
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher IsUnLockUSB()
Exception error
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher DeleteAllXMLFile()
Exception error
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher ChangeDrive()
Exception error
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher NotFoundNetConfg.mdb ThereisnoNetConfg.mdb. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher FaildDBConnect Failedinconnectingtodatabase. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher FaildFFGetHostname FailedinFFGetHostname. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher AbnormalTerminationGet
mediaregistory
FailedinacquiringtheregistryHKEY_
LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\
IIP\Media\Drive.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher FailedGetRecordCount FailedinacquiringrecordsfromMediaDB. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher FailedConnectMediaDB FailedinconnectingtoMediaDB. RestartthePC.Ifthesamephenomenon
54640 SKBLauncher NotFoundBitmapPath ThereisnoBMPfolder. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-137
54640 SKBLauncher SKBOnButtonBitmapSet
Error
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher SKBOffButtonBitmapSet
Error
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher USBPwdButtonBitmapSet
Error
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher SKBOpenButtonBitmap
Set Error
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher SKBRisUSBPwdBitmap
Set Error
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher SKBHotPlugBitmapSet
Error
DR-ID 300CL.
54640 SKBLauncher SKBHotPlugBitmapSet
Error
DR-ID 300CL.
60002 [UU60002]UserUtilitywill
beterminated.
UserUtilitywillbeterminated. Restartthesystem.
accessing the character
stringdatabase.
Failedinaccessingthecharacterstring
database.
Restartthesystem.
accessingthesystem
settingdatabase.
Failedinaccessingthesystemsetting
database.
Restartthesystem.
obtaining the registry
information.
Failedinobtainingtheregistryinformation. Restartthesystem.
60053 [UU60053]Valueofregistry
Valueofregistryinformationisabnormal. Restartthesystem.
fromthecharacterstring
database.
Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-138
fromthesystemsetting
database.
Restartthesystem.
fromthesystemsettingfle.
systemsettingfle.
Restartthesystem.
60057 [UU60057]Failedinsetting
informationtothesystem
settingfle.
Failedinsettinginformationtothesystem
settingfle.
Restartthesystem.
obtainingthedisplaygroup
information.
Failedinobtainingthedisplaygroup
information.
Restartthesystem.
obtainingthemenu
information.
Failedinobtainingthemenuinformation. Restartthesystem.
obtainingtheMPMcode.
FailedinobtainingtheMPMcode. Restartthesystem.
obtaining the XCON
parameter.
FailedinobtainingtheXCONparameter. Restartthesystem.
accessing the technologist
Failedinaccessingthetechnologist
Restartthesystem.
accessing the technologist
Failedinaccessingthetechnologist
Restartthesystem.
database.
Restartthesystem.
accessing the requesting
departmentinformation
database.
Failedinaccessingtherequesting
departmentinformationdatabase.
Restartthesystem.
accessing the requesting
departmentinformation
database.
Failedinaccessingtherequesting
departmentinformationdatabase.
Restartthesystem.
database.
Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-139
accessingtheflm
annotationdatabase.
Failedinaccessingtheflmannotation
database.
Restartthesystem.
accessingtheflm
annotationdatabase.
Failedinaccessingtheflmannotation
database.
Restartthesystem.
60251 [UU60251]Thedatafor
imageprocessing
parameterisinvalid.
Thedataforimageprocessingparameter
isinvalid.
Restartthesystem.
60260 [UU60260]Systemhasnot
beenrebooted.
Systemhasnotbeenrebooted. Restartthesystem.
60300 [UU60300]Anoptionanda
databasearen't
conformable.
Anoptionandadatabasearen't
conformable.
Restartthesystem.
60301 [UU60301]Failedinsaving
theinformation.
Failedinsavingtheinformation. Re-try it.
Press the lower button to return to the
previousdisplay.
deleting.
Failedindeleting. Restartthesystem.
60303 [UU60303]UserUtility
cannotbestartedbecause
the necessary option has
notbeeninstalled.
UserUtilitycannotbestartedbecausethe
necessaryoptionhasnotbeeninstalled.
Restartthesystem.
60304 [UU60304]Systemerror
occurred.
Systemerroroccurred. Confrmtheconnecteddevice.
60305 [UU60305]Systemerror
occurred.
Systemerroroccurred. Confrmtheconnecteddevice.(Error
level:%sErrorID:%s)
60306 [UU60306]A
communicationerror
occurredwiththeX-ray
generator.
Acommunicationerroroccurredwiththe
X-ray generator.
Performtheoperationagainafterchecking
the X-ray generator.
61060 [UU61060]Wrong
passwordhasbeeninput.
Wrongpasswordhasbeeninput. Re-input correctly.
61082 [UU61082]Nomenuhas
beenselected.
Nomenuhasbeenselected. Selectitempriortoselection.
61083 [UU61083]Already
registeredfordisplaying
andcannotbedeleted.
Alreadyregisteredfordisplayingand
cannotbedeleted.
Releasethedisplayregistrationfor
deleting.
61084 [UU61084]Already
registeredtothestudy
menuandcannotbe
deleted.
Alreadyregisteredtothestudymenuand
cannotbedeleted.
Deletefromthestudymenufordeleting.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-140
61085 [UU61085]Displaygroup
hasnomenu.
Displaygrouphasnomenu. Registermenuordeletedisplaygroup
61090 [UU61090]Invalidcharacter
displaygroupname.
Invalidcharacterhasbeeninputinthe
displaygroupname.
Re-input correctly.
61094 [UU61094]Displaygroup
nameisillegal.
Displaygroupnameisillegal. Eitherdisplaygroupistoolong(upto64)
orinvalidcharacterhasbeeninput.
Re-input correctly.
61103 [UU61103]Sameextension
Sameextensionmenucodealreadyexists. Inputotherextensionmenucode.
61106 [UU61106]SameANK
exposuremenuname
alreadyexists.
SameANKexposuremenunamealready
exists.
InputotherANKexposuremenu.
61109 [UU61109]Samekanji-
exposuremenuname
alreadyexists.
Samekanji-exposuremenunamealready
exists.
Inputotherkanji-exposuremenuname.
61110 [UU61110]Extensionmenu
codeisillegal.
Extensionmenucodeisillegal. Eitherextensioncodeistoolong(upto16)
orinvalidcharacterhasbeeninput.
Re-input correctly.
61111 [UU61111]ANKexposure
menunameisillegal.
ANKexposuremenunameisillegal. EitherANKexposuremenunameistoo
long(upto64)orinvalidcharacterhas
been input.
Re-input correctly.
61112 [UU61112]Kanji-exposure
menunameisillegal.
Kanji-exposuremenunameisillegal. Eitherkanji-exposuremenunameistoo
long(upto28)orinvalidcharacterhas
been input.
Re-input correctly.
61122 [UU61122]MPMcodeis
illegal.
MPMcodeisillegal. EitherMPMcodelengthisinvalid(fx;4)or
invalidcharacterhasbeeninput.
Re-input correctly.
61125 [UU61125]Sameflm
Sameflmannotationalreadyexists. Inputotherflmannotation.
61130 [UU61130]Manufacturer/
EquipmentCodeisillegal.
Manufacturer/EquipmentCodeisillegal. Re-input correctly.
61131 [UU61131]Film-related
codeisillegal.
Film-relatedcodeisillegal. Re-input correctly.
61132 [UU61132]AECsettingis
incorrect.
AEC setting is incorrect. *Input correctly.
61142 [UU61142]Samestudy
Samestudymenucodealreadyexists. Inputotherstudymenucode.
studymenunamealready
exists.
SameANKstudymenunamealready
exists.
InputotherANKstudymenuname.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-141
studymenunamealready
exists.
Samekanji-studymenunamealready
exists.
Inputotherkanji-studymenuname(upto
28).
61149 [UU61149]Noexposure
menuhasbeenselected.
Noexposuremenuhasbeenselected. Selectitempriortoselection.
61151 [UU61151]Exposuremenu
cannotberegistered.
Exposuremenucannotberegistered. Registertheexposuremenutoanother
study,ordeleteunnecessaryexposure
menus.
61153 [UU61153]Studymenu
codeisillegal.
Studymenucodeisillegal. Eitherstudymenucodeistoolong(upto
16)orinvalidcharacterhasbeeninput.
Re-input correctly.
61154 [UU61154]ANKstudy
menucodeisillegal.
ANKstudymenucodeisillegal. EitherANKstudymenunameistoolong
(upto64)orinvalidcharacterhasbeen
input.
Re-input correctly.
61155 [UU61155]Kanji-study
menucodeisillegal.
Kanji-studymenucodeisillegal. Kanji-studymenunameistoolong(upto
28)orinvalidcharacterhasbeeninput.
Re-input correctly.
61171 [UU61171]Notechnologist
codehasbeeninput.
Notechnologistcodehasbeeninput. Inputthetechnologistcode.
61172 [UU61172]technologist
codeisillegal.
technologistcodeisillegal. *Technologistcodeshouldbe%s
characters (FIX).
Re-input correctly.
technologistcode.
technologistcode.
Re-input correctly.
61174 [UU61174]Same
technologistcodealready
exists.
Sametechnologistcodealreadyexists. Inputothertechnologistcode.
61175 [UU61175]NoANK
technologistnamehas
been input.
NoANKtechnologistnamehasbeeninput. InputANKtechnologistname.
61176 [UU61176]ANK
technologistnameistoo
long.
ANKtechnologistnameistoolong. *ANKtechnologistnamecanbeinputupto
64.
Re-input correctly.
technologistname.
ANKtechnologistname.
Re-input correctly.
technologistnamealready
exists.
SameANKtechnologistnamealready
exists.
InputotherANKtechnologistname.
61179 [UU61179]Nokanji-
technologistnamehas
been input.
Nokanji-technologistnamehasbeen
input.
Inputkanji-technologistname.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-142
61180 [UU61180]Kanji-
technologistnameistoo
long.
Kanji-technologistnameistoolong. *Kanji-technologistnamecanbeinputup
to 28.
Re-input correctly.
has been input in the kanji-
technologistname.
kanji-technologistname.
Re-input correctly.
technologistnamealready
exists.
Samekanji-technologistnamealready
exists.
Inputothertechnologistname.
61191 [UU61191]Norequesting
departmentcodehasbeen
input.
Norequestingdepartmentcodehasbeen
input.
Inputtherequestingdepartmentcode.
61192 [UU61192]Requesting
departmentcodeistoo
long.
Requestingdepartmentcodeistoolong. *Requestingdepartmentcodecanbeinput
up to 16.
Re-input correctly.
code.
requestingdepartmentcode.
Re-input correctly.
61194 [UU61194]Same
codealreadyexists.
Samerequestingdepartmentcodealready
exists.
Inputotherrequestingdepartmentcode.
61195 [UU61195]NoANK
namehasbeeninput.
NoANKrequestingdepartmentnamehas
been input.
InputANKrequestingdepartmentname.
61196 [UU61196]ANKrequesting
departmentnameistoo
long.
ANKrequestingdepartmentnameistoo
long.
*ANKrequestingdepartmentnamecanbe
input up to 64.
Re-input correctly.
name.
ANKrequestingdepartmentname.
Re-input correctly.
namealreadyexists.
SameANKrequestingdepartmentname
alreadyexists.
InputotherANKrequestingdepartment
name.
61199 [UU61199]Nokanji-
namehasbeeninput.
Nokanji-requestingdepartmentnamehas
been input.
Inputkanji-requestingdepartmentname.
61200 [UU61200]Kanji-requesting
departmentnameistoo
long.
Kanji-requestingdepartmentnameistoo
long.
*Kanji-requestingdepartmentnamecanbe
input up to 8.
Re-input correctly.
hasbeeninputintheKanji-
name.
Kanji-requestingdepartmentname.
Re-input correctly.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-143
namealreadyexists.
Samekanji-requestingdepartmentname
alreadyexists.
Inputotherkanji-requestingdepartment
name.
61211 [UU61211]Noflm
annotation characters have
been input.
Noflmannotationcharactershavebeen
input.
Inputtheflmannotationcharacters.
61212 [UU61212]Filmannotation
characters are too long.
Filmannotationcharactersaretoolong. *Filmannotationcharacterscanbeinput
up to 10.
Re-input correctly.
hasbeeninputintheflm
Invalidcharacterhasbeeninputintheflm
Re-input correctly.
61214 [UU61214]Sameflm
Sameflmannotationalreadyexists. Inputotherflmannotation.
61224 [UU61224]Thedriveisnot
readyyet.
Thedriveisnotreadyyet. Confrmthedrive.
61234 [UU61234]Driveisnot
ready.
Driveisnotready. Confrmthedrive.
61235 [UU61235]Thewrongdisk
isinserted.
Thewrongdiskisinserted. Confrmthedrive.
61236 [UU61236]Thewrongdisk
isinserted.
Thewrongdiskisinserted. Insert%sthebackupdisk.
61260 [UU61260]Nodefault
menuhasbeenselected.
Nodefaultmenuhasbeenselected. Selectitem.
61280 [UU61280]NoCoding
SchemeDesignatorhas
been input.
NoCodingSchemeDesignatorhasbeen
input.
InputCodingSchemeDesignator.
61281 [UU61281]CodingScheme
Designator is too long.
CodingSchemeDesignatoristoolong. *CodingSchemeDesignatorcanbeinput
up to 16.
Re-input correctly.
hasbeeninputinCoding
SchemeDesignator.
InvalidcharacterhasbeeninputinCoding
SchemeDesignator.
Re-input correctly.
informationmaintenance
cannotbeexecuted.
Thepatient'sinformationmaintenance
cannotbeexecuted.
Restartthesystem.
informationdatabase
cannotbebackedup.
Thepatient'sinformationdatabasecannot
bebackedup.
Restartthesystem.
informationdatabase
cannotberestored.
Thepatient'sinformationdatabasecannot
berestored.
Restartthesystem.
61300 [UU61300]Failedinbackup
process.
Failedinbackupprocess. Re-try it.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-144
61301 [UU61301]Failedinrestore
process.
Failedinrestoreprocess. Re-try it.
61302 [UU61302]Anerror
occurred.
Anerroroccurred. Pressthelowerbuttontoclosethisdialog
andterminatethesystem.
61310 [UU61310]Nodirectionof
columnshasbeeninput.
Nodirectionofcolumnshasbeeninput. Inputdirectionofcolumns.
61311 [UU61311]Directionof
columnsistoolong.
Directionofcolumnsistoolong. *Directionofcolumnscharacterscanbe
input up to 3.
Re-input correctly.
directionofcolumns.
directionofcolumns.
Re-input correctly.
61313 [UU61313]Nodirectionof
rows has been input.
Nodirectionofrowshasbeeninput. Inputdirectionofrows.
rows is too long.
Direction of rows is too long. *Direction of rows characters can be input
up to 3.
Re-input correctly.
directionofrows.
directionofrows.
Re-input correctly.
61316 [UU61316]Nocodevalue
has been input.
Nocodevaluehasbeeninput. Inputcodevalue.
61317 [UU61317]Codevalueis
too long.
Codevalueistoolong. *Codevaluecharacterscanbeinputupto
16.
Re-input correctly.
hasbeeninputinthecode
value.
codevalue.
Re-input correctly.
61319 [UU61319]Nocoding
schemedesignatorhas
been input.
Nocodingschemedesignatorhasbeen
input.
Inputcodingschemedesignator.
61320 [UU61320]Codingscheme
designatoristoolong.
Codingschemedesignatoristoolong. *Codingschemedesignatorcharacterscan
be input up to 16.
Re-input correctly.
codingschemedesignator.
codingschemedesignator.
Re-input correctly.
61322 [UU61322]Nocoding
schemeversionhasbeen
input.
Nocodingschemeversionhasbeeninput. Inputcodingschemeversion.
61323 [UU61323]Codingscheme
version is too long.
Codingschemeversionistoolong. *Codingschemeversioncharacterscanbe
input up to 16.
Re-input correctly.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-145
codingschemeversion.
codingschemeversion.
Re-input correctly.
61325 [UU61325]Nocode
meaninghasbeeninput.
Nocodemeaninghasbeeninput. Inputcodemeaning.
61326 [UU61326]Codemeaning
version is too long.
Codemeaningversionistoolong. *Codemeaningcharacterscanbeinputup
to 64.
Re-input correctly.
hasbeeninputinthecode
meaningversion.
codemeaningversion.
Re-input correctly.
61329 [UU61329]Itregistersfor
theDXparameterofthe
exposuremenu.Itcan'tbe
deleted.
ItregistersfortheDXparameterofthe
exposuremenu.Itcan'tbedeleted.
Unregisteritfromexposuremenuto
delete.
61331 [UU61331]Samecode
value,codingscheme
designatorandcoding
schemeversionalready
exists.
Samecodevalue,codingscheme
designatorandcodingschemeversion
alreadyexists.
Inputotherinformation.
61332 [UU61332]Nousername
has been input.
Nousernamehasbeeninput. Inputusername.
61333 [UU61333]Username
version is too long
Usernameversionistoolong *Usernamecharacterscanbeinputupto
20.
Re-input correctly.
has been input in the User
Name.
UserName.
Re-input correctly.
61335 [UU61335]Aninputuser
namecan'tbeused.
Aninputusernamecan'tbeused. Inputotherusername.
61336 [UU61336]Sameuser
namealreadyexists.
Sameusernamealreadyexists. Inputotherusername.
61337 [UU61337]Nopassword
has been input.
Nopasswordhasbeeninput. Inputpassword.
61338 [UU61338]Passwordistoo
long.
Passwordistoolong. *Passwordcanbeinputupto20.
Re-input correctly.
password.
password.
Re-input correctly.
61341 [UU61341]Thisfleisnot
forthecontrastmedium
database.
Thisfleisnotforthecontrastmediumdata
base.
Selectcontrastmediumdatabase.
61342 [UU61342]Abackupfle
doesnotexist.
Abackupfledoesnotexist. Confrmtheflepath.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-146
rowsincludesthesame
character.
Directionofrowsincludesthesame
character.
Re-input correctly.
columnsincludesthesame
character.
Directionofcolumnsincludesthesame
character.
Re-input correctly.
61345 [UU61345]Nomedia
Nomediamanagementflesexist. *Folderthatisnotsubjectto
reconfgurationmaybeselected.
Checkthefolderforreconfgurationand
then select it again.
64311 [UU64311]Datatransfer
servicecannotbestartedat
thedestinationdevice.
Datatransferservicecannotbestartedat
Checktheconnectionandthenre-tryit.
64312 [UU64312]Cannotconnect
tothedestinationdevice.
Unabletoconnecttothedestination
device.
Checktheconnectionandthenre-tryit.
64313 [UU64313]Cannotobtain
thesystemconfgurationat
Cannotobtainthesystemconfgurationat
Restartthesystem.
64314 [UU64314]Cannotobtain
thesystemconfguration.
Cannotobtainthesystemconfguration. Restartthesystem.
64315 [UU64315]Anerroroccurs.
This processing cannot be
continued.
An error occurs. This processing cannot be
continued.
Retry.
64457 [UU64457]ThefunctionES
cannotbespecifedbythe
exposuremenuthat
registeredinstudymenu.
ThefunctionEScannotbespecifedbythe
exposuremenuthatregisteredinstudy
menu.
Select other functions.
64459 [UU64459]Anexposure
menuthathasbeen
registeredtoamultiframe-
specifedstudymenu
cannot specify the ES
function.
Anexposuremenuthathasbeen
registeredtoamultiframe-specifedstudy
menucannotspecifytheESfunction.
Specify another function.
64460 [UU64460]MPMcode
cannotbeextended
anymorebecauseithas
reachedthelimitnumber.
MPMcodecannotbeextendedanymore
becauseithasreachedthelimitnumber.
AssignanyexistingMPMcodeorcontact
maintenancepersonnel.
64461 [UU64461]DXparameters
havenotbeendetermined.
DXparametershavenotbeendetermined. Setimagelateralityandpatientorientation.
64509 [UU64509]Aqueryserver
isn'tsetup.
Aqueryserverisn'tsetup. Chooseaqueryserverwhenyoudo
automaticretrieve.
Don'tcheckautomaticretrievecheckwhen
youcan'tchooseit.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-147
64560 [UU64560]Nousergroup
hasbeenentered.
Nousergrouphasbeenentered. Enter a user group.
64563 [UU64563]Nodisplay
itemshavebeenassigned.
Nodisplayitemshavebeenassigned. Assigndisplayitemsappropriately.
64566 [UU64566]Failedindata
transmissionprocessing.
Failedindatatransmissionprocessing. Retry.
64569 [UU64569]Nodisplay
itemshavebeenselected.
Nodisplayitemshavebeenselected. Selectdisplayitemsaccordingly.
64580 [UU64580]Theminimum
allowableSvalueexceeds
themaximumvalue.
TheminimumallowableSvalueexceeds
themaximumvalue.
Input it correctly.
64581 [UU64581]Theminimum
allowableLvalueexceeds
themaximumvalue.
TheminimumallowableLvalueexceeds
themaximumvalue.
Input it correctly.
calculating the count how
manytimestheIPwas
used.
Failedincalculatingthecounthowmany
timestheIPwasused.
Restartthesystem.
printoutoftheflelist.
Failedinprintoutoftheflelist. Restartthesystem.
resetting the count how
manytimestheIPwas
used.
Failedinresettingthecounthowmany
timestheIPwasused.
Restartthesystem.
launching the
RetakeAnalysis tool.
FailedinlaunchingtheRetakeAnalysis
tool.
Restartthesystem.
occurred.
64592 [UU64592]Failedinlocal
imageretrievaland
launchingtheimagesaving
tool.
Failedinlocalimageretrievaland
launchingtheimagesavingtool.
Restartthesystem.
activation of Ascent View
setting screen.
FailedinactivationofAscentViewsetting
window.
Restartthesystem.
initialization.(ErrorID:%s)
Failedininitialization.(ErrorID:%s) Restartthesystem.
retrieval.(ErrorID:%s)
Failedinretrieval.(ErrorID:%s) Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-148
68002 [UU68002]Failedinsaving
theimage.(ErrorID:%s)
Failedinsavingtheimage.(ErrorID:%s) Restartthesystem.
occurred.
68015 [UU68015]Thetimesetting
ofQAautoconfrmation
exceedsarangeof5to
720minutes.
ThetimesettingofQAautoconfrmation
exceedsarangeof5to720minutes.
exporting the patient
Failedinexportingthepatientinformation
database.
Restartthesystem.
Failedinaccessingthedatabase. Contactmaintenancepersonnel.
Clickthebuttontoexitthesystem.
68020 [UU68020]Writingdata
ontomediawasdisabled.
Writingdataontomediawasdisabled. Checkifthemediaiswrite-protected.
68023 [UU68023]Theparameter
isinvalid.
isinvalid.
Checkthereconstructioncondition
parameters.
Thefollowingitemsare
changed.(Unit:mm)
2.Slicewidth
3. Slice interval
68024 [UU68024]Failedinstarting
up the QC tool of the
reader.
FailedinstartinguptheQCtoolofthe
reader.
68025 [UU68025]Nomedia
Nomediamanagementflesexist. Checkthefoldertobeinitialized,andthen
selectthefolderagain.
68026 [UU68026]Thesetting
value of reconstruction
conditionisinvalid.
The setting value of reconstruction
conditionisinvalid.
Input a correct value.
68027 [UU68027]Animageof
is0to500mmcanonlybe
cannotbegenerated.
68028 [UU68028]Thenumberof
menusforselectedMPM
codeexceededthe
maximumvalue.
ThenumberofmenusforselectedMPM
codeexceededthemaximumvalue.
SelectamenuforotherMPMcodesand
then retry.
code(1sthalf)isinvalid.
Theextensionmenucode(1sthalf)isnot
composedof16charactersorinvalid
character has been input.
Enter the correct value.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-149
code(2ndhalf)isinvalid.
Theextensionmenucode(2ndhalf)isnot
composedof16charactersorinvalid
character has been input.
Enter the correct value.
obtaining JJ1017V3
extensionmenucode.
FailedinobtainingJJ1017V3extension
menucode.
DR-ID 300CL.
68032 [UU68032]Sameextension
Sameextensionmenucodealreadyexists. Inputotherextensionmenucode.
conversionofmis-exposure
Failedinconversionofmis-exposure
*Collectedlogflesmayincludeillegal
information.Confrmthelogfle.
deletionoflogfles.
Failedindeletionoflogfles. Restartthesystem.
accessingthedefnitionfle.
Failedinaccessingthedefnitionfle. Restartthesystem.
70003 [UU70003]Connectionto
thelogsharingdatabase
Connectiontothelogsharingdatabase
Restartthesystem.
thelogsharingdatabase.
Failedinacquiringinformationfromthelog
sharingdatabase.
Restartthesystem.
thesystemsetting
databaseresulted
unsuccessful.
Connectiontothesystemsettingdatabase
Restartthesystem.
thesystemsetting
database.
Restartthesystem.
databaseresulted
unsuccessful.
Connection to the character string
databaseresultedunsuccessful.
Restartthesystem.
database.
Restartthesystem.
acquiring registry
information.
Failedinacquiringregistryinformation. Restartthesystem.
70010 [UU70010]Failedinwriting
Failedinwritingregistryinformation. Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-150
acquiring technologist
information.
Failedinacquiringtechnologist
information.
Restartthesystem.
acquiringclassifcationsof
mis-exposureimages.
Failedinacquiringclassifcationsofmis-
exposureimages.
Restartthesystem.
acquiringcommentson
mis-exposureimages.
Failedinacquiringcommentsonmis-
exposureimages.
Restartthesystem.
theloginformation
databaseresulted
unsuccessful.
Connectiontotheloginformationdatabase
Restartthesystem.
acquiringinformationfor
setupofmis-exposure
imageanalysis.
Failedinacquiringinformationforsetupof
mis-exposureimageanalysis.
Restartthesystem.
readingimagefles.
Failedinreadingimagefles. Restartthesystem.
displayingimages.
Failedindisplayingimages. Restartthesystem.
acquiringthebuttonimage.
Failedinacquiringthebuttonimage. Restartthesystem.
conversionofdateformat.
Failedinconversionofdateformat. Restartthesystem.
storageofthemis-exposure
imageloglist.
Failedinstorageofthemis-exposure
imageloglist.
Restartthesystem.
storage of the calculation
result.
Failedinstorageofthecalculationresult. Restartthesystem.
occurredwhileanimageis
beingdisplayed.
Anerroroccurredwhileanimageisbeing
displayed.
Restartthesystem.
occurred.
thedatabaseofregionsto
beexposedresulted
unsuccessful.
Connectiontothedatabaseofregionsto
beexposedresultedunsuccessful.
Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-151
thedatabaseofcausesof
mis-exposureimages
Connectiontothedatabaseofcausesof
mis-exposureimagesresulted
unsuccessful.
Restartthesystem.
calculationofthemis-
exposureimagelog.
Failedincalculationofthemis-exposure
imagelog.
Restartthesystem.
displayingcalculationresult
ofthemis-exposureimage
log.
Failedindisplayingcalculationresultofthe
mis-exposureimagelog.
Thecalculationresultmaynotbedisplayed
properly.Confrmthelogfle.
the network setting
databaseresulted
unsuccessful.
Connectiontothenetworksettingdatabase
Restartthesystem.
acquiringnecessarydata
fromthenetworksetting
database.
Failedinacquiringnecessarydatafromthe
Restartthesystem.
displayingthelist.
Failedindisplayingthelist. Restartthesystem.
70031 [UU70031]Freeharddisk
spaceforwritingdatais
insuffcient.
Freeharddiskspaceforwritingdatais
insuffcient.
Changethedriveorusenewmedia.
deletingthemis-exposure
imagelog.
Failedindeletingthemis-exposureimage
log.
Restartthesystem.
deletingtheexposureresult
log.
Failedindeletingtheexposureresultlog. Restartthesystem.
deletinganimagefle.
Failedindeletinganimagefle. Restartthesystem.
imagedatainthesystem
settingdatabase.
Failedinwritingimagedatainthesystem
settingdatabase.
Restartthesystem.
imagedatainthedisplay
settingdatabase.
Failedinwritingimagedatainthedisplay
settingdatabase.
Restartthesystem.
relocating the tree
structure.
Failedinrelocatingthetreestructure. Restartthesystem.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MT B-152
reducingthetreestructure.
Failedinreducingthetreestructure. Restartthesystem.
70039 [UU70039]Transitiontothe
mainwindowresulted
unsuccessful.
Transitiontothemainwindowresulted
unsuccessful.
Restartthesystem.
accessingthemenu
database.
Failedinaccessingthemenudatabase. Restartthesystem.
accessing the log
Failedinaccessingtheloginformation
database.
Restartthesystem.
accessingthesystemsetup
database.
Failedinaccessingthesystemsetup
database.
Restartthesystem.
storageofimagedata.
Failedinstorageofimagedata. Retry.
70070 [UU70070]4itemsofView
ModiferCodeSequences
havealreadybeen
selected.
4itemsofViewModiferCodeSequences
havealreadybeenselected.
Decreasetheitemsoftheviewmodifer
codesequencetobeselectedtolessthan
4items.
70071 [UU70071]AlltheDX
parametershavenotbeen
set yet.
AlltheDXparametershavenotbeenset
yet.
SetDXparameters.
70072 [UU70072]ThemAsValue,
Tubecurrent[mA]and
Exposuretime[ms]arenot
consistent.
ThemAsValue,Tubecurrent[mA]and
Exposuretime[ms]arenotconsistent.
SeteachvaluesothatthemAsvalueis
theproductofTubecurrentandExposure
time.
70073 [UU70073]Theauto-
calculatedmAsvalue
exceedstherange.
Theauto-calculatedmAsvalueexceeds
the range.
Correctthevaluesofthetubecurrent[mA]
andexposuretime[ms].
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-1
Appendix C Cooper Application Error Message Table
ID Message Causes Remedies
00005 CooperapplicationsIDisnotspecifed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
00005 Applicationconfgurationerror. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
00005 Applicationconfgurationerror.CreateWCFclient
failed.
Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
00005 InitializeWCFcommunicationfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
00015 Applicationconfgurationerror.Startservicefailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
00240 InitializeWCFfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
00240 Sendmessagefailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
00345 Givenfle[Path]containsdatathatnotvalid/suitable
forbindingintoapplication.
havebeeninstalled.
10000 Another application instance is running. Another CooperManager instance is running. (The
systemcanonlyperformoneinstanceatonetime.)
Restartthesystem.
10005 CreateWCFclientfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10005 Noserviceisrunningonspecifedendpoint.Create
WCFclientfailed.
havebeeninstalled.
WCFchannelfailed.
havebeeninstalled.
10010 Communicationerror. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10015 Startservicefailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10015 Acommunicationerroroccurs.Startservicefailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10035 Acommunicationerroroccurs.Sendmessagefailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10050 Invalidoperation.CreateWCFclientfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
WCFclientfailed.
havebeeninstalled.
10070 DDOflepathisnullorempty TheDDOfledoesnotexist. Restartthesystem.
10071 Imagefleisnotfound TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-2
10071 Imageflepathisempty TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10071 Cannotgetimagewidth TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10071 Cannotgetimageheight TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10071 Cannotgetimagedepth TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10071 DDOobjectofDDOfle{0}isnull TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10072 Loadimagesbufferfail TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10075 Dontenoughfreememory Notenoughmemorytobeused. Restartthesystem.
10165 COMException FailedinacquiringmaskwithCOMobject. Restartthesystem.Iftheproblemcontinuestooccur,
reinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10175 COMException FailedinLUTprocessingwithCOMobject. Restartthesystem.Iftheproblemcontinuestooccur,
reinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10180 StartCooperManagerfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10205 Createprocesfor{0}applicationfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10205 Colorcodeinappconfgisincorrected Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10210 Inputstringwasnotinacorrectformat. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10210 ValuewaseithertoolargeortoosmallforanInt32. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10215 StartCooperapplicationsprocessfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10220 Cannotloadautolayoutfle. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10221 Can not start hook key for application switching
function.
havebeeninstalled.
10221 Can not unset hook key for application switching
function.
havebeeninstalled.
10225 Invalidnumberofscreen. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10225 Cannotloadautolayoutfle. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10230 ConfgTargetViewisinvalid. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10230 Cannotcreateswitchlistenerform. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10230 Sendcommandactiveappfalse. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10230 Sendcommanddeactivecurrentappfalse. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-3
10230 Sendcommandfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10230 Can not set switcher position. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10235 Createnamedpipeobjectfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10235 Sendmessagefailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10235 Closenamedpipeobjectfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10236 Sendwakeupcanceledfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10236 Sendwakeupcanceledsuccess. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10236 Sendwakeupcompletedsuccess. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10236 Sendwakeupcompletedfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10236 PostXMLmessage: Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10236 ReceiveXMLmessage: Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10236 Initializecommunicationfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10236 Initializecommunicationfailed. Linkercannotbeinitialized. Check the settings of Linker library are correct or not
againandrestartthesystem.
10236 Sendwakeupcompletedfailed. Amessage,"wakeupcompleted"cannotbenotifed
fromtheMiniCoopertotheConsole.
Check the settings of Linker library are correct or not
10236 Sendwakeupcancelledfailed. Amessage,wakeupcompletedcannotbenotifed
fromtheMiniCoopertotheConsole.
Check the settings of Linker library are correct or not
10240 InitializeIPCHandlerfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10240 InitializeWMHandlerfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10240 InitializeWCFfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10240 ValueoftimeoutstartCooperapplication(in
SystemConfg.xml)isinvalid.
havebeeninstalled.
SystemConfg.xml)isinvalid.Valuecannotbenull.
havebeeninstalled.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-4
SystemConfg.xml)isinvalid.Inputstringwasnotina
correctformat.
havebeeninstalled.
SystemConfg.xml)isinvalid.Valuewaseithertoolarge
ortoosmallforanInt32.
havebeeninstalled.
10240 StartCooperAppfailed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10286 ServiceUtilityerrorformclosing AnerroroccurredwhenclosingtheServiceUtility
form.
Restartthesystem.
10295 TheconfgforConfgfolderisnotfoundinthefle
DirectoryDef.xml
havebeeninstalled.
10295 UnauthorizedAccesstothefolder:[FolderName] Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10295 Pathofthisfolderistoolong:[Path] Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10295 TheConfgfolder:[Foldername]isnotfound. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10295 File:[Confgfle]:TheConfgelementwithKey=[Key]is
invalid.
havebeeninstalled.
10301 Errorinloadmultilanguage. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
havebeeninstalled.
10302 Error when apply auto layout Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10302 Errorwhengetsizeofconfgfolder. Theconfgfledoesnotexist. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10302 Errorwhendeletetemporaryfolder. TheTempfledoesnotexistortheauthoritymaynot
havebeengranted.
ConfrimtheauthoritytothefolderC:\ProgramFiles\
Fujiflm\Cooper\Data\Temp.
Iftheproblemcontinuestooccur,restartthesystem.
10302 Notpermissionindestinationfolder. Noaccessauthoritytothedestinationfolder. Allotauthoritytothestoragefolderforbackupfiles.
Performeachoperation.
Iffailedagain,restartthesystem.
10302 Unknowerrorwhilecopyingfle. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10302 Unknowerroroccured. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10302 Confgfoldernotfound.CheckvalueinDirectoryDef.
xml
Theconfgfledoesnotexist. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10302 ErrorwhenloadvalueinDirectoryDef.xml Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10302 Confgfolderhasnotanyfles Theconfgfledoesnotexist. Reinstall the application.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-5
10302 Versionfleinsystemfoldernotfound. Theversion.xmlfledoesnotexistintheCooper/
Systemfolder.
Reinstall the application.
10302 Erroroccurwhencreatetemporaryfolder. Noaccessauthoritytothetemporaryfolder. AllotauthorityoftheCooper/Datafolder.
Restart the application.
10302 Timeoutwhenextractorcompressconfgfolder. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 Error when apply auto layout Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 Notpermissionindestinationfolder. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 Unknowerrorwhilecopyingfle. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 Unknowerroroccured. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 Versionfleinsystemfoldernotfound. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 Versionflenotfound. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 Loadversionfleinbackupfoldererror Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 Loadversionfleinsystemfoldererror. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 Errorinreadvalueinconfgfle. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 Confgfoldernotfound.CheckvalueinDirectoryDef.
xml
Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 ErrorwhenloadvalueinDirectoryDef.xml. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 Erroroccurwhencreatetemporaryfolder. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10303 Timeoutwhenextractorcompressconfgfolder. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
havebeeninstalled.
10304 Errorwhenshowmessagedialog. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10320 Erroroccurred.Message:{0}.StackTrace:{1}. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10320 Thedirectory{0}isnotfound.Message:{1}.
StackTrace: {2}.
havebeeninstalled.
10320 Emptydata(shouldbeloadingerror)orcannotretrieve
datafrom{NetSettingfle}
havebeeninstalled.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-6
10320 Cannotlocatespecifedfle:{Path}.Message:{1}.
StackTrace: {2}.
havebeeninstalled.
10320 Cantloadxmlnodeintoentity Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10320 Cantloadfle{0}toXmlDocument Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10320 Cantloadprotocolinfofromxmlnode Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10320 Erroroccurredwhiletryingtooperatewithspecifed
File/Folder{NetSetting.xml}(probablyinvalidlocation
orpermissionerror).Message:{1}.StackTrace:{2}.
havebeeninstalled.
10320 Cannotoperatewithfle{NetSettingPath}dueto
permissionproblemoccurred.Message:{1}.
StackTrace: {2}.
havebeeninstalled.
10320 Cantsaveanobjecttoxmlnode Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10320 CannotopenXMLfle{0}.Message:{1}.StackTrace:
{2}.
havebeeninstalled.
10320 CannotopenXMLfle{NetSetting.xml}.Message:{1}.
StackTrace: {2}.
havebeeninstalled.
10345 TheAdjustLayoutfunctionofAutoLayoutclass:Control
input is null
havebeeninstalled.
10345 ConfgTargetViewisinvalid. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10345 GivenkeyAppScreenFolderKeydoesnotexistfor
lookupfromConfgfle.
havebeeninstalled.
10345 Directorydefnitionnotfoundforkey:
AppScreenFolderKey.
havebeeninstalled.
datafrom[Autolayoutflename]
havebeeninstalled.
10345 Givenkey[Modetype]doesnotexistforlookupfrom
Collection.
havebeeninstalled.
10345 Cannotlocatespecifedfle:[Imagefle]. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10345 Givenfle[screenlayoutfle]containsdatathatnot
valid/suitableforbindingintoapplication.
havebeeninstalled.
10365 Notenoughargumenttoformatatextstring Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10365 Formatofinputstringisinvalidformat Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10365 Content of exception Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-7
10375 Givenkey[Messageid]doesnotexistforlookupfrom
[MessageBoxDef.xmlfle].
havebeeninstalled.
10380 Parameterisnull Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10385 GivenkeyAppScreenFolderKeydoesnotexistfor
lookupfromConfgfle.
havebeeninstalled.
10385 Thedirectory[Directorykey]isnotfound. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10385 Cannotoperatewithdirectory[Directorypath]dueto
permissionproblemoccurred.
havebeeninstalled.
10385 Thedirectory[Directorypath]isnotfound. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
File/Folder[Filepath](probablyinvalidlocationor
permissionerror).
havebeeninstalled.
10385 Erroroccurredwhiletrysavingdatatospecifedfle. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10410 Cannotoperatewithdirectory[Directorypath]dueto
permissionproblemoccurred.
havebeeninstalled.
10410 Thedirectory[Directorypath]isnotfound. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10410 RequiredparameterLoadXMLConfgFileisnullor
empty
havebeeninstalled.
10410 Erroroccurredwhiletryingtoperform:Failedwhile
tryingtoloadXMLConfgfletoentities
havebeeninstalled.
10410 RequiredparameterxmlFileisnullorempty Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10410 Givenkey[Confgflename]doesnotexistforlookup
fromConfgData(ConfgAccessor).
havebeeninstalled.
datafromConfgData(ConfgAccessor)
havebeeninstalled.
10410 Givenkey[Keyword]doesnotexistforlookupfrom
ConfgData(ConfgAccessor).
havebeeninstalled.
10430 RequiredparameteritemKeyisnullorempty Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10430 Givenkey[Keyword]doesnotexistforlookupfrom
Directories(DirectoryAccessor).
havebeeninstalled.
datafromDirectories(DirectoryAccessor)
havebeeninstalled.
10435 GivenkeyAppNamedoesnotexistforlookupfrom
Confgfle.
havebeeninstalled.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-8
10435 Anotheritemhasthesamekeywith[messageid]is
alreadyexisted.
havebeeninstalled.
10450 GivenkeyTargetViewdoesnotexistforlookupfrom
Confgfle.
havebeeninstalled.
10450 GivenkeymonitorTypedoesnotexistforlookupfrom
Monitors(MonitorAccesor).
havebeeninstalled.
datafromMonitors(MonitorAccesor)
havebeeninstalled.
datafromAllNoteInfoItem(NoteInfoAccessor-
>GetNoteInfoEntity).
havebeeninstalled.
10465 Givenkey[Key]doesnotexistforlookupfrom
AllNoteInfoItem(NoteInfoAccessor-
>GetNoteInfoEntity).
havebeeninstalled.
datafromListItemAtCorner(NoteInfoAccessor).
havebeeninstalled.
10465 GivenkeyCornerdoesnotexistforlookupfrom
ListItemAtCorner(NoteInfoAccessor-
>GetListItemAtCorner).
havebeeninstalled.
CornerItemSetting(NoteInfoAccessor->Save).
havebeeninstalled.
NoteItemList(NoteInfoAccessor-
>BindPrivateProperty).
havebeeninstalled.
datafromdicVersions(AppVersionInfoAccessor).
havebeeninstalled.
10465 Givenkey[Key]doesnotexistforlookupfrom
dicVersions(AppVersionInfoAccessor)
havebeeninstalled.
File/Folder[Path](probablyinvalidlocationor
permissionerror).
havebeeninstalled.
10565 Anotheritemhasthesamekeywith[AttributeName]is
alreadyexisted.
havebeeninstalled.
10565 FailtovalidateXMLstructureforspecifedfle:[Path]. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10565 Method[Methodname]:Requiredparameter[List
parameters]isnullorempty
havebeeninstalled.
10565 Erroroccurredwhiletrysavingdatatospecifedfle:
[Path].
havebeeninstalled.
10565 Thedirectory[Path]isnotfound. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10565 Cannotlocatespecifedfle:[Path]. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-9
10565 CannotopenXMLfle[Path]. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10565 Cannotoperatewithfle[Path]duetopermission
problemoccurred.
havebeeninstalled.
10605 ValueofPixelpitchspacemustbegreaterthan0 Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10605 ValueofPixelpitchmonitormustbegreaterthan0 Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10605 Errorcode+Errormessage Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10605 Numberofimagesisinvalid TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10615 Cantgetimagewidth. TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10615 Cantgetimageheight TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10615 Cantgetimagebitstored. TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10615 Cantgetimagedepth TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10615 Cantgetimagedensity TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10615 Dontsupportthisoutputtype. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10615 CantgetSQforimageprocessingparameters. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10615 Imagesdepthisinvalid. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10615 ErrorinProcRunmethodofIPHandleobject. Theimageprocessingparameterfleofthe
applicationisdamaged.
10615 ErrorinInitializemethodofIPHandleobject. Theimageprocessingparameterfleofthe
10615 CantgetParampath. Theimageprocessingparameterfleofthe
10615 ErrorinConvertParamToXMLmethodofFMImgParam
object.
Theimageprocessingparameterfleofthe
10635 Noteconfgflereadingerror TheNoteInfoDef.xmlfledoesnotexistoris
damaged.
ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10640 Item\[Itemname]donthaveDDOtaginNoteconfg
fle
havebeeninstalled.
10640 [Value]isnotappropriatenumberformat. TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10640 [Value]isnotappropriatehexadecimalformat. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10640 Value[Tagvalue]isoverfowdoubletype TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10640 [Tagvalue]isnotappropriatedatetimeformat. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-10
10640 NumberofDDOtagdifferfromvalueofNumattribute Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10640 [Tagvalue1],[Tagvalue2]arenotappropriate
numberformat.
TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10640 [Stringtag]isnotappropriatetagformat. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10640 [Tagsvalue1]or[Tagsvalue2]isnotappropriate
datetimeformat.
havebeeninstalled.
10675 GivenkeyTargetViewdoesnotexistforlookupfrom
Confgfle
havebeeninstalled.
10675 GivenkeyAppShortNamedoesnotexistforlookup
fromConfgfle
havebeeninstalled.
10680 Cantmake{0}({1:X8})tag. TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10680 CallFFCutMultibytemethodisfail. Thenecessarycomponentforimagedisplayis
damaged.
10680 CallFFConvertCNStoUTF8methodisfail. Thenecessarycomponentforimagedisplayis
damaged.
10680 CallFFConvertGB2312toGB18030methodisfail. Thenecessarycomponentforimagedisplayis
damaged.
10680 Wrongcharacterset. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10685 Exception content. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10685 Cannotprocesssearchingwhilekeysearchisempty. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10685 Searchprocessisfailed. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10685 GetPACSinforerror. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10685 Can not create DDO key search. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10685 SearchprocesscanonlyperformwhenDicomQuerys
statusisIdle.
havebeeninstalled.
10715 Notenoughmemorytostartretrieve Notenoughmemorytobeused. Restartthesystem.
10715 Retrievedatatimeout Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10715 Cantdeleteoldimagesfleatfolder:{0}. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.Iftheproblemcontinuestooccur,
restartthesystem.
10715 CantgetAE:[AEName]inDicomQRNetSetting.xmlfle Incorrect settings of PACS server. ConfrmthePACSsettingsofS-UTL.Aftersetting
normally,restartthesystem.
10720 Cantappendddotag:{0:x}. TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-11
10720 Cantappendddotag:{0:x}or{1:x}. TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10720 index:{0}ofpixelspacingisoutofrange TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10720 Getvalueoftag:{0:x}failure. TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10720 Invaliddirectionscan{0} TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10720 Cantcopyvalueoftag:{0:x}totag:{1:x}. TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10720 Cantdeleteddotag:{0:x} TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10720 Readdensityisempty. TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10720 Readdensityisnotdoubletype. TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10720 CannotsetvalueforKanjiPatientnametag. TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10720 CannotsetvalueforPatientnametag. TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10725 Retrievedimagefolder:{0}dontexist. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
10725 CantloadDDOfle: TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10725 Cantrenameretrievedfle. TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
10730 Processimagefailure ImgProcCtrl.dlldoesnotexist.
IncorrectimageinformationofDDOfle.
Restartthesystem.
Reinstall the linking appication for which reinstllation is
supported.
10730 DLLforprocessingimagenotfound. ImgProcCtrl.dldoesnotexist. Restartthesystem.
supported.
10730 AccessCOMcomponentfail. An error occurs when accessing to the function of
ImgProcCtrl.dll.
Restartthesystem.
supported.
10740 CantloadDDOfle:{0} TheDDOfledoesnotexist.
TheDDOfleformatisnotthestandardformatof
DICOM.
Restartthesystem.
10740 Cantreadimageflepathattag{0} ThetagwhichspecifespathtotheDDOfledoes
not exist.
Restartthesystem.
10740 Imagefle:{0}dontexist Theimagefledoesnotexist. Confrmtheflepathagain.
Iftheerrorcontinuestooccur,restartthesystem.
10740 Notenoughmemorytoreadimagefle{0} Notenoughmemorytobeused. Restartthesystem.
10740 OpenImagefle:{0}error Theimagefledoesnotexist.
Thepathoftheimagefleistoolong.
Confrmtheflepathagain.
Iftheerrorcontinuestooccur,restartthesystem.
10740 Allocatememoryforimagebufferfailure Notenoughmemorytobeused. Restartthesystem.
10740 Notenoughmemorytosaveimagefle{0} NotenoughmemoryinHDDtoretrieveimages. Deleteunnecessarystudiesfromtheapplication.
10740 Cantsavebuffertoimagewithpath:{0} NotenoughmemoryinHDDtoretrieveimage.
Theflepathistoolong.
Thestoragefolderoffledoesnotexist.
Noauthoritytowriteinfles.
Deleteunnecessarystudiesfromtheapplication.
Confrmtheauthoritytowriteinflesandtheexistance
ofstoragefolder.
10740 Notenoughmemorytoretrieveimagetoclient Notenoughmemorytobeused. Restartthesystem.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-12
10740 Notenoughmemorytoprocessimageduringretrieval
period
Notenoughmemorytobeused. Restartthesystem.
10740 Cantdeleteoriginalimagethatretrievedfromserver. Noauthoritytodeletefles. Confrmtheauthoritytodeleteflesinthefolder.
10745 Storeimagetheadhasunknowerror Thenecessarycomponentforimagedisplayis
damaged.
10750 Verifcationerrorformclosing AnerroroccurredwhenclosingtheVerifcationform. Restartthesystem.
20005 Applicationconfgurationerror. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
20005 Theoperationistimeout.CreateWCFchannelfailed. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
20005 Theoperationistimeout.Stopservicefailed. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
20010 Theoperationistimeout.Sendmessagefailed. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
20050 Startservice[Servicename]failed. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
20175 Createprocessfor[AppName]applicationfailed. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
20205 StartCooperapplicationsfailed.Timeoutoccurs. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
20205 Thefleonpath[Path]isnotexistormaybeitisalready
running.
havebeeninstalled.
20205 Createprocessfor{0}applicationfailed. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
20215 (EventHandler)handlerisnull Retrieveaneventwithoutthedelegatefunction. Restartthesystem.
20230 Invalidswitcherpositionsetting.Usingdefaultvalueas
top right.
havebeeninstalled.
20235 ThisTypeCode[TypeCode]isnotsupported. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
20350 ApplicationID[AppID]isduplicated. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
20350 Themessagestringappendedwiththestring
representationoftheinvalidargumentvalue.
TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
20350 Cantgettagnumber. TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
20350 DDOfleisnotfound. TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
20350 LoadDDOfleiserror. TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
20350 CantgetTypeCodeoftag[Tag] TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
20350 CantgetLengthoftag[Tag]. TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
20350 Lengthoftag[Tag]equal0. TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
20350 [DLL]specifedinaDLLimportcannotbefound TheDllfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-13
20615 CloseSysConfgDBerror. TheconfgfleisdamagedortheDBfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
Iftheproblemcontinuestooccur,reinstallthe
application.
20615 CantconnecttoSysConfgDB. TheconfgfleisdamagedortheDBfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
application.
20615 CantgetSysConfgDBpath. TheconfgfleisdamagedortheDBfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
application.
20615 CantgetGAoffsetfromDB. TheconfgfleisdamagedortheDBfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
application.
20615 CantgetGSoffsetfromDB. TheconfgfleisdamagedortheDBfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
application.
20715 Port:[PortNo]isnotavailable. Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
20720 CannotgetvalueofPatientnametag. TheDDOfleisdamaged. Restartthesystem.
40073 Cooperapplication'sIDisnotspecifed. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
40073 CannotgettheXMLparameter ACcannotacquirethe"createxmlparameter"from
DDOfle.
ChecktheparameterfleofACagainandrestartthe
system.
40073 Cannotgettheimagebuffer Nomemorycanbeallocatedforimageloading. Restartthesystem.
40073 Cannotgetthegammatable LUTtablecannotbecreated. Restartthesystem.
40073 Cannotgetimagewitdh.Path=""{0}"" TheimagewidthcannotbeacquiredfromDDO. Restartthesystem.
40073 Cannotgetimageheigh.Path=""{0}"" TheimageheightcannotbeacquiredfromDDO. Restartthesystem.
40073 Cannotgetimagedepth.Path=""{0}"" TheimagedepthcannotbeacquiredfromDDO. Restartthesystem.
40073 Cannotgetimageflepath.Path=""{0}"" Thepathofthebitmapcannotbeacquiredfrom
DDO.
Restartthesystem.
40073 Cannotgetimagedatafromflepath:""{0}"" Thebitmapcannotbeloaded. Restartthesystem.
40073 Cannotgetimagewidth.Path+ddoPath TheinformationofDDOflecannotbeacquired. Restartthesystem.
40073 Cannotgetimageheight.Path+ddoPath TheinformationofDDOflecannotbeacquired. Restartthesystem.
40073 Cannotgetimagedepth.Path+ddoPath TheinformationofDDOflecannotbeacquired. Restartthesystem.
40073 Cannotgetimageflepath.Path+ddoPath TheinformationofDDOflecannotbeacquired. Restartthesystem.
40073 Cannotgetimagedatafromflepath:+ddoPath TheinformationofDDOflecannotbeacquired. Restartthesystem.
40073 CannotgettheXMLparameter TheinformationofDDOflecannotbeacquired. Restartthesystem.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-14
40073 Cannotgettheimagebuffer Nomemorycanbeallocatedforimageloading. Restartthesystem.
40073 Cannotgetthegammatable LUTtablecannotbecreated. Restartthesystem.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-15
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MT C-16
BLANK PAGE
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx MT D-1
Appendix D Precise Enlargement Function Error Message Table
NOTE
ECHO represents Precise Enlargement Function.
01001 Unknown error Anunknownerrorhasoccurred. RestartthesystemorreinstallECHO.
01005 Notfoundconfgfle:Echo.Confg.exe Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallECHO.
01010 Savingdataerror Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallECHO.
01010 Content of exception Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallECHO.
01015 UserUtility:TheconfgwithKey={0}isnotfoundinthe
confgfleofapplication
Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallECHO.
01025 VersionInformation:TheApplicationelementwith
ID={0}intheversionflecan'tbeload.
havebeeninstalled.
01145 Unknown error Thenecessarycomponentforimagedisplayis
damaged.
01145 Can'tLoadImageErrorfle: Theresourcefledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallECHO.
01145 Can'tgetPEMvalue Theimageprocessingparameterfleisdamagedorthe
PEMvalueitselfdoesnotexist.
Verify the setting of the application.
ConfgQA->PEMProcessinginthecaseofMagnifyDisplay
01145 Can'tconnecttodatabase Thedatabasedoesnotexistorisdamaged. Reinstall the application.
01145 NotfoundMonitorLUTfle ThemonitorLUTfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallallthelinkingapplicationsandCooperwhich
havebeeninstalled.
01165 ThestringwithId=[LanguageID]isnotfoundinthe
languagefle
Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallECHO.
01390 NotfoundAppNamekey Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallECHO.
10000 Another application instance is running. ThereisarunningECHOprocess. Restartthesystem.
11005 DDOfleisnotfound TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Exposure again.
11010 SaveFontinformationtoapplicationconfgfleerror. Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallECHO.
11155 ValueofLoupeZoomRatioisinvalid Theconfgfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallECHO.
11155 ValueofLoupeZoomRatiomustbegreaterthan0 Theconfgfleisdamaged. ReinstallECHO.
11375 Imagebuffer'ssizeisinvalid Notenoughmemory. Restartthesystem.
11380 ErroroccurredbyImgProcCtrl::Execute(Path="[DDO
flepath]",ProcFlag=[pem
process],ProcImgType=[Imagetype],FuncID=[Function
ID],ErrID=[Errorid],ErrDetailID=[Errordetail])
TheDDOfledoesnotexistorisdamaged.Orthe
imageprocessingparameterfleoftheapplicationis
damaged.
Exposureagain.Iftheproblemcontinuestooccur,
reinstall the application.
11380 Imagefleisnotfound FailureingenerationofimagedatabyConsole. Restartthesystem.
21175 [ArgumentException]
21390 Notfoundresourcefle Theresourcefledoesnotexistorisdamaged. ReinstallECHO.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx MT D-2
BLANK PAGE
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx MT D-3
BLANK PAGE
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx MT D-4
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MT E-1
Appendix E Free Layout Print Error Message Table
NOTE
FLP represents Free Layout Print.
00005 FailtoinitializeinCommunication. Cannotreceivethestartmessage. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10001 Fail to start application. Thestartapplicationisbeingperformedoris
damaged.
10001 Failtostartapplication,itisrunningalready. Thestartapplicationisbeingperformedoris
damaged.
10005 FailtorequestqueueinCommunication. Thestart-upinformationisdamaged. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 FailtocommunicationandinitializeFLC. FailedinacquiringthesettingsinformationforFLC. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Fail to set output path for FLC FailedinsettingtheoutputpathforFLC. Restart DR-ID 300CL or reinstall FLP.
10010 Fail to set language for FLC Thelanguageinformationfledoesnotexistoris
damaged.
Restart DR-ID 300CL or reinstall FLP.
10010 Fail to set log path for FLC. Itisimpossibletoacquireinformationfrom
DirectoryDef.xmlfleorfprun.xmlfle.
10010 FailtosetdateformatforFLC. Cannotconnecttodatabase. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 FailtosettimeformatforFLC. Cannotconnecttodatabase. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Failtogetfontsizeinformation. Failedinacquiringinformationfromtheconfgfle. CheckthatOverlayFontSizeiscorrectlysetin
Service Utility. Or, restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Failtogetfontstyleinformation. Failedinacquiringinformationfromtheconfgfle. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Fail to set font for FLC. Failedinacquiringinformationfromtheconfgfle. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 Fail to set print for FLC. Cannotconnecttodatabase. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10010 FailtosetpropertyinformationforFLC. FailedinacquiringinformationfromtheAppconfg
fle.
Check that the setting of Service Utility has no
problems.Or,restartDR-ID300CL.Or,reinstallFLP.
10010 FailtosetImgProcEngineTypeforFLC. Failedinacquiringinformationfromthe
SystemConfgfle.
10010 FailtoterminateCreatorHandler. Resourcecannotbedeleted.Maincontrollercannot
receiveFLCterminationmessage.
10015 Imagebuffersizeisinvalid. Imagebuffersizeissmallerthan0. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MT E-2
10015 FailtoloadDDOfle. Thetargetfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 FailtodisplayFLC. Imagedoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 FailtoImageProcessing. AnimageislostoranerroroccursinAC/BCorAC/
BCisdamaged.
Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 XMLflenotfound. ThepathofXMLfledoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 FailtogetInputpathinformation. ThepathinformationdoesnotexistinDirectoryDef.
xmlfleorisdamaged.
10015 FailtoCreatefolderforstudy. Failedincreatingthefolderincludesstudydata. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 FailtocopyDDOfle. FailedinsavingDDO. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Failtogetvalueofimagewidth. DDOtagdoesnotexistinDDOfleorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Failtogetvalueofimageheight. DDOtagdoesnotexistinDDOfleorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 FailtoImageProcessingonFW. Erroroccurredinimageprocessing,ortheimageis
damaged.
10015 Failtosetvalueofimagewidth. DDOtagdoesnotexistinDDOfleorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Failtosetvalueofimageheight. DDOtagdoesnotexistinDDOfleorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 FailtosettagvalueofLutflepathforColorSpace. FailedinsettingtagsforLUTfle. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 Invalidimage-{0} Invalidimage Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 FailtoconvertTrimmingCenterPointXtodouble Coordinateofpointisnotadouble
10015 FailtoconvertTrimmingCenterPointYtodouble Coordinateofpointisnotadouble
10015 FailtoconvertTrimmingSizePointXtodouble Coordinateofpointisnotadouble
10015 FailtoconvertTrimmingSizePointYtodouble Coordinateofpointisnotadouble
10015 Failtogettagforimagechecking CannotreadtagfromDDO
10015 Fail to create Release Possession XML for {0} Can not create Release Possession XML
10015 FailtoinitializeDDOHelperobject.Path={0} Cannotinitializenewobject
10015 FailtoloadDDOHelper.Path={0} CannotloadDDOvalues
10015 FailtogetProcUID.Tag={0} CannotreadtagfromDDO
10015 FLPTargetEntity is NULL Nullargument
10015 FailtointializeXMLContentobject Cannotinitializenewobject
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MT E-3
10015 FailtointializeXMLParameterobject Cannotinitializenewobject
10015 FailtointializeXMLFlpTargetEntityobject Cannotinitializenewobject
10015 FailtosaveentitytoXMLfle.Path={0} CannotsaveReleasePossessionXMLtofle
10015 FailtosaveDDOfle. FailedinsavingtoDDOfle. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10015 FailtosaveRAWimagefle. FailedinwritingRAWimages. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10020 Fail to process function on current state. Erroroccurredinprocessingoncurrentstate. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10020 FailtoInitializeresourceforFLC. FailedinacquiringthesettingsinformationforFLC. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10020 FailtoinformstatustoCooperManager. Failedinreceivingthemessage. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10020 Failtogetoutputfle. XMLfledoesnotexistinDirectoryDef.xmloris
damaged.
10020 FailtosavexmlflethatnotifytoRecept. FailedinsavingtheXMLflethatsendsnotifcations
to Recept.
10025 Fail to set tag value in DDO. FailedinsettingDDOtag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10025 FailtosaveDDOfle. FailedinsavingDDOfle. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10025 FailtocreateXMLfleforoutput. Failedinacquiringtheoutputpathfrom
DirectoryDef.xml.
10025 Fail to get tag value in DDO. DDOtagdoesnotexistinDDOfleorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10025 DDOflenotfound. DDOfledoesnotexist. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10025 FailtogetoutputfolderforXMLfle. Missing,corruptornotaccessibleXMLfle. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10025 FailtocopyXMLfleforoutput. Missing,corruptornotaccessibleXMLfle. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10025 Fail to Output Processing. Failedinacquiringthepathinformationfrom
fprun.xml.
10050 FailtoloadimageforFLC. Missing,corruptornotaccessibleRawfleandddo
fle
10065 FailtopostmessageonFLP. ErroroccurredwhensendingmessagesinFLP. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10065 FailtoinformstatusonFLP. ErroroccurredwhensendingmessagesinFLP. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10070 Fail to Output Processing. DDO,RAW,XMLflesareinvalid. Checkthatthedischasenoughfreespace.Or,restart
the FLP. Or, restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Failtodeletefle. Temporaryflesarelockedforsecurity. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 FailtodeleteSubFolderinPath. Temporaryflesarelockedforsecurity. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MT E-4
10075 Failtoclearfle. Temporaryflesarelockedforsecurity. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Fail to connect Database. Databasedoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Failtocreatefolder. Unabletocreatethefolder"xxxx" Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Failtomovefle. Temporaryflesarelockedforsecurity. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Fail to get language for FLC. Failedinacquiringlanguagesinformationfromthe
confgfle.
Check that the language setting is correct in
ServiceUtility. Or, restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Fileisinvalid. Fileisinvalid. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Failtoreadandwritefle. Missing,corruptornotaccessiblefle. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 File path is too long. File path is too long. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Filedirectorynotfound. Thetargetfledoesnotexist. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Filenotfound. Missingfle Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Argumentnullerror Argumentnull Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Argumenterror Argumenterror Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 I/Oerror I/OException Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Security error accessisdenied Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Unauthorizedaccesserror accessisdenied Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Failtosavefle. Missing,corruptornotaccessiblefle. Checkthatthedischasenoughfreespace.Or,restart
the FLP. Or, restart DR-ID 300CL.
10075 Failtocopyfle. Temporaryflesarelockedforsecurity. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20010 FailtogetImgProcEngineTypeinSystemConfg.xml. Failedinacquiringinformationfromthe
SystemConfgfle.
20015 Fail to set tag value of Annotation. Failedinsettingtheannotationtag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20015 Fail to set tag value of Marker. FailedinsettingDDOtag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20015 Fail to set tag value of Mask. FailedinsettingDDOtag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20015 FailtosettagvalueofLutflepathfordisplay. FailedinsettingtagsforLUTfle. ChecktoseethatPrimaryMonitoriscorrectlysetin
20015 FailtosettagvalueofLutflepathforprint. FailedinsettingtagsforLUTfle. Checktoseethat'PrimaryMonitor'iscorrectlysetin
20015 FailtosettagvalueofLutflepathColorSpacefor
output
FailedinsettingtagsforLUTfle. Checktoseethat'PrimaryMonitor'iscorrectlysetin
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MT E-5
20015 Failtosetpatientdateinformation. Failedinsettingthebirthdatesofpatients. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20015 FailtosetoriginalDDOflepathforImageProcessing. FailtosetoriginalDDOflepathforImage
Processing.
20015 Fail to get tag value of Invert. FailedinacquiringthevalueofDDOtag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20025 FailtogetmodalitynamefromSysConfgDB. GetmodalitynamefromSysConfgDBfail Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
20025 FailtoremovetaginDDO. DDOtagdoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30010 FailtoconvertPixelPitchtodouble PixelPitchofmonitorisnotadouble
30015 FailtogetLutflepath. FailedinacquiringtheLUTflepath. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Failtogetdateformatinformation. Databasedoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Failtogetstudydateinformation. Failedinacquiringthestudydateinformation. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Failtogetbirthdateinformation. Failedinacquiringthebirthdatesofpatients. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Fail to set partient age. FailedinsettingDDOtag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 LengthisinvalidinInverttag. FailedinacquiringthelengthofDDOtag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Fail to get tag value of Annotation. Failedinacquiringtheannotationtag.
30015 FailtogettagvalueofImageType. Theimagetypetagislost.
30015 Fail to get tag value of Marker. Themarkertagislost.
30015 Fail to get tag value of Mask. Themastertagislost.
30015 Fail to get tag value of Scan. FailedinacquiringDDOtag. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 LengthisinvalidinScantag. DDOtagdoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 FailtogettagvalueofTrimmingCenter. DDOtagdoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 FailtogettagvalueofTrimmingSize. DDOtagdoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 Fail to get tag value of Pixel Spacing. DDOtagdoesnotexistorisdamaged. Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
30015 FailtogettagvalueofTrimmingType. FailedinacquiringDDOtag.
30065 Fail to change state in StateManager. GetprocessinginformationformRequesttablefail Restart FLP function or restart DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MT E-6
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MT E-7
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MT E-8
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-I
MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-II
Control Sheet
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) I, II, 47, 2325, 49, 50, 52, 55,
6062, 66, 67, 69, 70, 79, 80,
Appx MC A-16
04/15/2010 02 Changes in pagination (FM5668) 822, 2648, 51, 53, 54, 5659,
6365, 68, 7178
3335, 37, 39, 46116, 119124,
127134, 136,
Appx MC A-15, 7, 8,
Appx MC B-14
02/28/2011 03 Changes in pagination (FM5818) 117, 118, 125, 126, 135, 137, 138
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) 3, 46, 48, 96, 100, 102106, 108,
109, 111, 112, 115, 116
108, 111, 116, 121
Appx MC C-18, Appx MC D-140
122125, 127, 128, 135, 136, 138,
141, 142,
Appx MC C-1, 35,
Appx MC D-13, 12, 14, 18, 19, 21,
22, 2528, 3537, 3992
140,
Appx MC C-6
Appx MC C-1, 4, 5,
Appx MC E-116
09/12/2012 07 Changes in pagination (FM6055) 100106, 108115, 117, 119122,
124131, 133-141
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-1
1. Reinstalling
the OS and Application
When formatting or replacing the HDD due, for instance, to its failure, it
is necessary to install the AP from the OS. Presented below is the
procedure used for installing the AP from the OS. Follow the fowchart
to install the AP.
Installation workfow
See Chapter 5 under
MU: Maintenance
Utility.
Confg backup
2. Installing and Setting Up the OS
3. Setting Up the Monitor
4. Installing the Database Management System
5.1 Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP
5.2 Replacing the Menu Database
5.3 Installing Correction Parameters
(V4.0 Only)
(Only for RAID Confguration in
V5.0 or Later)
6. Installing Various Components
7. Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Key
8. Installing the Electronic Manual
9. Option Key Installation
10. AP Key Installation
11. Initializing the Image Database
12. Display Optimization (LUT fle settings)
13. Restoring the Confg
14. Settings for the FPD/Cassette-type
Image Readers
15. Firewall Settings
16. Canceling AutoPlay Mode
17. Setting the Event Log
(Windows Vista Only)
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-2
NOTE
Before installing the OS, note down the DR-ID 300CL host name, IP
address, subnet mask, and other relevant information. These items of
information will be called for during OS installation.
Property sheet
OS installation drive C:\
Partition/format
Only drive C (no other partitions will
be created)/NTFS
Regional settings
Name FUJIFILM Corporation
Organization FUJIFILM Corporation
Product key
Indicated on the right-hand side
cover of the PC main unit.
Computer name and
password
Computer name
Default setting at factory shipment is
DAxxxxxxxx (xxxxxxxx: manufacture
number)
If changed, be sure to record it
accordingly.
The name can be set within 10
characters.
Password fcr-iip
Network settings
Protocol TCP/IP
IP address
172.16.1.20 at factory shipment
* If changed, be sure to record it
accordingly.
Subnet mask
accordingly.
Domain or work
group
Work group (group name remains
the default.)
User-related settings
for this computer (auto
logon settings)
Auto logon
username
Administrator
Password fcr-iip
Monitor settings
Screen color True Color (32-bit)
Screen area 1280 x 1024 (17inch LCD)
OS installation and setting procedures are different between Windows
Vista and Windows 7. Follow the procedures specifc to the used OS.
For Windows Vista
See 2.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista.
For Windows 7
See 2.2 Installing and Setting Windows 7.
NOTE
The procedure for reinstalling the OS on a laptop PC is different from
the procedure for reinstalling on a desktop PC.
See Appendix C Reinstalling the OS and Application on Laptop PC.
REFERENCE
In 2. Installation and Settings Up the OS, a marker has been added to the
header part for identifcation of the procedure differences according to the OS.
The OS which the referenced procedures corresponds to can be
confrmed with the marker.
Windows 7
MC-57 DR-ID 300CL Service Manual MC-57 010-305-07E
09.12 2012 FM6055
I Windows setup
1. Make the following settings.
0 0 0
Type a user name (for example, John) iip
Type a computer name CSL
2. Click .
A window opens to prompt for password.
0 0 0
Type a password (recommended) fcr-iip
Retype your password fcr-iip
Type a password hint enter a one-byte space
NOTE
y The character string entries in the Type a password
(recommended) " and "Retype your password " felds appear as
G.
y When a character has been entered into the column "Type a
password hint" it becomes poss b e to click .
4. Click .
The Help protect your computer and improve Windows
automatica ly window opens.
Windows 7
DXCL070302004.ai
Marker <Indication example>
<Meaning of marker>
Windows Vista : The procedures for the case that OS is Windows Vista.
Windows 7 : The procedures for the case that OS is Windows 7.
Windows Vista
MC-3
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Removing the peripheral devices
1. Disconnect all peripheral devices, such as barcode reader,
magnetic card reader and touch panel, from the USB ports.
(Exceptforthemouseandkeyboard.)
NetworkconnectionbetweentheDR-ID300CLandtheHUB
Unless the PC is network-connected properly in advance, the network
setup windows will not be displayed while the OS is being installed,
depending on the Windows Vista installer specifcations.
1. UseanetworkcabletoconnecttheDR-ID300CLtotheHUB.
2. TurnONthepowertotheHUB.
2.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista
2.1.1 Installing and Setting Windows Vista
This section describes how to install Windows Vista.
The OS is to be installed in the following situations:
After HDD replacement
After an error occurrence in the OS
Items to be readied for OS installation
OPERATING SYSTEM Disk which comes with the device
DRIVERS AND UTILITIES Disk
IMPORTANT
Before formatting the HDD, make backup copy of data other than
image data, if any, using Explorer or the like.
Make backup copy of confg data that stores various DR-ID 300CL
and RU (FPD and cassette-type Image Reader) settings, ahead of
time.
Use the User Utility function to back up user setup information items
(place checkmarks to all items).
NOTE
OS installation procedures are described herein using a DELL
OptiPlex 760 PC models.
If other PC models are used, see the user manual that comes with the PC.
If the PC is not connected via the network, the network setup windows
will not be displayed while the OS is being installed. To perform
network settings, be sure to connect the PC to the network (HUB)
accordingly before installation work.
The following fles are not included in the backup of the confguration.
Back up the following fles before reinstalling the OS, and copy them
after reinstalling the OS.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\AECParamConvertTbl.dat
Windows Vista
MC-4
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
RAIDstructureconfrmation
(onlyforDELLOptiPlex780MT/960MT)
2. Press the <F2> key when logotype of DELL appears at the
center of the window.
NOTE
If the <F2> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the Intel(R)
Matrix Storage Manager window will not open. In that case, restart
the PC to perform step 2. again.
The Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager window opens.
DXL32001.ai
3. Press <Ctrl> + <I> immediately.
NOTE
If the <Ctrl> + <I> keys are not pressed with the timeliness, the
main menu window will not open. In that case, press <Ctrl> + <Alt>
+ <Delete> keys and perform step 2. and step 3. again.
The main menu window opens.
DXL32002.ai
4. Check to see that [RAID Volumes] - [Level] have been set to
[RAID1(Mirror)]inthe[DISK/VOLUMEINFORMATION]feld.
DXL32003.ai
5. Check to see that [RAID Volumes] - [Status] have been set to
[Normal]inthe[DISK/VOLUMEINFORMATION]feld.
DXL32004.ai
NOTE
If Status is other than Normal, the HDD might has some trouble,
so replace it as necessary.
For details about the HDD replacement procedure, see
Appendix A Replacement Procedure of Damaged RAID
Confguration HDD.
6. Press the <Esc> key.
A confrmation window opens.
DXL32005.ai
7. Press the <Y> key.
Windows Vista
MC-5
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Changingbootsequenceofthecomputer(forDELLPCs)
In here Boot Sequence is changed so that PC starts from CD by the
BIOS menu of a PC.
2. Press the <F2> key when the DELL logo appears at the
NOTE
If the <F2> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window
will not open.
In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step 2. above again.
The setup window opens.
3. SelectSystemConfgurationUSBControllerandthen
No Boot.
AWV32124.ai
4. SelectSecurityCPUXDSupportandremovethe
checkmarkfromEnableCPUXDSupport.
AWV32125.ai
Windows Vista
MC-6
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
5. SelectPerformanceMultiCoreSupportandplacea
checkmark to Enable Multi Core Support.
AWV32126.ai
6. Select Intel
SpeedStep and remove the checkmark from

Enable Intel
SpeedStep.
AWV32127.ai
7. Select General in the Boot Sequence area and set so
that Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive comes to the very
top.
AWV32149.ai
8. Select Remote Wake Up in the Power Management area
and then select Enable with Boot to NIC.
DCL32001.ai
9. Select Low Power Mode in the Power Management area
and then remove the checkmark from Enable Low Power
Mode.
DXL32006.ai
10. Insert the OPERATING SYSTEM disk into the PC.
11. Click at the lower right corner of the window.
Windows Vista
MC-7
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
12. Click [Yes].
After a while, the Press any key to boot from CD or DVD...
message appears at the upper left corner of the window.
13. Press the <Enter> key within three seconds.
After a while, the Windows Vista setup window opens.
NOTE
If you do not press the <Enter> key within about three seconds
after the Press any key to boot from the CD or DVD... message
appears at the upper left corner of the window, the installation CD
will not be recognized accordingly.
If such a failure occurs, restart the PC to perform step 13. again.
Windows Vista
MC-8
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Re-installing the OS
1. Select My language is English.
AWV32002.ai
The language selection window opens.
AWV22002_E.ai
Language to install : English
Time and currency format : English (United States)
Keyboard or input method : US
3. Click [Next].
The following window opens.
AWV22003_E.ai
4. Click Install now.
The Please read the license terms window opens.
5. Place a checkmark to I accept the license terms and click
[Next].
AWV22004_E.ai
The Which type of installation do you want? window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-9
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
6. SelectCustom(advanced).
AWV22005_E.ai
The Where do you want to install Windows? window opens.
7. SelectDriveoptions(advanced).
AWV22006_E.ai
8. Select Delete.
AWV22007_E.ai
9. Click [OK].
AWV22008_E.ai
The system returns to the Where do you want to install
Windows? window.
Windows Vista
MC-10
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
10. Select New.
AWV22009_E.ai
11. Click [Apply].
AWV22010_E.ai
12. Select Format.
AWV22011_E.ai
13. Click [OK].
AWV22012_E.ai
Windows? window.
14. Click [Next].
The OS installation processing starts. Upon completion of
installation, the Choose a user name and picture window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-11
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Windows setup
AWV22013_E.ai
Type a user name (for example, John) : iip
Type a password (recommended) : fcr-iip
Retype your password : fcr-iip
Type a password hint : enter a one-byte space
NOTE
The character string entries in the Type a password
(recommended): and Retype your password: felds appear as
.
When a character has been entered into the column Type a
password hint, it becomes possible to click .
2. Click .
A window opens to prompt for computer name.
3. EnterDAxxxxxxxxintheTypeacomputernamefeld.
(use upper-case characters to enter the DA. xxxxxxxx are
fortheserialnumber.)
AWV22090_E.ai
4. Click .
The Help protect Windows automatically window opens.
5. Select Ask me later.
AWV22015_E.ai
The Review your time and date settings window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-12
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
6. Verify the Date, Time, and Time zone and click
.
If they are incorrect, correct accordingly and then click
.
AWV22016_E.ai
NOTE
If a dialog box like that shown below opens, select Public location.
AWV22017_E.ai
AWV22018_E.ai
7. Click .
After a while, a login window opens.
8. Remove the OPERATING SYSTEM disk from the PC.
9. Enter fcr-iip and click .
AWV32020.ai
NOTE
The entered password is displayed as .
REFERENCE
If the Welcome Center window has been displayed, close the
Welcome Center window.
Windows Vista
MC-13
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Setting the user account
AWV22019_E.ai
The Control Panel window opens.
2. Select System and Maintenance.
AWV22020_E.ai
The System and Maintenance window opens.
3. Select Administrative Tools.
AWV22021_E.ai
The Administrative Tools window opens.
4. Double-click Computer Management.
AWV22022_E.ai
The User Account Control window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-14
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
5. Click .
AWV22023_E.ai
The Computer Management window opens.
6. SelectLocalUsersandGroupsUsers.
AWV22024_E.ai
7. Right-click Administrator and select Properties.
AWV22025_E.ai
The Administrator Properties window opens.
8. Remove the checkmark from Account is disabled and
click .
AWV22026_E.ai
The system returns to the Computer Management window.
9. Right-click Administrator and select Set Password....
AWV22027_E.ai
The Set Password for Administrator window opens.
10. Click .
AWV22084_E.ai
The Set password for Administrator window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-15
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
11. Make the following settings and click .
AWV22028_E.ai
New password : fcr-iip
Confrm password : fcr-iip
NOTE
AWV22029_E.ai
12. Click .
13. Right-click iip and select Properties.
AWV22030_E.ai
The iip Properties window opens.
14. Place a checkmark to Account is disabled and click
.
AWV22031_E.ai
15. Close the Computer Management window.
The system returns to the Administrative Tools window.
16. Close the Administrative Tools window.
The system returns to the System and Maintenance window.
17. Close the System and Maintenance window.
The system returns to the desktop.
Windows Vista
MC-16
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Setting the User Account Control
Turn off and disable User Account Control from prompting for
credentials to install applications, and changing the elevation prompt
behavior.
AWV22019_E.ai
2. Select User Accounts.
AWV22032_E.ai
The User Accounts window opens.
3. Select User Accounts.
AWV22033_E.ai
The Make changes to your user account window opens.
4. Select Turn User Account Control on or off.
AWV22034_E.ai
The User Account Control window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-17
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
5. Click .
AWV22035_E.ai
The Turn User Account Control On or Off window opens.
6. Remove the checkmark from Use User Account Control
(UAC)tohelpprotectyourcomputerandclick .
AWV22036_E.ai
The Microsoft Windows window opens.
AWV22037_E.ai
7. Click .
After the PC restarted, a login window opens.
AWV32020.ai
NOTE
REFERENCE
If the Welcome Center window has been displayed, close the
Windows Vista
MC-18
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
2.1.2 Installing the Driver Software
Use the DRIVERS AND UTILITIES disk supplied with the PC to install
the following driver software items.
REFERENCE
To determine what driver software needs to be installed, you can use
Device Manager. To open Device Manager, perform the following steps:
I. Right-click My Computer from the menu and select
Properties from the pull-down menu that opens.
The System Properties window opens.
II. Click [Device Manager].
Device Manager opens.
The software for items marked ! in Device Manager is not installed.
Install the driver software for such items.
Installing the Dell Resource CD utility software
1. Insert the DRIVERS AND UTILITIES disk into the PC.
The AutoPlay window opens.
2. Select Run autoRcd.exe.
AWV22042_E.ai
The ResourceCD Installation window opens.
3. Click .
AWV22043_E.ai
A new window opens to indicate that the installation wizard is
started.
AWV22044_E.ai
Windows Vista
MC-19
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Click .
The Ready to Install the Program window opens.
AWV22045_E.ai
5. Click .
The installation processing starts. After a while, the InstallShield
Wizard Complete window opens.
AWV22046_E.ai
6. Click .
The utility program starts and the initial window is displayed.
7. Checkmark Click here to prevent this information from
being displayed again. and close the window.
Installing the driver software
Installing the software for the following drivers.
1. Controller Drivers
Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Rev:Axx
2. Video Drivers
Select an appropriate drivers.
3. Audio Drivers
Analog Device ADI 198X Integrated HD Audio Rev:Axx
4. Network (NIC) Drivers
Intel 825XX Gigabit Platform LAN Network Device Rev:Axx
5. OS Tools
Dell OS Tools Rev:Axx
Dell System Software:Rev:Axx
NOTE
Since the drivers to be installed vary with the employed PC model and
utility CD-ROM version, confrm the correct drivers by calling Dell
Technical Support or visiting associated home page.
Windows Vista
MC-20
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
REFERENCE
For example, installation procedure of video device driver is described
as follows.
1. Reinsert the DRIVER AND UTILITIES... disk to have
AutoPlay mode be activated.
The Dell ResourceCD utility software starts and System model,
Operating system, and Topic are selected automatically.
AWV32054.ai
2. In the Video area, click name of a driver to be used.
AWV32001.ai
3. Scroll the display and click .
AWV32055.ai
AWV32056.ai
Windows Vista
MC-21
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Click .
AWV32057.ai
5. Click .
AWV32058.ai
6. Click .
AWV32059.ai
7. Click .
AWV32060.ai
8. Click [Next].
AWV32061.ai
9. Click [Yes].
AWV32062.ai
Windows Vista
MC-22
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
10. Click [Next].
Upon completion of installation, the following window opens.
AWV32063.ai
11. Click [Next].
A window opens to indicate the completion of installation.
12. Select No, I will restart this computer later. and click
[Finish].
The system returns to the driver extraction window.
13. Click .
AWV32065.ai
The system returns to the driver selection window. Refer to Device
Manager and install the corresponding driver. Installation has been
completed when the Device Manager window shows no more
exclamation marks ! .
Windows Vista
MC-23
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Restarting and Setting the PC
1. Restart the PC.
AWV32020.ai
3. Remove the checkmark from Run at startup and close the
AWV32144.ai
Windows Vista
MC-24
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
2.1.3 Installing Windows Vista SP2
1. InsertVistaSP2OSUpdateDVDV1.0(114Y5085053A00)
into the PC.
The Welcome to Windows Vista (TM) Service Pack 2 window
opens.
2. Click [Next].
3. Checkmark I accept the license terms and click [Next].
The Install Windows Vista (TM) Service Pack 2 window opens.
4. Ensure that Automatically restart the computer is
checkmarked and then click [Install].
Installation processing will start.
After the PC has restarted, the login window opens.
The Windows Vista Service Pack 2 is now installed window
opens.
6. Click [Close].
7. Remove the DVD from the PC.
Windows Vista
MC-25
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Setting the control panel
Change display of the control panel to the classic view.
AWV32021.ai
2. Select Classic View.
AWV32067.ai
The control panel changes to classic view.
3. Close the Control Panel window.
The system returns to the desktop screen.
2.1.4 Setting the OS
Perform the following OS-related settings.
Setting the IP address
Setting the taskbar
Setting the Security Center
Setting the automatic OS update
Setting the monitor size
Setting the visual effects
Setting the screen properties
Setting the power options
Setting the Internet time
Canceling settings for simplifed fle sharing
Addition of components
Setting the service
Setting the Windows Sidebar
Setting the Windows Defender
Setting automatic startup of the network adapter
Setting the defragmentation
Confrmation of decimal symbol and digit grouping symbol
(other than Japanese)
Windows Vista
MC-26
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Setting the IP address.
AWV32021.ai
2. Double-click .
The Network and Sharing Center window opens.
3. Select Manage network connection.
AWV32147.ai
The Network Connection window opens.
4. Double-click Local Area Connection.
AWV32146.ai
The Local Area Connection Status window opens.
5. Click .
AWV32073.ai
The Local Area Connection Properties window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-27
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
6. SelectInternetProtocolVersion4(TCP/IPv4)andclick
.
AWV32074.ai
The Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties window
opens.
7. Select Use the following IP address and make the
following settings.
AWV32077.ai
I
II
III
IV
I. Enter the IP address. (ex. : 172.16.1.20)
II. Enter the Subnet mask. (ex. : 255.255.255.0)
III. Enter the Default gateway. (ex. : 172.16.1.1)
IV. Enter the Preferred DNS server. (ex. : 172.16.1.2)
NOTE
Enter the IP address and subnet mask that were noted down
before the start of OS installation.
8. Click .
The system returns to the Local Area Connection Properties
window.
9. Click .
The system returns to the Local Area Connection Status window.
10. Click .
The system returns to the Network Connection window.
11. Close both the Network Connection and Network and
Sharing Center windows.
Windows Vista
MC-28
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Setting the taskbar
Change the windows taskbar display setting as follows.
AWV32021.ai
2. Double-click .
The Taskbar and Start Menu Properties window opens.
Place a checkmark to Auto-hide the taskbar.
Remove the checkmark from Show Quick Launch.
AWV32081.ai
4. SelectNotifcationAreatabandremovethecheckmark
fromHideinactiveicons.
AWV32082.ai
5. Click .
The system returns to the Control Panel window.
Windows Vista
MC-29
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Select Dont notify me and dont display the icon (not
recommended).
AWV32085.ai
The system returns to the Windows Security Center window.
5. Close the Windows Security Center window.
Setting the Security Center
Hiding security alarm notifcations as follows.
AWV32021.ai
2. Double-click .
The Windows Security Center window opens.
3. Select Change the way Security Center alerts me.
AWV32084.ai
A notifcation window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-30
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Select Never check for update and click .
AWV32088.ai
The system returns to the Windows Update window.
5. Close the Windows Update window.
Cancel settings for automatic OS (Windows Vista) update as follows.
AWV32021.ai
2. Double-click .
The Windows Update window opens.
3. Select View advanced options.
AWV32087.ai
The Change settings window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-31
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3. Select Advanced Settings....
AWV32091.ai
The monitor properties window opens.
4. Select List All Modes....
AWV32092.ai
The List All Modes window opens.
Change the monitor size to 1280 1024 as follows.
1. Select Personalization from the right-click menu on the
desktop.
The Personalization window opens.
2. Select Display Settings.
AWV32090.ai
The Display Settings window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-32
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
5. Select1280by1024,TrueColor(32bit),60Hertzandclick
.
AWV22065_E.ai
The system returns to the monitor properties window.
6. Click .
The system returns to the Display Settings window.
NOTE
If a window like that shown below opens, click in 15
seconds.
AWV22066_E.ai
7. Click .
The system returns to the Personalization window.
8. Close the Personalization window.
Windows Vista
MC-33
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Remove the checkmark from Show window contents while
dragging and click .
AWV32099.ai
The system returns to the Performance Information and Tools
window.
5. Close the Performance Information and Tools window.
Hiding the windows contents while dragging.
AWV32021.ai
2. Double-click .
The Performance Information and Tools window opens.
3. Select Adjust visual effects.
AWV32098.ai
The Performance Options window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-34
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Click .
The screen properties settings changes to classic view.
5. Click .
Change the screen properties settings from Windows Vista to
Windows Classic.
desktop.
2. Select Theme.
AWV32153.ai
The Theme Settings window opens.
3. Select Windows Classic from the pull-down menu offered
by the Theme option.
AWV32152.ai
Windows Vista
MC-35
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Select Change advanced power settings.
AWV32136.ai
The advanced setting window opens.
5. SelectHarddisk-Turnoffharddiskafterandselect
Never.
AWV32137.ai
Changing the power options for PC and HD drives.
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click .
The Power Options window opens.
3. SelectHighperformanceandclickChangeplan
settings.
AWV32101.ai
The Edit Plan Settings window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-36
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
6. Select Power buttons and lid and Power button action,
and then select Shut down.
AWV32154.ai
7. Select Power buttons and lid and Start menu power
button, and then select Shut down.
AWV32155.ai
8. Click .
The system returns to the Change plan settings window.
9. Close the Change plan settings window.
Windows Vista
MC-37
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3. Select the Internet Time tab and click
.
AWV32103.ai
The Internet Time Settings window opens.
4. Remove checkmark from Synchronize with an Internet time
server and click .
AWV32104.ai
The system returns to the Date and Time window.
5. Click .
Disabling synchronization with an Internet time server.
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click .
The Date and Time window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-38
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Remove the checkmark from Use Sharing Wizard and
click .
AWV32107.ai
Cancelingsettingsforsimplifedflesharing
Disabling use of the sharing wizard.
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click .
The Folder Options window opens.
3. Select the View tab.
AWV32106.ai
Windows Vista
MC-39
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Place a checkmark to the following items.
FTP Publishing Service
IIS 6 Management Compatibility
Telnet Client
AWV32110.ai
REFERENCE
indicates an item to be installed.
indicates installation of some items of the lower level.
When a check box is checked, all items in lower levels are
selected at the same time.
5. Click .
The installation processing starts.
Upon completion of installation, the system returns to the
Programs and Features window.
6. Close the Programs and Features window.
Installing additional Windows components.
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click .
The Programs and Features window opens.
3. Select Turn Windows features on or off.
AWV32109.ai
The Windows Features window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-40
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Right-click FTP Publishing Service and select Properties.
The FTP Publishing Service Properties (Local Computer) window
opens.
5. Select Automatic from the Startup type pull-down menu
and click .
AWV32131.ai
The system returns to the Service window.
6. Close the Service window.
Setting the service
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click .
3. Double-click Service.
AWV32130.ai
The Service window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-41
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Setting the Windows Sidebar
Hiding the Windows sidebar.
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click .
The Windows Sidebar Properties window opens.
3. Remove the checkmark from Start Sidebar when Windows
starts and select .
AWV32112.ai
Windows Vista
MC-42
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Remove the checkmark from Use Windows Defender and
click .
AWV32115.ai
A window like that shown below opens.
AWV32151.ai
5. Click .
The system returns to the Windows Defender window.
6. Close the Windows Defender window.
Setting the Windows Defender
Changing the settings for Windows Defender.
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click .
The Windows Defender window opens.
3. Select Tools and select Options.
AWV32114.ai
The Options window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-43
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Changing the settings for automatic startup of the network adapter.
AWV32150.ai
2. Click .
3. In the Device Manager window, right-click Network
adapterandthenIntel(R)82567LM-3GigabitNetwork
Connection to select Properties.
DXL30001.ai
The Intel(R) 82567LM-3 Gigabit Network Connection Properties
window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-44
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Select the Power Management tab and perform settings as
followsintheWakeonLANfeld.
DXL30002.ai
Wake on Directed Packet: Remove the checkmark.
Wake on Magic Packet: Place a checkmark.
Wake on Magic Packet from power off state: Place a checkmark.
Wake on Link: Remove the checkmark.
5. Click .
The system returns to the Device Manager window.
6. Close the Device Manager window.
Windows Vista
MC-45
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3. Select the Tools tab and select .
AWV32121.ai
The Disk Defragmenter window opens.
4. Remove the checkmark from Run on a schedule
(recommended)andclick .
AWV32122.ai
The system returns to the Local Disk (C:) / Properties window.
5. Click .
The system returns to the Computer window.
6. Close the Computer window.
Setting the defragmentation
Disabling the setting for automatic defragmentation.
1. Select Computer from the menu.
AWV32119.ai
The Computer window opens.
2. Right-clickLocalDisk(C:)andselectProperties.
AWV32120.ai
The Local Disk (C:) Properties window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-46
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3. ConfrmthatalanguageotherthanJapanesehasbeen
selected and click Customize this format....
AWV32141.ai
The Customize Regional Options window opens.
Confrmationofdecimalsymbolanddigitgrouping
symbol(otherthanJapanese)
If the Current format has been changed to a language other than
Japanese in Regional and Language Options, confrm the decimal
symbol, the digit grouping symbol and the display leading zeros.
Decimal Symbol : . (period)
Digit grouping Symbol : , (comma)
Display leading zeros : 0.7
AWV32150.ai
2. Double-click [Regional and Language Options].
The Regional and Language Options window opens.
Windows Vista
MC-47
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Confrmthefollowingsettings.
DXL03020320.ai
5. Select Currency tab and set Decimal symbol to .
(period).
DXCL070302005.ai
6. Click .
The system returns to the Regional and Language Options
window.
7. Click .
8. Close the Computer window.
Windows 7
MC-48
MC-48
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
2.2 Installing and Setting Windows 7
2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7
This section describes how to install Windows 7.
OPERATING SYSTEM Disk which comes with the device
Resource Media (Set of three disks)
IMPORTANT
time.
(place checkmarks to all the items).
NOTE
The following fles are not included in the backup of the confguration.
Back up the following fles before reinstalling the OS, and copy them
after reinstalling the OS.
1. Disconnect all peripheral devices, such as barcode reader,
magnetic card reader and touch panel, from the USB ports.
(Exceptforthemouseandkeyboard.)
NetworkconnectionbetweentheDR-ID300CLandtheHUB
depending on the Windows 7 installer specifcations.
1. UseanetworkcabletoconnecttheDR-ID300CLtotheHUB.
Windows 7
MC-49
MC-49
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
(onlyforDELLOptiPlex780MT/990MT)
2. Press the <F2> key when logotype of DELL appears at the
NOTE
If the <F2> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the Intel(R)
Matrix Storage Manager window will not open. In that case, restart
the PC to perform step 2. again.
The Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager window opens.
DXL32001.ai
3. Press <Ctrl> + <I> immediately.
NOTE
If the <Ctrl> + <I> keys are not pressed with the timeliness, the
main menu window will not open. In that case, press <Ctrl> + <Alt>
+ <Delete> keys and perform step 2. and step 3. again.
The main menu window opens.
DXL32002.ai
4. Check to see that [RAID Volumes] - [Level] have been set to
[RAID1(Mirror)]inthe[DISK/VOLUMEINFORMATION]feld.
DXL32003.ai
5. Check to see that [RAID Volumes] - [Status] have been set to
[Normal]inthe[DISK/VOLUMEINFORMATION]feld.
DXL32004.ai
NOTE
If Status is other than Normal, the HDD might has some trouble,
so replace it as necessary.
For details about the HDD replacement procedure, see
Appendix A Replacement Procedure of Damaged RAID
Confguration HDD.
6. Press the <Esc> key.
DXL32005.ai
7. Press the <Y> key.
Windows 7
MC-50
MC-50
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. SelectSecurityCPUXDSupportandremovethe
checkmarkfromEnableCPUXDSupport.
DXL03020002.ai
5. SelectPerformanceMultiCoreSupportandplacea
checkmark to Enable Multi Core Support.
DXL03020003.ai
In here Boot Sequence is changed so that PC starts from CD by the
BIOS menu of a PC.
NOTE
will not open.
3. SelectSystemConfgurationUSBControllerandthen
No Boot.
DXL03020001.ai
Windows 7
MC-51
MC-51
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
6. Select Intel
SpeedStep and remove the checkmark from

Enable Intel
SpeedStep.
DXL03020004.ai
DXL03020005.ai
8. Select Low Power Mode in the Power Management area
and then remove the checkmark from Enable Low Power
Mode.
DXL03020006.ai
9. Insert the OPERATING SYSTEM disk into the PC.
11. Click [Yes].
The DELL logo appears, and then F12 Boot Options appears at
the upper right corner of the window.
12. Press the <F12> key while F12 Boot Options appears.
The Boot Device Menu screen appears.
13. Select Onboard or USB CD-ROM Drive and press the
<Enter> key.
message appears on the window.
Windows 7
MC-52
MC-52
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
After a while, the Windows 7 setup window opens.
NOTE
appears on the window, the installation CD will not be recognized
accordingly.
DXL03020137.ai
DXL03020138.ai
Windows 7
MC-53
MC-53
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3. Click .
DXL03020139.ai
.
DXL03020140.ai
DXL03020141.ai
7. Select the partition to be deleted and select Drive options
(advanced).
DXL03020142.ai
Windows 7
MC-54
MC-54
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
8. Select Delete.
DXL03020143.ai
DXL03020144.ai
9. Click .
Windows? window.
10. If multiple partitions exist, repeat the step 7. to 9. and delete
all the existing partitions.
11. Select Disk 0 Unallocated Space and select New.
DXL03020145.ai
12. Click .
DXL03020146.ai
DXL03020147.ai
Windows 7
MC-55
MC-55
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
13. Click .
Partition 1 and Partition 2 are assigned.
DXL03020148.ai
14. Select Partition 1 and select Format.
DXL03020149.ai
DXL03020150.ai
15. Click .
Windows? window.
16. Select Partition 2 and select Format.
DXL03020151.ai
DXL03020152.ai
17. Click .
Windows? window.
Windows 7
MC-56
MC-56
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
18. Select Partition 2 and click .
DXL03020153.ai
NOTE
To install Windows 7, the system requires at least 6031 MB free
space. If you select a partition whose free space is less than 6031
MB and select , Windows 7 cannot be installed.
The OS installation processing starts.
Upon completion of installation, a window to enter user name and
computer name opens.
Windows 7
MC-57
MC-57
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Windows setup
DXL03020154.ai
Type a user name (for example, John) : iip
Type a computer name : CSL
2. Click .
DXL03020155.ai
Type a password (recommended) : fcr-iip
Retype your password : fcr-iip
Type a password hint : enter a one-byte space
NOTE
The character string entries in the Type a password
(recommended): and Retype your password: felds appear as
.
When a character has been entered into the column Type a
password hint, it becomes possible to click .
4. Click .
automatically window opens.
Windows 7
MC-58
MC-58
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
DXL03020156.ai
6. Verify the Time zone, Date, and Time and click
.
.
DXL03020157.ai
The Select your computers current location window opens.
7. Select Public network.
DXL03020158.ai
The system fnalizes the settings.
DXL03020159.ai
Upon completion of fnalizing process, the desktop screen opens.
8. Remove the OPERATING SYSTEM disk from the PC.
Windows 7
MC-59
MC-59
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
DXL03020160.ai
2. Select Large icons from View by.
DXL03020161.ai
3. Click .
DXL03020162.ai
DXL03020163.ai
DXL03020164.ai
Windows 7
MC-60
MC-60
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
DXL03020165.ai
7. Remove the checkmark from Account is disabled in the
General tab and click .
DXL03020166.ai
8. Right-click Administrator and select Set Password....
DXL03020167.ai
9. Click .
DXL03020168.ai
Windows 7
MC-61
MC-61
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
10. Make the following settings and click .
DXL03020169.ai
NOTE
DXL03020170.ai
11. Click .
12. Right-click iip and select Properties.
DXL03020171.ai
The iip Properties window opens.
13. Place a checkmark to Account is disabled in the General
tab and click .
DXL03020172.ai
The system returns to the All Control Panel Items window.
16. Close the All Control Panel Items window.
Windows 7
MC-62
MC-62
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Turn off and disable User Account Control from prompting for
credentials to install applications, and changing the elevation prompt
behavior.
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
3. Select Change User Account Control Settings.
DXL03020173.ai
The User Account Control Settings window opens.
4. Lower the slide bar to the bottom and click .
DXL03020174.ai
DXL03020175.ai
Windows 7
MC-63
MC-63
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
5. Click .
6. Close the User Accounts window.
7. Restart the PC.
DXL03020046.ai
NOTE
Windows 7
MC-64
MC-64
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Use the Resource Media (set of three disks) supplied with the PC to
install the following driver software items.
REFERENCE
Windows 7
MC-65
MC-65
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Installing the Dell Resource CD utility software
1. InserttheResourceMedia(1of3)diskintotheDVD/CD
drive.
2. Place a checkmark to Always do this for software and
games:, and double-click Run autoRcd.exe.
DXL03020295.ai
The Welcome Dell System Owner window opens.
3. Place a checkmark to Click here to prevent this information
from being displayed again., and click

.
DXL03020296.ai
The Dell Resource CD utility software starts and System model,
DXL03020297.ai
NOTE
If proper System Model, Operating System, and Topic are not
displayed under Search Criteria, select them properly.
Windows 7
MC-66
MC-66
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. In the System Utility area, click Dell System Software
Rev:Axx.
DXL03020298.ai
5. Click .
DXL03020299.ai
6. Click .
DXL03020300.ai
7. Click .
DXL03020301.ai
8. Click .
DXL03020302.ai
Windows 7
MC-67
MC-67
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
9. Click .
The installation start wizard opens.
DXL03020303.ai
10. Click .
The window opens to indicate the completion of getting ready to
install.
DXL03020304.ai
11. Click .
The installation starts.
After a while, the window opens to indicate the completion of the
installation.
DXL03020305.ai
12. Click .
A window prompting you to restart the PC opens.
13. Click .
DXL03020306.ai
DXL03020046.ai
NOTE
15. RemovetheResourceMedia(1of3)diskfromtheDVD/CD
drive.
Windows 7
MC-68
MC-68
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
1. System Drivers
Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Rev: Axx
2. Video Drivers
Intel Q43/Q45/G43/G45 (Eaglelake) Graphics Controller Rev: Axx
3. Audio Drivers
Analog Devices ADI 198x Integrated HD Audio Rev: Axx
4. Network (NIC) Drivers
Intel 825XX Gigabit Platform LAN Network Device Rev: Axx
5. Storage Drivers (For RAID type)
Intel Matrix Storage Manager Rev: xxx
NOTE
utility CD-ROM version, confrm the correct drivers by calling Dell
Technical Support or visiting associated home page.
If the system requests to restart the PC after installation of each driver,
restart the PC.
REFERENCE
For example, installation procedure of video device driver is described
as follows.
1. ReinserttheResourceMedia(2of3)disktohaveAutoPlay
mode be activated.
The Dell ResourceCD utility software starts and System model,
DXL03020307.ai
NOTE
If proper System Model, Operating System, and Topic are not
displayed under Search Criteria, select them properly.
2. In the Video Drivers area, click name of a driver to be used.
DXL03020308.ai
Windows 7
MC-69
MC-69
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Click .
DXL03020312.ai
5. Click .
DXL03020313.ai
6. Click .
DXL03020314.ai
3. Click .
DXL03020309.ai
DXL03020310.ai
NOTE
When is clicked, the following window might be
displayed. If the window is displayed, replace the disk according to
the instruction on the window and click .
DXL03020311.ai
Windows 7
MC-70
MC-70
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
10. Click .
Upon completion of installation, the following window opens.
DXL03020318.ai
11. Click .
DXL03020319.ai
12. Select Yes, I want to restart this computer now. and click
.
7. Click .
DXL03020315.ai
8. Click .
NOTE
If you are installing Video Drivers and when the Welcome to the
Setup Program window opens, remove the checkmark from
Automatically run WinSAT and enable the Windows Aero desktop
theme (if supported). and click .
DXL03020316.ai
9. Click .
DXL03020317.ai
Windows 7
MC-71
MC-71
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
DXL03020046.ai
NOTE
14. RemovetheResourceMedia(2of3)diskfromtheDVD/CD
drive.
Refer to Device Manager and install the corresponding driver.
Installation has been completed when the Device Manager window
shows no more exclamation marks ! .
Windows 7
MC-72
MC-72
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Changing the computer name
Setting the taskbar
Hiding icons on the taskbar
Setting the action center
Setting the automatic window arrangement
Setting the service
Disabling the scheduler
Confrmation of decimal symbol and digit grouping symbol
(other than Japanese)
Change display of the control panel to the Large icons view.
DXL03020160.ai
DXL03020161.ai
Windows 7
MC-73
MC-73
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
The System window opens.
3. Select Advanced system settings.
DXL03020322.ai
4. Select the Computer Name tab and click .
DXL03020323.ai
The Computer Name/Domain Changes window opens.
5. Enter DAxxxxxxxx in the Computer name: column.
(Enter DA as a one-byte capital letter and enter last 8 digits
ofproductserialnumberforxxxxxxxx.)
DXL03020324.ai
6. Click .
DXL03020325.ai
Windows 7
MC-74
MC-74
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
7. Click .
The system returns to the System Properties window.
8. Click .
DXL03020326.ai
9. Click .
After the PC is restarted, a login window opens.
DXL03020046.ai
NOTE
The desktop screen displays.
Windows 7
MC-75
MC-75
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Click .
DXL03020328.ai
.
DXL03020329.ai
opens.
Setting the IP address.
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
3. ConfrmthatUnidentifednetworkissettoPublic
network and select Local Area Connection.
DXL03020327.ai
Windows 7
MC-76
MC-76
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
6. Select Use the following IP address and make the
following settings.
DXL03020330.ai
I
II
III
III. Keep the Default gateway in blank. (Do not enter)
NOTE
7. Click .
window.
8. Click .
9. Click .
The system returns to the Network and Sharing Center window.
10. Close the Network and Sharing Center window.
Windows 7
MC-77
MC-77
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Select the Start Menu tab and select Shut down.
DXL03020332.ai
5. Select the Taskbar tab and click .
DXL03020333.ai
The Notifcation Area Icons window opens.
Setting the taskbar
Change the windows taskbar display setting as follows.
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
The Taskbar and Start Menu Properties window opens.
3. Select the Taskbar tab and make the following settings.
Place a checkmark to Auto-hide the taskbar.
Place a checkmark to Use small icons.
DXL03020331.ai
Windows 7
MC-78
MC-78
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
6. Place a checkmark to Always show all icons and
notifcationsonthetaskbarandclick .
DXL03020334.ai
The system returns to the Taskbar and Start Menu Properties
window.
7. Click .
Hidingiconsonthetaskbar
1. Select Unpin this program from taskbar from the right-
click menu of at the right side of on the taskbar.
DXL03020335.ai
The icon hides.
2. Perform step 1. for and at the right side of on
the taskbar.
Windows 7
MC-79
MC-79
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Select Problem reporting settings.
DXL03020338.ai
The Problem Reporting Settings window opens.
5. Select Never check for solutions and click .
DXL03020339.ai
The system returns to the Change Action Center settings window.
Hide the confrmation message for security or maintenance.
DXL03020336.ai
2. Click .
The Action Center window opens.
3. Select Change Action Center settings.
DXL03020337.ai
The Change Action Center settings window opens.
Windows 7
MC-80
MC-80
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
6. Remove all checkmarks and click .
DXL03020340.ai
The system returns to the Action Center window.
7. Close the Action Center window.
Windows 7
MC-81
MC-81
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Select Never check for updates and click .
DXL03020342.ai
Cancel settings for automatic OS (Windows 7) update as follows.
DXL03020336.ai
2. Click .
3. Select Change Settings.
DXL03020341.ai
Windows 7
MC-82
MC-82
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Change the monitor size to 1280 by 1024, True Color (32 bit), 60 Hertz
as follows.
1. Select Screen resolution from the right-click menu on the
desktop.
The Screen Resolution window opens.
2. Click Advanced settings.
DXL03020343.ai
The monitor properties window opens.
3. Select the Adapter tab and click .
DXL03020344.ai
The List All Modes window opens.
4. Select1280by1024,TrueColor(32bit),60Hertzandclick
.
DXL03020345.ai
The system returns to the monitor properties window.
5. Click .
The system returns to the Screen Resolution window.
6. Click .
Windows 7
MC-83
MC-83
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Remove the checkmark from Show window contents while
dragging on the Visual Effects tab and click .
DXL03020347.ai
The system returns to the Performance Information and Tools
window.
5. Close the Performance Information and Tools window.
Hiding the windows contents while dragging.
DXL03020336.ai
2. Click .
The Performance Information and Tools window opens.
3. Select Adjust visual effects.
DXL03020346.ai
The Performance Options window opens.
Windows 7
MC-84
MC-84
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Change the screen properties settings from Windows 7 to Windows
Classic.
desktop.
2. Select Windows Classic.
DXL03020203.ai
The screen properties settings change to classic view.
Windows 7
MC-85
MC-85
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3. Select Make the mouse easier to use.
DXL03020220.ai
The Make the mouse easier to use window opens.
4. Place a checkmark to Prevent windows from being
automatically arranged when moved to the edge of the
screen and click .
DXL03020221.ai
The system returns to the Ease of Access Center window.
5. Close the Ease of Access Center window.
Disable the automatic adjustment function of window size.
DXL03020210.ai
2. Click .
The Ease of Access Center window opens.
Windows 7
MC-86
MC-86
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. SelectHighperformanceandclickChangeplan
settings.
DXL03020228.ai
DXL03020229.ai
The advanced settings window opens.
Changing the power options for PC and HD drives.
DXL03020210.ai
2. Click .
3. Click at the right side of Show additional plans.
DXL03020227.ai
An additional plan displays.
Windows 7
MC-87
MC-87
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
8. Select Display and Turn off display after, and then set to
20.
DXL03020232.ai
9. Click .
The system returns to the Edit plan settings window.
10. Close the Edit plan settings window.
6. SelectHarddiskandTurnoffharddiskafter,andthen
set to Never.
DXL03020230.ai
7. Select Power buttons and lid and Power button action,
and then select Shut down.
DXL03020231.ai
Windows 7
MC-88
MC-88
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3. Select the Internet Time tab and click
.
DXL03020233.ai
4. Remove checkmark from Synchronize with an Internet time
server and click .
DXL03020234.ai
5. Click .
Disabling synchronization with an Internet time server.
DXL03020210.ai
2. Click .
Windows 7
MC-89
MC-89
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Disabling use of the sharing wizard.
DXL03020210.ai
2. Click .
The Folder Options window opens.
3. Select the View tab.
DXL03020225.ai
4. Remove the checkmark from Use Sharing Wizard and
click .
DXL03020226.ai
Windows 7
MC-90
MC-90
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Installing additional Windows components.
DXL03020210.ai
2. Click .
DXL03020257.ai
Internet Information Services FTP Server and all of items
under FTP Server
Internet Information Services Web Management Tools and
all of items under Web Management Tools
Telnet Client
DXL03020258.ai
REFERENCE
5. Click .
Windows 7
MC-91
MC-91
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Right-click Microsoft FTP Service and select Properties.
The Microsoft FTP Service Properties (Local Computer) window
opens.
5. Select General tab and Automatic from the Startup
type pull-down menu, and then click .
DXL03020348.ai
The system returns to the Service window.
6. Close the Service window.
Setting the service
DXL03020210.ai
2. Click .
3. Double-click Service.
DXL03020321.ai
The Service window opens.
Windows 7
MC-92
MC-92
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3. In the Device Manager window, right-click Network
adapterandthenIntel(R)82567LM-3GigabitNetwork
Connection to select Properties.
DXL03020293.ai
The Intel(R) 82567LM-3 Gigabit Network Connection Properties
window opens.
(whenusingWakeonLAN)
When starting up the DR-ID 300CL from other devices using Wake on
LAN, perform the following settings.
DXL03020210.ai
2. Click .
Windows 7
MC-93
MC-93
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Select the Power Management tab and perform settings as
followsintheWakeonLANfeld.
DXL03020294.ai
Wake on Magic Packet : Place a checkmark.
Wake on Pattern Match : Remove the checkmark.
5. Click .
Windows 7
MC-94
MC-94
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Disable the scheduling settings for Defrag, Time Synchronization, and
Windows Error Reporting.
DXL03020210.ai
2. Click .
3. Double-click Task Scheduler.
DXL03020235.ai
The Task Scheduler window opens.
4. SelectTaskSchedulerLibraryMicrosoftWindows
Defrag.
DXL03020239.ai
Windows 7
MC-95
MC-95
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
5. Right-click ScheduledDefrag and select Disable.
DXL03020240.ai
The Status of ScheduledDefrag changes to Disable.
DXL03020241.ai
TimeSynchronization.
DXL03020242.ai
7. Right-click SynchronizeTime and select Disable.
DXL03020243.ai
The Status of SynchronizeTime changes to Disable.
DXL03020244.ai
WindowsErrorReporting.
DXL03020245.ai
Windows 7
MC-96
MC-96
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
9. Right-click QueueReporting and select Disable.
DXL03020246.ai
The Status of QueueReporting changes to Disable.
DXL03020247.ai
10. Close the Task Scheduler window.
The system returns to the All Control Panel Item window.
12. Close the All Control Panel Item window.
Windows 7
MC-97
MC-97
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Confrmationofdecimalsymbolanddigitgrouping
symbol(otherthanJapanese)
If the Current format has been changed to a language other than
Japanese in Regional and Language Options, confrm the decimal
symbol, the digit grouping symbol and display leading zeros.
DXL03020210.ai
2. Click .
The Region and Language window opens.
3. SelecttheFormattabandconfrmthatalanguageother
thanJapanesehasbeenselectedintheCurrentFormat
and click .
DXL03020291.ai
Windows 7
MC-98
MC-98
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
DXL03020320.ai
5. Select Currency tab and set Decimal symbol to .
(period).
DXCL070302006.ai
6. Click .
The system returns to the Region and Language window.
7. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-99
3.1 17" Monitor with Touch Panel
Perform the following to install a touch panel driver and adjust touch
panel and monitor.
Installing a driver and adjusting a touch panel
For details of the procedure used to set up a 17 monitor with
touch panel, see 4.1.3 Touch Panel Driver Installation under
IN: Installation.
Adjusting the monitor
Adjust the monitor if it has a problem with the following performance
characteristics.
Width
Horizontal position
Height
Vertical position
Pincushion distortion
Screen rotation
For details on the adjustment procedures, see the documentation
supplied with the monitor.
Adjusting the contrast and brightness
Adjust the display contrast and brightness as follows.
Model L560T-C
Contrast : Default (not determined)
Brightness : 100%
3.2 2M Color LCD Monitor
Radiforce RX211/RX220/RX240
Adjust the monitor as follows.
Adjusting the monitor
Adjust the monitor if it has a problem with the following performance
characteristics.
Width
Horizontal position
Height
Vertical position
Pincushion distortion
Screen rotation
For details on the adjustment procedures, see the documentation
Adjusting the monitor mode and brightness
Adjust the monitor mode and brightness as follows.
Mode : DICOM
Brightness : 300cd/mm
2
(% will be the unit of measurement. Do
not change the value.)
NOTE
Do not change Brightness from the settings when shipped from
factory. To change the settings, you have to calibrate it by QC software
with an EIZO monitor.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-100
4. Installing the Database
Management System
Install the Database Management System (SQL Server).
SQL Server is a database that manages the images and patient
information handled by the DR-ID 300CL. If SQL Server is not installed,
the DR-ID 300CL does not operate.
4.1 For Software V4.0 or Earlier
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP CD into the PC.
The DR Console Setup Tool main menu automatically opens.
NOTE
RI000097.ai
2. Enter 1 and then press the <Enter> key.
The installation menu opens.
3. ToinstalltheJapaneseversion,enter1.Toinstallthe
English version, enter 5. Finalize your number entry by
pressing the <Enter> key.
RI000098.ai
As indicated in the following window illustration, the SQL Server
installation process progresses.
DXL303004.ai
NOTE
Do not click [Cancel] during installation processing.
SQL Server installation processing completes in about ten
minutes.
RI000099.ai
REFERENCE
Choosing 6) Version Check enables you to view the version
information about SQL Server and service pack.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-101
4. When the Press any key to continue... message appears,
The command prompt will close.
The system exits DR Console Setup Tool and returns to the
desktop screen.
7. Restart the DR-ID 300CL to activate SQL Server.
4.2 For Software V5.0 or Later
4.2.1 Installing .NET Framework
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
NOTE
double-click the execution fle (Setup.bat) in the Disk.
DXL03040006.ai
DXL03040007.ai
The .NET Framework will be installed and the system returns to
the DR Console Setup Tool main menu.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-102
4.2.2 Applying Windows Installer
DXL03040007.ai
Windows Installer will be applied and the system returns to the DR
Console Setup Tool main menu.
NOTE
The message of The update is not applicable to your computer.
may appear. However, this is not an error.
Click and proceed to 4.2.3 Installing SQL Server.
4.2.3 Installing SQL Server
DXL03040007.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-103
3. ToinstalltheJapaneseversion,enter1.Toinstallthe
English version, enter 5. Finalize your number entry by
pressing the <Enter> key.
DXL03040009.ai
NOTE
When the Installation Failed. message is displayed and the
system returns to the DR Console Setup Tool main menu, the
installation fails. Select 1. Install Database Management System,
open the Select Install Type window, and re-execute the
installation from step 1.
If the installation fails for fve times, re-execute the procedures after
Installing and setting the OS.
For desktop PC
For laptop PC
2. Installing and Setting Up the OS under Appendix C
Reinstalling the OS and Application on Laptop PC
As indicated in the following window illustration, the SQL Server
installation process progresses.
DXL303004.ai
NOTE
Do not click [Cancel] during installation processing.
SQL Server installation processing completes in about ten minutes.
REFERENCE
Choosing 6) Version Check enables you to view the version
information about SQL Server and service pack.
The command prompt will close.
The system exits DR Console Setup Tool and returns to the
desktop screen.
6. Remove the Disk from the PC.
7. Restart the DR-ID 300CL to activate SQL Server.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-104
5. Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP
Install the DR-ID 300CL-AP and replace the menu database.
Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP will automatically set up the wallpaper.
5.1 Installing the AP
1. Install the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
NOTE
The items displayed in the DR Console Setup Tool vary with the
versions of DR-ID 300CL.
RI000097.ai
The installer starts running and the IIP - InstallShield Wizard/
Welcome to the... window opens.
00000178.ai
3. Click .
NOTE
For V4.0 or earlier, the IIP - InstallShield Wizard/Setup Type
window opens. Select the type of the monitor to be used and click
.
RI000101.ai
The IIP - InstallShield Wizard/Ready to Install the Program
window opens.
00000180.ai
4. Click .
Installation processing ends in a few minutes and a window like
that shown below opens to indicate successful completion of the
installation.
00000181.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-105
5. Click .
The system returns to the DR Console Setup Tool main menu.
NOTE
When a RAID confgured PC is used, perform step 6. and thereafter.
6. From the menu, enter D:\Tool\StudyAutoDelete\
SetStudyAutoDeleteReg.bat in the Start search area and
DXL03050006.ai
The DiskUsageLimitSize Setting Tool main window opens.
DXL303001.ai
7. Type in the number 2 and then press the <Enter> key.
A confrmation window like that shown below opens.
DXL303003.ai
The system returns to the DiskUsageLimitSize Setting Tool main
window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-106
Exposure menus that can be installed will differ depending on the
language of the OS on which the DR-ID 300CL-AP is installed.
To change an exposure menu or image processing parameter, the
menu database must be changed following individual procedures.
NOTE
Note that exposure menu and selector settings will revert to the default
if a menu database is replaced.
The DR Console Setup Tool main menu will open automatically.
NOTE
DXL03050003.ai
DXCL050304001.ai
3. Enter the item number of a language you wish to install and
AWS35001.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-107
4. Enter the item number of an image processing parameter (for
Monitor/forFilm)youwishtouse,andthenpressthe
<Enter> key.
NOTE
For V4.0 or earlier, the following window opens. Select the FNC
parameter and CRF parameter to be used and press the <Enter>
key.
AWS35002.ai
For V6.2 or earlier, the system returns to the DRConsole Setup
Tool main menu without the display of the X-CON parameter
selection window. Proceed to step 6.
The X-CON parameter selection window appears.
DXCL070305001.ai
The message appears and replacement of the menu database
completes.
The DR Console Setup Tool shuts down and the system returns
to the desktop.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-108
5.3 Installing Correction Parameters (V4.0 Only)
NOTE
Install the correction parameter only when connecting FDR D-EVO with
V4.0.
NOTE
DXL74008.ai
DXL74007.ai
REFERENCE
1) Builtin is the parameter installed as the default on the DR-ID
300CL-AP.
DXL74010.ai
The DR Console Setup Tool shuts down and the system returns
to the desktop.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-109
(Only for RAID Confguration in V5.0 or Later)
uNOTE u
With RAID confguration in V4.0 or earlier, perform the installation using
the installation CD for RAID Status Display Tool.
NOTE
DXCL050416001.ai
The Press any key to continue... message appears.
The Welcome to the IIPDispRaidStatus Setup Wizard window
opens.
4. Click .
The Select Installation Folder window opens.
RI0000502.ai
5. Click .
The Confrm Installation window opens.
RI0000503.ai
6. Click .
The Installation Complete window opens.
RI0000504.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-110
7. Click .
The DR Console Setup Tool exits and the system returns to the
desktop screen.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-111
6. Installing Various Components
Install as follows the components (fles) that are necessary for activating
the DR-ID 300CL.
6.1 Built_in Console (V4.0 or Earlier)
For installing the console software Built_in Console, use the DR Console
Setup Tool on the DR-ID 300CL-AP installation CD.
NOTE
Built_in Console must be installed unfailingly. If it is not installed, an
error occurs when the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running.
NOTE
RI000097.ai
The Built_in Console Setup window opens.
3. Click .
4. Click .
RI000031.ai
When the installation process ends, a message appears to
indicate the completion of installation.
RI000029.ai
5. Click .
A dialog box appears, prompting you to restart the PC.
RI000030.ai
6. Click [No].
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-112
6.2 FRIS Modules
For the FRIS Modules, use DR Console Setup Tool on the DR-ID
300CL-AP installation Disk.
NOTE
Even if the F-RIS function is not used, install the FRIS Modules. If they
are not installed, an error occurs when the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts.
NOTE
DXL03050003.ai
2. Type in the number 10 and press the <Enter> key.
The Risiip Setup window opens.
RI000042.ai
3. Click .
A window opens, prompting you to start the installation.
RI000043.ai
4. Click .
The Risiip - Choose Program Group window opens.
RI000044.ai
5. Click .
RI000047.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-113
6. Click .
NOTE
The Version Confict window opens several times. Click Yes
every time the window opens.
If an error related to C:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft
Shared\DAO\DAO35-.DLL is occurred, ignore it.
A message appears to indicate that the installation is completed.
RI000049.ai
7. Click .
The installation process for the FRIS Modules is thus completed.
The DR Console Setup Tool exits and the system returns to the
desktop screen.
10. Turn the PC power OFF.
11. Re-connect the USB peripheral devices (barcode reader,
magneticcardreader,etc.)thathavebeendisconnected
before OS installation.
NOTE
You must perform driver software settings after USB peripheral
devices are connected.
For the driver software setup procedure, see
4.5 Changing the Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader
Driver Software under MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-114
7. Installing the DR-ID 300CL
Standard Key
7.1 Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Key
(V4.0 or Earlier)
Install the Standard Key that is supplied with the DR-ID 300CL, as
directed below.
REFERENCE
When the Standard Key is installed, the following functions are
available.
FPD connection
FRUP Image Reader connection function (including HQ)
FCR5000plus connection function
CR storage function
DX storage function
LUT adjustment function for competitors PACS
DRC image processing
TAS image processing
FNC image processing
Detailed image processing parameter change function
Annotation input function
Image magnifcation or full screen display on the QA window
1. Turn ON the PC power.
An error screen like that shown below opens immediately after
DR-ID 300CL-AP startup.
00000332.ai
REFERENCE
This error screen opens when the AP key is not installed.
This error screen does not imply any anomalies because the AP
key will be installed later in 10. AP Key Installation.
2. Click .
3. Insert the Standard Key CD into the PC.
Installation processing starts automatically displaying then the
window below.
NOTE
DCL44006.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-115
7.2 Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit
(V5.0 or Later)
Install the Standard Kit that is supplied with the DR-ID 300CL.
REFERENCE
When the Standard Kit is installed, the following functions become
available.
FPD connection [not in Lite type]
FRUP Image Reader connection function (including HQ)
FCR5000plus connection function
CR storage function
DX storage function
LUT adjustment function for competitors PACS [not in Lite type]
DRC image processing
TAS image processing
FNC image processing
Detailed image processing parameter change function [not in Lite type]
Annotation input function [not in Lite type]
Image magnifcation or full screen display on the QA window [not in Lite type]
X-CON control function [not in Lite type]
DXL03070001.ai
REFERENCE
This error screen opens when the AP key is not installed.
This error screen does not indicate any abnormality because the
AP key will be installed later in 10. AP Key Installation.
2. Click .
NOTE
If the following window opens, place a checkmark to the Public
Network and click .
DXL03070009.ai
3. Insert the Standard Kit CD into the PC.
4. ClickOpenfoldertoviewfles.
DXL03070010.ai
An explorer opens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-116
5. Double-click Setup.bat.
DXL03070011.ai
The DR Console SettingKit window opens.
DXL03070012.ai
The Flat Panel Detector Menu window opens.
REFERENCE
For Lite type, the Flat Panel Detector Menu window is not
displayed and installation starts automatically. Proceed to step 8.
Installation processing starts automatically and the following
window opens.
DXL03070013.ai
The FCR-CSL will be set in Service Utility.
9. Click .
The FCR-CSL-SCP will be set in Service Utility.
10. Click .
The FCR-CSL-SCU will be set in Service Utility.
11. Click .
DXL03070014.ai
The system returns to the DR Console SettingKit window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-117
For installation of Electronic Manual, see Appendix 23 Settings
NecessaryforBrowsingtheOperationManuals(PDF)ofAppxIN:
InstallationAppendix.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-118
Install the same option keys that were used immediately before OS
reinstallation.
NOTE
After option key installation, be sure to install the AP key. The reason is
that installing the option keys disables the AP key that has been enabled.
Function Product Code Description
Print output
DX CL DICOM PRINT DICOM Print function
DX CL F-LAYOUT PRINT
Free Layout Print function
(V6.0 or later)
Image (input)
output
DX CL DICOM QR
A function that queries studies
on the fling device and retrieves
images. (V4.0 or earlier)
DX CL DICOM MEDIA STORAGE
A function to store images on
removable media.
DX CL DICOM PDI STORAGE
A function to output to PDI.
(V6.0 or later)
Image
storage
assurance
DX CL DICOM COMMITMENT
A function assuring that an image
has surely been stored in the
archiver unit.
QA function
DX CL TILE-IM QA
QA batch processing
(V4.0 or earlier)
DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE
Addition of QA functions *1
(for Lite type)
Image
processing
DX CL MFP MFP image processing
DX CL SHUTTER-PROC Shuttering processing
DX CL GPR
Grid pattern removal processing
function
DX CL IM COMPOSITION Image stitching
DX CL IM-MAGNIFY FOR LITE Image magnifcation (for Lite type)
DX CL LUT-ADJUSTMENT FOR
LITE
LUT adjustment for competitors
PACS (for Lite type)
CL PEM PEM processing (V7.0 or later)
*1 : By installing the DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE, All the QA functions can be used. Without
installing DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE, only a part of QA functions can be used.
Image
processing
DX CL ANNOTATION FOR LITE Annotation function (for Lite type)
Energy
subtraction
processing
DX CL ES FOR DR-ID200
Energy subtraction processing
function (V6.1 or later)
Tomosynthesis
processing
DX CL TOMO FOR DR-ID200
Tomosynthesis processing
Acquisition
of patient
information
DX CL DICOM ORDER MWM DICOM worklist function
DX CL DICOM ID MWM
DICOM worklist function
(acquiring only patient
information)
DX CL DICOM MPPS
DICOM PPS function Basically,
installed together with MWM.
X-ray
controller
DX CL X ONLINE FOR LITE
X-CON control function (for Lite
type)
Display of
precise
enlargement
images
DX CL PRECISE ENLARGEMENT A function to present displayed
images and their additional
information on the add-in
monitor.
DX CL PRECISE ENLARGEMENT A
Other
DX CL RETAKE ANALYSIS
A function that stores/calculates
information on exposure/
improperly exposed images.
DX CL RUQC
Image Reader QC function
DX CL DISPLAY OF PATIENT INF
linkage function (V4.0 or later)
DX CL FPD FOR LITE
Connection with DR exposure
device (for Lite type)
DX CL REMOTE IMAGE
DISPLAY
Displaying an image in the image
display terminal (V6.1 or later)
DX CL REMOTE DESKTOP
Remote Desktop function
(V6.2 or later)
DX CL GRID SHADING
REDUCTION
Grid density gradient reduction
NOTE
Each option key is supplied on one dedicated CD for each product.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-119
The installation procedure is described below.
The same installation procedure applies to all the option keys.
1. Insert an option key CD into the PC.
The installation start window automatically opens in several
seconds.
NOTE
double-click the execution fle (Filename extension: exe) in the CD.
The indication varies
with the option key
for installation.
DCL30310.ai
2. Click .
DCL30309.ai
with the option key
for installation.
3. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-120
Use the procedure below to install the AP key.
NOTE
Before AP key installation, be sure to install a standard key and option
keys.
Install the AP key as follows:
1. Insert the AP key CD into the PC.
After a while, the installation start window automatically opens.
NOTE
DXL309001.ai
2. Click .
DCL44010.ai
3. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-121
NOTE
After initial installation of the OS, be sure to initialize the image
database. Starting up the DR-ID 300CL-AP without initializing the
image database will cause errors to be indicated (error codes: 50001,
20001, 30107, 30151, 20110, etc).
Database can be initialized only when SQL Server has been running.
If it is not displayed, restart the PC.
If images are accumulated on the image output queue, database
cannot be initialized. It is thus necessary to delete images
accumulated on the image output queue.
For the procedure to be used to delete images accumulated on the
image output queue, see 9.2 Clearing the Contents of the Image
Output Queue under MU: Maintenance Utility.
1. Turn ON the DR-ID 300CL-PC power.
Windows starts up. After about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP
starts running.
2. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper
left and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
DXL03100001.ai
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
The Enter Password window opens.
3. Enterapassword(feldengineer)tologintotheService
Utility and click .
DXL41001.ai
The Service Utility starts and the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
4. Click [DataBase Utility].
The ImageDB Initialization window opens.
RI000033.ai
5. Click .
DCL44011.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-122
6. Click .
NOTE
When the Press any key to continue... message appears, press
the <Enter> key.
The system completes image database initialization and returns to
the DataBase Utility window.
NOTE
If the following message appears, images included in the image
database have not been initialized accordingly.
It failed in initialized DB.
Make sure that SQL Server has been running and images are not
accumulated on the image output queue.
To start up SQL Server
I. Restart the PC.
II. Select Control Panel from the menu and click
Administrative Tools.
III. Double-click Computer Management.
IV. Select Computer Management Service and Application
SQL Server confguration Manager.
V. Select SQL Server Service or SQL Server 2005 Service.
VI. Confrm that SQL Server (MSSQLSERVER) is running.
When images are accumulated on the image output queue
Delete images accumulated on the output queue.
9.2 Clearing the Contents of the Image Output Queue
under MU: Maintenance Utility
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-123
12. Display Optimization
(LUT fle settings)
With the [LUT] of the Service Utility, select the LUT fle that matches the
display characteristics from the Monitor List window and install it.
For V6.2 or earlier
DXCL070404001.ai
For V7.0 or later
DXCL070404002.ai
Linear LUT : Linear (linear gradation) LUT
nanao L560T-C : EIZO 17" LCD monitor with a touch
panel (model L560T-C)
nanao Radiforce RX210 : LCD monitor Radiforce RX210
NOTE
For a laptop PC, select the Linear LUT.
REFERENCE
You can confrm the type of the LUT fle set in DR-ID 300CL by
comparing the update dates and sizes of the following fles, and by
comparing the fle contents when the fle is opened in the notepad.
The LUT fle set in DR-ID 300CL.
The env fle in the C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\ folder.
V4.0 or earlier : crtlut1.env
V5.0 or later : PL-r22.env
LUT fle settable in DR-ID 300CL.
The env fle in the C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Lut\ folder.
For details, see 4. Display Optimization LUT in MU: Maintenance
Utility.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-124
IMPORTANT
Data fles to be restored must be of the same software versions.
Restoring data fles of different software versions will disable the
software to be operated correctly.

Restoringtargetfles(forV4.0orearlier)
The following 18 data fles are to be restored in the DR-ID 300CL.
Files Contents Remarks
SysConfg.mdb
System settings
Printer settings
CSL settings
QA process settings
NetConfg.mdb
Connected equipment information table
Connection destination setup table
DicomPrint sort destination setup table
Distribution code settings
PN.mdb PN (Person Name) settings
McrDataFormat.mdb Magnetic card format settings
TagReplace.ini Setup for DICOM tag replacement
Selector.mdb Selector setup
TagLookup.ini DICOM tag editing
FilmStrFmt.env Film character defnition
BcrDataFormat.mdb Barcode format settings
ExposureResultLog.
mdb
Setup for exposure result log output items
MWMTagSetting.mdb
Setup information for mapping DICOM
MWL C-FIND tags and internal data
RejectComment.mdb
Setting for comments on mis-exposed
images
UMB_SFPD.prm Setting for unevenness removal processing
PConsoleSer.mdb PConsole settings
MassOrder.mdb
Setting for mass screening order issuance
function
V4.0 only
IDMassHistory.mdb Patient ID history V4.0 only
IDAutoConvert.mdb Setting for patient ID auto-convert function V4.0 only
schema.ini
Setting for defnition of examinee list fle for
V4.0 only
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-125
Restoringtargetfles(forV5.0orlater)
The following data fles are to be restored in the DR-ID 300CL.
Files Contents version Remarks
SysConfg.mdb
System settings
Printer settings
CSL settings
QA process settings
NetConfg.mdb
Connected equipment information table
Connection destination setup table
DicomPrint sort destination setup table
Distribution code settings
PN.mdb PN (Person Name) settings
DDT_CRPrv.xml
DDT_CRPrvUnst.xml
DDT_CRStd.xml
DDT_DXPres.xml
DDT_DXProc.xml
Settings for replacing/editing the DICOM tags
Selector.mdb
All fles in the SelectorIcon folder
Selector setup (including the device setup etc.)
FilmStrFmt.env Film character defnition
BcrDataFormat.mdb Barcode format settings
ExposureResultLog.mdb Setup for exposure result log output items
MWMQuerySource.inf
DDT_MWL_RQ.xml
DDT_MWL_RP.xml
Setup information for mapping DICOM MWL C-FIND tags and internal data
RejectComment.mdb Setting for comments on mis-exposed images *1
UMB_SFPD.prm
UMB_ATLAS1u.prm
UMB_ATLAS1t.prm
UMB_ATLAS2u.prm
UMB_ATLAS2t.prm
UMB_ATLAS1a.prm
Setting for unevenness removal processing
PresetTextMarker.xml Text marker preset information and text marker defnition fle V5.0 and V6.0 only *1
ExposureIndex.prm Setting for ExposureIndex display function
*1 If users have customized the settings, delete the corresponding target fles before restoration.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-126
Files Contents version Remarks
DataEditor.mdb
DataEditorNotmalItemSetting.xml
DataEditorOrderFormMainItemSetting.xml
DataEditorOrderFormNotmalItemSetting.xml
DataEditorSettingFormMainItemSelectSetting.xml
DataEditorSettingFormMainItemSetting.xml
DataEditorSettingFormNotmalItemSetting.xml
Setup for order information confrmation V5.0 and V6.0 only *1
OverlayItemList.xml
OverlayConfg.xml
Settings for overlaying additional information V5.0 and V6.0 only *1
DDT_MPPS_NC.xml
DDT_MPPS_NS.xml
Customize settings for PPS tag
TomoExposureCondID.xml Settings of exposure conditions for Tomosynthesis V6.1 or later
TomoReconstructionMode.xml Defnition of reconstruction mode type for Tomosynthesis V6.1 or later
MassOrder.mdb Setting for mass screening order issuance function V6.2 or later
IDMassHistory.mdb Patient ID history V6.2 or later
IDAutoConvert.mdb Setting for patient ID auto-convert function V6.2 or later
schema.ini Setting for defnition of examinee list fle for patient ID auto-convert V6.2 or later
IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat Setup of rules applied for automatic patient ID issuance V6.2 or later
*1 If users have customized the settings, delete the corresponding target fles before restoration.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-127
Restoring procedures
1. Insertthemedia(FD,USBmemorystickorthelike)that
storesaConfgbackupintothePC.
2. Start the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility.
The main menu opens.
3. Click .
The Confguration Restore/Backup window opens.
4. Click intheConfgurationRestorearea.
00000349.ai
The Specifed Directory window opens.
00000350.ai
5. Click the downward arrow mark within
, and then choose the
media drive.
6. Click .
You are then returned to the Confguration Restore/Backup
window.
7. Click .
NOTE
Even when the restore process ends, no message appears to
indicate it. While the restore process is being performed, the
mouse cursor is replaced by the mark. When the mark
changes back to the mouse cursor, it means that the restore
process is ended.
Note, however, that the mark appears only when the mouse
cursor is positioned within the Confguration Restore/Backup
window.
Before removing the FD, check to see that the FD drive access
lamp is distinguished.
Before removing the media (FD, USB memory stick or the like),
check to see that the drive access lamp is distinguished.
Study List settings can not be recovered by restoring the confg
data. After completing the reinstallation processing, reset them
manually.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-128
14. Settings for the FPD/
Cassette-type Image Readers
The FPD and cassette-type Image Reader software needs to be set up
appropriately.
See Checking the FPD settings in 4.2.2 DR-ID 300CL System
Information Setup under IN: Installation for details of the FPD
software setup.
See Settings for connection of the cassette-type Image Reader
(FRUPconnection)in4.2.2DR-ID300CLSystemInformation
Setup under IN: Installation for details of the software setup on
cassette-type Image Readers.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-129
NOTE
Firewall settings are performed provided that the DR-ID 300CL has
already been installed appropriately.
AP shutdown
Windows starts running. The DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running too
in about one minute, displaying then the DR-ID 300CL initial
window.
2. Within a period of three seconds after the DR-ID 300CL
initial window opens, sequentially click the upper left corner
and then the upper right corner of the window.
DXL41001.ai
3. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-130
SettingtheFirewall/ICMP(V4.0orEarlier)
When the FD is used
1. Insert the 114Y5085953A00 FD into the PC.
2. SelectAllProgramsAccessoriesRunfromthe
menu.
The Run... window opens.
3. Enter A:\FirewallSetting.bat and click [OK].
The command prompt window opens.
After a while, the following window opens.
20000011.ai
When the AP-CD is used
1. Insert the DR-ID300 CL-AP CD into the PC.
menu.
3. Enter D:\Tools\FirewallSetting.bat and click [OK].
After a while, the following window opens.
DXL31501.ai
REFERENCE
In Windows 7, the following window opens during the setup.
However, it is not an error.
DXL03140001.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-131
Checking the Firewall Settings
Executionflelist(V4.0orEarlier)
Executionflename Remarks
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IipInput.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IipMain.exe FCR
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IipFinp.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IipOutput.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSDecision.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSIpServer.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSFinp.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSXfer.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IipMedia.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\ML_UPSEvent.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPUserUtility.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPServiceUtility.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\Retrieve.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPRetakeAnalysisTool.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPTRISScreen.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IdLoginExe.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SFPD.exe Shimadzu
FPD
C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM32\FTP.exe
C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM32\inetsrv\inetinfo.exe When
installing the
Client PC-Tool
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-132
Executionflelist(V5.0orLater)
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSDecision.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSIpServer.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSFinp.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSXfer.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPUserUtility.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPServiceUtility.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPRetakeAnalysisTool.exe
C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM32\FTP.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Ansemble\System\Launcher.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Ansemble\System\
MessagingServiceMain.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Ansemble\System\
ProcessManagerMain.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Ansemble\System\WorkfowService.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\ClusteringManager.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DaemonActivity.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DataEditor.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\MediaStorage.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\Modality.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\OperationManager.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\QA.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\Reception.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SADeliveryMain.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\StMessenger.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SynapseViewer.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SystemManager.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\UserUtility.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\AcquisitionTool.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\CheckPCDate.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\CreateLUT.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DBExploreCs.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DDOView.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DialogChecker.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\FMTAutoEdit.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\GPRDefault.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\IIPImgProcServer.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\MaskProcessDefault.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\MWMTagSetting.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSImageProcFU.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSInit.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSMonitor2.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\SSSerial.exe
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\UMBParamApply.exe
Port setup information list
Port name Port number Protocol type
FTP_port 21 TCP
SQLServer_port 1433 TCP
SQLMonitor_port 1434 UDP
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-133
CheckingtheFirewallSettings(ForWindowsVista)
1. Select Control Panel from the menu and
double-click .
The Windows Firewall window opens.
2. Click Allow program through Windows Firewall.
AWS35015.ai
The Windows Firewall Settings window opens.
3. SelecttheExceptionstab,andthenconfrmthateach
executionflehasbeenchecked.
ForexecutionflesinV4.0orearlier,seeExecutionflelist
(V4.0orEarlier).
ForexecutionflesinV5.0orlater,seeExecutionflelist
(V5.0orLater).
AWS35016.ai
CheckingtheFirewallSettings(ForWindows7)
1. Select Control Panel from the menu and
click .
2. Select Allow a program or feature through Windows
Firewall.
DXL03140002.ai
The Allowed Programs window opens.
3. ConfrmthattheHome/Work(Private)ofeachexecution
flehasbeenchecked.
ForexecutionflesinV4.0orearlier,seeExecutionflelist
(V4.0orEarlier).
ForexecutionflesinV5.0orlater,seeExecutionflelist
(V5.0orLater).
DXL03140003.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-134
Checking the ICMP Settings
1. Select Control Panel from the menu and click
[Administrative Tools].
The Administrator Tools window opens.
2. Double-click Windows Firewall with Advanced Security.
DXL03140004.ai
The Windows Firewall with Advanced Security window opens.
3. Select Windows Firewall with Advanced Security on Local
ComputerMonitoringFirewallandconfrmthatthe
following items have been added.
Networking - Address Mask Request (ICMPv4-In)
Networking - Destination Unreachable (ICMPv4-Out)
Networking - Echo Request (ICMPv4-In)
Networking - Parameter Problem (ICMPv4-Out)
Networking - Redirect (ICMPv4-In)
Networking - Redirect (ICMPv4-Out)
Networking - Router Solicitation (ICMPv4-In)
Networking - Source Quench (ICMPv4-Out)
Networking - Time Exceeded (ICMPv4-Out)
Networking - Timestamp Request (ICMPv4-In)
DXL03140005.ai
CAUTIONS
In Windows 7, the above items may exist in Inbound Rules and
Outbound Rules. If the above items do not exist in Firewall,
check for the items in each tree.
4. Close all of windows being opened.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-135
SettingthefrewallrelatedtoFTPServer(Windows7only)
DXL03020210.ai
2. Click .
3. Select Advanced settings.
DXL03020259.ai
4. Select Inbound Rules.
DXL03020260.ai
5. Right-clickFTPServerPassive(FTPPassiveTraffc-In)
and select Enable Rule.
DXL03020261.ai
The Enabled of FTP Server Passive (FTP Passive Traffc-In)
changes to Yes.
DXL03020262.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-136
6. Select Exit from File menu.
DXL03020263.ai
The system returns to the Windows Firewall window.
7. Close the Windows Firewall window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-137
2. Click .
3. Remove the checkmark from Use AutoPlay for all media
and devices.
AWS35044.ai
4. Click [Save].
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-138
1. Select Control Panel from the menu, and click
[Administrative Tools].
2. Double-click Event Viewer.
The Event Viewer window opens.
3. Right-click a Application and then choose Properties
from the pop-up menu.
AWS35039.ai
The Log Properties - Application window opens.
AWS35011.ai
I
II
I. Check that the maximum log size is 20480KB.
NOTE
If the maximum log size is set to a value other than the one shown
above, change it to 20480 KB.
II. Select Overwrite event as needed.
5. Click .
The system returns to the Event Viewer window.
6. Right-click a System and then choose properties from
the pop-up menu.
7. Perform the same procedure as in steps 4 and 5.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-139
8. Select Customize from View menu.
20000012.ai
The Customize View window opens.
9. Remove the checkmark from the Action pane.
AWS35011.ai
10. Click .
The system returns to the Event Viewer window.
11. Close the Event Viewer window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-140
(Windows Vista Only)
NOTE
In Windows 7, the virtual memory size is automatically set up in System
managed size; therefore, you do not need to check it.
1. Select Control Panel from the menu, and
double-click .
2. Click Advanced system settings.
AWS35040.ai
3. Select Advanced tab and click in
Performance.
AWS35012.ai
The Performance Option window opens.
4. Select Advanced tab and click in Virtual
memory.
AWS35013.ai
The Virtual Memory window opens.
Initial size : 1536 MB
Maximum size : 2048 MB
AWS35014.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MC-141
6. Click .
The system returns to the Performance Option window.
7. Click .
8. Close the System Properties window.
The system returns to the System window.
9. Close the System window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MC-142
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MC A-1
Appendix A Replacement
Procedure of
Damaged RAID
Confguration HDD
Replacement procedure in case one of the two RAID confguration
HDDs is damaged.
1. Confrming Which HDD is Damaged
The following window opens, and startup process is suspended.
AWS301001.ai
Windows starts up.
After about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running.
3. Within a period of 3 seconds after the initial window opens,
sequentially click the upper left and upper right corners of
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
When the following window is displayed, enter the login password
(feldengineer) for Service Utility and click .
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts. The IIP Service Utility window opens.
4. Click [Exit Service Utility].
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MC A-2
5. SelectAllProgramsIntel
MatrixStorageManager
Intel
Matrix Storage Console from the menu.

DXL030A0001.ai
The Intel
Matrix Storage Console window opens.

6. Select Advanced Mode from the View menu.
AWS301007.ai
7. ConfrmonthescreenwhichoftheHDDsisdamaged.
AWS301002.ai
REFERENCE
The HDD marked with under the RAID Hard Drives is
damaged.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MC A-3
2. Replacing the HDD
1. Turn the power to the PC OFF and disconnect the power
cable.
2. Open the cover of the PC main unit, and replace the
damagedHDDwithanewHDD.
NOTE
For the new HDD, use the one with same capacity as the damaged
HDD.
3. Close the cover of the PC main unit, and reconnect the
power cable.
3. Rebuilding RAID
Windows starts up.
After about 1 minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running.
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MC A-4
4. SelectAllProgramsIntelMatrixStorageManager
Intel Matrix Storage Console from the menu.
DXL030A0001.ai
The Intel Matrix Storage Console window opens.
5. Right-clicktheHDDunderNon-RAIDHardDrives,and
thenchooseRebuildtothisHardDrive.
AWS301003.ai
The Welcome to the Rebuild RAID Volume Wizard window
opens.
6. Click .
AWS301004.ai
The Select Hard Drive window opens.
7. ConfrmthatthenewlyaddedHDDisregisteredinthe
Selected column, and then click .
AWS301005.ai
The Completing the Rebuild RAID Volume Wizard window
opens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MC A-5
8. Click .
AWS301009.ai
Rebuilding of RAID starts.
REFERENCE
In the Intel Matrix Storage Console window, selecting Basic
Mode from the View menu to change the display mode will
enable you to check the progress of RAID reconstruction.
AWS301006.ai
4. Verifcation
1. SelectAllProgramsIntelMatrixStorageManager
Intel Matrix Storage Console from the menu.
DXL030A0001.ai
The Intel
Matrix Storage Console window opens.

2. ConfrmthattheRAIDHardDriveconstructionisworking
properly.
AWS301010.ai
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx MC A-6
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MC A-7
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MC A-8
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MC B-1
Appendix B Setting the RAID
Status Display Tool
1. Setting the Operation of
RAID Status Display Tool
Operation of the RAID status display tool is controlled by the values of
registry. Operation can be changed by changing the values of the
registry.
The registry value of icon display position is updated along with the
position where icon is dragged.
If the registry does not exist when the RAID status display tool is
started, system operates in the default setting.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MC B-2
Registry Key
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIPDispRaidStatus
Value of Registry Key
The following items can be set.
Items Name of Value Default Contents
Icon display position
REG_DWORD
DisplayPositionX
Set up the icon display position coordinate (pixel coordinate on the upper left corner of icon area) of the RAID status
display tool.
* If the setup value does not exist, the icon is displayed on the lower right corner of the 1st monitor and the position will
be recorded.
REG_DWORD
DisplayPositionY
Icon size
REG_DWORD IconWidth
32
Set up the display size of the RAID status display tool icon. Specify the width and height by pixel.
* The minimum setting value is 16. Values smaller than 16 are recognized as 16. REG_DWORD IconHeight
Display/hide the text REG_DWORD DisplayText 1 Set up to display/hide the text with "0: Hide" and "1: Display".
Font color for texts
REG_DWORD TextColorR
255
Set up the font color for texts. Specify each of the RGB color space from 0 to 255.
* Black (0, 0, 0) is used for transparent color so it cannot be specifed.
* The font-related settings other than colors and sizes will be the same as for the system font.
REG_DWORD TextColorG
REG_DWORD TextColorB
Font size for texts REG_DWORD TextFontSize
Set up the font size (height of character cell) for texts by pixel.
* If the setup value does not exist, the size of the system font is used. (The value will not be stored)
* The font-related settings other than colors and sizes will be the same as for the system font.
Module name list
REG_SZ Module1 IAAnotif.exe [For internal processing]
* Modules can be registered up to Module8. REG_SZ Module2 IAStorIcon.exe
GUI program list
REG_SZ Gui1
C:\Program Files\Intel\
Intel Matrix Storage
Manager\Shell.exe
[For internal processing]
* GUI can be registered up to Gui8.
* To prevent GUI for management (Matrix Storage Console) from starting up when the icon is clicked, create the registry
of Gui1 and Gui2, and then delete the value (make the columns empty).
REG_SZ Gui2
C:\Program Files\Intel\
Intel(R) Rapid Storage
Technology\IAStorUI.exe
Updating cycle REG_DWORD RefreshTime 1000 The updating cycle of the display. Set up by 1/1000 seconds (ms).
Minimum travel
distance
REG_DWORD
MoveMinDistance
5
The minimum travel distance of icon. Set up by pixel equivalent value.
NOTE
If the monitor is changed to a smaller one, icons may not be displayed
properly. In that case, directly delete HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\
SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIPDispRaidStatus and restart the PC.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MC B-3
2 Disabling RAID Status Display Tool
1. Right-click the taskbar, and select Task Manager.
The Windows Task Manager window opens.
2. SelectIIPDispRaidStatus(Main)fromtheApplications
tab, and then click [End Task].
3. SelectAllProgramsAccessoriesfrom
the menu.
4. Right-click IIPDispRaidStatus and select Delete.
5. Restart the PC.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx MC B-4
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC C-1
Appendix C Reinstalling the OS
and Application on
Laptop PC
1. Installation Workfow
Presented below is the procedure used for installing the DR-ID
300CL-AP from the OS. Follow the fowchart to install the AP.
See Chapter 5 under
MU: Maintenance
Utility.
Confg backup
2.2 Setting the OS
3. Installing the Database Management System
5. Installing the FRIS Modules
6. Installing the SKB Launcher
7. Installing the Standard Kit
9. Installing the Option Key
10. Installing the AP Key
14. Settings for the FPD/Cassette-type
Image Readers
18. Other Settings
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC C-2
2 Installing and Setting Up the OS
NOTE
Before installing the OS, note down the DR-ID 300CL host name, IP
address, subnet mask, and other relevant information. These items of
information will be called for during OS installation.
Property sheet
Partition/format
Only drive C (no other partitions will be
created)/NTFS
Regional
settings
Product key
Indicated on the right-hand side cover of
the PC main unit.
Computer
name and
password
Computer name
DAxxxxxxxx (xxxxxxxx: manufacture number)
If changed, be sure to record it accordingly.
The name can be set within 10 characters.
Password fcr-iip
Network
settings
Protocol TCP/IP
IP address
(Local Area
connection)
accordingly.
IP address
(Wireless Network
Connection)
accordingly.
Subnet mask
(Local Area
Connection)
accordingly.
Subnet mask
(Wireless Network
Connection)
accordingly.
Domain or work group Work group (group name remains the default.)
User-related
settings for this
computer (auto
logon settings)
Auto logon
username
Administrator
Password fcr-iip
Monitor
settings
Screen area 1024 768
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC C-3
OS Recovery Disk
IMPORTANT
time.
(place checkmarks to all the items).
NOTE
will not be displayed while the OS is being installed. To perform network
settings, be sure to connect the PC to the network (HUB) accordingly
before installation work.
Install the OS, and make the following settings.
BIOS settings
Windows setup
Setting the UAC (User Account Control)
Setting the MS-IME (only for units used in Japan)
Uninstalling unnecessary programs
For details of reinstalling the OS and settings,
refer to the instruction manuals of respective PCs.
2.2 Setting the OS
Setting the tablet PC
Setting the pen and touch
Setting the Intel (R) Graphics and Media
Deleting the shortcut on the desktop
Setting the taskbar
Deleting the startup items
Setting the startup items
For details of settings the OS, refer to the instruction manuals of
respective PCs.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC C-4
3. Installing the Database
Management System
For installation of Database Management System, see 4.2 For
Software V5.0 or Later under MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment.
For installation of DR-ID 300CL-AP, see 5.1 Installing the AP
under MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment.
For replacing the menu database, see 5.2 Replacing the Menu
Database under MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment.
5. Installing the FRIS Modules
For installation of FRIS modules, see 6.2 FRIS Modules under
MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment.
6. Installing the SKB Launcher
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the disk drive.
NOTE
DXL03040002.ai
DXCL050833065.ai
The Installation process for the SKB Launcher ends and
the system returns to the DR Console Setup Tool window.
5. Remove the Disk from the disk drive.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC C-5
7. Installing the Standard Kit
For installation of Standard Kit, see 4.1.6 Installing the DR-ID
300CLStandardKit(V5.0orLater)underIN:Installation.
For installation of Electronic Manual, see Appendix 23 Settings
NecessaryforBrowsingtheOperationManuals(PDF)ofAppx
IN:InstallationAppendix.
9. Installing the Option Key
For installation of option key, see 9. Option Key Installation
10. Installing the AP Key
For installation of AP key, see 10. AP Key Installation under MC:
Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment.
For initialization of the image database, see 11. Initializing
the Image Database under MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment.
(LUT fle settings)
Fordisplayoptimization(LUTflesettings),see12. Display
Optimization(LUTflesettings)underMC:Inspection,
Replacement and Adjustment.
Forrestoringtheconfg,see13.RestoringtheConfgunderMC:
14. Settings for the FPD/Cassette-
type Image Readers
For settings for FPD/cassette-type image readers, see 14.
Settings for the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers under MC:
Forfrewallsettings,see15. Firewall Settings of MC:
For cancellation of autoplay mode, see 16. Canceling AutoPlay
Mode under MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment.
For settings of the event log, see 17. Setting the Event Log
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC C-6
18. Other Settings
Set the following items if necessary.
Change the DR-ID 300CL and RU IP addresses
For the procedures for changing the DR-ID 300CL and RU IP
addresses, see 4.6 Procedures for Changing the DR-ID 300CL
andRU(FPDandCassette-typeImageReader)IPAddresses
under IN: Installation.
Change the DR-ID 300CL host name
For the procedures for changing the DR-ID 300CL host name,
see 4.7ProceduresforChangingtheDR-ID300CLHost
Name under IN: Installation.
DR-ID 300CL setup for connection to other equipment
For DR-ID 300CL setup for connection to other equipment, see
Barcode reader and magnetic card reader connection
For the barcode reader and magnetic card reader connection,
see 4.9 Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader Connection
Set up the DX parameter
ForsettingtheDXparameter,see4.10SettingtheDX
Parameter under IN: Installation.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC C-7
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC C-8
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-1
Appendix D Reinstalling the OS and
Application on PPU
NOTE
As a monitor is not connected to the PPU, connect the monitor of DR-ID
300CL.
1. For PPU-AP V1.1
1.1 Installation Workfow
Presented below is the procedure used for installing the PPU-AP from
the OS. Follow the fowchart to install the AP.
1.3 Setting the OS (1/4)
2008 SP1
Management Studio
1.5 Creating the DB/Table
1.7 Installing the PPU-AP
1.9 Installing the MFC
Time Synchronization
1.11 Setting the PPU Startup
1.12 Registering/Executing the JOB
1.14 Procedure to be Performed If
Necessary
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-2
1.2 Installing and Setting Up the OS
NOTE
Before installing the OS, note down the PPU host name, IP address,
subnet mask, and other relevant information. These items of information
will be called for during OS installation.
Property sheet
Partition/format
be created)/NTFS
Regional settings
Product key
Computer name
and password
Computer name
PPUServer
accordingly.
characters.
Password fcr-iip
Network settings
Protocol TCP/IP
IP address
accordingly.
Subnet mask
accordingly.
Domain or work
group
the default.)
User-related
settings for this
computer (auto
logon settings)
Auto logon
username
fujiflm
Password fcr-iip
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-3
Win 7 SP1 (64bit) OS DVD for Optiplex790/990 Disk
Resource CD for Optiplex790/990 Disk
IMPORTANT
Before formatting the HDD, make backup copy of data other than image
data, if any, using Explorer or the like.
NOTE
NetworkconnectionbetweenthePPUandtheHUB
1. UseanetworkcabletoconnectthePPUtotheHUB.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-4
In here Boot Sequence is changed so that PC starts from Disk by the
BIOS menu of a PPU-PC.
NOTE
will not open.
3. SelectPowerManagementDeepSleepControland
then Disabled.
4. SelectPowerManagementWakeonLANandthenLAN
Only.
5. InserttheWin7SP1(64bit)OSDVDforOptiplex790/990
disk into the PC.
7. Click [Yes].
9. Select CD/DVD/CD-RW Drive and press the <Enter> key.
NOTE
appears on the window, the installation disk will not be recognized
accordingly.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-5
DXL03020137.ai
2. Perform the following settings.
DXL03020138.ai
3. Click .
DXL03020139.ai
.
DXL03020140.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-6
DXL03020141.ai
(advanced).
DXL03020142.ai
8. Select Delete.
DXL03020143.ai
DXL03020144.ai
9. Click .
Windows? window.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-7
11. Select Disk 0 Unallocated Space and select .
NOTE
Windows setup
Type a user name (for example, John) : fujiflm
Type a computer name : PPUServer
2. Click .
Type a password (recommended) : fujiflmppu
Retype your password : fujiflmppu
Type a password hint : ppu
NOTE
The character string entries in the
Type a password (recommended): and Retype your password:
felds appear as .
4. Click .
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-8
DXL03020156.ai
.
.
DXL03020157.ai
DXL03020158.ai
DXL03020159.ai
8. RemovetheWin7SP1(64bit)OSDVDforOptiplex790/990
disk from the PC.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-9
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click System and Security.
The System and Security window opens.
3. Click Administrative Tools.
DXL03020163.ai
DXL03020164.ai
DXL03020166.ai
8. Right-click Administrator and select Set Password.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-10
9. Click .
DXL03020168.ai
10. Perform the following settings and click .
DXL03020169.ai
NOTE
DXL03020170.ai
11. Click .
12. Restart the PC.
13. Select the Administrator user, enter fcr-iip as a
password, and click .
DXL03020046.ai
NOTE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-11
DXL03020160.ai
4. Double-click Local Security Policy.
The Local Security Policy window opens.
5. SelectLocalPoliciesSecurityOptions.
6. Double-click User Account Control: Run all administrators
in AdminApproval Mode.
The User Account Control:Run administrators in... window
opens.
7. Select Disabled in the Local Security Policy tab.
8. Click [OK].
The system returns to the Local Security Policy window.
9. Close the Local Security Policy window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-12
Use the Resource CD for Optiplex 790/990 V1.0 disk supplied with the
PC to install the following driver software items.
REFERENCE
Installing the DELL system software
1. Insert the Resource CD for Optiplex 790/990 disk into the
PC.
2. SelectOpenfoldertoviewfles.
3. Double-click(Diskdrive):\790\1.SystemUtilities\Win7\64bit\
R282538.exe.
The installation window opens.
4. Perform installation according to the instructions shown on
the window.
NOTE
Install the setting at their defaults.
If the system requests to restart the PC after installation, restart
the PC. After restarting, log in as the Administrator user.
5. Remove the Resource CD for Optiplex 790/990 disk from
the PC.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-13
1. Chipset Driver
(Disk drive):\790\2.ChipsetDriver\R293337.exe
2. AMT Driver
(Disk drive):\790\3.AMTDriver\R292087.exe
3. Video Driver
(Disk drive):\790\4.VideoDriver\64bit\R291626.exe
4. Network device Driver
(Disk drive):\790\5.NetworkDriver\R291627.exe
5. Audio Driver
(Disk drive):\790\6.AudioDriver\R289789.exe
NOTE
utility disk version, confrm the correct drivers by calling Dell Technical
Support or visiting associated home page.
restart the PC.
REFERENCE
For example, installation procedure of Chipset driver is described as
follows.
1. Insert the Resource CD for Optiplex 790/990 disk into the PC.
3. Double-click(Diskdrive):\790\2.ChipsetDriver\R293337.
exe.
the window.
NOTE
the PC.
NOTE
After completing the installation of all drivers, log back in as the fujiflm
user.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-14
Setting the Wake-on-LAN
DXL03020160.ai
2. ClickHardwareandSound.
The Hardware and Sound window opens.
3. Click Device Manager.
4. SelectDeviceManagerNetworkadapters.
5. Right-clickInter(R)82579LMGigabitNetworkConnection
and select Properties.
6. Select Power Management tab and place a checkmark to
the following items.
Allow this device to wake the Computer
Only allow a magic packet to wake the computer
7. Click [OK].
8. ClosetheDeviceManagerwindowandHardwareand
Sound window.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-15
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click Network and Internet.
The Network and Internet window opens.
3. Click Network and Sharing Center .
network and select Local Area Connection.
DXCL05030D001.ai
5. Click .
DXL03020328.ai
.
DXL03020329.ai
opens.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-16
7. Select Use the following IP address and perform the
following settings.
NOTE
8. Click .
window.
9. Click .
10. Click .
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-17
Setting the user to be logged on automatically
1. Simultaneously press the <Windows> and <R> keys.
The Run window opens.
2. Enter Control UserPasswords2 in the Open:, and click
[OK].
3. Remove the checkmark from Users must enter a user name
and password to use this computer. in the Users tab and
click [Apply].
The Automatically Log On window opens.
4. Perform the following settings and click [OK].
User name : fujiflm
Password : fujiflmppu
Confrm Password : fujiflmppu
The system returns to the User Accounts window.
5. Click [OK].
6. Restart the PC.
After the PC restarted, the desktop screen displays.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-18
1.4. Installing the SQL Server
1.4.1 Installing the Microsoft SQL Server 2008 SP1
NOTE
Install the SQL Server at least two and a half minutes after starting or
restarting the PC.
1. Insert the DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software V1.0Disk
into the PC.
The 114Y2150203B00 (D:) window opens.
The PPU Setup Tool main menu opens.
4. Enter 2, and press the <Enter> key.
The SQL Server Installation Center window opens.
5. On the pane left of the window, click Installation.
6. Click New SQL Server stand-alone installation or add
features to an existing installation.
NOTE
When the Invoke or BeginInvoke cannot be called on a control
until the window handle has been created. message appears, start
over from step 4.
The Setup Support Rules window opens.
7. After completing the operation, click [OK].
The Product Key window opens.
8. Click [Next].
The License Terms window opens.
9. Place a checkmark to the I accept the license terms and
click [Next].
The Setup Support Files window opens.
10. Click Install.
11. After completing the operation, click [Next].
The Feature Selection window opens.
12. Select Select All and click [Next].
The Instance Confguration window opens.
13. Select Named instance, enter SQLExpress into the text
box and click [Next].
The Disk Space Requirements window opens.
14. Click [Next].
The Server Confguration window opens.
15. Click Use the same account for all SQL Server services.
16. Enter the following items, and click [OK].
Account Name : fujiflm
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-19
17. Change the Startup Typeof the registered service to
Automatic, and click [Next].
The Database Engine Confguration window opens.
18. Select Windows authentication mode in the Account
Provisioning tab and click Add Current User.
19. Click [Next].
The Error and Usage Reporting window opens.
20. Click Next.
The Installation Rules window opens.
The Ready to Install window opens.
22. Click [Install].
The Installation Progress window opens.
The Complete window opens.
24. Click [Close].
The system returns to the SQL Server Installation Center
window.
25. Close the SQL Server Installation Center window.
The system returns to the PPU Setup Tool main menu.
Management Studio
1. Enter 3 in the PPU Setup Tool main menu, and press the
<Enter> key.
The Program Compatibility Assistant window opens.
2. Click Run Program.
NOTE
over from step 1.
6. Click [Install].
The Installation Type window opens.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-20
8. Select Perform a new installation of SQL Server 2008 and
click [Next].
9. Click [Next].
click [Next].
11. Place a checkmark to the Management Tools - Basic and
click [Next].
12. Click [Next].
13. Click [Next].
17. Click [Close].
window.
The SQL Server setup menu opens.
20. Remove the Disk from the PC, and restart the PC.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-21
1.5 Creating the DB/Table
1. Insert the DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software V1.0 Disk
into the PC.
The PPU Setup Tool main menu opens automatically.
NOTE
DB/Table creation processing starts.
After completion of creation processing, the DB/Table create
completed. message appears and system returns to the PPU
Setup Tool main menu.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-22
Changing server authentication mode
1. From the menu, sequentially select All Programs,
Microsoft SQL Server 2008, and then SQL Server
Management Studio.
The Connect to Server window opens.
2. Perform the following settings and click [Connect].
Server type : Database Engine
Server name : Enter PPUServer\SQLEXPRESS
Authentication : Windows Authentication
The Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio window opens.
3. On the pane left of the window, right-click PPUSERVER\
SQLEXPRESS(SQLServerxx.x.xxxx-PPUServer\fujiflm)
The Properties window opens.
4. On the pane left of the window, select Advanced and set
up the items below appropriately.
Default Full-Text Language : 1033
Default Language : English
5. Onthepaneleftofthewindow,selectSecurityServer
authenticationSQLServerandWindowsauthentication
mode and click [OK].
The Some of your confguration changes will not take effect until
SQL Server is restarted window opens.
6. Click [OK].
The system returns to the Microsoft SQL Server Management
Studio window.
7. On the pane left of the window, right-click Security and
clickNewLogin.
The Login - New window opens.
8. On the pane left of the window, select General and set up
the items below appropriately.
Login name : fujiflm
SQL Server authentication : Select
Confrm password : fujiflmppu
Enforce password policy : Remove the checkmark
Enforce password expiration : Remove the checkmark
User must change password at next login : Remove the checkmark
Default database : PPU_SQL_Server
(select it from the pull-
down menu)
9. On the pane left of the window, select Server Roles and
place a checkmark to the public and sysadmin.
10. On the pane left of the window, select User Mapping and
place a checkmark to the following items.
master
model
msdb
PPU_SQL_Server
tempdb
11. Select master, and place a checkmark to the db_owner
and public of Database role membership for:master.
12. Click [OK].
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-23
Setting the environment variables
DXL03020160.ai
3. Click System .
4. Click Change settings in the Computer name, domain,
and workgroup settings.
5. Click Environment Variables in the Advanced tab.
6. Select Path in the System variables, and click [Edit].
7. Add the value below to theVariable value, and click [OK].
;c:\Program Files\FujiFilm\PPU\system;c:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
PPU\system\lib
NOTE
Do not delete the already input values.
8. Close all of open windows.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-24
Creating DSN
DXL03020160.ai
4. Double-clickDataSources(ODBC).
The ODBC Data Source Administrator window opens.
5. Select User DSN tab and click [Add].
The Create New Data Source window opens.
6. Select SQL Server and click [Finish].
The This wizard will help you create an ODBC data source...
message appears.
7. Enter the following items, and click [Next].
Name : PPU_SQL_Server
Description : (Blank)
Server : localhost\SQLEXPRESS (manual input)
The How should SQL Server verify the... window opens.
8. Click [Next].
9. Place a checkmark to the Change the default database to:.
10. Select PPU_SQL_Server from the pull-down menu, and
click [Next].
11. Click [Finish].
The ODBC Microsoft SQL Server Setup window opens.
12. Click Test Data Source.
The SQL Server ODBC Data Source Test window opens.
13. Check to see that the TEST COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY!
message shows up in the Test Results, and click [OK].
The system returns to the ODBC Data Source Administrator
window.
14.ConfrmtoregisterPPU_SQL_ServerwithUserData
Source: and click [OK].
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-25
Setting the remote connection of the SQL server
MicrosoftSQLServer2008,ConfgurationToolsand
thenSQLServerConfgurationManager.
The Sql Server Confguration Manager window opens.
2. On the pane left of the window, select SQL Server Network
ConfgurationProtocolsforSQL_EXPRESS.
DXCL06030D001.ai
3. On the pane right of the window, right-click TCP/IP and
select Enable.
Any changes made will be saved; however, they will not take
effect until the service is stopped and restarted. message
appears.
4. Click [OK].
The system returns to the Sql Server Confguration Manager
window.
5. On the pane right of the window, right-click TCP/IP and
select Properties.
DXCL06030D002.ai
The TCP/IP Properties window opens.
6. Select theIP addresses tab, and set the following items
under IPALL.
TCP Port : 1433
TCP Dynamic Ports : (blank)
7. Delete the values of TCP Dynamic Ports of IP1 to IP6,
and leave in blank.
8. Set up the items below appropriately and click [Apply].
Enabled : Yes
IP Address : 172.16.1.20
TCP Port : 1433
Any changes made will be saved; however, they will not take
effect until the service is stopped and restarted. message
appears.
9. Click [OK].
The system returns to the TCP/IP Properties window.
10. Click [OK].
window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-26
11. On the pane left of the window, click SQL Server Service.
DXCL06030D003.ai
12. On the pane right of the window, right-click SQL Server
(SQLEXPRESS)andselectRestart.
DXCL06030D004.ai
13. Right-click SQL Server Browser and select Properties.
The SQL Server Browser Properties window opens.
14. Select Service tab.
15. Select Automatic from the Start Mode pull-down menu
and click [Apply].
DXCL06030D005.ai
16. Select Log On tab and click [Start].
17. Click [OK].
window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-27
1.7 Installing the PPU-AP
into the PC.
NOTE
The installation PPU-AP processing starts.
After completion of installation, the PPU Application installation
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-28
Setting the shared folder
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click Network and Internet.
The Network and Internet window opens.
3. Click Network and Sharing Center.
4. Click Change advanced sharing settings.
The Change sharing options for different network profles window
opens.
5. Select the Turn on password protected sharingin
thePassword protected sharingof thePublic (current
profle),andclickSavechanges.
NOTE
When Turn on password protected sharing has been selected,
click [Cancel].
The system returns to Network and Sharing Center window.
7. Right-click Computer from the menu and select
Manage.
8. On the pane left of the window, click Computer
Management(Local)SystemToolsLocalUsersand
Groups.
9. On the pane right of the window, right-click Users and
select New User.
New User window opens.
10. Set up the items below appropriately and click [Create].
User name : fcr-iip
Password : fcr-iip
Confrm Password : fcr-iip
User must change password at next logon : Remove the checkmark
Password never expires : Place a checkmark
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-29
11. Click [Close].
The system returns to Computer Management window.
13.StartrunningExplorerandopenLocalDisk(C:).
14.Right-clickfujiflmfolderandclickSharewithSpecifc
people.
The File Sharing window opens.
15. Select fcr-iip from the pull-down menu, and click [Add].
Thefcr-iip is added to the list in the lower part of the screen.
16. Click fcr-iip from the list in the lower part of the screen.
17. Click [Read] in the Permission Level area and select the
Read/Write.
18. Click [Share].
The Network discovery and fle sharing window opens.
19.ClickYes,turnonnetworkdiscoveryandflesharingforall
public network.
The File Sharing window opens.
20.MakesurethatfujiflmisaddedintheIndividualItems
area and click [Done].
The system returns to Local Disk (C:) window.
21. Set the shared folder also for the user of
fujiflmandAdministratorasinsteps13to19.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-30
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click Programs.
The Programs window opens.
3. Click Programs and Features.
DXL03020257.ai
Internet Information Services FTP Server FTP Server
Internet Information Services WebAdministrative Tools
IIS Management Console
REFERENCE
the PC. After restarting, log in as the fujiflm user.
6. Click .
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-31
Setting up the FTP server
DXL03020160.ai
4. Double-clickInternetInformationService(IIS)Manager.
The Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager window opens.
5. Right-clickPPUSERVER(PPUServer\fujiflm)Sitesand
select Add FTP Site....
The Site Information window opens.
6. Input the following and click [Next].
FTP site name : PPUFtpServer
Physical path : C:\fujiflm\job\ftproot
The Binding and SSL Settings window opens.
7. Click [Next].
The Authentication and authorization Information window opens.
8. Click [Finish].
The system returns to the Internet Information Service (IIS)
Manager window.
9. SelectPPUSERVER(PPUServer\fujiflm)Sites
PPUFtpServer.
The PPUFtpServer Home window opens.
10. Double-click FTP Authorization Rules.
The FTP Authorization Rules window opens.
11. On the pane right of the window, click Add Allow Rule....
The Add Allow Authorization Rule window opens.
12.PlaceacheckmarktoSpecifedusers:andenterfujiflm
into the text box.
13. Place a checkmark to Read and Write in Permissions
and click [OK].
Manager window.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-32
14. Click in the upper left-hand area of the window.
The system returns to the PPUFtpServer Home window.
15. Double-click FTP Authentication.
The FTP Authentication window opens.
16. Right-click Basic Authentication and click Enable.
Manager window.
18. Double-click FTP SSL Settings.
The FTP SSL Settings window opens.
19. Place a checkmark to the Allow SSL connections of SSL
Policy, and click [Apply] on the right of the window.
20.ClosetheInternetInformationService(IIS)Manager
window and All Control Panel Items window.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-33
Setting the Firewall
DXL03020160.ai
3. Click Windows Firewall.
4. Click Advanced Settings.
5. Click Inbound Rules.
6. Click New Rules.
The New Inbound Rule Wizard window opens.
7. Select Port and click [Next].
8. Set up the items below appropriately and click [Next].
Select TCP.
Select Specifc local ports and enter 21 into the text box.
9. Select Allow the connection and click [Next].
10. Place a checkmark to the Domain, Private, Public and
click [Next].
11. Set up the items below appropriately and click [Finish].
Enter ftp into the Name area.
Enter ftp(21) into the Description(optional) area.
The system returns to the Windows Firewall with Advanced
Security window.
12. Click New Rules.
13. Select Port and click [Next].
14. Set up the items below appropriately and click [Next].
Select TCP.
Select Specifc local ports and enter 1433 into the text box.
click [Next].
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-34
Enter SQLServer(TCP1433) into the Name area.
Enter SQLServerRemoteConection into the
Description(optional) area.
Security window.
18. Click New Rules.
19. Select Program and click [Next].
20.Entertheflepathbelowintothetextbox,andclick[Next].
C:\Program File (x86)\Microsoft SQL Server\90\Shared\
sqlbrpwser.exe
click [Next].
Enter SQLBrowser(PPU) into the Name area.
Enter SQLBrowser(PPU) into the Description(optional) area.
Security window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-35
1.9 Installing the MFC
into the PC.
NOTE
The installation MFC processing starts.
After completion of installation, the MFC DLL installation
Time Synchronization
into the PC main unit of PPU.
NOTE
Update interval for time synchronization setup processing starts.
After completion of setup processing, the Windows Time
Service setup completed. message appears and system
returns to the PPU Setup Tool main menu.
4. Remove the Disk from the PC main unit of PPU.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-36
1.11 Setting the PPU Startup
into the PC.
NOTE
PPU startup setup processing starts.
After completion of the setup processing, the PPU Startup setting
1.12 Registering/Executing the JOB
into the PC.
NOTE
Registration/Execution processing of the job starts.
After completion of the processing, the Processing Job add
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-37
Setting the remote desktop
DXL03020160.ai
3. Click System.
4. Select Remote settings.
The Remote settings window opens.
5. Place a checkmark to the Allow connections only from
computers running Remote Desktop with Network ... in the
Remote tab.
6. Click [OK].
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx MC D-38
DXL03020160.ai
3. Click Power Options.
4. SelectBalanced(recommended)inthePreferredplans.
5. ClickBalanced(recommended)Changeplansettings.
set to Never.
8. Select Sleep and Sleep after, and then set to 0.
9. SelectHibernateafter,andthensetto0.
10. Click .
The system returns to the Edit Plan Settings window.
11. Close the Edit Plan Settings window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-39
1.14 Procedure to be Performed If
Necessary
When DR-ID 300CL PC is replaced, or when the OS is reinstalled
See 5. PPU Data Initialization under Appendix 38
TomosynthesisofAppxIN:InstallationAppendix.
When DR-ID 300CL synchronizes with the time server
See 6. Time Synchronization for the DR-ID 300CL and PPU
under Appendix 38 Tomosynthesis of Appx IN: Installation
Appendix.
When the IP address of DR-ID 300CL is changed
See 7. Setting of the PPU at the time of Changing the IP
address of DR-ID 300CL under Appendix 38 Tomosynthesis
ofAppxIN:InstallationAppendix.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-40
2. For PPU-AP V1.2
2.1 Installation Workfow
Presented below is the procedure used for installing the PPU-AP from
the OS. Follow the fowchart to install the AP.
2.3 Setting the OS
2.4 Installing the PPU-AP (1/2)
2.5 Changing Server Authentication Mode
2.6 Creating DSN
2.8 Setting up the FTP Server
2.9 Verifying the Operation of Application
2.2 Installing and Setting Up the OS
NOTE
Before installing the OS, note down the PPU host name, IP address,
subnet mask, and other relevant information. These items of information
will be called for during OS installation.
Property sheet
Partition/format
be created)/NTFS
Regional settings
Product key
Computer name
and password
Computer name
PPUServer
accordingly.
characters.
Password fcr-iip
Network settings
Protocol TCP/IP
IP address
accordingly.
Subnet mask
accordingly.
Domain or work
group
the default.)
User-related
settings for this
computer (auto
logon settings)
Auto logon
username
fujiflm
Password fcr-iip
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-41
Win 7 SP1 (64bit) OS DVD for Optiplex790/990 Disk
Resource CD for Optiplex790/990 Disk
IMPORTANT
NOTE
NetworkconnectionbetweenthePPUandtheHUB
1. UseanetworkcabletoconnectthePPUtotheHUB.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-42
InitializingHDD
2. Press the <F12> key when the DELL logo appears.
NOTE
If the <F12> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the Boot Menu
window will not open.
The Boot Menu window opens.
3. InserttheWin7SP1(64bit)OSDVDforOptiplex790/990
disk into the PC.
DXCL030D0001.ai
5. Press the <Enter> key
NOTE
accordingly.
DXL03020137.ai
7. Click [Next].
The Install now window opens.
DXL03020139.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-43
8. Select Repair your computer at the bottom left of the
window.
DXCL030D0002.ai
The System Recovery Options window opens.
9. Click [Next].
DXCL030D0003.ai
The Choose a recovery tool window opens.
10. Select Command Prompt.
DXCL030D0004.ai
11. Input diskpart from the keyboard and press the <Enter>
key.
X:\Sources>diskpart
MC000432.ai
12. Input selectdisk0 (replaceasingle-bytespace)and
DISKPART> select disk 0
MC000433.ai
A message saying Disk 0 is now the selected disk. in the
command prompt window.
13. Input clean from the keyboard and press the <Enter> key.
Disk 0 is now the selected disk.
DISKPART> clean
MC000434.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-44
14.ConfrmamassagesayingDiskPartsucceededincleaning
the disk. and close the command prompt window by
clickingits[X]mark.
DiskPart succeeded in cleaning the disk.
DISKPART>
MC000435.ai
The system returns to the Choose a recovery tool window.
15. Click [Restart].
The PC restarts.
In here Boot Sequence is changed so that PC starts from Disk by the
BIOS menu of a PPU-PC.
NOTE
will not open.
3. SelectPowerManagementDeepSleepControland
then Disabled.
DXCL030D0006.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-45
4. SelectPowerManagementWakeonLANandthenLAN
Only.
DXCL030D0005.ai
6. Click [Yes].
DXCL030D0001.ai
NOTE
accordingly.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-46
DXL03020137.ai
DXL03020138.ai
3. Click .
DXL03020139.ai
.
DXL03020140.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-47
DXL03020141.ai
(advanced).
DXL03020142.ai
8. Select Delete.
DXL03020143.ai
DXL03020144.ai
9. Click .
Windows? window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-48
11. Select Disk 0 Unallocated Space and select .
NOTE
Windows setup
DXCL030D0007.ai
Type a user name (for example, John) : fujiflm
Type a computer name : PPUServer
2. Click .
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-49
DXCL030D0008.ai
Type a password (recommended) : fujiflmppu
Retype your password : fujiflmppu
Type a password hint : ppu
NOTE
The character string entries in the
Type a password (recommended): and Retype your password:
felds appear as .
4. Click .
DXL03020156.ai
.
.
DXL03020157.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-50
DXL03020158.ai
DXL03020159.ai
8. RemovetheWin7SP1(64bit)OSDVDforOptiplex790/990
disk from the PC.
DXL03020160.ai
4. Double-click Local Security Policy.
DXCL030D0009.ai
The Local Security Policy window opens.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-51
5. SelectLocalPoliciesSecurityOptions.
DXCL030D0010.ai
6. Double-click User Account Control: Run all administrators
in AdminApproval Mode.
DXCL030D0011.ai
The User Account Control:Run all administrators in... window
opens.
7. Select Disabled in the Local Security Setting tab.
DXCL030D0012.ai
8. Click .
The system returns to the Local Security Policy window.
9. Close the Local Security Policy window.
The system returns to the System and Security window.
11. Close the System and Security window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-52
DXL03020160.ai
DXL03020163.ai
DXL03020164.ai
DXCL030D0013.ai
DXL03020166.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-53
8. Right-click Administrator and select Set Password.
DXCL030D0014.ai
9. Click .
DXL03020168.ai
DXL03020169.ai
NOTE
DXL03020170.ai
11. Click .
12. Select New User from Action menu.
DXCL030D0016.ai
The New User window opens.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-54
13. Perform the following settings and click [Create].
DXCL030D0017.ai
User name : fcr-iip
Full name : (Blank)
Password : fcr-iip
User must change password at next logon : Remove the checkmark
User cannot change password : Place a checkmark
Password never expires : Place a checkmark
Account is disabled : Remove the checkmark
14. Click [Close].
15. Right-click fcr-iip and select Properties.
DXCL030D0018.ai
The fcr-iip Properties window opens.
16. Select Member Of tab and click [Add].
DXCL030D0019.ai
The Select Groups window opens.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-55
17. Click [Advanced].
DXCL030D0020.ai
The Select Groups window opens.
18. Click [Find Now].
DXCL030D0021.ai
19. Select Administrators and click [OK].
DXCL030D0022.ai
The system returns to the Select Groups window.
20. Check to see that PPUSERVER\Administrators appears in
Entertheobjectnamestoselect(examples):,andclick[OK].
DXCL030D0023.ai
The system returns to the fcr-iip Properties window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-56
21. Check to see that Administrators has been added, and
click [OK].
DXCL030D0024.ai
The system returns to the System and Security window.
24. Close the System and Security window.
25. Restart the PC.
DXL03020046.ai
NOTE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-57
Use the Resource CD for Optiplex 790/990 V1.0 disk supplied with the
PC to install the following driver software items.
REFERENCE
Installing the DELL system software
DXCL030D0025.ai
3. Double-click(Diskdrive):\790\1.SystemUtilities\Win7\64bit\
R282538.exe.
DXCL030D0026.ai
the window.
NOTE
the PC.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-58
1. Chipset Driver
(Disk drive):\790\2.ChipsetDriver\R293337.exe
2. AMT Driver
(Disk drive):\790\3.AMTDriver\R292087.exe
3. Video Driver
(Disk drive):\790\4.VideoDriver\64bit\R291626.exe
4. Network device Driver
(Disk drive):\790\5.NetworkDriver\R291627.exe
5. Audio Driver
(Disk drive):\790\6.AudioDriver\R289789.exe
NOTE
utility disk version, confrm the correct drivers by calling Dell Technical
Support or visiting associated home page.
restart the PC.
If you are installing Video Drivers and when the Welcome to the Setup
Program window opens, remove the checkmark from Automatically
run WinSAT and enable the Windows Aero desktop theme (if
supported). and click [Next].
REFERENCE
For example, installation procedure of Chipset driver is described as
follows.
DXCL030D0025.ai
3. Double-click(Diskdrive):\790\2.ChipsetDriver\R293337.
exe.
DXCL030D0037.ai
DXCL030D0028.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-59
4. Click [Continue].
DXCL030D0029.ai
5. Click [OK].
DXCL030D0030.ai
6. Click [Yes].
DXCL030D0031.ai
7. Click [OK].
DXCL030D0032.ai
8. Click [Next].
DXCL030D0033.ai
9. Click [Yes].
DXCL030D0034.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-60
10. Click [Next].
DXCL030D0035.ai
11. Click [Next].
DXCL030D0036.ai
12. Select Yes, I want to restart this computer now. and click
[Finish].
DXL03020046.ai
NOTE
the PC.
NOTE
After completing the installation of all drivers, log back in as the fujiflm
user.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-61
2.3 Setting the OS
DXL03020160.ai
DXL03020161.ai
Setting the Wake-on-LAN
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
3. SelectPPUServerNetworkadapters.
DXCL030D0038.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-62
4. Right-clickInter(R)82579LMGigabitNetworkConnection
DXCL030D0039.ai
The Inter(R) 82579LM Gigabit Network Connection Properties
window opens.
5. Select Power Management tab and place a checkmark to
the following items.
Allow this device to wake the Computer
Only allow a magic packet to wake the computer
DXCL030D0040.ai
6. Click [OK].
7. ClosetheDeviceManagerwindowandHardwareand
Sound window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-63
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
network and select Change adapter settings.
DXCL030D0015.ai
The Network Connections window opens.
4. Double-click Local Area Connection .
DXCL030D0041.ai
5. Click .
DXL03020328.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-64
.
DXL03020329.ai
opens.
7. Select Use the following IP address and perform the
following settings.
DXCL030D0042.ai
I
II
III
NOTE
8. Click .
window.
9. Click .
10. Click .
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-65
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
DXL03020257.ai
Internet Information Services FTP Server FTP Service
Internet Information Services Web Management Tools
IIS Management Console
DXCL030D0043.ai
REFERENCE
the PC. After restarting, log in as the fujiflm user.
5. Click .
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-66
Setting the remote desktop
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
3. Select Remote settings.
DXCL030D0044.ai
4. Place a checkmark to the Allow connections only from computers
running Remote Desktop with Network ... in the Remote tab.
DXCL030D0046.ai
The Remote Desktop window opens.
DXCL030D0045.ai
5. Click .
6. Click .
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-67
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
3. SelectBalanced(recommended)inthePreferredplans.
DXCL030D0047.ai
4. ClickBalanced(recommended)Changeplansettings.
DXCL030D0048.ai
DXCL030D0052.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-68
set to Never.
DXCL030D0049.ai
7. Select Sleep and Sleep after, and then set to Never.
DXCL030D0050.ai
8. SelectHibernateafter,andthensettoNever.
DXCL030D0051.ai
9. Click .
The system returns to the Edit Plan Settings window.
10. Close the Edit Plan Settings window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-69
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
3. Select Change settings.
DXCL030D0053.ai
4. SelectNevercheckforupdates(notrecommended)inthe
Important updates.
DXCL030D0054.ai
5. Click [OK].
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-70
Setting the task scheduler
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
3. Double-click Task Scheduler.
DXCL030D0055.ai
The Task Scheduler window opens.
Defrag.
DXCL030D0056.ai
5. Right-click ScheduledDefrag and select Disable.
DXCL030D0057.ai
The Status of ScheduledDefrag changes to Disable.
DXCL030D0058.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-71
WindowsErrorReporting.
DXCL030D0059.ai
7. Right-click QueueReporting and select Disable.
DXCL030D0060.ai
The Status of QueueReporting changes to Disable.
DXCL030D0061.ai
8. Close the Task Scheduler window.
The system returns to the All Control Panel Item window.
10. Close the All Control Panel Item window.
11. Restart the PC.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-72
PPU Setup Tool : Manufacture Setup1
NOTE
restarting the PC.
into the PC.
DXCL030D0062.ai
DXCL030D0063.ai
DXCL030D0064.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-73
NOTE
55 is a selection which does not appear in the menu.
The PPU Setup Tool manufacture menu opens.
DXCL030D0065.ai
5. Enter1(ManufactureSetup1),andpressthe<Enter>key.
REFERENCE
When you perform No.1 of PPU Setup Tool manufacture menu,
No.2, 4, 7, 9, and 10 of PPU Setup Tool main menu are installed.
DXCL030D0066.ai
7. Enter0(Quit),andpressthe<Enter>key.
NOTE
restarting the PC.
into the PC.
DXCL030D0062.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-74
DXCL030D0063.ai
DXCL030D0064.ai
NOTE
DXCL030D0065.ai
REFERENCE
No.3 of PPU Setup Tool main menu is installed.
The Program Compatibility Assistant window opens.
DXCL030D0067.ai
6. Click .
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-75
DXCL030D0068.ai
DXCL030D0069.ai
NOTE
over from step 4.
DXCL030D0070.ai
DXCL030D0071.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-76
DXCL030D0072.ai
The Installation Type window opens.
12. Select Perform a new installation of SQL Server 2008 and
click [Next].
DXCL030D0072.ai
13. Click [Next].
DXCL030D0074.ai
click [Next].
DXCL030D0075.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-77
15. Place a checkmark to the Management Tools - Basic and
click [Next].
DXCL030D0076.ai
16. Click [Next].
DXCL030D0122.ai
17. Click [Next].
DXCL030D0077.ai
DXCL030D0078.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-78
DXCL030D0079.ai
DXCL030D0080.ai
21. Click [Close].
DXCL030D0081.ai
window.
The system returns to the PPU Setup Tool manufacture menu.
23.Enter0(Return),andpressthe<Enter>key.
24.Enter0(Quit),andpressthe<Enter>key.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-79
2.5 Changing Server Authentication Mode
Microsoft SQL Server 2008, and then SQL Server
Management Studio.
DXCL030D0082.ai
The Connect to Server window opens.
2. Perform the following settings and click [Connect].
Server type : Database Engine
Server name : Enter PPUServer\SQLEXPRESS
Authentication : Windows Authentication
DXCL030D0083.ai
The Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio window opens.
3. On the pane left of the window, right-click PPUSERVER\
SQLEXPRESS(SQLServerxx.x.xxxx-PPUServer\fujiflm)
DXCL030D0084.ai
The Server Properties window opens.
4. On the pane left of the window, select Advanced and set
up the items below appropriately.
Default Full-Text Language : 1033
Default Language : English
DXCL030D0085.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-80
5. Onthepaneleftofthewindow,selectSecurityServer
authenticationSQLServerandWindowsAuthentication
mode and click [OK].
DXCL030D0086.ai
The Some of your confguration changes will not take effect until
SQL Server is restarted window opens.
6. Click [OK].
Studio window.
7. On the pane left of the window, right-click Security and
clickNewLogin.
DXCL030D0087.ai
The Login - New window opens.
8. On the pane left of the window, select General and set up
the items below appropriately.
Login name : fujiflm
SQL Server authentication : Select
Confrm password : fujiflmppu
Enforce password policy : Remove the checkmark
Enforce password expiration : Remove the checkmark
User must change password at next login : Remove the checkmark
Default database : PPU_SQL_Server
(select it from the pull-
down menu)
DXCL030D0088.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-81
9. On the pane left of the window, select Server Roles and
place a checkmark to the public and sysadmin.
DXCL030D0089.ai
10. On the pane left of the window, select User Mapping and
place a checkmark to the following items.
master
model
msdb
PPU_SQL_Server
tempdb
DXCL030D0090.ai
11. Select master, and place a checkmark to the db_owner
and public of Database role membership for:master.
DXCL030D0091.ai
12. Click [OK].
Studio window.
13. Close the Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio
window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-82
2.6 Creating DSN
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
3. Double-clickDataSources(ODBC).
DXCL030D0092.ai
The ODBC Data Source Administrator window opens.
4. Select User DSN tab and click [Add].
DXCL030D0093.ai
The Create New Data Source window opens.
5. Select SQL Server and click [Finish].
DXCL030D0094.ai
The This wizard will help you create an ODBC data source...
message appears.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-83
6. Enter the following items, and click [Next].
Name : PPU_SQL_Server
Server : localhost\SQLEXPRESS (manual input)
DXCL030D0095.ai
The How should SQL Server verify the... window opens.
7. Click [Next].
DXCL030D0096.ai
8. Place a checkmark to the Change the default database to:.
9. Select PPU_SQL_Server from the pull-down menu, and
click [Next].
DXCL030D0097.ai
10. Click [Finish].
DXCL030D0098.ai
The ODBC Microsoft SQL Server Setup window opens.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-84
11. Click Test Data Source.
DXCL030D0099.ai
The SQL Server ODBC Data Source Test window opens.
12. Check to see that the TEST COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY!
message shows up in the Test Results, and click [OK].
DXCL030D0100.ai
The system returns to the ODBC Microsoft SQL Server Setup
window.
13. Click [OK].
The system returns to the ODBC Data Source Administrator
window.
14.ConfrmtoregisterPPU_SQL_ServerwithUserData
Source: and click [OK].
DXCL030D0101.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-85
into the PC.
DXCL030D0062.ai
DXCL030D0063.ai
DXCL030D0064.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-86
NOTE
DXCL030D0065.ai
REFERENCE
No.11 and 12 of the PPU Setup Tool main menu are installed, and
the settings of the Firewall are confgured.
NOTE
The Press any key to continue... message appears twice.
DXCL030D0102.ai
7. Enter0(Quit),andpressthe<Enter>key.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-87
2.8 Setting up the FTP Server
DXL03020160.ai
2. Click .
3. Double-clickInternetInformationService(IIS)Manager.
DXCL030D0103.ai
4. Right-clickPPUSERVER(PPUServer\fujiflm)Sitesand
select Add FTP Site....
DXCL030D0104.ai
The Site Information window opens.
5. Input the following and click [Next].
FTP site name : PPUFtpServer
Physical path : C:\fujiflm\job\ftproot
DXCL030D0105.ai
The Binding and SSL Settings window opens.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-88
6. Click [Next].
DXCL030D0106.ai
The Authentication and authorization Information window opens.
7. Click [Finish].
DXCL030D0107.ai
Manager window.
8. SelectPPUSERVER(PPUServer\fujiflm)Sites
PPUFtpServer.
DXCL030D0108.ai
The PPUFtpServer Home window opens.
9. Double-click FTP Authorization Rules.
DXCL030D0109.ai
The FTP Authorization Rules window opens.
10. On the pane right of the window, click Add Allow Rule....
DXCL030D0110.ai
The Add Allow Authorization Rule window opens.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-89
I. Select Specifed users: and enter fujiflm into the text box.
II. Place a checkmark to Read and Write in Permissions.
DXCL030D0111.ai
I.
II.
12. Click [OK].
Manager window.
14. Double-click FTP Authentication.
DXCL030D0112.ai
The FTP Authentication window opens.
15. Right-click Basic Authentication and click Enable.
DXCL030D0113.ai
Manager window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-90
17.SelectPPUSERVER(PPUServer\fujifle).
The PPUSERVER Home window opens.
18. Double-click FTP SSL Settings.
DXCL030D0115.ai
The FTP SSL Settings window opens.
19. Select Allow SSL connections of SSL Policy, and select
Apply on the right of the window.
DXCL030D0116.ai
20.ClosetheInternetInformationService(IIS)Manager
window and All Control Panel Items window.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-91
2.9 Verifying the Operation of Application
1. Restart the PC.
2. Press <Ctrl> + <Alt> + <Delete> keys.
3. Select Processes tab and check to see that the following
processes appear.
PPUMainProcess.exe
PPUMainProcess.exe
PPUMainProcess32.exe *32
PPUManageProcessFrame.exe
DXCL030D0117.ai
4. Open Windows Explorer.
5. MovetotheC:\fujiflm\logfolder,anddouble-clickmng_
runningdataYYMMDD.log (YYMMDD is the year/month/day
when the application was installed. The year is the last 2
digitsofthedominicalyear.).
DXCL030D0118.ai
The log fle opens.
DXCL030D0119.ai
6. Press <Ctrl> + <F> keys.
The Find window opens.
7. EnterPPUVersionintheFindwhat:feld,andclick[Find
Next].
DXCL030D0120.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx MC D-92
8. Check to see that the version appears to the right of the
retrieved PPU Version is the same as the released version.
DXCL030D0121.ai
9. Closethelogfle.
10. Shut down the PC.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-1
Appendix E Reinstalling the OS
and Application
(HP PC)
1. Installation Workfow
When formatting or replacing the HDD due, for instance, to its failure, it is
necessary to install the AP from the OS. Presented below is the procedure
used for installing the AP from the OS. Follow the fowchart to install the AP.
See Chapter 5 under
MU: Maintenance
Utility.
Confg backup
4. Installing Database Management System
(Only for RAID Confguration)
6. Installing FRIS Modules
7. Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit
14. Settings for
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers
16. Canceling the AutoPlay
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-2
NOTE
Before installing the OS, note down the DR-ID 300CL host name, IP address,
subnet mask, and other relevant information. These items of information will
be called for during OS installation.
Property sheet
Partition/format
be created)/NTFS
Regional settings
Product key
Indicated on the right-hand side cover
of the PC main unit.
Computer name and
password
Computer name
DAxxxxxxxx (xxxxxxxx: manufacture
number)
accordingly.
characters.
Password fcr-iip
Network settings
Protocol TCP/IP
IP address
accordingly.
Subnet mask
accordingly.
Domain or work group
the default.)
User-related settings
for this computer
(auto logon settings)
Auto logon username Administrator
Password fcr-iip
Monitor settings
Screen area 12001600
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-3
Win7 SP1 (32bit) OS DVD for 6200/8200 V1.0 (114Y5085065A00)
Resource (32bit) CD for 6200/8200 V1.0 (114Y5085066A00)
IMPORTANT
Make backup copy of confg data that stores various DR-ID 300CL and RU
(FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers) settings, ahead of time.
Use the User Utility function to back up user setup information items (place
checkmarks to all the items).
NOTES
OS installation procedures are described herein using a HP Compaq 6200
Pro SF PC models. If other PC models are used, see the user manual that
comes with the PC.
will not be displayed while the OS is being installed. To perform network
settings, be sure to connect the PC to the network (HUB) accordingly before
installation work.
For details of removing the peripheral devices, see Removingthe
peripheral devices in 2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 under
Network connection of DR-ID 300CL
For details of network connection of DR-ID 300CL, see Network
connectionbetweentheDR-ID300CLandtheHUBin2.2.1Installing
and Setting Windows 7 under MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment.
FordetailsofRAIDstructureconfrmation,seeRAIDstructure
confrmation(onlyforDELLOptiPlex780MT/990MT) in 2.2.1
Installing and Setting Windows 7 under MC: Inspection, Replacement
and Adjustment.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-4
Changingbootsequenceofthecomputer(forHPPC)
In here Boot Sequence is changed so that PC starts from CD by the BIOS
menu of a PC.
2. Press the <F10> key when the hp logo appears at the center of
the window.
NOTE
If the <F10> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window will
not open. In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step 2. above
again.
3. SelectStorageStorageOptionsandpressthe<Enter>key.
AWS080205001.ai
The Storage Options window opens.
AWS080205002.ai
4. Select Removable Media Boot and change it to Enabled.
AWS080205016.ai
The system returns to the setup window.
6. SelectFileSaveChangesandExitandpressthe<Enter>
key.
AWS080205014.ai
The Save Changes and Exit window opens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-5
7. Verify that Yes is selected, and then press the <Enter> key.
AWS080205015.ai
PC restarts.
8. Press the <F9> key when logotype of hp appears at the center of
the window.
The Please select boot device window opens.
NOTE
If the <F9> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the Please select
boot device window will not open. In that case, restart the PC to perform
step 8. again.
9. InserttheWin7SP1(32bit)OSDVDfor6200/8200V1.0diskinto
the PC.
10.SelectLegacyBootSourceATAPICD/DVDDriveSATA2
and press the <Enter>.
After a while, the Press any key to boot from CD or DVD message
appears.
After a while, the setup window opens.
NOTE
If you do not press the <Enter> key within about three seconds after the
Press any key to boot from the CD or DVD... message appears at the
upper left corner of the window, the installation CD will not be recognized
accordingly.
For details of re-installing the OS, see Re-installingtheOSin2.2.1
Installing and Setting Windows 7 under MC: Inspection, Replacement
and Adjustment.
Windows setup
For details of Windows setup, seeWindowssetupin2.2.1Installing
and Setting Windows 7 under MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment.
For details of setting the user account, seeSettingtheuseraccount
in 2.2.1 Installing and Setting Windows 7 under MC: Inspection,
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-6
SettingtheUAC(UserAccountControl)
Turn off and disable User Account Control from prompting for credentials to
install applications, and changing the elevation prompt behavior.
DXL03020160.ai
2. Select .
3. Select Change User Account Control Settings.
DXL03020173.ai
The User Account Control Settings window opens.
4. Lower the slide bar to the bottom and click .
DXL03020174.ai
DXL03020175.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-7
5. Click .
The system returns to the User Accounts.
6. Close the User Accounts window.
7. Restart the PC.
Changingbootsequenceofthecomputer2(forHPPC)
1. Press the <F9> key when logotype of hp appears at the center of
the window.
NOTE
If the <F9> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the Setup Window
window will not open. In that case, restart the PC to perform step 2.
again.

2. Select Storage - Storage Options and press the <Enter> key.
AWS080205001.ai
The Storage Options window opens.
AWS080205002.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-8
AWS080205003.ai
The system returns to the setup window.
5. Select File - Save Changes and Exit and press the <Enter>
key.
AWS080205014.ai
The Save Changes and Exit window opens.
6. Verify that Yes is selected, and then press the <Enter> key.
AWS080205015.ai
DXL03020046.ai
NOTE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-9
2.2 Installing the Driver Software
Use the Resource (32bit) CD for 6200/8200 V1.0 (114Y5085066A00) disk
supplied with the PC to install the following driver software items.
REFERENCE
To determine what driver software needs to be installed, you can use Device
Manager. To open Device Manager, perform the following steps:
I. Right-click My Computer from the menu and select Properties
from the pull-down menu that opens.
Install the following driver software items.
NOTE
If the system requests to restart the PC after installation of each driver, restart
the PC.
1. System Drivers
Resource (32bit) CD for 6200/8200 V1.0\1.ChipsetDriver\Setup.exe
2. Video Drivers
Resource (32bit) CD for 6200/8200 V1.0\2.VideoDriver\Setup.exe
NOTE
In the installation, remove the checkmark from Automatically run
WinSAT and enable the Windows Aero desktop theme (if supported)..
3. Network device drivers
Resource (32bit) CD for 6200/8200 V1.0\3.NetworkDriver\IntInst.bat
4. Intel Rapid Storage Technology :
For non-RAID confguration
Resource (32bit) CD for 6200/8200 V1.0\4.RAID_AHCIDriver\AHCI_Setup.bat
For RAID confguration
Resource (32bit) CD for 6200/8200 V1.0\4.RAID_AHCIDriver\RAID_Setup.bat
Refer to Device Manager and install the corresponding driver. Installation
has been completed when the Device Manager window shows no more
exclamation marks ! .
REFERENCE
There is no problem for the following two items with yellow ! mark.
Other device - PCI Serial Port
Other device - PCI Simple Communications Controller
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-10
2.3 Setting the OS
Setting the Network adapters
Setting the volume
Setting the taskbar
Setting the monitor
Confrmation of decimal symbol and digit grouping symbol (other than
Japanese)
Setting the Intel Graphics and Media Control Panel
Deleting unnecessary shortcuts
For details of setting the control panel, see Settingthecontrolpanel
in 2.2.3 Setting the OS under MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment.
Setting the network adapter
2. Click .
3. Right-clickNetworkadapters-Intel(R)82579LMGigabit
Network Connection and select Properties.
DXCL030D0039.ai
The Intel(R) 82579LM Gigabit Network Connection Properties window
opens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-11
4. Select the Power Management tab and remove the checkmark
from Wake on Pattern Match.
DXCL07030E004.ai
5. Click .
Setting the volume
2. Click .
The Sound window opens.
3. Right-click Speakers and select Properties.
DXCL07030E005.ai
The Speakers Propertieswindow opens.
4. Select the Levels tab and move the Speakers slidebar all the
waytotheright(100).
DXCL07030E006.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-12
5. Select the Enhancements tab, place a checkmark to Disable
all enhancements and click [OK].
DXCL07030E007.ai
The system returns to the Sound window.
6. Click .
For details of changing the computer name, see Changingthe
computer name in 2.2.3 Setting the OS under MC: Inspection,
For details of setting the IP address, see SettingtheIPaddress
Adjustment.
Setting the taskbar
For details of setting the taskbar, see Settingthetaskbarin2.2.3
Setting the OS under MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment.
Hidingiconsonthetaskbar
For details of hiding icons on the taskbar, see Hidingiconsonthe
taskbar in 2.2.3 Setting the OS under MC: Inspection, Replacement
and Adjustment.
For details of setting the action center, see Settingtheactioncenter
Adjustment.
For details of setting the automatic OS update, see Settingthe
automatic OS update in 2.2.3 Setting the OS under MC: Inspection,
For details of setting the monitor size, see Settingthemonitorsize
Adjustment.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-13
For details of setting the visual effects, see Settingthevisualeffects
Adjustment.
For details of setting the screen properties, see Settingthe
screen properties in 2.2.3 Setting the OS under MC: Inspection,
For details of setting the automatic window arrangement, see Setting
the automatic window arrangement in 2.2.3 Setting the OS under MC:
For details of setting the power options, see Settingthepower
options in 2.2.3 Setting the OS under MC: Inspection, Replacement
and Adjustment.
For details of setting the Internet time, see SettingtheInternettime
Adjustment.
Fordetailsofcancelingsettingsforsimplifedflesharing,see
Cancelingsettingsforsimplifedflesharingin2.2.3SettingtheOS
For details of addition of components, see Additionofcomponents
Adjustment.
For details of disabling the scheduler, see Disablingthescheduler
Adjustment.
Confrmationofdecimalsymbolanddigitgroupingsymbol
(otherthanJapanese)
Fordetailsofconfrmationofdecimalsymbolanddigitgroupingsymbol,
see Confrmationofdecimalsymbolanddigitgroupingsymbol
(otherthanJapanese)in2.2.3SettingtheOSunderMC:Inspection,
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-14
Setting the Intel Graphics and Media Control Panel
1. Right-click at the lower right corner of the window, and
select Exit Tray.
DXCL07030E001.ai
The icon disappears from the task tray.
n Deleting unnecessary shortcuts
1. Select All Programs from the menu.
All Programs is displayed in the Start menu.
2. Right-click Korea Media Player Center and select Delete
while pressing the <Shift> key.
The Delete Shortcut window opens.
3. Click .
4. Delete Korea Messenger Center in the same way as in steps 1.
through 3.
5. Right-click the shortcuts for Korea Media Player Center and
Korea Messenger Center and select Delete while pressing
the <Shift> key.
DXCL07030E002.ai
The Delete Multiple Items window opens.
DXCL07030E003.ai
6. Click .
7. Double-click .
The Recycle Bin window opens.
8. ConfrmthatnothingisleftandclosetheRecycleBinwindow.
NOTE
If fles are displayed, empty the Recycle Bin.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-15
For details of Setting up the monitor, see 3. Setting Up the Monitor
4. Installing Database
Management System
For details of installing database management system, see 4. Installing
Database Management System under MC: Inspection, Replacement
and Adjustment.
For details of installing the AP, see 5.1 Installing the AP under MC:
For details of replacing the menu database, see 5.2 Replacing the Menu
Database under MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment.
5.3 Installing the RAID Status Display
Tool (Only for RAID Confguration)
For details of installing the RAID Status Display Tool, see 5.4 Installing
theRAIDStatusDisplayTool(OnlyforRAIDConfgurationinV5.0or
Later)underMC:Inspection,ReplacementandAdjustment.
6. Installing FRIS Modules
For details of Installing FRIS modules, see 6.2 FRIS Modules under MC:
7. Installing the DR-ID 300CL
Standard Kit
For details of installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit, see 7.2 Installing
theDR-ID300CLStandardKit(V5.0orLater)underMC:Inspection,
8. Installing the Electronic
Manual
For details of installing the Electronic Manual, see 8. Installing
the Electronic Manual under MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment.
For details of option key installation, see 9. Option Key Installation
For details of AP key installation, see 10. AP Key Installation under MC:
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx MC E-16
For details of initializing the image database, see 11. Initializing the
Image Database under MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment.
(LUT fle settings)
Fordetailsofdisplayoptimization(LUTflesettings),see12. Display
Optimization(LUTflesettings)underMC:Inspection,Replacement
and Adjustment.
Fordetailsofrestoringtheconfg,see13.RestoringtheConfgunder
14. Settings for the FPD/
Cassette-type Image Readers
For details of settings for the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers, see
14. Settings for the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers under MC:
For details of Firewall settings, see 15. Firewall Settings under MC:
16. Canceling the AutoPlay
For details of canceling the AutoPlay, see 16. Canceling the AutoPlay
Mode under MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment.
For details of setting the event log, see 17. Setting the Event Log under
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-I
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-II
Control Sheet
Issue date Revisionnumber Reason Pagesaffected
08/20/2009 01 Newrelease(FM5581) Allpages
04/15/2010 02 RevisionforV4.0(FM5668) I, II, 46, 16, 19, 21, 25, 4456, 68,
84, 86, 98, 102, 106111, 114119,
122,AppxMUD-14,
AppxMUF-14
04/15/2010 02 Changes in pagination (FM5668) 5767, 6983, 85, 8797, 99101,
103105, 112, 113, 120, 121
02/28/2011 03 RevisionforV5.0(FM5818) I, II, 110, 1223, 2528, 3037,
4563, 75, 79, 97, 99101,
105113, 115124, 126129,
AppxMCA-1,AppxMCB-18,
AppxMCC-1,AppxMCD-1,3,
AppxMCF-1,4,AppxMCH-14,
AppxMCI-14,AppxMCJ-120
8096, 98, 102104, 114, 125, 130
08/31/2011 04 RevisionforV6.0(FM5897) I, II, 35, 79, 1324, 2638,
4765, 84, 100, 113115, 118124,
128131,133,134,AppxMUA-1,
AppxMUC-13,AppxMUJ-10
08/31/2011 04 Changes in pagination (FM5897) 25, 3946, 6683, 8599, 101112,
116, 117, 125127, 132,
AppxMUC-4,AppxMUJ-1119
12/15/2011 05 RevisionforV6.1(FM5944) I, II, 10, 11, 15, 16, 1826, 50,
6166, 68, 7072, 75, 7780, 111,
117, 118, 121123, 127,
AppxMUB-1,7,8,AppxMUK-14
12/15/2011 05 Changes in pagination (FM5944) 9, 1214, 17, 2749, 5160, 67, 69,
73, 74, 76, 81110, 112116, 119,
120, 124126, 128138
03/31/2012 06 RevisionforV6.2(FM6000) I, II, 4, 6, 7, 15, 18, 24, 27, 39, 52,
56, 59, 64, 68, 69, 74, 83, 91,
AppxMUF-3,AppxMUJ-18,
AppxMUK-3,AppxMUL-112,
AppxMUM-14
4051, 5355, 57, 58, 6063,
6567, 7073, 7582, 8490,
92138
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-III
Control Sheet
09/12/2012 07 RevisionforV6.2(FM6055) I, II, 11, 19, 20, 27, 3137, 4043,
45, 48, 49, 51, 58, 6274, 87, 104,
106, 118, 124, 125, 134, 136, 144,
AppxMUB-7,8,AppxMUN-112
5961, 7586, 88103, 105,
107117, 119123, 126133, 135,
137143
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-IV
BLANKPAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MU-1
1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility
Thissectionexplainsabouttheproceduresforstarting/exitingthe
ServiceUtility,whichisusedasaserviceutilitytoolduringDR-ID300CL
installation and servicing.
Starting the Service Utility
The procedure for starting the Service Utility varies depending on
whethertheDR-ID300CL-PCpowerisONorOFF.
WhenthePCpowerisOFF
1. TurnONthePCpower.
Windowsstartsup.Afteraboutoneminute,theDR-ID300CL-AP
starts.
NOTE
A window like that shown below opens in case the date and time
displayed on the PC are older than those when it was started last
time.
Click [OK] on the window that opens, and set correct date and time
on the Date/Time Properties window.
DCL41002.EPS
If this window opens, the PC battery is possible to be dead. Use
the procedure below to check.
1. Set the current date/time.
2. Turn the power to the PC OFF and disconnect the power cable
from the outlet.
3. After a few minutes, re-connect the power cable and turn the
power to the PC ON again.
4. Check to see that the set date/time are correct. If the date/time
values revert back to those before settings, have the PC be fxed
properly to change the battery.
2. Whentheinitialwindowopens,sequentiallyclickitsupper

DXL03100001.ai
TheEnterPasswordwindowopens.
Utility and click .
DXL41001.ai
TheServiceUtilitystartsandtheIIPServiceUtilitywindow
opens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
MU-2
WhenthePCpowerisON
1. ClickShutDowninthe menu( menuinV4.0
orearlier).
Theexitwindowopens.
2. Click while holding down the <Shift> key.
3. Fromthe menu,sequentiallychooseAll
Programs,FujiFilm,andConsoleAdvance.
NOTE
For V4.0 or earlier, sequentially choose All Programs, Fuji Film,
and DR-Console from the menu.
TheDR-ID300CL-APstartsinaboutoneminute.
4. Whentheinitialwindowopens,sequentiallyclickitsupper
DXL03100001.ai
Utility and click .
DXL41001.ai
TheServiceUtilitystartsandtheIIPServiceUtilitywindow
opens.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
MU-3
Exiting the Service Utility
1. Click[ExitServiceUtility]ontheIIPServiceUtilitywindow.
DXCL040401001.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-4
2. Overview of
Service Utility Functions
WhentheServiceUtilitystartsrunning,thefollowingwindow(herein-
after referred to as the main menu) opens.
DXCL040401002.ai
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIV
XV (Applicable only in Japan)
XVII
XVI
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
MU-5
I.SetupStudySharing(V6.0orlater)
This menu item is used for setup of study information sharing.
Fordetailsofthesetupprocedure,seeAppendix31
PerformingStudyInformationSharingSetup(Cluster
Connection)underAppxIN:InstallationAppendix.
II.SetupConfgurationItem
This menu item is used for DR-ID 300CL system information setup,
networksetup,DICOMsetup,automaticdistributioncodesetup,and
other setup purposes.
Thisisthemostfrequentlyusedmenuitemforinstallation.
Fordetailsofthiswindow,see3.VariousConfguration
SettingsSetupConfgurationItem.
REFERENCE
Automatic distribution code setup is performed with the Service
Utility. However, attribute distribution setup is performed with a user
utility. Attribute distribution setup is basically performed by the user.
III. LUT
ThismenuitemisusedforsetupofLUTfleinformation(aflethat
optimizesthewindowdisplay)forthedisplaythattheDR-ID300CL
supports.
4.DisplayOptimizationLUT
IV.ConfgurationRestore/Backup
ThismenuitemisusedtobackuporrestoreDR-ID300CLsetupdata.
Thefollowingflesarebackeduporrestored.
m Restoringtargetfles(forV4.0orearlier)
SysConfg.mdb
System settings
Printersettings
CSL settings
QAprocesssettings
NetConfg.mdb
Connectedequipmentinformationtable
Connectiondestinationsetuptable
DicomPrintsortdestinationsetuptable
Distributioncodesettings
PN.mdb PN(PersonName)settings
TagReplace.ini SetupforDICOMtagreplacement
Selector.mdb Selector setup
TagLookup.ini DICOMtagediting
FilmStrFmt.env Filmcharacterdefnition
BcrDataFormat.mdb Barcodeformatsettings
ExposureResultLog.
mdb
Setup for exposure result log output items
MWMTagSetting.mdb
SetupinformationformappingDICOM
MWLC-FINDtagsandinternaldata
RejectComment.mdb
Setting for comments on mis-exposed
images
UMB_SFPD.prm Setting for unevenness removal processing
PConsoleSer.mdb PConsolesettings
MassOrder.mdb
Setting for mass screening order issuance
function
V4.0only
IDMassHistory.mdb PatientIDhistory V4.0only
IDAutoConvert.mdb Setting for patient ID auto-convert function V4.0only
schema.ini
Settingfordefnitionofexamineelistflefor
V4.0only
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-6
m Restoringtargetfles(forV5.0orlater)
Files Contents Version Remarks
SysConfg.mdb
System settings
Printersettings
CSL settings
QAprocesssettings
NetConfg.mdb
Connectedequipmentinformationtable
Connectiondestinationsetuptable
DicomPrintsortdestinationsetuptable
Distributioncodesettings
PN.mdb PN(PersonName)settings
DDT_CRPrv.xml
DDT_CRPrvUnst.xml
DDT_CRStd.xml
DDT_DXPres.xml
DDT_DXProc.xml
Settingsforreplacing/editingtheDICOMtags
Selector.mdb
AllflesintheSelectorIconfolder
Selector setup (including the device setup etc.)
FilmStrFmt.env Filmcharacterdefnition
BcrDataFormat.mdb Barcodeformatsettings
ExposureResultLog.mdb Setup for exposure result log output items
MWMQuerySource.inf
DDT_MWL_RQ.xml
DDT_MWL_RP.xml
SetupinformationformappingDICOMMWLC-FINDtagsand
internal data
RejectComment.mdb Setting for comments on mis-exposed images *1
UMB_SFPD.prm
UMB_ATLAS1u.prm
UMB_ATLAS1t.prm
UMB_ATLAS2u.prm
UMB_ATLAS2t.prm
UMB_ATLAS1a.prm
Setting for unevenness removal processing
PresetTextMarker.xml Textmarkerpresetinformationandtextmarkerdefnitionfle OnlyV5.0andV6.0 *1
ExposureIndex.prm Setting for ExposureIndex display function
*1 Ifusershavecustomizedthesettings,deletethecorrespondingtargetflesbeforerestoration.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-7
Files Contents Version Remarks
DataEditor.mdb
DataEditorNotmalItemSetting.xml
DataEditorOrderFormMainItemSetting.xml
DataEditorOrderFormNotmalItemSetting.xml
DataEditorSettingFormMainItemSelectSetting.xml
DataEditorSettingFormMainItemSetting.xml
DataEditorSettingFormNotmalItemSetting.xml
Setupfororderinformationconfrmation OnlyV5.0andV6.0 *1
OverlayItemList.xml
OverlayConfg.xml
Settings for overlaying additional information OnlyV5.0andV6.0 *1
DDT_MPPS_NC.xml
DDT_MPPS_NS.xml
CustomizesettingsforPPStag
TomoExposureCondID.xml Settings of exposure conditions for Tomosynthesis V6.1orlater
TomoReconstructionMode.xml DefnitionofreconstructionmodetypeforTomosynthesis V6.1orlater
MassOrder.mdb Setting for mass screening order issuance function V6.2orlater
IDMassHistory.mdb PatientIDhistory V6.2orlater
IDAutoConvert.mdb Setting for patient ID auto-convert function V6.2orlater
schema.ini SettingfordefnitionofexamineelistfleforpatientIDauto-convert V6.2orlater
IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat Setup of rules applied for automatic patient ID issuance V6.2orlater
*1 Ifusershavecustomizedthesettings,deletethecorrespondingtargetflesbeforerestoration.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-8
V.RetrieveEDRBackupData
This menu item is used to retrieve EDR image data stored in the
DR-ID 300CL and save it on an FD or the like.
ForprocedurestoretrieveEDRdata,see
6.RetrievingEDRDataRetrieveEDRBackupData.
REFERENCE
The EDR data refers to data halfway through a calculation task while
EDR processing is being performed. This data is used to analyze
later how EDR processing was performed actually.
VI.VerifyConnection
This menu item is used to verify the connection to other connected
equipment.TheDR-ID300CLoffersthefollowingconnection
verifcationfunctions:
UsingthePING(connectedequipmenthostnameorIPaddress
inputrequired)toverifythenetworkconnectiontootherconnected
equipment.
UsingconnectedequipmentsAEname(ApplicationEntityName)
toverifytheconnectiontoDICOMconnectedequipment
For details on procedures to verify the connection with other
connectedequipment,see7.VerifyingtheConnectionto
OtherConnectedEquipmentVerifyConnection.
VII.Edit/ViewFilmString
ThismenuitemisusedtodirectlyedittheflenamedFilmStrFmt.
envfle,whichdefnestheflmannotationcharacterformat.Thetool
namedViewFilmStringcanalsobeusedtoconfrmon-screenflm
NOTE
The contents of the FilmStrFmt.env fle are written in Unicode.
Therefore, use NotePad or other Unicode-compliant text editor for
editing purposes.
FordetailsoneditingtheFilmStrFmt.envfleandusingthe
ViewFilmString,see8.1FilmAnnotationCharacterSetup
(DirectEditingofFilmStrFmt).
VIII.DataBaseUtility
Thismenuitemisusedtoinitializeimagedatabase,delete(clearing
offtheimageoutputqueue)accumulatedimagesfromoutputqueue
andinitializepatientdatabase.
Fordetailsontheoperationprocedures,see9.Management
ofVariousDatabasesDataBaseUtility.
IX. Magnetic Card Setting
This menu item is used to set the data format for magnetic cards
(hospitalcards)anddefneISOcardreadcharactercode.
Fordetailsonthedataformat,seeAppendix2SettingUpthe
MagneticCard[Option]underAppxIN:Installation.
FordetailsondefnitionrelatedtotheISOcard,see
10.SettingtheMagneticCardMagneticCardSetting.
X.BarcodeSetting
Thismenuitemisusedforbarcodesetup.
Fordetailsontheformat,see11.SettingtheBarcode
BarcodeSetting.
XI. Selector Setting
Thismenuitemisusedforselectorsetupnecessarywhen
connectingFPDequipmentandcassette-typeImageReader.
Fordetailsonsetupprocedures,see12.SettingtheSelectors
SelectorSetting.
XII.ViewEventLog
ThismenuitemisusedtolaunchtheEventViewerofWindows
Vista.TheEventViewerallowsyoutoconfrmerrorsoccurringinthe
OSorDR-ID300CL-AP.
FordetailsonEventViewer,see2.UsingtheEventViewer
underMT:MachineTroubleshooting.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-9
XIII.Log/ConfgurationFilesAcquisitionTool
ThismenuitemisusedtocompressDR-ID300CLlogflesor
severalsetupflesatatimeandbackthemuponHD.
This function is useful for looking into causes of errors that occur.
Fordetailsonprocedurestocollectlogflesandeach
confgurationfle,see13.CollectingtheLogandConfguration
FilesLog/ConfgurationFilesAcquisitionTool.
XIV.DICOMMWLC-FINDTagSetting
This menu item is used to perform internal data mapping for the tags
tobesetupfortheinformationabouttheDR-ID300CLsinquiries
addressedtotheRIS(C-FIND-RQ)andthetagsreceivedintheform
ofaresponsefromtheRIStotheDR-ID300CL(C-FIND-RSP).
Fordetailsontagmapping,see14.SettingtheDICOMMWL
C-FINDTagsDICOMMWLC-FINDTagSetting(V4.0or
Earlier).
XV. IdAutoConvertSetting(ApplicableonlyinJapan)(V4.0only)
This menu item is used to set up the patient ID auto-convert function.
FordetailsonprocedurestosetupthepatientIDconversion
function,seeAppendix22AutoConvertPatientIDunder
AppxIN:Installation.
XVI.DeviceSetting(V5.0orlater)
ThismenuitemisusedtoregisterFPD.
Fordetailsonregistrationprocedures,see15.Registeringthe
ImageDetectorsDeviceSetting(V5.0orLater).
XVII. Exit Service Utility
This menu item is used for exiting the Service Utility mode.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-10
3. VariousConfgurationSettings
SetupConfgurationItem
Whenyouclick[SetupConfgurationItem]onthemainmenu,the
followingwindowopens.
Variousitemsarelistedinatreeform(theseitemsarehereinafter
referredtoastreeitems)underCONFIG.Whenyouclicktheseitems,
youcanopenwindowstosetdetailedinformationforspecifctreeitems.
DXL43001.ai
Items listed in
a tree form
(tree items)
Theindividualtreeitemsaredetailedinthefollowingsubsection.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-11
3.1 MeaningsofIndividualTreeItems
Intheindividualtreeitems,thefollowingitemscanbesetup.
SYSTEMCONFIG
Thistreeitemisusedtosetthebasicinformationaboutthe
DR-ID 300CL.
Clickingthe+signtotheleftofSYSTEMCONFIGdisplaysthe
SYSTEMCONFIGtreeitems.
ThedisplayeditemsallowyoutosettheDR-ID300CLsystem
information (Iinthewindowillustrationbelow),QAfunctionality(II),
Printoutfunctionality(III), IDT or Console functionality (IV), trimming
functionality (V),ImageReaderQCfunctionality(VI),DICOMquery/
retrieve functionality (VII) and Tomosynthesis functionality (VIII).
DXCL050403001.ai
III
V
VI
(*1)
VII
(*2)
VIII
(*3)
IV
II
I
(*1) 8.CONFIGQCappearsonlywhentheImageReaderQC
optionkeyhasbeeninstalled(V4.0orearlierorV6.1orlater).
(*2) 10.CONFIGQRappearsonlywhentheDICOMQuery/
Retrieveoptionkeyhasbeeninstalled(V4.0orearlier).
(*3) 99.CONFIGFIXisdisplayedwhenHF0002(V6.1)orlateris
applied.
Fordetailson1.IMAGEMODALITY,see3.4Confguration
Details1.IMAGEMODALITY.
Fordetailson3.QAFUNCTION,see3.5Confguration
Details3.QAFUNCTION.
Fordetailson4.PRINTER,see3.6ConfgurationDetails
4.PRINTER.
Fordetailson5.CSL/IDTFUNCTION,see3.7Confguration
Details5.CSL/IDTFUNCTION.
Fordetailson7.CONFIGOPTION,see3.8Confguration
Details7.CONFIGOPTION.
Fordetailson8.CONFIGQC,see3.9ConfgurationDetails
8.CONFIGQC.
Fordetailson10.CONFIGQR,see3.10Confguration
Details10.CONFIGQR.
Fordetailson99.CONFIGFIX,see3.11Confguration
Details99.CONFIGFIX.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-12
PERSONNAME
Thistreeitemisusedtodefnethesequenceofpatientname
elements and characters that delimit names.
Clickingthe+signtotheleftofPERSONNAMEdisplaysthe
itemsfordefningthedetailsofPERSONNAME.
FordetailsonPERSONNAME,see3.12SettingtheName
ElementsforDICOMConnection.
NETWORKCONFIG
ThistreeitemisusedtosettheDR-ID300CL/connectedequipment
networkinformationandperformDICOMsetup.
Clickingthe+signtotheleftofNETWORKCONFIGdisplaysthe
NETWORKCONFIGtreeitems.
ThedisplayeditemsallowyoutosettheDR-ID300CLmainunit
information
(Iinthewindowillustrationbelow)andconnectedequipment
information (II).
I
II
00000063.EPS
DISTRIBUTIONCODE
Thistreeitemisusedtoperformautomaticdistributioncodesetup
sothatimagescanbedistributedautomaticallytoadeviceofFILE
attribute(adeviceofHD_FILEattributeinV4.0orearlier).
CONNECTINGEQUIPMENT
Thistreeitemisusedtodefnetheconnectedequipmentthatis
connected to the DR-ID 300CL.
FILMSORTING
ThistreeitemisusedtodefnetheflmsortingconditionsforDICOM
prints.
FordetailsonFILMSORTING,see3.13SettingUptheDICOM
PrintFilmSortingFunction.
IDTCONNECTING
Thistreeitemisusedtomakepatientinformationavailablebeing
sharedwiththeDR-ID300CLandCR-IR348CLthatareonthesame
network.
FordetailsonIDTCONNECTING,see3.14PatientInformation
SharingFunctionSetup.
MACADDRESS
ThistreeitemisusedtopreventerroroccurrencethatdisablesMac
AddresstobeacquiredatDR-ID300CL-APstartup.
FordetailsonMACADDRESS,see3.15MACAddressManual
Input.
LOGSHARE
ThistreeitemisusedtoregisterthetargetDR-ID300CLshost
nameandIPaddresswhenusingtheRetakeAnalysisfunctionand
theIPusecountcalculationfunction.
FordetailsonLOGSHARE,see3.16LogInformationSharing
FunctionSetup.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-13
3.2 EditingtheListedConfgurationItems
When you click a tree item in the left-hand area of the Setup
ConfgurationItemwindow,alistofsetupitemsappearsintheright-
handareaofthewindow(thislistishereinafterreferredtoasa
confgurationlist).
Thissectionexplainsabouttheprocedureforeditingthesetupitemsin
aconfgurationlist.
REFERENCE
A confguration list appears when you click the following tree items:
A maximum of fve tree items under SYSTEM CONFIG
(Display items are different depending on the used software version
and options.)
PERSON NAME
DXL43002.ai
1. Double-clicktheValuecolumntotherightofaconfguration
itemname.
00000065.EPS Value column
2. Editaconfgurationitem.
Whenthecolumnyoudouble-clickedchangestoadirectinput
feld(e.g., )
I. Withthemouse,selectthetexttobeedited,andthenkeyin
newtext.
Whenthecolumnyoudouble-clickedchangestoapull-down
menu (e.g., )
I. Clickthedownwardarrowmark( )forthepull-downmenu
(e.g., ), and then choose a target item
fromthepull-downmenu.
Whenthecolumnyoudouble-clickedchangestoafeldwith
upwardanddownwardarrowmarks(e.g., )
I. Clicktheupwardarrowmark( )ordownwardarrowmark
( ) to change the value as desired.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-14
3.3 SavingtheConfgurationData
Tosavetheconfgurationdata,performeitherofthefollowing
procedureswiththemouseorkeyboard:
Savingwiththemouse
1. FromtheConfg(F)menu,clickSave(V).
Aconfrmationwindowopens.
2. Click[YES].
Thesystemsavestheeditedconfgurationdata.
Savingwiththekeyboard
1. Holddownthe<Alt>keyandpressthe<F>key.
Apull-downmenuopens.
2. Press the <V> key.
Thesystemsavestheeditedconfgurationdata.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-15
3.4 ConfgurationDetails1.IMAGEMODALITY
IMAGEMODALITYsetupitems(1to5)
No. Name Selection Meaning
For cluster
connection
1 System Common
Date Format
0: Japanesedate(S62.10.07)
1: ANSIlongdate(1987.OCT.07)
2: ANSIshortdate(1987.10.07)
3: Americanlongdate(OCT.07.1987)
4: Americanshortdate(0.07.1987)
5: Europeanlongdate(07.OCT.1987)
6: Europeanshortdate(07.10.1987)
Specifyingthedateformattobeusedinmedicalinstitutions.
*Thedateformatisapplicableincommontoentryofthedateof
birth,monitordisplay,flmoutput,andallotherdate-related
representations.
*Bydefault,0:JapanesedateisdeterminedintheDR-ID300CL-
APCD.
Agreement
required.
2 AlertMSGDisplay
When Deleting Image
Yes
Afterselecting[Delete],theconfrmationscreenforimage
deletionwillbedisplayed.Pressing[OK]willdeletethespecifed
item.
No
Afterselecting[Delete],theconfrmationscreenforimage
deletionwillnotbedisplayedandthespecifeditemdeleted
immediately.
Specifyingwhetherornottodisplaytheconfrmationscreenfor
imagedeletionbeforeactuallydeletinganimage.
Agreement
required.
3 ActivateErrorRecovery
Retrial
Yes
The system continues retrial processing until the connected
devicesarerecovered.Oncerecovered,itautomatically
continues output (including printout) of image accumulated on
theoutputqueue.
No
Thesystemdoesnotoutput(print)imagesinstandbystatus
unless it manually outputs (including printout) such images.
Specifyingwhetherornottoactivateretrialprocessingafterthe
error occurrence.
Agreement
required.
4 Institute/SiteName
Strings
Amaximumof60one-bytecharacter.
(FUJIFILMHOSPITAL)
Settingthemedicalinstitutionname(in1-bytecharacters).
*Forlanguagesetupofone-bytecharacters,ahospitalname
specifedherewillbeprintedonflm.
*Besuretouse1-bytecharactersforenteringmedicalinstitution
name as they are used in the DMS system.
*Makesuretoenter1-bytecharactersonthekeyboard.
*Thedefaultnumberofcharactersprintedonflmis20ata
maximum.
Agreement
required.
5 ImageSizebyinchor
Metric
0:Inch
Displays 14"14" and 14"17" images in the inch system.
1:Metric
Displays 14"14" and 14"17" images in the metric system.
Specifying the Image size.
*ThisisthesetupiteminV4.0orearlier.
:Defaultsetting,*:Note
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-16
For cluster
connection
6 TwoindependentMask
SizesApplicabletoLeft
and Right images
Yes
SetsindependentRNfortherightandleftimages.
(Hipmnrl.prm is used.)
No
SetsthesameRNfortherightandleftimages.
(Hipmenu.prm is used.)
SpecifyingwhetherornottosetupfrequencyprocessingRN
independentlyfortherightandleftimagesonthedouble-image
output.
7 Language Setup for
Screen Message
0 : Japanese
1 : English
2 : German
3 : French
4 : Spanish
5 : Italian
6 : Swedish
7 : Finnish
8 : Danish
9 : Norwegian
10: Korean
11: ChineseSimple
12: ChineseTraditional
13: Portuguese
14: Polish
15: Hungarian
16: Czech
17: Russian
19: Turkish
Specifying the language used.
* Change the setting as necessary for a desired language.
Agreement
required.
8 Institute/SiteNamein
Two-ByteCharacters
Amaximumof15two-bytecharacters.
( )
Specifying the kanji medical institution name.
*Besuretoentertwo-bytecharactersonthekeyboard.
(Usingthe<Alt>+< / >keys,thecharacterentrymodecan
bemadeavailableforenteringtwobytecharacters.)
*Thedefaultnumberofcharactersprintedonflmis15ata
maximum.
*Forlanguagesetupoftwo-bytecharacters,ahospitalname
specifedherewillbeprintedonflm.
Agreement
required.
9 UID Issuance after
Modifying ID
Information
Yes
IssuesnewimageUIDandSOPInstanceUID.
No
DoesnotissuenewimageUIDandSOPInstanceUID.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoissuenewimageUIDandSOP
InstanceUIDwhenmodifyingthepatient,study,seriesorimage
information.
*SelectYesifyouwishtoidentifyimagesforeachmodifcation.
Agreement
required.
ModifyingNormalized
Parameter
Yes
No
InstanceUIDwhenmodifyingtheconditionsfornormalization.
Agreement
required.
Modifying Image
ProcessingParameter
Yes
No
InstanceUIDwhenmodifyingimageprocessingparameters.
Agreement
required.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-17
For cluster
connection
12 UIDIssuanceBefore
SendingProcessed
Data
Yes
No
SpecifyingwhetherornottooutputanSOPInstanceUIDasthe
processedCRimageUIDwhengeneratingprocessedimage
output.
Agreement
required.
13 DICOMSeries
GenerationLogic
0:1Study-Nseriesand1Series-1image
Issuesanumbersothatithasmultipleseriesforonestudyand
only one image for one series.
1:1Study-Nseriesand1Series-Mimage
Issuesanumbersothatithasmultipleseriesforonestudyand
multiple images for one series.
2:1Study-1seriesand1Series-Nimage
Issuesanumbersothatithasonlyoneseriesforonestudyand
Specifying the series generation logic.
Detailedexplanations
Agreement
required.
14 System Recognition ID
(AtoZ)
A_Z(A) Setting the system ID.
*Refectedontheimageattributesandusedforautomaticstudy
numbergeneration.
*AssignauniqueIDindividuallyforeachequipmentunit.
*Besuretoenterone-bytecharactersonthekeyboard.
Besureto
assign a
uniqueIDfor
each CL.
15 UserUtilityPassword
RequiredorNot
0: NoPasswordRequired
Passwordentryisnotrequired.
1: DefaultPassword
Asthedefault,1111isenteredforthepassword.
Entering111111willenableyoutousethegroupupdatemenuof
exposure menu parameters (for services).
2: PasswordRequired
Hidesthedefaultpassword(1111).
Entering111111willenableyoutousethegroupupdatemenuof
exposure menu parameters.
Specifyingifpasswordentryisrequiredwhenenteringtheuser
utility mode.
*FromV5.0,thisitemhasbeenchangedto
IMAGEMODALITYNo.305.
16 SOPClassUIDfor
PPSWhenNoFILE
AttributeOutput
1.2.840.10008.5.1.4.1.1.1
1.2.392.200036.9125.1.1.2
SpecifyinganSOPClassUIDthatissentbacktoPPSwhenno
other connected hosts are set up as the destinations for FILE
attributeimageoutput.
*ForV5.0orlater,OD/HDattributesareunifed,sothatSOPClass
UIDwillbesentbacktoPPSasfollows.
(1) : IfthedestinationforoutputissetinUserUtility,SOPclassof
itsdestinationforoutputwillbeapplied.
(2) : If the destination for output is not set in User Utility, the
topmostSOPclasswhichissettothedistributioncodewill
beapplied.
(3) : If(1)and(2)abovearenotset,thesettingofNo.16willbe
applied.
Agreement
required.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-18
IMAGEMODALITYsetupitems(17to19,21to26)
For cluster
connection
17 ProtocolNameforPPS 0: FunctionCode
Sets up a Code (function codes such as RT, TS, ES, etc.).
1: ANKMenuName
SetsupaMenuName(exposuremenu)inalphanumerics.
SpecifyingavalueusedforsetupoftheProtocolNameforPPS. Agreement
required.
18 DisplayPerformed
ProcedureonWorklist
Tab
Yes
No
Specifyingwhetherornottodisplayanalreadyperformedstudyin
theDR-ID300CLworklist.Forastudyalreadyperformed,
specifyingNOwillhideitevenifitsrelatedinformationissentfrom
MWM.Basically,specifyNOwhenthePPSfunctionisnotavailable.
Agreement
required.
19 KindofOutputImage
(EnergySubtraction)
0: L,H,B,S L : Low-energyimage
1: L,B,S H: High-energyimage
2: L,S B : Boneimage
3: L,B S : Softtissueimage
4: L,H
Specifyingacombinationofimagetypestobetransferredtoother
connectedequipment.
Agreement
required.
21 ConnectionBetween
Reader and Console
1:N-N
N-Nconnection
2:N-N(NotUseIPBarcode)
N-Nconnection(NotUseIPBarcode)
Setting connection conditions of DR-ID 300CL and RU.
22 Long Type Character
Format
Yes
Decreasesthefontsizestoincreasethenumberofdisplayable
characters.
No
Doesnotincreasethenumberofdisplayablecharacters.
SpecifyingthefontsizesoftheIDnumberandotheritemsforCRT
displayandflmannotationcharacterprinting.
*Notethattheitemtobespecifedforactuallyincreasingthe
numberofcharactersisseparatelyavailable.
Agreement
required.
23 Tag Mapped on Study
Menu at MWM Use
0040,0100>0040,0007 DICOM-defnedtagnumberstobemappedontoastudymenufor
MWM use.
Agreement
required.
24 PerformMappingto
Exposure Menu at
MWM Use
Yes
Performsmapping.
No
Does not perform mapping.
Specifyingwhetherornottoperformmappingforstudyand
exposuremenusduringMWMuse.IfNoisselected,onlythe
patientinformationwillbeusedtoinitiateastudyprocess(the
exposuremenuorotherdatawillnotbetransmitted).
Agreement
required.
25 Display Dialog When
Failed in Mapping to
Menu at MWM Use
Yes
Opensawarningwindow.
No
Doesnotopenawarningwindow.
Specifyingwhetherornottoopenawarningwindowwhenmapping
is not successfully performed for a DR-ID 300CL study menu or
exposure menu during MWM use.
Agreement
required.
26 Use Study InstanceUID
from RIS
Yes
Uses the Study Instance UID sent from the RIS.
No
Does not use the Study Instance UID sent from the RIS.
SpecifyingwhetherornottousetheStudyInstanceUIDthatis
transmitted from the F-RIS.
*ToenabletheMWMOrderfunction,theStudyInstanceUIDmust
bereceivedunfailinglyfromtheRIS.Unlessotherwise,nostudies
canbestarted.
Agreement
required.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-19
IMAGEMODALITYsetupitems(27to30,32)
For cluster
connection
27 StudyInstanceUID
GenerationLogic
Type1
<companyname>.2.1.<studynumber>
Type2
<companyname>.2.2<studydate><modality>.
<studynumber>
Type3
<companyname>.2.3.<studydate><modality>.
<patientID>
Type4
<companyname>.2.4.<studydate>.<patientID>.
<requestingdepartment>
Type5
<companyname>.2.5.<ordernumber>
Type6
<companyname>.2.6.<studydate>.<ordernumber>
Type7
<companyname>.2.<MACaddress>.<TimeStamp>.
<machine-dependentIDnumber>
StudyInstanceUIDnumberissuetypeforDR-ID300CLinternal
numberissuance.
*IftheordernumberdoesnotexistortheStudyInstanceUIDis
longerthanspecifed,thesystemautomaticallyusesType7.
Agreement
required.
28 DicomStorageOutput
ConnectionNumber
1 to 4 ( 3) NumberofconnectionssimultaneouslyavailableforDicomStorage
output generation.
Agreement
required.
29 ImageNumber
GenerationLogic
0: SystemID+SerialNumber
Attachesamachineshipmentcontrolnumber.
1: SerialNumber
Doesnotattachamachineshipmentcontrolnumber.
Specifyingwhetherornottoattachamachineshipmentcontrol
numbertothebeginningoftheImageNumber.
Thisnumberisprintedonflmaswell.
Agreement
required.
30 DisplayPixelSize 264 Constantapplicabletoanimagedisplayedat100%sizeforQA
purpose.Tobechangedinaccordancewiththemonitortype.
10.4touchpanelLCDmonitor :206
17touchpanelLCDmonitor :264
2McolormonitorRadiforceRX211/RX220/RX240 :270
32 KindofPrintImage
(ImageCombining
Process)
0: Original
Originalimageonly.
1 : Original+Combined
Originalimageandcombinedimage(reducedto3543cmimage).
2: Combined
Combinedimageonly(reducedto3543cmimage).
3: Combined(Lifesize)
Combinedimage(lifesize)
4: Combined(Lifesize)+Combined
Combinedimage(lifesize)+combinedimage(reducedto
3543cmimage).
Specifyingimagetypeoftheflmoutputthatisgeneratedupon
imagecombination.
When you are specifying 3 or 4 (life-size image output) for the setup
value,alsoconfrmsetupvaluesforNos.75and76ofPRINTER
setup items.
*ThissettingcanalsobechangedfromUserUtility.Thelatest
settingtakeseffectnomatterwhichutilityisused.
Agreement
required.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-20
For cluster
connection
33 KindofTransferImage
(ImageCombining
Process)
0: Original
Originalimageonly.
1: Original+Combined
Originalimageandcombinedimage(reducedto3543cmimage).
2: Combined
Combinedimageonly(reducedto3543cmimage).
3: Combined(Lifesize)
Combinedimage(lifesize)
4: Combined(Lifesize)+Combined
Combinedimage(lifesize)+combinedimage(reducedto
3543cmimage).
5: Combined(Lifsize2)
Combinedimage(lifesize2)
6: Original+Combined(Lifsize2)
Originalimageandcombinedimage(lifesize2).
Specifyingimagetypeofthenetworkoutputthatisgeneratedupon
imagecombination.
*ThissettingcanalsobechangedfromUserUtility.Thelatestsetting
takeseffectnomatterwhichutilityisused.
Agreement
required.
34 EnableStatisticalInfo.
Output
Yes
Enablestheexposureresultdatafleoutputfunction.
No
Disablestheexposureresultdatafleoutputfunction.
Specifyingwhetherornottooutputanexposureresultdatafle.
Exposureresultdata : PatientID,patientname,studydate,study
time, anatomical region, exposure menu,
etc.
Agreement
required.
35 Modality Setup for
Mammography Image
0: MG
2: CR
Specifying the study modality for mammography.
Thespecifedmodalityisusedtoperformthestudy.
Agreement
required.
36 AdministratorPassword Upto20one-bytecharacters.
( fcr-iip)
Specifyingadministratorprivilegepasswordfortheuser
authentication function.
*Besuretoentera1-bytecharacterstringfromthekeyboard.
*FromV5.0,theusernameandpasswordhavebeenfxedto
the ones for service engineers.
37 EnableSecurity
Function
Yes
Uses the user authentication function.
No
Does not use the user authentication function.
Specifyingwhetherornottousetheuserauthenticationfunction.
38 LinkUserAccountto
OperatorsName
Yes
Displaystheloginusernameintheradiographernamefeld.
No
Does not display the login user name in the radiographer name
feld.
Specifyingwhethertheradiographernamefeldshoulddisplaythe
nameofauserwhologsinwiththeuserauthenticationfunction.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-21
For cluster
connection
39 UIDIssuanceabouta
function (except Image
Processing)tochange
to the image
themselves
Yes
IssuesanewimageUID/SOPInstanceUIDnumber.
No
DoesnotissueanewimageUID/SOPInstanceUIDnumber.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoissueanewimageUID/SOPInstance
UIDnumberwhenanimagedataeditingprocess(otherthanimage
processing)wasperformed.
*Whenanimageobtainedaftereditingistobedifferentiatedfrom
theoriginalone,chooseYes.
* This image data editing process involves shuttering processing,
marker processing and annotation.
40 Rotate the 2nd
Stitching Image
Yes
Rotates the second image 180 degrees.
No
Does not rotate.
Specifyingwhetherornotto
rotate the second image 180
degreesforlong-viewmenu
(function:WS)automatic
generation.
*WhenaFujiFilmslong-view
cassette is used, it is necessary
to rotate the second image 180
degrees.
Ataninstitutionwheredouble
andtriplelongviewcassettesare
usedmixed,setbothof40.and
41.toYes.
Foradoublecassette,rotatethe
secondimageby180andfora
triple cassette, rotate the third
imageby180.
41 Rotate the 3rd Stitching
Image
Yes
Rotates the third image 180 degrees.
No
Does not rotate.
Specifyingwhetherornotto
rotate the third image 180
degreesforlong-viewmenu
(function:WS)automatic
generation.
42 EnableStitchingEdge
Adjustment
Yes
Enablesthestitchingedgeadjustmentfunction.
No
Disablesthestitchingedgeadjustmentfunction.
Specifyingwhetherornottoenablethestitchingedgeadjustment
functionforimagesgeneratedwiththelong-viewmenu(function:
WS).
*YoushouldbasicallychooseYes.
43 CutIPEdgefor
Stitching
Yes
CutstheIPedge.
No
DoesnotcuttheIPedge.
SpecifyingwhetherornottocuttheIPedgewhencombining
imagesthataregeneratedwiththelong-viewmenu(function:WS).
*YoushouldbasicallychooseNo.
44 Use Series
Identifcation
From F-RIS
Yes
UsesseriesIDnumber.
No
DoesnotuseseriesIDnumber.
SpecifyingwhetherornottouseanIDnumber(newtag)whenthe
F-RIS is connected.
*TosetYes,makesureaheadoftimethattheF-RISserver
versioniscompatiblewiththisoption.
Agreement
required.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-22
IMAGEMODALITYsetupitems(45,46,48,51to53)
For cluster
connection
Modifying Trimming
Parameter
Yes
Issuesanewnumber.
No
Doesnotissuenewnumber.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoissueanewimageUIDorSOP
InstanceUIDastrimminginformationismodifed.
Agreement
required.
Modifying
FNCParameter
Yes
Issuesanewnumber.
No
Doesnotissueanewnumber.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoissueanewimageUID/SOPInstance
UIDnumberwhenFNCparametersarechanged.
Agreement
required.
48 ApplyGSFilterTo
810/1824Image
Yes
PerformGSconversion.
No
DoesnotperformGSconversion.
Specifyingwhetherornottosubject8"10"/1824cmstandard-
pixeldensityimagestoGSconversion.
*IfNoischosen,amoirepatternmayappearinaflmoutputand
the like.
*ThiswillbeappliedonlytoCRimages.
Agreement
required.
51 Use Reject Comment Yes
Enablestheentry.
No
Disablestheentry.
Specifyingwhethertoenableordisableentryofcommentonmis-
exposed images.
52 TimeUntilAutoLogOff 0 (0-60) Specifyingthetime(representedinminutes)untilwhenautologoff
takes place.
*Notethatif0isset,noautologoffwilltakeplace.
53 HorizontalUMB
Processingfor
VELOCITY&PRELIO
0: ALLOFF
Noimageunevennessremovalprocessingisapplied.
1: ONTableTypeOnly
Image unevenness removal processing is applied only to the
tabletype(CR-IR364T,CR-IR367,CR-IR370,CR-IR371and
CR-IR372)equipment.
2: ONUprightTypeOnly
Image unevenness removal processing is applied only to the
uprighttype(CR-IR364UandCR-IR366)equipment.
3: ALLON
Image unevenness removal processing is applied to all
equipmenttypes.
Specifyingwhetherornottoapplyimageunevennessremoval
processingtothetabletype(CR-IR364T,CR-IR367,CR-IR370,
CR-IR 371 and CR-IR 372) and upright type (CR-IR 364U and
CR-IR 366) Image Readers.
*SpecifyONonlyfornewlyinstalledtypesmodelsormobiletypes
onwhichanimageunevennessproblemaroseasitwassubjected
tounduevibrations.SpecifyOFFforequipmentnewlyinstalled
atahospitaloralready-installedmobiletypes.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-23
IMAGEMODALITYsetupitems(54to57,61,62,64,65)
For cluster
connection
54 Modality Setup 0: DX
1: CR
Specifying a study modality.
Thespecifedmodalityisusedtoperformthestudy.
*WhenDXischosen,besuretosetupDXparameterforthe
exposure menu.
*Whenthesettingischanged,besuretoinitializetheimagedatabase.
*Toconnectacassette-typeCRImageReader,select1:CR.
*Bydefault,0:DXisdeterminedintheDR-ID300CL-APCDof
V4.0orearlier.
Agreement
required.
55 DICOMStationName None SettingtheDICOMTagStationName(0008,1010).
Ifnothingissethere,thehostnameissetfortheStationName.
*Amaximumof16alphanumericscanbesetup.
56 Gradients(x10)ofLUT
usedforPreviewImage
13 (1-1000) SettinginclinationofalinearLUTusedwhendisplayingpreview
imagesderivedfromtheFPD.Specifya10xvalue.
Modifying CRF
Parameter
Yes
No
SpecifyingwhetherornottoissuenewimageUIDand
SOPInstanceUIDwhentheCRFparameter(sharpnessprocessing
parameter)wasmodifed.
*ChooseYesifyouwishtoidentifytheimagethatwassubjected
tomodifcation.
Agreement
required.
61 UsePasswordSecurity Yes
Enabled.
No
Notenabled.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoenablethePASsecurityfunction. Agreement
required.
62 PasswordforPAS
Security
Upto16one-bytecharacters.
( 19750225)
PasswordforPASsecurityfunctionprivilege.
*Besuretoenterone-bytecharactersfromthekeyboard.
Agreement
required.
64 EdgeAdjustFlagFor
FPD
Yes
Adjusted.
No
Notadjusted.
Specifyingwhetherornottoadjustthejointsectionbetweenimages
whenperforminganFPDlong-viewexposure.
Agreement
required.
65 Fov Cut UD Upto16one-bytecharacters.
( 0, 0)
MechanicalerroroccurringverticallyonanFPDlong-viewimage
[m].
* Determine the standing position setup value and the supine
positionsetupvaluebydelimitingthemwithacomma.
*Validsetuprange:0to30000
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-24
For cluster
connection
66 Fov Cut LR Upto16one-bytecharacters.
( 0, 0)
MechanicalerroroccurringhorizontallyonanFPDlong-viewimage
[m].
* Determine the standing position setup value and the supine
positionsetupvaluebydelimitingthemwithacomma.
*Validsetuprange:0to30000
67 Use Service Utility
Password
Yes
EnablestheServiceUtilitypasswordfunction.
No
DisablestheServiceUtilitypasswordfunction.
SpecifyingwhethertoenableordisabletheServiceUtility
passwordfunction.
*Bydefault,YesisdeterminedintheDR-ID300CL-APCD.
Agreement
required.
68 SoftwareKeyBoard
ProgramPath
(Blank)
Specifyingthesoftwarekeyboard.
*Whenthevalueisnotset,softwarekeyboardisnotavailable.
69 USBMemorySecurity
SoftPath
(Blank)
SpecifyingsecuritysoftwareofUSBfashdrive.
*FactorysettingisE:/IMATION_DISK_MANAGER_V_a.exe
70 EnableMarking
Stitched Image
Yes
Stitchedimagemarkersaretobeembedded.
No
Stitchedimagemarkersarenottobeembedded.
Specifyingwhetherornottoembedmarkersonthestitchedimage
(reduced 14"17" size).
Agreement
required.
300 Monitor1 Resolution
Setting
0: 1024768
1: 12801024
2: 16001200
3: 1280800
Setting the image resolution of the main monitor.
SpecifyingintheformatofWidth(pixel)Height(pixel).
* ThisitemisnotdisplayedwhenStandardKitforMobileis
installed.
301 EnableFreeSize
Trimming
Yes
Enablesthefreesizetrimmingfunction.
No
Disablesthefreesizetrimmingfunction.
Specifyingwhetherornottoenablesthefreesizetrimmingfunction. Agreement
required.
302 Display Motion
Correction
Yes
Enablesthegapamountdisplayandthewarning.
No
Disablesthegapamountdisplayandthewarning.
Specifyingwhetherornottoenablethegapamountdisplayandthe
warningforjointparts.
Agreement
required.
303 MotionWarningValue 2 (1-10) Gapamount(mm)todisplaythewarningbythemotiondetection.
304 FLPDiskUsageLimit
Size
10000 (1 or larger) Freediskspace(MB)necessarytousethefreelayoutprintfunction.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-25
IMAGEMODALITYsetupitems(305to309,312,313,315,316)
For cluster
connection
305 UserUtilityGuest
Password
Up to 20 characters
(Guest)
PasswordfortheguestaccountofUserUtility.
*Theusernameandpasswordforserviceengineershavebeen
fxedtothefollowing:
Username :FFService
Password :feldengineer
306 Media Forlder Warning
Capacity
100 (50-300) Remainingcapacity(MB)ofthemediatoalert.
*Becausethisitemismergedinitem306inCSL/IDTFUNCTION,
itishiddeninV6.0orlater.
307 LinkUserAccountto
VerifyingObserver
Name(ThePerson
donetheQAComplete)
Yes
SetsupthecurrentloginusertothepersonwhodonetheQA
complete.
No
Doesnotsetupthecurrentloginusertothepersonwhodone
theQAcomplete.
Specifyingwhetherornottosetupthecurrentusertotheperson
whodonetheQAcomplete(0040,A075)whenmanuallycompleting
theQA.
Agreement
required.
308 EnableAutoQA
Complete
Yes
UsestheQAautocompletionfunction.
No
DoesnotusetheQAautocompletionfunction.
SpecifyingwhetherornottousetheQAautocompletionfunction.
*ThisitemcanalsobesetupusingtheUserUtilityfunction.
Theitemsetupthelastwillbevalid.
309 AutoQACompleteTime 20 (5-720) TimetotheQAautodetermination(byminute).
312 EnableExpousreIndex
Function
Yes
EnablesExposureIndexfunction.
No
DisablesExposureIndexfunction.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoenabletheExposureIndexfunction.
313 Period[Days]oflog
keeping
30 (30-120) Storage period for log records (days).
*Ifthestorageperiodisexpired,thelogswillbedeletedfromthe
oldest.
315 User Selector Setting Yes
DisplaystheSelectorSettingwindowintheUserUtility.
No
DoesnotdisplaytheSelectorSettingwindowintheUserUtility.
SpecifyingwhetherornottodisplaytheSelectorSettingwindowin
the User Utility.
316 EnableHighSpeed
Preview
Yes
Enablesthehighspeedpreview.
No
Disablesthehighspeedpreview.
Specifyingwhetherornottoenablethehighspeedpreview.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-26
For cluster
connection
317 EnableTrimmingSize1 17INX17IN,14INX17IN,14INX14IN,10INX14IN,10INX12IN,
8INX10IN
Settingallowablesizesfrom17INX17IN,14INX17IN,14INX14IN,
10INX14IN,10INX12IN,and8INX10INwiththe,delimitationof
DICOMnotation.
*Maximum:17INX17IN,14INX17IN,14INX14IN,10INX14IN,
10INX12IN,8INX10IN
*Donotdelete17INX17IN,oranerrorwilloccur.
Agreement
required.
318 EnableTrimmingSize2 18CMX43CM Settingallowablesizesfrom18CMX43CM,18CMX24CM,
24CMX30CM,15CMX30CM,8INX14IN,7INX8IN,7INX10,and5INX8IN
withthe,delimitationofDICOMnotation.
*Maximum: 18CMX43CM,18CMX24CM,24CMX30CM,
15CMX30CM,8INX14IN,7INX8IN,7INX10IN,5INX8IN
*Donotinputdelimiterexcept,.Operationscannotbeperformed
properly if the other delimiters exist.
*ThedefaultsettinginV5.0isablank.
Agreement
required.
319 PDINormalized Yes
Normalizes(Standardized)whenperformingPDIoutput.
No
Does not normalize(Standardized)whenperformingPDIoutput.
Specifyingwhetherornottonormalize(Standardized)when
performingPDIoutput.
*PDIcannotbeusedinV5.0.
*FromV5.0,thesettingforDICOMfleoutputisalsospecifedin
this item.
320 Monitor2 Resolution
Setting
0: None
1: 12001600
2: 15362048
Specifyingthemonitor2resolutionsettingwithWidth(pixel)
Height (pixel) format.
*ForV6.0,select"0:None".
321 JobStatusDisplay
Time
300 (1-) Timingforhidingareconstructedjobfromthesimplereconstruction
cue(unit:sec).
323 ThresholdofMobilePC
lowbatterywarning
15 (5-50) Specifyingthethresholdvalue(%)forthewarningtotheremaining
batterypower.
*ThisisthesetupitemonlyforlaptopPCs.
324 EnableMediainitialize
buttoninUserUtility
No
Doesnotdisplaythemediainitializebutton.
Yes
Displaysthemediainitializebutton.
Specifyingwhetherornottodisplaytheinitializationbuttononthe
mediastoragewindowoftheUserUtility.
325 Enable
PowerManagement
buttoninUserUtility
No
DoesnotdisplaythePowerManagementbutton.
Yes
DisplaysthePowerManagementbutton.
SpecifyingwhetherornottodisplaythebuttontoopenthePower
Option function in the User Utility.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-27
IMAGEMODALITYsetupitems(326to329,331,337,340,342,349,350)
For cluster
connection
326 StudySuspendwhen
usingPPS.
No
Doesnotsuspendthestudyforcibly.
Yes
Suspendsthestudyforcibly.
Specifyingwhetherornottoforciblysuspendastudywhenthe
studyendsinthePPSoperation(withPPSoptionandnoPPS
Cache).
327 Motion Shift Flag No
Doesnotenablethemotionshift.
Yes
Enablethemotionshift.
Specifyingwhetherornottoenablethemotionshift.
328 Marker Search LR 60000 (1 - 200000) Specifyingthesearchrangeinthelateraldirectionfromtheleft/right
endoftheexposureregioninthemarkerdetection.(m)
329 DR Stitch With Modality
Option
Yes
EnablestheFPDlong-viewexposurebyusingthelong-view
option.
No
DisablestheFPDlong-viewexposurebyusingthelong-view
option.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoenabletheFPDlong-viewexposureby
usingthelong-viewoptionoftheDRexposureequipment.
331 RSPCPath Upto256one-bytecharacters.
(Blank)
Specifying the copy destination of the remote maintenance log
(RSPCcommonfolder).
337 CompleteStudywhen
WSmenuwithone
image
No
Notifesthepresenceofanuncombinedimage,anddoesnot
closethestudywindow.
Yes
Notifesnothing,andclosethestudywindow.
Specifyingthestudycompletionmethodwhenalong-viewmenu
has read only 1 image.
340 UserUtilityAdmin
Password
Upto20one-bytecharacters.(VIP) SettingthepasswordfortheadminaccountoftheUserUtility.
342 Image File Type For
TomosynthesisViewer
0: THM
Thumbnailimage
1: STD
Standard density image
Specifyingthetypeoftheimagetobedisplayedonthe
TomosynthesisViewer.
349 EnableImplantInput No
Disable
Yes
Enable
Settingwhetherornottoenableimplantinformationinput.
*SettoYeswhenMGImageStorageistobeused.
350 DisplayPixelSizefor
2nd monitor
264 (1 or larger) Specifying the display pixel size for the 2nd monitor (mm).
*Theactualpixelsizeisspecifedvaluex0.001.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-28
Detailed explanations
13.DICOMSeriesGenerationLogic
InrelationtotheDICOMSeriesGenerationLogic,thefollowing
supplementsexplainthelogicofseriesnumberingsubsequentto
imageacquisitionfromtheRU(FPDandFCRImageReaderunit).
0:1Study-Nseriesand1series-1Image
Performsnumberinginsuchamannerthateachstudyhasmore
than one series and that each series has only one image.
1 Study
1 series 1 Image
1 series
1 : 1 1 : N
1 : 1
1 : 1
1 Image
00000464.EPS
N series 1 Image
1:1Study-Nseriesand1series-MImage
Performsnumberinginsuchamannerthateachstudyhasmore
thanoneseriesandthateachserieshastwoormoreimages.
1 Study
1 series
1 Image
1 series
1 : M 1 : N
1 Image
00000465.EPS
N series
M Image
2:1Study-1seriesand1series-NImage
Performsnumberinginsuchamannerthateachstudyhasonly
oneseriesandthateachserieshastwoormoreimages.
1 Study
1 Image
1 series
1 : N 1 : 1
1 Image
00000466.EPS
N Image
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-29
3.5 ConfgurationDetails3.QAFUNCTION
QAFUNCTIONsetupitems(1,3to7)
For cluster
connection
1 EnableImageProc.
PramUpdateFlag
Yes
Refectsupdatedimageprocessingparametersuponfag.
No
Doesnotrefectupdatedimageprocessingparametersupon
fag.
Enablingupdatedimageprocessingparameterfag. Agreement
required.
3 Use Dialog for
Choosing Folder to
SaveJpegImage
No
Does not open.
Yes
Opens.
Specifyingwhetherornottoopenadialogboxforspecifyingthe
destinationdirectorywhenyousaveanimagewiththesimplifed
image storage function.
4 DestinationPathof
JPEGFile
E: \ Specifyingthesimplifedimagestoragedestination.
*Besuretoenter1-bytecharactersviathekeyboard.
*ThedefaultvalueforV3.1orearlierisA:\.
5 Filename Format of
JPEGInformation
0: ImageNumber
Imagenumber+serialnumber.txt
1: Type1
Hostname+date+serialnumber.txt
2: Type2
PatientIDNo+_+dominicalyear+_+studyanatomical
region+_+serialnumber+_+hostname.txt
Filenamegenerationruleappliedtosimplifedimagestorage.
*PatientIDnumber : Amaximumof16characters,
Tag (0010, 0020).
Dominicalyear : Fixedatsixcharacters.
Studyanatomicalregion : Amaximumof16characters,
Tag (0018, 0015).
Serialnumber : Fixedatfourcharacters
(starting from 0000).
Hostname : Amaximumoftencharacters.
Delimitation : _(underscore).
6 JPEGImage
ProcessingUseCrtLut
None
(Example)
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\CrtLut1.env
Specifyingwhetherornottoprovidegradationcorrectionfor
monitoringpurposeatthetimeofJPEGimagestorage.
Thisselectiontakeseffectwhenyouspecifythenamesofthe
directoryandfleinwhichthesetupfleisstored.
7 AlertMSGDisplay
WhenOutput
Yes
Opens.
No
Does not open.
Specifyingwhetherornotdisplaytheconfrmationdialogwhenthe
reprintbutton/studydistributionbuttonispressed.
Agreement
required.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
MU-30
QAFUNCTIONsetupitems(8to14)
For cluster
connection
8 DisplaySaveButton No
Notdisplayed.
Yes
Displayed.
SpecifyingwhetherornottodisplaytheSavebutton.
9 AlertMSGDisplay
When Save
No
Notdisplayed.
Yes
Displayed.
SpecifyingwhetherornottodisplaytheSaveconfrmationdialog
whenshiftingfromthepreviousstudyorimageoratthecompletion
ofQAprocessing.
10 AlertMSGDisplay
When Image Changed
No
Notdisplayed.
Yes
Displayed.
SpecifyingwhetherornottodisplaytheSaveconfrmationdialog
whenperformingshutteringprocessing,menuchangeorimage
replacement processing.
11 EnableDicom
File Storage
Yes
Used.
No
Notused.
SpecifyingwhetherornottousetheDICOMflestoragefunction.
12 Tranfer Syntax
Used When Using
Dicom File Storage
0: ImplicitVRLittleEndian
1: ExplicitVRLittleEndian
2: JpegLossless
SpecifyingtheDICOMflestoragetransfersyntax.
13 SaveMultibyteCode
When Using Dicom File
Storage
Yes
Multi-bytecharactersaresaved.
No
Multi-bytecharactersarenotsaved.
Specifyingwhetherornottosavemulti-bytecharactersatDICOM
flestorage.
14 SaveAnnotation
Information When
Using Dicom File
Storage
Yes
Annotationinformationissaved.
No
Annotationinformationisnotsaved.
SpecifyingwhetherornottosaveannotationinformationatDICOM
flestorage.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-31
QAFUNCTIONsetupitems(15,17to20)
For cluster
connection
15 DCM File Image
ProcessingUseCrtLut
None

(Example)
C:\ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\CrtLut\Storage-scp.lut
SpecifyinganLUTflewhenperformingLUTprocessingforDICOM
flestorage.
Useanabsolutepath(includingextensions)todescribetheflename.
Example:C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut\Storage-scp.lut
*Amaximumof64alphanumericscanbeusedtospecifynecessary
data.
*Ifnodataisspecifed,CrtLutprocessingwillnotbeperformed.
*Ifnospecifedfleexists,anerrorwilloccur.
17 EnableChange
ImageDate and
ImageTime
No
Disabled.
Yes
Enabled.
Specifyingwhetherornottoenabletoeditthedateandtimeofimage
generation.
*SelectNoinJapan.
18 Image File Type For
Magnify Display
0: Stdimagefle
1: Hqimagefle
Specifyingwhethertouseastandardimageorahigh-qualityimage
fordisplayofamagnifedimage.
*AnyimagederivedfromFPDisalwaysdisplayedinhigh-quality
mode.
19 PEMProcessinginthe
case of Magnify Display
No
Notperformed.
Yes
Performed.
SettingwhetherPEMprocessingisperformedforextremelyhigh
density images at the time of magnify display.
*OnlyCRimagesareobjectsforPEMprocessing.
20 BitsStoredUsedWhen
Using Dicom File
Storage
0: 12
1: 14
SpecifyingaflestoragebitvalueusedwhenstoringaDICOMfle.
*Effectiveonlywhen0:DXisspecifedforNo.54ofIMAGE
MODALITY.
ResponseSValue 4 (1-10) SpecifyingthesensitivityofthemousewhenchangingtheSvalue.
*ThisisthesetupiteminV5.0orlater.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-32
QAFUNCTIONsetupitems(21to24)
For cluster
connection
21 AlertMSGTypeWhen
PatientInformationwill
beModifed
0: Display
1: Non-Display
Specifyingwhetherornottodisplayawarningmessagewhenthe
patientinformationmodifcationbuttonisclickedforastudyordered
from the F-RIS.
*FromV5.0,thisitemhasbeenchangedtoCSL/IDTFUNCTION
No.310.
ResponseLValue 4 (1 to 10) SpecifyingthesensitivityofthemousewhenchangingtheLvalue.
*ThisisthesetupiteminV5.0orlater.
22 EnableAdjustGA/GS
bydragging
No
Disable
Yes
Enable
SettingwhetherornottoenabletheGA/GSadjustmentfunctionby
mouse dragging.
23 ResponseGA 18 (0 to 99) SettingtheGAsensitivityofmousedraggingforGA/GSadjustment.
*Asmallervaluemeansahighersensitivity.
24 ResponseGS 18 (0 to 99) SettingtheGSsensitivityofmousedraggingforGA/GSadjustment.
*Asmallervaluemeansahighersensitivity.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-33
3.6 ConfgurationDetails4.PRINTER
PRINTERsetupitems(2,10to16)
TableFilmannotationcharacterformatconfgurationlist
For cluster
connection
2 EnableMagnifyPrint Yes
Magnifes.
No
Notmagnifed.
Specifyingwhetherornottomagnifyandprinta3543cm/14"17
3535cm/1414 standard image on a 3543cm or 3535cmflmin
the one-image format.
*BasicallyspecifyNo.
(TospecifyYes,aspecialauthorizationisrequired.)
10 BlackMarginSetup
on Film Edge
0: MargindependonimageID(default:Transparent)
Transparentorblackdependingontheimageinformation.
Transparentunlessspecifedbytheimageinformation.
1: MargindependonimageID(default:Black)
Transparentorblackdependingontheimageinformation.
Blackunlessspecifedbytheimageinformation.
2: TransparentMargin(Fix)
Alwaystransparent.
3: BlackMargin(Fix)
Alwaysblack.
Specifyingtheflmmargintype.
11 Trimming Range
[mm]
0 - 25 (0)
The amount of
trimming
Specifying the amount of trimming in mm (for other than
mammography).
12 Trimming Range for
Mammography[mm]
0 to 25 (0) Specifying the amount of trimming in mm (for mammography).
Agreement
required.
13 PrintBarcode Yes : Outputs.
No : Doesnotoutput.
SpecifyingwhetherornottooutputonflmtheIPno.readbythe
RUsbarcodereader.
14 PrintEDRMode Yes : Outputs.
No : Doesnotoutput.
SpecifyingwhetherornottooutputonflmthesetupdatainEDR
mode.
*AforAUTO,SforSEMI,FforFIXandSforSEMI-Xwillbe
printedonflm.
15 PrintImageProcess
Condition
Yes : Outputs.
No : Doesnotoutput.
Specifyingwhetherornottoprintimageprocessingconditionson
flm.
16 PrintL,S,CS,SS
Condition
Yes : Outputs.
No : Doesnotoutput.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoprintL,S,andCS/SSvaluesonflm.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-34
PRINTERsetupitems(17to23)
For cluster
connection
17 PrintShotTime Yes : Outputs.
No : Doesnotoutput.
Specifyingwhetherornottoprintthedateofexposureonflm.
*OtherthanJapaneseversion,EXP:willbeprintedasthetitleto
the top (on the left side) of the date of exposure.
18 PrintSetProcess Yes : Outputs.
No : Doesnotoutput.
Specifyingwhetherornottoprinttheroutineorgroupinformation
onflm.
*Filmprintoutexample:RT-01,TM101
19 PrintEngineerID Yes : Outputs.
No : Doesnotoutput.
Specifyingwhetherornottoprintthetechnicianscodeinformation
onflm.
20 PrintMenuName Yes : Outputs.
No : Doesnotoutput.
Specifyingwhetherornottoprintimageprocessingconditionson
flm.
21 PrintCompression
Rate
Yes : Outputs.
No : Doesnotoutput.
Specifyingwhetherornottoprintimagedatacompressioncode
informationonflm.
*OntheJapaneseversion,compressionratio:willbeprintedas
the title on the left side of the image data compression code
information.
CC:willbeprintedforotherthantheJapaneseversion.
22 PrintEnergy-
Subtraction
Parameter
Yes : Outputs.
No : Doesnotoutput.
Specifyingwhetherornottooutputenergy-subtractionprocessing
parameterinformationontoflm.
*SpecifyNofortheDR-ID300CL.
23 PrintImageFrame
(3543flm:1417,
1414,1843/
3535flm:1414/
2636flm:1014/
2025flm:810,
1824
Single Format)
Yes : Printedwithimageframe.
No : Printedwithnoimageframe.
Specifyingwhetherornottoaddimageframewhenprintinga
3543cm, 3535cm, 2636cm or 2025cmflminthefollowing
patterns.
14"17"
3543cm/14"17" image in the single format
1843cm image in the single format
14"14"
26x36cm
10"14" image in the single format
8"10"
* Unless the output format is properly positioned, the image format
willnotbedisplayed.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-35
PRINTERsetupitems(24,25,27to31)
For cluster
connection
24 PrintImageFrame
(3543flm:1843,
LR/2on1Format)
Yes :Printedwithimageframe.
No :Printedwithnoimageframe.
Specifyingwhetherornottoaddimageframewhenprintingan
1843cm image on a 3543cmflmintheLRor2on1format.
* Unless the output format is properly positioned, the image format
willnotbedisplayed.
25 PrintImageFrame
(3543flm:1417,
1843 , 810 4on1
Format)
Specifyingwhetherornottoaddimageframewhenprintinga
3543cm/14"17", 1843cm or 1824cm/8"10" image on a
3543cmflminthe4on1format.
27 PrintImageFrame
(2636flm:1824,
2430/2025
flm:1824Single
Mammography
Format)
Specifyingwhetherornottoaddimageframeto1824cmor
2430cmsizeimagesthatareprintedon2636cmsizeflminthe
singlemammographyformatorto1824cmsizeimagesthatare
printedon8"10"sizeflminthesinglemammographyformat.
Agreement
required.
28 PrintImageFrame
(2636flm:1824
2on1100%
Mammography
Format)
1824cmsizeimageon2636cmsizeflminmammography2on1
(100%)format.
Agreement
required.
29 NoPrintScale(User
DefnitionRules)
[Dialogsetup](?3??)
Thesetupprocedureisdescribedin Details of
[dialogsetup].
Specifyingwhetherornottoprintthereadingscale.
*ThissetupiseffectiveonlywhenPrintedwithimageframeis
selected.
*ThissetupcanbeselectedalsoforeachMPMcode.Amaximum
of8MPMcodescanbespecifed(awildcardcanbeused).
Agreement
required.
30 Representation of
Age
Age : Displayedbytheage.
OtherthantheJapanesever. : E.g.)25Y,1Y8M,1Y10D,13D
DateofBirth : Displayedbythedateofbirth.
OtherthantheJapanesever. : E.g.)DATEBisprinted.
Specifying the age representation format.
*Use1.IMAGEMODALITY-1.SystemCommonDateFormat
fortheDATErepresentationformat.
31 PrintReverseMark 0: None
Does not print.
1: R-reverse
Imagenotrotated:Doesnotdisplay.
Imagerotated:isdisplayed.
2: APorPA
Imagenotrotated:APisdisplayed.
Imagerotated:PAisdisplayed.
Specifyingwhetherornottooutputtheright-and-leftimagerotation
mark.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-36
For cluster
connection
32 PrintFilmCharacter
Field
(1417-S/4on1,
1843-LR/2on1/
4on1, 810-4on1,
1414-S, 1014-S,
1824-LR/2on1,
810/1824-S
Format)
0: None
Doesnotoutputflm.
1: Onlyarea1
Onlyflmannotationcharacterarea1isdisplayed.
2: Onlyarea2
Onlyflmannotationcharacterarea2isdisplayed.
3: Both
Bothareas1and2aredisplayed.
Specifyingtheflmannotationcharacterareadisplayformatwhen
printing a 3543cm, 3535cm, 2636cm or 2025cmflminthe
followingpatterns.
14"17"
3543cm/14"17" image in the single or 4on1 format
1843cmimageintheTWIN,2on1or4on1format
1824cm/8"10" image in the 4on1 format
14"14"
2636cm
8"10"
See Filmannotationcharacterareas1and2.
33 PrintFilmChar2/
Examinationnumber
0: Filmchar2
Film annotation character 2 (exposure stand information) is
output.
1: ExaminationNumber
Theexaminationnumberisoutput.
Specifyingwhethertooutputflmannotationcharacter2(exposure
standinformation)ortheexaminationnumber.
*Bydefault,1:ExaminationNumberisdeterminedinV4.0or
earlier.
*Bydefault,0:Filmchar2isdeterminedintheDR-ID300CL-AP
CDofV4.0.
34 Size Selection of
3543, 3535, 2636,
2025 Film
Character (Single
Format)
0: Standard
1: Large
Specifyingtheflmannotationcharacterareadisplayformatwhen
printing a 3543cm, 3535cm, 2636cm or 2025cmflminthe
followingpatterns.
14"17"
14"14"
26x36cm
8"10"
35 3543 Film Character
FieldPosition&
Rotation
(1417 Image)
[Dialogsetup](0010)
[dialogsetup].
Specifyingthepositionandrotationofflmannotationcharacter
areas1and2whenprintinga3543cm/14"17" image in the single
or 4on1 format on a 3543cmflm.
* This setup is effective for all exposure menus.
TospecifythissetupindividuallyforeachMPMcode,usetheNo.
39 setup.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-37
For cluster
connection
FieldPosition&
Rotation
(1714 Image)
[Dialogsetup](1131)
[dialogsetup].
40 setup.
FieldPosition&
Rotation
(1843 Image)
[Dialogsetup](0010)
[dialogsetup].
areas1and2whenprintingan1843cm image in the LR, 2on1 or
4on1 format on a 3543cmflm.
41 setup.
38 3543, 2025 Film
Character Field
Position&Rotation
(3543Film:810-
4on1,2025Film:
810-Single)
[Dialogsetup](0010)
[dialogsetup].
areas1and2whenprintingan1824cm/8"10" image in the 4on1
format on a 3543cmflmorprintingan
1824cm/8"10" image in the single format on a 2025cmflm.
42 setup.
39 2025 (Landscape)
Film Character
FieldPosition&
Rotation (810,
1824-Single)
[Dialogsetup](1131)
[dialogsetup].
areas1and2whenprintinga90-rotated8"10"/
1824cm image on an 1824cmflminthesingleformat.
40 Film Character Field
position&rotation
(UserDefnition
Rules 1)
[Dialogsetup](Nosetupavailable.)
[dialogsetup].
*SetupisnecessaryforeachMPMcode.(Amaximumof
8MPMcodescanbeselected.Awildcardcannotbeused.)
*ThissetupdataprevailsoverthatinNo.35.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-38
For cluster
connection
position&rotation
(UserDefnition
Rules 2)
[dialogsetup].
position&rotation
(UserDefnition
Rules 3)
[dialogsetup].
areas1and2whenprintingan1843cm image in the LR, 2on1 or
4on1 format on a 3543cmflm.
position&rotation
(UserDefnition
Rules 4)
[dialogsetup].
areas1and2whenprintingan1824cm/8"10" image in the 4on1
format on a 3543cmflm.
position&rotation
(UserDefnition
Rules5)
[dialogsetup].
areas1and2whenanimageoverlapstheflmannotationcharacter
area.
position&rotation
(UserDefnition
Rules6)
[dialogsetup].
areas1and2whenanimageoverlapstheflmannotationcharacter
area.
46 ImageAreaMoveto
the Top of 3543 Film
Yes : Movestothetopoftheflm.
No : Doesnotmove.
Specifyingtheimageoutputpositionwhenprintinga1530cm,
3535cm/14"14" or 4343cm/17"17" image in the single format
on a 3543cmflm.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-39
For cluster
connection
47 PatientsName
JustifyonFilm
0 - 64 (20) Specifyingthemaximumpatientnamelengthinone-bytecharacters
whenprintingitonflm.
*Ifanumberlargerthan20,thedefault,isspecifed,theflm
annotationcharacterareacannotpossiblyholdotherinformation
items.
48 PatientsName
Length on Film
(Multibyte)
0 - 64 (10) Specifyingthemaximumkanjipatientnamelengthintwo-byte
characterswhenprintingitonflm.
items.
49 PatientsName
Length on Film
0: Left : Left-padding.
1: Right : Right-padding.
Specifyingwhethertoselectright-orleft-paddingforprintingpatient
nameonflm.
50 DepartmentName
JustifyonFilm
0 - 64 (20) Specifyingthemaximumexposuremenunamelengthinone-byte
characterswhenprintingitonflm.
items.
51 MenuNameLength
onFilm(Multibyte)
0 - 64 (16) Specifying the maximum kanji exposure menu name length in
two-bytecharacterswhenprintingitonflm.
items.
52 MenuNameJustify
on Film
Specifyingwhethertoselectright-orleft-paddingforprinting
exposuremenunameonflm.
NOTE
The patient name, exposure menu, requesting department, as well as the
patient ID and examination number need setups for both maximum length
displayed and right-/left-padding.
These two items should be set up according to Setup Confguration Item
SYSTEM CONFIG 5. IDT/CSL FUNCTION in Nos.15 to 18.
3.7 Confguration Details 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION under
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-40
For cluster
connection
53 DepartmentName
Length on Film
0 to 64 (8) Specifyingthemaximumrequestingdepartmentnamelengthin
one-bytecharacterswhenprintingitonflm.
items.
54 DepartmentName
Length on Film
(Multibyte)
0 to 64 (4) Specifyingthemaximumrequestingdepartmentnamelengthin
two-bytecharacterswhenprintingitonflm.
items.
55 DepartmentName
JustifyonFilm
Specifyingwhethertoselectright-orleft-paddingforprintingthe
requestingdepartmentnameonflm.
56 EnableAutoEdit
Function of Film
String Format File
Yes : Enables.
No : Doesnotenable.
Specifyingwhetherornottoenabletheautomaticcharacterformat
generationfunctionforNos.2,10to55and57to87.
57 GapbetweenImage
Edge and Film Edge
(Mammography
Format)[x0.1mm]
0 to 50 (0) Specifyinggapbetweenimages.
*Besuretoenterone-bytecodesfromthekeyboard.
Specifyingthegapbetweenmammograms
Agreement
required.
58 Font Size of
RequestingService
0: Standard : Standard.
1: Large : Magnifed.
Requestingdepartmentnamefontsize.
59 Format Type of
OperatorsName
0: None : Donotdisplaytheradiographer
name.
1: AnkOperatorName : Displaytheradiographernamewith
one-bytecharacters.
2: KanjiOperatorName : Displaytheradiographernamein
kanji.
Specifyingwhetherandhowtheradiographernameshouldbe
displayed.
60 Display Image
Feature
Yes : Outputtoflm.
No : Donotoutputtoflm.
SpecifyingwhetherornottooutputtheImagerPixelSpacing
information(distancebetweenpixelcenters)toflm.
Theflmoutputat10pixels/mmis0.10(mm).
Theflmoutputat20pixels/mmis0.05(mm).
*WhenYesisspecifedforitemno.92,#willbeoutput
immediatelyafterImagerPixelSpacing.
*Bydefault,YesisdeterminedforDR-ID300CLtobeusedother
thanJapan.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-41
For cluster
connection
61 2636 Film
CharacterFieldPosition
&Rotation(LeftImageof
2 on 1 Mammography
Format)
[Dialogsetup]( 0020)
Thesetupprocedureisdescribedin Details
of[dialogsetup].
Specifyingtheleft-handimageflmannotationcharacterfeld
position and rotation for outputting an image produced from the
mammographymenu(1824cmimage)to2636cmflmin2on1
mammographyformat(100%magnifcation).
Agreement
required.
62 2636 Film
&Rotation(RightImage
of 2 on 1 Mammography
Format)
of[dialogsetup].
Specifyingtheright-handimageflmannotationcharacterfeld
position and rotation for outputting an image produced from the
mammographymenu(1824cmimage)to2636cmflmin2on1
mammographyformat(100%magnifcation).
Agreement
required.
63 3535 Film
&Rotation(Single
Format)
of[dialogsetup].
felds1and2forgeneratinga3535cm/14"14" print onto 14"14"
flmintheSingleformat.
*Validforallexposuremenuitems.
64 EnableReduceTo
810 Film
Yes : Outputsreduced-sizeimagesto8"10"flm.
No : Generateoutputsatamagnifcationof100%.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoreduceaSingle-formatoutputimageto
print it on an 8"10"flm.
Outputflmdeterminationsequence
FieldPosition&Rotation
(1014 Image)
of[dialogsetup].
Specifyingthepositionandrotationofflmannotationcharacters
whenprintinga10"14" life-size image on
2636cmflminthesingleformat(default).
(1410 Image)
of[dialogsetup].
whenprintinga14"10" (horizontal 2636cm) life-size image on
2636cmflminthesingleformat(default).
(2636flm:1824-LR)
of[dialogsetup].
whenprintingan1824cm life-size image on
2636cmflmintheLRformat(default).
(2636flm:1824-2on1)
of[dialogsetup].
whenprintingan1824cm life-size image on
2636cmflminthe2on1format(default).
69 PrintImageFrame(2636
flm:1824-LR, 2on1
Format)
1824cm life-size image on 2636cmflmintheLRor2on1format.
70 Reduction Rate (2636
flm:1824-LR, 2on1
Format)
0:86%
1:100%
Specifyingaprintreductionratiowhenprintingan1824cm image
on 2636cmflmintheLRor2on1format.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-42
PRINTERsetupitems(71to76,81to85)
For cluster
connection
71 PrintPriorityinDicom
Print
0:LOW
1:MED
1:HIGH
Specifyingprioritytoprintoutofimagestobetransferredtothe
DICOMprinter.
FieldPositionRotation
(1012, 2430-Single)
of[dialogsetup].
areaswhenprintinga10"12" or 2430cm image on 10"12"flmin
the single format (default).
73 2530(Landscape) Film
Rotation
(1012, 2430-Single)
of[dialogsetup].
areaswhenprintinga10"12" or 2430cm image on 10"12"flmin
thesingleformat(90rotationavailable)(default).
74 Film String Format 0:GeneralFormatOnly
General-formatflmisused.
1:MammographyFormat
Specialmammography-formatflmisused.
Specifyingwhethertousegeneral-formatflmannotationcharacters
forallimages(ashasbeenpreviously)orspecialflmannotation
charactersdefnedexclusivelyformammographyimages.
75 Lifesize Film Character
of[dialogsetup].
areaswhengeneratingalife-sizeprintoutofalong-viewimage
(default).
76 Overlapwidth(mm)ofthe
Lifesize Film
5 - 30 (15) Specifyingawidthofflmsthatoverlapwitheachotherwhen
generatingalife-sizeprintoutofalong-viewimage(mm).
81 Reduction Rate (810, 2on1
Film Format)
0:86%
1:100%
Specifyingwhethertooutput100%-sizeimagesor86%-reducedimagesas
hasbeensopreviously,whenprinting810 images in the 2on1 format.
* 100%-sizeimagesareprintedona3543cmflm.
82 EnableImageFrame
(810,100%-SizeImage
2on1 Film Format)
Yes
Printedwithimageframe.
No
Printedwithoutimageframe.
Specifyingwhetherornottoaddimageframewhenprinting100%-size
8"10" images in the 2on1 format.
Position&Rotation
(810,100%-SizeImage
2on1 Film Format)
[dialogsetup].
Specifyingthepositionandrotationoftheflmannotationcharacterarea
whenprinting100%-size8"10" images in the 2on1 format.
Position&Rotation
(814,100%-SizeImage
2on1 Film Format)
[dialogsetup].
whenprinting100%-size8"14" (one half of 14"17" landscape) images in
the 2on1 format.
Position&Rotation
(78,100%-SizeImage
4on1 Film Format)
[dialogsetup].
whenprinting100%-size7"8" (one fourth of 14"17") images in the 4on1
format.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-43
PRINTERsetupitems(86,87,90to93)
For cluster
connection
Position&Rotation
(710,100%-SizeImage
2on1 Film Format)
[dialogsetup].
whenprinting100%-size7"10" (one half of 2636cm landscape) images
in the 2on1 format.
87 Film Character Mode
SettingOnXCON
Material Info.
0: DICOM
ConformstotheDICOMdefnitions(ashasbeenso
previously).
1: XCON-IF
ConformstotheXCONI/Fdefnitions.
SpecifyingflmannotationcharactersofmammographyXCON
material information.
90 Setting of minimum scale to
becutofftheendsofLif-
sizeOutput(cm).
0 - 10 (0) Specifyingalengthofthetrailingedgetobecutoffwhenoutputtinga
stitchedimageinitslifesize[cm].
91 Type of processing multi-
frame format.
0: ExistingFormat
1: NewFormat
Specifyingaformattypetobeusedinthemulti-frameformat.
* TospecifythesameformatatasitewhereaCRConsolealreadyexits,
specify0:ExistingFormat.
92 EnableDistanceCorrection Yes
Distance correction is performed.
No
Nodistancecorrectionisperformed.
Specifyingwhetherornottoperformdistancecorrectionprocessingwhen
outputtingflmprints.
* Distancecorrectionprocessingisenabledonlyatdigitalexposureusing
anFPD.
* Bydefault,NoisdeterminedforDR-ID300CLtobeusedinJapan.
Position&Rotation
(5x8,100%-SizeImage2on1
Film Format)
[dialogsetup].
whenprinting100%-size5"8" (one half of 8"10") images in the 2on1
format.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-44
Details of [dialog setup]
Setupof29.NoPrintScale(UserDefnitionRules)
Double-clickingtheNo.29Valuecolumnwillopenthefollowingdialog.
I
II
III IV
F0000011.EPS
I. Toaddreadingscale,selectNone(default),andAllMenu
whennotaddingittoallimages.SelectSelectfromMPMCode
whennotaddingreadingscaletoimagesofcertainMPMcodes.
II. EntertheimagesMPMcodeonthekeyboardorselectitfrom
thepull-downmenu.
BesuretosetupifSelectfromMPMcodeisselectedinstepI.
above.Specifyingusingawildcardisalsopossible,suchas
?0??(?isanarbitraryone-digitalphanumericfrom0toF.)
III. Click if data set up in I. and II.abovearecorrect.
Thesystemreturnstothepreviouswindowandanyofthe
followingwillbedisplayedintheValuecolumn.
None :Toaddreadingscale.
AllMenu :Nottoaddreadingscaletoallimages.
Four-digitnumber:MPMcodeofanimagenotaddedwith
reading scale.
IV. Clicktocancelthesetupdatatobesaved.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-45
Setupof35to39,61to63,65to68,72,73,75,83to86.XXXX
FilmCharacterFieldPosition&Rotation(XXxXXImage)
Double-clickingtheValuecolumnofNos.35to39,61to63,65to68,
72,73,75,83to86willopenthefollowingdialog.
I
II
III
IV
V VI
F0000012.EPS
I. Specifestheflmannotationcharacterarea1displayposition.
II. Specifesthe90imagerotation(counterclockwise)offlm
annotation character area 1.
III. Specifestheflmannotationcharacterarea2displayposition.
IV. Specifesthe90imagerotation(counterclockwise)offlm
Fordetailsoftheflmannotationcharacterarea,see
Filmannotationcharacterareas1and2.
V. Click if data set up in I. to IV.abovearecorrect.
Thesystemreturnstothepreviouswindowandafour-digit
numberwillbedisplayedintheValuecolumn.Themeaningof
suchfour-digitnumberisasfollows.
F0000014.EPS
0031
90 image rotation of film annotation character area 2
(0: Not rotated, 1: Rotated)
Position of film annotation character area 2
(0: Upper left, 1: Upper right, 2: Lower left, 3: Lower right)
VI. Clicktocancelthesetupdatatobesaved.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-46
40to45.FilmCharacterFieldPosition&Rotation(UserDefnition
Rules)
Double-clickingtheValuecolumnofNos.40to45willopenthe
followingdialog.
F0000013.EPS
I
II
III
IV
V
VI VII
I. EnteronthekeyboardtheMPMcodeoftheimagetheflm
annotationcharacterareaofwhichischangedorselectitfrom
thepull-downmenu.
Specifyingusingawildcardisnotallowed.
II. Specifytheflmannotationcharacterarea1displayposition.
III. Specifythe90imagerotation(counterclockwise)offlm
IV. Specifytheflmannotationcharacterarea2displayposition.
V. Specifythe90imagerotation(counterclockwise)offlm
Fordetailsoftheflmannotationcharacterarea,see
Filmannotationcharacterareas1and2.
VI. Click if data set up in I. to V.aboveiscorrect.
Thesystemreturnstothepreviouswindowandacharacter
stringappearsintheValuecolumntoindicatethecontentofthe
setup data.
F0000015.EPS
0031 : 0000 0004 0009 000C 000E 000B 0002 0003
MPM code
(a maximum of 8 codes can be displayed.)
Definition of image
position or rotation
VII. Clicktocancelthesetupdatatobesaved.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-47
Filmannotationcharacterareas1and2
Followingisthedescriptionofflmannotationcharacterareas1and2
thatcanbespecifedinNos.32,35to45,63,65to68,72,73,75,83to
86whethertodisplayitandthepositionalandrotationalmovement.
If an image is printed on a 14"17"flmassetbythedefault,theflm
annotationcharactersaredisplayedatboththeupperrightandleftof
theimage.Areaswherethosecharactersaredisplayedaretheflm
annotation character areas.
The upper-left area is area 1 and that at the upper right is area 2.
F0000010.EPS
Output print image
(*Default setting)
Film annotation
character area 1
Film annotation
character area 2
Whethertodisplaytheflmannotationcharacterareas
Selectwhetherornottodisplayflmannotationcharacterareas1and/
or2usingthefunctionin32.Print3543,2025FilmCharacterField
(1417-Single/4on1,1843-LR/2on1/4on1,810-4on1).
0:None
Neitherflmannotationcharacterarea1nor2areprintedonflm.
1:Onlyarea1
Onlyflmannotationcharacterarea1isprintedonflm.
2:Onlyarea2
Onlyflmannotationcharacterarea2isprintedonflm.
3:Both(default)
Bothoftheflmannotationcharacterareasareprintedonflm.
Positionalandrotationalmovementoftheflmannotationcharacterareas
Specifythepositionalandrotationalmovementoftheflmannotation
character areas in 35 to 45, 63, 65 to 68, 72, 73, 75, 83 to 86. XXXX
FilmCharacterFieldPosition&Rotation(XXXXX).
F0000009.EPS
Definition of
rotational movement
Position 0 Position 1
Position 2 Position 3
Not rotated.
90 rotated
(counterclockwise).
One-frame film area One-frame film area
Definition of
positional movement

010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-48
Specifyingthegapbetweenmammograms
Notethefollowingdetailswhenyouspecifythegapbetween
mammogramsasdirectedin57GapbetweenImageEdgeandFilm
Edge(MammographyFormat)[0.1mm].
F0000047_B00 ai
Setting range:
0 to 50 mm
(variable in 0.1 mm units)
Single format 2on1 format
Image
Left-hand
image
Right-hand
image
4on1 format
Image Image
Image Image
Outputflmdeterminationsequence
WhenYesischosenfor64EnableReduceto810 Film, the output
flmsizeisdeterminedinthefollowingsequence:
Filmcombination Determinationsequence
14"17" 8"10" 1. When the 3543 (cm) or 3535 (cm), high pixel
density,Singleformatisused,theimagewillbe
printed onto 14"17"flmatamagnifcationof100%.
2.WhenaSingleformatotherthanindicatedaboveis
used,theimagewillbeprintedonto8"10"flm.
3. 4on1 and 3on1 format images are printed on 14"17"
flms.
4.Insituationsotherthanabove,imagesareprintedon
14"17"flmsinthe2636cmflmoutputformat.
2636cm 8"10" 1.WhentheSingleformatisused,theimagewillbe
printed onto 8"10"flm.
2.Insituationsotherthanabove,theimagewillbe
printed onto 2636cmflm.
8"10" 14"14" 1. When 3535 (cm), high pixel density, Single format
isused,theimagewillbeprintedonto
14"14"flmatamagnifcationof100%.
2.WhenaSingleformatotherthanindicatedaboveis
used,theimagewillbeprintedonto8"10"flm.
3.Insituationsotherthanabove,thereisnoapplicable
flm.
8"10" 1.WhentheSingleformatisused,theimagewillbe
printed onto 8"10"flm.
2.Insituationsotherthanabove,thereisnoapplicable
flm.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-49
2636cm,3543cm/14"17",8"10"and3535cm/14"14"
flmprintoutpatterns[Reference]
2636cmflm
7
4
1
4
13 14
11
5 5
3
3
5 5
Routine TWIN 1843 TWIN
1824cm/810inch Single Routine Single 1843cm 2on1
Pantomography 2on1 2on1
Pantomography Single
1410inch Single (HQ)
Pantomography TWIN
2
3
4 5
5 4
4
4
5
4 5
5
4 5
5
1
1
1 1_1
1
1
1
4
2
5 4
4
4
2
2
2
6 6
2
7
2
2
DXCL070403004.ai
13 14
11 12
12
1014inch Single (HQ)
- Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) -
1, 1_1 : Patient information area
2 : Image processing parameter area (*1)
3 : Image processing parameter area
4 : Hospital name area
5 : Area for barcode, MPM code, etc.
6 : Patient/image processing parameter area (*1)
7 : Patient/image processing parameter area
11 : Reduced patient information area
12 : Reduced image processing parameter area (*1)
13 : Patient information area
*1 : A format that enables information specific to
mammography images to be printed on film
by selecting 1.MammographyFormat of 74
Film String Format in SYS CONFIG - 4.
PRINTER.
1824cm TWIN/2on1 (100%)
710inch 2on1 (trimming)
13
11
14
12
13
11
14
12
11
13 14 14 13
12 12 11
Mammography 2on1
13
11
14
12
13
11
14
12
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-50
3543cmflm
F0000019.EPS
12 : Reduced image processing parameter area
15 : Patient information/image processing
parameter area
3543cm/1417inch Single (HQ)
13 14
11 12
14 13
1843cm Single (HQ)
11 12
1843cm TWIN
11 12 12
1843cm 2on1
11 12 11 12
14 13
12 11
13
11
2
5
1
4
15
Different images 4on1 (example)
11
11
11
12
12 12
1843
3543cm
810inch
1414inch
13
11
13
11
13
11
13
11
14
12
14
12
810inch 2on1(100%)
13 14
11 12
Standard (trimming) 814inch 2on1 (trimming) 78inch 4on1 (trimming)
13 13 13 13
11
14
12
13 13 13 13
11
13 13 13 13
11
13 13 13 13
11
14
12
14
12
14
12
11
13
11 11
13
11
14
12
14
12
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-51
2025cmflm
DXCL070403005.ai
6 : Patient information/image processing parameter area (*1)
*1 : A format that enables information specific to
mammography images to be printed on film
by selecting 1.MammographyFormat of 74
Film String Format in SYS CONFIG - 4.
PRINTER.
11
22 21
1824cm/810inch Single,
vertical 1824cm/810inch
5 4
2430cm/1012inch,
3535cm, 3543cm,
4343cm, 1843cm,
1014inch, Single
6
6
4 5
Pantomography Single
5x8inch 2on1 (trimming)
12 12 11
21
22
1824cm (mammography)
Single
21
22
1824cm (mammography)
Single
3535cmflm
3535cm/1414inch Single
F0000022.EPS
14 13
12 11
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-52
3.7 ConfgurationDetails5.CSL/IDTFUNCTION
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(1,3,4,6to10)
For cluster
connection
1 AutoMenuSelect No
From exposure list menus of unread images, manually selects
exposuremenusoftheimagetobereadthenext.
Yes
WhenanimageisreceivedfromtheFPD,automaticallymoves
ontothenextexposuremenuitem(atthebottomonthescreen).
Specifyingwhetherornottoautomaticallymoveontothenext
exposuremenuitem(atthebottomonthescreen)whenmultiple
exposure menus are registered.
*ThisitemishiddeninV5.0.
3 EnableDistribution
Code
No
Thedistributioncodeisnotused.
Yes
Thedistributioncodeisused.
Specifyingifthedistributioncodeisusedwhenchangingexposure
menu parameters.
Agreement
required.
4 EnableFilmString No
Theflmmarkisnotused.
Yes
Theflmmarkisused.
Specifyingiftheflmannotationcharactersareusedwhenchanging
Agreement
required.
6 EnablePantomography
Processing
No
The pantomography is not used.
Yes
Image isolation processing is performed if the target image is a
pantomographymenu(MPMcode204)in10"12"size.
Specifyingwhetherornottousethepantomography(toisolatea
1530cm image from a 10"12" size image).
Agreement
required.
7 EnablePerformance
Data (RIS)
No
Theperformancedataisdisabled.
Yes
Theperformancedataisenabled.
Specifyingwhethertheresultinformation(flmsizeandsplit
exposurecount)canbedefnedfromtheDR-ID300CLmenu
parametereditdialogboxatthetimeoforderingfromtheRIS.
8 EnableAutomatic
SelectorSwitching
No
Notused.
Yes
Used.
Specifying if the automatic selector changeover function is used.
*BesuretospecifyYeswheneverArcormasX-raysourceis
used.
9 EnableRequesting
Dept.NameField
No
Therequestingdepartmentnamefeldisnotdisplayed.
Yes
Therequestingdepartmentnamefeldisdisplayed.
Specifyingiftherequestingdepartmentnamefeldisdisplayedon
the patient information entry screen.
10 EnableTechnologist
NameField
No
Thetechnologistnamefeldisnotdisplayed.
Yes
Thetechnologistnamefeldisdisplayed.
Specifyingifthetechnologistnamefeldisdisplayedonthepatient
information entry screen.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-53
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(11to13)
For cluster
connection
11 ImageRotation/
Reversal Range
0: L-Rreversal
1: T-Breversal
2: L-R,T-Breversal
3: L-Rreversal/90-deg,Rotation
4: L-R,T-Breversal/90-deg,Rotation
SelectsacombinationofL-R,T-B,90-degorRotation
L-R : Rightandleftrotation,
T-B : Topandbottomrotation,
90-deg,Rotation : 90reversal
Specifyingtherangeavailableforselectionofimagerotationand
reversalwhenchangingexposuremenuparameters.
*InV5.0orlater,thesettingforthisitemisfxedto
4:L-R,T-Breversal/90-deg,Rotation,andthisitemishidden.
12 EDR Mode Setup 0: AUTO/SEMI/FIX
1: AUTO/SEMI/FIX/SEMI-X
2: AUTO/SEMI/FIX/MANUAL
3: AUTO/SEMI/FIX/SEMI-X/MANUAL
SelectsacombinationofAUTO,SEMI,FIX,SEMI-XorMANUAL
from 0 to 3.
AUTO: AutomaticallycalculatesboththeSandLvaluesbased
on the image.
SEMI : TheLvalueisfxed.AutomaticallycalculatestheS
value as per determined process.
FIX : TheLvalueisfxed.TheSvalueisthedefaultor
manually entered.
SEMI-X : TheLvalueisfxed.AutomaticallycalculatestheS
value as per determined process. Manually enters area
for calculation and output density.
MANUAL : FormanualentryofboththeSandLvalues.
SpecifyingtherangeavailableforselectionofEDRmodewhen
changing exposure menu parameters.
*Bydefault,0 :AUTO/SEMI/FIXisdeterminedinV4.0orearlier.
Agreement
required.
13 Image Data Filing
Mode Setup
0: OFF/ON
1: OFF/ON/ON*
SelectsacombinationofOFF,ONorON*from0and1.
OFF : NottoflingtotheODdevice.
ON : FilingtotheODdevice.
ON* : FilingtotheODdevice.(Nodensityconversionis
performed.)
Specifyingtherangeavailableforselectionofflingmodewhen
changing exposure menu parameters.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-54
For cluster
connection
14 Function Setup RT,TS,ES,WS,PS,TM
( RT, TM, WS)
RT : Routineprocessing(routineexposure)
TS : Temporalsubtractionprocessing
ES : Energysubtractionprocessing
WS: Wholespineprocessing
PS : IVPprocessing
TM : Tomographicprocessing
TO : Tomosynthesisprocessing
Specifyingfunctionsthatcanbeselectedwhenchangingexposure
menu parameters.
*Enumeratefunctionsdemarcatingthemusingone-byte
Agreement
required.
15 ExaminationNo.
Length
1 to 16 ( 10) SettingtheAccessionNo.length(1to16).
*Set6orlargerwhen1issetfor29.StudyNumberIssuance
LogicSetupand14orlargerwhen2isset
*Thisfunctionalsospecifesthenumberofcharactersprintedon
flm.
Agreement
required.
16 ExaminationNo.
PaddingMethod
0: Padwithspacetothehead(1234567)
Right-paddedwithspacestothehead.
1: Padwithzerotothehead(0001234567)
Right-paddedwithzerostothehead.
2: Padwithspacetothetail(1234567)
Left-paddedwithspacestothetail.
3: Padwithzerotothetail(1234567000)
Left-paddedwithzerostothetail.
SpecifyingtheAccessionNo.paddingmethod.
*Thisfunctionalsospecifesright/leftjustifcationofcharacter
stringsprintedonflm.
Agreement
required.
17 PatientIDLength 1 to 64 ( 10) Setting the patient ID length.
* Thisfunctionalsospecifesthenumberofcharactersprintedon
flm.Tospecifythenumberofcharactersthatexceeds11,set
YesforNo.22LongTypeCharacterFormatofIMAGE
MODALITY.
Agreement
required.
18 PatientIDPadding
Method
Specifying the patient ID padding method.
*Thisfunctionalsospecifesright/leftjustifcationofcharacter
stringsprintedonflm.
*Thesetupvaluebecomesinvalidifthemassscreeningorder
issuance function is activated.
Agreement
required.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-55
For cluster
connection
19 ReceptionNo.Length 1 to 16 ( 5) SettingthereceptionNo.length.
20 ReceptionNo.Padding
Method
SpecifyingthereceptionNo.paddingmethod.
21 Exposure List Erasure
Setup
No
Does not erase.
Yes
Erases.
Specifyingwhetherornottoerasethepresetexposurelistwhen
enteringnewpatientinformationontheexaminationand
examination reservation screens.
*Bydefault,NoisdeterminedintheDR-ID300CL-APCD.
Agreement
required.
22 RequestingDept.
NameFieldSetup
0: Code
Displaystherequestingdepartmentcode.
1: NameSbcs
Displaystherequestingdepartmentnameinalphanumerics.
2: NameDbcs
Displaystherequestingdepartmentnameinkanji.
Settingthecontentofthemenutobedisplayedintherequesting
departmentnamefeld.
Agreement
required.
23 TechniciansName
Field Setup
0: Code
Displaysthetechnicianscode.
1: NameSbcs
Displaysthetechniciansnameinalphanumerics.
2: NameDbcs
Displaysthetechniciansnameinkanji.
Settingthecontentofthemenutobedisplayedinthetechnicians
namefeld.
Agreement
required.
24 Min.SetNumber 1toZZ( 1) SettingtheminimumvalueforthefunctionprocessingsetupNo.
*Enteravaluesmallerthanthatspecifedin25.Max.SetNumber
below.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-56
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(25to30,42)
For cluster
connection
25 Max.SetNumber 1toZZ(9Z) SettingthemaximumvalueforthefunctionprocessingsetupNo.
*Enteravaluelargerthanthatspecifedin24.Min.Set
Numberabove.
26 MCR Customized Card No
The hospital card is not used.
Yes
The hospital card is used.
Specifyingwhetherornottousethehospitalcard.
Fordetailsofsetup,seeInstallationAppendix2
SettingUptheMagneticCard[Option]under
AppxIN:AppendixtoInstallation.
Agreement
required.
27 MCR Card Type
(JIS/ISO)
0: JIS
1: ISO
Specifying the magnetic card type.
Agreement
required.
28 MCR Card Format
Setup
0: FUJI(JIStype,ISOtype)
1: FJ01(JIStype)
2: FJ02(JIStype)
3: FJ03(JIStype)
4: FJ04(JIStype)
5: FJ05(JIStype)
6: FJ51(ISOtype)
Specifying the magnetic card format setup type.
Agreement
required.
29 StudyNumber
Issuance Logic Setup
0: OFF
1: <SystemId+AutoIncrement>
2: <Date+SystemId+AutoIncrement>
SystemID : ConvertsAto1,........andZto26.
Date : Convertsintheformofyyyymmdd(year,month,
day).
AutoIncrement : Startswiththeinitialvaluecountedtobe0001
and the count is reset to the initial value if it
extendsoverthetwoconsecutiveyears.
Specifyingthelogicavailableforautomaticstudynumber(0021,
2F20) issuance mode.
*Verifythesettingmadein15.ExaminationNo.length.Make
surethat6orlargerissetwhen1hasbeenselectedand14or
larger,when2hasbeenselected.
*(0021,2F20)arethestudynumbertag.
30 Technician's Code
Length
1 to 2 ( 2) Settingthetechnicianscodelength.
Agreement
required.
42 Wait Time for
PerformedExposure
Info.FromXcon
1 to 30 (Do not change normally) ( 3) Specifyingthewaittime(inseconds)betweentheinstantatwhich
theIDinformationacquisitionrequestisreceivedfromthebuilt-in
typedeviceandtheinstantatwhichtheXCONexposureresult
informationisreceivedinsituationswhereexposuresaremadeby
thebuilt-intypedevicewiththeXCONbeingconnected.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-57
For cluster
connection
43 XconStatusDisplay
Strings
XCON ImagedisplaycaptionwhentheXCONisconnected.
*Useamaximumoffvealphanumericstospecifythecaption.
44 XconSerial_TXControl
Port
EnteranumericalvalueinaccordancewiththePSIboardchannel.
(Enter the value 0 if the control port is not used.) ( 0)
PerformingXCONcontrolserialportsetup.
*TousethegeneralX-raysource(otherthanArcomasX-ray
source),setthenumberotherthan0.
45 XconPerformedInfo.
Reception
No
Does not receive operating conditions.
Yes
Receives operating conditions.
Specifyingwhetherornottoreceiveoperatingconditiondata.
46 XconExposureInfo.
Transfer
No
Does not transfer exposure conditions.
Yes
Transfers exposure conditions.
Specifyingwhetherornottotransferexposureconditiondata.
LimitValue
(MinimumKVP[kv])
28 (0 - 9999) Minimumtubevoltage.
LimitValue(Maximum
KVP[kv])
110 (0 - 9999) Maximumtubevoltage.
LimitValue
(MinimumX-rayTube
Current[mA])
9 (0 - 9999) Minimumtubecurrent.
LimitValue
(MaximumX-rayTube
Current[mA])
400 (0 - 9999) Maximumtubecurrent.
LimitValue
(Minimum Exposure
Time[msec])
10 (0 - 9999) Minimum irradiation time.
LimitValue
(Maximum Exposure
Time[msec])
5400 (0 - 9999) Maximum irradiation time.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-58
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(53to57,60,64to66,68)
For cluster
connection
LimitValue
(Minimum Reserve 1)
0 (0 - 9999) MinimumReserveCode1valuetobesenttotheX-CON.
*IfusemA+msecmodewithanX-rayexposuredevicemadeby
Arcoma,setthisitemto0.
LimitValue
(Maximum Reserve 1)
8000 (0 - 9999) MaximumReserveCode1valuetobesenttotheX-CON.
55 DistributionCodefor
FCR5000 Series
Connection
5000-IIP DistributioncodeusedforreceivingimagesfromtheFCR5000
series.
*Besuretoenteramaximumofeightone-bytecharactersonthe
keyboard.
56 EnablePatientInfo.DB
Function
No
Doesnotusethepatientdatabasefunction.
Yes
Usesthepatientdatabasefunction.
Specifyingwhetherornottousethepatientdatabasefunction.
Agreement
required.
57 Max.NumberofPatient
Info.
0 to 300000 ( 5000) Maximumnumberofpatientsthatcanberecordedtothepatient
database.
Agreement
required.
60 IPInfo.Request
Timeout
(Reader:CSL=N:N)
1to60(basicallynotchanged.)( 60) TimeoutvaluethatprevailsintheDR-ID300CLwhentheRU
conductsanIPinformationsearchwhiletheRU-CLN:N
connectionsestablished.
Agreement
required.
64 MWMRISTriggerPort 5001(Basicallynotchanged.) RIStriggerreceptionportnumberforMWMuse.Enteranumerical
valueinaccordancewiththeRIStriggerreceptionport.
65 MWM RIS Trigger
Timeout
1to1000.(Basicallynotchanged.)(10) RIS trigger reception timeout value (sec) for MWM use. Agreement
required.
66 MWM Execute Study
Type
0: Manual
Manual start.
1: Trigger
Trigger-driven start.
2: Auto
Automaticexecutionuponstudyreception.
Specifying the study start method for MWM use.
SelectanappropriatemethodinaccordancewiththeRIS
specifcationsandactualhospitaloperations.
Agreement
required.
68 Exposure Menu Code
Treatment
0: Normal
1: JJ1017
2: JJ1017(Ver3)
Exposure menu code system for MWM use.
MakeanappropriateselectioninaccordancewiththeRIS
specifcations.
*ThisisthesetupiteminV4.0orearlier,orV6.2orlater.
*InV6.1orearlier,theconfgurationnameisMWMExposure
Menu Code Treatment.
Agreement
required.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-59
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(75,76,81to84,87)
For cluster
connection
75 PatientID#isUnique Yes
PatientIDnumbersmustbeunique.
No
DuplicatepatientIDnumberscanbeused.
SpecifyingwhetherthepatientIDnumberstoberegisteredinthelocal
patientdatabaseshouldbeunique.
WhenyouregistertheinformationaboutapatientIDnumberinthe
patientdatabasewithYeschosen,itoverwritestheinformationhaving
thesamepatientIDnumber.
*InV5.0orlater,thesettingforthisitemisfxedtoYes,andthisitemis
hidden.
76 PPSExposureStatus
Sequence
0: No
Does not output.
1: StatusOnly
Outputsonlyexposurestatus.
2: Status+OtherResults
Outputsexposurestatusalongwithotheractualresults.
SpecifyingwhetherthePPSshouldreturntheexposurestatus(suchas
repeat/rejectofexposures)withaPrivatetag.
*Specify0:OutputDefaultConditionfor120XconNo-DataDefault
Output.
Agreement
required.
81 EnableContinuous
BarcodeRead
Yes
Enablesthecontinuousbarcodereadfunction.
No
Disablesthecontinuousbarcodereadfunction.
Specifyingwhetherornottopermitthesamebarcodetobe
continuously registered.
82 Selection Type of
RequestingService
0: Linked
Links.
1: Separated
Does not link.
Specifyingwhetherornottoestablishalinkbetweenone-byte
requestingdepartmentnamesandkanjirequestingdepartmentnames.
*If1:Separatedischosen,youcankeyinarequestingdepartment
namefromthestudyreceptionwindow.
*NoneedtosetinV5.0.
83 DefaultRequesting
Service
Requestingdepartmentcodeconsistingofupto16one-bytecharacters.
(Blank)
Requestingdepartmentnametobedisplayedbydefault.
*Besuretokeyinaone-bytecharacterstring.
*Besuretoenterarequestingdepartmentcode.
*Thesetupvaluebecomesinvalidifthemassscreeningorderissuance
function is activated.
84 BarcodeTypefor
Search on List
0: AccessionNumber
Accessionnumber
1: PatientID
PatientID.
Searchkeyusedforbarcode-basedsearches. Agreement
required.
87 PPSEditBilling
Supplies
Yes
Editsconsumables.
No
Doesnoteditconsumables.
Specifyingwhetherornottoedittheinformationaboutrequested
consumablesintheexposureresulteditingprocess.
*ThisselectiontakeseffectonlywhenYesischosenforitemNo.88.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-60
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(88to94,96)
For cluster
connection
88 PPSEditExposure
Result
Yes
Edits the exposure results.
No
Does not edit the exposure results.
Specifyingwhetherornottoedittheexposureresultsattheendofstudy.
* ThisselectiontakeseffectonlywhentheDICOMPPSconnectionis
established.
* ThisisthesetupiteminV4.0orearlier.
89 MWMMenuName
Mapping
Yes
Handles as an exposure menu name.
No
Does not handle as an exposure menu name.
SpecifyingwhethertheCodeMeaning
(0040,0100>0040,0008>0008,0104)acquiredastheinformationabouta
responsefromtheRISshouldbehandledasanexposuremenuname.
Agreement
required.
Mapping Tag
0040,0260>0080,0104
Tag for exposure information mapping.
SpecifyingthetagforexposureinformationmappingatthePPS.
* Ifthisfeldisleftblank,exposureinformationmappingdoesnottake
place.ThetagVRmaybelimiteddependingonthesettingforitemNo.
91.
Agreement
required.
MappingKind
0: None
Performsnomapping.
1: Div+Status+Kind
Dividedexposurecount/exposurestatus/exposurekind(all).
2: Div
Divided exposure count only.
3: Status+Kind
Exposurestatus/exposurekindonly.
Specifyingtheinformationtobesetforexposureinformationmappingfor
thestandardtagatthePPS.
* TheVRvaluesthatcanbesetforthetagindicatedunderitemNo.90
are
LT,ST,UT,andLOfor1;
LT,ST,UT,LO,andSHfor2;
LT,ST,UT,andLOfor3.
Agreement
required.
92 PPSN-SETTiming 0: Complete
When the study is terminated after receipt of all images.
1: Subscribe
Whenastudyterminationprocessisperformedinsituationswhere
setup is completed so as to delete unregistered menus.
SpecifyingthetimeatwhichthePPSstudyterminationnotice(N-SET)
shouldbetransmittedtotheRIS.
93 UseDistributionCode
DepartName
0: Yes
Handlesasadistributioncode.
1: No
Doesnothandleasadistributioncode.
Specifyingwhetherornottohandlearequestingdepartmentnameasa
distributioncode.
* Thesetupvaluebecomesinvalidifthemassscreeningorderissuance
Agreement
required.
94 Film Size Setup 1100000000 Selectingaflmsize.
* Theselectableflmsizesare14"17", 2636 cm, 14"14" and 8"10".
96 KanjiPatientsName
AutoConvert
No
Notused.
Yes
Used.
Selectingwhetherornottouseafunctionforautomaticallyconvertingto
akanapatientnamewhenakanjipatientnameisinputonthehospital-
specifedpatientinformationinputwindow.(ApplicableonlyinJapan.)
Agreement
required.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-61
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(97,100,105to108)
For cluster
connection
97 Recept Computer Info
File Share Folder
C:\User\IIP\ReceptShare\ Specifyingafolderinwhichthesharedinformationfleistobe
storedwhenareceiptcomputerisconnected.
*Setupwithupuntil256charactersinalphanumericcharacters.
Agreement
required.
100 Recept Computer Info
File Temporal Folder
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Data\Reserved Specifyingafolderinwhichaninformationflewhereanerror
occurredistobebackedupwhenareceiptcomputerisconnected.
*Setupwithupuntil256charactersinalphanumericcharacters.
Agreement
required.
105 DoNextStudyAtStudy
Screen With End
ButtonClick
Yes
Used.
No
Notused.
Specifyingwhetherornottouseafunctionthatenablestostartthe
nextstudywiththestudywindowdisplayed,whenthestudyend
buttonisclickedonthestudywindow.
106 AutomaticIssuance
patient ID
Yes
Issued automatically.
No
Notissuedautomatically.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoissueapatientIDautomatically.
*WhatisdefnedbytheIssuanceIdPreset.datfleinthe
C:\ProgamFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confgfolderappliesforthe
automatic patient ID issuance logic.
*InV4.0,alwayssettoNo.
107 EnablemAsValue
Recalculation
Yes
Recalculated.
No
Notrecalculated.
SpecifyingwhetherornottorecalculatethemAsvalueusingthe
actualPPSresulteditfunction.
108 XconFormatType 0: Old
ConventionalX-CONotherthanformammography.
1: Old-Expand
ExpandedShimadzuX-CONformat
2: Old-Expand2
Expanded format2
4: Mammo1
X-CON-1formammographyuse.
5: Mammo2
X-CON-2formammographyuse.
6: Mammo3
X-CON-3formammographyuse(Notused)
SpecifyingtheX-CONtype.
1:Old-ExpandisapplicabletoShimadzuUD150B-40/L-40/L-40E/
L-40F models.
"2:Old-Expand2"isapplicabletoArcomaIntuition,Obayashimfg
Firm-RAD,andMecal'sproducts.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-62
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(109,111to118)
For cluster
connection
109 XconInterlock
Command Transfer
No
Notused.
Yes
Nottransmitted.
Specifyingwhetherornottotransmittheinterlockcommand.
111 XconSerial_TX
Baudrate
0: 1200
1: 2400
2: 4800
3: 9600
SpecifyingtheX-CONserialtransferrate(unit:bit).
112 XconNo-Response
Timeout
0-255 ( 20) SpecifyingthetimeoutvalueforresponsecomingfromtheX-CON
(unit:100msec).
113 XconDataReception
Timeout
0-255 ( 20) Specifying the timeout value for reception of data coming from the
X-CON(unit:100msec).
114 MediaAutoMount Yes
Automaticallymounted.
No
Notmountedautomatically.
SpecifyingwhetherornottomountmediaautomaticallyatCL
startup.
115 SynapseHostforWeb
Query
synapse SpecifyingnameoftheSynapseserverthatofferstheWebQuery
function.
*Makesuretoenterone-bytecharactersonthekeyboard.
*Amaximumof255alphanumericscanbeusedtospecifythe
server name.
*BesuretoentertheIPaddresswhenitwasusedtoinstallthe
Synapse Client function.
116 WebQueryRootPath /All%20Patients SpecifyingarootfolderoftheSynapseservertobesearchedfor
withtheWebQueryfunction.
*Amaximumof128two-bytescharactersand256alphanumerics
canbeusedtospecifytherootfolder.
117 XconDoseValue1 0: AverageOrganDose
AssignsthemammaryglandabsorptiondosetoValue1.
1: EntranceDose
AssignstheexposuredosetoValue1.
2: DoseProduct
AssignstheareadosetoValue1.
Specifyingwhichofthemammaryglandabsorptiondose,exposure
doseandareadose(ofthetwotypesofdosevaluestransmitted
fromtheX-CON)istobeassignedtoValue1.
118 XconDoseValue2 0: AverageOrganDose
AssignsthemammaryglandabsorptiondosetoValue2.
1: EntranceDose
AssignstheexposuredosetoValue2.
2: DoseProduct
AssignstheareadosetoValue2.
Specifyingwhichofthemammaryglandabsorptiondose,exposure
doseandareadose(ofthetwotypesofdosevaluestransmitted
fromtheX-CON)istobeassignedtoValue2.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-63
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(119,120,122,123,131,134)
For cluster
connection
119 EnableVelocity
SensitivityButton
0: No
Does not display.
1: Yes(Velocity_TOnly)
Displays only the supine position.
2: Yes(Velocity_UOnly)
Displays only the upright position.
3: Yes(Both)
Displaysboththesupinepositionanduprightposition.
Specifyingwhethertodisplayorhidethehigh-sensitivityselection
buttonforcurtailederasureofdataontheVELOCITY.
120 XconNo-DataDefault
Output
0: OutputDefaultCondition
Outputsthedefaultdatabasevaluebysettingituptothetag.
1: DoesntOutputAnything
Does not set up exposure-related information to the tag.
Specifyingthesettingforoutputofactualresultvaluewhenit
couldntbereceivedfromtheX-CON.
122 External Character
Conversion
0: Replaceasterisk
Replacesanexternalcharacterwiththeasterisk.
1: DataCut
Cut off the kanji patient name.
Specifyinghowtoconvertunspecifedexternalcharacters,usedto
representakanjipatientname,thathavebeeninputfromthe
outside, such as RIS.
0:Replaceasterisk,andthisitemishidden.
123 MWMNotReceived
Condition Delete Study
No
Study information is not deleted.
Yes
Study information is deleted.
Specifyingwhetherornottodeletethestudyinformationwhen
C-FIND-RESisnotifedeventhoughtheNetworkWLtabhasnot
beenselected.
131 EnableMultipleStudy Yes
Permitted.
No
Notpermitted.
Specifyingwhetherornottopermitmultiplestudiestostartatthe
same time.
*InV5.0orlater,thesettingforthisitemisfxedtoYes,andthis
item is hidden.
134 MWM
StudyInstanceUID
Regeneration
Yes
Permitted.
No
Notpermitted.
Specifyingwhetherornottopermitregenerationof
StudyInstanceUID for the MWM study.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-64
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(135,140to142,164,167)
For cluster
connection
135 EnableSwapImage
InOrder
Yes
Enabled.
No
Notenabled.
Specifyingwhetherornottoenablestudyimageswapping/menu
changewhenanorderisreceived.
*ApplicableonlyinJapan.
*WhenYes:Enabled.isselectedforthissetupitem,havethe
userunderstandthefollowing:Whenanychangewasmadeinan
exposure menu on the DR-ID 300CL, such changed information
cannotbereceivedontheRISside,becausetheRISiswaitingfor
theinformationbeforeanychangeoftheoriginalexposuremenu
tocome.Theactualinformationneedstobechangedalsoonthe
RIS side accordingly.
*InV5.0orlater,thesettingforthisitemisfxedtoYes,andthis
item is hidden.
140 EnableIPUseCount
List
Yes
Enabled.
No
Notenabled.
SpecifyingwhetherornottodisplaythelistofIPusecount
calculation information.
*UsetheLOGSHAREsettingtoregisterahostnameandanIP
addressfortheDR-ID300CLtargetedforcollectionoftheIPuse
count calculation information.
141 EnableIPUseCount
Reset
Yes
Reset.
No
Nottobereset.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoresettheIPusecount.
*SelectNo.
142 XconSerial_TXParity 0: none
1: odd
2: even
SpecifyingtheX-CONserialtransferparity.
164 UsePPSCacheServer No
DoesnotusethePPSCacheserver.
Yes
UsesthePPSCacheserver.
SpecifyingwhetherornottousethePPSCacheserver.
167 PDIDriverLetter One-bytecharacters.
(None)
SpecifyinganalphabeticalletterassignedtothedriveontheCD-R
drivetargetedforoutputbyusingthePDIfunction.
*Useanalphabeticalletterincapital.
*FromV5.0,thesettingforDICOMfleoutputisalsospecifedinthis
item.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-65
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(168,170to172,174,177to181)
For cluster
connection
168 PDIUseCrtLut Amaximumof64one-bytecharacters.
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut\PDI.lut
SpecifyingSoftcopyLUTappliedtoaprocessedimagebyusingthePDI
function.
*UsetheabsolutepathtospecifytheLUTflename(including
extension). If it is left empty, no CrtLut processing is performed.
item.
170 PDIUseMultibyte Yes
Included.
No
Notincluded.
Specifyingwhetherornottoincludemulti-byteinformationinthe
DICOMcontentsbyusingthePDIfunction.
item.
171 PDITransferSyntax 0: ExplicitVRLittleEndian
1: JpegLossless
SpecifyingaDICOMcontentstransfersyntaxbyusingthePDIfunction.
*ToconformwithIHE,select0:ExplicitVRLittleEndian.
item.
172 PDIImageBitStored 0: 10
1: 12
2: 14
Specifyingthebitdepth.
*ForCR,set0:10or1:12.
*ForDR,set1:12or2:14.
item.
174 EnableAutoMarker Yes
Enabled.
No
Notenabled.
Specifyingwhetherornottoenabletheautomarkerfunction.
177 DAPSerial_TXParity 0: none
1: odd
2: even
SpecifyingaDAPserialtransferparity.
178 DAPSerial_TXControl
port
0-32 ( 0) SpecifyingaDAPserialtransfercontrolportnumber.
(0:Notused.)
179 DAPMessageTrialCount 1-255 ( 3) SpecifyingaDAPmessagetransfertrialcount.
180 DAPAddress A SpecifyingaDAPaddresscharacterwhileaDAPisconnected.
(Specifyacapitalalphabet.)
181 Wait Time for Response.
FromDAP
1-30 ( 1) Specifyingatimetowait(inseconds)untilaresponseisreceivedaftera
relatedcommandwastransferredtotheDAP.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-66
For cluster
connection
182 Dap Status Display
Strings
Upto5charactersin1-bytecharacters(DAP) SpecifyingacaptionusedtoindicatearelatedstatuswhileaDAPis
connected.
183 SendXconDetail
Parameter
Yes
Detailparametersaretobesent.
No
Nodetailparametersaretobesent.
Specifyingwhetherornottosenddetailparametersatexposurecondition
transfer.
184 TypeofFPDSystem 0: PcuCif
1: SysCon
SpecifyinganFPDsystemtype.Specify1:SysConwhenusingonthe
DR-ID 300CL.
* Bydefault,0:PcuCifisdeterminedintheDR-ID300CL-APCDofV4.0
or earlier.
*ThisitemishiddeninV6.0orlater.
185 EnableDisplayReverse
Marker
Yes
Enablesthefunctiontoautomaticallydisplaytheright-and-leftreverse
marker.
No
Disablesthefunctiontoautomaticallydisplaytheright-and-leftreverse
marker.
Specifyingwhethertoenableordisablethefunctiontoautomatically
display the right-and-left reverse marker.
* Determine the right-and-left reverse marker to
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\ReverseMarker.bmp.
186 ReverseMarkerPosition
[%](X\Y)
Amaximumof7one-bytecharacters.
(12\5)
SpecifyingrelativepositionsoftheXcoordinateandtheYcoordinateat
thecenter,inrelationtothewidthoftheright-and-leftreversemarker.
* Determiningthetopleftastheoriginalpoint,delimitthenumbersfrom0
to100with\.ThefstfgureissettorepresentrelativepositionoftheX
coordinateandtheotherthatfollowsistorepresentrelativepositionof
theYcoordinate.
187 Reverse Marker Color
(ForeColor-BackColor)
0: White-Black
While-Black
1: White-Clear
White - Clear
2: Black-White
Black-White
3: Black-Clear
Black-Clear
Specifyingforegroundandbackgroundcolorsoftheright-and-leftreverse
marker.
188 MassOrderSiteCode
Mapping Tag
Amaximumof49one-bytecharacters.
(Blank)
Specifyingtowhichtagthesiteidentifcationcode,enteredusing
thescreeningexaminationorderingfunction,istobemapped.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-67
For cluster
connection
190 ImageCuttingLogicType 0: DetectorSize
Nottobecutout.
1: ExposureSize
Cutoutwiththeirradiatedfeldsize.
SpecifyingtheimagecutoutlogictobeappliedwheninputtingFPD
images.
*ToconnecttheFDRD-EVO,select0:DetectorSize.
*ThisisthesetupiteminV4.0.
0:DetectorSize, and this item is hidden.
191 Display Terminal Share
Folder
C:\User\IIP\DisplayTerminal\ Specifyingasharefolderwherethepatientinformationfles(XML
fles)aretobestored.
*Amaximumof256alphanumericscanbeusedtospecifyashare
folder name.
192 PatientInfoFileName PatientInfo.xml Specifyinganameofthepatientinformationfle(XMLfle).
*Amaximumof256alphanumericscanbeusedtospecifya
flename.
193 MonolithImageOutput
Mode
0: 13.6inch
Tobeoutputwiththe13.6inchsize(correctionareanotincluded).
1: 14inch
Tobeoutputwiththe14inchsize(correctionareaincluded).
SpecifyinganimagesizeappliedwhenoutputtinganFPDimage.
*Select0:13.6inchonlywhenconnectingtheFDRD-EVO.
194 EnableAutoExposure
AreaRecognition
Yes
Automaticallyrecognized.
No
Nottoberecognizedautomatically.
Specifyingwhetherornottohavetheirradiatedfeldtobe
recognized automatically.
*SelectYesonlywhenconnectingtheFDRD-EVO.
195 ExposureAreaMargin 0 Specifyinganerrorvalue(unit:mm)whentheirradiatedfledisto
berecognizedautomatically.
*Specifyanintegernumber.
*Thetrimmingsizeisdecidedbyreducingtherecognizedirradiated
feldareabythedeterminedvalue.BecausetheX-rayirradiation
isaprojectionofradioactivity,theirradiatedfledareaonthe
detectorfacetendstobelargerthanontheexposurestandface.
This function is used to correct such difference caused in the
irradiatedfeldarea.
196 SerialXconConnection No
Does not receive the actual result information.
Yes
Receives the actual result information.
SpecifyingwhetherornotDR-ID300CLreceivesactualresult
informationfromX-CONviaserialconnection.
*ThedefaultsettinginV6.0orearlierisNo.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-68
For cluster
connection
302 StitchPoint
MarkerPath
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\StitchPointMarker.bmp Specifyingastitchpointmarkerfletobesetontheleftsideofthe
combinedimage.
*Specifywithupuntil256alphanumericcharacters.
*InV6.0orlater,thisitemkeepsasdefaultandishidden.
*WhenthesystemisupdatedfromV5.0orearliertoV6.0orlater
withmodifedsettings,themodifedsettingswillbetakenoverand
keep hidden.
303 MotionMarkerPath C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\MotionCorrectionMarker.bmp Specifyingamotionmarkerfletobesetonthecombinedimage.
*InV6.0orlater,thisitemkeepsasdefaultandishidden.
*WhenthesystemisupdatedfromV5.0orearliertoV6.0orlater
withmodifedsettings,themodifedsettingswillbetakenoverand
keep hidden.
304 EnablePatient'sInfo.
AutomaticSearchby
Bcr/Mcr
Yes
Searches automatically.
No
Does not search automatically.
Ifthesearchfunctioninpatientdatabase/MWMPIisenabled,
specifyingwhetherornottosearchautomaticallyatthetimeof
readingBCR/MCR.
305 MaxNumberof
Exposure Menu
1 or larger ( 48) Specifyingthemaximumnumberofexposuremenuswhichcanbe
registeredonthestudyexecutionwindow.
Agreement
required.
306 Media Forlder
Warning Capacity
50-300 ( 100) Specifying the remaining capacity of the media for displaying the
warning(Unit:MB).
307 SimplifedOrdering
Report Share Folder
C:\User\IIP\OrderingReportShare\ Specifyingthedirectorytoshareflesoftheactualresultinformation
whenconnectingtoSynapseRIS/SimpleOrdering.
308 Synapse RIS URL http://localhost:8080 Specifying the URL to access the Synapse RIS.
* Do not change this setting as it is a preliminary setting.
309 EnableMultiple
Study Select
Yes
Allowstoselectmultiplestudies.
No
Doesnotallowtoselectmultiplestudies.
Specifyingwhetherornottoallowtoselectmultiplestudiesinthe
study list etc.
310 AlertMSGTypeWhen
PatientInformationwill
beModifed
0:Display
Displays a massage.
1:Non-Display
Hides a massage.
Specifyingwhetherornottodisplayamessagewhenchangingthe
patient information.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-69
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(312to315,318,320,321)
For cluster
connection
312 Media Set Default
FPD-System
BENEO
FDR-AcSelerate
CALNEOU/MT/MB
CALNEO-C
FDRD-EVO
SpecifyingthedefaultvalueifFPD-Systemcannotbeidentifed
whentheimageisretrievedfromthemedia.
313 Edge Correct RE 100-1600 ( 300) Specifyingthemagnifcationratio(%)toadjustthefrequency
emphasislevelinthemagnifcationdisplayfunction.
*ThevaluegivenbymultiplyingRE/MREbythisvaluewillbethe
parameter for emphasizing the edge.
*ThisparameteriseffectivefortwoparametersofRE/MRE.
*ThisitemcanalsobesetupusingtheUserUtilityfunction.The
itemsetupthelastwillbevalid.
314 SelectionofGT
ParameterType
0:compatibleonly
Old(Onlythecapitalcharacterscanbeused)
1:newonly
New(Onlythelower-casecharacterscanbeused)
2:both
Bothtypesofcharacterscanbeused.
Specifyingtheflteringmethodforimageprocessingsparameters
andparametersofGT.
Agreement
required.
315 DisplayBattery
Warning
Yes
Displaysthewarningforlowbattery.
No
Doesnotdisplaythewarningforlowbattery.
Specifyingwhetherornottodisplaythewarningforlowbatteryon
DR-ID601SE,DR-ID602SEandDR-ID611SEwhenastudyis
started.
318 UseX-rayFree
Operation
No
DoesnotusetheoperationsrelatedtoX-rayautomaticdetection
function.
Yes
UsestheoperationsrelatedtoX-rayautomaticdetectionfunction.
SpecifyingwhetherornottousetheoperationsrelatedtoX-ray
320 RemainingBattery
Display Format
0:hh:mm
Time
1:Percent
%
Specifyingtheunittoshowthebatterypower.
321 UseX-rayFree
OperationMode
No
UnabletoselecttheoperationmodeofX-rayautomaticdetection
function in User Utility.
Yes
EnabletoselecttheoperationmodeofX-rayautomaticdetection
Specifyingwhetherornottoselecttheoperationmode(Auto,
Manual)ofX-rayautomaticdetectionfunctioninUserUtility.
*WhenchangingthesettingfromYestoNo,besuretosetthe
operationmodeofX-rayautomaticdetectionfunctioninUser
UtilitytoAutoinadvance.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-70
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(322,323,325,327,328,335to339)
For cluster
connection
322 Use ES Motion
CorrectionParamSet
No
Does not display the ES motion correction parameter set.
Yes
Displays the ES motion correction parameter set.
SpecifyingwhetherornottodisplaytheESmotioncorrection
parameter set.
323 TopBoardToPartition
Distance
0 (0-500) Specifyingthedistancebetweenthetopboardoftheupright
exposure stand and the partition (mm).
Withoutpartition:0
Withpartition:37
*Operationwith/withoutpartitionisfxedinuprightexposures.
Thesettingcannotbechangedforeachexposure.
325 DistancePathofQC
Test
E:/ SpecifyingthedestinationtosavetheQCtesttarget.
327 GPRProcessing
algorithmto DRImage
0:old
1:GPR2
SettingthetypeoftheGPRprocessingalgorithmexecutedforDR
images.
328 Reduction Ratio of WS
image(DR)isfxed
No
Thereductionratioisfuctuated.
Yes
Thereductionratioisfxed.
Specifyingthereductionratioofalong-viewimage.
335 Motion Correct Marker
Path
( C:/ProgramFiles/FujiFilm/IIP/Confg/CorrectedMotionMarker.bmp)
Specifyingthefoldercontainingmotioncorrectionmarkertobeset
toacombinedimage.
336 Density Irregularity
WarningValue
4 (-1 to 20) Specifyingthethresholdvalueforthedensityirregularitywarningin
thealignmentdetectionprocessing(%).
*-1settingmeansprocessingOFF.
* When set to 0 and saved, this value is automatically changed to -1
(processingOFF).
337 ModeofAlignment
Autowarning
Detect
Detection mode
Specifying the alignment detection processing mode.
*ForV6.2,themodeisfxedtoDetect.
338 ExaminationNo.
Alignment
Left
Right
Settingthealignmentconditionsfortheaccessionnumber.
339 EnableFunctionMass
Order
No
Enable.
Yes
Disable.
Specifyingwhetherornottoenablethefunctiontoissuemass
order.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-71
For cluster
connection
340 EnableAutoPairing No
Enable.
Yes
Disable.
Settingwhetherornottoenabletheauto-pairingmenu.
341 Sorting priority of the
studylist for Smacon
None Specifying the sorting priority of the study list screen for Smacon.
*ForV7.0,donotchangethissettingasitisapreliminarysetting.
*Whennotspecifed,sortingofthestudiesisdonebytheworkID.
*Uptothreeconditionscanbespecifed.
*Incaseofmultiplespecifcations,theCSVformatmustbeused
forthespecifcation(specifytheelementwiththehighestpriority
frst).
342 Filtering conditions of
the cluster's hostname
for Smacon
None SettingtheclustershostnametobedisplayedontheSmacon
study list screen.
*Allhostsaredisplayedwhennospecifcationismade.
*Incaseofmultiplespecifcations,thesettingmustbespecifed
withtheCSVformat(specifytheelementwiththehighestpriority
frst).
343 Display Maximum
numberofthestudylist
for Smacon.
0 (0 to 1000) Specifyingthemax.numberofstudiestobedisplayedonthe
Smacon study list screen.
*When0isspecifed,thenumberofstudiestobedisplayed
becomesunlimited.
344 RangeofIPaddresses
for the Smacon
172\.16\.0\.10 SpecifyingtheIPaddressesrecognizedbytheSmaconasaregular
expression.
345 Smacon Default Login
UserName
Upto16one-bytecharacters.( Guest) SettingtheloginusernameforSmaconwhenthesecurityfunction
isdisabled.
346 Smacon Default Login
Password
Upto20one-bytecharacters. ( Password) SettingtheloginuserpasswordforSmaconwhenthesecurity
functionisdisabled.
347 Smacon Login Timeout 30 (1 to 1440) SpecifyingtheSmaconauthenticationtimeoutvalue(unit:min).
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-72
CSL/IDTFUNCTIONsetupitems(348,352to354)
For cluster
connection
348 DisplayCalibration
Dialog
No
Notdisplayed.
Yes
Displayed.
Settingwhetherornottodisplayawarningmessageatthetimeof
calibration.
352 UseXfreeHigh
Sensitive Mode
No
Notused.
Yes
Used.
Settingwhetherornottousethehigh-sensitivitymodeoftheX-ray
353 Time-outValueinHigh
Sensitive Mode
30 (5 to 60) Specifyingthetimeoutvalueinhigh-sensitivitymodeoftheX-ray
automaticdetectionfunction(unit:sec).
354 MPMCodeforQCLag
Image
Upto64one-bytecharacters.( 091E) SpecifyingtheMPMcodeusedasamenufornon-exposedQCin
thehighsensitivemodeoftheX-rayautomaticdetectionfunction.
*Multiplecodescanbespecifeddelimitedbycommas.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-73
3.8 ConfgurationDetails7.CONFIGOPTION
CONFIGOPTIONsetupitems(2,3,5to7,11,13)
For cluster
connection
2 EnableTrimming
Function
Yes
Enablesthetrimmingfunction.
No
Disablesthetrimmingfunction.
Specifyingwhetherornottoenablethetrimmingfunction.
*Settingsforwhetherthetrimmingfunctionisenabledordisabled
mustbethesameinahospital.
*ToconnecttheFDRD-EVO,selectYes.
3 EnableReaderQC
Function
Yes
EnablestheImageReaderQCfunction.
No
DisablestheImageReaderQCfunction.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoenabletheImageReaderQC
function.
5 EnableSynapse
WebQuery
Yes
EnablestheSynapseWebQueryfunction.
No
DisablestheSynapseWebQueryfunction.
SpecifyingwhethertoenableordisabletheSynapseWebQuery
function.
6 EnableS/LValue
Restriction Function
Yes
Performssettingandwarning.
No
Nottoperformsettingandwarning.
Specifyingwhetherornottoperformsettingandwarningforthe
allowablerangeofSandLvalues.
7 Enable
RetakeAnalysis
Function
Yes
EnablestheRetakeAnalysisfunction.
No
DisablestheRetakeAnalysisfunction.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoenabletheRetakeAnalysisfunction.
*Toenablethisoption,usethelogstoragefunctionofferedbythe
UserUtilitytocollectnecessarylogsbeforehand.
*Toenablethisoption,specifyYesalsoforNos.34and51of
IMAGEMODALITYsetupitems.
* UsetheLOGSHAREsetupfunctiontoregisterthehostnameandIP
addressoftheDR-ID300CLtargetedforcalculationofRetakeAnalysis.
11 EnableSixImage
Display
No
Disablessix-imagedisplay.
Yes
Enablessix-imagedisplay.
Specifyingwhethertoenableordisablesix-imagemonitoringmode
ontheStudyExecutionWindow.
13 EnableConnecting
DAPDirectly
Yes
ConnectsdirectlytoaDAP.
No
DoesnotconnectdirectlytoaDAP.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoconnectDR-ID300CLdirectlytoaDAP.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-74
CONFIGOPTIONsetupitems(14,15)
For cluster
connection
14 EnableAlignmentAuto
warning
No
Disable.
Yes
Enable.
Specifyingwhetherornottoenabletheportablealignmentdetection
function.
15 Enable
ConsoleGatewayon
WebApplication
No
Disable.
Yes
Enable.
SettingwhetherornottoenabletheConsoleGateway.
*SelectYeswhenfunctionsoperatedontheConsoleGatewayare
tobeused.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-75
3.9 ConfgurationDetails8.CONFIGQC
CONFIGQCsetupitems(1,2)
For cluster
connection
1 VisibleQCRecord
DeleteButton
Yes
Displaysthebutton.
No
Doesnotdisplaythebutton.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoshowtheDeletebuttonontheImage
ReaderQChistoryinformationdisplaywindow.
2 DestinationPathof
QCRecordFile
E:\ Specifying a directory for storage of history information on the
ImageReaderQChistoryinformationdisplaywindow.
*ThedefaultvalueforV3.1orearlierisA:\.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-76
3.10 ConfgurationDetails10.CONFIGQR
CONFIGQRsetupitems(1to3)
No. Name Selection Meaning Remarks
1 Retrieved Image
ViewerFinishMode
0: Normal
Normalfnish(fnishingafterclickingthefnishbutton)
1: FinishAfterReprint
Finishes after generating reprint.
Specifyingimageconfrmationfnishmode.
2 Reverse LUT For
ProcessedImage
0: None
NoConsolereverse-conversionprocessingisperformed.
1: SendConfgurationInformation
Console reverse-conversion processing is performed on the
printer side after LUT type information is sent to the printer.
Nottoperformsettingandwarning.
2: ApplyReverseLUT
Console reverse-conversion processing is performed at the
output process of the console.
SpecifyingwhetherornottoperformLUTreverse-conversion
processingwhenaprocessedimageisretrieved.
3 ThePatientFormat
For Search Condition
* : (1)family
*^* : (2)family,given
*^*^* : (3)family,given,middle
*^*^*^* : (4)family,given,middle,prefx
*^*^*^*^* : (5)family,given,middle,prefx,suffx
*=* : (1)Multi-bytesupportto(1)above.
*^*=*^* : (2)Multi-bytesupportto(2)above.
*^*^*=*^*^* : (3)Multi-bytesupportto(3)above.
*^*^*^*=*^*^*^* : (4)Multi-bytesupportto(4)above.
*^*^*^*^*=*^*^*^*^* : (5)Multi-bytesupportto(5)above.
Specifyingwhichelement(s)ofapatientnameistobematched
withthesearchconditions.
*Apatientnameconsistsofthefollowingfveelements.
Thissetupitemistodeterminewhichofthosefveelementsareto
bematchedwiththesearchconditions.
family,given,middle,prefx,suffx
* * appearing in the selective alternatives at left represents one of
the patient name elements.
^showsdelimitationbetweentheelements,and=showsthat
multi-bytecharacterscanbetypedin.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-77
3.11 ConfgurationDetails99.CONFIGFIX
CONFIGQRsetupitems(1)
No. Name Selection Meaning Remarks
1 MaximumDataSize 1 or larger ( 87040) ThresholdoftheImagefolderusage(MB).
*WhenenablingtheTomosynthesisfunction,setto160000(MB).
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-78
3.12 SettingtheNameElementsforDICOM
Connection
Thisappendixexplainsabouttheprocedureforchangingthename
elementsequenceanddelimiter.
Atsomeinstitutions,apatientnameisdisplayedonthemonitorby
changingthesequenceofitselements.Forexample,thenameFuji
TaromaybedisplayedasTaroFuji(withthegivennameandfamily
name positions interchanged).
TheDICOMprotocolstipulatesonlyonesequenceofnameelements.
Therefore,itisnecessarytodefnetherelationshipbetweenthename
elementsequencestipulatedbystandards(orconditions)otherthan
DICOMandthenameelementsequencestipulatedbyDICOM.
1. StarttheServiceUtilityoftheDR-ID300CL.
2. Click .
3. Click the sign within .
4. Selectastandard(condition)(e.g.,FINP).
00000423.EPS
Standard (or condition)
IMPORTANT
Do not change the settings for DICOM_MWM_PPS, DICOM_IN, or
DICOM_OUT.
5. Performthesetupstepsindicatedbelow:
00000424.EPS
I
II
III
I. To validate this standard (condition) change, check it ( ).
II. Enteraone-bytecharacterdelimiterbetweennameelements.
NOTES
Any one-byte characters can be used as a delimiter. However, a
one-byte space ( ), hyphen (-), comma (,) or period (.) should
normally be used.
One or two kinds of delimiters can be defned (either can be used
as a delimiter). For instance, enter -, if you wish to defne both of
hyphen and comma.
Input example: Element3=given, middle-family
III. Enteramulti-bytecharacterdelimiterbetweennameelements.
NOTES
Any one- or two-byte characters can be used as a delimiter.
However, a two-byte space ( ) or hyphen () should normally be
used.
One or two kinds of delimiters can be defned (either can be used
as a delimiter). For instance, enter if you wish to defne both of
two-byte space and hyphen.
Input example: Element3=given middle family
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-79
6. Setupnameelementsforone-bytecharacters.
Enternameelementsdirectlyonthekeyboard.Toseparateonename
elementfromtheother,useadelimiterdefnedinstep4.above.
MU000010.ai
One name element
(family (name))
Two name elements
(family given)
Three name elements
(family given middle)
Four name elements
(family given middle
prefix)
Five name elements
prefix suffix)
7. Setupnameelementsformulti-bytecharacters.
Enternameelementsdirectlyonthekeyboard.Toseparateonename
elementfromtheother,useadelimiterdefnedinstep5.above.
MU000011.ai
One name element
(family (name))
Two name elements
(family given)
Three name elements
(family given middle)
Four name elements
prefix)
Five name elements
prefix suffix)
8. UsetheConfguration(F)menutosavethesetupdata.
3.13 SettingUptheDICOMPrintFilm
Sorting Function
WhenaprintertargetedforDICOMprintouthasamultiplenumberof
BIN(sorter),flmoutputispossibletodifferentBINsaccordingly
dependingontherequirement.
Intheproceduredescribedherein,theprintertargetedforDICOM
printoutistheDRYPIX7000andtherequirement(recognitionkey)for
flmoutputtoeachBINistheRequestingDepartmentInformation
(REQ_SEV),asillustratedbelow.
00000400.ai
DRYPIX7000
BIN1
BIN2
Study1
Radio
1
Study2
Surgi#1
2
Study3
Inter#1
2
DR-ID 300CL
Requesting department
information :
Setup example

BIN setting :
Describedbelowisthesetupprocedure.
1. StartupDR-ID300CLServiceUtilitymode.
2. Click[SetupConfgurationItem].
3. Select and
fromthetreeontheleft-handsideofthewindow.Select
thentheDICOMprintAEname(fujiprinter-DICOM-
DRYPIX7000).
TheAEsetupwindowfortheDRYPIX7000opensontheright-
handsideofthewindow.
4. Click .
TheDICOMSetupwindowopens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-80
5. Make the following selections and entry.
00000055.ai
I
II
III
I. SelectBIN_I.
II. Selectarecognitionkey(e.g.:REQ_SRV).
(IndentforREQ_SRV,MPMandBODY_PART.)
III. EnteraBINnumber(e.g.:1).
REFERENCE
In the Default Bin Number box, specify the default BIN number to
which the flm is to be output when an input number verifcation is
not possible.
6. Click .
Youarereturnedtothepreviouswindow.
7. Select .
00000054.ai
Theright-handsideofthewindowchangestotheflmsorting
setup list.
8. Click .
TheFilmSortingwindowopens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-81
9. Make the following selections and entries.
00000053.EPS
I
II
III
I. SelecttheAEname.
II. Enteraverifcationdataitem.
Whentherecognitionkeyspecifedatstep5.aboveisREQ_
SRV*,enterarequestingdepartmentname(e.g.:Radio).
Whentherecognitionkeyspecifedatstep5.aboveisMPM*,
enteranMPMcode(e.g.:0200).
Whentherecognitionkeyspecifedatstep5.aboveisBODY_
PART*,enterananatomicalregion(e.g.:CHEST).
(Notethat*indicatesanindent.)
III. EnteraBINnumber.
10. Click .
Youarereturnedtothepreviouswindow.
11. Tosetupotherverifcationdataitemscontinuously,repeat
steps8.to10.above.
12. UsetheConfgurationmenutosavethesetupdata.
Thewindowbelowshowstheresultsofsetupexamplepresentedat
thebeginningofthissection.
00000052.EPS
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-82
3.14 PatientInformationSharingFunction
Setup
The patient information sharing function is exercised to share the
patientinformationbetweentwoormoreDR-ID300CLsand
CR-IR348CLunitsexistinginthesamenetwork.
IncompliancewithanIDinquiry(IPbarcode)comingfromtheImage
Reader,therelevantDR-ID300willacquirerequestedIDinformation
fromanyCR-IR348CLorDR-ID300evenwhenthatCLhasnosuch
information.
WhentheCR-IR348CLandDR-ID300sareinterconnectedasshown
below,thepatientinformationsharingfunctionissetuptoenablethe
units (e.g., DR-ID 300CL-a and cl-a) to share the patient information.
Connection example
group-B
CL-a CL-b
172.16.1.101 172.16.1.102
172.16.1.201 172.16.1.202
GateWay
group-A
00000549.ai
DR-ID 300CL
-a
DR-ID 300CL
-b
Thesetupprocedureisdescribedbelow:
1. StarttheDR-ID300CLsServiceUtility.
3. Click .
Theright-handareaofthewindowchangestotheCONFIG\IDT
CONNECTINGwindow.
4. Click .
TheIDTConnectionwindowopens.
5. Entersettingsasdirectedbelow:
00000555.EPS
I
II
III
IV
V
I. Enter the host name.
NOTE
Do not use the following characters for a host name.
< > & ' " / \
II. EntertheIPaddress.
III. Selectamachineattribute.
IV. Specify the group name.
NOTE
When you specify the group name for the frst time, the GroupName
feld contains no entry. Therefore, enter a group name from the
keyboard.
V. Whenyoudefnethemachineasagateway,check
( ).
NOTE
When the patient information is to be shared by groups, it is
necessary to defne one unit of each group as the gateway (check
).
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-83
6. Click .
7. Tosetupanothermachine,repeatsteps4.through6.
8. WiththeConfgmenu,savethesetupdata.
Thewindowshownbelowindicatestheresultsthatareobtainedwhen
theequipmentissetupasindicatedintheconnectionexampleatthe
beginningofthissection.
00000556.EPS
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-84
3.15 MACAddressManualInput
WhentheMACaddresscannotautomaticallybeacquired,thisutilityis
used to make a manual entry and let the DR-ID 300CL recognize it.
NOTE
If the MAC address is not acquired, the DR-ID 300CL-AP does not start
up (Error 20110 or 20111 occurs).
Whenthefollowingwindowopensandindicatesthatthevaluesinthe
MACaddressfeldsareall0s,itmeansthattheMACaddressisnot
automaticallyacquired.
Insuchaninstance,entera12-digitvalue(00:50:DA:C4:D5:8Dwhen
only one DR-ID 300CL is used). The next time the DR-ID 300CL starts
up,itrecognizestheenteredvalueastheMACaddresssothatthe
DR-ID300CL-APstartsrunning.
IftwoormoreDR-ID300CLsareused,makethefollowingentries.
ForeachDR-ID300CLaddition,incrementthelasttwo-digitvalueby
one (in hexadecimal notation).
2ndunit:00:50:DA:C4:D5:8E
3rdunit :00:50:DA:C4:D5:8F
4thunit :00:50:DA:C4:D5:90
MU000008.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-85
3.16 LogInformationSharingFunctionSetup
Setupoftheloginformationsharingfunctionenablesyoutousethe
RetakeAnalysisfunctionandIPusecountcalculationfunction.
NOTE
To make use of the Retake Analysis function, the OpRetakeAnalysis
option key must be installed.
Newsetup
Describedbelowistheprocedureusedtonewlysetuphostnameand
IPaddressoftheDR-ID300CLwithwhichtheloginformationistobe
shared.
1. StartuptheDR-ID300CLServiceUtility.
3. Click .
4. Click .
TheLogSharewindowopens.
5. Entersettingsasdirectedbelow.
00000565.EPS
I
II
I. Enter the host name.
NOTE
< > & ' " / \
II. EntertheIPaddress.
6. Click .
7. ToregisterotherDR-ID300CLssuccessively,repeatsteps4
through 6.
8. UsetheConfgmenutosavethesetupdata.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-86
Deleting unnecessary settings
3. Click .
4. Onthepanerightofthewindow,selectthenameofa
DR-ID300CLtobedeletedandthenclick[Delete].
Changing settings
DescribedbelowistheprocedureusedtochangehostnamesandIP
addressesofotherDR-ID300CLswithwhichtheloginformationisto
beshared.
NOTE
Host name and IP address of this equipment are only to be displayed
and cannot be changed.
3. Click .
4. SelecthostnameandIPaddressoftheDR-ID300CL
targeted for change.
5. Click .
TheLogSharewindowopens.
6. ChangehostnameandIPaddressappropriately.
NOTE
< > & ' " / \
7. Click .
8. TochangesettingsofotherDR-ID300CLssuccessively,
repeat steps 4 through 7.
9. UsetheConfgmenutosavethesetupdata.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-87
4. DisplayOptimizationLUT
InstallanLUTflethatmatchesthedisplaycharacteristics.
REFERENCE
The LUT fle is used to adjust luminance values measured on an image
displayed on the monitor.
1. StarttheDR-ID300CLServiceUtility.
2. Click[LUT].
TheMonitorListwindowopens.
ForV6.2orearlier
DXCL070404001.ai
ForV7.0orlater
DXCL070404002.ai
3. Select the connected display and then click .
LinearLUT : Linear(lineargradation)LUT
nanaoL560T-C : EIZO17LCDmonitorwithtouch
nanaoRadiforceRX210 : LCDmonitorRadiforceRX210
NOTE
Settingsarethuscompleted,andthesystemreturnstotheIIP
ServiceUtilitywindow.
REFERENCE
comparing the fle contents when the fle is opened in the notepad.
LUT fle settable in DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-88
5. Restoring/BackingUp
theConfgurationFile
ConfgurationRestore/Backup
Fordetailsofproceduresusedforrestoringtheconfgurationfle,
see 13.RestoringtheConfgunderMC:Inspection,
ReplacementandAdjustment.
1. Click[ConfgurationRestore/Backup]onthemainmenu.
TheconfgurationRestore/Backupwindowopens.
2. Click[...]fortheConfgurationBackuparea.
00000417.EPS
Awindowopens,promptingyoutospecifythesavedestination.
3. Clickthedownwardarrowmark( )within
intheDrive:boxto
selectthedriveontowhichtheconfgurationfleistobe
saved.
TheDirectory:boxshowsthedirectorystructureoftheselected
drive.
NOTE
Do not select drive D.
REFERENCE
If drive A is selected, a message appears to prompt for the
insertion of an FD.
4. Select a save destination directory and then click
.
ThesystemreturnstotheConfgurationRestore/Backupwindow.
5. Click .
NOTE
Even when the save process ends, no message appears to
indicate it. While the save process is being performed, the mouse
cursor is replaced by the mark. When the mark changes
back to the mouse cursor, it means that the save process is ended.
Note, however, that the mark appears only when the mouse
cursor is positioned within the Confguration Restore/Backup
window.
6. Click .
The system returns to the main menu.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-89
6. RetrievingEDRData
RetrieveEDRBackupData
1. Click[RetrieveEDRBackupData]onthemainmenu.
AlistofEDRdataappears.
00000067.EPS
EDR data list
REFERENCE
No EDR data appears immediately after installation.
EDR data listings do not appear until images are transferred to the
DR-ID 300CL.
2. SelectoneormoreEDRdata.
When selecting only one piece of EDR data
I. SelectanEDRdataitembyclickingit.
Theselecteditembecomeshighlighted.
WhenselectingtwoormorecontiguousEDRdata(selectingall
databetweenI and IIinthewindowillustrationbelow)
I
II
00000068.EPS
I. Clickthefrstitemofasetofcontiguousdata(ImageTime
14:32:22intheabovewindowillustration).
II. HolddowntheShiftkeyandclickthelastitem(ImageTime
14:37:37intheabovewindowillustration)ofthe
contiguous data set.
Alltheitemsfromthefrsttothelastbecomehighlighted.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-90
WhenselectingtwoormorenoncontiguousEDRdata
I
II
III
00000069.EPS
I. Clickthefrstitemtobeselected(ImageTime14:32:22
intheabovewindowillustration).
II. HolddowntheCtrlkeyandclicktheseconditemtobe
selected(ImageTime14:33:37intheabovewindow
illustration).
Theseconditembecomeshighlightedaswell.
III. HolddowntheCtrlkeyandclickthethirditemtobeselected
(ImageTime14:37:37intheabovewindowillustration).
Thethirditembecomeshighlightedaswell.
IV. To select any additional item, repeat step III.
REFERENCE
Even if highlighted items are hidden when the window scrolls,
they are retained as selected items.
3. Click .
Awindowopens,promptingyoutospecifythesavedestination.
4. Clickthedownwardarrowmark( )within
intheDriveboxtoselectthedrive
ontowhichtheEDRdataistobesaved.
Theleft-handareaofthewindowshowsthedirectorystructureof
the selected drive.
5. Select the save destination directory and then click
.
REFERENCE
If drive a is selected, a message appears to prompt for the
insertion of an FD.
When the save process ends, the system returns to the Retrieve
EDRBackupDatawindow.
6. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-91
7. Verifying the Connection to
OtherConnectedEquipment
Verify Connection
1. Click[VerifyConnection]onthemainmenu.
TheVerifyConnectionwindowopens.
00000070.ai
2. VerifythePingorDICOMconnectionasdirectedbelow:
VerifyingtheconnectionwiththePing
I. In the feld,
enterthehostnameorIPaddressoftheequipmenttobe
subjectedtoconnectionverifcation.
REFERENCE
Clicking the downward arrow mark within
lists the host
names of equipment registered in the Service Utility.
II. Click .
Thecommandpromptwindowopens.
III. Verifytheconnection.
Theconnectionisnormalwhenthefollowingmessageis
displayedfourtimeswithinthecommandpromptwindow.
Replyfrom127.0.0.1:bytes=32time<1msTTL=128
REFERENCE
Values for time<1ms and TTL=128 in the message above
vary depending on the network status. Connection remains
normal even though such values vary.
IV. Closethecommandpromptwindow.
ThesystemreturnstotheVerifyConnectionwindow.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-92
VerifyingtheDICOMequipmentconnection
NOTE
To verify connections between DICOM equipment units, it is
necessary that both this equipment and other connected
equipment must support Service Class for the Verifcation
function.
I. Clickthedownwardarrowmark within
tospecifytheAEnameof
theDICOMequipmenttobesubjectedtoconnection
verifcation.
II. Click .
III. Verifytheconnection.
Whenthewindowbelowopens,theconnectionisOK.
00000246.EPS
3. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-93
8. PrintOutputFunction
Presentedhereinarethesettingsnecessaryforenablingtheprint
output function.
Setupnecessarywheneditingtheflmannotation
characterformat
Describesvarioussetupitemsfortheflmannotationcharacterformat.
See 3.6ConfgurationDetails4.PRINTER.
Filmannotationcharactersetup(directeditingof
FilmStrFmt)
Describestheflmannotationcharactersetupproceduredefnedfor
eachFMTNo.
See 8.1FilmAnnotationCharacterSetup(DirectEditingof
FilmStrFmt).
Printformats
TheDR-ID300CLsupportsthefollowingprintformats:Single,Twin,
2on1 and 4on1
TWIN 2on1 Single
4on1 F0000020.EPS
Image
Film
Single: Oneimageisallottedonflm.
Twin : Twosameimagesareallottedonflm.
Eachoftheimagesaresubjectedtodifferentimage
processing.
2on1 : Twodifferentimagesareallottedonflm.
4on1 : Fourdifferentimagesareallottedonflm.
REFERENCE
When the image size is larger than the area available for printing an
image on flm, the image size will be reduced automatically to the area
available for image printing.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-94
8.1 FilmAnnotationCharacterSetup
(DirectEditingofFilmStrFmt)
Thissectiondescribestheflmannotationcharactersetupprocedurefor
FMTnumbers,whichareindicatedunder 2636cm, 3543cm/
14"17", 8"10" and 3535cm/14"14"flmprintoutpatterns[Reference]
in3.6ConfgurationDetails4.PRINTER.
Filmannotationcharactersetupisperformedbydirectlyeditingthe
contentsoftheFilmStrFmtfle.
IMPORTANT
When directly editing the contents of the FilmStrFmt fle, be sure to
select No as the confguration setting for No. 56 (Enable Auto Edit
Function of Film String Format File) in 1. Setup Necessary When
Connecting the LP.
If you directly edit the contents of the fle while the setting is left ON, the
Service Utility may restore the previous contents of the FilmStrFmt fle.
Therefore, when editing the FilmStrFmt fle, follow the steps indicated
below.
1. If you intend to edit the printer-related confguration settings with the
Service Utility, do it frst.
2. Complete an editing procedure with the Service Utility (only the
confguration settings related to the printer), save the results, and
then change the No. 56 setting to No.
3. Finally, edit the contents of the FilmStrFmt fle.
Once the FilmStrFmt fle is directly edited, you should avoid performing
setup with the Service Utility.
After the FilmStrFmt fle is edited, you should keep a record of the
applied changes within the FilmStrFmt fle in the form of a comment.
8.1.1 ProcedureforDirectlyEditingtheFilmStrFmtFile
1. StarttheServiceUtilitymode.
FortheServiceUtilitystartupprocedure,see1.Starting/
ExitingtheServiceUtilityinMU:MaintenanceUtility.
2. ClickEdit/ViewFilmString.
DXCL040408001.ai
TheEdit/ViewFilmStringwindowopens.
3. Click .
Notepadopens.
4. Editthefleintheformatdescribedlater(8.1.2FilmStrFmt
FileDescriptionFormatandsubsequentsections).
5. SavetheFilmStrFmtfleandthencloseNotepad(Notepad.exe).
NOTE
The FilmStrFmt fle uses Unicode characters. Therefore, be sure to
use Notepad and save the edited fle in Unicode format.
If the application software version is upgraded together with the
FilmStrFmt fle, do not restore the FilmStrFmt fle that is backed up on
an FD or like media. Locate the new version of FilmStrFmt fle that is
installed upon a software upgrade and edit it according to the backed
up fle as needed.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-95
8.1.2 FilmStrFmtFileDescriptionFormat
FollowingistheFilmStrFmtfledescriptionformat.
FR000015 2.EPS
FMT1 = (1202,188,L)[
SetFontTypeFace ("Arial");
SetFontSize (55);
FilmStrings(" ",%-10s),
(0019,2F90);
#ifdef LONG TYPE NO
SetFontSize (44);
FilmStrings(%-10s),
(0010,0020);
FilmStrings(%-20s," ","[",%SEX2,"]"," ",%DATE1,"B"),
(0010,0010),(0010,0040),(0010,0030);
#endif
#ifdef LONG TYPE YES
SetFontTypeFace ("Lucida Console");
SetFontSize (43);
FilmStrings(%-16s),
(0010,0020);
FilmStrings(%-30s,"[",%SEX2,"]"," ",%DATE1,"B"),
(0010,0010),(0010,0040),(0010,0030);
#endif
SetFontSize (44);
FilmStrings("EXP:",%DATE1," ","[",%TIME1,"]"," ","SC:",$MAG,"%",\t,\t," ",$FUNC PROC),
(0008,0022),(0008,0032);
]
FMT1 1 = (1282,188,L)[
Example of description

Format name
Command
Settings for one
film annotation
character format
Settings for one
film annotation
character format
Command for specifying the character string
Area size and position
Command for specifying the font type
Command for specifying the font size

Command for specifying the character string
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-96
Followingarethedetailsofeachsetting.
Format name
Describesthenameoftheformat.Donotchangethedescriptionfor
the DR-ID 300CL.
REFERENCE
The ImageSize.env fle stored in the C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\
Confguration folder defnes which format should be used by an
output flm.
x_1 for the FMT number (1_2 for FMT1) is a setting for the 20pixel/
mm image and x_M is for the mammography format.
Areasizeandposition
Specifytheareasizeandpositionbetweenparenthesestotheright
oftheformatname,connectingthemwitheachotherusinganequal
sign(=).
X-size,Y-size,position
Item Description
X-size Specifyingthewidthoftheflmannotationcharacter
displayarea(0<X-size<4280pixel)
Y-size Specifyingtheheightoftheflmannotationcharacter
displayarea(0<Y-size<4280pixel)
Position Specifyingthepositionofcharactersintheflmannotation
characterdisplayarea(C:centering,R:rightpadding,
L:leftpadding)
NOTE
When an item other than L is specifed in Position, the left side of
the string might not be displayed depending on the space on the
right side of the string.
Command
Describesthecommandforsettingflmannotationcharacterformat.
Here, command format is similar to a programming language.
These commands relate to fonts and character strings.
Fordetails,see8.1.3ChangingtheFilmAnnotation
Characters.
Font specifying commands
Fontspecifcation Command
Fonttypespecifcation SetFontTypeFace
Fontsizespecifcation SetFontSize
Fontstylespecifcation SetFontStyle
Character string specifying commands
Outputcharacterstringspecifcation Command
Linespacingspecifcation LineSpacing
Outputformatandattributespecifcation FilmStrings
CautionsineditingtheFilmStrFmtfle
FollowingarethecautionstoobservewheneditingtheFilmStrFmtfle.
#atthetopofalineindicatesacommentline.
Unnecessaryspaces,tabsandlinechangeswillbedisregarded.
Describecommandsbytheuseof;betweenthem.
NOTE
Because FilmStrFmt is a Unicode-formatted text fle, a Unicode-
formatted NotePad included in the OS is necessary for fle editing.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-97
8.1.3 ChangingtheFilmAnnotationCharacters
Specifying the font type
Use the SetFontTypeFace command to specify the font type.
Thiscommandwillbeeffectivefromthelinedescribing
SetFontTypeFace to the line that directly precedes another
SetFontTypeFace description.
NOTE
Because no default values are available for font type, make sure to
specify values for each flm annotation character format.
SetFontTypeFace description format
SetFontTypeFace(fontname);
EncloseaTrue-Typefontnamebetweenquotationmarks().
AnyofthefontsthatareavailablewhenWindowsVistaisinstalled
canbespecifed.
SetFontTypeFace description examples
SpecifyingMSGothic
SetFontTypeFace(MSGothic);
SpecifyingTimesNewRoman
SetFontTypeFace(TimesNewRoman);
SetFontTypeFace printout examples
Arialspecifed
FR000016.EPS
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
PARANASAL SINUS
TimesNewRomanspecifed
FR000017.EPS
G1 2G 0 70 0 0 R4R0
PARANASAL N
Specifyingthefontsize
Use the SetFontSize command to specify the font size.
ThiscommandwillbeeffectivefromthelinedescribingSetFontSizeto
the line that directly precedes another SetFontSize description.
NOTE
Specifying ITALIC for characters displayed in reverse video can make
it look like they are missing in parts. ITALIC is thus disabled for
reverse-video characters.
SetFontSize description format
SetFontSize(fontsize);
Specify a font size using values expressed in terms of pixels.
SetFontSize description examples
Specifyingthefontsizetobe20pixels
SetFontSize(20);
Specifyingthefontsizetobe40pixels
SetFontSize(40);
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-98
SetFontSize printout examples
Fontsizespecifedas20pixels
FR000018.EPS
JOHN SMITH [M]
02247393 1938.04.08B
Fontsizespecifedas40pixels
FR000019.EPS
JOHN SMITH [M]
02247393 1938.04.08B
Specifyingprintformatandattributes
Use the SetFontStyle command to specify the font style.
Thiscommandwillbeeffectivefromthelinedescribing
SetFontStyle to the line that directly precedes another
SetFontStyle description.
SetFontStyle description format
SetFontStyle(fontstyle);
Selecteitherofthefollowing.
Bold:BOLD
Italic:ITALIC
Whenselectingthetwofontstylesatthesametime,use|todelimit
them(ex.:BOLD|ITALIC).
NOTE
Specifying ITALIC for characters displayed in reverse video can
make it look like they are missing in parts. ITALIC is thus disabled
for reverse-video characters.
SetFontStyle description examples
Boldspecifed
SetFontStyle(BOLD);
Specifyingboldanditalicatthesametime
SetFontStyle(BOLD|ITALIC);
SetFontStyle printout examples
Boldspecifed
FR000020.EPS
1234567890ABC
EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
Boldanditalicspecifed
FR000021.EPS
1234567890ABC
EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-99
Specifying the line spacing
SpecifylinespacingwiththeLineSpacingcommand.
LineSpacing description format
LineSpacing(linespacing);
Useanintegerbetween1and400(intermsofpixels)tospecifyline
spacingforflmannotationcharacters.
LineSpacing description examples
Specifying line spacing of 5 pixels
LineSpacing(5);
Specifying line spacing of 50 pixels
LineSpacing(50);
LineSpacing printout examples
Linespacingof5pixelsspecifed
FR000024.EPS
1234567890ABC
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
Linespacingof50pixelsspecifed
FR000025.EPS
1234567890ABC
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
Specifyingprintformatandattributes
Use the FilmStrings command to specify character strings.
FilmStrings description format
FilmStrings(format descriptor1, format descriptor2,
),(attribute
descriptor1),(attributedescriptor2)
;
Format descriptor n
Specifestheformatdescriptorthatshowstheformatinwhich
characterstringsareprintedout.Amaximumof512descriptors
canbespecifed.However,themaximumtotallengthofall
characterstringsrepresentedbytheformatdescriptoris256
characters.
Fordetails,see8.1.4FormatDescriptors.
Attributedescriptorn
Specifestheattributedescriptorthatshowsanattributetobe
printedoutasacharacterstring.Basically,oneattributedescriptor
isgivenperformatdescriptor.Theattributedescriptorisatag
numberthatrepresentstheattributetobeprintedout.
Itisnotnecessarytospecifytheattributedescriptorwhenthe
formatdescriptorisattribute-specifc.
Fordetails,see8.1.5AttributeDescriptors.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-100
FilmStrings description examples
Printingoutpatientandexposureinformation
Thepatientandexposureinformationindicatedbelowareprinted
out.
Patientname :Characterstringofvariablelength,upto20
characters
Sex :[+MorF+]
PatientID :Characterstringofvariablelength,upto15
characters
Dateofbirth :YYYY.MM.DD+B
Dateofexamination:Characterstringofvariablelength,upto15
characters
Dateofexposure :EXP+YYYY.MM.DD
Timeofexposure :[+HH:MM+]
FilmStrings(,%*20s,[,%SEX2,]),(0010,0010),(0010,0040);
FilmStrings(,%*15s,,%DATE1,B),(0010,0020),(0010,0030);
FilmStrings(,%*15s),(0008,0050);
FilmStrings(EXP:,%DATE1,[,%TIME1,]),
(0008,0020),(0008,0030)
Printingoutimageprocessingparameters
Thefollowingimageprocessingparametersareprintedout.
Gradationprocessing : G+GA+GT+#+GC+GS
parameters
Frequencyprocessing : R +RN+RT+RE
parameters
Latitude(Lvalue) : L + latitude
Systemsensitivity(Svalue): S + system sensitivity
Corrections : C + gradation correction + density
(gradation and density) correction
Imagemagnif./reduc.rate : SCALE:+percentage
FilmStrings(,$IMG_PROC);
FilmStrings(,$L,$S,$CS_SS,,SCALE:,$MAG,%);
FilmStrings printout examples
Patientandexposureinformationprintout
FR000026.EPS
JOHN SMITH [M]
02247393 1998.04.08B
1234567890ABC
EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
Image processing parameters printout
FR000027.EPS
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
L2.4S325C*1.0*1.0 SCALE: 100%
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-101
8.1.4 FormatDescriptors
Describedhereinaretheformatdescriptortypesandcontentpresented
in8.1.3ChangingtheFilmAnnotationCharacters Specifying print
formatandattributes.
Threeformatdescriptortypesareavailable.Thefrstcharacterofeach
formatdescriptoridentifesthetype.
First character Descriptor type
\ Character string control descriptor
% Character string style descriptor
$ Attribute-specifcformatdescriptor
REFERENCE
The C language command printf format-specifed method has been
adopted basically for the format descriptor that specifes the character
string print format.
However, the printf method has been expanded to make the following
items available.
Special print character formats, including characters in reverse video
Some VR-specifc patterns, including date format
Information not assigned tag numbers, such as flm image
magnifcation/reduction
Handling of a multiple number of attributes in a group (such as image
processing parameters)
Format descriptors not required by the printf method have been
deleted.
Characterstringcontroldescriptor(\)
Shownbelowareformatdescriptorsthatcontrolcharacterstrings.
Descriptor Meaning
\t Insertstabs.Eachtabisequivalentto80pixels.
\r
Displaysthecharactersthatfollowinreversevideo,
whichwillbeeffectiveuntil\risspecifedagain.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-102
Characterstringstyledescriptor(%)
This format descriptor indicates that the character string style is
composedasfollows.
%[fag][width][type]
[fag]
Showstheinformationnecessaryforcontrollingcharacterstring
length.Canbeomitted.If[fag]hasbeenspecifed,[width]mustalso
bespecifed.
Flag description Meaning
-
Outputscharacterstringspaddedfromtheleft.This
iseffectiveonlywhenfxedlengthhasbeen
specifedusing[width].Ifithasnot,character
stringswillbeoutputpaddedfromtheright.
*
Showsthatthecharacterstringlengthspecifedby
[width]consistsofamaximumnumberof
characters.Ifthelengthofthecharacterstringtobe
outputislongerthanthatspecifedby[width],itwill
beoutputasspecifedby[width].Ifthelengthofthe
characterstringtobeoutputisshorterthanthat
specifedby[width],itwillbeoutputasitactuallyis.
FR000031.EPS
ABCDEFGHIJ %*10s
A character string
of a maximum of
ten characters
[flag] (*=maximum number of characters)
A value specified by [width]
[type] (s=character string data)
[width]
Example of printout
[width]
Showsthecharacterstringlength.When*hasbeenspecifedfor
[fag],thisindicatesthemaximumcharacterstringlength.Whenit
hasnot,itindicatesthefxedlength.
Onlywhenfhasbeenspecifedfor[type]thea.bstyle
specifcationwillbeeffective,whereaindicatesthenumberof
digits(ofaninteger)andbthenumberofdecimalplaces.
Inthiscase,acanbeomitted.Omittingawillnotdeterminethe
numberofdigitswhiledeterminingonlythenumberofdecimal
places.Whenfhasbeenspecifedfor[type],itwillnotbepossible
toomitonlyb.Specifying0forbwillcauseanerror.
FR000032.EPS
1234567890 %*10d
An integer of a
maximum of
ten numbers
[flag] (*=maximum number of characters)
[type] (d=a decimally expressed
integer )
[width]
Character string length
Example of printout
1234.2 %*5.1f
A maximum of
five integers,
one decimally
expressed
floating-point
number
[flag] (*maximum number of
characters)
[type] (f=decimally expressed
floating-point number)
[width]
Character string length
Example of printout
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-103
[type]
Showsthetypeofcharacterstringnotation.Thiscannotbeomitted.
Twotypesareavailable:thestandardtypesupportedbyClanguage
andaspecialtypeaddedexclusivelyforflmannotationcharacters.
The standard type uses small letters to annotates character strings and
thespecialtypeuseslargealphanumerics.Numberscannotbeusedat
thebeginningofcharacterstrings.
Thetablebelowshowscharacterstringsannotationtypes.
Inthetable,attributesotherthanthoselistedintheAttributeVR
column(UNandSQ)cannotbeoutputasflmannotationcharacters.
Standard type
Annotation
type
AttributeVR Note
d
OB,OW,SL,SS,
UL,US
Outputsbinarydataindecimalform.Image
dataandoverlaydatacannotbeselected.
x
AT,OB,OW,SL,
SS,UL,US
Outputsbinarydatainhexadecimalform.
Letterswillbeoutputincapitals.
f FL,FD
Outputsbinarydatainfoating-decimal-point
form.
s
AE,AS,CS,DS,
DT,IS,LO,LT,
PN,SH,ST,UI
Outputscharacterstringdata.Characterstrings
ofamaximumlengthof256characterscanbe
output.
Special type
Annotation
type
AttributeVR Note
DATEn DA
Outputsvariousdatedisplaypatternsin
accordancewiththevaluesspecifedbyn.
Patternsareasfollows.
DATE1: 1998.12.13
DATE2: 1998.DEC.13
DATE3: 12.13.1998
DATE4: DEC.13.1998
DATE5: 13.12.1998
DATE6: 13.DEC.1998
DATE7: H1.01.13
DATE8: 1.01.13
Special type
Annotation
type
Attribute
VR
Note
TIMEn TM
Outputsvarioustimedisplaypatternsinaccordancewiththe
valuesspecifedbyn.Thissettingisvalidonlyfor
informationforwhichAttributeVRhasbeensettoTM.
Patternsareasfollows.
TIME1:10:51
TIME2:10:51:20
TIME3:AM10:51
AGEn
DA
(date of
birthonly)
Outputsvariousagedisplaypatternsinaccordancewiththe
informationondateofbirth.Patternsareasfollows.
AGE1: 25years,1yearand8months,1monthand10
days, 13 days
AGE2: 25Y,1Y8M,1M10D,13D
Outputformatwilldifferwiththerelevantage,asfollows.
0yearsto0yearsand1monthorunder:**days
0yearsand1monthupto1year:**months
1to8years:**yearsand**months
8yearsorover:**years
SEXn
CS
(sex only)
Outputssexdisplaypatternsinaccordancewiththevalues
specifedbyn.Thissettingisvalidonlyforinformationon
sex.Patternsareasfollows.
SEX1: Male,female,(forothers,1space)
SEX2: M,F,O(forothers,1space)
PNn PN
Outputsnamedisplaypatternsinaccordancewiththe
informationwithPNspecifedforVR.Displaypatterns
follow.
PN1: Forprintingkanaalongsidekanji(ANKcharacters
areprintedonlywhenideographiccharactersare
used.)
PN2: Onlyforusewithideographiccharacters
(Ideographic characters are printed if used.
Leftblankifnotused.)
PN3: Onlyforsingle-bytecharacters(Single-byte
charactersareprintedifused.Leftblankifnot
used.)
PN4: Fordisplayofmulti-bytecharacters(Ideographic
charactersareprintedifused.Single-byte
characters are printed if they are not used.
Leftblankifneitherareused.)
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-104
Attribute-specifcformatdescriptor($)
Theattribute-specifcformatdescriptorisusedforoutputtingamultiple
numberofattributesingroupsorforoutputtinginformationthathasnot
beenassignedtagnumbers.
Theattribute-specifcformatdescriptorrequiresnoattributedescriptors
(thetagnumbersshownbelow).
Thetablebelowpresentsattribute-specifcformatdescriptors.
Tableofattribute-specifcformatdescriptors(1/3)
Descriptor
Information
displayed
Sample
characterformat
Note
$IMG_PROC
Image
processing
parameter
Outputsimage
processing parameters
(G,R,O,D,U,H).
Parameteroutputwill
depend on the image
processing parameter
formatsdescribed
hereafter.
Processingparametersforany
processingthatisnotsubjected
toinviewofprocessingpathwill
notbeoutput.
$GAMMA
Gradation
processing
parameter
G1.0G#1.6-0.20
$BETA
Frequency
processing
parameter
R 4R0.5
Parameterswillnotbeoutput
duringmulti-frequency
processing(MFP).
$1DUSM
1D-USM
processing
parameter
O3V1.0
Parameterswillnotbeoutputif
this process is not performed.
$DRC
DRC
processing
parameter
D2A0.8
$MFP
MFP
processing
parameter
UFA0.8FA0.8
$PEM
PEM
processing
parameter
PABC1.5
Descriptor
Information
displayed
Sample
characterformat
Note
$FNC
FNC
processing
identifcation
characters
F
Characterswillnotbeoutputif
$CRF
CRF
processing
identifcation
characters
C
Characterswillnotbeoutputif
$MOD
Image
processing
parameter
change
mark
*
Parameterswillbeoutputonly
whentheyhavebeenchanged.
$CS_SS
Term of
correction
C*1.0/1.5
Forbothgradationcorrection
and density correction,
parameters are output converted
to character strings.
$AP_PA1
Right-and-
left reversal
mark(1/2)

Canbeoutputonlywhenimage
is reversed.
$AP_PA2
Right-and-
left reversal
mark(2/2)
AP(PA)
PAwillbeoutputwhen
reversedandAPwhennot
reversed.
$MAG
_RATE
Image
magnif. rate
67
Canbeoutputonlywhenthe
imagesizerequestedhasbeen
set.
$FUNC
_PROC
Pair
processing
information
RT-01 is for image
processing type RT.
ES 01 02-01 is for an
image processing type
other than RT.
Image processing type
(0019,2F40)
Setnumbers(0021,2F30)
Imagenumbersintheset
(0021,2F40)
Pairprocessinginformation
numbers(0021.2F50)
$L L value L 2.0
$S S value S 20000
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-105
Descriptor
Information
displayed
Sample
characterformat
Note
$IMG_PS Pixelvalue 0.10->0.15
Pixelvalue(0018,1164)while
animageisread,aswellas
pixel value (used for image
processing)whileitisprinted
willbeoutput.****willbe
outputwhennopixelvalue
informationisavailable.
$KV KVP 120KV
$TUB
X-rayTube
Current
320mA
$EXTIM Exposure Time 16msec
$EXP Exposure 5mAs
$SID
Distance
Source to
Detector
1000mm
$AREA
ImageArea
DoseProduct
0.01dGymm
2
$ENT Entrance Dose 0.002mGy

$TOMOH
Tomo Layer
Height
110mm
$TOMOA TomoAngle 15
$TOMOT Tomo Time 500msec
8.1.5 AttributeDescriptors
Describednextarethespecifctypesandcontentsoftheattribute
descriptorsdiscussedin8.1.3ChangingtheFilmAnnotation
Characters Specifyingprintformatandattributes.
Theattributedescriptorisinformationusedtospecifyseveralkindsof
attributestobeprintedoutasflmannotationcharacters.
Oneattributedescriptorcanbedescribedforeachformatdescriptor.
Theattributedescriptorrepresentsatagnumberfortheattributetobe
printed out.
Attributedescriptordescriptionformat
Followingistheattributedescriptordescriptionformat.
(gggg,eeee)
gggg: Groupnumber.Fixedfourdigitsinhexadecimalform.
eeee: Elementnumber.Fixedfourdigitsinhexadecimalform.
Attributedescriptordescriptioncautions
Parentheses()arerequiredwhendescribingatagnumber.
Useacomma,betweenattributes.
Useacomma,betweenagroupandanelement.
Ifthespecifedtagisnotavailable,useonehalf-sizespace.
Forthepatientsname,createacharacterstringafterdelimitation
conversion.
Whenprintingoutakanjicharacterstring,removetheESCsequence
and then create the string.
HandlecontrolcharacterswithinLTandSTasspaces.
ForatagforwhichVMis1ormore,onlytheheadinformationwillbe
printedout.However,informationforthecharacterstringwillbe
printedoutincludingthe\thatrepresentsdelimitation.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-106
AttributesthatcanbeprintedoutusingtheDR-ID300CL
Tablesbelowshowattributesthatcanbeoutputusingthe
DR-ID300CLsDICOMPrintfunction.
AttributesthatcanbeprintedoutusingtheDR-ID300CLandits
attributedescriptors(1/4)
Attribute Annotation
Filmannotation
characters
Format
descriptor
Attribute
descriptor
1
Hospital (institution)
name
kanji %s (0009, 2F80)
ANK FUJIHOSPITAL %s (0008, 0080)
2
EDR mode A, S, F, M $EDR_MODE (0019, 2F50)
Menu code 0900 %s (0018, 1401)
3
Image proc. conditions $IMG_PROC
Gradationproc.
-identifyingcharactersGA,GT,
GC,GS
G.0G#1.6-0.20 $GAMMA
Frequencyproc.
-identifyingcharactersRN,RT,
RE
R 4R0.5 $BETA
1D-USM
1D-USMidentifcationcharacters
ORN,ORD,ORE
O3V1.0 $1DUSM
DRC
DRCidentifcationcharactersDRN,
DRT, DRE
D2A0.8 $DRC
MFP
MFP-USMidentifcationcharacters
HRN,HRT,HRE,HDN,HDT,HDE
MFA0.8FA0.8 $MFP
PEMproc.
PEMproc.parametercharacters
PRN,edge,calc,PRE
PABC1.5 $PEM
FNCproc. FNCproc.identifcationcharacters F $FNC
CRF proc. CRFproc.identifcationcharacters C $CRF
Image proc. condition
change mark
* $MOD
4 Exposure menu name
kanji %s (0019, 2F32)
ANK CHESTGENERAL %s (0018, 1400)
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-107
Filmannotation
characters
Format
descriptor
Attribute
descriptor
5
Normalization
conditions +
correction term

Latitude
Latitudeidentifcationcharacter
Latitude
L 2.0 $L
System sensitivity
Systemsensitivityidentifcation
character
System sensitivity
S 20000 $S
Correction term
Correctiontermidentifcation
character, gradation correction,
density correction
C*1.0/1.5 $CS_SS
6
Department
name
kanji %s (0009, 2F92)
ANK SURGERY1 %s (0032, 1033)
7
Radiographer code NT %s (0019, 2F60)
Exposure stand
information
100kv10mAs %s (0019, 2F91)
8 PatientID 1010181139 %s (0010, 0020)
9 Patientname
kanji %s (0011, 2F10)
ANK FUJITARO %s (0010, 0010)
10 Examination no. AccessionNumber 1234567890ABC %s (0008, 0050)
11
Date of
exposure

EXP:..
:
EXP:
ANSIshortformat 1998.12.13 %DATE1

(0008, 0020)
ANSIlongformat 1998.DEC.13 %DATE2
Americanshortformat 12.13.1998 %DATE3
Americanlongformat DEC.13.1998 %DATE4
European short format 13.12.1998 %DATE5
European long format 13.DEC.1998 %DATE6
Japanesedateformat H10.12.13 %DATE7
Japanesedate(kanji)format 10.12.13 %DATE8
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-108
Filmannotation
characters
Format
descriptor
Attribute
descriptor
12
Sex:kanji kanji [ ]or[ ] %SEX1 (0010, 0040)
Sex:ANK Alphabet [M]or[F] %SEX2 (0010, 0040)
13
Age
Y,YM,MD,D
kanji
25 , 1 8 ,
1 10 , 13
%AGE1
(0010, 1010)
Alphanumerics
25Y,1Y8M
1M10D, 13D
%AGE2
Dateofbirth
YYYY.MM.DD 1989.12.13 %DATEn,
(0010, 0030)
YYYY.MM.DDB 1989.12.13B %DATEn,B
14
Pairproc. Proc.type,pairno.andIL TM01 02-01
$FUNC_PROC
Routine proc.
Indicates the routine and serial
routine processing nos.
RT-01
15 Time of exposure Hour and minute [10:51] [,%TIME1,] (0008, 0030)
16 Film mark Film annotation characters1 PA %s (0019, 2F90)
17
Magnif./reduc.
rate
:100%
:
$MAG,%
SCALE:100%
SCALE:,
$MAG,%
18 Patientname(2)
19
Data compression
code
:22 :,% (0029, 2F50)
CC:22 CC:,%s (0029, 2F50)
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-109
Filmannotation
characters
Format
descriptor
Attribute
descriptor
20
X-rayingconditions,
radiation dose
KVP 120kV $KV
X-rayTubeCurrent 320mA $TUB
Exposure Time 16msec $EXTIM
Exposure 5mAs $EXP
Distance Source to Detector 1000mm $SID
ImageAreaDoseProduct 0.01dGymm
2
$AREA
Entrance Dose 0.002mGy $ENT
Tomo Layer Height 110mm $TOMOH
TomoAngle 15 $TOMOA
Tomo Time 500msec $TOMOT
21
Right-and-left
reversal mark
R ,AP(PA)
$AP_PA1or
$AP_PA2
22
Technologist
name
kanji TEC: TEC:,%7PN2 (0008, 1070)
ANK TEC:FUJITARO TEC:,%14PN3 (0008, 1070)
23 Pixelvalue 0.05->0.10 $IMG_PS
24 DAP 1.00dGycm 2%s,dGycm2 (0018, 115E)
Toprintoutattributesotherthanthoselistedabove,settherelative
tagnumberoftheattributespecifedintheConformanceStatement.
ConformanceStatement
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-110
8.1.6 FilmAnnotationCharacterVerifcationProcedure
WiththeServiceUtility,youcanverifytheFilmStrFmtfleeditingresults.
Theprocedureisdescribedbelow.
1. StarttheServiceUtilitymode.
FortheServiceUtilitystartupprocedure,see1.Starting/
ExitingtheServiceUtilityinMU:MaintenanceUtility.
2. ClickEdit/ViewFilmString.
DXCL040408001.ai
TheEdit/ViewFilmStringwindowopens.
3. Click .
TheFilmCharSetupwindowopens.
4. FromtheFormatNumberpull-downmenu,choosethe
nameoftheflmannotationcharacterformatyouwantto
verify.Leavetheothersettingsastheyare.
FR000046.EPS
5. Click .
TheEdit/ViewFilmStringwindowshowsaflmannotation
character string.
6. Toverifytheotherflmannotationcharacterformats,repeat
steps 3. through 5.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-111
9. ManagementofVarious
DatabasesDataBaseUtility
Thissectiondescribestheproceduresforinitializingtheimage
database,deletingthequeuedoutputimages(clearingthecontentsof
theimageoutputqueue),andinitializingthepatientdatabase.
9.1 InitializingtheImageDatabase
NOTES
When the OS is installed newly, be sure to initialize the image
database. If you start up the DR-ID 300CL-AP without initializing the
image database, an error window opens (error code: 50001, 20001,
30107, 30151, 20110, etc.).
If the SQL Server is not running, database initialization cannot be
effected. When the SQL Server is running, restart the PC.
If the image output queue is not empty, database initialization cannot
be effected. Delete the images from the image output queue.
Fortheprocedurefordeletingtheimagesfromtheimageoutput
queue,see9.2ClearingtheContentsoftheImageOutput
Queue.
1. Start the Service Utility.
FortheServiceUtilitystartupprocedure,see
1.Starting/ExitingtheServiceUtility.
TheDataBaseUtilitywindowopens.
3. Click .
MU000018.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-112
4. Click .
NOTE
the <Enter> key.
Theimagedatabaseinitializationprocessendsinabout
20secondsandthesystemreturnstothe"DatabaseUtility"
window.
NOTES
When the following message appears, the image database is not
initialized.
ItfailedininitializedDB.
Check that the SQL Server is running and that no image is placed
on the image output queue.
To start the SQL Server
I. Restart the PC.
II. Select Control Panel from the menu and click
Administrative Tools.
III. Double-click Computer Management.
IV. Select Computer Management Service and Application
SQL Server confguration Manager SQL Server 2005
Service.
V. Select SQL Server Services or SQL Server 2005 Services.
VI. Confrm that SQL Server (MSSQLSERVER) is running.
If the image output queue is not empty
Delete the images from the image output queue.
For the procedure for deleting the images from the
image output queue, see 9.2. Clearing the Contents of
the Image Output Queue.
5. Click .
The system then returns to the main menu.
9.2 ClearingtheContentsoftheImage
OutputQueue
3. Click .
MU000019.ai
4. Click .
NOTE
the <Enter> key.
Theimagesarethendeletedfromtheoutputqueueandyouare
returnedtotheDataBaseUtilitywindow.
5. Click .
Youarethenreturnedtothemainmenu.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-113
9.3 InitializingthePatientDatabase
3. Click .
MU000020.ai
4. Click .
NOTE
the <Enter> key.
Thepatientdatabaseistheninitializedandyouarereturnedtothe
DataBaseUtilitywindow.
5. Click .
9.4 InitializingtheCalibrationDatabase
(V4.0orEarlier)
3. Click .
4. Click .
DCL40901.ai
Thecalibrationdatabaseisinitializedandthesystemreturnsto
theDataBaseUtilitywindow.
5. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-114
10. SettingtheMagneticCard
MagneticCardSetting
10.1 SettingtheHospitalCardDataFormat
Fordetaileddescriptionsofthedataformatsetupprocedure,see
Appendix2.SettingUptheMagneticCard[Option],under
AppxIN:InstallationAppendix.
10.2 DefningtheISOCardCharacterReadCode
WhenusinganISOtypemagneticcard,specialcharactersneedtobe
setupasfollows,asrequired.
NOTE
This function will not basically be used in Japan.
1. StartuptheDR-ID300CLsServiceUtilitymode.
2. Click [Magnetic Card Setting].
TheMagneticCardSettingwindowopens.
MU000006.EPS
3. Click [Read Code].
TheISOCardReadCodewindowopens.
4. Edit special characters.
NOTES
Characters on the gray background cannot be edited.
Be sure to enter one-byte characters.
The default setting is complied with ISO7811-6.
MU000007.EPS
REFERENCE
To delete an entered character, enter a one-byte space.
5. Click .
YouarereturnedtotheMagneticCardSettingwindow.
6. Click .
Youarereturnedtothemainmenu.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-115
11. SettingtheBarcode
BarcodeSetting
Thissectiondescribestheproceduresusedforbarcodeformatsettings
(addition,modifcationanddeletion).
Amultiplenumberofformatscanbedetermined.Datawillbeprocessed
intheformatinwhichtheBarcodeType,StartCharacterandStop
Charactermatchthefrst.
NOTE
Note that only one setting will be generated where Other is determined
for the Barcode Type.
1. StartuptheDR-ID300CLsServiceUtilitymode.
2. Click [Barcode Setting].
AformatlistappearsontheBarcodewindow.
00000560.EPS
Toadd/modifyaformat
1. OperateasfollowsontheBarcodewindow.
Toaddaformat,click[Add].
Tomodifyaformat,selectaformatformodifcationfromthelistand
then click Modify.
TheBarcodeFormatwindowopens.
2. Make necessary settings as follows.
00000561.EPS
StartCharacter:Startcharacter
atodforNW7;Code39isfxedto*.
StopCharacter:Stopcharacter
atodforNW7;Code39isfxedto*.
BarcodeLength:Barcodelength
DoesnotincludeStartCharacter/StopCharacter.1representsan
indeterminate length.
DataOffset:Datastartposition
DataLength:Datalength
1showsthatareadbarcodelengthishandledasadatalength.
NOTE
For NW7, it is not allowed to use a for Start Character and c for Stop
Character because those settings represent an IP barcode.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-116
3. Click .
YouarereturnedtotheBarcodewindow.
4. Click .
NOTE
When any data other than 0 has been set to Data Offset, be sure to
specify a Data Length value smaller than Barcode Length-Data Offset.
If 1 is specifed, data may include a stop character or an indeterminate
value resulting thus in an error to occur.
To delete a format
1. InthelistontheBarcodewindow,selectaformattobe
deleted,andclick .
Aformatthusselectedwillbedeleted.
2. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-117
12. Setting the Selectors
Selector Setting
12.1 SettingtheSelectors(V4.0orEarlier)
Thissectiondescribestheprocedureforsettingtheselectors.
2. Click [Selector Setting].
TheSelectorSettingwindowopens.
3. Performthefollowingsetupsteps:
DXL74011.ai
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
I. Chooseaselectortab.
II. SettheTechniqueCodepayingattentionnottosetthesame
codewithotherselectors.
III. Selectadevicetobeaddedtotheselector(usethehostname
for selection).
IV. Choose a Reader Type.
CR-Cassette
5501
5502
VelocityU
VelocityT
FPD-U
FPD-T
FPD-C
SelectFPD-Ufortheupright-typeFPD,
FPD-Tforthebed-typeFPD,andFPD-C
forthecassette-typeDRequipment.Do
not select any other type.
REFERENCE
Reader Type options for V3.1 or earlier are as follows.
Cassette
5501
5502
Velocity U
Velocity T
ShimadzuFPD
ShimadzuFPD-T
Select ShimadzuFPD for the upright-type
FPD and ShimadzuFPD-T for the bed-
type FPD. Do not select any other type.
V. Enterthecharacterstring(consistingofuptofvecharacters)to
bedisplayedontheselectorbutton.
VI. To restore the currently edited selector to the status that
prevailedatDR-ID300CLstartup,turnthisradiobuttonON.
4. Click .
NOTE
If the host name is changed for the equipment whose Reader
Type is selected as other than Cassette, you must perform the
hostName setup procedure again. If you do not observe this
precaution, an error (code: 31099) occurs at DR-ID 300CL-AP
startup.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-118
12.2 SettingtheSelectors(V5.0orLater)
NOTE
Register the Image Detector in [Device Setting] before setting the selectors.
Fordetailsonthesetupprocedures,see15.Registeringthe
ImageDetectorsDeviceSetting(V5.0orLater).
TheSelectorSettingwindowopens.
DXCL070412001.ai
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
I. Chooseaselectortab.
II. SettheTechniqueCodepayingattentionnottosetthesame
codewithotherselectors.
NOTE
When connecting with the X-CON, set up in accordance with the
X-CON. Set up the exposure menu also in accordance with the
X-CON. If the X-ray tube/technique code which has been set to the
exposure menu does not exist in the selectors, the selector which
has been set as the InitialActiveButton will be set.
III. Selectadevicetobeaddedtotheselector(usethehostname
for selection).
CR-Cassette
VelocityU
VelocityT
FPD-U
FPD-T
FPD-C
:CRCassette
:Velocityuprightposition
:Velocitysupineposition
:DRbuilt-inuprightposition
:DRbuilt-insupineposition
:DRCassette
V. Enterthecharacterstring(consistingofuptofvecharacters)to
bedisplayedontheselectorbutton.
VI. Choosetheicontobeused.
REFERENCE
The icon fle with _S at the end is a small icon for a laptop PC.
VII. IftheReaderTypeisFPD-U,FPD-T,orFPD-C,setthe
name of the Image Detector.
VIII.SelecttheTubeNumber.(V7.0orlater)
u NOTE u
The Tube Number is applicable only in Japan.
IX. To restore the currently edited selector to the status that
prevailedatDR-ID300CLstartup,turnthisradiobuttonON.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-119
4. Click .
NOTE
If the host name is changed for the equipment whose Reader Type
is selected as other than Cassette, you must perform the hostName
setup procedure again. If you do not observe this precaution, an error
(code: 31099) occurs at DR-ID 300CL-AP startup.
If the same technique code is to be set to different selectors, the
Technique Code needs to be set by editing the
TechniqueCodeConvertTbl.ini fle.
Fordetailsonthesetupprocedures,seeAppendixISetting
theTechniqueCode.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-120
13. CollectingtheLogandConfgurationFiles
Log/ConfgurationFilesAcquisitionTool
Thissectiondescribeshereintheproceduresforcopyingthe
DR-ID300CLslogandconfgurationflestoanHD.
NOTE
This function is useful when asking the software design section for
error analysis. Collect log fles before uninstalling the software.
Otherwise log fles will be deleted consequently.
Before actually asking for error analysis, be sure to collect information
collection fles ((computer name) _NP.cab or (computer name) _
N.cab), together with the date when the problem arose and description
of the operation that caused such problem to arise.
2. Click[Log/ConfgurationFilesAcquisitionTool].
TheAcquisitionToolwindowopens.
3. Performthefollowingsteps.
WARNING
When it is necessary to take a fle that contains personal data out
of an institution so that it is submitted to analysis, be sure to
obtain advance approval of the relevant institution.
m ForV4.0orearlier
I
II
DCL41302.ai
I. To delete personal information, checkmark it.
II. Selectatimerangeforwhichlogsaretobecollectedinthefle.
Specifythecollectiondaterangevalue
Collectslogflesofaspecifedtimerange.
Input a desired time range in .
(Example:If30isinputinthebox,flesofthedayonwhich
thecollectionwasmadeandthepreceding30daysare
collected.)
Collectall
Collectsalllogfles.
m ForV5.0orlater
I
DXCL04130001.ai
I. To delete personal information, checkmark it.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-121
4. Click .
REFERENCE
When Specify the collection date range value is selected at step
3 above, the time range thus specifed is displayed in the
confrmation window that opens.
When Collect all is selected, All Routine*.inf will be collected is
displayed.
5. Click .
NOTE
While fles are being collected, the following window is displayed.
Do not click [CANCEL] because an error may result.
DCL41306.ai
Whentheflecollectionprocessingiscomplete,awindowlikethat
shownbelowopens.
DCL41304.ai
6. Click .
ThesystemreturnstotheAcquisitionToolwindow.
REFERENCE
Checkmarking Delete personal information at step 3 above will
activate the [Check Results] button.
If the [Check Results] button is clicked, the relevant text fle is
displayed enabling you to check contents of the collected fles.
Check contents of the collected fles accordingly.
Image_Collect_NP.txt : A text fle from which any personal
information was deleted.
Image_Show_P.txt : A text fle from which no personal
information was deleted.
7. Click toclosetheAcquisitionToolwindow.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-122
8. CopythecollectedflesontoUSBmemoryorthelike.
FilesthuscollectedarestoredonC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP.
Targetedflesarethefollowingtwo:
(computername)_NP.cab
Aflefromwhichanypersonalinformationwasdeleted.Thisfle
iscreatedwhenDeletepersonalinformationwascheckmarked
atstep3above.
(computername)_P.cab
Aflefromwhichnopersonalinformationwasdeleted.Thisfleis
createdwhenDeletepersonalinformationwasnot
checkmarkedatstep3.above.
DCL41305.ai
This filename appears when
Delete personal information
was checkmarked at step 3.
above.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-123
14. SettingtheDICOMMWLC-FINDTags
DICOMMWLC-FINDTagSetting
(V4.0orEarlier)
TheprocedureforDICOMMWLC-FINDtag/internaldatamapping
setupisdescribedbelow:
NOTE
To edit the DICOM tag in V5.0 or later, use the DICOMTagEditTool.
FordetailsonDICOMTagEditTool,see
AppendixJDICOMTagEditTool(V5.0orLater).
2. Click[DICOMMWLC-FINDTagSetting].
TheDICOMMWLC-FINDTag&MappingSettingwindowopens.
00000067.EPS I
II III
I. Setsthetags(C-FIND-RQ)fortheinformationabout
theDR-ID300CLsinquiriesaddressedtotheRIS.
II. Performinternaldatamappingsetupforthetags(C-FIND-RSP)
received in the form of a response from the RIS to
theDR-ID300CL.(1/2)
III. Performinternaldatamappingsetupforthetags(C-FIND-RSP)
received in the form of a response from the RIS to
theDR-ID300CL.(2/2)
NOTES
The following limitations are imposed on mapping:
The tags that can be set for the inquiry information are limited to
the standard tags for the MWL and the tags extended by the
DR-ID 300CL.
The response tags can be mapped to up to two destinations.
For response tag mapping, up to three hierarchical layers of the
SQ can be used.
The response tags can be mapped only when they are of the
same VR type.
You cannot select the response tags within the SQ alone. Their
parent tags will also be selected at all times.
When mapping a response tag, an error occurs if only parent SQ
tags are described. Therefore, be sure to describe also daughter
tags.
Received data cannot be processed.
4. Click .
The system returns you to the main menu.
REFERENCE
To copy the Request Procedure ID (0040, 1001) value to the Study ID
(0020, 0010), for instance, input 00200010 in the line of the Request
Procedure ID.
MU000015.EPS
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-124
15. RegisteringtheImageDetectors
DeviceSetting(V5.0orLater)
2. Click [Device Setting].
3. Click[Add].
TheDataTypewindowopens.
4. Performthefollowingsettings.
DXCL040415001.ai
III
I
II
IV
V
I. SetthenameoftheImageDetectorwith1to5characters
withoutusingasamenameasotherImageDetectors.
II. SettheIDoftheImageDetectorwith1to16one-byte
alphanumericcharacterswithoutusingasameIDasotherImage
Detectors.
III. Selectthedevicetypefromthefollowing:
BENEO FDRAcSelerate
CALNEOU/MT/MB CALNEO-C/FDRD-EVO
CALNEO-CSQ/FDRD-EVOplus FDRAcSelerate_CSI
CALNEOHCSQ(onlyinJapan) CALNEO-Cmini/D-EVOplusC24
IV. Set the color to identify the device (as needed).
Pink
Yellow
Orange
Blue
Purple
V. SetwhetherornottheDRcassettehasX-rayautomatic
detection function.
Yes No
5. Click .
6. Click [Cancel].
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-125
16. DRConsoleSetupTool
ThissectiondescribestheDRConsoleSetupToolcommandsandthe
relevant setup procedures.
16.1 SettingtheWake-on-LANUtility
REFERENCE
ExplainedbelowistheproceduretousetheWake-on-LANUtilityto
havetheImageReaderandaCU/MC/FSCstartautomatically,atthe
sametimewiththestartupoftheDR-ID300CL.
NOTE
In an attempt to start up a CU/MC/FSC from the DR-ID 300CL by using
the Wake-on-LAN utility, a communication error may be indicated.
In such cases, we recommend that you start up the DR-ID 300CL from
a CU/MC/FSC to avoid an error occurrence.
InstallingtheWake-on-LANUtility
1. InserttheDR-ID300CL-APDiskintothePC.
NOTE
DXCL050416001.ai
2. Enter11andpressthe<Enter>key.
TheinstallerstartsrunningandtheFF-WakeOnLANSetup
windowopens.
FR000060.EPS
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-126
3. Click .
TheFF-WakeOnLANSetup/ChooseDestinationLocation
windowopens.
4. Click .
TheFF-WakeOnLANSetup/StartCopyingFileswindowopens.
5. Click .
The installation process starts.
Uponcompletionofinstallation,theSetupcompletewindow
opens.
6. Click .
NOTE
the <Enter> key.
8. RemovetheDiskfromthePC.
Registeringotherconnectedequipment
Performthefollowingproceduretoregisterotherconnectedequipment
tobestartedautomatically:
1. Fromthe menu,chooseAllPrograms,Fuji
Film,andFF-WakeOnLANUtility.
TheWake-on-LANUtilitystartsup.
FR000063.EPS
2. FromtheEditmenu,chooseRegister.
Theotherconnectedequipmentregistrationwindowopens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-127
FR000062.EPS
I
II
III
IV
I. EnterMACaddress(e.g.,11-AB-CD-EF-AB-CD)ofother
connectedequipment.
II. EnterIPaddress(e.g.,172.16.1.10)ofotherconnected
equipment.
III. Enterhostname(e.g.,CU)ofotherconnectedequipment.
IV. MakesurethatEnableischecked.(Ifyouintendtoregister
otherconnectedequipmentbutdonotwantittoautomatically
startup,uncheckEnable.)
4. Click .
Thesystemreturnsyoutothepreviouswindow.
FR000065.EPS
5. Toregisteranotherconnectedequipment,repeatsteps2.
through 4.
6. Performthefollowingstepstoverifytheautomaticstartup
process:
I. Putotherconnectedequipmentonstandby.
II. Selectotherconnectedequipmentfromthelist,andthenclick
.
III. Click .
7. Afterverifyingstartupprocessforotherconnected
equipment,click toexittheWake-on-LAN
utility.
Verifyingtheautomaticstartupprocess
1. Putotherconnectedequipmentonstandbyandthenrestart
theDR-ID300CL.
2. Verifyotherconnectedequipmentstartsupthemomentthe
DR-ID300CLstartsup.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-128
16.2 SetupforAdditionof
DescriptiveCharacterstoIcons
[ApplicableonlyinJapan]
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-129
16.3 SettingtheGridPatternRemoval
Processing
Describedbelowistheprocedureusedtoperformsettingsnecessary
for activating the grid pattern removal processing, using the DR
ConsoleSetupToolmenuincludedintheDR-ID300CL-APDisk.
The DR Console Setup Tool main menu opens automatically.
NOTE
In case the main menu start window does not open automatically,
DXCL050416002.ai
2. Typein40andpressthe<Enter>key.
TheGPRDefaultParameterSetupMenuopens.
DXL41501.ai
3. Typeintheitemno.ofalanguageyouwishtosetupand
DXL41506.ai
4. TodetermineaCRimageparameter,enter1,and2to
determineaDRimageparameter.Pressthenthe<Enter>
key.
NOTE
Determine a DR image parameter only when connecting the FDR
D-EVO. Any DR image parameter determined for a DR Image
Detector other than FDR D-EVO will cause the required processing
time to be longer because the GPR processing is applied
unnecessarily.
TheGridPatternRemovalprocessingparameteristhussetup
appropriately.
5. TodetermineparametersdifferentlyforCRimagesandDR
images,repeatsteps2.through4.tosetupproper
parametersforboth.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-130
16.4 SetupofAutoShutteringProcessing
Tousetheautomaticsetuptool,openfrstDRConsoleSetupTool
menusincorporatedintheDR-ID300CL-APDiskandthenfollowthe
stepsbelow.
TheDRConsoleSetupToolmainmenuwillopenautomatically.
NOTE
DXCL050416002.ai
MaskProcessingDefaultParameterSetupMenuopens.
DCL41502.EPS
Shutteringprocessingparameterswillthenbesetup.
Performingtheabovestepswillinactivate(OFF)theautoshuttering
processingforthefollowingMPMcodemenusandactivate(ON)the
same processing for other menus. Manually set up shuttering
processingappropriatelyiftheautomaticsetupwillresultinsettings
unsuitabletoyourcustomers.
TableListofMPMcodesthatturnautoshutteringprocessingOFF
Menu MPM Code
TEST Menu ?9??
TreatmentMenu(onlyinJapan) 7??B
PARANASALSINUS 00?1
EAR 00?B
PARANASALSINUS:C 10?2
PARANASALSINUS:T 20?0
EAR:T 20?1
EAR-2DIV(onlyinJapan) 60?A
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-131
17. MenuImportExportTool
PresentedhereinaretheMenuImportExportToolcommandsandthe
procedures used to set up those commands.
NOTE
Do not use the Menu Import Export Tool on the DR-ID 300CL.
Prior to using the Menu Import Export Tool, be sure to make a backup
copy of the MenuData.mdb, XconParam.mdb, Selector.mdb and
DisplayData.mdb fles of the DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-132
No. Menu Meaning
I Export Folder Specifesafolderwherethemenudatabaseisstored
in the DR-ID 300CL. This folder is targeted for export
(write-out)processing.
II Export File Setslocationofstorageofafletargetedforexport
(write-out)processinganditsflename.
III Source Console
Kind
Selects a kind of the console used.
IV Manufacturer
Check
SetswhetherornottoperformX-CONparameter
automaticconversionforeachmanufacturerwhen
CRConsoleisselectedinSourceConsoleKind.
V Export Performsexport(write-out)processingofexposure
menusfollowingsetupsinI and II,above.
VI ViewLog Enablestoviewlogflesforexport(write-out)
processing.
VII ImportFile SpecifesanExcelfletargetedforimport(write-in)
processing.
VIII ImportFolder Specifesafolderwherethemenudatabaseisstored
in the DR-ID 300CL. This folder is targeted for import
(write-in)processing.
IX Check or
Importing
Specifesatypeofoperationforimport(write-in)
processing.
CheckOnly : Checkscontentsofafle
specifedinImportandwrites
out the check result onto the log
fle.
Import : Refectsaflespecifedin
Importontothemenudatabase
in the DR-ID 300CL. Whenever
anerrorisfoundinafletargeted
forimport(write-in)processing,
such processing is stopped
immediately.
Import(Repair) : Refectsaflespecifedin
Importontothemenudatabase
in the DR-ID 300CL. Whenever
anerrorisfoundinafletargeted
forimport(write-in)processing,
suchprocessingiscontinuedby
replacingtheerrorbyapre-
determined setup value.
17.1 FunctionsandOverviewof
theMenuImportExportTool
The Menu Import Export Tool is used to edit the exposure menu and
thestudymenuavailableintheDR-ID300CLandthefollowingsetups
arepossible.
Extracting exposure menu and study menu information from the
menudatabaseoftheDR-ID300CLandwritingoutsuchinformation
onto Excel-format data (Export)
Writingpost-editedmenuinformationontothemenudatabase(Import)
StartingtheMenuImportExportToolwilldisplayawindowlikethat
shownbelow(hereinafter,mainmenu).
I
II
III
V
VI
IV
VIII
VII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIV
XVII
XVIII
XV
XIX
XXI
XVI
XX
DXCL040417001.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-133
No. Menu Meaning
X LanguageSetting AlanguageusedontheDR-ID300CLisspecifed
here.
MultiByte : DR-ID300CLusedwithinthe
Japaneseenvironment.
SingleByte : DR-ID300CLusedwithinan
environmentotherthanJapanese.
XI Import Performsimport(write-out)processingofexposure
menusfollowingsetupsinVI to IX,above.
XII ViewLog Enablestoviewlogflesforimport(write-in)
processing.
XIII Property Setting DisplaysthePropertySettingwindow,wherethe
rangeofselectionofmenuinformationistobe
specifed.
XIV LogFolder ThisistosetalogfleoutputfolderforExport,
Import,APRInformationCheckorImport
TechniqueCodeprocessing.
XV 180 Degree
Rotation
Displaysthe180imagerotationinformationwindow
and performs necessary processing.
XVI ImportTechnique
Code
Displaystheautotechniquesetupwindowand
updatestheTechniqueCodefeldcontainedinthe
exposuremenuinformationfle.(Thisoptionisnot
usedonthisequipment.)
XVII APRInformation
Check
Displaysawindowwheretheconsistencyischecked
betweenAPRinformationoftheDR-ID300CL
exposuremenuandthatoftheFPD.
XVIII Progress Bar Indicates the progress status of import or export
processing.
XIX STOP Stops export or import processing.
XX Finish Finishes the Menu Import Export Tool.
XXI Message Displays actual execution results of export and import
processing.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-134
3. Click[OK].
NOTE
To install Menu Import Export Tool within an environment where
different versions of Menu Import Export Tool has already been
installed, click Change Directory to specify a folder that is different
from the one where Menu Import Export Tool has been installed,
then click [OK].
(Example) Before: C:\Program Files\MenuImportExportTool
After: C:\Program Files\MenuImportExportTool_V4
Awindowopenspromptingyoutoconfrmafoldertargetedfor
setup.
4. Click .
Awindowopenswheresetupistobeperformedforregistrationof
the startup menu.
NOTE
To install Menu Import Export Tool within an environment where
different versions of Menu Import Export Tool has already been
installed, set a name that is different from the name of Menu Import
Export Tool that has been installed in Program Group, then click
[Continue].
Example: MenuImportExportTool_V4
Awindowopenstoindicatecompletionofthesetupprocessing.
6. Click[OK].
17.2 SettingUptheMenuImportExportTool
CAUTION
The version of the used Menu Import Export Tool depends on the
version of the DR-ID 300CL software. Therefore, it is necessary to
check the DR-ID 300CL for the software version and install Menu
Import Export Tool of a proper version.
Version of
DR-ID300CL
Version of
MenuImportExportTool
PartNoofCDcontaining
MenuImportExportTool
V3.0 V2.0.1.0 114Y5036902A03
V4.0 V2.1 114Y5036902A04
V5.0 V3.0.1 114Y2150756B01
V6.0 V4.0 114Y2150758B00
V6.1/V6.2 V5.0 114Y2150758B01
V7.0 V5.1 114Y2150758B02
Operatingenvironment
UseaPCthatmeetsthefollowingrequirements.
OS
WindowsXPSP3
WindowsVISTABusinessSP2
Windows7Professional(32bitversion)
Application
MicrosoftExcel2000(Offce2000,onlyforWindowsXP)
MicrosoftExcel2002(OffceXP,onlyforWindowsXP)
MicrosoftExcel2003(Offce2003)
Toolinstalling
1. InserttheMenuImportExportToolCDintothePCwhere
thistoolistobeinstalled.
2. OntheExplorerwindow,double-clickSetup.exewithinthe
CD.
Thesetupstartwindowopens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-135
17.4 Exporting Exposure Menus
Describedhereinistheprocedureusedforexport(write-out)processing
ofanexposuremenuandastudymenufromthemenudatabasewithin
theDR-ID300CLontoanExcel-formatfle.
1. StartrunningtheMenuImportExportTool.
I
II
III
IV
DXCL040417002.ai
I. Specifyafolderwherethemenudatabaseisstoredinthe
DR-ID 300CL.
II. Specifylocationofstorageofafletargetedforexport(write-out)
processinganditsflename.
III. Select DR.
IV. Specifyalogfleoutputfolder.
3. Click .
4. Click to check the export processing status.
5. ShutdowntheMenuImportExportTool.
17.3 Starting/ShuttingDowntheMenu
ImportExportTool
Startup
1. Select ,AllProgramsand
MenuImportExportToolinthisorder.
Shutdown
1. Click intheMenuImportExportTool.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-136
17.5 CautionsObservedBeforeMenuImport
17.5.1CautionsObservedWhenEditingExposure
MenusandStudyMenus
Cautionsapplicabletobothexposuremenusandstudy
menus
Fromthefrsttothirdline,replacementofrowsorinsertionofempty
linesarenotallowed.
Use Sheet1 for exposure menu information, Sheet2 for study menu
information and Sheet3 for study menu spread information. Do not
increasethenumberofsheets.
Register menu information on the fourth line and thereafter. Use one
line for registration of each menu.
Thecellpresentationformatusedshouldallbein"characterstring".
Cautionsobservedwheneditingexposuremenuinformation
Whenrowswerereplacedoremptylinesinserted,makesurethat
thereisnodisagreementbetweenthefeldIDonthefrstlineand
eachrowcontainingrecordvaluesonthefourthlineandthereafter.
BesuretoinputavalueintheCodecell.Ifitisleftblankorentirely
spaced,nomenuswillberegisteredskippingovertothenextrow.
IftheCodecellisleftblankorentirelyspacedforthreeormorelines,
menuimportprocessingwillendasthemenuinformationis
consideredtohavebeenfullyprocessed.
IfacellotherthantheCodecellisleftblankorentirelyspaced,the
pre-determineddefaultvaluewillberegisteredatmenuimport.
InafeldwheretheYes/Nodataselectiontypeisusedinthe
database,set1forYesand2forNo.Importingmenususing
valuesotherthosewillcauseanabnormalvaluetoresult.
InDR-ID300CLV5.0orlater,anerrorwilloccuratthetimeofimport
iftheContrastShift(C04)feldortheSensitiveShift"(C05)feldis
blank.
Set0fortheContrastShift(C04)andSensitiveShift"(C05)felds
orselectImport(Repair)intheCheckorImportingcolumnbefore
importing.
Cautionsobservedwheneditingstudymenus
Itisnotallowedtoreplacerowsorinsertemptylinesinthestudy
menu information (Sheet2) and study menu spread information
(Sheet3).
Consecutivelydescribestudymenusofthesamecodeinthestudy
menuspreadinformation(Sheet3),andbesurenottoincludeany
studymenusofdifferentcodesinthoseconsecutivelydescribed
menus.
In an attempt to import a study menu, values included in the source
fleformenuimportareimportedwithoutcheckingvaluesineachof
thefelds.Wheneditingafeld,makesuretoobservethefollowing
rules.
[Studymenuinformation(Sheet2)]
Code : Inputacodevaluesothatitisuniqueinthe
study menu information.
[Studymenuspreadinformation(Sheet3)]
Code : Inputacodevaluepre-determinedinthestudy
menu information (Sheet2).
ExposureMenuCode: Inputacodevaluepre-determinedinthe
exposure menu information (Sheet1).
ExposeOrder : Inputacodevaluesothatitisuniqueinthe
study menu spread information (Sheet3).
Starting from 0, increase the input value one
byone.
FramePosition : Inputacodevaluesothatitisuniqueinthe
study menu spread information (Sheet3).
Starting from 0, increase the input value one
byone.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-137
17.5.2 SettingthePositioningIDandtheTube/Technique
Code(ApplicableonlyotherthaninJapan)
To use the DR-ID 300CL, it is necessary to set up a proper positioning
ID.
ForArcomasX-raysource,specifyingaproperpositioningIDenables
the selection of mode and SID appropriately.
Themodeinvolvesatechniquetobeapplied(standingposition/supine
position/cassette)andatube/techniqueoperationmode.
Fordetails,seetheDR-XD200ServiceManual.
Informationofatechnique(standingposition/supineposition/cassette)
tobesetupforeachexposuremenuincludesthetwoitems:Tube/
TechniqueCodeandPositioningID
Asdescribedabove,thepositioningIDalsoincludestechnique-related
information. Therefore, it is necessary to set up values that involve the
sametechniquefortheTube/techniquecodetobesetupforan
exposuremenuandtheTube/techniqueoperationmodetobe
specifedaccordingtotheArcomasX-raysourcepositioningID.
DefaultvaluesofthepositioningIDandtube/techniquecode
DefaultvaluesofthepositioningID
PositioningID Name
Mode(asspecifed
byArcoma)
SID
Technique
Assigned
0 Cassette Free Cassette
1 TS - Tracking Film tracking 100 Supine position
2 TS-Pendulum Pendulum 100 Supine position
3 TS-Flexible Tablefexible 100 Supine position
4
5 Tomography Tomo 100 Supine position
6
7 WS - SID 180 Wallfexible 180 Standing position
8 WS - SID 130 Wallfexible 130 Standing position
9
10 WS - Tilted Wallfexible 100 Standing position
11 Reserve
12
13
14
15 Parking AutoPositioning Cassette
*TheTechniqueAssignedinthetableabovepresentstechniquestobeassigned
accordingtoavalueshowninthePositioningID.
Defaultvaluesofthetube/techniquecode
Tube/TechniqueCode KindofTechnique
0 Standing position
1 Supine position
2 Cassette
REFERENCE
To select 3 for the Positioning ID, select 1 for the Tube/Technique
Code.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-138
PositioningIDandtube/techniquecodesetupprocedure
1. UsetheMenuImportExportTooltoexportanExcelfle.
2. OntheExcelfleexportedatstep1.above,checktoseethat
thereisaconsistencybetweenthePositioningIDandthe
Tube/TechniqueCode.
REFERENCE
If default values of both the Positioning ID and the Tube/
Technique Code are to be used, their combinations will be as
shown in the table below.
PositioningID Tube/TechniqueCode
0 2
1 1
2 1
3 1
5 1
7 0
8 0
10 0
15 2
3. OverwritetheExcelfleandproperlysaveit.
4. UsetheMenuImportExportTooltoimporttheExcelfle
thus corrected.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-139
17.6 Importing
ExposureMenusandStudyMenus
Describedhereinistheprocedureusedforimport(write-in)processing
ofpost-editedexposuremenuandstudymenuflesontothemenu
databasewithintheDR-ID300CL.
I
IV
V
III
II
DXCL040417003.ai
I. SelectanExcelfletargetedforimportprocessing.
II. Specifyafoldertargetedforimport(write-in)processing.
SuchfolderstoresthemenudatabaseontheDR-ID300CL.
III. Selectatypeofoperationforimport(write-in)processing.
IV. SelectalanguagetobeusedontheDR-ID300CL.
V. Specifyalogfleoutputfolder.
3. Click .
ThePropertySettingwindowopens.
4. Performthefollowingsettingsandclick[OK].
DXCL040417004.ai
I
II
III
I. PlaceacheckmarkstoRT,TM,WS,PSandES.
II. Placeacheckmarksbyreferringtothetablebelow.
Checkmarkstatus
Confgurablerangeof
EDRMode(CR/DR)
Manual Semi-X
Uncheck Uncheck 0 - 2
Check Uncheck 0 - 5
Uncheck Check 0 - 2, 6 - 14
Check Check 0 - 14
III. PlaceacheckmarktoAdmitblankcells(Repairincorrect
data).
Thesystemreturnstothemainmenuwindow.
5. Click .
6. Click tochecktheimportprocessingstatus.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-140
17.7 CheckingAPRInformation
IMPORTANT
The APR information checkout function is not used with the
DR-ID 300CL.
Describedhereinistheprocedureusedtocheckconsistencybetween
APRinformationoftheDR-ID300CLexposuremenuandthatofthe
FPD.
NOTES
Prior to checking APR information, an APR information fle (Excel)
where the FPD system settings have been entered must be readied
appropriately.
When importing to DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or later, the AEC is fxed to [0000]
and imported.
I
II
DXCL040417005.ai
I. Specifyalogfleoutputfolder.
II. ClickAPLInformationCheck.
TheAPLInformationCheckwindowopens.
DCL41507.EPS
I
II
I. SelectAPRinformationfle(Excel)oftheDR-ID300CLexposure
menu.
II. SelectAPRinformationfleoftheFPDsystem.
4. Click .
5. Click to check the results.
6. ClosetheAPLInformationCheckwindow.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-141
17.8 Settingthe180ImageRotation
Information
Basedonamenudatafle(Excel)exportedfromtheMenuImport
ExportTool,viewselectordatabaseflesettingsfromTechnicCode
thatisforeachoftheextensionmenusincludedinthesamefleand
updatefeeddataofbothReverseTopBottomandReverseLeftRight
alsoincludedinthesamefle.Theprocedureusedisdescribedbelow.
NOTE
Perform this setup procedure with the menu data fle (Excel) closed
appropriately.
1. StartuptheMenuImportExportTool.
I
II
DXCL040417006.ai
II. Click 180 Degree Rotation.
The180DegreeRotationwindowopens.
I
II
III
DXL41502.ai
I. SelectaDR-ID300CLmenudatafle(Excel).
II. SelectaDR-ID300CLselectordatabasefle(Selector.mdb).
III. Click 180 Degree Rotation.
4. Click and check the setup result.
5. Closethe180DegreeRotationwindow.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-142
17.9 AutomaticTechniqueSettings
IMPORTANT
The automatic technique setting function is not used with the
DR-ID 300CL.
Basedonamenudatafle(Excel)exportedfromtheMenuImport
ExportTool,viewselectordatabaseflesettingsfromtheAPR
information that is for each of the extension menus included in the same
fleandupdateTechniquefeeddataalsoincludedinthesamefle.
Theprocedureusedisdescribedbelow.
1. StartuptheMenuImportExportTool.
I
II
DXCL040417007.ai
II. ClickImportTechniqueCode.
TheImportTechniqueCodewindowopens.
DXL41505.ai
I
II
III
IV
V
I. SelectaDR-ID300CLmenudatafle(Excel).
II. SelectanAPRinformationfle(Excel)fortheDR-ID300CL
exposure menu.
III. SelectaDR-ID300CLselectordatabasefle(Selector.mdb).
IV. SelectasystemformationsetupontheFPDside.
Selection SystemFormation
Stand(1Tube) Standingposition(1tube)
Bed(1Tube) Supineposition(1tube)
Bed/Tomograph(1Tube) Supineposition/tomography(1tube)
Stand/Bed(1Tube) Standingposition/supineposition(1tube)
Stand/Bed(2Tube) Standingposition/supineposition(2tubes)
Stand/Bed/Tomograph
(1Tube)
Standingposition/supineposition/
tomography(1tube)
Stand/Bed/Tomograph
(2Tube)
Standingposition/supineposition/
tomography(2tubes)
V. ClickImportTechniqueCode.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-143
4. Click and check the setup result.
5. ClosetheImportTechniqueCodewindow.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
MU-144
BLANKPAGE
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUA-1
AppendixA DICOMTagMapping
Function(V4.0orEarlier)
WhengeneratingimageoutputsusingtheDICOMCRSTORAGE
function, you can edit (copy, move, delete, or initialize) the tag
information (image information). To edit the tag information, open the
setupfle(TagReplace.ini)andwritedesireddatainthefle.
Theprocedureisdescribedbelow:
NOTES
Do not use the TagReplace.ini fle, which is used by any other Fujis
equipment, for the DR-ID 300CL. Due to different fle storage format
adopted, an error will result.
To use the DICOM tag mapping function in V5.0 or later, use the
DICOMTagEditTool.
1. OpentheC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confgfolder.
2. OpentheTagReplace.iniflewithNotepad(Notepad.exe).
NOTE
[DICOM] is described in the default TagReplace.ini fle. Do not
delete [DICOM] description, otherwise the DR-ID 300CL will not
be started.
3. Writedesiredtaginformationinthefleinaccordancewith
theformatdescribedlater.
REFERENCE
As the editing target tag VR, only character string is supported. If
a tag VR entry in the setup fle is not a character string, an image
processing error occurs at output of the frst image. The DICOM
tag mapping function will not be applied to image output thereafter.
4. SavetheTagReplace.inifleinUNICODEformatandthen
closeNotepad(Notepad.exe).
TagReplace.inifleformat
;
;
[DICOM]
;
;
00080090=MOV-T-L,00092F90
00181400=CPY-T,00192F30
00192f90=DEL
;
00192F30=SET,"SKULL,GENERAL"
FR000001.EPS
I. Comment
II. Section name
(protocol name)
III. Editing destination tag
IV. Command
V. Initial value
Tag setup file
I. Comment
Linesbeginningwithasemicolon(;)arecommentedout.
II. Section name (protocol name)
Asthesectionname,theprotocolnametargetedfortaginformation
editingmustbewrittenwithinsquarebrackets([]).OnlyDICOMis
supported.
III. Editing destination tag
Writethegroupnumber/elementnumberoftheeditingdestinationtag
information (enter a string of eight characters at all times).
IV. Command
Writeataginformationeditingcommand.Seethetablethatispresented
later.
V. Initial value
WriteacharacterstringinVR-compliantformattospecifytheinitial
value for a tag information element.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
AppxMUA-2
Thefollowingcommandsareavailable:
Command Description
CPY Process Copies an element from another tag.
Format Editing-destination-tag=CPY[-T],editing-source-tag
-T: Performsanelementcopyoperationafterdeleting
spacesfromthebeginningandendofthesource
tagelement.If,forinstance,thesourcetag=
ABC,thecommandcopiesABC(:
space).
MOV Process Moves an element from another tag.
Format Editing-destination-tag=MOV[-T][-L],source-tag
-L: Performsamoveoperationaftersettingthe
source tag element length to zero.
-T: Performsanelementmoveoperationafter
deletingspacesfromthebeginningandendofthe
source tag element. If, for instance, the source tag
=ABC,thecommandmovesABC(:
space).
DEL Process Deletes an element.
Format Editing-destination-tag=DEL[-L]
-L: Setstheelementlengthoftheeditingdestination
tag to zero.
SET Process Setsafxedinitialvaluefortheelement.
Format Editing-destination-tag=SET,initial-value
NOTES
When writing the TagReplace.ini fle, set data in compliance with
DICOM VR. Also, exercise care to avoid internal data inconsistency.
Even if the editing destination tag differs from the source tag in VR,
the editing process is performed as far as they are both in character
string form. Note, however, that even if the character string length is
over the limit specifed by the editing destination tag VR, the tag
information is set as is without being checked.
The editing process will not be performed if the associated tag or
element and initial value do not exist on the source side.
For the detailed information about Fujis Private tags, see DICOM
Conformance Statement.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
AppxMUA-3
BLANKPAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
AppxMUA-4
BLANKPAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
AppxMUB-1
AppendixB Creating/Registering/
DeletingMarkers
Bydefault,theDR-ID300CLallowsyoutouse83differentmarkersthat
arefrequentlyusedatinstitutions.However,someinstitutionsmight
wanttousesomeothermarkersordeleteinfrequentlyusedmarkers
from the list.
Thissectionexplainsproceduresforcreatingnewmarkers,registering
markers, and deleting markers.
NOTE
Changing the flename of a marker used for the auto marker will cause
an error to occur when performing an exposure using a marker of
changed flename. For this reason, do not change flename of a marker
used for the auto marker. To change the flename, delete auto markers
from all the exposure menus and then change it appropriately.
1. CreatingMarkers
NewmarkerscanbecreatedwithPaint,whichisastandard
applicationsuppliedwiththeOS.Whencreatingamarker,launchPaint
andperformthefollowingprocedure.
ImageFormat
OnlythemonochromeformatofWindowsBMPcanbeused.
ForWindowsVista
FromPaintsImagemenu,chooseAttributes.IntheAttributes
window,chooseBlackandwhitefromtheColorsarea.
FR000007.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUB-2
ForWindows7
1. SelectPropertiesfromthemenu.
DXL040B0008.ai
TheImagePropertieswindowopens.
2. SelectBlackandwhitefromtheColorsarea.
DXL040B0009.ai
Filename
Theflenamemustconsistofanalphanumericcharacterstringand
extension(.bmp).
WhentheDR-ID300CL-APlistsmarkers,thedisplayorderofthe
markersisdeterminedasfollows:
V4.0orearlier
Determinedbytheirflenames.
V5.0orlater
Determinedbytheorderoftheregistrationin
theRegMarkerBmp.csvfle.
Minimum/maximumsize
The marker size range is from 50 pixels 50 pixels to 1000 pixels 1000
pixels(whichcorrespondstoanactualdimensionalrangeof
0.5 mm 0.5 mm to 100 mm 100 mm).
ForWindowsVista
FromPaintsImagemenu,chooseAttributes.IntheAttributes
window,specifythesizebyenteringvaluesintheWidthand
Heightinputfelds.
FR000008.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUB-3
Actualsize
OneBMPpixelcorrespondstoanactualsizevalueof0.1mm.
Tocreatea25mmmarker,usePainttocreate250-pixeldata.
Example) BMP : 100pixels 100 pixels
Actualsize: 10mm 10 mm
Marker data storage location
Youcanuseacreatedmarkerwhenitsfleisstoredinthefollowing
folder.
The folder can store up to 128 data. Since 83 data are initially stored, you
can additionally store up to 45 data if the initially stored data is left
undeleted.
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmp
InV5.0orlater,thecreatedmarkerfleswillbeavailablebyregistering
theirflenamesintheRegMarkerBmp.csvfle.
Upto128datacanbestored.
Marker retention after an application upgrade
Even if you upgrade the application, created markers are retained.
ForWindows7
1. SelectPropertiesfromthemenu.
DXL040B0008.ai
2. SetthesizeintheWidthandHeightinputfelds.
DXL040B0010.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUB-4
2. MarkerCreationExample
[Reference]
Theprocedureforcreatingamarkerisdescribedbelow.Theprocedure
presumesthatthefollowingmarkeristobecreated:
123
15mm
8mm
File Name : 123.bmp
1. Click ,pointtoAllProgramsandAccessories,
andthenclickPaint.
Paintthenopens.
2. Performthefollowingprocedure.
ForWindowsVista
I. FromtheImagemenu,chooseAttributes.
TheAttributeswindowthenopens.
ForWindows7
I. Fromthemenu,chooseProperties.
3. IntheWidthandHeightfelds,enter150and80,
respectively.TurnONtheBlackandwhiteradiobuttonin
theColorsarea.
NOTE
Be sure that Pixels is selected in the Units area.
ForWindowsVista
FR000003.ai
ForWindows7
DXL040B0011.ai
4. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUB-5
5. WithTexttool,entertext.
NOTE
Enter text in black (against a white background of BMP data).
In a DR-ID 300CL-AP window, the white portion of BMP data
becomes the background with the text (marker) displayed in black.
ForWindowsVista
FR000004.ai
Text tool Enter 123.
ForWindows7
DXL040B0012.ai
Text Tool
Enter 123
6. PerformthefollowingstepstosavethecreatedBMPdatainthe
predeterminedfolder(C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmp).
FR000005.ai
1. Choose C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\MarkerBmp
2. Enter 123.bmp. 3. Choose Monochrome Bitmap.
NOTE
If the following window opens, click .
DXL040B0013.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUB-6
7. AddthecreatedmarkerflenametotheRegMarkerBMP.csv
fleintheC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBMPfolder.
NOTE
For V4.0 or earlier, this step is not necessary.
8. LaunchtheDR-ID300CL-AP.Verifythat123.bmpis
displayedinthemarkerlist.
FR000009.EPS
123.bmp
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUB-7
3. PreparingMarkersfor
Mammography(V7.0orLater)
Tousethemammographymarkerfle,thefolderwherethe
mammographymarkerfleisstoredmustbemovedandthefolder
namemustbechanged.Theproceduretousemammographymarkers
isdescribedbelow.
NOTE
To use the matching defnitions of the automatic markers and the
exposure menu for USA, select 2) English (U.S.) at the time of
exposure menu installation.
For details on installation procedures of the exposure menu, see
5.2 Replacing the Menu Database in MC: Inspection,
1. StartupExplorerandopenC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP
folder.
2. ChangethefoldernameofMarkerBmptoMarkerBmp_
bak.
3. OpentheMarkerBmp_bakfolderandcopythemarker
folder(JapaneseorOther)accordingtotherequestof
the institution.
NOTE
To use the created marker fle, move the marker fle to the marker
folder where it is to be copied before performing copy.
4. OpenC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIPfolder.
5. Paste the folder copied at step 3 and change the folder
nametoMarkerBmp.
4. RegisteringMarkers
(V5.0orlater)
TodisplaymarkerflesinthemarkerlistinV5.0orlater,markerfle
informationmustberegisteredinthemarkermanagementfle
RegMarkerBmp.csv.
Toregistermarkerfles,performthefollowingsettings.
Whenregisteringmarkersindividually
RegistermarkersbyeditingRegMarkerBmp.csvinthe
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmpfolderusingatexteditor.
Whenregisteringmarkerinabatch
REFERENCE
When markers are registered in a batch, the order of the markers in the
marker list is determined by their fle names.
1. StoretheBMPflestoberegisteredinthe
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmpfolder.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUB-8
3. Double-clickCreateMarkerCSV.batintheD:\toolsfolder.
Themarkerflesareregistered.
NOTE
The marker fle set to the auto marker fle (AutoMarkerDB.mdb)
must be saved directly under the MarkerBmp folder.
When an exposure menu for which auto marker setting has been
done is selected and image input is performed in the background,
the implementation of that study may become impossible.
Contents of the auto marker fle (AutoMarkerDB.mdb) are not
modifed automatically. Modify them manually as necessary.
REFERENCE
Perform the following procedure to change the order of the
markers.
I. Open RegMarkerBmp.csv with a text editor.
II. Sort the marker fle names in the desired display order.
III.Save the fle and close the text editor.
4. RemovetheDR-ID300CL-APDiskfromthePC.
5. DeletingMarkers
5.1 DeletingMarkers(V4.0orEarlier)
MovetheassociatedBMPdatainthefollowingfoldertoRecycleBinor
another folder.
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmp
5.2 DeletingMarkers(V5.0orLater)
DeletetheapplicablemarkerflenamefromtheRegMarkerBmp.csv
fleintheC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmpfolder.
REFERENCE
By editing the RegMarkerBmp.csv fle, the setting whether or not to
display the marker on the DR-ID 300CL can be switched.
When setting not to display a marker, the corresponding BMP data
does not need to be deleted. However, there is not problem in deleting
it.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUC-1
AppendixC UsingtheDICOMLogMode
TheDICOMlogisarecordofcommunicationswithDICOM-connected
equipment.Undernormalconditions,thelogflesrecordassociations
only.However,youcanrecorddetaileddescriptionsofcommunications
bychangingtheDICOMLogMode.Thismodechangeiscalleda
DICOMLogModechange.
ThelogflesrecordthenumbersofDICOMtags,theinformation
attachedtoDICOMtags,thetimeofcommunicationwithconnected
equipment,andotherrelevantinformation.
ChangingtheDICOMLogMode
menu,andthenclick .
2. SelecttheDicomLogMode.exefleinthefollowingdirectory:
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DicomLogMode.exe
3. Entertheparametervalue0,1,or2asshownbelow.
Themeaningsofthemodesselectedbytheseparameters
areexplainedbelow:
0:Recordsnothing.
1:Recordsassociationsonly(default).
2:Recordsdetailedinformationaswell.
FR000010.ai
Parameter
(The symbol represents a space.)
4. Click .
Aconfrmationwindowopens,notifyingyouthattheDICOMMode
is changed.
FR000011.ai
5. Click .
Theconfrmationwindowcloses.
NOTE
After completion of a DICOM Log Mode change and log fle
verifcation, be sure to return the mode selection to 1.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUC-2
Logflestoragelocationsandtypes
1. Openthedirectory(C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Log)in
whichtheDICOMlogflesarestored.
2. Useatexteditor(Notepad)toopentheDICOMlogfles.
ThefollowingDICOMlogflesareused:
V4.0 or Earlier
DICOMMWLSCU.log : LogofMWMORDERfunction
related information
DICOMMWMPI.log : LogofMWMIDfunctionrelated
information
DICOMMPPSSCU.log : LogofPPSfunctionrelated
information
DicomPrint.log : LogofDICOMPRINTfunction
related information
DicomStorage.log : LogofDICOMSTORAGE
function related information
DicomStorageCommitment.log : LogofDICOMSTORAGE
COMMITMENTfunctionrelated
information
DICOMQRRET.log : LogofDICOMQRRetrieve
DICOMQRSRH.log : LogofDICOMQRQuery
DICOMIn.log : LogofDICOMQRsDICOM
image input function related
information
V5.0orLater
Reception_BCRIS_MWLSCU.log : LogofMWMORDERfunction
related information
Reception_BCRIS_MWLSCU_PI.log : LogofMWMIDfunctionrelated
information
Study_BCRIS_MWLSCU_PI.log : LogofMWMIDfunctionrelated
information
Reception_BCRIS_MMPPSSCU.log : LogofPPSfunctionrelated
information
DicomPrint.log : LogofDICOMPRINTfunction
related information
DicomStorage.log : LogofDICOMSTORAGE
DicomStorageCommitment.log : LogofDICOMSTORAGE
COMMITMENTfunctionrelated
information
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUC-3
FR000012.ai
Log files are stored here.
Previous log files
REFERENCE [V4.0 or Earlier]
Previous log fles are stored in folders named A, B, C, and so
on. The log fles saved directly under the Log folder are those
which were generated when the application was last started. When
the application is started again, a new folder is created (e.g., folder
D) and the log fles saved directly under the Log folder are
moved to the new folder.
REFERENCE [V5.0 or Later]
Log fles of the past were saved in the TimeStamp folders, such as
20110115125402, 20110115183003, etc. The log fle just in the
LOG folder is the applications log fle which was just running
previously. When run the application again, a TimeStamp folder is
created and the log fle is moved to this folder. (Part of information
is compressed.)
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUC-4
Detailsoflogfles
Thelogfleshownbelowisusedinlogmode2(detailmode)torecord
MWM-related communications.
FR000014.EPS
I.
000104242002/01/18 14:04:27 broker S <118> A-ASSOCIATE-RQ
2002/01/18 14:04:27 broker S <118> PresentationContextID -> 0x01
2002/01/18 14:04:27 broker S <118> AbstractSyntax -> "1.2.840.10008.5.1.4.31"
2002/01/18 14:04:27 broker S <118> TransferSyntax -> "1.2.840.10008.1.2"
2002/01/18 14:04:27 broker R <118> A-ASSOCIATE-AC
2002/01/18 14:04:27 broker R <118> PresentationContextID -> 0x01 Result (0x00)
2002/01/18 14:04:27 broker R <118> TransferSyntax -> "1.2.840.10008.1.2"
2002/01/18 14:04:42 broker R <118> (0040,0007) 14(0xe) LO
2002/01/18 14:04:42 broker R <118> -> "CHEST, PA/LAT"
II.
V.
III.
IV.
VI.
VII.
I. DateandtimeofadatatransmissionbyDR-ID300CLorother
connectedequipment
II. DR-ID 300CL association
III. Informationaboutthetransmitter(brokerS=DR-ID300CL,broker
R=otherconnectedequipment)
IV. Detailedinformation(transmittedbyDR-ID300CL)
V. Connectedequipmentassociation
VI. Detailedinformation(transmittedbyconnectedequipment)
VII. Tag information
REFERENCE
The data to be recorded varies with selected log mode.
Mode 1 records the logged data about associations only (only the
second and ffth lines in the above fgure). Mode 2 records the entire
logged data.
Mode 0 records nothing.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUD-1
AppendixD DICOMTagEditingFunction
(V4.0orEarlier)
Acharacterstringcanbeembeddedinataginaccordancewithan
inputimageMPMcode.Todothis,openthesetupfle(TagLookup.
ini)anddescribeanMPMcodeforcharacterstringembeddingand
thetagintowhichacharacterstringistobeembedded.
See 1.MPMCodeRelatedSettings for details of the used
procedure.
WhenperformingsecondaryQAprocessingonanotherequipment
unit,atagcanbesetupaccordinglytodifferentiatewhetheranimage
output from the DR-ID 300CL is a DR image or a CR image. To do
this,openthesetupfle(TagLookup.ini)anddescribeatagto
differentiatewhetheritisaDRimageoraCRimage,acharacter
stringusedforthedifferentiationandatagwheresuchcharacter
stringistobeembedded.
Fordetailsoftheusedprocedure,see2.SettingsEnabling
DifferentiationBetweenaDRImageandaCRImage.
NOTE
To use the DICOM editing function in V5.0 or later, use the
DICOMTagEditTool.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
AppxMUD-2
1. MPMCodeRelatedSettings
2. WithNotePadcapability,opentheTagLookup.inifle.
REFERENCE
By default, nothing is written in the TagLookup.ini fle.
3. Writethesettingsinthefleincompliancewiththeformat
explained later.
4. SavetheTagLookup.inifleintextformatandthenclose
NotePad.
NOTE
The TagLookup.ini fle uses Unicode characters. Therefore, be
sure to use NotePad as an editor and save the edited fle in
Unicode format.
TagLookup.inifleformat
; DICOM-Tag editing function setup
;
[DICOM]
[00181401,00081030]
0301=TEST1
0302=TEST2
FR000015.EPS
I. Comment
II. Protocol type
III. MPM code tag and character
string embedding tag
IV. MPM code
V. Character string
I. Comment
Linesbeginningwithasemicolon(;)arehandledasacomment.
II. Protocoltype
Thenameoftheprotocoltobeeditedmustbewrittenwithin
squarebrackets([]).OnlyDICOMissupported.
III. MPMcodetagandcharacterstringembeddingtag
DescribeanMPMcodetag(fxedat00181401)ontheleft-hand
side.Describeacharacterstringembeddingtagontheright-
handside.Separatethesetwoentrieswithacomma(,).
III. and IV.canbecombinedtosetuptwoormoreIII. and IV.
items using different tags.
IV. MPMcode
DescribeanMPMcodeforcharacterstringembedding.Youcan
describeoneormoreMPMcodes.
V. Character string
Describethecharacterstringtobeembeddedinthetag.Besure
toenclosethecharacterstringindouble-quotationmarks().
WhenanimagehavingMPMcode0301isenteredinsituationswhere
thesettingsindicatedintheaboveexampleareused,anoutputwillbe
generatedwiththecharacterstringTEST1embeddedinthe00081030
tag (Study Description).
NOTES
For the detailed information about Fuji Private tags, see DICOM
Conformance Statement.
Because the TagLookup.ini fle is applied after the TagReplace.ini fle,
settings performed by the TagLookup.ini fle take effect if values have
been set up for the same tag.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUD-3
2. SettingsEnabling
DifferentiationBetween
aDRImageandaCRImage
2. WithNotePadcapability,opentheTagLookup.inifle.
REFERENCE
By default, nothing is written in the TagLookup.ini fle.
3. Describethesettingsinthefleincompliancewiththe
formatexplainedlater.
4. SavetheTagLookup.inifleintextformatandthenclose
NotePad.
NOTE
The TagLookup.ini fle uses Unicode characters. Therefore, be
sure to use NotePad as an editor and save the edited fle in
Unicode format.
TagLookup.inifleformat
REFERENCE
Sample descriptions for the setups shown herein are for when the
following equipment units are connected to the DR-ID 300CL.
DR Image Detector : fpd0
CR Image Reader : ru0, ru1
; Differentiation between a CR image and a DR
image by using the Station Name
;
[DICOM]
[00081010,00081010]
fpd0=FDR1
ru0=FCR1
ru1=FCR1
I. Comment
II. Protocol type
III. DR image/CR image
differentiation tag
V. DR image/CR image
differentiation
IV. DR Image Detector/
CR Image Reader
host name
DXL040D0001.ai
I. Comment
Linesbeginningwithasemicolon(;)arehandledasacomment.
II. Protocoltype
Thenameoftheprotocoltobeeditedmustbewrittenwithin
squarebrackets([]).OnlyDICOMissupported.
III. DRimage/CRimagedifferentiationtag
Describe00081010,00081010sothatthesetuptooverwrite
theDICOMTagStationName(0008,1010)istobedetermined.
IV. DRImageDetector/CRImageReaderhostname
DescribehostnameoftheDRImageDetector/CRImageReader
connectedtotheDR-ID300CL.(DescribeHostName
determinedinNETWORKCONFIGALLOTHERNODESof
the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility mode.)
NOTE
Describe host names of all the Image Readers registered to the
Service Utility.
V. DRimage/CRimagedifferentiation
DescribeFDR1foraDRimageandFCR1foraCRimage.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
AppxMUD-4
Asaresultofsetupsdeterminedasabove,relevantdataiseditedas
follows.
WhentheStationName(0008,1010)isfpd0:0008,1010is
overwrittenbyFDR1.
WhentheStationName(0008,1010)isru0:0008,1010is
overwrittenbyFCR1.
WhentheStationName(0008,1010)isru1:0008,1010is
overwrittenbyFCR1.
Basedonthetaginformationthusedited,animageisdifferentiatedto
beaDRimageiftheoverwrittendataelementisFDR1andaCR
imageiftheoverwrittendataelementisFCR1.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
AppxMUE-1
AppendixE SetupofLogOutput
ItemsoftheExposure
ResultLogFunction
Tochangedataitemstobestoredinalog,editonMicrosoftAccess
2000theExposureResultLog.mdbsetupflebackedupusingthe
ServiceUtilityfunction.Youcanchangelogitemsinthecheckboxesof
theEntryFlagcolumnontheExposureResulttable.Thenecessary
procedureisdescribedasfollows.
EdittheExposureResultLog.mdbsetupfleonadifferentPC.
1. UseMicrosoftAccesstoopentheExposureResultLog.
mdbfle.
2. OpentheExposureResulttable.
3. Turnon/offcheckboxesintheEntryFlagcolumn
accordingly.
Toaddalogitem,checktherelevantcheckbox.
Todeletealogitem,unchecktherelevantcheckbox.
FR000059.EPS
4. Useeitherofthefollowingprocedurestorevertthemodifed
ExposureResultLog.mdbfletotheDR-ID300CL-PCs
previous directory.
Restorethesetupfle.
CopythemodifedExposureResultLog.mdbfletothe
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Paramfolder.
NOTE
Note that if there are a lot of log items, the number of data items
that can be stored in the log will be smaller.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
AppxMUE-2
BLANKPAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
AppxMUE-3
BLANKPAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
AppxMUE-4
BLANKPAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUF-1
AppendixF SetupofRules
AppliedforAutomatic
PatientIDIssuance
(V4.0orEarlier)
RulesappliedwhenautomaticallyissuingpatientIDcanbesetupas
follows.
Openthesetupfle(IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat)todescribeelements
(suchasstudydate,autoincrementfunction,etc.)tobeincludedinthe
automatically issued patient ID.
Thesetupprocedureisdescribedbelow.
NOTE
To use the screening examination order issuance function for version
V3.1 or earlier, the IssuanceIdPreset.dat setup fle is used.
Perform necessary operations reading the description presented herein
for it accordingly.
2. UsetheNotePadfunctiontoopentheIssuanceIdMassOrder.
datfle.
REFERENCE
The default IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat fle includes the following
description. System ID (alphanumerics) + study date (year,
month, day) + a fve-digit serial number are issued following the
automatic issuance rules.
For IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat
%SystemID(0)%%Date(YYMMDD)%%AutoInc(AutoIncID,5,1,99999,1,1)%
For IssuanceIdPreset.dat
%SystemID(0)%%Date(YYMMDD)%%AutoInc(A,5,0,99999,1,1)%
3. Describethesettingsinthefleincompliancewiththe
formatexplainedbelow.
4. SavetheIssuanceIdPreset.datfleinthetextformatand
closeNotePad.
NOTES
The IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat fle uses Unicode characters.
Therefore, be sure to use NotePad as an a editor and save the
edited fle in the Unicode format.
The backup function of Service Utility does not back up the
IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat and IssuanceIdPreset.dat fles. Perform a
manual backup/restore procedure by, for instance, selecting the
IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat and IssuanceIdPreset.dat fles directly and
saving them on media, such as FD, USB memory stick or the like.
IssuanceIdMassOrder.datfleformat
%SystemID(0)%%Date("YYMMDD")%%AutoInc("AutoIncID",5,1,99999,1,1)%
FR190001.ai
A : Character string component
B : Identifier (character string element issuance rule)
A B B B A A
Elements Elements Elements
IssuanceIdPreset.datfleformat(V3.1orearlier)
FR110001.eps
A : Character string component
B : Identifier (character string element issuance rule)
%SystemID(0)%%Date("YYMMDD")%%AutoInc("A",5,0,99999,1,1)%
A B B B A A
Elements Elements Elements
NOTE
If format of the ID issuance setup fle is invalid (when the applicable
restrictions are not observed appropriately), a relevant message appears
at CL-AP startup. In such cases, correct the setup fle format as necessary.
Note however that even if the format is invalid, it is converted into fxed
values internally and the DR-ID 300CL-AP, as a result, starts up.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
AppxMUF-2
Detailsofsettingitems(IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat)
Displayitem Component Howtosetuptheidentifer Setupexample
System ID %SystemID(Type)% Type (numerical value)
0 : Alphabet(AtoZ)
1 : Numerics(1to26)
ThevaluesetupforNo.14SystemRecognitionID(AtoZ)ofIMAGEMODALITYwillbeused.
%SystemID(0)%
Date %Date(Format)% Format (character string)
YY : AllthefourdigitsrepresentingtheChristianEra.(2004)
yy : ThelowertwodigitsoftheChristianEra.(04)
GG : ThreedigitswithinitialfortheJapaneseEra.(H16)
MM : Atwo-digitnumberrepresentingthemonth.
DD : Atwo-digitnumberrepresentingtheday.
%Date(YYMMDD)%
Time %Time(Format)% Format (character string)
HH : Atwo-digitnumberrepresentingthehour.(Anaround-the-clockrepresentation)
MM : Atwo-digitnumberrepresentingtheminute.
SS : Atwo-digitnumberrepresentingthesecond.
%Time(HHMM)%
Fixed character
string
%Fix(String)% String (character string)
Entersingle-bytecharacters.
Donotusemulti-bytecharacters,*(one-bytecharacter)and@(one-bytecharacter).
%Fix(FUJI)%
User-defned
character string
%UFix(ID,Max)% ID (character string)
Make sure to specify SiteCode.
Itshouldnotbethesameastheregistrykeynamedeterminedbasedontheconventional
automatic ID issuance function.
Max (numerical value)
Alwaysspecify64.
*Elementsforamaximumofoneuser-defnedcharacterstringcanbesetupinonescript.
%UFix(SiteCode,64)%
Autoincrement
(serialnumbers)
%AutoInc(ID,Order,Min,Max,
Count,Reset)%
ID(characterstring) : Autoincrementidentifer
*AlwaysspecifyAutoIncID.(Fixedvalue)
Order(numericalvalue) : Thenumberofdigits.(6)
*Donotdetermine0(=variable).
Min(1) : Minimumvalue
*Alwaysdetermine1.(Fixedvalue)
Max(999) : Maximumvalue(999)
*Alwaysdetermine999.Thedisplayednumberofdigitsshouldbeinaccordancewiththe
valuedeterminedforOrderabove.(Fixedvalue)
Count(1) : Incrementrangeofserialnumbers.(Numericalvalue)
*Alwaysdetermine1.(Fixedvalue)
Reset(1) : WhetherornottoresettheserialnumberatCL-APstartup.
*Alwaysdetermine0(=Nottoreset).(Fixedvalue)
*Onlyoneautoincrementcharacterstringcomponentcanbesetupinonescript.
%AutoInc(AutoIncID,5,1,9999
9,1,1)%
NOTE
The confguration setting for character string of a patient ID must be longer than a character string issued automatically according to
17. Patient ID Length of 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION under Setup Confguration Item - SYSTEM CONFIG.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUF-3
Detailsofsettingitems(IssuanceIdPreset.dat)
Displayitem Component Howtosetuptheidentifer Setupexample
System ID %SystemID(Type)% Type (numerical value)
0 : Alphabet(AtoZ)
1 : Numerics(1to26)
ThevaluesetupforNo.14SystemRecognitionID(AtoZ)ofIMAGEMODALITYwillbeused.
%SystemID(0)%
Date %Date(Format)% Format (character string)
YY : AllthefourdigitsrepresentingtheChristianEra.(2004)
yy : ThelowertwodigitsoftheChristianEra.(04)
GG : ThreedigitswithinitialfortheJapaneseEra.(H16)
MM : Atwo-digitnumberrepresentingthemonth.
DD : Atwo-digitnumberrepresentingtheday.
%Date(GGMMDD)%
Time %Time(Format)% Format (character string)
HH : Atwo-digitnumberrepresentingthehour.(Anaround-the-clockrepresentation)
MM : Atwo-digitnumberrepresentingtheminute.
SS : Atwo-digitnumberrepresentingthesecond.
%Time(HHMM)%
Fixed character
string
%Fix(String)% String (character string)
Entersingle-bytecharacters.
Donotusemulti-bytecharacters,*(one-bytecharacter)and@(one-bytecharacter).
%Fix(FUJI)%
User-defned
character string
%UFix(ID,Max)% ID (character string)
Enteranidentiferforuser-defnedcharacterstrings.Setavaluedifferentfromtheautoincrement
identifer.Ifanidentifersameastotheautoincrementidentiferisset,thetwosamevalueswillbesetup.
Max (numerical value)
Enter the maximum character string length.
*Elementsforamaximumofonecharacterstringcanbesetupinonescript.
%UFix(B,4)%
Autoincrement
(serialnumbers)
%AutoInc(ID,Order,
Min, Max, Count,
Reset)%
ID(characterstring) : Autoincrementidentifer
Order(numericalvalue) : Thenumberofdigits.(6)
Min(numericalvalue) : Minimumvalue.(0)
Max(numericalvalue) : Maximumvalue.(999999)[Whenreachingthemaximumvalue,itwillbereset
totheminimumvalue.]
Count(numericalvalue) : Incrementrangeofserialnumbers.(numericalvalue)
Reset(selectoneofthefollowing) : WhetherornottoresettheserialnumberatDR-ID300CL-APstartup.
0 : Nottoreset.
1 : ResettoMinatDR-ID300CL-APstartup.
2 : ResettoMinatDR-ID300CL-APstartuponlywhenthespecifeddateisdifferentfromthatofthelast
issuance.
*SetthevaluesothatMax>Min.
*Componentsforamaximumofonecharacterstringcanbesetupinonescript.
%AutoInc(A,4,0,9999,1,1)%
NOTE
The confguration setting for character string of a patient ID must be longer than a character
string issued automatically according to 17. Patient ID Length of 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION
under Setup Confguration Item - SYSTEM CONFIG.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUF-4
Service Utility settings
Thesiteidentifcationcodeincludedintheorderinformationcanbe
storedadditionallyinanyoftheDICOMtags.
Thesettingitemisasfollows.
TableCSL/IDTFUNCTIONsettingitem
188 MassOrderSite
Code Mapping
Tag
Amaximumof49
one-byte
characters.
(Blank)
Specifyingtowhichtagthesite
identifcationcode,enteredusing
the screening examination order
function,istobemapped.
(Description example)
0038,0500
NOTES
If format of the determined value is invalid, a relevant message
appears at DR-ID 300CL startup, causing thus the startup to be
unsuccessful. In such cases, correct the setup fle format
appropriately.
If it is not determined (initial setting), the site identifcation code will not
be stored in the DICOM tag.
InvalidatedServiceUtilitysettings
IncasetheautoIDissuancefunctionwasdeterminedtobeactivated,
thefollowingitemsthatcanbedeterminedusingtheServiceUtilitywill
becomeinvalidated.
Fordetailsofthesettingitems,see3.7ConfgurationDetails
5.CSL/IDTFUNCTIONunderMU:MaintenanceUtility.
TableInvalidatedCSL/IDTFUNCTIONsettingitems
No. Name Remarks
18 PatientIDPaddingMethod Changing to any desired setting is
disabled.
21 Exposure List Erasure Setup Presetexposuremenusmustbeused.
29 StudyNumberIssuanceLogic
Setup
Noaccessionnumbersareissued
automatically.
56 EnablePatientInfo.DB
Function
If this function is activated, the patient
databaseismanagedbynewlyadded
automatically issued patient ID history
database.
83 DefaultRequestingService
93 UseDistributionCodeDepartName
106 AutomaticIssuancePatientID UserUtilitysettingsmustbeobserved.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
AppxMUG-1
AppendixG FilterInformation
Setup(Applicableonly
otherthaninJapan)
TheflterinformationthattheDR-ID300CLsystemreceivesasactual
exposureresultinformationincludesonlyanumberthatrepresentsa
fltertype(flterID).
TherelevancebetweentheflterIDandtheflterinformation(including
fltermaterialandflterthickness)mustbedeterminedappropriatelyso
that actual exposure result information is displayed on the monitor or
such information is output as image-incidental information.
Setupprocedurebasedontheflterinformationisasdescribedbelow.
1. OpentheC:C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confgfolder.
2. UseNotePadtoopentheFilterConfg.inifle.
3. Followtheprocedurebelowtosetuptheflterinformation.
NOTES
By default, it is determined that 20 flter information items can be
set up. To handle 21 or more information items, create section
[Filter021] and thereafter appropriately so that setup data can be
added as necessary.
Values of the flter information (including flter material and flter
thickness) set up in the FilterConfg.ini fle are refected directly on
the DICOM tag data.
(As for the flter thickness, the minimum flter thickness and
maximum flter thickness values are set to (0018, 7052) and
(0018, 7054), respectively. No individual settings are enabled.)
When falling under any of the conditions listed below, the data in
the relevant flter section becomes invalid.
- ID= is left blank.
- Material= is left blank.
- Any data other than a numerical value is set up for Thickness=.
MUG00001.ai
I.
II.
V.
III.
IV.
I. Numberofeffectivefltersections
Setsnumberoftheeffectivefltersections.
II. FilterID
SpecifesIDofthefltertobeusedinthesystem.Thisvalue
mustbespecifedalsointheUserUtility.
III. Filtermaterial
Setsnameofthefltermaterialused.
IV. Filterthickness
Setsthickness(mm)oftheflter.
V. Turretposition
Setspositionoftheturret.(Notusedeventhoughitissetupfor
the DR-ID 300CL system.)
4. SavetheFilterConfg.inifleinthetextformatandthenclose
NotePad.
NOTE
Because Unicode characters are used in the TagLookup.ini fle,
be sure to edit it using NotePad and then save in the Unicode
format.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
AppxMUG-2
BLANKPAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
AppxMUG-3
BLANKPAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
AppxMUG-4
BLANKPAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUH-1
AppendixH SettingtheExposure
IndexFunction
(V5.0orlater)
When an image derived from the Image Reader is received, an index
value, Deviation Index (DI), that represents the degree of deviation
betweentheExposureIndex(EI)thatisproportionatetotheX-raydose
and the ideal EI value (EIt) is calculated and then displayed.
The EI value and the DI value are displayed as overlay items.
ThischapterpresentsthedescriptiononhowtodisplaytheEIandDI
values.
CAUTION
The used Image Reader must regularly be subjected to complete
calibration processing using the Image Reader QC tool, so that
the EI and DI values can be applied for the purpose of control of
actual image quality.
Any changes in exposure menus and/or exchange of images
made with regard to a menu already subjected to exposure do
not affect the functionality to display the EI and DI values (the EI
and DI values will be displayed as commanded according to the
functionality of the originally determined exposure menu). Note,
however, that the EI and DI values will not be displayed even if an
energy subtraction menu that has already been subjected to
exposure is changed to an RT menu. To check the EI and DI
values after changing an exposure menu or exchanging images,
select a correct exposure menu and then perform study.
A long-view exposure menu terminated without undergoing any
image composition processing does not cause the EI and DI
values to be displayed, because it is considered to have been
determined a long-view exposure menu (WS) in terms of the
functionality.
NOTES
Software version V5.0 or later enables the EI and DI values to be
displayed.
The EI value accuracy is 20%.
The Exposure Index function does not support the Mammography
exposure menus. As a result, the EI and DI values will not be
calculated leaving the relevant display boxes to be blank.
The EI value and the DI value will not be output in the flm output.
The EI and DI values will be displayed only when the determined
functionality is RT.
With respect to a study image that has already been subjected to the
study, the EI and the DI values will not be recalculated even if the ideal
EI value (EIt) that is to be used as a guidepost for the exposure menu
is changed.
REFERENCE
The Exposure Index will be displayed as the following window as an
overlay item.
DXL040H0002.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUH-2
Service Utility settings
WiththeuseoftheServiceUtilitycapability,itispossibletoenableor
disabletheExposureIndexfunction.
Table: IMAGEMODALITYsetupitem
312 EnableExposure
Index Function
Yes
EnablestheExposure
Index function.
No
DisablestheExposure
Index function.
Specifyingwhethertoenable
ordisabletheExposureIndex
function.
* TodisplayExposureIndexonthestudywindow,itisnecessarytoset
upintheOverlaydisplayitemsettingsforincidentalinformationof
User Utility to display the Exposure Index.
SavingandOutputtingExposureIndex
TheEI,DIandEItvaluesarestoredunderthefollowingDICOMtags
(Standard).
EIvalue :(0018,1411) VRname :DS
DIvalue :(0018,1413) VRname :DS
EItvalue:(0018,1412) VRname :DS
TheEIvalue,DIvalue,andEItvaluecanbeoutputinthefollowing
service classes (including media storage).
DICOMStandardCRStorage(imageprocessed)
DICOMPrivateCRStorage(standardized)
DICOMUnstandarlizedCRStorage(beforestandardized)
Correctioncoeffcientparameterfle
CorrectioncoeffcientspecifctoeachoftheImageReaders(cassette
type:IPVN/VI,dual-sidecassettetype:ST-BD,built-intype)arestored
intheExposureIndex.prmflethatislocatedunderthefollowingfolder.
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\ExposureIndex.prm
Donotchangeunlessitisabsolutelynecessarytodoso.
REFERENCE
The Backup/Restore function that the Service Utility capability offers is
available for the ExposureIndex.prm fle.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUH-3
BLANKPAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUH-4
BLANKPAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUI-1
AppendixI Setting
theTechniqueCode
Byeditingtheconversionfle(TechniqueCodeConvertTbl.ini),different
exposurepanelsandtubescanbespecifedforonetechniquecode.
Conversionflesarestoredinthefollowing.
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\TechniqueCodeConvertTbl.ini
Thedefaultsettingoftheconversoinfleisasfollows.
DXL040I0003.ai
WhentheselectorissettoTechniquecode:02inDR-ID300CLandis
selectedonthestudywindow,editthefleasfollowsifyouwanttosend
Techniquecode:03totheexternaldevice.
DXL040I0004.ai
NOTE
Value of the technique code is sent to the external device after being
converted with the TechniqueCodeConvertTbl.ini fle; however, Value
of the detector ID is sent to the external device as it is selected in the
selector.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUI-2
BLANKPAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUI-3
BLANKPAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUI-4
BLANKPAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUJ-1
AppendixJ DICOMTagEditTool
(V5.0orLater)
ThissectiondescribescommandsofDICOMTagEditToolandtheir
setting procedures.
NOTES
Back up the current conversion fle before editing the conversion fle
using DICOMTagEditTool.
When replacing the conversion fle, terminate DR-ID 300CL in
advance.
To take over the tag conversion function in V4.0 or earlier, a new tag
conversion fle must be created using the DICOMTagEditTool.
FortakingoverthetagconversionfunctioninV4.0orearlier,see
5.TakingovertheTagConversionFunctioninV4.0orEarlier.
DICOMTagEditTool
DICOMTagEditToolisatooltosupporteditingoftheDICOMtags.
SettableSOPclassesandfunctions,tagconversionfletobecreated,
andscreenstructureofthetoolareasfollows.
SettableSOPclassesandfunctions
TargetSOPclassandfunction Overview
DICOMMWLC-FIND-RQTag
Setting
EditthetagforwhichRISisinquiredofwith
DICOMMWLC-FIND-RQ.
DICOMMWLC-FIND-RPTag
Setting
EditthetagreceivedfromRISwithDICOM
C-FIND-RP.
DICOMMPPSN-CREATETag
Setting
EditthetagtobenotifedofRISwithDICOM
MPPSN-CREATE.
DICOMMPPSN-SETTagSetting EditthetagtobenotifedofRISwithDICOM
MPPSN-SET.
DICOMSTORAGEC-STORETag
Setting
PrivateCRStorage
PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage
CRImageStorage
DXImageStorageForPresentation
DXImageStorageForProcessing
Editthetagtobeoutputtostoragewith
DICOMC-STORE.
Make individual tag editing setting for each
SOPclass.
Tagconversionflestobecreated
SOPclassname Servicename Filenametobeedited
PrivateCRStorage
C-STORE
DDT_CRPrv.xml
PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage DDT_CRPrvUnst.xml
CRImageStorage DDT_CRStd.xml
DXImageStorageForPresentation DDT_DXPres.xml
DXImageStorageForProcessing DDT_DXProc.xml
ModalityWorklistIMFIND
C-FIND-RQ DDT_MWL_RQ.xml
C-FIND-RP DDT_MWL_RP.xml
ModalityPerformedProcedureStep
N-CREATE DDT_MPPS_NC.xml
N-SET DDT_MPPS_NS.xml
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUJ-2
ScreenstructureofDICOMTagEditTool
I IX
X
XII
DXL040J0001.ai
XI V
VI VII VIII
III III II II IV IV
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUJ-3
I. Operationdefnitionselectionlist(hereinafterreferredtoasSOPlist)
AEtitlesregisteredineachSOPclassarelisted.
TheDefaultAEareregisteredbydefault.(cannotdeletethem)
AEtitlescanbechangedinaccordancewiththesettingofDR-ID
300CL in each institutes.
(However,sameAEtitlecannotbeadded.)
II.Createbutton
InitializetheSOPliststatus.
III.Loadbutton
Loadacreatedtagconversionfle,anddisplayitasaconversion
ruleoftheselectedSOPclass.
IV. Savebutton
CreateatagconversionflefromtheselectedSOPclass.Logfle
canbeoutputwhenyouplaceacheckmarktolog.
Logoutputdestination :C:\ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\Log\
Filename :Sameasthetagconversionflename,
whoseextensionisreplacedto.log
NOTE
When confrming output log fles in 3.4 Testing the Saved Tag
Conversion Files, create the aforementioned log fle output
destination folder in advance.
V.AEcreationbutton
AddanAEtitle,inputintothetextbox,totheselectedSOPclass.
VI.AEdeletionbutton
DeletetheselectedAEtitle.
VII.AEcopybutton
CopythecontentsoftheselectedAEtitletoanotherAEtitleinthe
sameSOPclass.
VIII.Testbutton
Selectoneofthefollowingflesandfolders,andexecutetheprocess
of the tag editing function.
1.Tagconversionfletargetedfortesting
2.Setupfle(schema)
3.Tagdictionaryfle
4.DDOfletobeinput
5.FolderforstoringoutputDDOfles
Confrmthatthecreatedconversionfleworksasintendedby
inputtingthetagconversionflecreatedwiththeDICOMTagEditTool
andbycheckingthelogfletobegeneratedatthetimeofconverting
andoutputDDOfle.
Fordetailedtestingprocedures,see3.4TestingtheSavedTag
ConversionFiles.
NOTE
Only the conversion rule of Default can be tested. Settings created
for each AE title need to be tested with DR-ID 300CL.
IX. Operationdefnitionlist
Alisttodisplayoperationdefnitions.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUJ-4
X.Operationdefnitionitemstobeconfgured
SRCtextboxinthe1stline:
Componentofthe1stconditionalequationtojudgewhetherto
perform the operation.
Conditionpull-downinthe1stline:
Logicalinstructionofthe1stconditionalequation.
DSTtextboxinthe1stline:
Componentofthe1stconditionalequationtojudgewhetherto
and/orpull-down:
Logicalinstructiontobeusedwhenthelogicaloperationspans2
lines.
SRCtextboxinthe2ndline:
Componentofthe2ndconditionalequationtojudgewhetherto
Conditionpull-downinthe2ndline:
Logicalinstructionofthe2ndconditionalequation.
DSTtextboxinthe2ndline:
Componentofthe2ndconditionalequationtojudgewhetherto
SRCtextboxinthe3rdline:
Describetheinputinformation,whichisthecomponentofthe
operation.
Operationpull-downinthe3rdline:
Select an operation.
DSTtextboxinthe3rdline:
Describetheoutputinformation,whichisthecomponentofthe
operation.
XI.Operationdefnitionadditionbutton
Addanoperationdefnition.
XII.Operationdefnitiondeletionbutton
Deleteanoperationdefnitionselectedintheoperationdefnition
selection list (IX.intheDICOMTagEditToolwindow).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUJ-5
2. SettinguptheDICOMTagEditTool
Operationenvironment
UseaPCtowhicheitheroneofthefollowingOSisinstalled.
WindowsVISTABusinessSP2(32bitversion)
Windows7Professional(32bitversion)
Toolinstallation
NOTES
When using the DICOMTagEditTool in a PC to which the DR-ID 300CL
has been installed, install the tool in a folder other than C:\Program
Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System.
When DICOMTagEditTool has been already installed, uninstall it from
Programs and Features, and then install.
When an error occurs during the installation, start over from step 2.
1. InserttheDICOMTagEditToolCDintothePC.
2. Double-clicksetup.exeintheCD.
Thesetupstartwindowopens.
3. Click[Next].
4. Click [Browse] as needed to set a setup destination folder.
5. Click[Next].
Installation starts.
Uponcompletionoftheinstallation,awindowopenstoindicate
completion of the setup processing.
6. Click[OK].
Startup
1. Double-clickDICOMTagEditTool.exe.
TheDICOMTagEditToolwindowopens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUJ-6
3. CreatingTagConversionFiles
3.1 CreatingtheOperationDefnition
SelectionList
OperationdefnitionsoftheAEtitlecreatedwiththeDICOMTagEditTool
areappliedastagconversionrulesinthecorrespondingconnectedAE.
NOTE
If the connected AE and the AE title of the conversion fle created with
the DICOMTagEditTool do not match, the default conversion rule is
applied.
AddinganAE
1. SelectanSOPclasstowhichyouwishtoaddanAEtitle.
2. EntertheAEtitletobeaddedintothetextboxonthebottom
leftofthewindow,andclick[Create].
TheAEtitleisaddedtotheselectedSOPclass.
DeletinganAE
1. SelectanAEtitleyouwishtodelete,andclick[Delete]on
thebottomleftofthewindow.
TheselectedAEtitleisdeleted.
3.2 ConfguringOperationDefnitions
1. SelectanAEtitlewhoseoperationdefnitionyouwishto
confgure.
2. Fromtheoperationdefnitionitems,confgurethe
conditionalequationtojudgewhethertoperformthe
operation.
Operator Format Function
equal
tagequaltag
Judgedastruewhentheelements
of the tags are the same.
tagequal(value)
Judgedastruewhentheelement
ofthetagandafxedvaluearethe
same.
*Avaluemustbeputinto
parentheses.
not_equal
tagnot_equaltag
Judgedastruewhentheelements
of the tags are different.
tagnot_equal(value)
Judgedastruewhentheelement
ofthetagandafxedvalueare
different.
*Avaluemustbeputinto
parentheses.
exist tagexist Judgedastruewhenatagexists.
not_exist tagnot_exist Judgedastruewhennotagexists.
DXL040J0004.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUJ-7
3. Confgureanoperationwhichisgoingtobeappliedtothe
DICOMtagwhentheconditionalequationconfguredinstep
2ismet.
Command Option Function Explanation of option
Copy T
Copy the element of the
tagspecifedinSrctothe
tagspecifedinDst.
When copying, spaces
beforeandaftertheelement
are deleted.
Move
T
Move the element and the
tagspecifedinSrctothe
tagspecifedinDst.
Whenmoving,spacesbefore
and after the element are
deleted.
L
Instead of deleting the
elementandthetagspecifed
in Src, the length of the
element is changed to 0.
Delete L
Delete the element and
thetagspecifedinSrc.
Instead of deleting the
elementandthetagspecifed
in Src, the length of the
element is changed to 0.
Set -
AfxedvaluesetinSrcis
setinthetagspecifedin
Dst.
*TheSrcvaluemustbe
put into parentheses.
-
Cut -
The value of the tag
specifedinDstiscutat
theplacespecifedinSrc.
*TheSrcvaluemustbe
put into parentheses.
[DefnitionofSrc]
(HEAD,value):
Specifednumberofdigits
are deleted from the head.
(TAIL,value):
Specifednumberofdigits
are deleted from the tail.
(value1,value2):
Thenumberofdigits,which
isspecifedbyvalue2,are
deleted from the position
specifedbyvalue1.(The
frstdigitis0).
-
DXL040J0005.ai
NOTE
When there is a dependence relationship in the conversion
contents, the conversion process cannot consider the dependence
relationship.
DXL040J0002.ai
In the above case, the conversion does not take place as 00080
016=00080018=00080020=00080022, but the conversion takes
place as follows.
00080020 in the input DDO fle is put into the 00080022 in the
output DDO fle.
output DDO fle.
output DDO fle.
4. Click [Create] at the upper right of the window.
Thecreateddefnitionisaddedintotheoperationdefnitionlist.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUJ-8
3.3 SavingTagConversionFiles
Savetheoperationdefnitioncreatedin3.2ConfguringanOperation
Defnitionasatagconversionfle.
1. SelectanSOPunderwhichthecreatedoperationdefnition
istobesavedfromtheoperationdefnitionselectionlist.
2. Placeacheckmarktologasneeded,andclick[Save].
3. Specifyaflesavingdestination.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUJ-9
3.4 TestingtheSavedTagConversionFiles
Testthetagconversionflesavedin3.3SavingTagConversionFiles.
1. Click[Test]
Awindowtoselectatagconversionfletobetestedopens.
2. Selectatagconversionfletobetested.
Filename(variation) Directory
DDT_CRPrv.xml
DDT_CRPrvUnst.xml
DDT_CRStd.xml
DDT_DXPres.xml
DDT_DXProc.xml
DDT_MWL_RQ.xml
DDT_MWL_RP.xml
DDT_MPPS_NC.xml
DDT_MPPS_NS.xml
Specifyarbitrarily.
Awindowtoselectasetupfle(schema)opens.
3. Selectasetupfle(schema).
ddotranslator_schema.xsd C:\ProgramFiles\
DICOMTagEditTool\Resource
AwindowtoselectaDICOMtagdictionaryfleopens.
4. SelectaDICOMtagdictionaryfle.
dx_private_tag.csv C:\ProgramFiles\
DICOMTagEditTool\Resource
AwindowtoselectaninputDDOfleopens.
5. SelectaninputDDOfle.
Specifyarbitrarily.
Thefollowingsampleflesareinthe
installer.
Sample_STORAGE.INF
(foroverallSTORAGE)
Sample_MWL_RQ.INF
(forDDT_MWL_RQ.xml)
Sample_MWL_RP.INF
(forDDT_MWL_RP.xml)
Sample_MPPS_NC.INF
(forDDT_MPPS_NC.xml)
Sample_MPPS_NS.INF
(forDDT_MPPS_NS.xml)
Specifyarbitrarily.
*Sampleflesintheinstallerare
storedinthefollowingdirectory.
C:\ProgramFiles\
DICOMTagEditTool\SampleDDO
*SpecifyacorrespondingDDOfor
theSOPtobetested.
6. SelectafoldertowhichtheoutputDDOfleistobestored.
Specifyarbitrarily.(Ifthefolderdoesnot
exist at the time of testing, the folder is
newlycreated.)
Specifyarbitrarily.
Resultofthetagconversion(SUCCESS/FAILURE)isoutput.
7. CheckthegeneratedDDOfletoconfrmwhetherthe
createdconversionfleoperatedasintended.
NOTE
When a checkmark is placed to log at the time of saving the tag
conversion fle, check the log to confrm whether the created tag
conversion fle operated as intended.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUJ-10
3.5 ApplyingTagConversionFiles
Applythetagconversionflesconfrmedin3.4TestingtheSavedTag
Conversion Files.
1. StartupExplorerandopenC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\
Confgfolder.
2. Copytheflecreatedin3.4TestingtheSavedTag
ConversionFilesstep6toC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\
Confgfolder.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUJ-11
4. DetailsofEachCommand
4.1 DetailsofOperationCommands
Command SRC DST Explanation Conditiontobeskipped Option Explanation of option
copy tag tag
Copy the element of a tag to another tag.
VRvalueintheDICOMtagdictionaryisused.
WhenVRcannotberesolvedwiththedictionary(includingthecaseofUN),
VRvalueofthecopysourceisused.
Whenthedestinationtagdoesnotexist,itwillbecreated.
WhentheparenttagofSQisspecifedinSRC,itssubelementsareallcopied.
Inthiscase,specifytheparenttagofSQalsoinDST.SubelementofSQ
cannotbespecifedinDST.
Whenthetagtobecopied
does not exist.
T
Whencopying,spacesbefore
deleted.
move tag tag
Move a tag and its element to another tag.
VRvalueintheDICOMtagdictionaryisused.
WhenVRcannotberesolvedwiththedictionary(includingthecaseofUN),
VRvalueofthecopysourceisused.
Whenthedestinationtagdoesnotexist,itwillbecreated.
WhentheparenttagofSQisspecifedinSRC,itssubelementsareallmoved.
Inthiscase,specifytheparenttagofSQalsoinDST.SubelementofSQ
cannotbespecifedinDST.
Whenthetagtobemoved
does not exist.
T
Whenmoving,spacesbefore
deleted.
L
Instead of deleting the input
tag and its element, the length
of the element is changed to 0.
delete tag -
Deleteaspecifedtaganditselement. Whenthetagtobedeleted
does not exist.
L
Change the length of the
source tag element to 0.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUJ-12
Command SRC DST Explanation Conditiontobeskipped Option Explanation of option
set value tag
Putafxedvalueintoatag.
Whenthesetupdestinationtagdoesnotexist,itiscreatedautomaticallywith
thedictionarybeingreferencedforitsVR.
IftheVRdoesnotexistinthedictionary,theVRissetasUN.
Valueisassignedaccordingtothefollowingassignmentmethod,withVRof
thestoragedestinationtagbeingreferenced.
CharacterstringisassignedwhenVRisoneofthefollowing:
AEASCSDADSDTISLOLTPNSHSTTMUIUT
CharacterstringofdecimalnumberisassignedasnumericalvaluewhenVR
isoneofthefollowing:
FL FD SL SS UL US
When the input value exceeds the limit value, an error is returned.
Noerrorisreturnedforcancellationofdigits.
Ex. Characterstring70000 -> 16bitSignedinteger
(Anerrorisreturnedasthiscannotbe
stored.)
Ex. Characterstring10.4 ->16bitUnsignedinteger10
LittleendianhexcharacterstringisassignedasbytesequencewhenVRis
oneofthefollowing:
ATOBOFOW
Ex. Characterstring0xFF00FF00 ->16bitbytesequence0xFF00FF00
(Add0xtothebeginningofthebinarydata.Donotadd0xwhenyouwantto
replacecharacterstringtobinarydata.)
AnerrorisreturnedforSQtag.
*Thevaluemustbeputintoparentheses.
*SubelementsofSQcannotbespecifedinDST.
- - -
cut value tag
Valueofatagiscutatthespecifedplace.
VRmustbeoneofthefollowingVRsforcharacterstrings.
AEASCSDADSDTISLOLTPNSHSTTMUIUT
SRCvalueretainsvaluesseparatedbyacomma,andperformthe
corresponding processing.
HEAD,value :Specifednumberofdigitsaredeletedfromthehead.
TAIL,value :Specifednumberofdigitsaredeletedfromthetail.
value1,value2 : Thenumberofdigits,whichisspecifedbyvalue2,are
deletedfromthepositionspecifedbyvalue1.(Thefrst
digit is 0).
ExampleofSRC:HEAD,1Delete1characterfromthehead.
*Describeadecimalintegerforvalue.
*SubelementsofSQcannotbespecifedinDST.
Whenthetagtobecutdoes
not exist.
- -
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUJ-13
4.2 DetailsofJudgmentCommand
Command SRC DST Explanation Option Explanation of option
equal
tag tag
JudgedastruewhentheelementsoftheSRCtagandDSTtagarethesame.
FornumericalVRs,elementsareallunifedintofoat,andthencompared.
When comparing character string to numerical value, the character string is converted into numerical
value and then compared.
WhencomparingelementsofSQtags,subelementsarealsocompared.
W Compareusingawildcard.
value tag
WhenVRoftagsareforcharacterstrings(AEASCSDADSDTISLOLTPNSHSTTMUIUT),
comparisonusingthewildcardcanbeoperatedbyaddinganoption.
Ex.:*ES* Inclusionmatchingischecked.
:TES* Forwardmatchingischecked.
:*EST Backwardmatchingischecked.
:TEST Exactmatchingischecked.
When option is not set, only exact matching is checked.
WhenVRoftagsarefornumericalvalue,thevaluesareconvertedintonumericalvaluesandthen
compared.
WhenVRoftagsareforbinarydata,exactmatchingischecked.
*Thewildcardcanbeusedonlyforforwardmatchingandbackwardmatching.Itcannotbeusedfor
partial matching such as TE*ST.
not_equal *Judgedastruewhenequalisfalse.
exit JudgedastruewhenthetagspecifedinSRCexists.
not_exit *Judgedastruewhenexitisfalse.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUJ-14
WhenVRoftagsarePN
WhenVRoftagsarePN,thefollowingdescriptioncanbeused.
Groupnumber,Elementnumber[Componentgroup][Component]
ex): When(0010,0010)isFUJI^TAROU
TAROUcanberetrievedwith00100010{0}[0][1].
FUJI^TAROUcanberetrievedwith00100010[0].
Asetofcomponentcanberetrievedbycombiningspecifcations
of VMs.
ex): When(0040,1010)isFUJI^TAROU\MORITA^KEIICHI.
TAROU\KEIICHIcanberetrievedwith00401010{*}[0][1].
4.3 DetailsonDescriptionofTags
WhenspecifyingSQtags
WhenspecifyingSQtags,use/and(),whichisforindicating
theitemnumber.
ex):Whenspecifyingthe1stitemof(0008,0100),whichisthe
subelementof(0004,0008),whichisthesubelementof(0040,
0100).
00400100(0)/00400008(0)/00080100(0)
REFERENCE
When () are omitted, all the elements can be used.
WhenaccessingatargetoftheVM
WhenaccessingatargetoftheVM,use{}.
ex):Whenaccessing2ndVMof(0010,2110)
00102110{1}
REFERENCE
When {} are omitted or {*} are used, the entire elements of the tag can
be used.
NOTE
When comparing tags and character strings using equal, {0} cannot be
omitted. Add {0} to the tag number even when the VM of the tag is 1.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUJ-15
5. TakingovertheTagConversion
Function in V4.0 or Earlier
RelationshipbetweentagconversionfunctioninV4.0orearlierandthe
SOPitemsofDICOMTagEditToolareasfollows.
NOTES
In V4.0 or earlier, tag conversion for STORAGE were in the order of
TagReplace.ini TagLookUp.ini.
In DICOMTagEditTool, setup of the TagReplace.ini fle and
TagLookUp.ini fle are set up in a same conversion rule, and the
conversion is done for a same DDO fle. When taking over the tag
conversion function using the DICOMTagEditTool, be careful for the
conversion contents and their order.
When taking over setup of the TagReplace.ini fle and TagLookUp.
ini fle using the DICOMTagEditTool, create a conversion rule for
each SOP class.
V5.0 or later V4.0 or earlier
SOPitemnameoftheDICOMTagEditTool Contents
C-FINDtag
customization
TagReplace.ini TagLookUp.ini
ModalityWorklistIMFIND[REQUEST] OperationdefnitionforthetagforwhichRISisinquiredofwith[MWL]
C-FIND.
- -
ModalityWorklistIMFIND[RESPONCE] OperationdefnitionforthetagreceivedfromRISwith[MWL]C-FIND. - -
ModalityPerformedProcedureStep
[N-CREATE]
OperationdefnitionforthetagtobenotifedofRISwith[MPPS]
N-CREATE.
- - -
ModalityPerformedProcedureStep[N-SET] OperationdefnitionforthetagtobenotifedofRISwith[MPPS]N-SET. - - -
PrivateCRStorage OperationdefnitionforthetagtobesenttoPACSwith[STORAGE]
PrivateCRStorage.
-
PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage OperationdefnitionforthetagtobesenttoPACSwith[STORAGE]
PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage.
-
CRImageStorage OperationdefnitionforthetagtobesenttoPACSwith[STORAGE]
CRImageStorage.
-
DXImageStorageForPresentation OperationdefnitionforthetagtobesenttoPACSwith[STORAGE]
DXImageStorageForPresentation.
-
DXImageStorageForProcessing OperationdefnitionforthetagtobesenttoPACSwith[STORAGE]
DXImageStorageForProcessing.
-
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUJ-16
ExampleoftakingovertheTagReplace.inifle
CorrespondenceexampleofcontentsdescribedintheTagReplace.ini
fleandtheconversionruleoftheDICOMTagEditToolareshown
below.
TagReplace.ini
;DICOMTagReplace
Setting
[DICOM]
00081010=DEL
00185101=CPY,00191090
DICOMTagEditTool
No SRC
Condition/
Operation
DST
1
Condition 00081010 exist
Operation 00081010 delete
2 Operation 00191090 copy 00185101
5.1 TakingovertheConversionSettingof
theTagReplace.iniFile
TheTagReplace.iniisaconversionfleforediting(copying,moving,
deleting, and initial setting) the tag information (image information)
whenoutputtingimageswithDICOMCRSTORAGE.
FormatandfunctionsoftheTagReplace.inifle
Function Command Format
Copy an element
from another tag
CPY
Editing-destinationtag=CPY[-T],Editing-sourcetag
-T : Elementinthesourcetagiscopiedwithout
spacesbeforeandaftertheelement.
When source tag is ABC,
ABC is copied. (:space).
Move an element
from another tag
MOV
Editing-destinationtag=MOV[-T][-L],Sourcetag
-L : Changethelengthofthesourcetagelement
to 0 and then moved.
-T : Elementinthesourcetagismovedwithout
spacesbeforeandaftertheelement.
When source tag is ABC,ABC
is moved. (:space).
Delete an
element
DEL
Editing-destinationtag=DEL[-L]
-L : Changethelengthoftheediting-destination
tag element to 0.
Setting up a
fxedinitialvalue
to an element
SET
Editing-destinationtag=SET,Initialvalue
CorrespondencebetweentheTagReplace.inifleand
conversionruleoftheDICOMTagEditTool
TagReplace.ini DICOMTagEditTool
Command Option Operation Option
CPY
-
copy
-
-T -T
MOV
-
move
-
-L -L
-T -T
DEL
-
delete
-
-L -L
SET - set -
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUJ-17
ExampleoftakingovertheTagLookUp.ini
CorrespondenceexampleofcontentsdescribedintheTagLookUp.ini
fleandtheconversionruleoftheDICOMTagEditToolareshown
below.
TagLookUp.ini
;DICOMTagLookupSetting
[DICOM]
;StudyDescription(LO)
[00181401,00081030]
"0301"="TEST1"
"0302"="TEST2"
DICOMTagEditTool
No SRC
Condition/
Operation
DST
1
Condition 00081401{0} equal (0301)
Operation (TEST1) set 00081030
2
Condition 00081401{0} equal (0302)
Operation (TEST2) set 00081030
5.2 TakingovertheConversionSettingof
theTagLookUp.iniFile
TheTagLookUp.inifleisasetupfleforembeddingcharacterstrings
intoarbitrarytagsinaccordancewithheMPMcodesoftheinput
images.
FormatoftheTagLookUp.inifle
Format Explanation
[00181401,00081030] DescribethetagoftheMPMcode(fxedto00181401)on
theleftside.Then,separatingwithacomma(,),describe
atagtowhichcharacterstringistobeembeddedonthe
right side.
"0301"="TEST1"
Left side :DescribeMPMcodestowhichcharacter
stringsaretobeembedded.MultipleMPM
codescanbespecifed.
Right side: Describeacharacterstringyouwishto
embed.
"0302"="TEST2"
CorrespondencebetweentheTagLookUp.inifleand
conversionruleoftheDICOMTagEditTool
InDICOMTagEditTool,judgmentcommandandconversioncommand
set are used.
SRC
Condition/
Operation
DST
Condition 00181401{0} equal (TargetedMPMcode)
Operation
(characterstringyouwish
toembedintoatag)
set
Tagnumbertowhichthe
characterstringistobe
embedded
NOTE
When comparing tag and character string with equal, {0} must be
added to the tag number even when the VM of the tag is 1.
(Specifcation of the VM {} cannot be omitted.)
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUJ-18
CorrespondedbetweentheDICOMMWMC-FINDTag
MappingSettingandconversionruleofthe
DICOMTagEditTool
InDICOMMWMC-FINDTagMappingSetting,thefollowing2typesof
setuparedefnedinasamewindow.
SelectionoftagsforwhichRISisinquiredof
Setup of internal data mapping for tags received from the RIS
InDICOMTagEditTool,theabovementioned2typesofsetuparedivided
intoseparatedefnitions(Request[RQ]\Response[RP]).Therefore,
procedurestotakeoverthesetuptoeachconversionrulearedescribed
below.
SOPclassname Explanation Filename
ModalityWorklistIMFIND
C-FIND-RQ DDT_MWL_RQ.xml
C-FIND-RP DDT_MWL_RP.xml
ModalityWorklistIMFIND[REQUEST]
Whenconversionruleisnotgenerated,tagsinaccordancewiththe
DICOMconformanceareusedforinquiringoftheRIS.
Forlistoftagstobeinquiredfor,seeMWM-SCUApplication
EntitySpecifcationintheconformance.
CreateaconversionruleoftheDICOMTagEditToolfordifferencefromthe
tagstobeinquiredfor,whicharedefnedintheDICOMconformance.
<Formattobedescribedintheconversionrule>
SRC Operation DST
Operation () * set
Additionaltagnumbersfor
whichyouaregoingtoinquire
of the RIS
Operation
Tagnumbersforwhich
youdonotwantto
inquireoftheRIS
delete -
*Setablanktagforatagtobeinquiredof.
5.3 TakingovertheDICOMMWMC-FIND
TagCustomization
DICOMMWMC-FINDtagcustomizationisafunctiontosetuptagstobe
inquiredforwithC-FINDandmappingdestinationofthereceivedtag.
EachitemintheDICOMMWMC-FINDTagMappingSetting
window
DXL040J0003.ai
III I II
No Contents Remarks
I SelectionoftagsforwhichRIS
isinquiredof
Theselectabletagsarefxed.
Theyareconfguredofthefollowingtags.
TagsopenedinDICOMconformance
Tags added for supporting connection to
competitorsRIS
II 1st destination of the mapping to
internal data for tags received
from the RIS
Upto3hierarchycanbeselectedfortags
withintheSQtag.
III 2nd destination of the mapping
to internal data for tags received
from the RIS
Upto3hierarchycanbeselectedfortags
withintheSQtag.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
AppxMUJ-19
ExampleoftakingovertheDICOMMWMC-FINDtag
customization
Wheninquiringfortags
ConversionruleforinquiringforDistributionCode(00091090)inaddition
toMWMSCUApplicationEntitySpecifcationoftheconformanceis
shownbelow.
No SRC
Condition/
Operation
DST
1 Operation () set 00091090
When mapping received tags
ConversionruleformappingthereceivedAccessionNumber
(0008,0050)totheStudyID(0020,0010)isshownbelow.
No SRC
Condition/
Operation
DST
1
Condition 00080050 exit
Operation 00080050 copy 00200010
ModalityWorklistIMFIND[RESPONCE]
Whenmappingissetup,generatetheconversionruleinthefollowing
format.
<Formattobedescribedintheconversionrule>
SRC Operation DST
Operation
Mapping-source tag
number
copy
Mapping-destination tag
number
*WhenspecifyingatagwithintheSQtag,separateSQwith/like
00400100/00400008/00080100.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
AppxMUJ-20
BLANKPAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
AppxMUK-1
AppendixK EditingtheAEC
Conversion File
(V6.1orLater)
NOTE
When upgrading, the AEC conversion fle is not automatically
succeeded. Be sure to back up the following fle previously to other
media, and overwrite after upgrading.
Whenallofthefollowingconditionsareapplicable,theAECconversion
flemustbeedited.
Condition Remarks
EnvironmentwheretheCU/MCis
connected
WhentheX-raysourceisdirectly
connectedtoDR-ID300CL,theAEC
conversionflemustbeeditedevenifDR-
ID300CLisnotconnectedtotheCU/MC.
EnvironmentwheretheAECisused
IntheenvironmentwheretheAECisnot
used,theAECconversionfledoesnot
needtobeeditedregardlessoftheother
conditions.
FortheEnable/DisableAECand
AECSensitivity,thedefnitionof
theX-rayapparatusisdifferentfrom
anyoneofthefollowingcontent.
(A)Enable/DisableAEC
OFF :0
ON :1
(B)AECSensitivity
Normal:0
Low :1
High :2
ThedefnitionsofEnable/DisableAEC
andAECSensitivityvarywiththeX-ray
apparatusused.Checkthedefnitionsof
Enable/DisableAECandAEC
SensitivityfortheX-rayapparatusused
ineachfacility,andedittheAEC
conversionfleasnecessary.
REFERENCE
Example of AEC Sensitivity: Arcoma X-CON
Low : 1
Normal : 2
High : 3
In this case, the defnition of AEC Sensitivity is different in DR-ID 300CL
and X-CON, so the AEC conversion fle must be edited.
ThemethodofeditingtheAECconversionflewillbeexplainedbelow.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
AppxMUK-2
1. Formatof
theAECConversionFile
TheformatoftheAECconversionfleisasfollows.
CSVformatinwhichtheelementsaredelimitedwithacomma
Commentlinebegunwith#
Setupcontentandexplanationaregivenbelow.
Setting Enable/Disable AEC
AEC type
Notation of elements
DR-ID 300CL
definition value
FPD
definition value
Setting AEC Sensitivity
2, 8, 0
DXCL05040K001.ai
Elementname Meaning
AECtype
SelectionofEnable/DisableAECorAECSensitivity
1 : Enable/DisableAEC
2 : AECSensitivity
DR-ID 300CL
defnitionvalue
Valuetobeconverted(ValuetobesetinUserUtility)
*WhentheX-raysourceisdirectlyconnectedtoDR-ID
300CL,thevaluesetbytheUserUtilityisinformed
regardlessofwhethertheAECconversionfleisset.With
respecttotheexposureconditionstobenotifedtothe
CU/MC,theAECconversionflemusthavebeenset.
Elementname Meaning
FPDdefnition
value
Settingtheconvertedvalue(thevaluetobenotifedtothe
CU/MC)
Enable/DisableAEC(AECtype1)
AECOFF :0
AECON :1
AECSensitivity(AECtype2)
Normal :0
Low :1
High :2
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUK-3
2. Proceduresof
EditingAECConversionFile
1. Openthefollowingfleonthenotepad.
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\AECParamConvertTbl.dat
2. ChangethesettingofEnable/DisableAECasnecessary.
REFERENCE
When the defnition in the X-ray apparatus is set to
0: ON, 1: OFF
while the defnition of Enable/Disable AEC in the DR-ID 300CL is
set to
0: OFF, 1: ON
the content of the conversion fle must be modifed.
#AEC Use
#para3:
# 0:OFF
# 1:ON
1, 0, 0
1, 1, 1
#AEC Use
#para3:
# 0:OFF
# 1:ON
1, 0, 1
1, 1, 0
<Before changing> <After changing>
DXCL05040K002.ai
3. ChangethesettingofAECSensitivityasnecessary.
REFERENCE
When the setting of the defnition in the X-ray apparatus is different,
while the defnition of AEC Sensitivity in the DR-ID 300CL is set to
0: Normal, 1: Low, 2: High
the content of the conversion fle must be modifed.
In the following example, as the defnition in the X-ray apparatus is
set to
1: Low, 2: Normal, 3: High
the content of the conversion fle is modifed so that the normal is
converted to 0 and high is converted to 2.
#AEC Sensitivity
#para3:
# 0:Normal
# 1:Low
# 2:High
2, 0, 0
2, 1, 1
2, 2, 2
2, 3, 0
2, 4, 0
2, 5, 0
2, 6, 0
2, 7, 0
2, 8, 0
2, 9, 0
#AEC Sensitivity
#para3:
# 0:Normal
# 1:Low
# 2:High
2, 0, 0
2, 1, 1
2, 2, 0
2, 3, 2
2, 4, 0
2, 5, 0
2, 6, 0
2, 7, 0
2, 8, 0
2, 9, 0
<Before changing> <After changing>
DXCL05040K003.ai
4. SavethemodifedcontentsandclosetheNotepad.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
AppxMUK-4
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUL-1
AppendixL CSEditToolforStorage
ThischapterdescribesthecommandsandproceduresoftheCSEdit
Tool for Storage.
NOTE
If you extend DICOM tags using DicomTagEditTool and
CSEditToolforStorage, be sure to test and check whether the storage
output of the extended DICOM tags is properly done.
CSEditToolforStorage
TheCSEditToolforStorageisthetoolthatadds/deletes/editstagsin
thedefnitionfle(DicomStorageTag.mdb)fortheDICOMtagswhichare
tobeoutputfromDR-ID300CLforstorage.
ScreenstructureofCSEditToolforStorage
DXCL06040L001.ai
I.
III.
IV.
IX.
V. VI. VII. VIII.
II.
XVII.
XVI.
XIII.
XII.
XV.
XIV.
XI.
X.
<Context Menus>
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUL-2
No Object/Name Description
I ShowDeleteDialog
checkbox
Setsdisplay/no-displayofdeletion
confrmationdialogwhendeletingtheline
displayed in the list data display section.
II ShowSaveDialog
checkbox
Setsdisplay/no-displayofthesaving
confrmationdialogwhenendingthistool
withoutsavingeditingresults.
III List data display section DisplayslistdataofDicomStorageTag.mdb.
List data display section
<Behaviorwhenclicking>
Whenclickingacell: Theentirerow
including clicked
cell is selected.
*Multiplerowscan
beselectedby
clickingrows
whilepressing
the Ctrl key.
Whendouble-clickingacell:Double-clickedcell
becomeseditable.
Whenrightclicking: Contextmenuis
displayed.
<Colorofcells>
Grey: Cell/rowofselectedstatus
Yellow:Cell/roweditedwhenexecutingthis
tool
Red: Cell/rowincludingerror
IV [Add]button Addanewrowtothesamehierarchyasthe
rowselectedinthelistdatadisplaysection.
*Whenselectingmultiplerows,executionis
impossible.
V LowerLevelcheckbox Setwhetherornottoaddanewrowtoone
lowerlevelhierarchy.
Changetherowselectedinthelistdata
displaysectiontotheSQtagandtoadda
newrowtoonelowerlevelhierarchyupon
clickingthe"Add"button.
VI [Delete]button Deletetherowselectedinlistdatadisplay
section.
possible.
No Object/Name Description
VII [Save]button SaveeditingresultsinDicomStorageTag.mdb.
Inparallelwithsaving,rowsaresortedin
ascendingorderbasedonGroupValueand
ElementValue.
VIII [Exit]button Exit CS Edit Tool for Storage.
IX Statusbar Displaysprocessingstatuswhensaving
results of editing tag.
X Undo menu Cancel the previous editing operation.
XI Redo menu Returnstotheeditingoperationcancelledby
Undo.
XII AddNew
Row
menu
AddNewRow
Same Level
menu
Addanewrowtothesamelevelhierarchyas
thelinebeingselectedatthelistdatadisplay
section.
XIII AddNewRow
LowerLevel
menu
Addanewrowtoonelowerlevelhierarchyof
therowselectedinthelistdatadisplay
section.
XIV DeleteRowmenu Deletetherowselectedinthelistdatadisplay
section.
possible.
XV Copy menu Copytherowselectedinthelistdatadisplay
sectionandalsotocopytherowmatchingto
therowselectedsimultaneously.
Upon executing editing function after copying,
copied data are reset.
impossible.
XVI Insert
Copied
Rows
menu
Insert Copied
RowsSame
Level menu
Insertcopiedrowtothesamelevelhierarchy
astherowselectedinthelistdatadisplay
section.
impossible.
XVII Insert Copied
RowsLower
Level menu
Iinsertcopiedrowtoonelowerlevelhierarchy
oftherowselectedinthelistdatadisplay
section.
impossible.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUL-3
Listdatadisplaysection
DICOMtagandSOPclass
EachrowinthelistdisplaysectionindicatesDICOMtag,andDICOM
tagisidentifedbythehead2columnsGroupValandElementVal.
EachSOPclassisindicatedfromthethirdcolumnonward,andthe
output parameter of each tag is displayed.
NOTE
When specifying M with the tag output parameter, specify the tag to be
output for save from DR-ID 300CL.
Parameter Description
C Outputstagifitexists.
M Alwaysoutputstag.
NONE Does not output tag.
SQtag
With CS Edit Tool for Storage, the depth of the tag hierarchy structure is
indicatedbythenumberof>inGroupValcolumn.
ifataghasothertag(s)underitself,itistheSQtag.
DXCL06040L003.ai
SQ tagB
SQ tag A
Tag
subordinated
to SQ tag A
Tag
subordinated
to SQ tag B
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUL-4
2. Setting up
theCSEditToolforStorage
2.1 OperatingEnvironment
NOTE
The CS Edit Tool for Storage can be used only in an environment where
the DR-ID 300CL has already been installed.
Console Version OS
DR-ID 300CL V5.0orlater
WindowsVISTASP2(32bitversion)
Windows7SP1(32bitversion)
2.2 ToolInstallation
NOTE
When an error occurs during the installation, start over from step 1.
1. InserttheCSEditToolforStorageCDintothePC.
NOTE
If the AutoPlay window opens, select Setup.bat and proceed to
step 3.
2. StartupExploreranddouble-clickSetup.bat.
DXCL06040L018.ai
TheinstallationwindowofCSEditToolforStorageopens
DXCL06040L019.ai
4. PresstheEnterkey.
Thecommandpromptwindowcloses.
5. RemoveCSEditToolforStorageCDdiskfromPC.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUL-5
theCSEditToolforStorage
Advancepreparation
1. CopytheC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\
DicomStorageTag.mdbfle,andpasteittoanarbitrary
place,suchasMyDocument.
Startup
1. ShutdowntheDR-ID300CL-AP.
The DR-ID 300CL exits returning then to the desktop.
2. Right-click inthetasktray,andselectEnd.
3. Double-clickC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\System\
CSEditToolforStorage.exe.
NOTE
Do not move CSEditToolforStorage.exe from C:\Program Files\
FujiFilm\IIP\System folder.
When you are using CSEditToolforStorage, do not start up DR-ID
300CL.
CS Edit Tool for Storage cannot be started up multiply.
The login screen opens.
4. Enterfeldengineerandclick[Login].
NOTE
The login password of the CSEditToolforStorage is the same as
that of the IIP Service Utility.
TheDBeditingscreenopens.
Shutdown
1. Click[Exit],orpressthe<Alt>+<F4>keys.
Thesavingconfrmationscreenopens.
NOTE
In the following cases, the CS Edit Tool for Storage exits without
the saving confrmation screen opening.
When the checkmark is not placed to the ShowSaveDialog.
When you have saved the edited contents before shutting down
the CS Edit Tool for Storage.
2. Click[Yes].
NOTE
In the following cases, the editing results in an error (the cell is
displayed in red) and cannot be saved.
When a value other than 4 digits 16 hexadecimal has been input
in GroupValue or ElementValue.
When an input parameter of SOP other than C/M/NONE has been
input.
When a combination of GroupValue and ElementValue
overlaps in the highest hierarchy (tag not having >).
The editing contents are saved, and the CS Edit Tool for Storage
exits.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUL-6
3. OperationlistofEditing
Functions
No Function Type Operation
1 Rowaddition
(Same hierarchy as
selectedrow)
Editing function display
section
Click[Add].
In context menu SelectAddNewRowSame
Level.
Shortcut keys Pressthe<Ctrl>+<+>keys
withrowselected.
2 Rowaddition
(1levellower
hierarchy of
selectedrow)
section
Afterplacingthecheckmark
totheLowerLevelcheck
box,andclick[Add].
In context menu SelectAddNewRowLower
Level.
Shortcut keys Pressthe<Ctrl>+<Shift>+
<+>keys.
3 Rowdeletion Editing function display
section
Click[Delete].
In context menu SelectDeleteRows.
Shortcut keys Pressthe<Delete>key.
4 Cell edition
(1, 2 column)
section
Double-clickthecell.
In context menu -
Shortcut keys Pressthe<F2>key.
5 Cell edition
(From 3rd column
onward)
section
Double-clickthecell.
In context menu -
Shortcut keys Pressthe<F4>key.
6 Copy Editing function display
section
-
In context menu Select Copy.
Shortcut keys Pressthe<Ctrl>+<C>keys.
No Function Type Operation
7 Paste
(Same hierarchy as
selectedrow)
section
-
In context menu SelectInsertCopiedRows
Same Level.
Shortcut keys Pressthe<Ctrl>+<V>keys.
8 Paste
(1levellower
hierarchy of
selectedrow)
section
-
In context menu SelectInsertCopiedRows
LowerLevel.
Shortcut keys Pressthe<Ctrl>+<Shift>+
<V>keys.
9 Undo Editing function display
section
-
In context menu Select Undo.
Shortcut keys Pressthe<Ctrl>+<Z>keys.
10 Redo Editing function display
section
-
In context menu Select Redo.
Shortcut keys Pressthe<Ctrl>+<Y>keys.
11 Save Editing function display
section
Click[Save].
In context menu -
Shortcut keys Pressthe<Ctrl>+<S>keys.
12 Exit Editing function display
section
Click[Exit].
In context menu -
Shortcut keys Pressthe<Alt>+<F4>keys.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUL-7
4. EditingSamples
REFERENCE
The context menu and shortcuts can also be used in the operation
procedures other than the following.
3.Operationlistofeditingfunctions
Whenoutputting0007,0001tagonlyto
SOPclassCRImageStorage
1. Selectanarbitraryrowinthehighesthierarchy(tagnot
having>).
DXCL06040L006.ai
2. Click[Add].
Anewrowisadded.
DXCL06040L007.ai
3. Inthecreatednewrow,double-clickthecellofGroupVal
column,andenter0007.
DXCL06040L013.ai
4. Inthecreatednewrow,double-clickthecellofElementVal
DXCL06040L014.ai
5. Inthecreatednewrow,setthecellofCRImageStorage
columntoC.
REFERENCE
It has already been set to C by default.
DXCL06040L008 ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUL-8
6. Inthenewlycreatedrow,setNONEtoeachcellofthe
SOPs to which you do not need to output the tag.
DXCL06040L015.ai
7. Click [Save].
The editing contents are saved and sorted in ascending order
accordingtoGroupValandElementVal.
DXCL06040L009.ai
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUL-9
Whenchanging0007,0001tagtotheSQtagand
subordinatingthe0007,0005taginthelowerlevel
hierarchy
1. Selecttherowof0007,0001tag.
DXCL06040L010.ai
2. PlaceacheckmarktotheLowerLevelcheckbox,andclick
[Add].
Anewrowisaddedunderthelineofthe007,001tag.
DXCL06040L011.ai
3. Inthecreatednewrow,double-clickthecellofGroupVal
DXCL06040L016.ai
4. Inthecreatednewrow,double-clickthecellofElementVal
DXCL06040L017.ai
5. Inthecreatednewrow,setthecellofSOPcolumnyouwant
tooutputtoC,andsetthecellofSOPcolumnyoudonot
wanttooutputtoNONE.
NOTE
If the parent tag (0007,0001) has been set as NONE, the daughter
tag (0007,0005) cannot be output despite being specifed as C.
DXCL06040L012.ai
6. Click [Save].
The editing result is saved and sorted in ascending order
accordingtoGroupValandElementVal.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUL-10
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUL-11
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUL-12
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUM-1
AppendixM SettingtheDefault
PositioningID
(Only for Connecting to
theDR-ID200)
TechniquecodeandPositioningIDhavebeensettoanexposuremenu.
Onceanexposuremenuisselected,theinformationissenttothe
Arcomaside.
Whentheexposuretechniqueischangedwithaselector(Standto
Table,etc)afterselectingamenu,thechangedexposuretechniqueis
connected to the menu and the information after the change is
displayedastheexposuretechnique.(Also,whenyouselectanother
menu and re-select the original menu again, the information after the
changeisdisplayedastheexposuretechnique.)
However,astheselectorhasinformationonlyaboutTechniqueCode,
therelationshipbetweenTechniquecodeandPositioningIDbecomes
invalidwhentheselectorischanged.Thesettingfleforcorrectingthis
inconsistencyoftheinformationisPositionIDDefault.ini.
ThemethodofeditingthePositioningIDsettingfle(PositionIDDefault.
ini)isdescribedbelow.
NOTE
Confgure the settings only when connecting to the DR-ID 200.
Also in the control unit, the default settings of Positioning ID according
to the technique are retained. Therefore, set the values consisting with
the settings.
2. OpenthePositionIDDefault.iniflewithNotepad(Notepad.
exe).
3. WritethesettingsofdefaultPositioningIDintheflein
accordancewiththeformatdescribedlater.
4. SavethePositionIDDefault.inifleinUnicodeformatand
thencloseNotepad(Notepad.exe).
PositionIDDefault.inifleformat
; Default PositioningID for Tube&Technique
; [Position]
; key ... Technique(ExposureMode) = PositionID
[Position]
Stand(Still) = 7
Table(Still) = 1
Stand(WS) = 11
Table(WS) = 4
Cassette = 0
DXCL06040M001.ai
II.
I.
III. IV.
No. Items Displaying
format
Contents
I. Comment ; Linesbeginningwithasemicolon(;)are
commented out.
II. Type [Position] Only[Position]isvalid.
III. Key Technique
(Exposure
Mode)
Onlythesingle-bytecharacterscanbeset.The
followingfvepatternsaredefned.
StandingPosition(General) :Stand(Still)
SupinePosition(General) :Table(Still)
StandingPosition(Long-View):Stand(WS)
SupinePosition(Long-View) :Table(WS)
Others(Cassette) :Cassette
* In the DR-ID 200, other exposure modes
(analoguetomography,Tomosynthesis)canbe
performedaswell,butitisnotnecessarytoset.
IV. Positioning
ID
Positioning
ID
Only0orlargersingle-bytenumberscanbeset.
REFERENCE
In the PositionIDDefault.ini, the values of the fve patterns are set by
default. However, there is no problem even though the exposure
patterns which are not used in the DR-ID 300CL are left.
(For example, in the institutions which do not perform the DR long-view
exposure, there is no problem the patterns Standing Position (Long-
View) and Supine Position (Long-View) are left.)
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUM-2
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUM-3
BLANK PAGE
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
AppxMUM-4
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUN-1
AppendixN ExtendedParameter
ConvertTool
(V7.0orLater)
ThischapterdescribestheExtendedparameterconverttool.
1. OverviewoftheExtended
ParameterConvertTool
Theextendedparameterconverttoolsupportsthefollowingconversion
operations in the DR-ID 300CL upgraded to 7.0 or later.
Additionoftomosynthesismenusandmammographymenus.
Conversionofimageprocessingparametersassociatedwiththe
addition of the menus.
Conversionofimageprocessingparametersfromflmingto
monitoring.
Therelationshipbetweenthefunctionoftheextendedparameter
converttoolandthetargetunitsisshownbelow.
Targetunit
Additionof
Tomosynthesis
menus
Additionof
mammography
menus
Conversion of
theimage
processing
parametersfor
flmingtothose
formonitoring
Unitswiththesystem
migrated from the
CR-IR348CLV.8.0or
later, and upgraded to
DR-ID300CLV7.0or
later
Disable* Disable* Enable
Units upgraded from
DR-ID300CLV5.0to
V7.0orlater
Enable
(Exposuremenu/
Image processing
parameter
information)
Enable
(Exposuremenu/
Image processing
parameter
information)
Enable
* To prevent from losing the menus and image processing parameters information
usedintheunitsbeforethesystemismigrated.
2. SettinguptheExtended
ParameterConvertTool
Operating condition
Thefollowingconditionsmustbesatisfed.
The system migration or upgrading is completed, and the DR-ID
300CLisupgradedtoV7.0orlater.
TheDR-ID300CL-APisnotstarted.IftheDR-ID300CL-APhas
beenstarted,stoptheAP.
The extended parameter convert tool is not started. If the tool has
beenstarted,stopthetool.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUN-2
3. Starting/Operating
theExtendedParameter
ConvertTool
Install the necessary menus and change the image processing
parametersaccordingtotheproceduresshownbelow.
1. InserttheDR-ID300CL-APDiskintothePC
2. StartrunningExplorerandexecuteD:\tools\
ExtendedParamConvertTool\ExtendedParamConvertTool.bat.
The Extended parameter convert tool starts.
DXCL07040N001.ai
3. Enter1whenthesystemismigratedfromtheCRConsole
or2intheothercases,andpressthe<Enter>key.
NOTE
When 1 is entered, steps 4 to 8 are not displayed. Proceed to step 9.
DXCL07040N002.ai
4. EnterYwhenthemammographymenusareaddedorN
ifnot,andpressthe<Enter>key.
DXCL07040N003.ai
5. EnterYwhenthetomosynthesismenusareaddedorN
ifnot,andpressthe<Enter>key.
NOTE
When N is entered in both steps 4 and 5, steps 6 to 8 are not
displayed. Proceed to step 9.
DXCL07040N004.ai
6. Entertheitemnumberofthelanguageusedintheadded
menu,andpressthe<Enter>key.
NOTE
The language of the menu to be installed must be matched with the
language used in the Service Utility.
If the languages is not matched agree, the extended parameter
convert tool may not operate normally.
For the language setup procedure, see Setting the system
information under 4.2.2 DR-ID 300CL System Information
Setup of IN: Installation.
DXCL07040N005.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUN-3
7. Entertheitemnumberoftheimageprocessingparameterto
beinstalled,andpressthe<Enter>key.
DXCL07040N010.ai
NOTE
When 1) for CR is not selected, the operation is not warranted.
Be sure to enter 1.
DXCL07040N006.ai
9. EnterYwhenconvertingtheimageprocessingparameters
forflmingtothoseformonitoringorNifnot,andpress
the <Enter> key.
REFERENCE
When N is entered in steps 4, 5 and 9, steps later than 10 are not
displayed, and the procedure returns to step 2.
The contents selected up to step 9 are displayed.
REFERENCE
When Y is entered in steps 4, 5 and 9, the following window opens.
DXCL07040N007.ai
10.EnterYandpressthe<Enter>key.
REFERENCE
When N is entered, the conversion is not executed, and the
procedure returns to step 2.
Theconversionisexecuted,andfollowingwindowopens.
DXCL07040N011.ai
REFERENCE
When Y is entered, a folder including a backup fle is created on
the desktop. The contents of the folder is as follows.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing backup
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Param backup
A temporary fle for conversion
11.EnterYandpressthe<Enter>key.
Theconvertedfleiscopied,andfollowingwindowopens.
DXCL07040N012.ai
The extended parameter convert tool ends.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUN-4
4. ErrorsandRemedies
The error that occurs in the extended parameter convert tool and the
remediesforitareshownbelow.
NOTE
When the extended parameter convert tool has been started, stop the
tool.
When an error occurs in steps 1 to 8 of 3. Starting/Operating the
Extended Parameter Convert Tool, steps 1 to 3 are unnecessary.
Proceed to step 4.
1. OpentheBackupDatafolderonthedesktop.
2. OpenBefore_ConversionIIPfolderandcopy
ImageProcessingfolderandParamfolder.
3. OpenC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIPfolder,andoverwrite
theImageProcessingfolderandParamfolder.
4. Correcttheerrorsaccordingtothetableshownbelow.
No Description Remedies
1 FailedGet
Language.
ConfrmthattheServiceUtilityandDR-ID300CL-
AParenotstarted.Iftheyhavebeenstarted,stop
them.
ConfrmthattheSysConfg.mdbfleisnotopened.
Iftheflehasbeenopened,closethefle.
Intheothercase,restartthePC.
2 SysConfg.mdb
isNotFound.
them.
ConfrmthattheSysConfg.mdbfleisnotopened.
Iftheflehasbeenopened,closethefle.
Intheothercase,restartthePC.Iftheerror
occursagainevenafterrestartingthePC,verify
whethertheunithasbeencorrectlyupgraded.
No Description Remedies
3 MenuData.mdb
isNotFound.
them.
ConfrmthattheMenuDate.mdbfleisnotopened.
Ifthefleisopened,closethefle.
4 XconParam.
mdbisNot
Found.
them.
ConfrmthattheXconParam.mdbfleisnot
opened.Iftheflehasbeenopened,closethefle.
5 Overlapped
Examination
MenuCode:****
The study menu code **** already exists.
Change the study menu code to any character
stringwiththeUserUtility.
Forthedetailsoftheaddedmenucode,see6. List
ofAdditionalMenus.
6 Overlapped
ExposureMenu
Code:****
The exposure menu code **** already exists.
Change the exposure menu code to any character
stringwiththeUserUtility.
Forthedetailsoftheaddedmenucode,see6. List
ofAdditionalMenus.
7 Failed
Mammography
Menu Convert.
When this message is displayed after the error
messagesNo.1to6,executetheremediesof
No.1to6.
8 Failed
Tomosynthesis
Menu Convert.
When this message is displayed after the error
messagesNo.1to6,executetheremediesof
No.1to6.
5. Restarttheextendedparameterconverttool,executethe
operation,andmakesurethatnoerroroccurs.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUN-5
5. ListofUpdateFiles
Theflestobeupdatedwiththeextendedparameterconverttoolareshownbelow.
No Folder path Filename File description Addition/Changecontents
1
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Param
MenuData.mdb MenudateDB
Additionoftomosynthesismenus
Additionofmammographymenus
2 XconParam.mdb XconparameterDB
3
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\Type\Builtin
irmprm.prm EDR parameter
4 mpmprm.prm EDR parameter
5
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\Type\Cassette
irmprm.prm EDR parameter
6 mpmprm.prm EDR parameter
7
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\CR\Default
FNCd.prm Image processing parameter
8 Gd.prm Image processing parameter
9 MFPd.prm Image processing parameter
10 Stdd.prm Image processing parameter
11
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\DR\Default
FNCd.prm Image processing parameter
12 Gd.prm Image processing parameter
13 MFPd.prm Image processing parameter
14 Stdd.prm Image processing parameter
15 SHARPd.prm Image processing parameter
16 ESd.prm Image processing parameter
17 C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\DR\InDirFPD\GOS Select.prm Image processing parameter
18 C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\DR\InDirFPD\CsI Select.prm Image processing parameter
19 C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\DR\DirFPD\a-Se Select.prm Image processing parameter
20 C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\CR\Default\User Gdu.prm Image processing parameter Conversion of the image
processingparametersforflming
to those for monitoring
21
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\ImageProcessing\ImageProc\System\DR\Default\User Gdu.prm Image processing parameter
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUN-6
6. ListofAdditionalMenus
Themammographymenuandthetomosynthesismenuwhichcanbe
addedbyusingtheextendedparameterconverttoolareshownbelow.
6.1 MammographyMenu
Exposuremenu
Extended
menucode
Exposuremenuname
(forUSA)
Exposuremenuname
(forothercountries)
FCR0307-0000 - BREAST,L(DSR)-WW
FCR0308-0000 LCC LMAMMOGRAPHY,CC-US
FCR0308-0001 RCC RMAMMOGRAPHY,CC-US
FCR0309-0001 - LMAMMOGRAPHY
FCR030F-0000 MAX4.0MAMMOGRAPHY MAX4.0MAMMOGRAPHY
FCR0318-0000 LMLO LMAMMOGRAPHY,MLO-US
FCR0318-0001 RMLO RMAMMOGRAPHY,MLO-US
FCR0328-0000 LML -
FCR0328-0001 RML -
FCR0331-0000 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,SPOT
FCR0331-0001 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,SPOT
FCR0331-0002 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,CC,SPOT
FCR0331-0003 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,CC,SPOT
FCR0331-0004 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,MLO,SPOT
FCR0331-0005 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,MLO,SPOT
FCR0331-0006 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,ML,SPOT
FCR0331-0007 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,ML,SPOT
FCR0331-0008 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,CC,SPOTM
FCR0331-0009 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,CC,SPOTM
Extended
menucode
Exposuremenuname
(forUSA)
Exposuremenuname
(forothercountries)
FCR0331-0010 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,MLO,SPOTM
FCR0331-0011 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,MLO,SPOTM
FCR0331-0012 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,ML,SPOTM
FCR0331-0013 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,ML,SPOTM
FCR0331-0014 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,CC,MAG:M
FCR0331-0015 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,CC,MAG:M
FCR0331-0016 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,MLO,MAG:M
FCR0331-0017 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,MLO,MAG:M
FCR0331-0018 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,ML,MAG:M
FCR0331-0019 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,ML,MAG:M
FCR0332-0000 - MAMMOGRAPHY-CHESTWALL
FCR0338-0000 LXCCL -
FCR0338-0001 RXCCL -
FCR0348-0000 LXCCM -
FCR0348-0001 RXCCM -
FCR0349-0000 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,CC
FCR0349-0001 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,CC
FCR0359-0000 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,MLO
FCR0359-0001 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,MLO
FCR0359-0002 - LMAMMOGRAPHY,ML
FCR0359-0003 - RMAMMOGRAPHY,ML
FCR1330-0000 - LACTIFEROUSDUCT:C
FCR7301-0000 LCCSPOT -
FCR7301-0001 RCCSPOT -
FCR7302-0001 PHYSICSSENSITIVITY PHYSICSSENSITIVITY
FCR7302-0002 VisualInspection VisualInspection
FCR7302-0003 SValue1 SValue1
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUN-7
Extended
menucode
Exposuremenuname
(forUSA)
Exposuremenuname
(forothercountries)
FCR7302-0006 CNR CNR
FCR7302-0007 AGD AGD
FCR7302-0008 SValue SValue
FCR7302-0009 Mode1CNR(PMMA20mm) Mode1CNR(PMMA20mm)
Extended
menucode
Exposuremenuname
(forUSA)
Exposuremenuname
(forothercountries)
FCR7303-0001 PHYSICSCOLLIMATION PHYSICSCOLLIMATION
FCR7303-0002 Uniform Expo.3(Collimation) Uniform Expo.3(Collimation)
FCR7304-0001 PHYSICSDYNAMICRANGE PHYSICSDYNAMICRANGE
FCR7305-0001 PHYSICSACRMAP PHYSICSACRMAP
FCR7307-0000 BiopsySpecimens BiopsySpecimens
FCR7308-0000 Lumpectomy Lumpectomy
FCR7312-0001 PHYSICSARTIFACTS PHYSICSARTIFACTS
FCR7313-0001 PHYSICSIPFOG PHYSICSIPFOG
FCR7313-0002 IPFog(Non-exposure) IPFog(Non-exposure)
FCR7313-0003 ACRPhantom1(Lag) ACRPhantom1(Lag)
FCR7313-0004 NonExposure(Lag) NonExposure(Lag)
FCR7313-0005 UniformExpo.1(Ghost) UniformExpo.1(Ghost)
FCR7313-0006 ACRPhantom2(Ghost) ACRPhantom2(Ghost)
FCR7313-0007 UniformExpo.2(Ghost) UniformExpo.2(Ghost)
FCR7315-0001 PHYSICSTRACKING PHYSICSTRACKING
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUN-8
Extended
menucode
Exposuremenuname
(forUSA)
Exposuremenuname
(forothercountries)
FCR731B-0000 - MAMMOGRAPHY,LG
FCR7321-0000 LMLOSPOT -
FCR7321-0001 RMLOSPOT -
FCR7325-0001 - PHYSICSACRPHANTOM
FCR7325-0002 IPVariations IPVariations
FCR7325-0003 ACRPhantom ACRPhantom
FCR7331-0000 LMLSPOT -
FCR7331-0001 RMLSPOT -
FCR7341-0000 LCC M -
FCR7341-0001 RCC M -
FCR7351-0000 LMLOM -
FCR7351-0001 RMLOM -
FCR7361-0000 LML M -
FCR7361-0001 RML M -
FCR7375-0001 1ShotPhantomM 1ShotPhantomM
FCR7375-0002 1ShotM(Magnifcation) 1ShotM(Magnifcation)
FCR7375-0003 1ShotPhantomM(40mm) 1ShotPhantomM(40mm)
Studymenu
Studymenucode
Studymenuname
(forUSA)
Studymenuname
(forothercountries)
FCR0321-00 - MAMMOGRAPHYSPOT2R
FCR0329-00 - MAMMOGRAPHY2R
FCR0329-01 - LMAMMOGRAPHY2R
FCR0329-02 - RMAMMOGRAPHY2R
FCR0339-00 - MAMMOGRAPHYMLO
FCR7300-00 Installationtest1/3 Installationtest1/3
FCR7300-03 Calculation1/2 Calculation1/2
FCR7300-04 Calculation2/2 Calculation2/2
FCR7300-05 1ShotPhantomM 1ShotPhantomM
FCR7300-06 ACRPhantom ACRPhantom
FCR7300-07 1Shot/ACR 1Shot/ACR
FCR7300-08 AnnualA1/1 Semi-annual1/1
FCR7300-09 Annual1/11 Annual1/11
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUN-9
6.2 TomosynthesisMenu
Exposuremenu
Extended
menucode
Exposuremenuname
(forUSA)
Exposuremenuname
(forothercountries)
FCR7000-0001 SKULL,LAT:TMS SKULL,LAT:TMS
FCR7000-0002 SKULL,FRN:TMS SKULL,FRN:TMS
FCR7000-0003 PARANASALSINUS,LAT:TMS PARANASALSINUS,LAT:TMS
FCR7000-0004 PARANASALSINUS,FRN:TMS PARANASALSINUS,FRN:TMS
FCR7003-0000 MANDIBULARJNT,LAT:TMS MANDIBULARJNT,LAT:TMS
FCR7100-0000 CERVICALSPINE,FRN:TMS CERVICALSPINE,FRN:TMS
FCR7100-0001 CERVICALSPINE,LAT:TMS CERVICALSPINE,LAT:TMS
FCR7202-0000 CHEST,SUPINE:TMS CHEST,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7202-0001 CHEST,UPRIGHT:TMS CHEST,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7203-0000 THORACICSPINE,FRN:TMS THORACICSPINE,FRN:TMS
FCR7204-0000 THORACICSPINE,LAT:TMS THORACICSPINE,LAT:TMS
FCR7205-0000 SHOULDERJNT,SUPINE:TMS SHOULDERJNT,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7205-0001 SHOULDERJNT,UPRIGHT:TMS SHOULDERJNT,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7400-0000 ABDOMEN,SUPINE:TMS ABDOMEN,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7400-0001 IVP,SUPINE:TMS IVP,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7400-0002 ABDOMEN,UPRIGHT:TMS ABDOMEN,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7400-0003 IVP,UPRIGHT:TMS IVP,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7500-0000 LUMBARSPINE,FRN,SUPINE:TMS LUMBARSPINE,FRN,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7500-0001 LUMBARSPINE,LAT,SUPINE:TMS LUMBARSPINE,LAT,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7500-0002 LUMBARSPINE,FRN,UPRIGHT:TMS LUMBARSPINE,FRN,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7500-0003 LUMBERSPINE,LAT,UPRIGHT:TMS LUMBERSPINE,LAT,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7501-0000 PELVIS:TMS PELVIS:TMS
FCR7502-0000 HIPJNT,FRN:TMS HIPJNT,FRN:TMS
FCR7502-0001 HIPJNT,LAT:TMS HIPJNT,LAT:TMS
Extended
menucode
Exposuremenuname
(forUSA)
Exposuremenuname
(forothercountries)
FCR7601-0000 WRISTJNT,LAT:TMS WRISTJNT,LAT:TMS
FCR7601-0001 WRISTJNT,FRN:TMS WRISTJNT,FRN:TMS
FCR7601-0002 HAND,LAT:TMS HAND,LAT:TMS
FCR7601-0003 HAND,FRN:TMS HAND,FRN:TMS
FCR7701-0000 KNEEJNT,FRN,SUPINE:TMS KNEEJNT,FRN,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7701-0001 KNEEJNT,LAT,SUPINE:TMS KNEEJNT,LAT,SUPINE:TMS
FCR7701-0002 KNEEJNT,FRN,UPRIGHT:TMS KNEEJNT,FRN,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7701-0003 KNEEJNT,LAT,UPRIGHT:TMS KNEEJNT,LAT,UPRIGHT:TMS
FCR7702-0000 ANKLEJNT,FRN:TMS ANKLEJNT,FRN:TMS
FCR7702-0001 ANKLEJNT,LAT:TMS ANKLEJNT,LAT:TMS
FCR7702-0002 FOOT,LAT:TMS FOOT,LAT:TMS
FCR7702-0003 FOOT,OBL:TMS FOOT,OBL:TMS
Studymenu
Noadditionmenu.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUN-10
BLANKPAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUN-11
BLANKPAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
AppxMUN-12
BLANKPAGE
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
SP-I
SP: Service Parts
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
SP-II
Control Sheet
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) I, II, 3, 4
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) I, II, 3, 4
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
SP-1
1. Service Parts List
1.1 How to Use Service Parts List
RANK
Parts handling ID symbols used to identify the parts requiring special
operation
The ID symbols are assigned to applicable parts. Parts without the R
mark are replaced and handled in a regular manner.
Symbol Description
R Repairable parts
Q, T Symbol for use other than in Japan
Export regulation mark
This + mark is assigned to the parts subject to Export regulations.
Parts without the + mark are not subject to Export regulations.
Symbol Description
+ Parts subject to Export regulations
Fault rankings used for estimating the recommended stock quantity
All parts are assigned a symbol letter from A to E.
Symbol Description
A Consumable parts or parts that will be replaced at short intervals
B
Parts that may become faulty accidentally and have a relatively
high failure rate
C
Parts that have a suffciently long MTBF, but are expected to
have a high failure rate
D
Parts that have a suffciently long MTBF, but are expected to
become faulty
E
Parts that are necessary for fault analysis or parts that may be
needed in case of faults such as man-induced damage
RANK column description
The symbols for Fault Ranking, Parts Handling, and Export
regulation are assigned in order named. Thus, one to three letters
are put in the RANK column.
REF. NO.
A number for indicating each part in the Service Parts Exploded
Views.
PART NUMBER
A code number that is unique to each part. The rightmost letter of the
code number has the following meaning.
For hardware
The letter denotes the version number of a part. If parts have
different version numbers, they are upward-compatible.
For software
The letter denotes the software specifcations.
PART NAME
This represents the general name of a part.
QTY.
QTY. represents the quantity of parts used in a unit or assembly.
REMARKS
Unique name of a part or its relevant information or note is described
in this column.
SERIAL NUMBER
The units may contain different parts depending on their shipment
control number. SERIAL NUMBER indicates the shipment control
number to which the parts are applicable. If this column is blank, the
parts are applicable to all the relevant units.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
SP-2
Recommended quantity of spare parts
It is recommended as a rough guide to hold in stock a specifed
quantity of parts according to the rank (A to E) assigned to the parts.
Parts to be replaced at periodic intervals must be held in stock
separately.
Adjust the quantity of parts stock depending on the number of
working units (N) as prescribed below.
Q: Quantity used in a single system
N = 1
Rank A = 1 + Q 0.3
Rank C = 1 + Q 0.05
Rank D = 1 + Q 0.02
2 N 10
Rank A = 2 + N Q 0.3
Rank C = 2 + N Q 0.05
Rank D = 1 + N Q 0.02
11 N 300
Rank A = 3 + N Q 0.3
Rank C = 3 + N Q 0.05
Rank D = 2 + N Q 0.02
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
SP-3
1.2 Service Parts List
DXL51001.ai
1
3
4
7
6
2
5
10, 11
12
8
9
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
SP-4
RANK REF. PART NUMBER PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NUMBER
E 1 114Y2150001 Software 1 Main unit software
CR 2.1 849Y100048 Monitor display 1 2M color display (nanao Radiforce RX211) Function repair
CR 2.2 849Y100027 Monitor display 1 17 touch panel display (L560T-C) Function repair
CR 2.3 849Y100066 Monitor display 1 DUAL monitor LCD/2M monochrome (Nanao RadiForce GS220-CL) Function repair
CR 2.4 849Y100004 Monitor display 1 DUAL monitor LCD/3M monochrome (Nanao RadiForce GS310-CL/GS310-CL ECN) Function repair
CR 2.5 849Y100057 Monitor display 1 DUAL monitor LCD/3M color (Nanao RadiForce RX320) Function repair
CR 2.6 849Y100093 Monitor display 1 2M color display (nanao Radiforce RX220) Function repair
D 3 852N0039 Reading unit 1 Magnetic card reader (JIS)
E 4 898Y0729 Kit 1 Magnetic card reader wall-hanging kit
D 5 852Y100026 Reading unit 1 Barcode reader (OmniScan)
D 6.1 852N0036 Reading unit 1 Barcode reader (laser system)
D 6.2 852N100014 Reading unit 1 Barcode reader (Datalogic Gryphon GD4130)
E 7.1 357N1611 Stand 1 Barcode reader stand (for NA)
E 7.2 357N100769 Stand 1 Barcode reader stand (Datalogic Gryphon GD4130)
D 8 136Y102171 Cable 1 Serial conversion cable (RS232C)
D 9 136Y102172 Adapter 1 Relay adapter
C 10 113Y100435 Video board 1 DUAL monitor video board (ATI FireGL V3600)
C 11 113Y100609 Video board 1 DUAL monitor video board (ATI FirePro V3800)
E 12 113Y100610 PC board 1 Serial port add-in board (RS232C) MOXA CP-112UL
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
SP-5
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
SP-6
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
PM-I
PM: Preventive Maintenance
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
PM-II
ControlSheet
08/20/2009 01 New release (FM5581) Allpages
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
PM-1
1. Preventive Maintenance Items
WhiletheDR-ID300CLisbeingused,maintenanceoftheitemslisted
inthetableontherightshouldbeperformedperiodically,observingthe
WarningsandCautionsshownbelow.
WARNING
To avoid electrical shock, turn off the power to the equipment,
before performing maintenance work.
WARNING/CAUTION
Observe Warnings/Cautions described in the Safety Precautions
section.
CAUTION
When performing maintenance work of the inside of the PC, the
user is required to wear a wrist strap unfailingly to secure proper
grounding.
Otherwise, electronic parts mounted on the boards may be
damaged due to static electricity discharged by the user.
Table of preventive maintenance items
(Recommended cycle of preventive maintenance: Annual)
Work items
Required
time
Replacement
part
Remarks
2. CheckingforaFatalError
2.1 ConfrmingtheEventLog
3. Safety
3.1 ServiceVoltage
3.2 PowerPlug
4. HardwareCleaning
4.1 PCInternalCleaning
4.2 KeyboardandMouseCleaning
4.3 LCDCleaning
4.4
DVD/CD-RWComboDrive
Cleaning
5. ExecutingtheErrorAnalysisTool
5.1 ExecutingDellDiagnostics
6. FunctionalChecks
6.1
ConfrmationofImageInputto
StorageontoHDD
6.2 ImageOutputtoFilm [option]
6.3 ImageTransfer
7. BackupofSetupFilesandVerifcationofDateandTime
7.1
BackupofSetupFilesandLog
Files
7.2 VerifcationofDateandTime
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
PM-2
2. Checking for a Fatal Error
2.1 ConfrmingtheEventLog
ViewtheOSeventlog(application)tocheckforanyfatalerror
recording.
For the procedure for viewing the event log, see 2. Using the
Event Viewer under MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
3. Safety
3.1 Service Voltage
Verifytheservicevoltagethatisavailablewithintheinstitution.
3.2 Power Plug
WARNING
When making resistance measurements, be sure that the power
plug is disconnected from an outlet.
Measuretheresistancevaluesofthepowercable.
Terminals Between L and N Between L and M Between N and E
Resistance value 100korhigher
N
L
E
N
L
E
L
N
E
E
L
N
DCL61002.EPS
<For Japan>
<For European and
other countries>
<For U.K. and
other countries>
<For U.S.>
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
PM-3
4. Hardware Cleaning
4.1 PC Internal Cleaning
Coolingfans(powersupplyfan,CPUfan,etc.)aremountedinthePC
todissipategeneratedheatthroughairconvection.
Ifdustisheavilyaccumulatedintheneighborhoodofacoolingfanora
ventinthePChousing,theeffectofthecoolingfanmaydecrease,
therebyadverselyaffectingtheoperationofthePC.Itistherefore
necessarytocleantheinsideofthePConaperiodicbasis.
Preparations
DisconnectallcablesfromthePCmainbody.
Cleaning
1. With a brush attached to a vacuum cleaner, carefully
vacuum-clean the slots and other openings in the rear of the
PC.
2. Open the PC cover.
3. With an air blower, clean the heat sink and circuit board
section.
4. Close the PC cover.
4.2 Keyboard and Mouse Cleaning
1. With a vacuum cleaner, remove dust that is accumulated
between keyboard keys.
2. Rotate the ring on the bottom of the mouse
counterclockwise, and then take the ball out.
3. With a soft, lint-free cloth, wipe the ball clean.
4. With an air blower, carefully blow dust away from the mouse
case into which the ball is to be placed.
5. Place the ball back in the mouse case.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
PM-4
4.3 LCDCleaning
1. With a Cleaner Torch, remove dust from the LCD.
2. If there is any stubborn dirt on the LCD panel surface, wipe
it clean with a cloth (e.g., gauze) well wrung out in water.
CAUTION
If you vigorously scrub the LCD panel surface, the liquid crystal
surface may become damaged. Therefore, do not apply any undue
force to the LCD panel surface when you wipe it clean. If the LCD
panel surface is heavily soiled and cannot be cleaned with a
moistened cloth, clean it with the monitor cleaner kit. The monitor
cleaner kit is of a chemical type. Therefore, if the monitor cleaner
kit is repeatedly used for cleaning purposes, the LCD panel
surface will be adversely affected. When using the monitor cleaner
kit, read its operation manual and exercise utmost care.
NOTE
Do not use dehydrated ethanol for cleaning purposes because it
adversely affects the LCDs surface flm.
4.4 DVD/CD-RWComboDriveCleaning
1. Reconnect all disconnected cables.
2. Turn ON the power to both monitor and PC.
Windowsstartsup.Inaboutoneminute,theDR-ID300CL-AP
startsrunning.
3. Within three seconds after the initial window opens, click
the upper left corner and then the upper right corner of the
window.
4. Click Cancel to close the window.
5. Open the DVD/CD-RW combo drive tray.
6. Clean the DVD/CD-RW combo drive with a dedicated lens
cleaner.
Fordetailsoftheprocedure,seemanualssuppliedwiththe
dedicated lens cleaner kit.
7. Close the DVD/CD-RW combo drive.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
PM-5
5. Executing the Error Analysis
Tool
5.1 ExecutingDellDiagnostics
Executetheerroranalysistool(DellDiagnostics)withtheuseofthe
DriversandUtilitiesDisksuppliedwiththePC.
Seethefollowingtoperformthespecifedprocedure.
4.1 Trouble Diagnosis Tool (Dell Diagnostics) under
MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
6. Functional Checks
6.1 ConfrmationofImageInputto
StorageontoHDD
1. Read an image and check to see that it is stored without fail.
6.2 ImageOutputtoFilm
3. Verifying the Connection in Appendix 12 DICOM Print under
Appx IN: Installation.
6.3 Image Transfer
3.2 Image Transfer to Other Connected Equipment in
Appendix 10 DICOM CR Storage under Appx IN: Installation.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
PM-6
7. BackupofSetupFilesand
VerifcationofDateandTime
7.1 BackupofSetupFilesandLogFiles
6.1 Backing Up the DR-ID 300CL Setup Files under
IN: Installation.
7.2 VerifcationofDateandTime
4.1.2 OS Setups under IN: Installation.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-I
IN: Installation
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-II
Control Sheet
22, 24, 25, 2934, 4042
4346
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) I, II, 1, 410, 1420, 2227, 3352,
5557
02/28/2011 03 Changes in pagination (FM5818) 1113, 21, 2832, 53, 54, 58
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) I, II, 4, 5, 17, 2023, 30, 34, 35, 37,
41, 42, 4447, 5052, 62
08/31/2011 04 Changes in pagination (FM5897) 48, 49, 5361
30, 32, 34, 3840, 44, 45, 53, 55,
57, 59, 60, 6265, 6769, 76, 77
12/15/2011 05 Changes in pagination (FM5944) 11, 13, 16, 17, 26, 27, 29, 31,
33, 3537, 4143, 4652, 54, 56,
58, 61, 66, 7075, 78
03/31/2012 06 Revision for V6.2 (FM6000) I, II, 5, 9, 22, 24, 32, 35, 44, 6368,
71
69, 70, 7278
5760, 62, 64, 66, 6870, 7377,
85, 86
65, 67, 71, 72, 7884
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-1
1. DR-ID 300CL
Installation Conditions
This section states the PC installation conditions.
u NOTE u
Listed below are the abbreviations adopted in this chapter.
Application : AP
DR-ID300CLconfgurationdata: Confg
For the dimensions and weights of the monitor and peripherals, see the
respective manuals that are supplied with them.
1.1 Dimensions and Weight
Dimensions (height width depth) Weight
PC
Optiplex 760MT 408.9 186.9 445 (mm) Approx. 14.3 kg
Optiplex 780MT 408 187 433 (mm) Approx. 11.7 kg
Optiplex 780DT 399 114 353 (mm) Approx. 8.26 kg
Optiplex 790DT 360 102 410 (mm) Approx. 7.56 kg
Compaq 6200 Pro SF 338 100 378 (mm) Approx. 7.6 kg
Compaq 8200 Elite MT 448 178 445 (mm) Approx. 11.2 kg
Monitor
17inch 432.5 to 514.5 380 208.5 (mm) Approx. 8.2 kg
21.3inch 522.5 to 604.5 376 208.5 (mm) Approx. 9.4 kg
1.2 Temperature and Humidity
Condition Temperature Humidity
Operating 10C to 35C 30% to 80% RH (non-condensing)
Non-operating -20C to 60C 30% to 80% RH (non-condensing)
REFERENCE
TheaboveconditionsaretofulfllrequirementsforbothPCandmonitor.
1.3 Places of Installation
Environmental conditions
Avoid installing the machine at the following places:
Places where the temperature changes drastically
Places near heaters or other heat sources
Places where the machine is likely to be wet or submerged
Places where the machine is likely to come into contact with any
corrosive gas
Dusty or dirty places
Places where the machine is subjected to constant vibration or shock
Places where the machine is subjected to excessive vibration or
shock
Places exposed to direct sunlight
Also, be sure that the monitor is not installed at the following places:
Places where the monitor is surrounded, such as in a rack case
Places whether the display surface is exposed to direct sunlight
Places near a transformer, another monitor, a power line, or
a 0.02 Gauss or more of AC magnetic feld
1.4 Power Requirements
For desktop PC
Power voltage/capacity Remarks
100 VAC / approx. 0.64 kVA Power capacity applied when both
PC and monitor are used.
Phase : Single phase
Power frequency : 50/60 Hz
For laptop PC
Power voltage/capacity Remarks
100 VAC / approx. 0.09 kVA When the PC is not connected to
the AC power supply, a built-in
battery is used.
Phase : Single phase
Power frequency : 50/60 Hz
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
IN-2
2. Installation Procedure Overview
IMPORTANT
Besurethatthefollowingequipmentiscompletelyinstalledandsetup.
FPD
Otherequipments
See the installation instructions set forth in the respective
service manuals.
IMPORTANT
Besuretopreparethefollowingbeforeinstallation.
Desktop PC Laptop PC
DR-ID 300CL-AP key CD
USB-connected disk drive (JIG)
USB fash drive (for Media Storage)
*1

*1
USB fash drive (for RIS Order USB)
*1*2
Wireless LAN terminal
*1
Wireless LAN adapter
*1
*1 Prepareifnecessary.
*2 UsetheUSBfashdrivewiththespecifcationsbelow.
USB2.0compatible
Itcanbeinstalledwithoutspecialdriver/software.
Itscapacityismorethan2GB.
Passwordsecurityfunctionisavailable.
Nodedicateddriverforsecuritysoftwareexists.
Passwordenteringisrequiredeverytimeyouconnectit.
1. Check the supplied component items, install
the DR-ID 300CL accessories, and make cable
connections to the FPD.
2. Set up the software related to the DR-ID 300CL
and FPD/cassette-type Image Reader. The
major procedures are indicated below:
Make preparations for DR-ID 300CL-AP
startup (e.g., driver, option key, and AP key
installation).
Set up the software for FPD/cassette-type
Image Reader operations
(e.g., FPD-AP installation).
Set up the DR-ID 300CL system information
(e.g., hospital name).
Perform Confg setup that is needed for the
connection of the other equipment.
3. Verify the connection between the DR-ID 300CL
and FPD/cassette-type Image Reader as well
as the connections to the other equipment. Also,
generate flm printouts to check for an improper
format, unevenness on printed flms, sensitivity,
density and abnormal output characters.
4. Back up the DR-ID 300CL and FPD/cassette-
type Image Reader setup fles. Also, check the
FPD/cassette-type Image Reader error mode,
and delete an error log after completion of the
check.
5. Complete the installation procedures for the
DR-ID 300CL and FPD/cassette-type Image
Reader.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
IN-3
3. DR-ID 300CL Hardware Setup
3.1 Unloading and Unpacking
3.2 Checking the Component Items
3.3 Installing the Accessories, Optional
Items, and Available Items
. . Install the monitor, keyboard, and
mouse.
3.4 Making a Cable Connection to the
FPD/Cassette-type Image Reader
. . Do not perform this procedure if
other equipment is not used.
3.5 Connecting to the Other
Equipment
3.1 Unloading and Unpacking
Remove the following items from the packing box.
PC (controller)
Monitor (only on desktop PC)
Others (options, etc.)
CAUTIONS
When unloading, transferring, and unpacking the machine,
observe the following precautions:
Do not subject the machine to vibration or shock.
Ifthemachineisundulyvibratedorshockedwhileitisunloadedor
transferred,itmaybecomedamagedordefective.
Avoid moisture condensation inside the machine.
Ifthemachineissubjectedtoadrastictemperaturechangewhenitis
transferredorunpacked,moisturecondensationmayoccurinsidethe
machine.IfyouturnONthemachinewhilemoistureiscondensedon
itsinnersurface,themachinemaybecomedefective.Toavoidsucha
problem,besuretoallowthemachinetostandataroomtemperature
foraperiodof1hourorlongerandthenturnONthepower.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-4
3.2 Checking the Component Items
Check that the following component items are fully supplied.
PC box
PC
Keyboard (only on desktop PC)
Mouse (only on desktop PC)
Power cable (only on desktop PC)
Battery (only on laptop PC)
AC adapter (only on laptop PC)
AP (Disk)
DR-ID 300CL Standard Key Software (CD) (V4.0 or earlier)
DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit Software (CD) (V5.0 or later)
For details of the component items, see the documentation
supplied with the PC.
Monitor box (only on desktop PC)
Monitor (the 17" monitor with the touch panel)
Monitor cable
USB cable (only for the 17" monitor with the touch panel)
Touch panel driver CD (only for the 17" monitor with the touch panel)
Power cable
For details on the component items, see the documentation
When an LCD Monitor Radiforce RX211/RX220/RX240 is used, see
the documentation supplied with the RX211/RX220/RX240 monitor
to check the component parts.
Others (separately packed items, options, etc.)
Product code Description Qty. Remarks
*1
DX CL DICOM PRINT DICOM print key CD 1 O
DX CL MFP MFP key CD 1 O
DX CL DICOM ORDER MWM DICOM worklist (MWM) key CD 1 O
*1
DX CL DICOM ID MWM
DICOM worklist (MWM) key CD
(patient information only)
1 O
DX CL DICOM MPPS DICOM PPS key CD 1 O
DX CL DICOM COMMITMENT DICOM Commitment Push key CD 1 O
DX CL SHUTTER-PROC Shuttering processing CD key 1 O
DX CL TILE-IM QA
QA batch processing key CD
(For V4.0 or earlier)
1 O
DX CL DICOM QR
DICOM Image Query/Retrieve
Key CD (For V4.0 or earlier)
1 O
DX CL GPR
Grid pattern removal processing
key CD
1 O
DX CL IM COMPOSITION Automatic image stitching key CD 1 O
DX CL RETAKE ANALYSIS Retake Analysis key CD 1 O
DX CL RUQC
Image Reader QC key CD
(For V4.0 or earlier, and V6.1 or later)
1 O
DX CL DICOM MEDIA
STORAGE
DICOM Media Storage key CD 1 O
DX CL PRECISE
ENLARGEMENT
Precise Enlargement function
software CD (For V4.0)
1 O
DX CL PRECISE
ENLARGEMENT A
Precise Enlargement function key
CD (For V5.0 or later)
1 O
DX CL DISPLAY OF
PATIENT INF
Patient Information Display
Linkage function key CD
(For V4.0 or later)
1 O
DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE Detail QA key CD (For Lite type) 1 O
DX CL IM-MAGNIFY FOR
LITE
Image magnifcation key CD
(For Lite type)
1 O
FOR LITE
LUT adjustment key CD for
connection to other competing
PACS (For Lite type)
1 O
DX CL ANNOTATION FOR
LITE
Annotation function key CD
(For Lite type)
1 O
DX CL X ONLINE FOR LITE
X-CON control function key CD
(For Lite type)
1 O
DX CL FPD FOR LITE
DR exposure device connection key
CD (For Lite type)
1 O
*1
O : Option
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-5
*1
DX CL DICOM PDI STORAGE PDI function key CD 1 O
DX CL F-LAYOUT PRINT Free layout print key CD 1 O
DX CL REMOTE IMAGE
DISPLAY
Remote Image Display function
key CD
1 O
DX CL ES FOR DR-ID200 Energy Subtraction key CD 1 O
DX CL TOMO FOR DR-ID200 Tomosynthesis key CD 1 O
DX CL REMOTE DESKTOP Remote desktop function key CD 1 O
DX CL GRID SHADING
REDUCTION
Grid density gradient reduction
function key CD
1 O
CL PEM PEM processing key CD 1 O
IR 346 MCR ISO B Magnetic card reader (ISO) 1 O
IR 346 MCR JIS B Magnetic card reader (JIS) 1 O
IR 346 BARCODE NB Barcode reader 1 O
IR 346 BCR STAND NA Barcode Reader Stand 1 O
IR CL BARCODE OA Barcode reader (OmniScan)/stand 1 O
IR CL BARCODE KIT DL
Barcode reader
(DataLogic Gryphon GD4130)
1 O
IR CL BARCODE STAND DL
Barcode reader stand
(DataLogic Gryphon GD4130)
1 O
DR300 CL DISPLAY 17IN LCD 17" Touch Panel LCD Display 1 O
DR300 CL 2M DISPLAY CLR
2M Color LCD
(Nanao RadiForce RX211/RX220/
RX240)
1 O
DR300 2M DISPLAY DUAL
GRAY
DUAL Monitor LCD/2M Monochrome
(Nanao RadiForce GS220-CL/
GX240-CL)
1 O
CLR
DUAL Monitor LCD/3M Color
(Nanao RadiForce RX320/
RX340)
1 O
GRAY
DUAL Monitor LCD/3M Monochrome
(Nanao RadiForce GS310-CL/
GS310-CL ECN/GX340-CL)
1 O
VIDEO BD V3600
(ATI FireGL V3600)
1 O
VIDEO BD V3800
(ATI FirePro V3800)
1 O
*1
O : Option
*1
IDT3/4 ONLINE 9S-CBL nM
*2
connection to other
manufacturers RIS terminal or
X-ray apparatus
1 O
IDT3/4 ONLINE 25P-CBL nM
*2
connection to other
manufacturers RIS terminal or
X-ray apparatus
1 O
SERIAL PORT OPTI TYPE 1
(for Optiplex GX620/745/755/
760/780)
1 O
(for Optiplex 790DT/790SFF/
990DT/990SFF)
1 O
Additional Serial Cable
(for HP 6200/8200)
1 O
XCON CONNECT KIT XCON connection kit for RS-232C 1 O
SERIAL PORT BS
Board for
serial capacity enhancement
(MOXA CP-112UL-I-DB9)
1 O
MARKER KIT Positioning marker 1 O
GIGABIT NIC BD PCIEX1
Gigabit CT Desktop Adapter
(EXPI9301CT)
1 O
GIGABIT NIC BD PCI
Additional LAN Board
(for Optiplex 780DT)
1 O
OPTIPLEX MEM 4GB
TYPE 4
Memory Extension 2GBx2
(for Optiplex
GX280/745/755/760/960/
WS370/WS380/WS390)
2 O
OPTIPLEX MEM 4GB
TYPE 11
Memory Extension 2GBx2
(for Optiplex 780/790/990)
2 O
DR300CL PPU A*-V* Control Unit (PPU) 1 O
*1
O : Option
*2
n : Cable length
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-6
3.3 Installing the Accessories,
Optional Items, and Available Items
Connect keyboard, mouse and monitor to the PC.
U.S.A. and Europe
Connect power cable following local grounding specifcations and
regulations.
3.3.1 Installing the Accessories and Optional Items
(for Desktop PC)
Keyboard, Mouse, and Power Cable
1. Connect the keyboard, mouse, and power cable to the PC.
For details on the connection procedures, see the
documentation supplied with the PC.
2. Connect the PC power cable to a ground electrode plug.
Monitor
The following monitors can be connected.
The connection procedure varies with the monitor type.
17" monitor with the touch panel
LCD Monitor Radiforce RX211/RX220/RX240
For the connection procedure of the LCD Monitor Radiforce
RX211/RX220/RX240, see the documentation supplied with the
RX211/RX220/RX240 monitor.
For the 17" monitor with the touch panel
1. Connect the monitor cable (DVI cable) and USB cable to the
PC.
For details on cable connections, see the documentation
u NOTE u
Prior to connection of the power cable, connect the USB cable
betweenPCandmonitor.
If the power cable is connected before USB cable connection, the
touchpaneldrivermaynotbeinstalled.
2. Connect the monitor power cable to a ground electrode
plug.
Mounting the additional NIC
Mount the additional NIC in case of Integrated MC.
For details of mounting the additional NIC, see Appendix 43
Adding the NIC under Appx IN: Installation Appendix.
Mounting the additional memory
Mount the additional memory in case of Integrated MC.
u NOTE u
AdditionalmemoryisnotrequiredwhenthePCalreadyhas4GB
memory.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-7
3.3.2 Installing the Accessories and Available Items
(for Laptop PC)
Battery, accessories and available items
1. Mount the battery on the PC.
2. Mount the accessories and available items on the PC.
Mounting the additional memory
Mount the additional memory in case of Integrated MC.
u NOTE u
AdditionalmemoryisnotrequiredwhenthePCalreadyhas4GB
memory.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-8
3.4 Making a Cable Connection to
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Reader
Connect a network cable between the DR-ID 300CL and FPD/cassette-
type Image Reader, as follows.
Use a 1000Base-T (straight) cable to make connection between the
DR-ID 300CL and FPD.
Use a 100Base-TX (straight) cable to make connection between the
DR-ID 300CL and a cassette-type Image Reader.
DXCL070703002.ai
TCP/IP
CR
Image Reader
DR-ID 300CL
DR
Image Reader
CU/MC/FSC
1000Base-T cable
(straight)
100Base-TX cable
(straight)
REFERENCE
FSCisapplicableonlyinJapan.
u NOTES u
EveniftheDR-ID300CLandFPD/cassette-typeImageReaderwill
eventuallybeincorporatedintothenetworkofahospitalforoperation,
connecttheDR-ID300CLandFPD/cassette-typeImageReaderwhile
theyareindependentofthenetwork(notincorporatedintothe
hospitalsnetwork).
DonotconnectthetelephonelinetotheDR-ID300CLandFPD/
cassette-typeImageReadernetworkconnectors.
ThecabletypeapplicabletothisequipmentistheIEC950/UL1950-
compliantUTPcableofenhancedcategory5orhigher.
3.5 Connecting to the Other Equipment
Connect the following equipment to the DR-ID 300CL.
Synapse server
See 1. Hardware Setup under
Appendix 10 DICOM CR Storage of Appx IN.
DRYPIX (DICOM Print)
See 1. Hardware Setup under Appendix 12 DICOM Print of
Appx IN.
Synapse server (When Web Query is used)
See 1. Hardware Setup under Appendix 21 Synapse Server
(Web Query) of Appx IN.
X-CON (only on desktop PC)
See 1. Hardware Setup under Appendix 19 X-Ray
Controller of Appx IN.
DAP (only on desktop PC)
See 1. Hardware Setup under Appendix 27 DAP (Dose-area
Product Meter) of Appx IN.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-9
4. Software Setup
4.1 DR-ID 300CL-AP Startup
4.2 Settings on the DR-ID 300CL for Connection with the
FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers
4.3 Setting Network Connection in Laptop PC
4.4 Setting Network Connection for the Desktop PC with
Additional NIC
4.5 Setting the Priority Order of the Network Binding
4.6 Procedures for Changing the DR-ID 300CL and
RU (FPD and Cassette-type Image Reader) IP Addresses
4.7 Procedures for Changing the DR-ID 300CL Host Name
4.9 Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader Connection
4.10 Setting the DX Parameter
4.11 Setting the VIP Account Password
The following procedures must be performed for DR-ID 300CL-AP
startup:
OS startup
OS setups
Touch panel driver installation (only on desktop PC)
Touch panel monitor setups/operational verifcation (only on laptop PC)
DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit Software installation (V5.0 or later)
Option key installation
AP key reinstallation
AP startup verifcation
REFERENCE
ThefollowingOSsetupandsoftwareinstallationstepsarecompletedat
factorypriortoshipment:
DR-ID300CLsetupsteps
DR-ID 300CL IP address
Subnetmask
DR-ID300CLhostname
Administratorpasswordsetup(fcr-iip)
Displaysetup(screensaver,screenresolution,etc.)
MS-IMEsetup(onlyforunitsusedinJapan)
DR-ID300CL-AP(DatabaseManagementSystemincluded)
installation
DR-ID300CLStandardKeySoftwareinstallation(V4.0orearlier)
APkeyinstallation
Imagedatabaseinitialization
FPDsetupstep
FPDinformationregistrationforConfg(hostname,IPaddress,
andconnectedequipmentinformation)
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
IN-10
4.1.1 OS Startup
u NOTE u
OndesktopPC,besuretoturnONthepowertotheLCDfrstandthen
tothePC;otherwise,thetouchpanelmaynotoperatecorrectly.
1. Turn ON the power to the PC.
The DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running.
For V4.0 or earlier
DCL44002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL07040003.ai
u NOTE u
Awindowlikethatshownbelowopensincasethedateandtime
displayedonthePCareolderthanthosewhenitwasstartedlast
time.
Click[OK]onthewindowthatopens,andsetcorrectdateandtime
ontheDate/TimePropertieswindow.
DCL41002.ai
Ifthiswindowopens,thePCbatteryispossibletobedead.Use
theprocedurebelowtocheck.
1. Setthecurrentdate/time.
2. TurnthepowertothePCOFFanddisconnectthepowercable
fromtheoutlet.
3. Afterafewminutes,re-connectthepowercableandturnthe
powertothePCONagain.
4. Checktoseethatthesetdate/timearecorrect.Ifthedate/time
valuesrevertbacktothosebeforesettings,havethebatterybe
changed.
2. Make sure that the DR-ID 300CL-AP is up and running
properly.
3. Click Shut Down in the menu ( menu in V4.0
or earlier).
The exit window opens.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
IN-11
4.1.2 OS Setups
Perform the following OS-related setup.
Setting the date, time and time zone.
Setting the date, time, and time zone
2. Click .
3. Verify the date, time and time zone.
If the date and time indicated are incorrect, correct them
accordingly and then click [Apply].
DXL07040004.ai
4. Click .
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
IN-12
2. Click Execute Launcher.exe.
u NOTE u
IftheAutoPlaywindowdoesnotopenautomaticallyatstep1
above,double-clicktheexecutionfle(Launcher.exe)intheCD.
The EIZO Touch Panel Disk Setup window opens.
DCL70413.ai
3. Select the Driver tab, and select the touch panel driver
suitable for the OS.
DCL70424.ai
The Touch Panel Driver window opens.
DCL70414.ai
4. Click Install.
DCL70425.ai
4.1.3 Touch Panel Driver Installation
(Only on Desktop PC)
[Skip this procedure if the 17" monitor with a
touch panel is provided.]
When the 17" monitor with the touch panel is going to be used, it is
necessary to install the touch panel driver and adjust the touch panel.
u NOTE u
UsetheinstallationCDstoringtheappropriateversionaccordingtothe
followingtable.
OS Driver version
Windows Vista 1.0.1
Windows 7 1.0.3
Installing the driver
1. Insert the driver installation CD-ROM into the PC.
DCL70411.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
IN-13
5. Click .
DCL70426.ai
6. Click .
The 3M Software License Agreement window opens.
7. Select Accept-Installation will continue. and click
.
DCL70428.ai
DCL70429.ai
8. Click .
The Setup Type window opens.
9. Select Custom and click .
DCL70436.ai
The Select Components window opens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-14
For Windows Vista
I. On the window that opens, select Controller Support and
checkmark only EX II USB Touch Screen Support.

INApp01001.ai
u NOTE u
MovethescrollbarupanddowntochecktoseethatonlyEXII
USBTouchScreenSupportischeckmarked.
For Windows 7
I. On the window that opens, select Controller Support and
checkmark only EX USB Support.

DXCL050704006.ai
u NOTE u
MovethescrollbarupanddowntochecktoseethatonlyEXUSB
Supportischeckmarked.
11. Click .
The window to select the kind of driver opens.
u NOTE u
WhentheOSisWindowsVista,thewindowtoselectthetypeof
driver does not open. Move to step 13.
12. Select Legacy mouse uses older MicroTouch driver
techno... and click .
DXCL050704009.ai
The Start Copying Files window opens.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
IN-15
For Windows Vista
I. Make sure that only EX II USB Touch Screen Support is
displayed for the Controller Support option and then click
.

DCL70431.ai
After completion of the installation processing, the Setup
Complete window opens.

DCL70432.ai
For Windows 7
I. Make sure that only EX USB Support is displayed for the
Controller Support option and then click .

DXCL050704008.ai
After completion of the installation processing, the Setup
Complete window opens.

DCL70432.ai
14. Click .
The system returns to the Touch Panel Driver (Windows Vista)
window.
15. Click to close the window.
16. Click [Exit] to exit the EIZO Touch Panel Disk Setup
window.
17. Remove the driver installation CD from the PC.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-16
Setting recognition of the touch panel monitor when
connected to the 2nd monitor (Windows 7 only)
u NOTE u
ChecktoseethataUSBcableisusedtomakeconnectionbetweenthe
PCandatouchpanel,andthenstartworkingonthenecessarytask.
1. From the menu, sequentially choose All Programs,
MicroTouch MT 7, and MultiMonitor Manager.
DXCL070704014.ai
The MT 7 Multiple Display Manager window opens.
2. Click [1] from Monitor Arrangement on the right side of the
window, and confrm that the frame which is the same color as
the frame of [1] is displayed on the touch panel monitor.
DXCL070704015.ai
REFERENCE
Ifthetouchpanelmonitorisnotrecognizedcorrectly,thecolorof
theframeof[1]andthecoloroftheframedisplayedonthetouch
panelmonitorwillbedifferent.
3. Click [A] from Touch Screens on the left side of the window,
and click [Save&Exit].
DXCL070704016.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-17
Adjusting the touch panel
u NOTE u
ChecktoseethataUSBcableisusedtomakeconnectionbetweenthe
PCandatouchpanel,andthenstartworkingonthenecessarytask.
1. Double-click .
The MT7 Software Control Panel window opens.
DCL70419.EPS
2. Click .
A window opens asking you to adjust the position to be touched
on the window.
3. Keep touching the mark at the lower left corner of the
window for a few seconds.
4. Keep touching the mark at the upper right corner of the
5. Keep touching the mark at the upper left corner of the
At the completion of adjusting the touching position, the following
appears at the center of the window.
DCL70434.ai
6. Click .
The system returns to the MT7 Software Control Panel window.
7. Select the Touch Settings tab.
DCL70420.EPS
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-18
DXL07040005.ai
II.
III.
IV.
I.
I. Touch to set the Touch Modes to [Click on touch
with drag].
II. Touch some times the button that is in the Touch Sound feld until
the key is activated, so that the touch sound is set
to [Beep on touchdown].
III. Specify the double-click speed. (as required)
IV. Specify the double-click area. (as required)
9. Touch to shut down the MT7 Software Control
Panel window.
To set up other touch-panel-related functions, such as silencing
the click sound, see the manual supplied with the touch panel
driver.
Adjusting the contrast/mode and brightness
Adjust the display contrast (mode) and brightness as follows.
Model L560T-C
Contrast : Default (not determined)
Brightness : 100%
Model Radiforce RX211/RX220/RX240
Mode : DICOM
Brightness : 300cd/m
2
(% will be the unit of measurement. Do
not change the value.)
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-19
4.1.4 Touch Panel Monitor Setups/
Operational Verifcation (Only on Laptop PC)
Set the touch panel monitor and verify its operation.
Verifying touch panel
Set the touch panel monitor and verify its operation.
1. Touch at the upper right corner of the window.
The luncher window opens.
2. Touch on the luncher.
Soft keyboard opens.
3. Double touch on soft keyboard.
The Windows Start menu opens.
4. Touch the date at the lower right corner of the window.
The Date/Time Properties window opens.
5. Touch [OK].
Checking the contrast and brightness settings
Check the contrast and brightness of the display.
u NOTE u
TheshapeandnameoftheiconmayvarywiththeversionsofIntel(R)
GraphicsandMedia.Whenadifferentversionisinstalled,performthe
workbyreplacingthenamesinthefollowingprocedures.
2. Click .
The Intel(R) Graphics and Media Control Panel window opens.
3. Select Color Correction tab.
4. Check the set up data is as follows.
gamma correction
gamma : 1.0
brightness : 0
contrast : 50
color All checked
5. Close the Intel(R) Graphics and Media Control Panel
window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-20
4.1.5 Setup for Addition of Descriptive Characters to
Icons [Applicable only in Japan]
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-21
4.1.6 Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit
(V5.0 or Later)
Install the Standard Kit that is supplied with the DR-ID 300CL.
REFERENCE
WhentheStandardKitisinstalled,thefollowingfunctionsbecome
available.
FPDconnection[notinLitetype]
FRUPImageReaderconnectionfunction(includingHQ)
FCR5000plusconnectionfunction
CRstoragefunction
DXstoragefunction
LUTadjustmentfunctionforcompetitorsPACS[notinLitetype]
DRCimageprocessing
TASimageprocessing
FNCimageprocessing
Detailedimageprocessingparameterchangefunction[notinLitetype]
Annotationinputfunction[notinLitetype]
ImagemagnifcationorfullscreendisplayontheQAwindow[notinLitetype]
X-CONcontrolfunction[notinLitetype]
DXL03070001.ai
REFERENCE
ThiserrorscreenopenswhentheAPkeyisnotinstalled.
Thiserrorscreendoesnotindicateanyabnormalitybecausethe
APkeywillbeinstalledlaterin4.1.8APKeyInstallation.
2. Click .
u NOTE u
Ifthefollowingwindowopens,placeacheckmarktothePublic
Networkandclick .
DXL03070009.ai
3. Insert the Standard Kit CD into the PC.
4. Start up Explorer and select drive D.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-22
For desktop PC
I. Double-click Setup.bat.
DXL03070011.ai
The DR Console SettingKit window opens.
DXL03070012.ai
II. Enter 1 and press the <Enter> key.
Installation processing starts automatically and the following
window opens.
DXL03070013.ai
III. Press the <Enter> key.
The Program End window opens.
IV. Click .
DXCL050833068.ai
u NOTE u
TheProgramEndwindowopensthreetimes.Click
everytimethewindowopens.
The Program End window closes, and the following window
opens.
DXL03070014.ai
V. Press the <Enter> key.
The system returns to the DR Console SettingKit window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-23
For laptop PC
I. Double-click Setup.bat.
DXL03070011.ai
The DR Console StandardKit for Mobile window opens.
DXCL050704010.ai
II. Enter 1 and press the <Enter> key.
DXCL060704001.ai
III. Enter 1 or 2 in accordance with the monitor
resolution and press the <Enter> key.
u NOTE u
AfterinstallingStandardKitforMobile,item300ofIMAGE
MODALITYMonitor1ResolutionSettingwillbehidden.Besureto
setthecorrectresolutionstepIII.
DXL03070013.ai
IV. Press the <Enter> key.
The Program End window opens.
V. Click .
DXCL050833068.ai
u NOTE u
TheProgramEndwindowopensthreetimes.Click
everytimethewindowopens.
The Program End window closes, and the following window
opens.
DXCL050704011.ai
VI. Press the <Enter> key.
The system returns to the DR Console StandardKit for
Mobile window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-24
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-25
4.1.7 Option Key Installation
The following option keys are available. Install necessary option keys in
compliance with the DR-ID 300CL installation specifcations.
Function
Product
Abbreviation
Description
Print output
DX CL DICOM PRINT DICOM Print function
DX CL F-LAYOUT PRINT Free Layout Print function (V6.0 or later)
Image (input)
output
DX CL DICOM QR
A function that queries studies on the
fling device and retrieve images.
(V4.0 or earlier)
DX CL DICOM MEDIA
STORAGE
A function that stores images on
removable media.
DX CL DICOM PDI
STORAGE
PDI output function (V6.0 or later)
Image storage
assurance
DX CL DICOM
COMMITMENT
A function assuring that an image has
surely been stored in the archiver unit.
QA function
DX CL TILE-IM QA QA batch processing (V4.0 or earlier)
DX CL DELUX-QA
FOR LITE
Addition of QA functions *
1
(For Lite type)
Image
processing
DX CL GPR Grid pattern removal processing function
DX CL IM COMPOSITION Image stitching
DX CL IM-MAGNIFY
FOR LITE
Image magnifcation (For Lite type)
DX CL LUT-
ADJUSTMENT FOR LITE
LUT adjustment for competitors PACS
(For Lite type)
DX CL ANNOTATION
FOR LITE
Annotation function (For Lite type)
CL PEM PEM processing (V7.0 or later)
Energy
subtraction
processing
DX CL ES FOR
DR-ID200
Energy subtraction processing function
(V6.1 or later)
*1 By installing the DX CL DELUX-QA FOR LITE, All the QA
functions can be used. Without installing DX CL DELUX-QA FOR
LITE, only a part of QA functions can be used.
Function
Product
Abbreviation
Description
Tomosynthesis
processing
DX CL TOMO FOR
DR-ID200
Tomosynthesis processing function
(V6.1 or later)
Acquisition of
patient
information
DX CL DICOM ORDER
MWM
DX CL DICOM ID
MWM
DICOM worklist function (acquiring only
patient information)
DX CL DICOM MPPS
DICOM PPS function
To be installed basically in combination
with MWM.
X-ray
controller
DX CL X ONLINE FOR
LITE
X-CON control function (For Lite type)
Display of
precise
enlargement
images
DX CL PRECISE
ENLARGEMENT
A function that presents displayed
images and their additional information
on the add-in monitor.
DX CL PRECISE
ENLARGEMENT A
Other
DX CL RETAKE
ANALYSIS
A function that stores/calculates
information on exposure/improperly
exposure images.
DX CL RUQC
Image Reader QC function
DX CL DISPLAY OF
PATIENT INF
Patient Information Display Linkage
DX CL FPD FOR LITE
Connection with DR exposure device
(For Lite type)
DX CL REMOTE
IMAGE DISPLAY
Displaying an image in the image display
terminal (V6.1 or later)
DX CL REMOTE
DESKTOP
Remote desktop function (V6.2 or later)
DX CL GRID SHADING
REDUCTION
Grid density gradient reduction function
(V6.2 or later)
REFERENCE
EachoptionkeyissuppliedononededicatedCDforeachproduct.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-26
The installation procedure is described below.
The same installation procedure applies to all the option keys.
For the option key uninstallation procedure, see
Appendix 7 Uninstalling the AP under Appx IN.
1. Insert an option key CD into the PC.
The installation start window automatically opens in several
seconds.
u NOTE u
Incasetheinstallationstartwindowdoesnotopenautomatically,
double-clicktheexecutionfle(Filenameextension:exe)intheCD.
with the option key
for installation.
DCL70410.EPS
2. Click .
DCL70409.ai
The indication varies with the option key for installation.
3. Click .
5. To install other option key, change the CD and repeat steps
2 through 4.
4.1.8 AP Key Installation
u NOTE u
InstalltheAPkeyafteralloptionkeyshavebeeninstalled.
Thisisbecauseonceanoptionkeyhasbeeninstalled,theAPkeyis
invalidatedrequiringthustheAPkeytobereinstalled.
Install the AP key as follows:
u NOTE u
double-clicktheexecutionfle(Filenameextension:exe)intheCD.
DXL309001.ai
2. Click .
DCL44010.ai
3. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-27
4.1.9 DR-ID 300CL Startup Verifcation
Verify the normal startup of the DR-ID 300CL.
u NOTE u
WhentheDR-ID300CLisstartedforthefrsttime,thefollowingwindow
mayopen.PlaceacheckmarktothePublicNetworkandclick
.
DXL03070009.ai
1. Start running the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
The DR-ID 300CL opening window opens. The DR-ID 300CL-AP
then starts up.
For V4.0 or earlier
DCL44002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL07040003.ai
2. Click Shut Down in the menu ( menu in V4.0
or earlier).
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-28
4.2 Settings on
the DR-ID 300CL for Connection with
the FPD/Cassette-type Image Readers
Use the Service Utility to set up the following items:
DR-ID 300CL system information
Menu database replacement (required only for equipment used
abroad)
4.2.1 Starting the Service Utility
1. Click and then sequentially choose All Programs,
Fuji Film, and Console Advance (DR-Console in V4.0 or
earlier).
The DR-ID 300CL-AP starts up.
2. Within a few seconds after the initial window opens,
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
REFERENCE
Ifyoucannotcompletestep2.fromtheinitialwindowwithina
3-secondperiodandallowtheAPtostartup,performthefollowing
stepstostarttheServiceUtility.
1. ClickShutDowninthe menu( menuinV4.0or
earlier).
2. Click whileholdingdownthe<Shift>key.
3. Fromthe menu,sequentiallychooseAllPrograms,
FujiFilm,andConsoleAdvance(DR-ConsoleinV4.0or
earlier).
4. Whentheinitialwindowopens,sequentiallyclickitsupperleft
andupperrightcornerswithinaperiodof3seconds.
3. Enter a password (feldengineer) to log in to the Service
Utility and click .
DXL41001.ai
DXCL040810001.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-29
4.2.2 DR-ID 300CL System Information Setup
Complete setup concerning DR-ID 300CL system information as
directed in this section.
Setting the system information
1. From the IIP Service Utility window, click [Setup
Confguration Item].
DXCL040704003.ai
The Setup Confguration Item window opens.
2. Click the sign within in the Setup
Confguration Item window.
3. Click .
The DR-ID 300CL system information setup items appear.
00000132.ai
Items for DR-ID 300CL system setup
4. Enter setup data as directed below.
Make a date format selection by double-clicking
for .
0: Japanese date (S62.10.07) [Default]
1: ANSI long date (1987.OCT.07)
2: ANSI short date (1987.10.07)
3: American long date (OCT.07.1987)
4: American short date (10.07.1987)
5: European long date (07.OCT.1987)
6: European short date (07.10.1987)
u NOTE u
UseSystemCommonDateFormattospecifythedateformat.
Ifyouchangethedateformat,thefollowingitemsofinformation
arechangedtomatchthenewlyselectedformat.
Dateoutputonflm
Formatforbirthdateinput
DatedisplayedbyDR-ID300CL-AP
Other date indications
Make a hospital name entry (one-byte characters) by double-
clicking for .
u NOTE u
UseInstitute/SiteNameStringstoenterahospitalnamestring
ofone-bytecharactersforuseintheDR-ID300CLsystem.
ThedefaulthospitalnameisFUJIFILMHOSPITAL.Change
thisentrytoahospitalnamestringofone-bytecharactersas
defnedbyaspecifchospital.
Youcanenterastringofupto60characters.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-30
Use to specify the language to
be used.
0 : Japanese 10 : Korean
1 : English 11 : ChineseSimplifed
2 : German 12 : ChineseTraditional
3 : French 13 : Portuguese
4 : Spanish 14 : Polish
5 : Italian 15 : Hungarian
6 : Swedish 16 : Czech
7 : Finnish 17 : Russian
8 : Danish 19 : Turkish
9 : Norwegian
Double-click for
to enter a hospital name
(consisting of two-byte characters).
u NOTE u
UseInstitute/SiteNameinTwo-ByteCharacterstoentera
hospitalnamestringoftwo-bytecharactersforuseinthe
DR-ID300CLsystem.
Thedefaulthospitalnameis .Changethisentry
toahospitalnamestringoftwo-bytecharactersasdefnedbya
specifchospital.
Youcanenterastringofupto15two-bytecharacters.
5. Change the other items of system information as needed.
Item number Description
2 Confrmation window display for examination list deletion
3
Setup of a process to be performed after an abnormality
occurrence
14 System ID
15 Password use for user utility access (V4.0 or earlier)
30
A constant applied when magnifying an image to the 100%
size. (Determine it according to the monitor used.)
54
Setup of a study modality handled on the DR-ID 300CL.
When 0:DX is selected for the Modality setup, use the
User Utility or Menu Information Import Export Tool to set up
the DX parameter.
69 Specifying security software of USB fash drive.
323
Specifying the threshold value (%) for the warning to the
remaining battery power. (Only for laptop PCs.)
324
Specifying whether or not to display the initialization button
on the media storage window of the User Utility. (Only for
laptop PCs.)
325
Specifying whether or not to display the button to open the
Power Option function in the User Utility.
(Only for laptop PCs.)
326
Specifying whether or not to forcibly suspend a study when
the study ends in the PPS operation (with PPS option and
no PPS Cache). (Only for laptop PCs.)
For details on individual setup items, see 3.4 Confguration
Details 1. IMAGE MODALITY under MU: Maintenance
Utility.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-31
Setting the flm annotation character format
Use the following procedures to change the image information output
on flm, flm annotation character format and presence/absence of
image frame.
1. From the Setup Confguration Item window, click
.
The printer confguration setup items appear in the right-hand area
of the window.
2. Set the flm annotation character format.
For details on the setup procedure and setup items, see the
3.6 Confguration Details 4. PRINTER of
3. From the Confg (F) menu, choose Save.
A window opens, prompting you to confrm the setup data to be
saved.
4. Click .
The system saves the setup data.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-32
Setting the CSL/IDT FUNCTION
To change the way how to display various items manipulated on the
DR-ID 300CL or the number of characters to be displayed, use the
procedure described below.
1. Click on the Setup Confguration
Item window.
Setup items relating to the IDT function will be displayed on the
right-hand side of the window.
IDT/Console function-related setup items
00000160.EPS
2. Set up the IDT function, as required.
Table CSL/IDT Function Setup Item List
164 Use
PPS
Cache
Server
No
Does not
use the
PPS Cache
server.
Yes
Uses the
PPS Cache
server.
Specifying whether or not to use the PPS
Cache server.
184 Type of
FPD
System
0 : PcuCif
1 : SysCon
Specifying an FPD system type. Specify
1: SysCon when using on the DR-ID 300CL.
* By default, 0: PcuCif is determined in the
DR-ID 300CL-AP CD of V4.0 or earlier.
* In V6.0 or later, this item is hidden.
: Default setting, *: Note
For details on individual setup items, see 3.7 Confguration
Details 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION under MU: Maintenance Utility.
3. Select Save from the Confg (F) menu.
A window opens prompting you to confrm the setup data to be
saved.
4. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-33
Checking and editing the FPD settings
Check and edit settings for the FPD registered to the DR-ID 300CL, as
follows.
Checking the confgurations
1. Click the sign within in the Setup
3. Click Host Name (e.g.: ) for the FPD registered to the
DR-ID 300CL.
Setup data for the FPDs Host Name appears on the right-hand
side of the window.
4. Check Host Name and IP Address of the FPD.
DCL44006.EPS
u NOTE u
Steps5and6neednotbeperformedforV4.0orlater.Gostraight
to step 7.
5. Click the sign within the example ( ) shown as the
Host Name of the FPD registered to the DR-ID 300CL.
Setup data for the FPDs PCU/CIF appears on the right-hand side
of the window.
6. Check to see that the SFPD System Confguration coincides
with confguration of the connected FPD.
DCL44007.EPS
7. For any setup data changed, select Save from the Confg
(F) menu.
A window opens prompting you to confrm the setup data.
8. Click .
The setup data will be saved accordingly.
u NOTE u
DonotperformMPCsettingsbecauseMPCisnotusedonthe
DR-ID300CLsystem.
IfFDRAcSelerateandFDRD-EVOaretobeconnectedtoone
DR-ID300CL,setuptheIPaddressofCUforCLsettingofMC.
Editing the PositionIDDefault.ini fle
For details of the PositionIDDefault.ini fle editing procedure,
see Appendix M Setting the Default Positioning ID (Only for
Connecting to the DR-ID 200) under MU: Maintenance Utility.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-34
Settings for connection of the cassette-type Image
Reader (FRUP connection)
To make connection with a cassette-type Image Reader (FRUP
connection), use the procedure described below.
Registering a cassette-type Image Reader
1. Select and then
on the Setup Confguration Item window.
DXL74003.ai
2. Click .
The New Node window opens.
DXL74004.ai
I.
II.
III.
I. Enter ru11, for example, for HostName of the cassette-type
Image Reader.
u NOTE u
Donotusethefollowingcharactersforahostname.
<>&'"/\
II. Enter 172.16.1.11, for example, for IP Address of the cassette-
type Image Reader.
III. Select FRUP.
4. Click .
The FRUP Setup window opens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-35
IN000082.EPS
I.
II.
I. Select CASSETTE.
II. Enter ru11, for example, for ButtonCaption displayed on the
window.
REFERENCE
EntryforButtonCaptionnotalwayshavetobethesameasthatfor
HostName.
6. Click .
The system returns to the Setup Confguration Item window.
7. To connect two cassette-type Image Readers, repeat steps 1
through 6.
Setting CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
1. Select on the Setup
2. Click .
The Connecting Equipment window opens.
IN000124.ai
I.
II.
III.
I. Select READER.
II. Select host name of the cassette-type Image Reader (FRUP
connection).
III. To connect a multiple number of cassette-type Image Readers
(FRUP connection), select host name of the second Image
Reader or later for Equipment #2 or later.
4. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-36
Setting IDT CONNECTION
The IDT CONNECTION function of the Service Utility must be set up
appropriately.
u NOTE u
IDTCONNECTIONmustnecessarilybesetupevenifthesystemused
includesonlyasingleDR-ID300CLunit.
Otherwise,imageswillnotbetransferredfromthecassette-typeImage
ReadertotheDR-ID300CL,causingthenanerrortooccur(errorcode:
31418).
For details on how to set up IDT CONNECTION, see 3.14 Patient
Information Sharing Function Setup under MU: Maintenance
Utility.
Settings regarding the barcode-less operation
Perform setting for inputting images taken by CR Image Readers to
DR-ID 300CL without barcode registration. For connecting CR-IR
391RU/392, apply the following settings.
u NOTE u
In barcode-less operation, the readers which can be connected to DR-
ID 300CL are restricted as follows.
Reader Maximum number of connected units
CR Image Reader 1 unit
DR built-in Exposure device 2 units
DR cassette 3 units
(Additional 2 units can be registered for exchange)
1. Click on the Setup Confguration Item
window.
DXCL040829007.ai
2. Perform the barcode-less operation setting as necessary.
Table Barcode-less Operation Setup Item List
21 Connection
Between
Reader and
Console
1: N-N
N-N connection
2: N-N (Not Use IP Barcode)
N-N connection (Not Use IP
Barcode)
Setting connection
conditions of DR-ID
300CL and RU.
: Default setting
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-37
IP use count calculation
To calculate the IP use count, perform the following settings.
Item window.
00000160.EPS
2. Set the Nos. below as follows.
No. 140 Enable IP Use Count List : Set to Yes.
No. 141 Enable IP Use Count Reset : Set to Yes.
3. Click .
4. Select unnecessary settings on the right-hand side of the
window and click [Delete].
5. Register other consoles that require calculation of IP use
counts.
For details of the registration procedure, see 3.16 Log
Utility.
Saving Confg
2. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-38
Settings for connection of the FCR5000plus Image Reader
To make connection with an FCR5000plus Image Reader, use the
procedure described below.
Settings for this equipment (DR-ID 300CL)
1. Select and then on
the Setup Confguration Item window.
DXL74005.ai
2. Click .
DXL74006.ai
3. Click .
The Application Entity List window opens.
I.
IN000040.ai
II.
I. Enter DICOM_IIP for Application Entity List of the DR-ID 300CL.
II. Enter 21760 for Port Number of the DR-ID 300CL.
REFERENCE
DICOM_IIPand21760arethedefaultvaluesoftheFCR5000
seriesequipment,determinedatshipmentfromfactory.
5. Click .
The DICOM Setup window opens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-39
IN000041.ai
I
II
III
IV
V
VII
VI
I. Select PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage.
II. Select SCP.
III. Select JPEG Lossless.
IV. Select ST&HQ. Select SH when a 5000MA is connected.
V. Select HQ/SH.
VI. Checkmark this item when handling 2-byte characters.
VII. Select OTHER.
7. Click .
The system returns to the Application Entity List window.
8. Click .
Settings for other connected equipment (FCR5000plus
Image Reader)
1. Select and then
on the Setup Confguration Item window.
DXL74003.ai
2. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-40
DXL74007.ai
I.
II.
III.
I. Enter fcr5000-n, for example, for HostName of the
FCR5000plus Image Reader.
u NOTE u
<>&'"/\
II. Enter 172.16.0.2, for example, for IP Address of the
III. Select DICOM.
4. Click .
5. Enter DICOM_IR for Application Entity Name of the
IN000049.ai
6. Click .
The DICOM Setup window opens.
V
DXCL040704005.ai
I
II
III
IV
I. Select PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage.
II. Select SCU.
III. Select JPEG Lossless.
IV. Select a destination for flm output.
Select IIP when connecting an LP to the DR-ID 300CL. Select
FCR5000 when connecting an LP to the Image Reader.
V. Select CASSETTE.
8. Click .
9. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-41
Checking CSL/IDT FUNCTION settings
Item window.
00000160.EPS
2. On item 55 Distribution Code for FCR5000 Series
Connection, check the distribution code (default: 5000-IIP)
to be received from the FCR5000plus Image Reader.
IDT CONNECTING settings
Perform Service Utility IDT CONNECTION settings.
u NOTE u
BesuretoperformIDTCONNECTIONsettingsevenwhenonlyone
DR-ID300CLexistswithinthesystem;otherwiseimageswillnotbe
transferredfromtheFCR5000plusImageReadertotheDR-ID300CL,
causingthenanerrortooccur(errorcode:31418).
For details of the IDT CONNECTION setup procedure, see
3.14 Patient Information Sharing Function Setup under
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-42
IP use count calculation
To calculate the IP use count, perform the following settings.
Item window.
00000160.EPS
2. Set the Nos. below as follows.
No. 140 Enable IP Use Count List : Set to Yes.
No. 141 Enable IP Use Count Reset : Set to Yes.
3. Click .
4. Select unnecessary settings on the right-hand side of the
window and click [Delete].
5. Register other consoles that require calculation of IP use
counts.
For details of the registration procedure, see 3.16 Log
Utility.
Saving Confg
2. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-43
Settings for connection of the FDR D-EVO
To make connection with an FDR D-EVO, use the procedure described
below.
Installing correction parameters (V4.0 only)
u NOTE u
double-clicktheexecutionfle(Setup.bat)intheCD.
DXL74008.ai
DXL74009.ai
REFERENCE
Bydefault,1)BuiltinisinstalledontheDR-ID300CL-AP.
DXL74010.ai
The DR Console Setup Tool exits, returning you to the desktop
screen.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-44
Setting the IMAGE MODALITY
Confguration Item].
DXCL040704003.ai
2. Click .
00000132.ai
3. Perform the following IMAGE MODALITY function-related
setting.
Table IMAGE MODALITY Setup Item List
316 Enable High
Speed Preview
0 : Yes
Enables the high
speed preview.
1 : No
Disables the high
speed preview.
Specifying whether or not to
enable the high speed preview.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-45
Setting the CSL/IDT FUNCTION
Item window.
00000160.EPS
2. Perform the following IDT function-related settings.
Table CSL/IDT FUNCTION setup items list
184 Type of FPD
System
0 : PcuCif
1 : SysCon
Specifying an FPD system type.
Specify 1: SysCon when using
on the DR-ID 300CL.
* By default, 0: PcuCif is
determined in the DR-ID
300CL-AP CD of V4.0 or
earlier.
* This item is hidden in V6.0 or
later.
190 ImageCutting
LogicType
0 : DetectorSize
Not to be cut out.
1 : ExposureSize
Cut out with the
irradiated feld
size.
Specifying the image cutout logic
to be applied when inputting
FPD images.
* To connect the FDR D-EVO,
select 0: DetectorSize.
* This is the setup item in V4.0.
* In V5.0 or later, the setting for
this item is fxed to
0 : DetectorSize, and this
item is hidden.
193 Monolith
Image Output
Mode
0 : 13.6inch
To be output with
the 13.6inch size
(correction area
not included).
1 : 14inch
To be output with
the 14inch size
(correction area
included).
Specifying an image size applied
when outputting an FPD image.
* Select 0: 13.6inch only when
connecting the FDR D-EVO.
194 Enable Auto
Exposure
Area
Recognition
Yes
Automatically
recognized.
No
Not to be
recognized
automatically.
have the irradiated feld to be
recognized automatically.
* Select Yes only when
connecting the FDR D-EVO.
195 Exposure
Area Margin
0 Specifying an error value (unit:
mm) when the irradiated fled is
to be recognized automatically.
* Specify an integer number.
* The trimming size is decided
by reducing the recognized
irradiated feld area by the
determined value. Because the
X-ray irradiation is a projection
of radioactivity, the irradiated
fled area on the detector face
tends to be larger than on the
exposure stand face. This
function is used to correct such
difference caused in the
irradiated feld area.
315 Display
Battery
Warning
Yes
Displays the
warning for low
battery.
No
Does not display
the warning for
low battery.
display the warning for low
battery on DR-ID 601SE, DR-ID
602SE and DR-ID 611SE when
a study is started.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-46
Setting the CONFIG OPTION
Item window.
CONFIG OPTION function-related setup items
DXL74012.ai
2. Perform the following CONFIG OPTION function-related
setting.
Table CONFIG OPTION function setup item list
2 Enable
Trimming
Function
Yes
Enables the
trimming function.
No
Disables the
trimming function.
enable the trimming function.
* Settings for whether the
trimming function is enabled or
disabled must be the same in a
hospital.
* To connect the FDR D-EVO,
select Yes.
* This is the setup item in V4.0
or earlier.
Saving Confg
2. Click .
Editing the AEC Conversion File
For details of the AEC conversion fle editing procedure, see
Appendix K Editing the AEC Conversion File (V6.1 or Later)
under MU: Maintenance Utility.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-47
Setting the connection of CR built-in exposure device
(V5.0 or later)
If connecting the CR built-in exposure device (FRUP connection),
perform the following procedures.
Registering the CR built-in exposure device
u NOTE u
DonotregisterCRbuilt-inexposuredevicesotherthantheonethatis
actuallyconnected.
Malfunctionmayoccurduetotheunnecessaryregistration.
Confguration Item].
DXCL040704003.ai
2. Click in the
Setup Confguration Item window.
DXL74003.ai
3. Click .
DXL07040001.ai
I.
II.
III.
I. Enter the host name of CR built-in exposure device (ex: Velocity).
u NOTE u
<>&'"/\
II. Enter the IP address of CR built-in exposure device (ex: 172.16.1.20).
III. Select FRUP.
5. Click .
The FRUP Setup window opens.
6. Place a checkmark to BUILTIN and click .
DXL07040002.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-48
7. To connect the 2nd CR built-in exposure device, repeat the
step 2 through 6.
u NOTE u
ForCRbuilt-inexposuredeviceregistrationtotheCONNECTING
EQUIPMENTisnotrequired.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-49
1. Click .
Setup items related to the system information of DR-ID 300CL will
be displayed.
00000132.ai
2. Perform the following IMAGE MODALITY function-related
setting.
53 Horizontal
UMB
Procession
for VELOCITY
& PRELIO
0: ALL OFF
No image unevenness
removal processing is
applied.
1: ON Table Type Only
Image unevenness
applied only to the
table type (CR-IR
364T, CR-IR 367
CR-IR 370 CR-IR 371
and CR-IR 372)
equipment.
2: ON Upright Type Only
Image unevenness
applied only to the
upright type (CR-IR
364U and CR-IR 366)
equipment.
3: ALL ON
Image unevenness
applied to all
equipment models.
apply image unevenness
removal processing to the
table type (CR-IR 364T,
CR-IR 367 CR-IR 370 CR-
IR 371 and CR-IR 372) and
upright type (CR-IR 364U
and CR-IR 366) Image
Readers.
* Specify ON only for newly
installed mobile models or
mobile models on which an
image unevenness problem
arose as it was subjected
to undue vibrations. Specify
OFF for equipment newly
installed at a hospital or
already-installed mobile
models.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-50
Setting the CSL / IDT FUNCTION
1. Click in the Setup Confguration
Item window.
Setup items related to the IDT function will be displayed on the
00000160.EPS
2. Perform the following IDT function-related setting.
Table CSL/IDT FUNCTION Setup Item List
119 Enable
Velocity
Sensitivity
Button
0:No
Does not display.
1:Yes (Velocity_T
Only)
Displays only the
supine position.
2:Yes (Velocity_U
Only)
Displays only the
upright position.
3:Yes (Both)
Displays both of
the supine
position and
upright position.
Specifying whether to display or
hide the high-sensitivity selection
button for high-speed erasure of
data on the VELOCITY.
Saving Confg
2. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-51
Setting the trimming size (V5.0 or later)
u NOTE u
Thepantomographicimageisnottargetedfortrimming.Tocutoutthe
pantomographicimageinV5.0orlater,thefollowingsettingsand
conditionsarerequired.
Register15CMX30CMtothe318EnableTrimmingSize2of
1.IMAGEMODALITY.
Set6EnablePantomographyProcessingof5.CSL/IDTFUNCTION
toYes.
Theinputimageisbeing10INX12INsizeoftheCRimage.
Theexposuremenuisbeingpantomographymenu(*).
*MPMcodeisoneofthefollowing:
0x2004 0x2014 0x2024 0x2044 0x2054
0x2064 0x2074 0x2084 0x2094 0x20A4
0x20B4 0x20C4 0x20D4 0x20E4 0x20F4
Confguration Item].
DXCL040704003.ai
2. Click .
Setup items relating to the system information of DR-ID 300CL will
be displayed.
00000132.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-52
3. Perform the following IMAGE MODALITY-related settings.
317 Enable
Trimming Size 1
17INX17IN,
14INX17IN,
14INX14IN,
10INX14IN,
10INX12IN,
8INX10IN
Setting allowable sizes from
17INX17IN,14INX17IN,
14INX14IN,10INX14IN,
10INX12IN, and 8INX10IN with
the , delimitation of DICOM
notation.
* Maximum : 17INX17IN,
14INX17IN,
14INX14IN,
10INX14IN,
10INX12IN,
8INX10IN
* Do not delete 17INX17IN, or
an error will occur.
318 Enable
Trimming Size 2
18CMX43CM Setting allowable sizes from
18CMX43CM,18CMX24CM,
24CMX30CM,15CMX30CM,
8INX14IN,7INX8IN,7INX10, and
5INX8IN with the , delimitation
of DICOM notation.
* Maximum : 18CMX43CM,
18CMX24CM,
24CMX30CM,
15CMX30CM,
8INX14IN,
7INX8IN,
7INX10IN,
5INX8IN
* Do not input delimiter except
,. Operations cannot be
performed properly if the
other delimiters exist.
* The default setting in V5.0 is
a blank.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-53
1. Click in the Setup Confguration
Item window.
Setup items related to the IDT function will be displayed on the
00000160.EPS
6 Enable
Pantomography
Processing
No
The pantomography
is not used.
Yes
Image isolation
processing is
performed if the
target image is a
pantomography
menu
(MPMcode204) in
1012 size.
use the pantomography (to
isolate a 1530cm image
from a 1012 size image).
Saving Confg
2. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-54
Setting the operation patterns when
X-ray automatic detection function is used (V6.0 or later)
u NOTE u
WhentheDRcassettewithX-rayautomaticdetectionfunctionisused,set
theEnableX-FreetoYesintheDeviceSettingoftheServiceUtility.
For details on the setup procedures, see 4.2.3 Registering the
Image Detector (V5.0 or Later).
If using the DR cassette with the X-ray automatic detection function,
images can be created without receiving the exposure signal from the
X-ray exposure device.
However, activating the X-ray automatic detection function consumes
more power of DR cassette.
Therefore, set one of the following three patterns as per the institutes
request.
Pattern A: The system automatically selects an unexposed menu
and changes to the X-ray detection mode. (same as the
operability with V5.0 or earlier.)
Pattern B: When users select an unexposed menu, the system
automatically changes to the X-ray detection mode. (The
system does not automatically select the unexposed
menu.)
Pattern C: Users manually change to the X-ray detection mode.
Operation
pattern
Setting of each item of
CSL/IDT FUNCTION
Operation mode of
X-ray automatic
detection function
(User Utility)
Battery
consumption of
DR cassette
1 318 321
A Yes Yes No High
B No Yes No Middle
C Optional Yes Yes Manual Mode Low
u NOTE u
WhenchangingthesettingsofNo.321in5.CSL/IDTFUNCTION
fromYestoNo,changethesettingsofOperabilitywhenusingthe
X-ray-freefunctioninUserUtilitybacktoUseAutoModefrst.
Confguration Item].
DXCL040704003.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-55
1 AutoMenuSelect No
From exposure list
menus of unread images,
manually selects
exposure menus of the
image to be read the
next.
Yes
When an image is
received from the FPD,
automatically moves onto
the next exposure menu
item (at the bottom on
the screen).
Specifying whether or
not to automatically
move onto the next
exposure menu item (at
the bottom on the
screen) when multiple
exposure menus are
registered.
318 Use X-ray Free
Operation
No
Does not use the
operations related to
X-ray automatic detection
function.
Yes
Uses the operations
related to X-ray automatic
detection function.
not to use the
operations related to
X-ray automatic
detection function.
321 Use X-ray Free
Operation Mode
No
Unable to select the
operation mode of X-ray
automatic detection
Yes
Enable to select the
operation mode of X-ray
automatic detection
not to select the
operation mode (Auto,
Manual) of X-ray
automatic detection
* When changing the
setting from Yes to
No, be sure to set
the operation mode of
X-ray automatic
detection function in
User Utility to Auto
in advance.
3. Select Save from the Confg menu.
4. Click .
5. Select Close from the Confg menu.
The system returns to the IIP Service Utility window.
6. Click Exit Service Utility.
The system returns to the desktop window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-56
Setting the User Utility (operation pattern C only)
1. Click and then sequentially choose All Programs,
Fuji Film, and Console Advance (DR-Console in V4.0 or
earlier).
The DR-ID 300CL opening window opens.
In about two minutes, the DR-ID 300CL-AP reception window opens.
DXL07040003.ai
2. Click User Utility in the menu.
The Main Menu window opens.
DXCL040704004.ai
3. Click .
The Property Setting window opens.
4. Select tab.
5. Select Use Manual Mode (power-saving) from the
Operability using the automatic X-ray detection.
DXCL040704006.ai
6. Click .
The system returns to the Main Menu window.
7. Click .
User Utility exits.

010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-57
1. From the IIP Service Utility window, click [Setup Confgu-
ration Item].
DXCL040829003.ai
window.
Setup items relating to the IDT function will be displayed on the right-
hand side of the window.
00000160.EPS
Setting the high-sensitivity mode of the X-ray automatic
detection function and the non-exposed image
acquisition function (V7.0 or later)
u NOTE u
TheMCsoftwareversionmustbeV4.0orlater.
Foruseofthehigh-sensitivitymodeoftheX-rayautomaticdetection
functionandthenon-exposedimageacquisitionfunction,setthe
EnableX-FreeoftheDRcassettetobeusedtoYesintheDevice
SettingoftheServiceUtility.
For details on the setup procedures, see 4.2.3 Registering the
Image Detector (V5.0 or Later).
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-58
318 Use X-ray
Free
Operation
No
Does not use the
operations related
to X-ray automatic
detection function.
Yes
Uses the
operations related
to X-ray automatic
detection function.
use the operations related to
function.
352 Use X free
High
Sensitive
Mode
No
Not used.
Yes
Used.
Setting or not to use whether
the high-sensitivity mode of
the X-ray automatic detection
function.
353 Time-out
Value in High
Sensitive
Mode
30 (5 to 60) Specifying the timeout value
in high-sensitivity mode of the
function (unit: sec).
354 MPM Code
for QC Lag
Image
Up to 64 one-byte
characters. ( 091E)
Specifying the MPM code
used as a menu for non-
exposed QC in the high
sensitive mode of the X-ray
* Multiple codes can be
specifed delimited by
commas.
: Default setting
A window opens prompting you to confrm the setup data to be saved.
5. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-59
Setting the confguration related to Integrated MC
(V7.0 or later)
For Integrated MC confguration, perform the following Confg settings.
1. From the IIP Service Utility window, click [Setup Confgu-
ration Item].
DXCL040829003.ai
window.
Setup items relating to the IDT function will be displayed on the right-
hand side of the window.
00000160.EPS
348 Display Calibration
Dialog
No
Not displayed.
Yes
Displayed.
Setting whether or not to
display a warning
message at the time of
calibration.
: Default setting
A window opens prompting you to confrm the setup data to be saved.
5. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-60
4.2.3 Registering the Image Detector (V5.0 or Later)
The IIP Service Utility window opens.
2. Click [Device Setting].
3. Click [Add].
The Data Type window opens.
DXCL040415001.ai
III
I
II
IV
V
I. Set the name of the Image Detector with 1 to 5 characters
without using a same name as other Image Detectors.
II. Set the ID of the Image Detector with 1 to 16 one-byte
alphanumeric characters without using a same ID as other Image
Detectors.
III. Select the device type from the following:
BENEO FDR AcSelerate
CALNEO U/MT/MB CALNEO-C/FDR D-EVO
CALNEO-C SQ/FDR D-EVO plus FDR AcSelerate_CSI
CALNEO HC SQ (only in Japan) CALNEO-C mini/D-EVO plus C24
IV. Set the color to identify the device (as required).
Pink
Yellow
Orange
Blue
Purple
V. Set whether or not the DR cassette has X-ray automatic
detection function.
Yes No
5. Click .
6. Click [Cancel].
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-61
4.2.4 Setting the Selectors
This section describes the procedure used for setting the selectors.
Setting the Selectors (V4.0 or earlier)
The Selector Setting window opens.
3. Perform the following setup steps.
DXL74011.ai
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
I. Choose a selector tab.
II. Set the Technique Code paying attention not to set the same
code with other selectors.
III. Select a device to be added to the selector (use the host name
for selection).
CR Cassette
5501
5502
Velocity U
Velocity T
FPD-U
FPD-T
FPD-C
Select FPD-U for the upright-type FPD,
FPD-T for the bed-type FPD, and FPD-C
for the cassette-type DR equipment. Do
not select any other type.
REFERENCE
ReaderTypeoptionsforV3.1orearlierareasfollows.
Cassette
5501
5502
VelocityU
VelocityT
ShimadzuFPD
ShimadzuFPD-T
SelectShimadzuFPDfortheupright-type
FPDandShimadzuFPD-Tforthebed-
typeFPD.Donotselectanyothertype.
V. Enter the character string (consisting of up to fve characters) to
be displayed on the selector button.
VI. To restore the selector currently being edited to the status that
prevailed at DR-ID 300CL startup, turn this radio button ON.
4. Click .
u NOTE u
IfthehostnameischangedfortheequipmentwhoseReaderTypeis
selectedasotherthanCassette,youmustperformthehostName
setupprocedureagain.Ifyoudonotobservethisprecaution,anerror
(code:31099)occursatDR-ID300CL-APstartup.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-62
Setting the Selectors (V5.0 or later)
3. Perform the following setup steps:
DXCL070412001.ai
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
I. Choose a selector tab.
II. Set the Technique Code paying attention not to set the same
code with other selectors.
u NOTE u
WhenconnectingwiththeX-CON,setupinaccordancewiththe
X-CON.Setuptheexposuremenualsoinaccordancewiththe
X-CON.IftheX-raytube/techniquecodewhichhasbeensettothe
exposuremenudoesnotexistintheselectors,theselectorwhich
hasbeensetastheInitialActiveButtonwillbeset.
III. Select a device to be added to the selector (use the host name
for selection).
CR-Cassette
Velocity U
Velocity T
FPD-U
FPD-T
FPD-C
: CR Cassette
: Velocity upright position
: Velocity supine position
: DR built-in upright position
: DR built-in supine position
: DR Cassette
V. Enter the character string (consisting of up to fve characters) to
be displayed on the selector button.
VI. Choose a icon to be used.
REFERENCE
Theiconflewith_SattheendisasmalliconforalaptopPC.
VII. If the ReaderType is FPD-U, FPD-T, or FPD-C, set the
name of the Image Detector.
VIII. Select the Tube Number. (V7.0 or later)
u NOTE u
TheTubeNumberisapplicableonlyinJapan.
IX. To restore the currently edited selector to the status that
prevailed at DR-ID 300CL startup, turn this radio button ON.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-63
4. Click .
You are then returned to the main menu.
u NOTE u
IfthehostnameischangedfortheequipmentwhoseReaderTypeis
selectedasotherthanCassette,youmustperformthehostName
setupprocedureagain.Ifyoudonotobservethisprecaution,anerror
(code:31099)occursatDR-ID300CL-APstartup.
Ifthesametechniquecodeistobesettodifferentselectors,theTechnique
CodeneedstobesetbyeditingtheTechniqueCodeConvertTbl.inifle.
For details on the setup procedures, see Appendix I Setting the
Technique Code under MU: Maintenance Utility.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-64
4.2.5 Optimizing the Monitor Display
Set the LUT fle as follows to optimize the image display of the monitor
that is being used.
1. Click [LUT] on the IIP Service Utility window.
DXCL040704001.ai
The Monitor List window opens.
For V6.2 or earlier
DXCL070404001.ai
For V7.0 or later
DXCL070404002.ai
2. Select the name of the display monitor that is actually being
used and click .
Linear LUT : Linear (linear gradation) LUT
nanao L560T-C : EIZO 17 LCD monitor with touch
u NOTE u
ForalaptopPC,selecttheLinearLUT.
REFERENCE
YoucanconfrmthekindoftheLUTflesetinDR-ID300CLby
comparingtheupdatedatesandsizesofthefollowingfles,andthe
flecontentswhenthefleisopenedinthenotepad.
TheLUTflesetinDR-ID300CL.
TheenvfleintheC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\folder.
V4.0orearlier:crtlut1.env
V5.0orlater: PL-r22.env
LUTflesettableinDR-ID300CL.
TheenvfleintheC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Lut\folder.
Settings are thus completed, and the system returns to the IIP
Service Utility window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-65
4.2.6 Changing the Menu Database
To change an exposure menu or image processing parameter, the
menu database must be replaced following individual procedures.
u NOTE u
Payattentiontothefactthatexposuremenuandselectorsettingswill
reverttothedefaultifamenudatabaseisreplaced.
u NOTE u
double-clicktheexecutionfle(Setup.bat)intheDisk.
TheitemsdisplayedintheDRConsoleSetupToolvarywiththe
DXL03040002.ai
DXCL050304001.ai
3. Enter 1 for Japanese. For other languages, enter the
number that is for a desired language. Press then the
<Enter> key.
AWS35001.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-66
4.2.7 Exiting the Service Utility
1. From the Setup Confguration Item window, choose
Close (C) on the Confg (F) menu.
2. Click .
4.2.8 Installing the MC Software
For Integrated MC confguration, install the MC software.
u NOTE u
WhenusingthePCforMC,thisprocedureneedsnottobeperformed.
For details on installation procedures of MC software, see DR-ID
600 Service Manual.
4. Enter the item number of an image processing parameter (for
Monitor/for Film) you wish to use, and then press the
<Enter> key.
REFERENCE
Bydefault,2)NotUseFNC,NotUseSHARPNESSisinstalled.
u NOTE u
InV4.0orearlier,thefollowingwindowopens.SelectanFNC
parameterandaCRFparameterandpressthe<Enter>key.
DCL44005.EPS
The message Menu Database installation completed. appears
completing thus changing the menu database.
screen.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-67
4.3 Setting Network Connection in Laptop PC
u NOTE u
IP addresses of wired connection and wireless connection of DR-ID
300CLmustbesetasdifferentnetworkaddresses.
4.3.1 Setting the IP Address in
Each Network Confguration
Connection to the in-hospital network only
(Wired or wireless connection)
PACS
DR-ID 300CL
In-hospital Network
AP
or
HUB
CU/MC
DR Image
Reader
CR Image
Reader
RIS
DR-ID 300CL
(Laptop PC)
DXCL050704001.ai
TCP/IP
(1)
(2)
(1) Wired connection to the in-hospital network
Connect DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) to the in-hospital network via a
wire.
Change the IP address in conformity to the in-hospital network.
(2) Wireless connection to the in-hospital network
Connect DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) wirelessly to the in-hospital
network. The IP address of the built-in wireless network adaptor of
DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) is set to meet the image local network.
Change the IP address of the built-in wireless network adaptor as
follows to meet the in-hospital network.
Example) When the in-hospital network address is 172.16.0.0
Before change After change
IP address 192.168.0.50 172.16.1.20
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.0.0
See Appendix 6 Changing the DR-ID 300CL IP Address
under Appx IN.
u NOTE u
In case the IP address of the wireless connection has been
changedto172.16.1.20aspertheaforementionedexample,you
mustchangetheIPaddressofthewiredconnectiontoanother
networkaddress(192.160.0.50,forexample).
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-68
Wired connection to the in-hospital and
wireless connection to the image local network
PACS
DR-ID 300CL
In-hospital Network Image Local Network
AP
or
HUB
AP
SE
(DR Cassette)
MC
*1
HUB
*1
CR Image
Reader
RIS
DR-ID 300CL
(Laptop PC)
DXCL070704009.ai
TCP/IP
(1) (2)
*1 : MC and HUB are not required for Integrated MC confguration.
wire.
(2) Wireless connection to the image local network
Connect DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) wirelessly to the image local
network.
The IP address does not need to be changed.
u NOTE u
Incasethein-hospitalnetworkaddressis192.168.0.0,youmust
changeimagelocalnetworkaddresstoanothernetworkaddress.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-69
Wireless connection to the in-hospital and
wired connection to the image local network
PACS
DR-ID 300CL
AP
or
HUB
AP
SE
(DR Cassette)
MC
*1
HUB
*1
RIS
DR-ID 300CL
(Laptop PC)
DXCL070704010.ai
TCP/IP
(1) (2)
network. The IP address of the built-in wireless network adaptor of
DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) is set to meet the image local network.
Change the IP address of the built-in wireless network adaptor as
follows to meet the in-hospital network.
Example) When the in-hospital network address is 172.16.0.0
IP address 192.168.0.50 172.16.1.20
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.0.0
under Appx IN.
(2) Wired connection to the image local network
Connect DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) to the image local network via a
wire.
The IP address of the NIC adaptor of DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) is
set to meet the in-hospital network. Change the IP address of the
NIC adaptor as follows to meet the image local network.
IP address 172.16.1.20 192.168.0.50
Subnet mask 255.255.0.0 255.255.255.0
u NOTE u
under Appx IN.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-70
Wired and wireless connection to
the in-hospital network and
wireless connection to the image local network
PACS
DR-ID 300CL
AP AP
SE
(DR Cassette)
MC
*1
HUB
*1
CR Image
Reader
RIS
DR-ID 300CL
(Laptop PC)
DXCL070704011.ai
TCP/IP
(1)
(2)
(3)
wire.
network. Set up the network adaptor connected to the DR-ID
300CL (laptop PC) in accordance with the in-hospital network.
For the procedures of setting the IP address of the wireless
network adaptor, refer to the instruction manual attached to
the wireless network adaptor.
(3) Wireless connection to the image local network
Connect DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) wirelessly to the image local
network.
The IP address does not need to be changed.
u NOTE u
REFERENCE
Whentheconnection(1)isdisconnected,theconnectionofDR-ID
300CL(laptopPC)tothein-hospitalnetworkisswitchedfromthe
connection(1)to(2).
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-71
4.3.2 Enabling the Built-in Wireless Network Adaptor of
a Laptop PC
When using the built-in wireless network adaptor of a laptop PC,
1. Display the wireless switching icon in the taskbar.
2. Enable the wireless LAN and 802.11a from the wireless
switching icon in the taskbar.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-72
4.3.3 Setting the Connection Between
DR-ID 300CL (Laptop PC) and
the Image Local Network AP
When the following confguration is set in 4.3.1 Setting the IP address
in each network confguration, it is necessary to set the connection
between DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) and the image local network AP.
Wired connection to the in-hospital network and wireless connection
to the image local network.
Wired and wireless connection to the in-hospital network and wireless
connection to the image local network.
The procedures for setting the connection between DR-ID 300CL
(laptop PC) and the image local network AP are shown below.
1. Click in the taskbar.
2. Click the wireless network connection to connect to the
image local network.
The connectable network names are displayed.
3. Click the SSID FUJIAPxx (xx represent numbers), which
has been set to the AP to connect.
4. Place a checkmark to Connect automatically and click
[Connect].
u NOTE u
WhentheEnterthenetworksecuritykeymassageappears,enter
fujiflmandclick[OK].
The connection processing is completed,
and the message of connection failure is displayed.
u NOTE u
WhenacheckmarkisnotplacedtoConnectautomatically,place
acheckmark.
5. Click [Close].
REFERENCE
Limitedaccessmessageisdisplayed,buttheconnectionis
established.Youcanconfrmtheconnectionbysendingtheping.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-73
4.4 Setting Network Connection for
the Desktop PC with Additional NIC
An example of the setting network connection for desktop PC with
additional NIC is shown below.
For details on the procedures to add the NIC, see Appendix 43
Adding the NIC under Appx IN: Installation Appendix.
u NOTE u
NICandnetworkmustbeconnectedinthefollowingcombinations.
- On-boardNIC: In-hospitalnetwork
- AdditionalNIC: Imagelocalnetwork
TheLANcablesofthein-hospitalnetworkandtheimagelocalnetwork
mustnotbeswitched.
For Integrated MC confguration
MC single confguration
PACS
DR-ID 300CL
(Cluster
Connection)
HUB AP
CR Image
Reader
RIS
DR-ID 300CL
(1) (2)
SE
(DR Cassette)
DXCL070704012.ai
TCP/IP
Confguration according to the combination with CU
PACS
DR-ID 300CL
(Cluster
Connection)
HUB AP
CR Image
Reader
RIS
DR-ID 300CL
(1) (2)
SE
(DR Cassette)
CU/PCU
DR Built-in
Image Reader
DXCL070704013.ai
TCP/IP
(1) Wired connection of DR-ID 300CL and in-hospital network
The IP address of the on-board NIC must be changed according to
the in-hospital network.
(2) Wired connection of DR-ID 300CL and image local network
The IP address of the additional NIC must be set according to the
image local network as below.
e.g.,) IP address : 192.168.0.10
Subnet mask : 255.255.255.0
For the procedures for changing the DR-ID 300CL IP addresses,
see Appendix 6 Changing the DR-ID 300CL IP Address under
Appx IN.
u NOTE u
DifferentIPaddressesmustbesetfortheon-boardNICandthe
additionalNIC.Theyalsomustnotbelongtothesamesubnet.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-74
4.5 Setting the Priority Order of
the Network Binding
4.5.1 For the Laptop PC
When DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) has one of the following confgurations,
the network binding must be set.
Wired connection to the in-hospital and wireless connection to the
image local network
Wireless connection to the in-hospital and wired connection to the
image local network
Wired and wireless connection to the in-hospital network and wireless
connection to the image local network
Integrated MC confguration
The network binding setting procedures for DR-ID 300CL (laptop PC) is
shown below.
2. Click .
3. Click Change adapter settings on the left side of the window.
4. Select Advanced Settings from the Advanced menu.
REFERENCE
Ifthemenubarisnotdisplayed,pressthe<Alt>keytodisplayit.
The Advanced Settings window opens.
5. Set the connections in the Connection feld and the Bindings
for xxx feld (xxx is the connection name) so that they are
displayed in the following priority order.
1. Wired connection to the in-hospital network
2. Wireless connection to the in-hospital network
3. Wired connection to the image local network
4. Wireless connection to the image local network
REFERENCE
Bysettingthepriorityorderforthenetworkbinding,ThisHost
becomestheconnectionwiththehighestpriorityorderofthe
connectednetworkconnections.
6. Click [OK].
7. Close the Network Connection window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-75
4.5.2 For the Desktop PC with Additional NIC
If an Integrated MC confguration is set for the desktop PC with
additional NIC, the network binding must be set.
2. Click .
3. Click Change adapter settings on the left side of the window.
4. Select Advanced Settings from the Advanced menu.
REFERENCE
Ifthemenubarisnotdisplayed,pressthe<Alt>keytodisplayit.
The Advanced Settings window opens.
5. Set the connections in the Connection feld and the Bindings
for xxx feld (xxx is the connection name) so that they are
displayed in the following priority order.
1. Wired connection to the in-hospital network (On-board NIC)
2. Wireless connection to the in-hospital network (Additional NIC)
REFERENCE
Bysettingthepriorityorderforthenetworkbinding,ThisHost
becomestheconnectionwiththehighestpriorityorderofthe
connectednetworkconnections.
6. Click [OK].
7. Close the Network Connection window.
4.6 Procedures for Changing the DR-ID 300CL
and RU (FPD and Cassette-type Image
Reader) IP Addresses
This section explains about the procedures for changing the IP
addresses for the DR-ID 300CL and RU (FPD and cassette-type Image
Reader).
The IP addresses need to be changed in the following cases.
Case 1: When changing the DR-ID 300CL and RU (FPD and
cassette-type Image Reader) IP addresses for reason of
hospital network management
To change the IP address, see Appendix 3 Procedures for
Changing the DR-ID 300CL and RU IP Addresses under Appx
IN.
4.7 Procedures for Changing
the DR-ID 300CL Host Name
Procedures observed when the DR-ID 300CL host name is changed
follow.
See Appendix 5 Changing the DR-ID 300CL Host Name under
Appx IN.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-76
4.8 DR-ID 300CL Setup for Connection to
Other Equipment
This section explains about the software setup procedures to be
performed when connecting the following equipment to the DR-ID
300CL.
Synapse server (DICOM connection)
See 2. Software Setup under
See 2. Software Setup under Appendix 12 DICOM Print of
Appx IN.
See 2. DR-ID 300CL Software Setup under Appendix 21
Synapse Server (Web Query) of Appx IN.
See 2. Software Setup under Appendix 19 X-Ray
Controller of Appx IN.
See 2. Software Setup under Appendix 27 DAP (Dose-area
4.9 Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card
Reader Connection
When using the barcode reader or magnetic card reader, perform the
following connection and setup.
Barcode reader connection and setup
For details on the connection, see Appendix 1 Connecting
the Barcode Reader [Option] under Appx IN.
Magnetic card reader connection and setup
For details on the connection, see Appendix 2 Setting Up the
Magnetic Card [Option] under Appx IN.
4.10 Setting the DX Parameter
When 0:DX is set up for the Modality setup (No. 54 of IMAGE
MODALITY), DX parameter needs to be set up for the exposure menus.
Provide the user with appropriate explanations with this regard.
As requested by the user, use the User Utility or Menu Information
Import Export Tool to set up the DX parameter for the DR-ID 300CL
exposure menus.
For details on how to operate the Menu Information Import Export
Tool, see 17. Menu Import Export Tool under
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-77
4.11 Setting the VIP Account Password
Set the password for a simplifed superior user (VIP account) who has
the authority to edit technologist information.
1. From the IIP Service Utility window, click [Setup Confguration
Item].
DXCL040704003.ai
2. Click .
DXCL040829007.ai
3. Set up the following VIP account-related confguration items.
340 User Utility
Admin
Password
Up to 20 one-byte
characters. ( VIP)
Setting the password for
the admin account of the
User Utility.
* Be sure to enter a 1-byte
character string from the
keyboard.
REFERENCE
IftheEnableSecurityFunction(IMAGEMODALITYNo.37)has
beensettoYes,theVIPaccountbecomesinvalid.
5. Click .
The system returns to the desktop window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-78
5. Checkout Procedures
the DR-ID 300CL and FPD/Cassette-
type Image Reader
the DR-ID 300CL and Other Equipment
5.3 Checking the Output Image
the DR-ID 300CL and FPD/Cassette-
type Image Reader
1. Turn ON the FPD/cassette-type Image Reader power. If it is
already ON, you do not have to do anything here.
2. Start running the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
the DR-ID 300CL and Other Equipment
Check the connection to the following equipment.
Synapse server
See 3. Connection Checkout under
See 3. Verifying the Connection under Appendix 12 DICOM
Print of Appx IN.
Precise enlargement image display
See 2. Confrming the Settings under Appendix 25 Precise
Enlargement Function of Appx IN.
See 3. Connection Checkout under Appendix 21 Synapse
Server (Web Query) of Appx IN.
See 3. Verifying the Connection/Data Exchange under
Appendix 19 X-Ray Controller of Appx IN.
See 3. Verifcation under Appendix 27 DAP (Dose-area
5.3 Checking the Output Image
Run the following checks on the output image.
Format check
Irregularity, sensitivity and density checks
Film annotation character format
Exiting the DR-ID 300CL-AP
1. Shut down the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
The DR-ID 300CL exits returning then to the desktop.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-79
6. Setup File Backup, Image
Database Initialization and
Error Log Verifcation/Deletion
This section explains about the procedures for backing up the
DR-ID 300CL setup fles, initializing various image databases and
verifying/deleting the error log.
When making backups, have the following item on hand.
Storage media (FD, USB memory stick or the like)
u NOTE u
NeverturnOFFtheDR-ID300CLorFPDpowerduringabackup
process.
IfthepowerturnsOFF,themachinemayfailtostartup.
6.1 Backing Up the DR-ID 300CL Setup Files
6.2 Initializing Various Image Databases
6.3 Checking and Deleting the DR-ID 300CL Error Log
6.4 Turning OFF the DR-ID 300CL
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-80
6. Click .
u NOTES u
Evenwhenthebackupprocessiscompletedsuccessfully,no
messageappearstoindicatesuchafact.
Duringthebackupprocess,themousecursorchangestothe
mark.Youmayunderstandthatthebackupprocessiscompleted
when the markchangesbacktothemousecursor.
The markdoesnotappearunlessthemousecursoris
positionedintheConfgurationRestore/Backupwindow.
Beforeremovingthemedia(FD,USBmemorystickorthelike),
checktoseethatthedriveaccesslampisdistinguished.
8. Click .
6.1 Backing Up the DR-ID 300CL Setup Files
1. Insert media (FD, USB memory stick or the like) for storage
of setup fles into the PC.
2. Start the Service Utility and then click .
The Confguration Restore/Backup window opens.
3. Click [.....] in the [Confguration Backup] area.
00000417.EPS
A window opens, prompting you to select a storage directory.
4. Click the downward arrow mark for
, and then choose a drive
where the setup fles are to be stored.
5. Click .
You are then returned to the Confguration Restore/Backup
window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-81
6.2 Initializing Various Image Databases
Initialize the image database, output queue and patient database as
follows.
6.2.1 Initializing Image Databases
The DataBase Utility window opens.
2. Click .
MU000018.ai
3. Click .
u NOTE u
WhenthePressanykeytocontinue...messageappears,press
the<Enter>key.
The image database initialization process ends, and system
returns to the Database Utility window.
u NOTES u
Whenthefollowingmessageappears,theimagedatabaseisnot
initialized.
It failed in initialized DB.
CheckthattheSQLServerisrunningandthatnoimageisplaced
ontheimageoutputqueue.
TostarttheSQLServer
I. Restart the PC.
II. SelectControlPanelfromthe menuandclick
AdministrativeTools.
III. Double-clickComputerManagement.
IV. SelectComputerManagementServiceandApplications
SQLServerConfgurationManager.
V. SelectSQLServerServicesorSQLServer2005Services.
VI. ConfrmthatSQLServer(MSSQLSERVER)isrunning.
Iftheimageoutputqueueisnotempty
Deletetheimagesfromtheimageoutputqueue.
For the procedure for deleting the images from the
image output queue, see 9.2 Clearing the Contents of
the Image Output Queue under MU: Maintenance Utility.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-82
6.2.2 Clearing the Image Output Queue
1. Click .
MU000019.ai
2. Click .
u NOTE u
the<Enter>key.
The images are then deleted from the output queue and the
system returns to the DataBase Utility window.
6.2.3 Initializing the Patient Database
1. Click .
MU000020.ai
2. Click .
u NOTE u
the<Enter>key.
The patient database is then initialized and the system returns to
the DataBase Utility window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-83
6.2.4 Initializing the Calibration Database (V4.0 or Earlier)
1. Click .
DCL40901.ai
2. Click .
The calibration database is then initialized and the system returns
to the Database Utility window.
3. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-84
6.4 Turning OFF the DR-ID 300CL
u NOTE u
DonotturnOFFtheFPDpower.
1. Shut down the DR-ID 300CL system.
2. Turn OFF the PC power switch.
6.3 Checking and Deleting
the DR-ID 300CL Error Log
Check the DR-ID 300CL error log and then delete it as appropriate.
1. Click .
The Event Viewer main window opens.
2. Confrm the error log.
For details on how to check the error log, see 2.4 Details of
Events under MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
3. Delete the error log.
For details on how to delete the error log, see 2.6 Deleting
the Event Log under MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
4. Click on the Event Viewer main window.
5. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-85
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
IN-86
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN-I
Appx IN: Installation Appendix
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN-II
Control Sheet
04/15/2010 02 Revision for V4.0 (FM5668) I, II, IN3-2, 4-1, 5-1, 3, 68, 12, 7-1,
4, 5, 7, 8, 8-1, 7, 1012, 10-8, 11,
19, 11-8, 11, 19, 12-1, 3, 4, 16,
13-1, 5, 24, 14-1, 5, 11, 17-1, 4, 5,
23, 19-116, 20-112, 21-112,
22-14, 23-112, 24-116, 25-116
04/15/2010 02 Changes in pagination (FM5668) IN5-4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 8-8, 9
02/28/2011 03 Revision for V5.0 (FM5818) I, II, Appx IN1-14, Appx IN2-2,
Appx IN3-15, 7, Appx IN4-14,
Appx IN5-19, 11, Appx IN6-1, 2,
Appx IN7-16, 8, 1012,
Appx IN8-13, 9, 12, Appx IN9-2, 3,
Appx IN10-2, 4, 5, 1019,
Appx IN11-2, 4, 5, 1019,
Appx IN12-4, 5, 14,
Appx IN13-2, 7, 1320, 2328,
Appx IN17-1, Appx IN18-18,
Appx IN19-111, 13,
Appx IN20-1, 2, 510, 12, 13, 15, 16,
Appx IN21-1, 35, 810, 12,
Appx IN23-1, 6, 7,
Appx IN24-17, 913, 1624,
Appx IN25-2, 3, 57, 911,
Appx IN28-14
02/28/2011 03 Changes in pagination (FM5818) Appx IN1-5, 6, Appx IN5-10, 1216,
Appx IN11-20, Appx IN13-21, 22,
Appx IN19-12, 14,
Appx IN20-11, 14, Appx IN21-11
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN-III
Control Sheet
08/31/2011 04 Revision for V6.0 (FM5897) I, III, Appx IN3-3, 5, Appx IN4-24,
Appx IN5-7, Appx IN71, 1016,
Appx IN8-13, 610, 1228,
Appx IN10-5, Appx IN11-5, 7, 8, 11,
Appx IN12-5, 11, Appx IN13-5, 10,
Appx IN19-2, 6, 7, 14, 15,
Appx IN20-1, 5, 10, Appx IN21-6,
Appx IN24-1, 5, 9,
Appx IN25-3, 1214, Appx IN26-13,
Appx IN32-4
08/31/2011 04 Changes in pagination (FM5897) Appx IN8-4, 5, 11, Appx IN11-12
12/15/2011 05 Revision for V6.1 (FM5944) I, III, Appx IN3-1, Appx IN4-1,
Appx IN5-8, 10, Appx IN6-1, 2,
Appx IN7-11, 13,
Appx IN8-13, 7, 9, 1114, 27,
Appx IN10-12, 16,
Appx IN11-9, 12, 16,
Appx IN12-8, 13,
Appx IN13-1, 9, 12, 16, 24,
Appx IN19-1, 14, 15,
Appx IN24-1, 4, 7, 18, 27, 28,
Appx IN25-1, 3,
Appx IN26-1, 48, 10, 13, 19, 20,
Appx IN29-1, 3, 7, Appx IN30-1, 3,
Appx IN38-116
12/15/2011 05 Changes in pagination (FM5944) Appx IN8-10, 1526,
Appx IN13-28, 10, 11, 1315,
1723, 2527,
Appx IN24-5, 6, 817, 1926,
Appx IN26-2, 3, 9, 11, 12, 1418,
Appx IN31-232
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN-IV
Control Sheet
03/31/2012 06 Revision for V6.2 (FM6000) I, IV, Appx IN5-13,
Appx IN8-1, 7, 23, 27, 28,
Appx IN13-17, 18,
Appx IN19-14, 15,
Appx IN35-2, 3, 14, Appx IN36-1,
Appx IN38-1, 3, 4, 6, 10, 12, 13,
1724,
Appx IN41-14
03/31/2012 06 Changes in pagination (FM6000) Appx IN38-9, 11, 1416
09/12/2012 07 Revision for V7.0 (FM6055) I, IV, Appx IN8-1, 2, 7, 8, 13, 15, 20,
21, 2325, 27, 3032,
Appx IN10-13, 14,
Appx IN11-6, 13, 14, Appx IN13-18,
Appx IN19-1, 2, 69, 18, 19
Appx IN20-1, 2, 8, 10, 1214,
Appx IN24-1, 6, 812,
Appx IN26-1, 4, Appx IN38-8, 9, 11,
09/12/2012 07 Changes in pagination (FM6055) Appx IN8-912, 14, 1619, 22, 26,
28, 29, Appx IN19-1017, 20,
Appx IN20-37, 9, 11,
Appx IN38-10
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN1-1
Appendix 1 Connecting
the Barcode Reader
[Option]
This appendix explains about the procedures for connecting and setting
up the barcode reader.
1. Connecting
the Barcode Reader to
the DR-ID 300CL
Connecting Barcode Reader
uNOTES u
If the barcode reader other than the DataLogics is used, the barcode
reader can be connected while the PC is turned on.
After the barcode reader has been connected to the DR-ID 300CL,
be sure to restart the OS. Although a window opens immediately after
reader connection to indicate that driver software installation has
been completed, you cannot immediately use the reader because it is
not recognized by the DR-ID 300CL-AP yet.
Because barcode reader sound of the DR-ID 300CL system needs
to be produced only when a barcode is read successfully, it has been
designed so that the PC itself produces a sound. For this reason, the
sound produced by the barcode reader, not only when a barcode is
read successfully but also when it is read unsuccessfully, is disabled
for machines when they are shipped from factory.
1. Exit DR-ID 300CL-AP and shut down the PC.
2. Connect a barcode reader to the USB port on the PC.
Reader
Cable
00000037.ai
DR-ID 300CL
USB port
Windows starts up. After about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP
starts running.
4. Start the Service Utility and then click [Exit Service Utility].
The desktop window opens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN1-2
Installing the Driver
uNOTE u
When the Barcode Reader other than the DataLogic's is used or when
the version is V5.0.0001 or later, start from step 5.
1. Insert the Barcode Reader Driver CD V1.0 into the PC.
The installation window automatically opens.
uNOTE u
DXL02040006.ai
DXL02040007.ai
The system return to the desktop.
6. Click .
7. In the Device Manager window, right-click Human
Interface Devices and then USB Human Interface Device
to select Update Drivers Software....
MT0000053.ai
The Update Driver Software - USB Human Interface Device
window opens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN1-3
MT000057.ai
The Browse for driver software on your computer window opens.
computer.
MT000058.ai
The Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware.
window opens.
uNOTE u
When the version is V5.0.0001 or later, select WinUSB BCR.
If the barcode reader other than the DataLogics is used.
MT0000055.ai
If the DataLogics barcode reader is used.
DXL02040008.ai
Windows Security window opens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN1-4
MT000059.ai
A window opens to indicate that installation processing has ended.
12. Click [Close].
You are then returned to the Device Manager window.
uNOTE u
If the DataLogics barcode reader is used, perform the following
procedures.
I. Disconnect the barcode reader and restart the PC.
PC restarts.
II. Start up the Service Utility and click [Exit Service Utility].
III. Connect the barcode reader to the USB port on the PC.
IV. Select Control Panel from the menu.
V. Click .
DXL08010002.ai
Example of state that
the driver installed normally
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN1-5
2. Settings Required When Using
the Study List Search Function Based on
the Hospital Barcode
2.1 Setting the Search Key
Select whether to use Accession Number or Patient ID Number as the
key used to search for a study.
1. Start the Service Utility mode of the DR-ID 300CL.
For details on the startup procedure see 1. Starting/Exiting
the Service Utility under MU: Maintenance Utility.
2. Click in the Service Utility window.
TheSetupConfgurationItemwindowopens.
4. Click .
The IDT functionality and magnetic card setup items appear in the
right-hand side area of the window.
5. Use the CSL/IDT FUNCTION setup item no. 84 Barcode
Type for Search on List to set up the search key.
No. Name Meaning
84 Barcode Type for
Search on List
Search key used for barcode-based searches.
0 : Accession Number
Accession number
1 : Patient ID
Patient ID.
: Default setting
6. SelectSavefromtheConfg(F)menu.
Awindowopens,promptingyoutoconfrmthesetupdatatobe
saved.
7. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN1-6
2.2 Setting the Barcode Type
Barcode types that can be read on the DR-ID 300CL are CodeBar
(NW-7) and Code39.
When using a barcode type other than these, register such barcode
type using the Service Utility mode.
For details on how to set up the necessary procedure, see
11. Setting the Barcode Barcode Setting under
NOTE
Depending on the barcode type, settings must be performed for the
barcode reader to be employed.
See the barcode reader Operation Manual to set up a barcode type
good for code reading.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN1-7
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN1-8
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-1
Appendix 2 Setting Up the Magnetic
Card [Option]
NOTE
When using a JIS type reader, use a JIS type magnetic card.
When using an ISO type reader, use an ISO type magnetic card.
The magnetic card reader (hereinafter abbreviated as the reader)
connection and setup procedures are described herein.
Two types of readers can be connected to the DR-ID 300CL: JIS type
and ISO type. The choice between these two types depends on the
users operating environment.
00000029.EPS
Reading surface
JIS type ISO type
Direction
of magnetic
card insertion
Lamp
(left-hand side)
Reading surface
Lamp
(right-hand side)
1. Installing the Bracket
Prior to connecting the reader, mount the separately packaged bracket
as follows.
1. Mount the bracket on the back of the reader, with the two
screws.
DCL51001.EPS
[Attach]
Screw(M3x6)
Bracket
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN2-2
2. Connecting the DR-ID 300CL
to the Reader
Connect the reader to the USB port on the back of the PC.
1. Use the cable supplied with the reader to connect the USB
port that is on the back of the DR-ID 300CL to the reader.
When the PC is used placing it horizontally, connect the
reader to the top port for back connection.
Dedicated cable
supplied with the
reader
DCL801001.ai
DR-ID 300CL
Reader
USB port
2. Open the Windows desktop screen.
4. Click .
5. In the Device Manager window, right-click Human
Interface Devices and then USB Human Interface Device
to select Update Driver Software....
MT0000053.ai
The Update Driver Software - USB Human Interface Device
window opens.
MT000057.ai
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-3
computer.
MT000058.ai
The Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware.
window opens.
MT0000054.ai
The Windows Security window opens.
MT000059.ai
A window opens to indicate that installation processing has ended.
10. Click [Close].
DCL404001.ai
Normal installation of drivers
NOTE
After the reader has been connected to the DR-ID 300CL, be sure
to restart the OS. Although a window opens immediately after
reader connection to indicate that driver software installation has
been completed, you cannot immediately use the reader because it
is not recognized by the DR-ID 300CL-AP yet.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-4
3. Setting the Reader and
Magnetic Card
Perform the following procedures to set the reader type and magnetic
card type.
Setting the reader type
1. Start the Service Utility mode of the DR-ID 300CL.
For details on the startup procedure, see 1. Starting/Exiting
2. Click in the Service Utility window.
4. Click .
The IDT functionality and magnetic card setup items appear in the
right-hand area of the window.
5. With , set the reader type.
Setting the magnetic card type
When using a magnetic card reader in Fuji format
1. From , select a magnetic card type.
ISO magnetic card JIS magnetic card
0: FUJI [default] 0: FUJI [default]
6: FJ51 1: FJ01
2: FJ02
3: FJ03
4: FJ04
5: FJ05
For detailed format descriptions, see 5. ID Card Data Format
[Reference].
REFERENCE
Even if Yes is set for , a magnetic card in
Fuji format can be used (recognized by the system code).
2. FromtheConfg(F)menu,chooseSave.
saved.
3. Click .
4. FromtheConfg(F)menu,chooseClose.
5. Click .
When using a hospital card (in a hospitals unique format)
1. FromtheSetupConfgurationItemwindow,changethe
setting to Yes.
saved.
3. Click
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-5
5. Click .
The Magnetic Card Setting window opens.
6. Click Card Format.
MT000060.ai
The Magnetic Card Format window opens.
00000431.ai
7. Determine Data Length, Header String and Header
Offset values in accordance with the magnetic card data
format adopted at the hospital.
For data format details, see 5. ID Card Data Format
[Reference].
Data Length : The length of the overall data registered on the
magnetic card.
Header String : The header character string of the data.
Header Offset : The header character string start position.
REFERENCE
This setting is to cope with the problem of cancellation of signifcant
digits occurring when reading a hospital card, which causes the
relevant patient information to be different from the original.
This setting checks the Data Length and Header String of a
hospital card, causing thus an error to be indicated in the event of a
problem of cancellation of signifcation digits, which consequently
prevents a data mis-reading error to occur. Note that when both the
Data Length and Header String boxes are blank, this setting will
not be performed.
8. To add a new item, click .
REFERENCE
When changing an item setting, select an item and then click
.
To delete an existing setup item, select it and then click
.
The Data Type window opens.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-6
9. In accordance with the magnetic card data format used in
the hospital, set Data Type, Format, Card Offset, Data
Length, and Destination.
III
II
I
00000432.EPS
For detailed data format descriptions, see Section 5. ID Card
Data Format [Reference].
I. Click the downward arrow mark to select a Data Type
setting.
II. Click the downward arrow mark to select a Format setting.
NOTE
Selectable only when Patient Sex, Patient Birth Date, or Year
or Month of Patient Birth Date is selected as a Data Type setting.
III. Enter the Card Offset, Data Length , and Destination (storage
offset) settings.
Card Offset
Specify the data start position on the card.
Setup must be performed with the position next to STX (the
character F when the FUJI card is used) regarded as 0.
Do not select the SI/SO or Kanji IN/OUT code portion as the
start position.
Data Length
Enter the number of characters existing before the card offset
position to specify the length of the data to be read.
Ensure that the data length does not include the SI/SO or Kanji
IN/OUT code portion.
For kanji data, use an even number to specify the data length.
NOTE
Be sure that the patient ID number, examination number, and
accession number data lengths do not exceed the effective number
of digits specifed for the SYSTEM CONFIG CSL/IDT
FUNCTION examination number character string length, patient
ID character string length, and accession number character string
length. If such a limit is exceeded, an error occurs.
Also, note that the padding process is performed as defned by
CSL/IDT FUNCTION of SYSTEM CONFIG when the effective
number of digits is not reached.
REFERENCE
The data length cannot be specifed for the following data types.
Patient Birthday Date (Day)
Patient Birthday Date (Month)
Patient Birthday Date (Year)
Patient Birthday Date
Patient Sex
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-7
Destination (storage offset)
Specify the location at which the read data is to be stored.
If, for instance, a setting of 2 is entered, the third character and
thereafter will be stored.
A setting of 0 should normally be used.
10. Click .
The system returns to the Magnetic Card Format window.
If the entered settings are incorrect, an error message appears.
If an error message appears, repeat steps I. and beyond.
11. To add any other item, repeat steps 6. through 8.
12. Click .
13. Click .
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-8
4. Hospital Card Data Format
Setup Example [Reference]
This section explains about the setup procedure to be performed when
usingthemagneticcardreadertoloadthefollowingJIS-format-defned
hospital card data into the DR-ID 300CL.
As a patient ID number (10-digit), a 5-digit number consisting of the
third to seventh digits is used.
Hospital card information and detailed format descriptions
Patient name (16-digit 1-byte code katakana)
Sex (1-digit)
Patient ID number (10-digit)
Birth date (4-digit year/2-digit month/2-digit
day of the month)
Alphanumeric department name (10-digit)
Kanji name (7-digit 2-byte code kanji)
Detailed format description
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 29 30
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
S
T
X
S
O
S
I
Patient name
(1-byte code katakana, 16-digit)
S
O
S
I
Sex
(1-digit)
Patient ID number
(10-digit)
Digit 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 47 48 49 50
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
Birth date
Alphanumeric
department name (10-digit)
Year (4-digit)
Month
(2-digit)

Day of
the month
(2-digit)
(The symbol is a period.)
Digit 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
E
S
C
$ B
S
I
Kanji name (14-digit)
Undefned
(2-digit)
E
T
X
L
R
C
Setup procedure
1. Start the DR-ID 300CL service utility and then click [Magnetic
Card Setting] [Card Format].
The Magnetic Card Setting window opens.
2. Click Card Format.
The Magnetic Card Format window opens.
00000467.EPS
3. Since the hospital card is JIS-formatted, verify that 0: JIS
is entered in the feld.
If the entry is not 0: JIS, change it to the JIS format.
See 3. Setting the Reader and Magnetic Card.
4. Make sure that the Data Length and Header String
boxes are blank and 0 is set to the Header Offset box.
To check the card reading data, the Data Length is set to 70 in this
example.
The hospital card
records the items of
information shown
at left in descending
order.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-9
5. With , clear all the current settings.
00000468.EPS
Current settings
6. Click and perform Patient Name setup as
indicated in the window shown below:
00000469.EPS
NOTES
When performing patient name setup for 1-byte code katakana
(Japanese language version), choose Patient Name (SBCS).
Choosing Patient Name (SBCS) automatically adds the SI/SO
code to both ends of data.
Since the code next to STX is regarded as 0 for counting
purposes, enter 1 in the Card Offset feld.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-10
7. Click and perform Sex setup as indicated in
the window shown below:
00000470.EPS
8. Click and perform Patient ID number setup
as indicated in the window shown below:
00000271.EPS
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-11
NOTE
Since the third to seventh digits of a hospital card patient ID
number are to be loaded, pay due attention to the Card Offset,
Data Length, and Destination settings.
Card Offset
Since the patient ID number data begins with the 21st digit and
does not use the two highest digits, enter 21.
Data Length
Since fve digits are to be used, enter 5.
Destination
Since data loading begins with the third digit of the patient ID
area, enter 2.
1
20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 31 25 24
1 5 4 9 3 5 1 4 2
Card
Offset
18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 29 23 22
FT100309.ai
Not used
Digit
C
o
n
t
e
n
t

Sex
(1-
digit)
Patient ID number (10-digit)
Birth
date/
year
(4-digit)
Not used
Data to be loaded
into DR-ID 300CL
9. Set the remaining items in accordance with the following
table:
Date Type Format
Card
Offset
Data
Length
Destination
Birth date/year
(4)
Patient Birthday
Date (Year)
2000 29 4 0*
Birth date/
month (2)
Patient Birthday
Date (Month)
10 34 2 5*
Birth date/ day
of the month (2)
Patient Birthday
Date (Date)
37 2* 8*
Alphanumeric
department
name (10)
Requesting
Service (SBCS)
39 10 0
Kanji name
(14)
Patient Name
(SBCS)
53 14 0
Settings marked * cannot be changed.
The resultant settings are shown below:
00000607.ai
10. In the Magnetic Card Format window, click .
The system returns to the Magnetic Card Setting window.
11. Click Cancel.
The system then returns to the IIP Service Utility window.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-12
5. ID Card Data Format [Reference]
Two types of data formats are available for the ID card: JIS-II type and
JIS-Itype(ISO).Thesystemcodesaredefnedasfollowsdependingon
howtheareaofExtendedSpecifcationisused.
JIS-II type : FUJI, FJ01, FJ02, FJ03, FJ04, FJ05
JIS-I type (ISO) : FUJI, FJ51
JIS-II Type
Fuji Standard Format (FUJI)
It is FUJIFILMs standard format, whose system code is FUJI. Since
undefnedregionscannotbeused,theymustbeflledwithspace(20H).
Note that kanji characters cannot be used for patient names.
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 24 25 26 27
Content
S
T
X
System code
(FUJI)
S
O
S
I
Patient name
(20 digits)
S
O
S
I
Digit 28 29 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Content
Number
(10 digits)
Birth date
Sex
Male/Female
(M) (F) Year Month Day
( denotes a period.)
Digit 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 69 70 71 72
Content
Undefned(22digits)
(space: 20H)
E
T
X
L
R
C
Extended Format (FJ01)
To use Kanji characters for the patient name, use the Extended Format.
Its system code is FJ01.
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 24 25 26 27
Content
S
T
X
System code
(FJ01)
S
O
S
I
Patient name
(20 digits)
S
O
S
I
Digit 28 29 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Content
Number
(10 digits)
Birth date
Sex
Male/Female
Digit 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 69 70 71 72
Content
Distribution code
(4 lower digits)
E
S
C
$ B
S
I
Name in Kanji
(14 digits)
E
T
X
L
R
C
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-13
To use the department name in alphanumeric characters and distribution
code, use the Extended Format. Its system code is FJ02.
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 24 25 26 27
Content
S
T
X
System code
(FJ02)
S
O
S
I
Patient name
(20 digits)
S
O
S
I
Digit 28 29 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Content
Number
(10 digits)
Birth date
Sex
Male/Female
Digit 49 50 55 56 57 58 63 64 65 69 70 71 72
Content
Alphanumeric
department
name
(8 digits)
Distribution code
(8 digits)
Undefned
(6 digits)
E
T
X
L
R
C
To use the test number and alphanumeric department name, use the
Extended Format. Its system code is FJ03.
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 24 25 26 27
Content
S
T
X
System code
(FJ03)
S
O
S
I
Patient name
(20 digits)
S
O
S
I
Digit 28 29 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Content
Number
(10 digits)
Birth date
Sex
Male/Female
Digit 49 50 55 56 57 58 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
Content
Alphanumeric department
name (8 digits)
Examination number (10 digits)
Undefned
(4 digits)
E
T
X
L
R
C
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-14
To use the department name in alphanumeric characters and distribution
code, use the Extended Format. Its system code is FJ04.
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 24 25 26 27
Content
S
T
X
System code
(FJ04)
S
O
S
I
Patient name
(20 digits)
S
O
S
I
Digit 28 29 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Content
Number
(10 digits)
Birth date
Sex
Male/Female
Digit 49 50 55 56 57 58 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
Content
Distribution code
(8 digits)
Examination number
(10 digits)
Undefned
(4 digits)
E
T
X
L
R
C
To use the test number and alphanumeric department name, use the
Extended Format. Its system code is FJ05.
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 24 25 26 27
Content
S
T
X
System code
(FJ05)
S
O
S
I
Patient name
(20 digits)
S
O
S
I
Digit 28 29 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Content
Number
(10 digits)
Birth date
Sex
Male/Female
Digit 50 51 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 69 70 71 72
Content
name (8 digits)
S
O
S
I
E
S
C
$ B B
Department name in Kanji
(8 digits)
E
T
X
L
R
C
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-15
JIS-I Type (ISO)
Fuji Standard (ISO) Format
Astandard-specifcationcardthatisnotparticularlyspecifedshould
comply with this format.
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 25 26 27 28
Content
S
T
X
F
System code
(FUJI)
S
p
a
c
e
Patient name
(20 digits)
S
p
a
c
e
Digit 28 29 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
Content
Number
(10 digits)
Birth date
Sex
Male/Female
Digit 50 51 52 76 77 78 79
Content
Undefned
(28 digits)
E
T
X
L
R
C
IntheISOspecifcationformat,tousethealphanumericdepartment
name, distribution code, test number, use the Extended Format. Its
system code is FJ51.
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 25 26 27 28
Content
S
T
X
System code
(FJ51)
S
p
a
c
e
Patient name
(20 digits)
S
p
a
c
e
Digit 29 30 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
Content
Number
(10 digits)
Birth date
Sex
Male/Female
Digit 50 51 56 57 58 59 64 65 66 67 74 75 76 77 78 79
Content
name
(8 digits)
Distribution code
(8 digits)
Examination number
(10 digits)
Space
(2 digits)
E
T
X
L
R
C
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-16
DataDefnition
NOTES
Exercise care not to confuse the JIS and ISO cards, since they
contain different character codes.
Undefned regions in the recorded information must be flled with
space code (JIS: 20H/ISO: 00H) if:
Some of the information to be recorded into the ID card cannot be
entered; and
The number of characters actually entered is smaller than the
number of characters specifed in this specifcation.
STX: Start Code
This code indicates the start of text that has been written.
SystemCode:IdentifcationCode
Four-charactercodethatidentifeswhethertheIDcardisforFCRuse
or not.
Identifcationcode Format type
FUJI Standard format
FU** (*: numeral) Extension format
Other Hospital individual format
SI/SO: Extended Code
NOTE
This code exists only in JIS.
SI and SO are used in pair as a special character to extend graphic
characters.
From SI to next SO: Graphic characters for alphabets
From SO to next SI: Graphic characters for Katakana
Patient Name
For JIS
This indicates a patient name by not greater than 20 Roman
characters or Katakana graphic characters, excluding @ and *.
To switch between alphabet and Katakana modes, use SI/SO code.
Any SI/SO code of not greater than 20 characters of the patient name
is substituted by space code (20H) and handled as part of the
20-character patient name.
For ISO
This indicates a patient name by not greater than 20 Roman
characters or Roman special characters, excluding @ and *.
For Roman special characters, set MAG CARD of the IDT
management information to 1, and set Roman special character
codes and characters used in Setting Character Code for Reading
ISO Card.
Number: Patient Number
This indicates a patient number for identifying the patient by graphic
characters in alphabetic mode, excluding @ and *.
If the patient number falls short of ten digits, enter characters from the
right-mostlocation,andflltherestwithspacecode(JIS:20H/ISO:
00H).
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
1 2 3 4 5
Space code (JIS: 20H/ISO: 00H)
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-17
Birth Date: Patient Birth Date
This indicates the patients birth date in the dominical year.
Year : Four digits from 0 to 9.
Month : Two digits from 0 to 9.
Day : Two digits from 0 to 9.
If the number of digits for the birth date falls short of its effective number
ofdigits,enternumbersfromtheright-mostlocation,andflltherest
with zero (JIS: 30H/ISO: 10H).
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
0 3 3 1 1 9 9 3
Fill 0.
Year Month Day
NOTE
in the 42nd and 45th digits denotes a period (JIS:2EH/ISO:0EH).
Sex: Patient Sex
The sex of a patient is denoted by one alphabetic character.
Male : M
Female : F
Distribution Code (8 digits)
The distribution code is used to set a destination of image data transfer.
If the distribution code falls short of eight digits, enter characters from
theright-mostlocation,andflltherestwithspacecode(JIS:20H/ISO:
00H).
Correspondence between the transfer destination and distribution code
value may be set arbitrarily by the user.
Whenthiscodeisnotused,fllitwithspacecode(JIS:20H/ISO:00H).
1 2 3 4 5
Examination Number (10 digits)
The examination number represents the data transferred mainly from
the hospital information system to identify the distinction between
examinations conducted. If the examination number falls short of ten
digits,entercharactersfromtheright-mostlocation,andflltherestwith
space code (JIS: 20H/ISO: 00H).
This code is not used for control purposes.
Whenthiscodeisnotused,fllitwithspacecode(JIS:20H/ISO:00H).
1 2 0 4 5
ETX: End Code
This code indicates the end of text.
LRC: LRC Code
LRC denotes a horizontal redundancy code for a horizontal parity check
bit of information characters recorded.
Horizontal parity check is performed from the start code to the end
code.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-18
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-19
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN2-20
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN3-1
Appendix 3 Procedures for Changing
the DR-ID 300CL and
RU IP Addresses
NOTE
When two or more network adaptors are used in DR-ID 300CL,
confrm the IP address of the network adaptor to be changed, and then
change the IP address.
When changing the IP address of the wireless network adaptor in
DR-ID 300CL, read Local Area Connection for Wireless Network
Connection as necessary.
This appendix explains about the procedures for changing the DR-ID
300CL and RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image Reader, CR built-in
exposure device) IP addresses.
The IP addresses need to be changed in the following cases:
When the DR-ID 300CL and RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image
Reader, CR built-in exposure device) IP addresses need to be
changed for hospital network management purposes.
1. Incorporating into the Network
Incompliancewiththehospitalnetworkspecifcations,re-connectthe
DR-ID 300CL and RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image Reader, CR built-in
exposure device) network cables to the hospitals network.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN3-2
2. Changing the Software Settings
Change the IP addresses for the DR-ID 300CL and RU (FPD, Cassette-
type Image Reader, CR built-in exposure device) as summarized
herein:
Changing the RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image Reader, CR
built-in exposure device) and FTP server IP addresses
1. Change the RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image Reader, CR built-in
exposure device) and FTP server IP addresses properly.
For details of the procedures used to change the FPD and
FTP server IP addresses, see MU: Maintenance Utility of the
AcSelerate and DR-ID 600PU/MC Service Manuals.
For details of the procedures used to change the cassette-
type Image Reader and FTP server IP addresses, see
MU: Maintenance Utility of the Cassette-type Image Reader
Service Manual.
For details of the procedures used to change the CR built-in
exposure device and FTP server IP addresses, see
MU: Maintenance Utility of the CR built-in exposure device
Service Manual.
NOTE
For an FCR5000plus-series cassette-type Image Reader, change
IP address of the DR-ID 300CL and not that of the FTP server.
Changing the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility settings
1. From the menu, sequentially choose
All Programs, Fuji Film, and Console Advance
(DR-Console in V4.0 or earlier).
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
00000119.ai
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a
3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
steps to start the Service Utility:
1. To exit the AP, choose Shut Down in the menu
( menu in V4.0 or earlier).
2. On the shutdown window, click [OK] while holding down the
<Shift> key.
3. From the menu, sequentially choose All Programs, Fuji
Film, and Console Advance (DR-Console in V4.0 or earlier).
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN3-3
3. Typeinfeldengineerandclick .
DXCL040704003.ai
6. Click the sign within and then
select .
The HostName window opens in the right-hand area of the
window.
7. Enter a new FPD IP address (e.g., 200.150.100.50) in the
feld.
8. Select then an already registered cassette-type Image
Reader (e.g.: RU1) from ALL OTHER NODES and enter the
changed ru1 IP address (e.g.: 200.150.100.51) in IP
Address.
9. Repeat step 8, above, for the already registered cassette-
type Image Reader to change the IP address properly.
10. As in the step 8, select the CR built-in exposure device (ex:
Velocity1) which has been registered from ALL OTHER
NODES, and then enter a new IP address of the CR built-in
exposure device (ex: 200.150.100.52) into IP Address.
11. If two CR built-in exposure devices have been registered,
repeat the step 10. and change the IP address.
12. Click .
saved.
14. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN3-4
Changing the DR-ID 300CL-PC IP address
2. Click .
3. Click Local Area Connection(View status in Windows Vista).
DXL08030003.ai
4. Click .
5. Choose and then click
.
opens.
6. Choose .
I
II 00000430.ai
I. Enter a new DR-ID 300CL IP address (e.g., 200.150.100.10).
II. Enter a subnet mask.
8. Click .
You are returned to the Local Area Connection Properties
window.
9. Click .
10. Click [Cancel].
11. Close the Network and Sharing Centerwindow.
REFERENCE
When a window appears prompting you to restart the system, click
[Yes].
Once the OS has started, the DR-ID 300CL-AP will start up
automatically.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN3-5
Changing IDT CONNECTING
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
00000119.ai
REFERENCE
<Shift> key.
DXCL040704003.ai
5. Click .
The pane right of the window changes to the CONFIG\IDT
CONNECTING window.
6. On the pane right, select a host name of the DR-ID 300CL for
which the IP address was changed, and click .
The IDT Connection window opens.
7. Enter the changed IP address and click .
ThesystemreturnstotheSetupConfgurationItemwindow.
saved.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN3-6
9. Click .
The system returns then to the desktop screen.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN3-7
Verifying the connection after IP address changes
The DR-ID 300CL-AP starts up in about one minute.
For V4.0 or earlier
DCL44002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL08030002.ai
2. From the DR-ID 300CL user window (Registration), set
patient data and exposure menu, and then click [Start
Study].
The DR-ID 300CL-AP window lamp goes on.
3. Make sure that images are transferred to the DR-ID 300CL.
REFERENCE
Be sure not to incorrectly enter an IP address for NETWORK
CONFIG ALL OTHER NODES RU (FPD and cassette-type
Image Reader) settings, otherwise an image transfer error will be
indicated.
4. Click ( in V4.0 or earlier) at the
lower right corner of the window.
5. Click Shut Down in the menu ( menu in
V4.0 or earlier).
A menu opens.
The DR-ID 300CL-AP exits and the system returns to the desktop
screen.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN3-8
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN4-1
Appendix 4 Changing
the RU Host Name
NOTE
Verify that Explorer or other application is not running. If any
applications are running, exit them accordingly.
Changing the RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image Reader, CR
built-in exposure device) host name
1. Change the RU (FPD, Cassette-type Image Reader, CR built-
in exposure device) host name.
For details of the procedures used to change the FPD host
name, see MU: Maintenance Utility of the AcSelerate and
DR-ID 600PU/MC Service Manuals.
For details of the procedures used to change the cassette-
type Image Reader host name, see MU: Maintenance Utility
of the Cassette-type Image Reader Service Manual.
For details of the procedures used to change the CR built-in
exposure device host name, see MU: Maintenance Utility of
the CR built-in exposure device Service Manual.
Changing the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility settings
NOTE
Do not use the following characters for a host name in the following
procedures.
< > & / \
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
00000119.ai
REFERENCE
<Shift> key.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN4-2
DXCL040704003.ai
5. Within the tree in the left-hand area of the window, click
the mark to the left of , and then click
the mark to the left of .
6. Select fpd0 (the previous host name of FPD).
7. Change on the upper right of the window
to the new FPD host name (fpd1).
8. Select ru1 (host name of the cassette-type Image Reader
before it is changed) and then change the HostName entry
data to a new host name of the cassette-type Image Reader
(e.g.: ru11).
9. Repeat step 8, above, for the already registered cassette-
type Image Reader to change the host name properly.
10. Select Velocity1 (the host name of CR built-in exposure
device before being changed), and then change the
HostName to a new host name of CR built-in exposure
device (ex: Velocity11).
11. For registered CR built-in exposure devices, repeat the step
10. and change their host names.
12. Click .
saved.
14. Click .
15. SelectClosefromtheConfg(F)menu.
The original network setup is then restored.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN4-3
Changing the CONNECTING EQUIPMENT settings
DXCL040704003.ai
2. Select and click .
IN000124.ai
I.
II.
III.
I. Select READER.
II. Select a changed host name of the cassette-type Image Reader
(FRUP connection).
III. When two or more cassette-type Image Readers (FRUP
connection) are connected, change host names of Equipment
#2 and thereafter to changed host names.
NOTES
Do not register an FCR5000plus-series cassette-type Image
Reader to CONNECTING EQUIPMENT.
The CR built-in exposure device does not need to be registered to
CONNECTING EQUIPMENT.
4. Click .
saved.
6. Click .
7. Select[Close]fromtheConfg(F)menu.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN4-4
Changing the selector settings
1. Select [Selector Setting] on the IIP Service Utility window.
DXCL040804001.ai
2. Select a tab in which the FPD host name before being
subjected to the change was registered, and then select
a new FPD host name (fpd1) from the pull-down menu of
hostName.
DXL08040001.ai
3. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN5-1
Appendix 5 Changing the DR-ID
300CL Host Name
NOTES
When changing the DR-ID 300CL host name, be sure to follow the
sequence indicated below.
If you do not use the correct procedure to change the host name, the
DR-ID 300CL-AP may become inoperative.
Change host names of the DR-ID 300CLs registered on the RU side,
as necessary, so as to avoid confusion with other DR-ID 300CLs. (No
operational problems occur even if they are not changed.)
Initializing the image database
(V5.0.0002 or later)
.... Use this procedure only
when you wish to remove
images from the HDD.
* If you wish to retain
images, do not perform
this procedure.
Uninstalling the SQL Server
ConfrmingtheServiceUtilitySettings
(ConfrmationofMEDIApropertysetup)
Changing the DR-ID 300CL-PC host
name
Installing the SQL Server
Rebuilding the image database
Setting the Service Utility
Initializing the image database
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN5-2
Initializing the image database (V5.0.0002 or later)
1. Initialize the image database.
For procedures to initialize the image database, see 9.1
Initializing the Image Database under MU: Maintenance
Utility.
2. Clear the image output queue.
For procedures to initialize the image database, see 9.2
Clearing the Contents of the Image Output Queue under MU:
Maintenance Utility.
Uninstalling the SQL Server
For SQL Server 2005
2. Click .
3. Double-Click .
4. Within the tree in the left-hand area of the window, select

.
5. Within the tree in the right-hand area of the window, right-
click ,select Stop.
00000485.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN5-3
7. Click in the upper left-hand area of the Administrative
Tools window.
8. Click .
The Properties and Features window opens.
9. Select Microsoft SQL Server 2005 and then click
.
The Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Uninstall window opens.
10. Select MSSQLSERVER: Database Engine and then click
.
00000486.ai
11. Click Finish.
The installation shield starts running to initiate an SQL Server
uninstallation. After a while, uninstallation ends. The system then
returns to the Programs and Features window.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN5-4
For SQL Server 2008
2. Click .
3. Double-Click .

.
click , and select Stop.
DXL08050019.ai
Tools window.
8. Click .
9. Select Microsoft SQL Server 2008 and then click .
The Microsoft SQL Server 2008 window opens.
10. Select Remove.
DXL08050011.ai
DXL08050012.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN5-5
11. Click .
The Select Instance window opens.
DXL08050013.ai
12. Click .
The Select Features window opens.
13. Click .
DXL08050014.ai
Checkmarks will be placed to all the checkboxes.
14. Click .
The Removal Rules window opens.
DXL08050015.ai
15. Click .
The Ready to Remove window opens.
DXL08050016.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN5-6
16. Click .
The uninstallation of SQL Server 2008 starts.
After a while, uninstallation ends.
DXL08050017.ai
17. Click .
DXL08050018.ai
18. Click .
The system then returns to the Programs and Features window.
19. Select Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Native Client and then
click [Uninstall/Change].
20. According to the instructions on the window, uninstall
Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Native Client.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN5-7
ConfrmingtheServiceUtilitySettings
(ConfrmationofMEDIApropertysetup)
NOTE
When you register MEDIA property setup with a new host name, the
existing settings are required. Make sure to take notes of all the
settings.
1. StarttheServiceUtilityandthenclick[SetupConfguration
Item].

.
3. Take notes of settings of Application Entity Name.
DXL08050010.ai
uNOTE u
For V4.0 or earlier, take notes of settings of Drive as well.
DXL0805021.ai
4. Click [Modify].
The MEDIASetup window opens.
5. Take notes of the following settings.
Abstract Syntax Role
Transfer Syntax MultiByte
Timeout1 Attribute
Default Output Density Send Annotation Information
Normalized Bit Stored
Mask Processing Acceptable Density
LUT Operation
DXCL040805001.ai
6. Click [Cancel].
7. FromtheConfg(F)menu,selectClose.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN5-8
Changing the DR-ID 300CL-PC host name
2. Click .
3. Click .
Click the Computer Name tab.
RI0000359.ai
Click .
The Computer Name/Domain Changes window opens.
ChangethehostnameoftheComputernamefeld.
RI0000360.ai
Change
NOTE
For the changed host name, be sure to set it with 10 letters or
less.
< > & / \
5. Click .
RI0000361.ai
6. Click .
7. Click .
A window opens to prompt for a restart.
8. Click .
NOTE
If the message Failed in executing the lock processing +press the
lower button appears after the PC restarts, click [OK].
sequentially click the upper left corner and then the upper
right corner.
10. Click Cancel.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN5-9
Installing the SQL Server
For the SQL Server installation procedure, see 4. Installing the
Database Management System in MC: Inspection, Replacement
and Adjustment.
NOTE
When SQL Server and service pack are installed, the PC is forced to
restart. After a restart, the DR-ID 300CL-AP automatically starts up;
however, an error occurs because the image database is not rebuilt.
In this instance, just click [OK] to close the error window.
The system recovers from this error when you rebuild the image
database.
Rebuilding the image database
1. SelectAllProgramsAccessoriesRun...fromthe
menu. Use then the key to select
necessaryfleslocatedinthedirectoriesbelow:
For V4.0 or earlier
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Temp\AttachAll.bat
For V5.0.0002 or later
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Work\Installer\Initialize_All_DB.bat
NOTE
Do not execute the above command from the MS-DOS prompt.
The MS-DOS prompt window then opens, displaying the message
Press any key to continue ....
00000484.ai
The MS-DOS prompt window closes. The image database is thus
completely rebuilt.
This makes it possible to use again HDD images that have been
available before DR-ID 300CL host name change.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN5-10
Host name change
When you change the DR-ID 300CL host name, the Service Utilitys
network setup for this equipment changes to that for other connected
equipment. Therefore, you have to restore the original network setup as
directed below:
1. StarttheServiceUtilityandthenclick[SetupConfguration
Item].
2. Within the tree in the left-hand area of the window, click the
mark to the left of , and then click
the mark to the left of .
3. Choose (previous host name of the
DR-ID 300CL).
NOTE
< > & / \
4. Change the entry in the upper right
corner of the window to a new host name.
5. Click .
6. FromtheConfgmenu,chooseSave.
saved.
7. Click .
Deleting the MEDIA property
1. StarttheServiceUtilityandclick[SetupConfgurationItem].
2. Within the tree in the left-hand area of the window, click the
mark to the left of , and then click the
mark to the left of .
3. Click with is selected.
MEDIA property is deleted and disappeared from the tree in the
left-hand area of the window.
saved.
5. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN5-11
Registering the MEDIA property
.
2. Click .
3. Select MEDIA, click .
AWS17024.ai
4. Enter the existing settings in Application Entity Name.
NOTES
Be sure to enter the data that you took notes in the step 3 of
Confrming the Service Utility Settings (Confrmation of MEDIA
property setup).
For V4.0 or earlier, enter the existing settings in Drive as well.
DXL08050010.ai
5. Click .
6. Select the existing settings for items such as Abstract
Syntax, Role, and Transfer Syntax.
NOTE
Be sure to enter the data that you took notes in the step 5 of
Confrming the Service Utility Settings (Confrmation of MEDIA
property setup).
00000488.ai
7. Click .
8. Click .
saved.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN5-12
Changing the log information sharing function (Log Share)
settings
When settings for the log information sharing function (Log Share) were
performed for the purpose of the IP use count calculation function or the
RetakeAnalysis function, be sure to change Log Share settings for other
DR-ID 300CLs after host name of a DR-ID 300CL unit has been
changed. The procedure to be performed is as described below.
REFERENCE
Settings performed for this Equipment are changed automatically when
a host name is changed.
2. Click .
3. Select host name and IP address of the DR-ID 300CL that are
to be changed.
4. Click .
The Log Share window opens.
5. Enter the changed host name in the HostName box.
6. Click .
7. To change settings of other DR-ID 300CLs, repeat steps 3 to 6,
above, as required.
8. SavethesetupdatafromtheConfg(F)menu.
10. Click .
11. FromtheConfg(F)menu,selectClose.
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx IN5-13
Initializing the image database [as required]
NOTE
If you wish to retain images stored in the HDD, do not initialize the
image database.
Initializing the image database deletes all images from the HDD.
1. Initialize the image database with the Service Utility.
For the image database initialization procedure, see
11. Initializing the Image Database in MC: Inspection,
The DR-ID 300CL host name change procedure is now completed.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN5-14
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN5-15
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN5-16
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN6-1
Appendix 6 Changing
the DR-ID 300CL
IP Address
To connect a multiple number of DR-ID 300CL within the same network,
the DR-ID 300CL IP address must be changed from the default setup
value (172.16.1.20) to another.
In addition, the sub-net mask must also be changed from the default
setup value (255.255.255.0) to another, for which the procedures
described below should be followed.
NOTE
For a changed DR-ID 300CL IP address, the FTP server IP address
determined on the RU side and the DR-ID 300CL IP address must be
change as well.
When two or more network adaptors are used in DR-ID 300CL,
confrm the IP address of the network adaptor to be changed, and then
change the IP address.
When changing the IP address of the wireless network adaptor in
DR-ID 300CL, read Local Area Connection for Wireless Network
Connection as necessary.
2. Click .
3. Click Local Area Connection(View status in Windows Vista).
DXL08060001.ai
4. Click .
5. Select and then click
.
opens.
6. Select .
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN6-2
7. Change the IP address and sub-net mask.
I
II IN000094.ai
I. IP address
II. Sub-net mask
8. Click .
You are returned to the Local Area Connection Properties window.
9. Click .
10. Click [Cancel].
REFERENCE
When a window appears prompting you to restart the system, click
[Yes]. Once the OS has started, the DR-ID 300CL-AP will start up
automatically.
This completes to change the DR-ID 300CL IP address and sub-net
mask.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN6-3
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN6-4
BLANK PAGE
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN7-1
Appendix 7 Uninstalling the AP
This appendix describes the procedures for uninstalling the following
APs:
DR-ID 300CL-AP
SQL Server
Option keys
Console software (Built_inConsole)
FRIS Modules
Synapse Client (Synapse Workstation)
Precise enlargement software
*1
Free layout print software
*1
CAUTION
*1: Uninstall this software only when reinstalling or upgrading a
linking application. No support is provided to only
uninstallation of any linking application.
1. DR-ID 300CL-AP
NOTES
For V4.0 or earlier, items displayed in DR Console Setup Tool
are different.
DXL08070001.ai
2. Enter 5 and press the <Enter> key
3. Select IIP and click Uninstall/Change.
4. Click .
The uninstallation window opens.
NOTES
The message Prepare Installation appears here.
Note that the uninstallation process then starts, and not the
installation process as the message indicates.
Click [OK] if a window like that shown below opens.
00001475.ai
Uninstallation ends in several seconds.
5. Close both the Programs and Features window and the
DR Console Setup Tool main menu window.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN7-2
2. SQL Server
2.1 SQL Server 2005
2. Click .
3. Double-Click .

.
click ,select Stop.
00000485.ai
Tools window.
8. Click .
9. Select Microsoft SQL Server 2005 and
then click Uninstall/Change.
The Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Uninstall window opens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN7-3
10. Select MSSQLSERVER: Database Engine and then click
[Next].
00000486.ai
11. Click Finish.
The installation shield starts running to initiate an SQL Server
uninstallation. After a while, Uninstallation ends. The system then
returns to the Programs and Features window.
12. Close the Programs and Features window and then the All
Control Panel Items window.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN7-4
2.2 SQL Server 2008
2. Click .
3. Double-Click .

.
click , and select Stop.
DXL08050019.ai
Tools window.
8. Click .
9. Select Microsoft SQL Server 2008 and then click .
10. Select Remove.
DXL08050011.ai
DXL08050012.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN7-5
11. Click .
The Select Instance window opens.
DXL08050013.ai
12. Click .
The Select Features window opens.
13. Click .
DXL08050014.ai
Checkmarks will be placed to all the checkboxes.
14. Click .
The Removal Rules window opens.
DXL08050015.ai
15. Click .
The Ready to Remove window opens.
DXL08050016.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN7-6
16. Click .
The uninstallation of SQL Server 2008 starts.
After a while, uninstallation ends.
DXL08050017.ai
17. Click .
DXL08050018.ai
18. Click .
19. Select Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Native Client and then
click [Uninstall/Change].
20. According to the instructions on the window, uninstall
Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Native Client.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN7-7
4. Enter the uninstallation command in the Open (O) box and
click .
D:\optionkeysexecutableflename(xxxxxx.exe)/u
NOTE
In the underlined portion, enter the drive name of the PC.
REFERENCE
To confrm the executable fle name of an option key, you should
directly view the contents of CD from Explorer or the like.
Example: Executable fle names for DX CL DICOM PRINT option
OptionDcmPrint.exe
You can click the button to select the executable
fle for the option key to be uninstalled.
A window opens to indicate that uninstallation is completed.
5. Click .
3. Option Keys
The option key CD is required for uninstalling an option key.
NOTE
When uninstalling an option key, be sure to perform the following
procedure. If, for instance, you directly remove an option key with
Registry Editor or the like, the option name may remain in a user
window although the option function is removed.
1. Insert into the PC the CD for the option key you wish to
uninstall.
2. The installation window opens. Press the
button to close this window.
NOTE
You have to close it manually only when the installation window
opens automatically.
menu.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN7-8
3. Select Built_inConsole and then click Uninstall/Change.
The Application Removal window opens.
4. Click .
The install shield starts running and begins to uninstall.
After a while, the Shared Component window opens.
RI000009.ai
5. Click .
6. Click .
7. Click .
8. Close the Programs and Features window .
4. Console Software (Built_inConsole)
(V4.0 or Earlier)
NOTE
After the console software is uninstalled, be sure to reinstall the console
software.
The DR-ID 300CL-AP does not start running when the console software
is uninstalled.
NOTE
double-click the execution fle (Filename extension: Setup.bat) in
the CD.
DCL41501.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN7-9
5. FRIS Modules
[Applicable only in Japan]
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN7-10
6. Synapse Client
(Synapse Workstation)
NOTES
double-click the execution fle (Filename extension: Setup.bat) in
the Disk.
For V4.0 or earlier, items displayed in DR Console Setup Tool
are different.
DXL08070001.ai
3. Select Synapse and then click .
The WARNING window opens.
4. Click .
The same window opens again.
5. Click .
After a while, the Downloaded Program Files window opens
automatically.
6. Click the symbol at the upper right-corner of the window
to close the Downloaded Program Files window.
7. Restart the PC.
8. If the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts up after the PC restart, click the
upper-right and -left corners of the window once each to
have the Service Utility be displayed. Then shut down the
Service Utility.
9. Open C:\WINDOWS\Download Program Files.
10. Right-click Synapse Medical Imaging Workstation and
select Remove.
RI000229.EPS
RI000230.EPS
11. Click .
12. Close the Downloaded Program Files.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN7-11
7. Precise Enlargement Software
This section describes the procedure used to uninstall the precise
enlargement software.
CAUTIONS
Uninstall the precise enlargement software when it is to be
reinstalled or upgraded.
Uninstallation can only be performed only with the media of the
version same as for the installed software.
IMPORTANT
When uninstalling the precise enlargement software installed in V6.0 or
earlier, be sure to back up the following fle. After reinstalling, write the
backup fle over the fle in DR-ID 300CL.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\Confg\EchoNoteInfoDef.xml
(Result overlay setup information)
1. Perform the following procedure.
For V4.0
I. Insert the precise enlargement software installation CD (Precise
enlargement function (114Y2150118A00)) into the PC.
II. Use Explorer to double-click Setup.exe.
The Install Precise enlargement function screen window
opens.
For V5.0 or later
I. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
The DR Console Setup Tool main menu automatically
opens.
NOTE
DXCL050416002.ai
II. Enter 60 and then press the <Enter> key.
The Install Precise enlargement application screen window
opens.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN7-12
2. Click .
AWS807002.ai
The Welcome to the Precise enlargement function Setup Wizard
window opens.
AWS807003.ai
3. Click .
The Uninstallation Complete window opens.
AWS807004.ai
4. Click .
The system returns to the Install Precise enlargement application
screen window.
5. Click [Exit].
The system returns to the DR Console Setup Tool window.
7. Uninstall the option key.
For details of the uninstallation procedure, see 3. Option
Keys.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN7-13
8. Free Layout Print Software
This section describes the procedure used to uninstall the Free Layout
Print software.
CAUTIONS
Uninstall the Free Layout Print software when it is to be
reinstalled or upgraded.
Uninstallation can only be performed only with the media of the
version same as for the installed software.
NOTE
DXCL050416002.ai
The Install Free Layout Print screen window opens.
3. Click [Free Layout Print].
DXCL040830002.ai
The Welcome to the Free Layout Print Setup Wizard window
opens.
DXCL040807001.ai
4. Click .
The Uninstallation Complete window opens.
DXCL040807002.ai
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN7-14
5. Click .
The system returns to the Install Free Layout Print screen
window.
6. Click [Exit].
The system returns to the DR Console Setup Tool window.
8. Uninstall the option key.
For details of the uninstallation procedure, see 3. Option
Keys.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN7-15
BLANK PAGE
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN7-16
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-1
Appendix 8 Upgrading the AP
1. Upgrading the DR-ID 300CL
Describes the procedures for upgrading the version of DR-ID 300CL-AP.
CAUTION
To upgrade the software from V4.0 or earlier to V5.0 or later,
System migration from V4.0 to V5.0 must be performed.
For details on system migration procedures, see 2. System
Migration to the DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or Later.
IMPORTANT
Before upgrading, check the following.
Check verify that there are no patients reserved for exposure (no
patients are registered in the examination queue window).
Check that no image is left in the QA queue or output queue.
Use the procedures described herein to upgrade the DR-ID 300CL-AP
software version.
Step
Description
(correlating to the subsequent titles
prefxed by the mark)
Upgrade type
V3.0/V3.1
V4.0
V5.0 V6.0
*3 V5.0/V6.0
V6.1
*3
V5.0 to V6.1
V6.2
*3
V5.0 to V6.2
V7.0
*3
1 Uninstalling the linking application *1 Procedure necessary only when connecting
an FDR D-EVO.
*2 Applicable only to FDR AcSelerate.
*3 If AP is upgraded to V6.0 or later, item 302
and 303 of 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION will be
hidden. If you need to change the settings,
change it before upgrading.
*4 Only when Synapse Web Query is used and
the image cannot be viewed.
*5 In case of institutions performing
unstandardized processing and monitor
diagnosis, perform this procedure as
required.
2 Uninstalling the DR-ID 300CL-AP
3 Setting the monitor resolution
4 Removingdatabaseflesandregistries
5 Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP
6
Executingthecorrectingbatchflefor
the automatic study delete function

7 Settings related mammography study
8 Converting image processing parameter
*5
9 Installing the linking application
10 Executingeachtypeofbatchfle
11 Installing correction parameters (V4.0 only)
*1
12
Replacing DR long-view image
processing parameters

*2
13 Uninstalling and reinstalling the Synapse client
*4

*4

*4

*4
14 Setting Service Utility and Other Settings
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-2
Uninstalling the linking application
NOTES
If the linking application is installed, it must be upgraded.
Uninstall the linking application with DR-ID 300CL when it is to be
reinstalled or upgraded. Only uninstalling linking application with DR-
ID 300CL is not supported.
When upgrading, the overlay item setting of the precise enlargement
application is not automatically succeeded. Be sure to back up the
following fle before uninstalling.
-C:\Program Files\Fujiflm\Cooper\Confg\EchoNoteInfoDef.xml
-C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg\BENEOTechniqueConfg.ini
(only V6.2 or earlier)
For details on uninstallation procedure, see Appendix 7
Uninstalling the AP.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN8-3
Uninstalling the DR-ID 300CL-AP
NOTES
For an institution where the actual exposure result data fle output
function and/or mis-exposure comment input function is used,
complete the following steps and then perform uninstallation
processing.
1. Start up the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
2. Click User Utility in the menu ( menu in V4.0 or
earlier).
User Utility mode starts running.
3. Use the exposure result log storage function to save mis-
exposure log or exposure result log.
4. Shut down User Utility mode while holding down the <Shift> key.
User Utility mode starts running.
If exists in the taskbar, select End from the right-click menu.
When upgrading, the AEC conversion fle is not automatically
succeeded. Be sure to back up the following fle in advance to other
media, and overwrite after upgrading.
NOTE
RI000097.ai
2. Type in 5 and press the <Enter> key.
3. Select IIP and click Uninstall/Change.
4. Click .
The software uninstallation window opens.
NOTES
The message Prepare installation appears here at this step.
Note that uninstallation processing then starts, and not installation
processing as the message indicates.
Click [OK] if a window like that shown below opens.
RI000228.ai
Uninstallation processing ends in several seconds.
NOTE
Perform step 6., below, only when upgrading the software from
V3.1.
6. StartupExploreranddeleteC:\ProgramFiles\Fujiflm\IIP\
Confg.bak\ConfgQRFilert.ini.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN8-4
Setting the monitor resolution (skip over this section if
the monitor resolution is not to be changed.)
For Windows Vista
1. Right-click a menu on the desktop to select
Personalization.
2. Click Display Settings.
DCL70422.ai
3. For the Screen resolution setting, select 1280 by 1024
pixels (1600 by 1200 pixels for the 1600 1200 LCD
monitor).
DCL808002.ai
or
4. Click .
The screen resolution changes.
5. Click and close the Display Settings window.
For Windows 7
desktop.
2. From the pull-down menu of Resolution, select the 1280
by 1024 pixels (1600 by 1200 pixels for the 1600 x 1200
LCD monitor).
3. Click .
4. Click .
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN8-5
Removingdatabaseflesandregistries(skipoverthis
section if the monitor resolution is not to be changed.)
1. StartupExplorer.Ifanyofthefollowingflesorfolders
exits, remove it accordingly.
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg.bak\MWMConfg.mdb
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg.bak\MediaListDB.mdb
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\Bmp (Remove the entire
folder.)
menu.
3. Input regedit and click .
DCL70428.ai
The Registry Editor window opens.
4. If the Registry Editor includes any of the following keys,
remove it (remove all values included in the relevant key).
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIP\PatientDB
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIP\ShowItem
DCL70427.ai
5. Click to close the Registry Editor window.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN8-6
Installing the DR-ID 300CL-AP
1. Type in 2 on the DR Console Setup Tool main menu
window and click <Enter>.
RI000097.ai
The installer starts up and the IIP/Welcome to the... window
opens.
00000178.ai
2. Click .
NOTE
For V4.0 or earlier, the IIP - InstallShield Wizard/Setup Type
window opens. Select the monitor type to be used and click
. In addition, when the Setting the monitor
resolution and Removing database fles and registries
sections were skipped over, make sure to select the currently used
monitor resolution, otherwise a problem will occur with the display
performance.
RI000101.ai
The IIP/Ready to Install the Program window opens.
00000180.ai
3. Click .
Installation processing is now complete and the IIP/InstallShield
Wizard Completed window opens.
00000181.ai
4. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-7
Executingthecorrectingbatchflefor
theautomaticstudydeletefunction
2. Startupexplorerandexecute
D:\tools\DeleteReceiveDateAndReceiveTime\
DeleteReceiveDateAndReceiveTime.bat.
Thebatchfleisexecuted,andthefollowingwindowopens.
DXCL070808002.ai
Thesystemreturnstotheexplorer.
4. Closetheexplorer.
5. RemovetheDiskfromthePC.
Settingsrelatedmammographystudy
Adding mammography menu
Fordetailsofthemammographymenuadditionprocedures,see3.
Starting/OperatingtheExtendedParameterConvertToolof
AppendixNExtendedParameterConvertTool(V7.0orLater)in
Registeringthemarkersformammography
2. CopyanymammographymarkersfromtheDR-ID300CL-APDisk
to the PC.
Copysource:Markerfolder(JapaneseorOtherfolder)inthe
D:\Programfles\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmp_deffolder
correspondingtotherequestoftheinstitution.
Copytarget: C:\Programfles\FujiFilm\IIP\MarkerBmpfolder
NOTE
A maximum of 128 markers can be used. The number of markers
stored in the MarkerBmp folder must always be within 128 or less
markers.
3. RegisterthemarkertotheRegMarkerBmp.csvfle.
Fordetailsofregisterthemarkerprocedures,see
4.RegisteringMarkers(V5.0orlater)of
AppendixBCreating/Registering/DeletingMarkersin
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-8
Converting image processing parameter
NOTE
In case of institutions performing unstandardized processing and monitor
diagnosis, the image processing parameters must be converted from
flming to monitoring as required.
For details of the image processing parameter converting
procedures, see 3. Starting/Operating the Extended Parameter
Convert Tool of Appendix N Extended Parameter Convert Tool
(V7.0 or Later) in MU: Maintenance Utility.
Installing the linking application
Execute the upgrading installation for target linking applications.
Precise enlargement application
For details on installation procedures, see Appendix 25 Precise
Enlargement Function under Installation - Appendix (Appx IN).
NOTE
After completing the installation of the precise enlargement application, be
sure to copy the EchoNoteInfoDef.xml fle backed up in Uninstalling
the linkage application to the original folder.
Uninstalling the linking application
Free Layout Print
For details on installation procedures, see Appendix 30 Free
Layout Print under Installation - Appendix (Appx IN).
Executingvariousbatchfles
ExecutethefollowingbatchflesintheDR-ID300CL-APDisk.
NOTES
*1 is to be executed only at the institutions which have anatomical
connection with the Toshiba X-CON and have ported the APR setting
to the As setting.
When the batch fle *1 has been executed already, execution of this
fle is not required.
D:\tools\FirewallSetting.bat
D:\tools\CopyReserveCode1FromMicroAs.bat *
1
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-9
Installing correction parameters (V4.0 only)
NOTE
Install correction parameters only when an FDR D-EVO is to be
connected in V4.0.
NOTE
DXL74008.ai
DXL74009.ai
REFERENCE
By default, 1) Builtin is installed on the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
DXL74010.ai
screen.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-10
Replacing DR long-view image processing parameters
[Applicable only to FDR AcSelerate]
1. Insert into the PC, media that stores image processing
parameters to be replaced.
2. Start running Explorer and open C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
IIP\Param\Sfpd.
3. Selectareplacementflethatisappropriateforthehospital
environmentandthenoverwrite/copytheflecontentsonto
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Param\Sfpd.
Listofflestargetedforcopying
Languages Parameter types Image processing (FNC) ON/OFF Files targeted for copying
1
Other
(other than
Japanese, and
English (U.S.))
Forflm
FNC : OFF
Root\Other\Film\Common\*
Root\Other\Film\SELECTPRM\FNCOFF\Hp.prm
2 FNC : ON
Root\Other\Film\Common\*
Root\Other\Film\SELECTPRM\FNCON\Hp.prm
3
For monitor
FNC : OFF
Root\Other\Monitor\Common\*
Root\Other\Monitor\SELECTPRM\FNCOFF\Hp.prm
4 FNC : ON
Root\Other\Monitor\Common\*
Root\Other\Monitor\SELECTPRM\FNCON\Hp.prm
5
USA
Forflm
FNC : OFF
Root\USA\Film\Common\*
Root\USA\Film\SELECTPRM\FNCOFF\Hp.prm
6 FNC : ON
Root\USA\Film\Common\*
Root\USA\Film\SELECTPRM\FNCON\Hp.prm
7
For monitor
FNC : OFF
Root\USA\Monitor\Common\*
Root\USA\Monitor\SELECTPRM\FNCOFF\Hp.prm
8 FNC : ON
Root\USA\Monitor\Common\*
Root\USA\Monitor\SELECTPRM\FNCON\*
9
Japanese
Forflm
FNC : OFF
Root\Japanese\Film\Common\*
Root\Japanese\Film\SELECTPRM\FNCOFF\Hp.prm
10 FNC : ON
Root\Japanese\Film\Common\*
Root\Japanese\Film\SELECTPRM\FNCON\Hp.prm
11
For monitor
FNC : OFF
Root\Japanese\Monitor\Common\*
Root\Japanese\Monitor\SELECTPRM\FNCOFF\Hp.prm
12 FNC : ON
Root\Japanese\Monitor\Common\*
Root\Japanese\Monitor\SELECTPRM\FNCON\Hp.prm
Root\(language)\Film\Common\*includesthefollowingfles.
Hipmenu.prm HipMnrl.prm
Hipop.prm Hpg.prm
4. Shut down Explorer.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-11
Uninstalling and reinstalling the Synapse client
NOTE
Only when GetPixels failed with error: CDicomImgSrc::GetPixels...Fail
ed to process image is displayed and images cannot be displayed
while using Synapse Web Query, uninstall and reinstall the Synapse
client.
For uninstallation/reinstallation procedure of the Synapse client,
see Synapse Operation Manual.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-12
Setting Service Utility and other settings
NOTE
After completing software version upgrade, set up the Service Utility
and perform necessary checks, as appropriate.
Setting the System Information
1. Start up the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility.
For how to start up the Service Utility, see 1. Starting/Exiting
2. Click[SetupConfgurationItem]ontheIIPServiceUtility
window.
DXCL040808001.ai
3. On the window that opens, click the mark to the left of
.
4. Click .
Setup data of the DR-ID 300CL system information is displayed in
the pane right of the window.
00000248.EPS
5. Perform setting according to the
connected monitor.
10.4 touch panel LCD monitor : 206
17 touch panel LCD monitor : 264
2M color LCD monitor : 270
6. For V5.0 or later, perform the setting of 300 Monitor1
Resolution Setting according to the connected monitor.
10.4 touch panel LCD monitor : 0: 1024 x 768
17 touch panel LCD monitor : 1: 1280 x 1024
2M color LCD monitor : 2: 1600 x 1200
7. Perform settings of other system information items as
necessary.
saved.
9. Click .
10.FromtheConfgmenu,chooseClose.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-13
LUT setting
1. Click [LUT] on the IIP Service Utility window.
DXCL040808002.ai
For V6.2 or earlier
DXCL070404001.ai
For V7.0 or later
DXCL070404002.ai
2. Select the monitor type to be used and click [OK].
Linear (linear gradation) LUT : Linear LUT
17 touch panel LCD monitor : nanao L560T-C
2M color LCD monitor : nanao Radiforce RX210/
nanao Radiforce RX211/
nanao Radiforce RX220/
nanao Radiforce RX240
NOTE
REFERENCE
comparing the fle contents when the fle is opened from a notepad.
The LUT fle settable in DR-ID 300CL
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-14
Selector setting
1. Click [Selector Setting] on the IIP Service Utility window.
DXCL040808003.ai
2. Perform selector setting as necessary.
For details on how to set up the selector, see 12. Setting the
SelectorsSelectorSettingunderMU:Maintenance
Utility.
3. Click .
Editing the README text of PDI function
When the PDI function is used, perform the following procedures.
1. From the menu, enter
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\PDIMaster\README.txt
in the Start search area and press the <Enter> key.
DXCL040829008.ai
TheREADME.txtfleopens.
2. Perform the following procedure as necessary.
DXCL050808001.ai
I.
II.
I. Edit contents of 2. Facility at which the disk was created in
accordance with the information of the institution.
II. Modify the software version in "3. Application with which the
disk was created" in accordance with the actual software
version.
3. SavetheeditedcontentsandclosetheREADME.txtfle.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-15
2. System Migration to
the DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or Later
NOTE
Hereinafter, the PC to which the Console to be migrated is installed is
described as Migration source PC, and the PC to which the DR-ID
300CL V5.0 or later is to be installed (or already installed) is described
as Migration destination PC.
This section describes the procedures for migrating the target Console
to the DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or later.
The following Consoles can be migrated.
DR-ID 300CL : V4.0
CR-IR 348CL : V8.0 - V8.3
IMPORTANT
The system migration from CR-IR 348CL can be performed only when
the migration source PC and migration destination PC are different.
Before migrating the system, check the following.
- Check that there are no patients reserved for exposure (no
patients are registered in the examination queue window).
- Check that no image is left in the QA queue or output queue.
Step
Description
prefxedbythe mark)
Operation
target
System migration procedures
System
migration
pattern:
When the migration
source PC and migration
destination PC are same
When the migration source
PC and migration
destination PC are different
When DR-ID 300CL V7.0 or
later has been installed on the
migration destination PC
*1
Target
console:
DR-ID 300CL DR-ID 300CL CR-IR 348CL
1 Converting and backing up the setup data
Migration
source PC

*1 The system is
migrated directly to
DR-ID 300CL V7.0 or
later.
2
Setting up the migration destination PC
(When the migration source PC and
migration destination PC are same)
Migration
destination PC

3
(When the migration source PC and
migration destination PC are different)
Migration
destination PC

4
Installing and setting up
the DR-ID 300CL V5.0
Migration
destination PC

5 Setting up the Service Utility
Migration
destination PC

6 Transferring the exposure menu data
Migration
destination PC

010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-16
Converting and backing up the setup data
On the migration source PC, convert and back up the setup data.
NOTE
When the migration source PC and migration destination PC are
different and the Console of migration source is to be continuously
used, back up the current settings in User Utility before perming
Creating the user parameter fles.
Creatingtheuserparameterfles
The Console opening window opens.
In about two minutes, the registration window opens.
2. Click User Utility from the menu or
the menu.
Main Menu window opens.
00000090.eps
3. Click .
Menu Setting window opens.
4. Select an arbitrary menu from Exposure/Study Menu on
the right side of the window, and click .
Exposure Menu Setting window opens.
When the migration source PC is DR-ID 300CL
I. Select [Setting for DR] and click [Image Processing Parameter
Setting].
II. Change the Image Position setting and click .
The system returns to the Exposure Menu Setting window.
III. Select [Setting for CR] and click [Image Processing Parameter
Setting].
IV. Change the Image Position setting and click .
When the migration source PC is CR-IR 348CL
I. Select [Setting for CR] and click [Image Processing Parameter
Setting].
II. Change the Image Position setting and click .
6. Click .
The image processing parameter is created, and the system
returns to the Menu Setting window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-17
7. Click .
8. Click .
The User Utility terminates, and the system returns to the
registration window.
9. Click Shut Down from the menu or
the menu.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-18
Deleting the MEDIA attribute
NOTE
Delete the MEDIA attribute only when DICOM Media Storage is used.
1. Start the Console Service Utility.
For details on the startup procedure see 1. Starting/Exiting
2. ClickSetupConfgurationItem.
DCL804001.eps
3. Select NETWORK CONFIG THIS HOST(IIP) MEDIA
and click .
MEDIA setting is deleted.
saved.
5. Click .
7. Click [Exit Service Utility] .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-19
Deleting the connection settings for
CR built-in exposure device other than VELOCITY (CR-IR 348CL only)
1. Start the CR-IR 348CL Service Utility.
For the Service Utility startup procedure, see CR-IR 348CL
Service Manual.
DXCL040829003.ai
3. Select NETWORK CONFIG ALL OTHER NODES and
delete the connection settings for CR built-in exposure
device other than VELOCITY.
4. Select CONNECTING EQUIPMENT and delete the
connection settings for CR built-in exposure device other
than VELOCITY.
saved.
6. Click .
9. ConfrmalltabsanddeletethesettingsforCRbuilt-in
exposure device other than VELOCITY.
10. Click .
11. Click [Exit Service Utility] .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-20
Backing up the exposure menu data
1. Copythefollowingfles,whicharerequiredforconverting
the exposure menu data, to the environment (service PC
etc.) where the Menu Import Export Tool is executed.
MenuDate.mdb
XconParam.mdb
Backing up the setup data
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk V6.0 into the PC.
2. Start running Explorer and open D:\tools\SystemConvertTool\
Backup.
3. Insert the storage media (USB memory, etc.) to back up the
settingflesintothePC.
4. Create an arbitrary folder in the storage media.
5. Dragthefoldercreatedinstep4ontothefollowingfle
located in D:\tools\SystemConvertTool\Backup folder.
When the migration source PC is DR-ID 300CL :
BackupDXV4.bat
When the migration source PC is CR-IR 348CL :
BackupCRV8.bat
Consolesettingflesareconvertedandsavedinthefolder.
6. Close all the open windows, and remove the DR-ID 300CL-
AP Disk and the storage media from PC.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-21
(When the migration source PC and migration
destination PC are same)
Prior conditions
When DR-ID 300CL V4.0 is installed in the migration destination PC,
perform the settings according to Procedures.
When DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or later is installed in the migration
destination PC, refer to Setting up the migration destination PC
(When the migration source PC and migration destination PC are
different) to set up.
Setting up the migration destination PC (When the
migration source PC and migration destination PC are
different)
Procedures
After uninstalling all applications in the migration destination PC (same
with the migration source PC), set up each module for installing DR-ID
300CL V5.0.
1. Insert the latest version DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
2. Start running Explorer and open D:\tools\SystemConvertTool\
Backup.
3. Double-click Initialize.bat.
The image database and other databases in migration source PC
are initialized.
5. Select All Programs Accessories from the
menu. Delete the following applications if they exist.
IIPDispDateTime.exe
CheckPCData
DR-Console
Launchersoft
PDFPassWordInput
FCR
6. If the following applications exist, uninstall them.
IIPDispDateTime.exe
Precise Enlargement Software
IIP
Built_in Console
Risiip
Microsoft SQL Server 2005
IIPDispRaidStatus
Microsoft SQL Server Native Client
For details of uninstalling procedures of each application, see
Appendix 7 Uninstalling the AP.
NOTES
If you are request to restart the PC after uninstalling IIP, restart
the PC.
If some windows appear while uninstalling Built_in Console and
Risiip, click [Keep].
Perform the uninstallation of IIPDispRaidStatus from Program
and Features window. In addition, perform the uninstallation
according to the window instruction.
7. Delete the [DX-Console]/[FCR] shortcut on the desktop.
8. Restart the PC.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-22
DXL03020046.ai
NOTE
10. Delete the following folders.
Delete all folders located in C:\Program Files\FujiFilm folder
other than FCR folder and SFPD folder.
C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server folder
11. Select All Programs Accessories Run from
the menu.
12.EnterregeditintheNamefeld,andclick[OK].
13. Delete the following registry keys.
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIP
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLSERVER
14. Restart the PC.
DXL03020046.ai
NOTE
NOTE
17. Install the following modules.
.NET Farmework3.5 SP1
Windows Installer4.5
SQL Server 2008 SP1
For details on installation procedures of each module, see 4.2
For Software V5.0 or Later in MC: Inspection, Replacement
and Adjustment.
19. Remove the Disk from the PC
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-23
(When the migration source PC and migration
destination PC are different)
Prior conditions
see Setting up the migration destination PC (When the migration
source PC and migration destination PC are same) to set up.
Setting up the migration destination PC (When the
migration source PC and migration destination PC are same)
perform step 1 and step 2 of this section, and then skip to the step 6
under Installing and setting up the DR-ID 300CL.
In case of the system migration from CR-IR 348CL when DR-ID
300CL V7.0 or later is installed on the migration destination PC, do
not perform the procedures in this section, and skip to step 6 of
Installing and setting up the DR-ID 300CL.
If the above does not apply, perform setting according to Procedures.
Procedures
After uninstalling all applications in the migration destination PC
(different with the migration source PC), set up each module for
installing DR-ID 300CL V5.0.
1. Power on the PC, and start the Service Utility of DR-ID 300CL.
For details on the startup procedure, see 1. Starting/Exiting
2. Initialize the image database, image output queue, and
patient database.
For details on initializing procedures of each database, see 9.
Management of Various Databases DataBase Utility in MU:
3. Uninstall the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
For details of uninstalling procedures of DR-ID 300CL-AP, see
Appendix 7 Uninstalling the AP.
4. Delete the C\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP folder.
5. Select All Programs Accessories Run from
the menu.
6. EnterregeditintheNamefeld,andclick[OK].
7. Delete HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIP.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-24
Installing and setting up the DR-ID 300CL
InstallDR-ID300CL,andapplythebackedup/convertedsettingflesin
migration source PC to DR-ID 300CL.
Prior conditions
In case of the system migration from CR-IR 348CL when DR-ID
300CL V7.0 or later is installed on the migration destination PC, skip
to step 6 of the procedures.
Procedures
NOTE
2. Install DR-ID 300CL-AP and FRIS Module.
For details on installation procedures of DR-ID 300CL-AP, see
5.1 Installing the AP in MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment.
For details on installation procedures of FRIS Module, see 6.2
FRIS Modules in MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment.
4. Install the following softwares as necessary.
Precise Enlargement Software
For the installation of Precise Enlargement Software, see
Appendix 25 Precise Enlargement Function.
Standard Kit
If DR-ID 300CL V4.0 is installed in
the migration destination PC.
I. Insert the latest version DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
II. Open the D:\tools folder from explorer and double-click the
followingfles.
VerUpReg.reg
FirewallSetting.bat
III. Remove the Disk from the PC.
If DR-ID 300CL V5.0 or later is installed in
the migration destination PC.
I. Install Standard Kit.
For the Standard Kit installation procedure, see 7.2
Installing the DR-ID 300CL Standard Kit (V5.0 or Later) under
Option Key
For the Option Key installation procedure, see 9. Option Key
Installation under MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment.
AP Key
For the AP Key installation procedure, see 10. AP Key
Installation under MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-25
5. If the Console is to be used as V5.0,
apply HF0020 (Base: V5.0) to HF4000 (Base: V5.0).
6. Insert the storage media, in which the backed up setting
flesofmigrationsourcePCaresaved.
7. Insert the latest version DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
8. Dragthefolderthatcontainsthebackedupsettingflesof
migrationsourcePCtothefollowingbatchfle.
If the system of migration source PC is DR-ID 300CL
D:\tools\SystemConvertTool\Restore\RestoreDXV4.bat
If the system of migration source PC is CR-IR 348CL
D:\tools\SystemConvertTool\Restore\RestoreCRV8.bat
NOTE
If the transferred maker fle is not named with one-byte alphameric
characters, the marker fle will not be recognized. In this case,
change the fle name with one-byte alphameric characters, and
modify the RegMarkerBmp.csv fle as well.
If the fle name is changed, auto-maker will not be transferred.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-26
Setting Up the Service Utility
Set up the Service Utility as necessary.
For the Service Utility startup procedure, see 1. Starting/
Exiting the Service Utility in MU: Maintenance Utility.
DCL804001.eps
3. If the migration destination PC and migration source PC are
different, change the Host Name and IP Address of migration
source PC displayed in NETWORK CONFIG ALL
OTHER NODE to the ones of migration destination PC.
REFERENCE
Perform the step 3 and restart the Service Utility. Then, the settings
are refected to THISHOST(IIP).
4. If the settings related to DICOM Storage in NETWORK
CONFIG ALL OTHER NODE fall under the followings,
set LUT Operation of connection settings to Unable to
apply LUT Operation.
Abstract Syntax Role
CR Image Storage SCP
DX Image Storage For Presentation SCP
Private CR Storage SCP
5. Set Attribute to FILE in the settings related to DICOM
Storage in NETWORK CONFIG ALL OTHER NODE.
6. In CONNECTING EQUIPMENT, if the setting of Function
item is OD_FILE/HD_FILE, set it to FILE.
7. Set up DICOM Media Storage as necessary.
For the settings of DICOM Media Storage, see Appendix 20
Removable Media : DICOM Media Storage.
saved.
9. Click .
10.FromtheConfg(F)menu,chooseClose.
12.ChangetheflenameAE-lut.lutto(SCPAEname).lutas
necessary.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-27
Transferring the exposure menu data
Use Menu Import Export Tool to transfer the exposure menu data.
OnlyMenuData.mdbandXconParam.mdbneedtobemodifed,but
DisplayData.mdb and Selector.mdb need to have consistency.
Therefore,4flesneedtobecopiedasawhole.Thenmodifythemwith
Menu Import Export Tool. At last, copy them to Migration destination
PC.
For details on Menu Import Export Tool, see 17. Menu Import
Export Tool in MU: Maintenance Utility.
NOTE
Do not start User Utility before transferring the exposure menu data.
Otherwise, an error will occur.
1. CopythefollowingflesinmigrationdestinationPCtothe
environment to run Menu Import Export Tool (such as
service PC).
NOTE
Copy the fles to a location different from the location where fles
have been copied according to Backing up the exposure menu
data.
Backing up the exposure menu data
MenuData.mdb
XconParam.mdb
DisplayData.mdb
Selector.mdb
2. Export the data copied in Backing up the exposure menu
data with Menu Import Export Tool.
3. ModifytheExcelfleexportedinstep2asnecessary.
4. ImportthemodifedExcelfleinstep3tothedatacopiedin
step 1 with Menu Import Export Tool.
5. Copythefollowingimportedflesinstep4tomigration
destination PC.
MenuData.mdb
XconParam.mdb
DisplayData.mdb
Selector.mdb
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-28
3. Upgrading the PPU-AP
Describes the procedures for upgrading the version of PPU-AP.
Use the procedures described herein to upgrade the PPU-AP software
version.
Step
Description
prefxedbythe mark)
Upgrade type
V1.0/V1.1 V1.2
1 Installing the PPU-AP
2 Checking the version to be installed
Installing the PPU-AP
1. Remove the monitor connected to the PC main unit of DR-ID
300CL, and reconnect it to the PPU-PC.
2. Insert the DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software Disk into
the PPU-PC.
The PPU Setup Tool main menu automatically opens.
NOTE
After the installation is completed, the PPU Application installation
completed. message appears, and the system returns to the PPU
The PPU Setup Tool shuts down and the system returns to the
desktop.
5. Remove the Disk from the PPU-PC.
6. Restart the PPU-PC.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-29
Checking the version to be installed
1. Right-click the taskbar, and select Task Manager.
2. Check to see that the following processes are displayed.
PPUManageProcessFrame.exe
PPUMainProcess32.exe *32
PPUMainProcess.exe
3. Open the C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\PPU folder.
4. Opentheversion.iniflewithNotepad(Notepad.exe).
5. Check to see that the PPUVersion is the same as the
installed version.
6. Close the Notepad and turn OFF the PPU-PC power.
7. Remove the monitor connected to the PPU-PC, and
reconnect it to the PC main unit of DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-30
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-31
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN8-32
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN9-1
Appendix 9 Setup for Security
Enhancement
To provide DR-ID 300CL security enhancement, complete the following
three setup procedures.
Replacing the default password with a new password
Changing the setup so that the computer prompts for password input
at logon
Defningtheminimumcharactercountforthepassword
NOTE
Settings performed for password change and prompt for password input
at login will not start up the DR-ID 300CL automatically. To have it start
up automatically, it is necessary to input the user name and the
password on the Windows initial screen.
Replacing the default password with a new password
1. Simultaneously press the [Ctrl], [Alt], and [Delete] keys.
The Windows Security window opens.
2. Click the [Change Password...] button.
DCL8A008.ai
The Change Password window opens.
3. From the Change Password window, perform the following
setup steps.
I
II
III
DCL8A005.ai
I. Enter the currently used password (fcr-iip by default).
II. Enter a new password consisting of no more than seven
characters.
III. Enterthenewpasswordagainforconfrmation.
4. Click .
Your password has been changed. is displayed.
5. Click [OK].
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN9-2
Changing the setup so that the computer prompts for
password input at logon
1. Perform the following procedure.
For Windows Vista
I. From the menu, enter the control userpassword2 in
theStartSearchfeldandpressthe<Enter>key.
DCL8A006.ai
For Windows 7
I. Select All Programs, Accessories and Run... from the
menu.
II. Input control userpasswords2 and click [OK]
DXL08090002.ai
2. Place a checkmark to Users must enter a user name and
password to use this computer. ( ).
DCL8A007.ai
3. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN9-3
Defningtheminimumcharactercountforthepassword
1. Open Control Panel. Click and
then double-click .
The Local Security Settings window opens.
DCL8A003.ai
2. Click the mark for and then click
.
The right-hand pane shows the password policy settings.
3. Double-click .
The Local Security Policy Setting window opens.
4. Set the number of password characters to 7.
DCL8A004.ai
5. Click .
The system returns to the Local Security Settings window.
6. Close the Local Security Settings window.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN9-4
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN10-1
Appendix 10 DICOM CR Storage
Described herein is the procedure for transferring the following images
from the DR-ID 300CL to other connected equipment using the DICOM
CR Storage function.
Processed images
Unprocessed images, assigned with image parameters
u NOTE u
An equipment unit to which images are transferred is referred to
hereinafter simply as other connected equipment.
Prior to setup
DR-ID 300CL requirements
The DR-ID 300CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Requirements of other connected equipment
Other connected equipment must have been set up accordingly.
The DICOM CR Storage (SCP) Service Class must be supported.
ConnectiontotheDR-ID300CLmustbeestablishedandconfrmed
properly.
Equipmentofconfrmedconnectivity:SynapseV3.1.0orlater
Connection/setup example
DR-ID 300CL
FPD
DICOM CR Storage
TCP/IP
Other connected
equipment
(Other maker's equipment)
Cassette-type
Image Reader
DCL811001.ai
HOST name : fcr-csl*
IP address : 172.16.1.20*
AE name (User) : CL-SCU*
Service Class : CR Image Storage
Transfer Syntax : Implicit VR Little Endian*
HOST name : Other01
IP address : 172.16.1.30*
AE name (Provider) : Other01-SCP*
Port number : 5001*
Service Class : CR Image Storage
Setup example of
other connected equipment
Items marked with
*
constitute setup examples, which need be
changed depending on the equipment or network environment.
DR-ID 300CL
setup example
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN10-2
Overalloperationfow
Use a network cable to connect the DR-ID
300CL to other connected equipment.
Make setups for inputting/outputting
images via DICOM.
Setup of information (AE name, device
attribute, Service Class, etc.) on this
equipment
Registration of information (AE name,
device attribute, port number, Service
Class, handling of HQ images, etc.) on
Make the following setups as required.
Setup for automatic image distribution
code
(Only HD attribute for V4.0 or earlier)
Setup for CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
(OD attribute only)
Setup for UID issuance
Setup for name elements
Make sure that images can be transferred
from the DR-ID 300CL to other connected
equipment.
Backuptheconfgurationfle.
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3. Connection
Checkout
4. Setup File
Backup
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN10-3
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the DR-ID 300CL to other connected equipment via network as
illustrated below.
FPD
TCP/IP
1000BASE-T cable
00000044.ai
Other connected
equipment
DR-ID 300CL
Cassette-type
Image Reader
u NOTES u
Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the
DR-ID 300CL and other connected equipment.
The cable type applicable to the DR-ID 300CL is the IEC950/UL1950-
compliant UTP cable of enhanced category 5 or higher.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN10-4
2. Software Setup
Set up software for the DR-ID 300CL and other connected equipment.
Set up the items shown in gray as required. Be sure to set up all other
items.
Tasks done on
the DR-ID 300CL
2.1 DR-ID 300CL Software Setup
2.1.2 Setup for the Study Modality
2.1.3 Setup of Information on This
Equipment for the DICOM CR
Storage Function
2.1.4 Registration of Information on Other
Connected Equipment for the DICOM
CR Storage Function
(DISTRIBUTION CODE)
2.1.6 Setup for CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
2.1.7 Settings for UID Issuance
2.1.8 Changing the Name Elements
2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction Setup
2.1.10 Service Utility Shutdown
2.2 Software Setup on Other Connected
Equipment
Tasks done on
other connected
equipment
1. Turn ON the DR-ID 300CL power.
Windows starts up and then the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts running in
about one minute.
REFERENCE
If the AP or Windows is already running, start the Service Utility as
directed under REFERENCE in step 2. below.
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
DXL41001.ai
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN10-5
REFERENCE
steps to start the Service Utility.
2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
window.
Utility and click .
opens.
DXCL040810001.ai
1. Click[SetupConfgurationItem]oftheIIPServiceUtility
window.
DXCL040704003.ai
00000091.EPS
2. Click the mark within the feldonthe
SetupConfgurationItemwindow.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN10-6
3. Click
Information on the setup data for the DR-ID 300CL system
appears on the right-side of the window.
00000248.EPS
4. Set 1:CR for .
saved.
6. Click .
2.1.3 Setup of Information on This Equipment for the
DICOM CR Storage Function
Make settings for the following information items of this equipment.
Host name and IP address of this equipment
AE name (Application Entity Name) of this equipment
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax, device attribute (Attribute)
Other (timeout settings, etc.)
1. Click the mark within the feldon
the Setup Configuration Item window.
3. Make sure that the DR-ID 300CL host name and IP address
are displayed.
00000092.ai
DR-ID 300CL
IP address
DR-ID 300CL
host name
u NOTE u
The IP address will not be displayed properly unless the
DR-ID 300CL is connected to a network.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN10-7
4. Make sure that DICOM is selected and click .
00000093.ai
00000094.EPS
5. Enter the AE name that is the SCU for the DR-ID 300CL (e.g.:
CL-SCU) in the feld.
u NOTE u
There is no need to set the port number in .
When selecting SCU as the Role, the set port number will be
disregarded even if it is set.
6. Click .
The DICOMSetup window opens.
00000443.EPS
7. Click downward arrow in the
feldtoselectaService
Class (e.g.: CR Image Storage).
CR Image Storage
Private CR Storage
REFERENCES
If CR Image Storage or Private CR Storage is selected, items
that need not be set will be hidden on the DICOM Setup window.
Verifcation is the Service Class used to verify connection
between DICOM equipment units. For verifying connection,
Verifcation must be selected.
For details of verifcation of connection, see 7. Verifying
the Connection to Other Connected Equipment Verify
Connection in MU: Maintenance Utility.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN10-8
8. To set up the AE that is the User, select (SCU) for the
Role.
REFERENCES
If SCU is selected, items that need not be set will be hidden on
the DICOM Setup window.
For DICOM SCU settings on this equipment (THIS HOST (IIP)),
two or more Service Class settings (e.g., CR Image Storage,
DICOM Print, and other) can be selected for a single Application
Entity. Moreover, two or more Transfer Syntax settings (e.g.,
JPEGLossless, ImplicitVRLittleEndian, and other) can be selected
for a single Service Class.
feldtoselectthe
Transfer Syntax (e.g.: ImplicitVRLittleEndian).
Service Class
Transfer Syntax Supported (Selected)
ImplicitVR
LittleEndian
ExplicitVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
CR Image Storage
Private CR Storage
Verifcation
u NOTE u
When the DICOM QR function is used, an error may result if
ImplicitVRLittleEndian is set up. For this reason, make sure to set
up ExplicitVRLittleEndian or JPEGLossless.
10. Set the DICOM inter-message timeout value
as necessary.
REFERENCE
It is not necessary to check .
Even if checked, it will be disregarded if the Role set in step 9.
above is the SCU.
feldtoselectOTHERforthedeviceattribute.
u NOTE u
To set the SCU AE on the DR-ID 300CL, select OTHER for the
device attribute for the time being.
12. Click .
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN10-9
13. Click .
REFERENCES
Items just have been set will appear on the right-side area of the
Setup Confguration Item window. A displayed item can be
changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.
If the key is clicked, currently selected items are
deleted.
AE name of this equipment
00000096.EPS
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax and device
attribute (Attribute)

saved.
15. Click .
2.1.4 Registration of Information on Other Connected
Equipment for the DICOM CR Storage Function
Register the following information items of other connected equipment.
Host name and IP address of other connected equipment
AE name (Application Entity Name) and port number of other
connected equipment
Setups for gradation correction
Other (usage of two-byte characters, annotation character setting,
etc.)
1. Select oftheSetupConfguration
Item window and click .
Enter the Host name (e.g.: Other01) in the
feld.
Enter the IP address (e.g.: 172.16.1.30) in the
feld.
Select DICOM.
Select DICOM.
00000097.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN10-10
3. Click .
The Application Entity List window opens for setup of information
on other connected equipment.
00000098.EPS
Enter the AE name of other connected equipment
(e.g.: Other01-SCP) in the
feld.
u NOTES u
Never fail to enter the SCP AE name.
Be sure to enter the upper- or lower-case characters correctly.
Enter the Port number of other connected equipment (e.g.: 5001)
in the feld.
5. Click .
00000443.EPS
6. Click downward arrow mark in the
feldtoselectaService
Class (e.g.: CR Image Storage).
CR Image Storage
Private CR Storage
u NOTE u
Do not select two or more Service Class settings for a single
Application Entity (e.g., CR Image Storage and Private CR
Storage). Further, do not select two or more Transfer Syntax
settings for a single Service Class (e.g., JPEG Lossless and
Implicit VR Little Endian).
Even if you select two or more settings, only the frst one takes
effect.
Also, in V5.0 or later, an error will occur in distribution setting for
QA.
REFERENCE
If CR Image Storage is selected, items that need not be set will
be hidden on the DICOM Setup window.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN10-11
7. Because the AE of other connected equipment is the
Provider, make sure that (SCP) is selected for the
Role.
feldtoselectTransfer
Syntax (e.g.: ImplicitVRLittleEndian).
Service Class
ImplicitVR
LittleEndian
ExplicitVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
CR Image Storage
Private CR Storage
Verifcation
u NOTES u
Be sure to select a Transfer Syntax selected for this equipment.
9. Change the following settings as required.
Setting of
ST : Select if other connected equipment cannot receive
HQ images.
ST & HQ : Select if other connected equipment can receive HQ
images. (Basically select this setting.)
ST & HQ & SH : Select if other connected equipment can receive
20 lines/mm images.
10. Make the following setting as required.
Setting of
ST : Select when transferring standard images.
HQ/SH : Select when transferring HQ images or 20 lines/mm
images.
11. To handle two-byte characters, check the box
( to ).
REFERENCE
needs not be checked. Even if checked, it will be
disregarded.
feldtoandselectFILE(HD_FILEinV4.0orearlier).
13. Make setups for gradation correction as required.
DXL08100001.ai
For setup details, see 2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction
Setup.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN10-12
14. Change the following setting as required.
Yes : To transfer annotation-embedded images.
No : To transfer images not embedded with annotation.
15. For V5.0 or later, perform the following setting as required.
Yes : Perform the standardization process using the window conditions.
No : Do not perform the standardization process using
the window conditions.
16. If Yes is selected in step 15, specify the gradation bit
number in the standardization process.
10 : Select to perform the standardization process in 10 bit.
17. For V5.0 or later, select Apply mask processing to the
image in the Mask Processing.
DXCL050810001.ai
18. Click .
19. Click .
saved.
21. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN10-13
(DISTRIBUTION CODE)
For an automatic image distribution to equipment of FILE attribute
(HD_FILE attribute in V4.0 or earlier), set up DISTRIBUTION CODE.
u NOTE u
For an automatic image distribution processing, be sure to change to
Yes ahead of time the setting (item 3 of SYSTEM CONFIG
5.CSL/IDT FUNCTION) under Enable Distribution Code Setup of the
Service Utility function.
For an automatic distribution to equipment of FILE attribute (OD_
FILE attribute in V4.0 or earlier), perform the procedure described
in 2.1.6 Setup for CONNECTING EQUIPMENT.
1. Click oftheSetupConfguration
Item window.
A list of destination equipment for automatic image distribution
appears on the right-side area of the window.
00000247.EPS
2. Click .
The Distribution Code window opens.
Enter an 8-digit distribution code (e.g.: 12345678) in
.
Click downward arrow of
to select equipments AE name (e.g.: Other01-SCP).
4. Click .
saved.
6. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN10-14
Use the procedure below if the UID issuance method needs to be
changeddependingonthespecifcationsofotherconnectedequipment
which the image is transferred to.
For default settings, see Table: List of UID settings.
1. Click the mark of of the Setup
2. Click .
The content of the setup items for the DR-ID 300CL system
information appears on the right-side area of the window.
00000248.EPS
To automatically transfer images to the FILE (OD_FILE in V4.0 or
earlier), set up CONNECTING EQUIPMENT as directed below.
1. Click on the Setup
A list of registered equipment units appears on the right side of the
window.
2. Click .
The CONNECTING EQUIPMENT window opens.
Click the downward arrow within and
select FILE (OD_FILE in V4.0 or earlier).
Click the downward arrow within
and select equipment's AE name.
4. Click .
YouarereturnedtotheSetupConfgurationItemwindow.
Awindowopenspromptingyoutoconfrmthesetupdata.
6. Click .
The setup data will then be saved.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN10-15
No Name Selection Meaning
39 UID Issuance
about a function
(except Image
Processing) to
change to the
image
themselves
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
Does not issue a new UID.
Whether or not to issue a new
image UID or SOP Instance
UID when the shuttering
processing condition is
modifedontheDR-ID300CL.
45 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Trimming
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
UID when trimming information
ismodifed.
46 UID Issuance
after Modifying
FNC Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
UID when an FNC parameter
ismodifed.
57 UID Issuance
afterModifying
CRF Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
Whether or not to issue an
image UID and
SOPInstanceUID when the
CRF parameter (sharpness
processing parameter) is
modifed.
: Default setting
saved.
5. Click .
3. MakeconfgurationsettingsasfollowsforUIDissuance.
Table List of UID settings (IMAGE MODALITY)
9 UID Issuance
after Modifying
ID Information
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
UID when any ID information is
10 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Normalized
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
image UID or SOP Instance UID
when image normalization
conditionsaremodifedonthe
DR-ID 300CL.
11 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Image
Processing
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
when image processing
DR-ID 300CL.
12 UID Issuance
Before Sending
Processed Data
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
output an SOP Instance UID as
the processed CR image UID
when generating processed
image output on the DR-ID
300CL.
13 DICOM Series
Generation
Logic
0: 1 Study - N series and 1
Series - 1 image
Issues a number so that it has
multiple series for one study
and only one image for one
series.
0: 1 Study - N series
and 1 Series - M image
and multiple images for one
series.
0: 1 Study - 1 series and 1
Series - N image
only one series for one study
series.
Setup of Series Instance UID
issuance logic.
See
3.4Confguration
Details 1. IMAGE
MODALITY under
MU: Maintenance
Utility.
: Default setting
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN10-16
The display gradation correction setup procedure is performed to
provide images with reasonable appearance when they are displayed
on the DICOM viewer. The data entered by performing this procedure
works when the DR-ID 300CL transmits images to the DICOM viewer.
ThissectionexplainsabouttheLUTflehandlingandServiceUtility
setup procedures to be performed for gradation correction purposes.
HandlingtheLUTfle
For V4.0 or earlier
Copya16bitLUTfle
*1
toaspecifedfolderontheDR-ID300CLand
thenchangetheflenameaccordingly.
Copy destination : C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut folder
Filename : SCP AE name+.lut (e.g., ViewerA.lut)
*1 mono_PL300_LL_16.lut and mono_PL400_LL_16.lut are available
for 300 candelas and 400 candelas of maximum monitor luminance,
respectively.
For V5.0 or later
As PL_LL has been already corrected, the LUT correction is not
required.
See 3.12 Setting the Name Elements for DICOM Connection
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN10-17
Setup procedure
With the Service Utility, perform gradation correction setup as directed
below.
1. Start the Service Utility mode and open the gradation
correction setup window (LUT Operation).
For the procedure for opening the setup window, see
Equipment for the DICOM CR Storage Function.
2. In the setup window (LUT Operation area for DICOM Setup),
select a LUT transmission type.
DXL08100002.ai
I.
II.
III. (Hidden in V5.0 or later)
IV.
V. (Hidden in V4.0 or earlier)
I. Choose this option when outgoing images are not to be
subjected to gradation correction.
II. Choose this option when outgoing images are to be subjected to
gradation correction (inverse transform LUT process) and
transmitted as DICOM-processed images.
III. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (Modality LUT
module/0028,3000) is to be added to outgoing images so that
they are subjected to gradation correction at the connected
equipment (Kodak, etc.).
IV. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (VOILUT
they are subjected to gradation correction (inverse transform
LUT process) at the connected equipment.
V. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (VOILUT
equipment. The sending LUT used for this purpose is the one
that includes gradation processing data. This option can be
selected only for handling of processed images.
3. Save the setup data.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN10-18
Equipment
Set up DICOM CR Storage in accordance with the software
specifcationsofotherconnectedequipmentsothatitcanreceive
images from the DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN10-19
3. Connection Checkout
After the DR-ID 300CL-AP is started, makes sure that images can be
transferred from the DR-ID 300CL to other connected equipment.
Other Connected Equipment
Fuji Film and ConsoleAdvance (DR-Console in V4.0 or
earlier).
In about two minutes, the DR-ID 300CL-AP reception window
opens.
For V4.0 or earlier
DCL44002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL08030002.ai
Transfer images accumulated in the DR-ID 300CL to other connected
equipment.
1. Select an image for transfer, then transfer it to other
connected equipment.
For details of the image transfer procedures, see the
DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual.
2. Make sure that the image has actually been transferred to
other connected equipment.
For details of the transferred image checking procedures, see
the operation manual attached to each equipment.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN10-20
4. Setup File Backup
BackuptheDR-ID300CLsetupfle.
Havethefollowingitemreadyforuseforflebackup:
For details on the backup procedure, see 5. Restoring/Backing
UptheConfgurationFileConfgurationRestore/Backupunder
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN11-1
Appendix 11 DICOM DX Storage:
Transfer of
Processed Images
Described herein is the procedure for transferring processed images
(Standard Image) from the DR-ID 300CL to other connected equipment
using the DICOM DX Storage Standard function.
u NOTES u
An equipment unit to which images are transferred is referred to
hereinafter simply as other connected equipment.
The DICOM DX Storage function enables output of images coming via
an FPD only.
Prior to setup
The DICOM DX Storage (SCP) Service Class must be supported.
properly.
DR-ID 300CL
FPD
DICOM DX Storage
TCP/IP
DCL811001.ai
IP address : 172.16.1.20*
Service Class : DX Image Storage
for Presentation
HOST name : Other01
IP address : 172.16.1.30*
AE name (Provider) : Other01-SCP*
Port number : 5001*
Service Class : DX Image Storage
for Presentation

Setup example of
Items marked with
*
Other connected
equipment
DR-ID 300CL
setup example
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN11-2
Overalloperationfow
images via DICOM.
equipment
Registration of information (AE name,
device attribute, port number, Service
Class, handling of HQ images, etc.) on
Setup for automatic image distribution
code
Setup for CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
(Only OD attribute for V4.0 or earlier)
Setup for UID issuance
Setup for name elements
equipment.
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3. Connection
Checkout
4. Setup File
Backup
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN11-3
1. Hardware Setup
illustrated below.
DR-ID 300CL FPD
TCP/IP
00000044.ai
1000BASE-T cable
Other connected
equipment
u NOTES u
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN11-4
2. Software Setup
items.
Tasks done on
the DR-ID 300CL
Tasks done on
other connected
equipment
Equipment for the DICOM DX
Storage Function
the DICOM DX Storage Function
2.1.5 Settings of Automatic Image
Distribution (DISTRIBUTION CODE)
2.1.6 Setup for CONNECTING
EQUIPMENT
Equipment
about one minute.
REFERENCE
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
DXL41001.ai
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN11-5
REFERENCE
steps to start the Service Utility.
1. To exit the AP, choose Shut Down in the menu (
menu in V4.0 or earlier).
window.
3. From the Start menu, sequentially choose All Programs, Fuji
Utility and click .
opens.
DXCL040810001.ai
window.
DXCL040704003.ai
00000091.EPS
2. Click the mark within the feldonthe
Setup Configuration Item window.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN11-6
3. Click
Information on the setup data for the DR-ID 300CL system
appears on the right-side of the window.
00000248.EPS
4. For V7.0 or later, Set 0:MG for .
5. Set 0:DX for .
saved.
7. Click .
2.1.3 Setup of Information on This Equipment for
the DICOM DX Storage Function
Make settings for the following information items of this equipment.
1. Click the mark within the feldon
the Setup Configuration Item window.
are displayed.
00000092.ai
DR-ID 300CL
IP address
DR-ID 300CL
host name
u NOTE u
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN11-7
00000093.ai
00000094.EPS
u NOTE u
6. Click .
00000443.EPS
feldtoselectService
Class (e.g.: DX Image Storage For Presentation).
REFERENCES
If DX Image Storage For Presentation or DX Image Storage For
Processing is selected, items that need not be set will be hidden
on the DICOM Setup window.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN11-8
Role.
REFERENCE
two or more Service Class settings (e.g., DX Image Storage,
feldtoselectthe
Transfer Syntax (e.g.: ImplicitVRLittleEndian).
Service Class
ImplicitVR
LittleEndian
ExplicitVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
DX Image Storage For
Presentation

Processing

Verifcation
u NOTE u
Only the server can be the output destination with DX Image
Storage for Processing. Output with DX Image Storage for
Processing is impossible in DICOM MEDIA STORAGE and
DICOM PDI STORAGE.
SYNAPSE does not support DX Image Storage for Processing.
as necessary.
REFERENCE
above is the SCU.
feldtoselectOTHERforthedeviceattribute.
u NOTE u
12. Click .
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN11-9
Equipment for the DICOM DX Storage Function
connected equipment
Other (usage of two-byte characters, annotation character setting,
etc.)
Enter the Host name (e.g.: Other01) in the
feld.
NOTE
< > & / \
feld.
Select DICOM.
Select DICOM.
00000097.ai
13. Click .
REFERENCES
.
deleted.
00000096.ai
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax and device attribute (Attribute)

saved.
15. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN11-10
3. Click .
00000098.EPS
(e.g.: Other01-SCP) in the
feld.
u NOTES u
in the feld.
5. Click .
00000443.EPS
6. Click the downward arrow mark in the
feldandselectthe
DX Image Storage For Presentation function.
u NOTE u
Do not select two or more Service Class settings for a single
Application Entity (e.g., CR Image Storage and DX Image Storage
for Presentation). Further, do not select two or more Transfer
Syntax settings for a single Service Class (e.g., JPEG Lossless
and Implicit VR Little Endian).
Even if you select two or more settings, only the frst one takes
effect.
Also, in V5.0 or later, an error will occur in distribution setting for
QA.
REFERENCES
If DX Image Storage For Presentation is selected, items that need
not be set will be hidden on the DICOM Setup window.
Role.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN11-11
Syntax (e.g.: ImplicitVRLittleEndian).
Service Class
ImplicitVR
LittleEndian
ExplicitVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
Presentation

Processing

Verifcation
u NOTES u
Be sure to select a Transfer Syntax selected for this equipment.
SYNAPSE does not support DX Image Storage for Processing.
Setting of
ST : Select if other connected equipment cannot receive
HQ images.
ST & HQ : Select if other connected equipment can receive HQ
images. (Basically select this setting.)
ST & HQ & SH : Do not select this setting.
Setting of
images.
( to ).
REFERENCE
disregarded.
feldtoselectFILE(HD_FILEinV4.0orearlier).
DXL08100001.ai
For setup details, see 2.1.9 Display Gradation Correction
Setup.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN11-12
15. For V4.0 or earlier, perform the following setting as required.
12 : Toset12bitsfortheDICOMflestoragebitvalue.
14 : Toset14bitsfortheDICOMflestoragebitvalue.
No : Do not perform the standardization process using the window
conditions.
DXCL050810001.ai
19. Click .
20. Click .
saved.
22. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN11-13
(DISTRIBUTION CODE)
For an automatic image distribution to equipment of FILE attribute (HD_
FILE attribute in V4.0 or earlier), set up DISTRIBUTION CODE.
u NOTE u
Yes ahead of time the setting (item 3 of SYSTEM CONFIG
5.CSL/IDT FUNCTION) under Enable Distribution Code Setup of the
Service Utility function.
For an automatic distribution to equipment of FILE attribute (OD_
FILE attribute in V4.0 or earlier), perform the procedure described
in 2.1.6 Setup for CONNECTING EQUIPMENT.
Item window.
00000247.EPS
2. Click .
.
to select equipments AE name (e.g.: Other01-SCP).
4. Click .
saved.
6. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN11-14
To automatically transfer images to the FILE (OD_FILE in V4.0 or
earlier), set up CONNECTING EQUIPMENT as directed below.
window.
2. Click .
select FILE (OD_FILE in V4.0 or earlier).
and select equipments AE name.
4. Click .
6. Click .
2. Click .
00000248.EPS
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN11-15
3. MakeconfgurationsettingsasfollowsforUIDissuance.
Table List of UID settings (IMAGE MODALITY)
9 UID Issuance
after Modifying
ID Information
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
10 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Normalized
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
DR-ID 300CL.
11 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Image
Processing
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
DR-ID 300CL.
12 UID Issuance
Before Sending
Processed Data
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
300CL.
13 DICOM Series
Generation
Logic
Series - 1 image
series.
series.
Series - N image
series.
issuance logic.
See
3.4Confguration
Details 1. IMAGE
MODALITY under
MU: Maintenance
Utility.
: Default setting
39 UID Issuance
about a function
(except Image
Processing) to
change to the
image
themselves
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
45 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Trimming
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
ismodifed.
46 UID Issuance
after Modifying
FNC Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
ismodifed.
57 UID Issuance
afterModifying
CRF Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
image UID and
modifed.
: Default setting
saved.
5. Click .
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN11-16
The display gradation correction setup procedure is performed to
provide images with reasonable appearance when they are displayed
on the DICOM viewer. The data entered by performing this procedure
works when the DR-ID 300CL transmits images to the DICOM viewer.
ThissectionexplainsabouttheLUTflehandlingandServiceUtility
setup procedures to be performed for gradation correction purposes.
HandlingtheLUTfle
For V4.0 or earlier
Copya16bitLUTfle
*1
toaspecifedfolderontheDR-ID300CLand
thenchangetheflenameaccordingly.
Copy destination : C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut folder
Filename : SCP AE name+.lut (e.g., ViewerA.lut)
*1 mono_PL300_LL_16.lut and mono_PL400_LL_16.lut are available
for 300 candelas and 400 candelas of maximum monitor luminance,
respectively.
For V5.0 or later
As PL_LL has been already corrected, the LUT correction is not
required.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN11-17
Setup procedure
With the Service Utility, perform gradation correction setup as directed
below.
1. Start the Service Utility mode and open the gradation
correction setup window (LUT Operation).
For the procedure for opening the setup window, see
Equipment for the DICOM DX Storage Function.
2. In the setup window (LUT Operation area for DICOM Setup),
select a LUT transmission type.
DXL08100002.ai
I.
II.
III. (Hidden in V5.0 or later)
IV.
V. (Hidden in V4.0 or earlier)
I. Choose this option when outgoing images are not to be
subjected to gradation correction.
II. Choose this option when outgoing images are to be subjected to
gradation correction (inverse transform LUT process) and
transmitted as DICOM-processed images.
III. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (Modality LUT
equipment.
NOTE
Do not select III. because DX Image Storage does not provide
support to the Modality LUT module. Even if it is selected, the
processing results in the same as that selected in I.
IV. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (VOILUT
they are subjected to gradation correction (inverse transform
LUT process) at the connected equipment.
V. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (VOILUT
equipment. The sending LUT used for this purpose is the one
that includes gradation processing data. This option can be
selected only for handling of processed images.
3. Save the setup data and then exit the Service Utility mode.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN11-18
Equipment
Set up DICOM DX Storage in accordance with the software
specifcationsofotherconnectedequipmentsothatitcanreceive
images from the DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN11-19
3.2 Image Transfer to Other
Connected Equipment
earlier).
opens.
For V4.0 or earlier
DCL44002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL08030002.ai
3.2 Image Transfer to Other Connected
Equipment
equipment.
For details of the image transfer procedures, see
the DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN11-20
Havethefollowingitemreadyforuseforflebackup:
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN12-1
Appendix 12 DICOM Print
Described below are setup procedures used for printing images from
the DR-ID 300CL using the DICOM Print function.
u NOTE u
The DRYPIX is abbreviated herein as other connected equipment.
Before setup
The option key is required.
Key Name Functions Supported
DX CL DICOM Print key Basic Grayscale Print (SCU)
DRYPIX
Other connected equipment main unit must have been set up
accordingly.
DR-ID 300CL
FPD
Other connected equipment
DR-ID 300CL
setup example
TCP/IP
DCL812001.ai
Other
connected
equipment
Items marked with * constitute setup examples, which
need to be changed depending on the equipment or
network environment.
DICOM Print

IP address : 172.16.1.20*
Service Class : Basic Grayscale Print
HOST name : fujiprinter
IP address : 172.16.0.41 *
AE name (Provider) : DRYPIX
Port number : 104*
Service Class : Basic Grayscale Print
Transfer Syntax : Implicit VR Little Endian
Cassette-type
Image Reader
REFERENCE
The default DRYPIX user AE name is FCR-CSL.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN12-2
Overalloperationfow
Make setups for printing images onto other
connected equipment using the DICOM
Print function.
Install the option key and reinstall the AP
key. Make then the following setups.
equipment
attribute, port number, Service Class,
DICOM Print output conditions, handling
of HQ images, etc.) on other connected
equipment
Registration of a printer for automatic
image printout after the completion of a
study
Setupforflmannotationcharacter
output format
Setup for name components
equipment and printed correctly from it.
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3 Verifying the
Connection
4. Backing Up the
Setup File
1. Hardware Setup
illustrated below.
DRYPIX
FPD
TCP/IP
1000BASE-T cable
OE000005.ai
DR-ID 300CL DRYPIX
Cassette-type
Image Reader
u NOTES u
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN12-3
2. Software Setup
Set up the items in gray as required. Be sure to set up all other items.
Tasks done on
the DR-ID 300CL
Tasks done on
other connected
equipment
2.1.1 Installation of the DICOM Print
Option Key
2.1.2 AP Key Reinstallation
2.1.3 Service Utility Startup
Equipment for the DICOM Print
Function
the DICOM Print Function
2.1.6 Registration of Printer That
Automatically Outputs Print Films
Upon Completion of checkout
CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
2.1.7 Film Annotation Character
Format Setup
2.1.8 Changes in Name Elements
2.1.9 Setup for Film Sorting Function
2.1.10 Setting the DICOM Print Output
Conditions
2.2 Software Setup for Other Connected
Equipment
2.1.1 Installation of the DICOM Print Option Key
To activate the DICOM Print function on other connected equipment,
the DX CL300 DICOM PRINT option key is needed.
1. Insert the optional key CD into the PC.
Within several seconds, the installation start window opens.
NOTE
DCL70410.ai
2. Click .
A window opens to indicate the completion of option key
installation.
DCL70409.ai
3. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN12-4
2.1.2 AP Key Reinstallation
If the option key is installed, be sure to reinstall the AP key.
Use the AP key CD to reinstall the AP key. The reinstallation procedure
is shown below.
NOTE
DXL309001.ai
2. Click .
DXL820004.ai
3. Click .
2.1.3 Service Utility Startup
about one minute.
REFERENCE
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
DXL41001.ai
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN12-5
REFERENCE
1. To exit the AP, choose Shut Down in the menu (
menu in V4.0 or earlier).
window.
3. From the Start menu, sequentially choose All Programs, Fuji
Utility and click .
opens.
DXCL040810001.ai
This Equipment for the DICOM Print Function
Makes settings for the following information items of this equipment.
window.
DXCL040704003.ai
00000404.EPS
2. Click the mark of the feld.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN12-6
are displayed.
00000441.ai
DR-ID 300CL
IP address
DR-ID 300CL
host name
u NOTE u
00000093.ai
00000442.EPS
REFERENCE
When the connected equipment is DRYPIX, enter FCR-CSL. As
the AE name of the connected equipment (SCU), FCR-CSL has
been set for DRYPIX.
u NOTE u
7. Click .
00000443.EPS
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN12-7
feldtoselectService
Class (e.g.: Basic Grayscale Print).
REFERENCE
Connection under MU: Maintenance Utility.
Role.
REFERENCE
as necessary.
REFERENCE
above is the SCU.
11. Click .
12. Click .
REFERENCES
.
deleted.
00000399.ai
saved.
14. Click .
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN12-8
Equipment for the DICOM Print Function
connected equipment
Settings for DICOM Print output conditions
Other (usage of two-byte characters)
Registerthenecessaryinformationitemsaccordingtothefowshown
below.
Host name and IP address of other
connected equipment
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax and
device attribute
AE name (Application Entity Name) and
port number of other connected equipment
Enter the Host name (e.g.: fujiprinter) in the
feld.
NOTE
< > & / \
feld.
Select DICOM.

Select DICOM. 00000097.ai
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN12-9
3. Click .
00000444.EPS
AE name (Application Entity Name) and port number of
1. Make the following settings on the Application Entity List
window.
Enter the AE name of other connected equipment (e.g.: DRYPIX)
in the feld.
u NOTE u
in the feld.
REFERENCE
Set as follows when the DRYPIX is connected.
DRYPIX
Application Entity Name : DRYPIX (default)
Port number : 17238 (default : DRYPIX 3000)
104 (default : DRYPIX 4000/7000)
2. Click .
00000443.EPS
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN12-10
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax and device attribute
1. Click downward arrow of the
feldandselectService
Class (e.g.: Basic Grayscale Print).
2. Because the AE of the other equipment is the Provider,
make sure that (SCP) is selected for the Role.
1. Make necessary settings for the following DICOM Print
output conditions.
Set them as shown in the table below if the other connected
equipment is the DRYPIX.
OE000036.ai
DICOM Print output conditions
Setup item Content
Media Type BLUE FILM (Default)
Film Destination PROCESSOR (Default)
Mag Type CUBIC (Default)
Smoothing Type Blank (Default)
Recognition Coed NONE (Default)
Default Bin Number 1 (Default)
Film Size ID (Change as needed.)*

1
Requested Image Size SUPPORTED (Select this setting.)
Dmax 3.0 (Default)
10 Bits Stored Supported Use check mark. (Default)
*

1Setthisiteminaccordancewiththeflmsizeavailableonthe
printer.
For details of settings for the DICOM Print output conditions,
see 2.1.10 Setting the DICOM Print Output Conditions.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN12-11
( to ).
REFERENCE
needs not be checked. Even if checked, it
will be disregarded.
2. Click .
3. Click .
saved.
5. Click .
2.1.6 Registration of Printer That Automatically
Outputs Print Films Upon Completion of
Checkout CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
Use this procedure to register a printer that automatically outputs print
flmsuponcompletionofcheckout.
AprinterthatoutputsprintflmsonlyviatheQAoperationneedsnotto
be registered here.
ConfgurationItem].
DXCL040704003.ai
00000404.EPS
2. Click .
A list of registered equipment appears in the right-hand area of the
window.
3. Click .
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN12-12
Click the downward arrow mark in the
feldandselectthefunction(PRINT)
of the connected device.
Click the downward arrow mark in the
feldandselecttheAEname
(e.g.: DRYPIX) of the fujiprinter.
5. Click .
saved.
7. Click .
2.1.7 Film Annotation Character Format Setup
Performthefollowingflmannotationcharacterformatsetupprocedure,
forinstance,tospecifytheimageinformationtobeprintedoutontoflm,
the annotation character format, and the use of an image-frame.
1. FromtheSetupConfgurationItemwindow,clickthe
sign within the feld.
2. Click .
ThePrinterconfgurationsetupitemsappearintheright-hand
area of the window.
3. Settheflmannotationcharacterformat.
For details on the setup procedure, see 3.6Confguration
Details 4. PRINTER under MU: Maintenance Utility.
saved.
5. Click .
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN12-13
2.1.8 Changes in Name Elements
When the DICOM is connected, change patient name elements as
necessary.
See 3.12 Setting the Name Elements for DICOM Connection in
2.1.9 Setup for Film Sorting Function
Film sorting conditions must be set up for the printer that supports the
flmsortingfunction.
3.13 Setting Up the DICOM Print Film Sorting Function under
2.1.10 Setting the DICOM Print Output Conditions
The DICOM Print output condition setup data are detailed below.
Item Option Meaning Remarks
Media type (Media
Type)
BLUE FILM
Film having a blue
background
Routine setting.
CLEAR FILM
Film having a
transparent
background
Film output
destination (Film
Destination)
MAGAZINE Magazine
PROCESSOR Processor
BIN_I Printer trays
Film size
(Film Size ID)
8IN10IN 8"10"
10IN14IN 2636 cm
14IN14IN 14"14"
14IN17IN 14"17"
Image
interpolation
method
(Mag Type)
REPLICATE Replicate method
BILINEAR Bilinear method
CUBIC Cubic method Routine setting.
NONE No interpolation
Image smoothing
method
(Smoothing Type)
A character
string
A character string
This setting takes effect
only when CUBIC is
selected as the image
interpolation method. As
a character string, write
the character string that is
defnedunder
Conformance Statement
for the output destination
printer.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN12-14
Item Option Meaning Remarks
Identifcationkey
(Recognition
Code)
REQ-SRV
Requesting
department
Information for identifying
the BIN number that is
usedtospecifytheflm
output destination
(printer trays)
(character string:
information matching the
information attached to
image data).
MPM MPM code
BODY-PART
Exposure
anatomical region
NONE No setting
Default BIN
number (Default
BIN Number)
BIN-number-
indicating
number
BIN number for printing
images without matching
collation values.
10-bit image
output (10Bits
Stored
Supported)
Checked
Generates 10-bit
outputs.
Select Checked for
output to a FujiFilm
printer.
Unchecked
Generates 12-bit
outputs.
Requested Image
Size (2020, 0030)
SUPPORTED
Transfers an
image size request
tag.
Select SUPPORTED if
you wish to output images
to a FujiFilm printer.
UNSUPPORTED
Does not transfer
an image size
request tag.
Maximum density
Dmax
3.0
If 3.6 is set, images will
be printed at Dmax 3.6
only when the MPM
CODE is x3xx.
3.6
2.2 Software Setup for Other Connected
Equipment
Set up the DICOM Print function as follows so that other connected
equipment can receive images coming from the DR-ID 300CL.
DRYPIX
See 8.1 Network Connection (DICOM) in IN: Installation of
the DRYPIX Service Manual.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN12-15
3. Verifying the Connection
This section describes the procedures for printing images onto the
printerfromtheDR-ID300CLforflmannotationcharacterformat
verifcationpurposes.
3.2 Verifying the Film Annotation
Character Format
3.1 Starting the DR-ID 300CL-AP
earlier).
The DR-ID 300CL opening window appears on the display.
After about two minutes, the DR-ID 300CL-AP reception window
opens.
For V4.0 or earlier
DCL44002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL08030002.ai
3.2 Verifying the Film Annotation
Character Format
1. Print out a read image.
For details on the print output procedure, see DR-ID 300CL
Operation Manual.
2. Checkwhethertheflmannotationcharacterformat
information entered from the DR-ID 300CL is properly
printedoutontotheflm.
Also, check for blurred, chipped, or otherwise abnormal
character printings.
REFERENCE
The example in the fgure below represents a printout that would be
generated when the default flm annotation character format is used
(image size: 35 35cm (14" 14"); print format: TWIN). When the default
settings are used, character strings (1) through (18) are printed out.
1.0G#0.7+0.50R5Q0.5
MARY ADAMS
G R - > L
[F] 23
SCALE:50%
SKULL, GENERAL Surgi
RT-04
0000000001
01
1992. 11. 27 [17:43]
G
FUJIFILM HOSPITAL A0000
L
1.0G#0.7+0.50R5Q1.0
120KV 320mA 16msec 5mAs 1500mm
4.0S 200C 1.2 1.0AP
(13) Normalization
conditions + corrections
OE000032.EPS (17) Technologists code
(14) Image reversal mark
(12) Exposure menu name
(11) Image processing conditions
(18) X raying conditions
(16) Requesting department
(3) Patient ID
(4) Patient name (9) Film mark
(6) Gender
(7) Age or birth date
(10) Reduction ratio
(8) Group process information (15) Exposure time
(5) Exposure date
(1) Hospital name (institution name)
(2) EDR mode + menu code
If any abnormality is found, see 8. Print Output Function under
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN12-16
4. Backing Up the Setup File
MakeabackupoftheDR-ID300CLsetupfle.
For making a backup, have the following item on hand:
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-1
Appendix 13 RIS:
DICOM MWM/DICOM PPS
This chapter describes the DICOM MWM and DICOM PPS setup
procedures.
MWM
Abbreviation of the Modality Worklist Management function, which
enables the DR-ID 300CL to receive via networks patient information
or exposure menu registered to the RIS and view it on the study
reception window.
The DR-ID 300CL offers two kinds of MWM: MWM(ORDER) that
receives both patient information and exposure menu and MWM (ID)
that receives only patient information.
PPS
Abbreviation of the Performed Procedure Step function, which is
responsible for sending patient's actual measurement values
determined on the DR-ID 300CL back to the RIS.
Basically, the PPS function is used combined with MWM.
Note however that the RIS does not support the PPS function
depending on the model. For this reason, the DR-ID 300CL offers
the MWM and PPS functions individually.
u NOTE u
The DICOM MWM function or DICOM PPS function cannot co-exist
with the following optional functions.
Simple Ordering Function or RIS Order USB Function
(DX CL SIMPLE ORDERING)
Prior to setup
The following option keys are needed.
DX CL DICOM ORDER MWM key* Modality Worklist Management
(patient information and
exposure menu)
DX CL DICOM ID MWM key* Modality Worklist Management
(only patient information)
DX CL DICOM PPS key Performed Procedure Step
* Variation
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-2
Connection/setup examples
The following connection/setup examples are used in this chapter to
describe the setup procedure.
DR-ID 300CL
FPD
RIS setup example
DR-ID 300CL
setup example
DICOM PPS
DICOM MWM
fcr-csl* /172.16.1.20*............................... HOST name/IP address
CL-SCU*/Port number
(setup not required**)......................... AE name/Port number
Modality Worklist MFIND............... Service Class (for MWM)
SCU.......................................... Role
Modality Performed Procedure Step.. Service Class (for PPS)
SCU.......................................... Role
TCP/IP
00000520.ai
RIS
RIS_A* /172.16.1.80*............................. HOST name/IP address
RIS_SCP* /5010*............................... AE name/Port number
Modality Worklist Management.... Service Class (for MWM)
SCP.......................................... Role
Performed Procedure Step.......... Service Class (for PPS)
SCP.......................................... Role
* Setup examples that need be changed depending on the equipment
or network environment.
** Port number needs not be set up for the Service Class when the
Role is SCU.
Overalloperationfow
300CL to the RIS.
Make setups for the DICOM MWM or
DICOM PPS function.
Optional key installation
AP key reinstallation
DICOM MWM settings
DICOM PPS settings
DICOM MWM and DICOM PPS
confgurationsettings
Name element settings
Setups for exposure menu/study menu
mapping
Verify DICOM MWM and DICOM PPS
operations.
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3. Verifying the
Connection
4. Backing Up the
Setup File
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-3
MWM/PPSconfgurationsettinginformation[reference]
When performing DICOM MWM or DICOM PPS setup, you might have
toperformconfgurationsetupprocedures(IMAGEMODALITYand
CSL/IDT FUNCTION) in addition to a normal DICOM connection setup
proceduredependingonthespecifcationsfortheRIStobeconnected.
Details are given below.
For detailed setup procedure, see 2.5MWM/PPSConfguration
Setup.
When the employed RIS does not support the PPS (or makes the
PPS inoperative)
Select No for IMAGE MODALITY No. 18 (Display Performed
Procedure on Worklist Tab). Select Yes if the PPS is supported.
When the PPS function is not used, the information about the end of
study cannot be returned to the RIS. This causes the system to send
data about patients who have gone through a study process back to
the RIS. For this reason, such data is displayed unavoidably. This
confgurationsettingisusedtoavoidthissituation.WhenNois
selectedastheconfgurationsetting,thedataaboutpatientswho
have gone through a study process will be deleted from the DR-ID
300CL worklist.
When the employed RIS is manufactured by T company (V4.0 or
earlier)
When Ts RIS is used, consult with the hospital administrator to
determinewhetherornottoenablethefollowingconfguration
settings.
Setting the method of inquiring at the RIS
The DR-ID 300CL acquires patient information in accordance
with a trigger signal from the RIS.
Setting the compliance with the JJ1017 guideline in Japan
The following three items of information will be displayed within
the exposure menu information sequence.
First information item : Exposure technique (Plain, Contrast,
etc.)
Second information item : Exposure region (Head, Chest, etc.)
Third information item : Direction of exposure (Frontal,
Lateral, etc.)
When the employed RIS is capable of acquiring exposure status
information through a private tag
When the RIS is capable of acquiring exposure status information
through a private tag, additional PPS items can be set. These items
should be enabled or disabled in accordance with actual operations
at the hospital.
The following additional items can be set.
Exposure status sequence
Number of split exposures
Exposure status
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-4
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the DR-ID 300CL to the RIS via networks as illustrated below.
FPD
TCP/IP
1000BASE-T cable
00000522.ai
RIS DR-ID 300CL
u NOTE u
Do not connect the telephone line to the DR-ID 300CL network
connectors.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-5
2. Software Setup
Set up software for the DR-ID 300CL as follows.
Tasks done only
when handling
ordering information
with the MWM
function.
Compulsory tasks
Tasks done only
when the PPS
function is used.
Tasks done as
necessary.
2.3 Setup for the DICOM MWM Function
2.3.1 Setup of DR-ID 300CL Information
for the DICOM MWM Function
2.3.2 Registration of RIS Information
2.3.3 Registration of RIS Used for
MWM
2.1 DICOM MWM or DICOM PPS Option
Key Installation
2.2 AP Key Reinstallation
2.4 Setup for the DICOM PPS Function
2.4.1 Setup of DR-ID 300CL Information
for the DICOM PPS Function
2.4.3 Registration of RIS Used with
PPS
2.6 Changing Name Elements
2.5 MWM/PPSConfgurationSetup
2.7 Setup for Exposure Menu/Study Menu
Mapping
2.1 DICOM MWM or DICOM PPS Option
Key Installation
u NOTE u
Both MWM (ORDER) and MWM (ID) option keys can be installed.
1. Insert the DICOM MWM option key CD into the PC.
Within several seconds, the installation start window opens.
NOTE
00000549.ai
2. Click .
00000550.ai
3. Click .
5. When using the DICOM PPS function, insert the optional
DICOM PPS key CD to install it following the procedure
described in steps 2. to 4. above.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-6
2.2 AP Key Reinstallation
If an option key is installed, be sure to reinstall the AP key.
Described below is the procedure to be followed to reinstall the AP key
using the AP key CD.
NOTE
DXL309001.ai
2. Click .
DXL820004.ai
3. Click .
2.3 Setup for the DICOM MWM Function
Set up DR-ID 300CL and RIS information for the DICOM MWM function.
2.3.1 Setup of DR-ID 300CL Information for the
DICOM MWM Function
The items listed below must be set up following the procedure described
herein using NETWORK CONFIG and THIS HOST (IIP) of Service
Utility mode.
DR-ID 300CL AE name (Application Entity Name)
Service Class and Role, Device Attribute (OTHER)
Other (timeout setting)
1. StartServiceUtilitymodeandclick[SetupConfguration
Item] window.
For how to start Service Utility mode, see 1. Starting/Exiting
DXCL040704003.ai
00000404.EPS
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-7
are displayed.
00000441.ai
DR-ID 300CL
IP address
DR-ID 300CL
host name
u NOTE u
00000093.ai
00000442.EPS
6. Enter the AE name (e.g. CL-SCU) that is the SCU for the
DR-ID 300CL in the feld.
u NOTE u
There is no need to set the Port number in the
(Port number) feld.
When selecting SCU as the Role, the Port number will be
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-8
7. Click .
00000533.EPS
feldtoselectService
Class (Modality Worklist MFIND).
REFERENCE
Verifcation must have been set.
9. To set up the AE that is the User, select (SCU) for
the Role.
as necessary.
REFERENCE
You need not to check .
Even if checked, it will be disregarded if the Role set in step 9,
above is the SCU.
11. Click .
The system return to the Application Entity List window.
12. Click
ThesystemreturnstotheSetupConfgurationwindow.
REFERENCES
.
DR Console AE name
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax
and device attribute (Attribute)
00000538.EPS
If the key is clicked, currently selected items will
be deleted.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-9
The items listed below must be registered following the procedure
described herein using NETWORK CONFIG and ALL OTHER
NODES of Service Utility mode.
RIS host name and IP address
RIS AE name (Application Entity Name) and Port number
Service Class, Role and device attribute (OTHER)
Other (usage of two-byte characters, etc.)
2. Makes the following settings.
Enter the Host name (e.g. RIS_A) in the feld.
NOTE
< > & / \
Enter the IP address (e.g. 172.16.1.80) in the
feld.
Select DICOM.
3. Click .
The Application Entity List window opens for setup of RIS
information.
00000444.EPS
Enter the RIS AE name (e.g. RIS_SCP) in the
feld.
u NOTES u
Enter the RIS Port number (e.g. 5010) in the
feld.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-10
5. Click .
00000533.EPS
6. Click downward arrow in the feld
to select Service Class (Modality Worklist MFIND).
7. Because the RIS AE is the Provider, make sure that
(SCP) is selected for the Role.
(
).
REFERENCE
needs not be set. Even if set, it will be
disregarded.
9. Click .
10. Click .
2.3.3 Registration of RIS Used for MWM
1. Click of the Setup
A list of connecting equipment units appears on the right-side area
of the window.
2. Click .
Click downward arrow in the feld
to select function (MWM) of the connecting equipment.
to select AE name (e.g. RIS_SCP).
4. Click .
5. UsetheConfg(F)menutosavethesetupdata.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-11
2.4 Setup for the DICOM PPS Function
Set up DR-ID 300CL and RIS information for the DICOM PPS function.
u NOTE u
Do not perform settings for the DICOM PPS function if the optional
DICOM PPS key has not been installed. Otherwise, an error (30151 or
20110) will occur.
2.4.1 Setup of DR-ID 300CL Information for the
DICOM PPS Function
Following are the items to be set according to the procedure described
herein. Use Service Utility NETWORK CONFIG THIS HOST (IIP)
for setup purposes.
DR-ID 300CL AE name and device attribute [Already set in 2.3]
Service Class and Role
Other (timeout setting)
window.
DXCL040704003.ai
00000404.EPS
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-12
2. Select
(DR-ID 300CL AE name).
00000539.EPS
The right-hand side of the window will change to the DICOMSetup
window.
3. Click .
00000533.EPS
feldtoselectService
Class (Modality Performed Procedure Step).
REFERENCE
Verifcation must have been set.
5. To set up the AE that is the User, select (SCU) for
the Role.
REFERENCE
When setting up SCU, items in the DICOMSetup window that
need not be set will be hidden.
( ) as necessary.
u NOTE u
Set a value greater than 15 in .
If a value lower than 14 is set and the connection with the PPS is
not established, the study list window may not be operated.
REFERENCE
You need not to check .
Even if checked, it will be disregarded if the Role set in step 5,
above is the SCU.
7. Click .
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-13
Following are the items to be set according to the procedure described
herein. Use Service Utility NETWORK CONFIG ALL OTHER
NODES for setup purposes.
RIS host name and IP address [Already set in 2.3]
RIS AE name, port number and device attribute [Already set in 2.3]
Service Class and Role
1. Select
(RIS host name) (RIS
AEname)intheSetupConfgurationItemwindow.
00000540.EPS
The right-hand side of the window will change to the DICOMSetup
window.
2. Click .
00000533.EPS
feldtoselectService
Class (Modality Performed Procedure Step).
4. Make sure that (SCP) has been selected for the Role
because the RIS AE is the Provider.
5. To handle two-byte characters, check .
REFERENCE
You need not to set .
Even if set, it will be disregarded.
6. Click .
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-14
2.4.3 Registration of RIS Used with PPS
A list of registered equipment appears in the right-side area of the
window.
2. Click .
3. Perform the following setup steps.
and select the function (PPS) of the connected device.
Click downward arrow in the
(e.g.: RIS_SCP).
4. Click .
2.5 MWM/PPSConfgurationSetup
Performthefollowingconfgurationsetupprocedures,whicharerelated
to the MWM or PPS.
General settings for MWM/PPS
Setting the method of inquiring at the RIS
Setting the additional MWM inquiry items
Settings for the compliance with
the JJ1017 guideline in Japan (V4.0 or earlier)
Setting the additional PPS items to be returned to the RIS
Setting the timing for
transmission of PPS study termination notice (V4.0 or earlier)
Embedding the exposure information into a PPS standard tag
Settings for editing the exposure result (V4.0 or earlier)
Setting the MWM Code Meaning as a menu name
Settings for regenerating studyInstanceUID for a study acquired using
the MWM function
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-15
2.5.1 General Settings for MWM/PPS
1. FromtheSetupConfgurationItemwindow,choose
, then .
The display shows the setup items about DR-ID 300CL system
information.
2. Makethefollowingconfgurationsettings.
No. Name Meaning
16
SOP Class UID for
PPS When No
FILE Attribute
Output
SOP Class UID to be returned to the PPS when
the OD_FILE attribute output destination is not
registered at the DR-ID 300CL.
*ForV5.0orlater,OD/HDattributesareunifed,
so that SOP Class UID will be sent back to PPS
as follows.
(1) : If the destination for output is set in User
Utility, SOP class of its destination for
output will be applied.
(2) : If the destination for output is not set in
User Utility, the topmost SOP class which
is set to the distribution code will be
applied.
(3) : If (1) and (2) above are not set, the setting
of No. 16 will be applied.
17
Protocol Name for
PPS
Value to be set for the protocol name of the PPS.
18
Display Performed
Procedure on
Worklist Tab
This item is used to specify whether the
DR-ID 300CL Network WL should display
completed studies. Even if the MWM sends
information about completed studies, they will not
be displayed when No is selected as the setting.
Select No when the PPS function cannot be
used.
3. Choose , then .
The display shows on its right-hand side the setup items about the
IDT function.
4. Makethefollowingconfgurationsettings.
No. Name Meaning
15
Examination No. Length
(Character string length of the
Accession no.)
These items are used to change the
character string length in accordance
with RIS settings.
17
Patient ID Length
(Character string length of the
patient ID.)
22
Requesting Dept Name Field
Setup
(Setups for the menu contents
to be displayed in the
RequestingDepartmentfeld.)
This item selects Sbcs or Dbcs in
accordance with RIS settings.
5. UsetheConfg(F)menutosavetheediteddata.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-16
2.5.2 Setting the Method of Inquiring at the RIS
Function overview
There are the following three methods of making patient information
inquiries at the RIS.
Trigger signal from the RIS (only with wired connection)
Update procedure to be performed at the DR-ID 300CL - 1
l Trigger signal from the RIS (only with wired connection)
When the DR-ID 300CL receives a trigger signal from the RIS, the
DR-ID 300CL makes inquires at the RIS to acquire patient
information.
An automatic transition occurs to switch from the worklist tab window
to the study start window only when one piece of study information is
acquired.
u NOTES u
Trigger signal setup is to be performed only when the connection to
T companys equipment is established.
When two or more pieces of study information are received at a
time, the display does not automatically switch to the study start
window but the study information remains within the worklist tab.
The RIS trigger signal is accepted only when the DR-ID 300CL
worklist tab is selected. If the RIS transmits the trigger signal while
a tab other than the worklist tab is selected, a timeout occurs at the
RIS.
A procedure is performed at the DR-ID 300CL to acquire information
that is registered at the RIS. Inquiries can be automatically made at
fxedintervals(user-selectable).
A procedure is performed at the DR-ID 300CL to acquire information
that is registered at the RIS. Inquiries can be automatically made at
fxedintervals(user-selectable).Anautomatictransitionoccursto
switch from the worklist tab window to the study start window only
when one piece of study information is acquired.
Setup procedure
, then .
IDT function.
2. WithconfgurationitemNo.66,selectaninquirymethod,
and then set RIS information for items No. 64 and 65.
No. Name Meaning
64 MWM RIS Trigger Port
RIS trigger reception port number for MWM
use.
Enter a numerical value in accordance with
the RIS trigger reception port.
65
MWM RIS Trigger
Timeout
RIS trigger reception timeout value (sec) for
MWM use.
66
MWM Execute Study
Type
Study start method for MWM use.
Select a method in accordance with the RIS
specifcationsandactualhospitaloperations.
0: Manual (default)
Update procedure to be performed at the
DR-ID 300CL.
1: Trigger
RIS trigger signal.
2: Auto
Update procedure to be performed at the
DR-ID 300CL (automatic window
transition).
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx IN13-17
2.5.3 Setting Additional MWM Inquiry Items
Function overview
When the PPS is supported, the same information as listed below will
be returned to the RIS.
Description DICOM Tag Meaning
Exposure Dose Sequence 0040,030E Exposure dose sequence.
>Radiation Mode 0018,115A Radiation mode.
>KVp 0018,0060
X-ray generator tube voltage [kV]
to be used.
>X-ray Tube Current in A 0018,8151 X-ray tube current [A].
>Exposure Time 0018,1150 X-ray exposure time [ms].
>Filter Type 0018,1160
Labelontheflterplacedinthe
X-ray beam.
>Filter Material 0018,7050 X-rayabsorptionfltermaterial.
Setup procedure
For details on DICOM MWM C-FIND tag setup, see 14. Setting the
DICOM MWL C-FIND Tags DICOM MWL C-FIND Tag Setting (V4.0
or Earlier) in MU: Maintenance Utility.
2.5.4 Settings for the Compliance with
the JJ1017 Guideline (Applicable only in Japan)
Function overview
When JJ1017 compliance setup is performed, the following three items
of information are used within the exposure menu information sequence
to decide on the exposure menu.
First information item : Exposure technique (Plain, Contrast, etc.)
Second information item : Exposure region (Head, Chest, etc.)
Third information item : Direction of exposure (Frontal, Lateral, etc.)
u NOTE u
Setup is to be performed only for the connection to the equipment
manufactured by T company.
REFERENCE
At the DR-ID 300CL, three values of the codes [(0040,0008)>(0008,0100)]
fed from the RIS are sequentially concatenated and used as an extended
menu code. If, for instance, three menus are fed, a total of nine codes
exist. Sets of three items of information are sequentially concatenated,
beginning with the leading one, and used as an extended menu code.
Setup procedure
, then .
IDT function.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN13-18
2. Select1:JJ1017forthefollowingconfgurationsetting.
No. Name Meaning
68
Exposure Menu
Code Treatment
Exposure menu code system for MWM use.
This item is used to specify the setting in
accordancewiththeRISspecifcations.
0: Normal (default)
1: JJ1017
2: JJ1017(Ver3)
* This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier, or V6.2
or later.
*InV6.1earlier,theconfgurationnameisMWM
Exposure Menu Code Treatment.
2.5.5 Setting the Additional PPS Items to be Returned to the RIS
Function overview
The information about exposure status can be added as the PPS
information to be returned to the RIS.
A private tag is used to return the information.
Description DICOM Tag Meaning
Exposure Status Sequence 0019,XXA0 Exposure status sequence.
>Division Count >0019,XX71 Number of split exposures.
>Exposure Status >0019,XXA1
Exposure status
(NORMAL: Normal exposure;
MIS: Improperly exposed image).
>Exposure Kind >0019,XXA2
Exposure kind
(NORMAL: Normal; ADD: Additional;
AGAIN: Reexposure).
Distance Source to
Detector
>0018,1110
Distance between
X-ray source and detector.
Setup procedure
, then .
IDT function.
2. Select 1:Status Only or 2:Status + Other Results for the
followingconfgurationsetting.
No. Name Meaning
76
PPS Exposure
Status Sequence
Specifying whether the PPS should use a private tag to
return the information about exposure status
(improperly exposed image, reexposure, etc.).
0 : No [default]
Does not generate output.
1 : Status Only
Generates exposure status only.
2 : Status + Other Results
Generates exposure status along with other actual
results.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-19
2.5.6 Setting the Timing for Transmission of
PPS Study Termination Notice (V4.0 or Earlier)
Function overview
Choose either of the following two options to determine the time at
which the PPS study termination notice should be transmitted to the
RIS:
Completed : When the study is terminated after receipt of all images.
Subscribe : When the study is terminated after the completion of IP
registration or when the study is terminated in situations
where setup is completed so as to delete unregistered
menus.
The study completion sequence includes the beginning of the next
study in which a magnetic card or the like is used.
Setup procedure
, then .
IDT function.
2. Select1:Subscribeforthefollowingconfgurationsetting.
No. Name Meaning
92 PPS N-SET Timing
Specifying the time at which the PPS study
termination notice (N-SET) should be transmitted
to the RIS.
0: Complete [default]
1: Subscribe
* This is the setup item in V4.0 or earlier.
2.5.7 Embedding the Exposure Information into a
PPS Standard Tag
Function overview
This function is exercised at the time of PPS study termination
notifcationtomapimage-incidentalinformation(dividedexposure
count, exposure status, and exposure kind) with a PPS standard tag
and transmit it to the RIS.
u NOTE u
Although 2.5.5 Setting the Additional PPS Items to be Returned to the
RIS states that a private tag is used to return the information to the
RIS, the captioned function maps the exposure information with a
standard tag and returns it to the RIS.
Setup procedure
, then .
IDT function.
2. Performthefollowingconfgurationsettingsaccordingly.
No. Name Meaning
90
PPS Exposure
Status Mapping Tag
Setting the tag for mapping exposure information
(divided exposure count, exposure status, and
exposure kind).
0040, 0260 > 0008, 0104 [default]
Ifthisfeldisleftblank,themappingoperation
does not take place.
91
PPS Exposure
Status
Mapping Kind
Specifying the exposure information to be
mapped.
0: None (default).Does not perform the mapping
operation.
1: Div+Status+KindDivided exposure count,
exposure status, and exposure kind (all).
2: DivDivided exposure count only.
3: Status+KindExposure status and exposure
kind only.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-20
2.5.8 Settings for Editing the Exposure Result
(V4.0 or Earlier)
Function overview
The exposure results to be returned to the RIS are edited from the study
window at the PPS. The following information items can be edited:
Description PPS Tag Item Setup target
Operators Name 0040,0340>0008,1070
Technologist
information
For each study
Distance Source to
Detector (SID)
0019,xxA0>0018,1110
Radiation
source-to-
detector
distance (SID)
For each
menu (image)
Billing Supplies and
Devices Sequence
0040,0324
Contrast media
consumption
information
For each study
Number of Films 0040,0321>2100,0017 Numberofflms
For each
menu (image)
Film Size ID 0040,0321>2010,0050 Film size
For each
menu (image)
Radiation Dose
Sequence
0040,030E X-ray dose
For each X-ray
shot
Performed
Procedure Step
Description
0040,0254
Performed
procedure step
description
For each study
Protocol Name 0040,0340>0018,1030 Protocol name For each study
Setup procedure
, then .
IDT function.
2. Performthefollowingconfgurationsettingsaccordingly.
No. Name Meaning
87
PPS Edit Billing
Supplies
Specifying from the exposure information editing
dialog box whether the information about contrast
media consumption should be editable.
Yes : Editable.
No [default] : Noneditable.
88
PPS Edit Exposure
Result
Specifying whether or not to open the exposure
information editing dialog box at the PPS for
purposes other than radiographer information
editing.
Yes : Opens.
No [default] : Does not open.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-21
2.5.9 Setting the MWM Code Meaning as a Menu Name
Function overview
The [0040,0100]>[0040,0008]>[0008,0104] Code Meaning acquired
from the RIS as the information about a response from the RIS
(C-FIND-RSP) will be handled as an exposure menu name. The names
received from the RIS will be used as the following menu names:
Image-level menu names for various study lists
Menu names for the study/QA window
Menu names to be displayed on the Image Reader panel
Menunamesindicatedonanoutputflm
Menunamesforaflingdevice/imagedisplaydevice(outputdevice)
For details on DICOM MWM C-FIND tag setup, see 14. Setting the
DICOM MWL C-FIND Tags DICOM MWL C-FIND Tag Setting (V4.0
or Earlier) in MU: Maintenance Utility.
Setup procedure
, then .
IDT function.
2. SelectYesforthefollowingconfgurationsetting.
No. Name Meaning
89
MWM Menu Name
Mapping
Handling the code meaning acquired as the
information about a response from the RIS as an
exposure menu name.
Yes : Handles as an exposure menu
name.
No [default] : Does not handle as an exposure
menu name.
2.5.10 Settings for Regenerating StudyInstanceUID for
a Study Acquired Using the MWM Function
Function overview
ModifcationispossibleifYesisspecifedforsetupitemNo.134of
CSL/IDT FUNCTION. Patient information and the like changed following
theconfgurationsettingsfortheUIDgenerationwillconsequently
modify SOPInstanceUID and StudyInstanceUID at the same time.
Setup procedure
Procedureusedforperformingconfgurationsettingsfor
regeneration of StudyInstanceUID acquired using MWM
1. Select and then
ontheSetupConfgurationItemwindow.
IDT function.
2. SelectYesfortheconfgurationsettingbelow.
No. Name Meaning
134
MWM
StudyInstanceUID
Regeneration
Specifying whether or not to permit the MWM
StudyInstanceUID to be regenerated.
Yes : Permitted.
No : Not permitted (default)
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-22
Procedureusedforperformingconfgurationsettingsfor
generation of UID (applicable as necessary)
1. Click the mark in the feldonthe
2. Click .
Setup item information for the DR-ID 300CL system information
appears at the right side of the window.
00000408.EPS
3. Performthefollowingconfgurationsettingsthatrelatewith
the UID generation.
Table UID-related setup items (IMAGE MODALITY)
9 UID Issuance
after Modifying
ID Information
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
10 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Normalized
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
DR-ID 300CL.
11 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Image
Processing
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
DR-ID 300CL.
12 UID Issuance
Before Sending
Processed Data
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
300CL.
13 DICOM Series
Generation
Logic
Series - 1 image
series.
series.
Series - N image
series.
issuance logic.
See 3.4Confguration
Details 1. IMAGE
MODALITY under
MU: Maintenance
Utility.
: Default setting
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-23
39 UID Issuance
about a function
(except Image
Processing) to
change to the
image
themselves
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
45 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Trimming
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
ismodifed.
46 UID Issuance
after Modifying
FNC Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
ismodifed.
57 UID Issuance
afterModifying
CRF Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
image UID and
modifed.
: Default setting
Awindowopenspromptingyoutoconfrmthesetupdatatobe
saved.
5. Click .
The setup data is saved accordingly.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-24
2.6 Changing Name Elements
2.7 Setup for Exposure Menu/Study Menu
Mapping
Tag mapping
When transmitting order information to the DR-ID 300CL for MWM
purposes, it is necessary to standardize the exposure and study menu
tag information for the RIS and DR-ID 300CL.
Morespecifcally,youmustcompletethefollowingsteps.
Verify the DICOM tag number that contains RIS ordering information.
Ensure that the RIS ordering information and DR-ID 300CL exposure
menu/study menu agree in extended menu codes (this can be
accomplished by rewriting the menu codes as needed with the
DR-ID 300CL user utility).
REFERENCE
The DR-ID 300CL performs exposure menu mapping in accordance
with a tag number (0040,0008)>(0008,0100) transmitted from the RIS.
Study menu mapping is performed when no exposure menu tag number
is transmitted from the RIS.
The study menu mapping tag numbers transmitted from the RIS vary
from one RIS manufacturer to another. Therefore, Service Utility must
be used to set such tag numbers for the DR-ID 300CL.
Service Utilitys initial setting is (0040,0100)>(0040,0007).
For most of the RIS manufacturers in Japan, the initial setting
(0040,0100)>(0040,0007) can be used as is. For most of RIS
manufacturers other than in Japan, however, the initial setting needs to
be changed.
For details on setup, see under Tag mapping confguration
setup.
The following examples describe the procedures for mapping the
exposuremenuorstudymenudefnedbytheRIS.
Exposure menu
EnsurethattheorderinginformationdefnedbytheDICOMtag
((0040,0008)>(0008,0100)) of the RIS agrees with the extended
menu code of DR-ID 300CL exposure menu.
OE000056.ai
Ensure that this code agrees with the RIS
ordering information (tag information).
IfthemenudefnedbytheRISisnotregisteredintheDR-ID300CL,
create a new exposure menu and then enter the RIS ordering
information related to the exposure menu into the DR-ID 300CL
extendedmenucodefeld.
OE000058.ai
Enter the RIS ordering information
(tag information) in this field.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-25
Study menu
Since no study menu is registered in the DR-ID 300CL, create a new
study menu and then enter the RIS ordering information related to
the study menu.
OE000057.ai
Enter the RIS ordering information
(tag information) in this field.
REFERENCE
The actual tag information (indicating whether mapping is properly
completed) exchanged between the RIS and DR-ID 300CL can be
confrmed by viewing the log fles that are generated when the DICOM
Log Mode is enabled.
For details on the DICOM Log Mode, see Appendix C Using
the DICOM Log Mode under MU: Maintenance Utility.
Tagmappingconfgurationsetup
Setthefollowingconfgurationdata(IMAGEMODALITY)asneeded:
No. Name Meaning
23
Tag Mapped on
Study Menu at
MWM Use
DICOM-defnedtagnumberstobemappedontoa
study menu.
The default setups are 0040, 0100>0040 and 0007.
24
Perform Mapping
to Exposure Menu
at MWM Use
Specifying whether or not to perform study menu/
exposure menu mapping.
If No is selected, only the patient information will be
used to initiate a study process.
The default setup is to perform mapping.
25
Display Dialog
When Failed in
Mapping to Menu
at MWM Use
Specifying whether or not to open a warning window
when mapping is not successfully performed for a
DR-ID 300CL study menu or exposure menu.
The default is to open a warning window.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-26
3.2 Verifying MWM
Check to see that the patient information registered to the RIS appears
in the MWM worklist.
3.3 Verifying PPS
Make sure that the patient information of the study completed has been
sent back to the RIS.
3. Verifying the Connection
After the DR-ID 300CL-AP has been started up, verify MWM and PPS
operations.
3.2 Verifying MWM
3.3 Verifying PPS
earlier).
opens.
For V4.0 or earlier
DCL44002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL08030002.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN13-27
MakeabackupoftheDR-ID300CLsetupfle.
To make a backup, have the following item on hand.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN13-28
BLANK PAGE
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN14-1
Appendix 14 Archiver: Storage
Commitment Push
This chapter describes the setup procedure for the Storage Commitment
Push function on images to be transferred using DICOM CR Storage
(Standard).
The DICOM Commitment Push function is to assure that images
transferred have been stored in the archiver.
Images stored in the DR-ID 300CL will not be deleted before a message
comes from the archiver indicating that it has stored them accordingly.
Prior to setup
The DR-ID 300CL main unit must have been set up.
Install the option key below.
DX CL DICOM COMMITMENT key CR Storage SCU Standard
Storage Commitment Push
This chapter describes the setup procedure using the connection/setup
examples shown below.
DR-ID 300CL
FPD
Archiver setup example
DR-ID 300CL
setup example
DICOM CR Storage (Standard)
DICOM Commitment Push
fcr-csl* /172.16.1.20*............................... HOST name/IP address
CL-SCU*/Port number
(setup not required**)....................... AE name/Port number
CR Image Storage......................... Service Class
SCU.......................................... Role
ImplicitVRLittleEndian*.................. Transfer Syntax
SC AE Name*........................... Scommit_SCP
Storage Commitment Push........... Service Class
SCU.......................................... Role
TCP/IP
00000523.ai
Archiver
Scommit* /172.16.1.90*...................... HOST name/IP address
Scommit_SCP* /5020*................... AE name/Port number
CR Image Storage..................... Service Class
SCP....................................... Role
ImplicitVRLittleEndian*.......... Transfer Syntax
SC AE Name*....................... SCommit_SCP
Storage Commitment Push....... Service Class
SCP....................................... Role
* Setup examples that need be changed depending on the equipment or
network environment.
** Port number needs not be set up for the Service Class when the Role is SCU.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN14-2
Overalloperationfow
300CL to the QA-WS.
After installing the DICOM CR Storage
option, DICOM Commitment Push option
and the AP key, make the following setups
DICOM CR Storage (FILE attribute;
OD_FILE attribute in V4.0 or earlier)
Information of this equipment for the
Commitment Push function
Registration of archiver information for
the Commitment Push function
Registration of SC AE Name
Make sure that the Commitment Push
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3. Verifying the
Function
4. Backing Up the
Setup File
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN14-3
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the DR-ID 300CL to the archiver via networks, as illustrated
below.
FPD
TCP/IP
1000BASE-T cable
00000524.ai
Archiver DR-ID 300CL
u NOTES u
connectors.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN14-4
2. Software Setup
Set up the DR-ID 300CL software by performing the following steps:
2.1 Installing the DICOM Commitment Push
Option Key
2.2 Reinstalling the AP Key
2.3 Performing DICOM CR Storage Setup
2.4 Setting Information on This Equipment for
the Commitment Push Function
2.5 Registering the Archiver Information for
the Commitment Push Function
2.6 Registering the SC AE Name
2.1 Installing the DICOM Commitment
Push Option Key
1. Insert the option key CD into the PC.
After several seconds, the installation start window automatically
opens.
NOTE
00000549.ai
2. Click .
00000550.ai
3. Click .
The installation start window opens again.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN14-5
After option key installation, be sure to reinstall the AP key.
Use the AP key CD to reinstall the AP key. The procedure is described
below:
NOTE
DXL309001.ai
2. Click .
DXL820004.ai
3. Click .
2.3 Performing DICOM CR Storage Setup
u NOTE u
Before using Storage Commitment Push, complete DICOM CR Storage
setup for the archiver.
For details on DICOM CR Storage setup, see 2.1.3 Setup of
Information on This Equipment for the DICOM CR Storage
Function, and subsequent sections under Appendix 10 DICOM
CR Storage in Appx IN.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN14-6
2.4 Setting Information on This Equipment
for the Commitment Push Function
The following information items are to be set up by performing the
procedure described in this section. This setup is performed in relation
totheapplicationentityonthisequipmentthatisdefnedasdirectedin
2.3.
Service class, Role, and Transfer Syntax
Other (timeout setting, etc.)
1. OntheSetupConfgurationItemwindow,sequentially
choose , ,
and (DICOM CR Storage AE name).
00000543.EPS
The DICOM Setup window opens within the right-hand area of
the current window.
2. Click (positioned slightly below the center of
the window).
00000533.EPS
3. Click the downward arrow mark for the
Class (StorageCommitmentPush).
4. Since the AE for User is to be set, choose as the
Role.
5. Adjust the setting (timeout value for the
intervals between DICOM messages) as needed.
REFERENCE
You do not have to check .
Even if it is checked, it will be disregarded even if SCU is chosen
as the Role in step 4 above.
6. Click .
Youarethenreturnedtothe"SetupConfgurationItem"window.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN14-7
7. WiththeConfg(F)menu,savetheenteredsetupdata.
REFERENCES
.
00000545.ai
If the key is clicked, currently selected items will be
deleted.
2.5 Registering the Archiver Information
for the Commitment Push Function
The following information items are to be set up by performing the
procedure described in this section. This setup is performed in relation
tothearchiversapplicationentitythatisdefnedasdirectedin2.4.
Service Class, Role, and Transfer Syntax
Other (2-byte character handling, etc.)
1. On the IIP Service Utility window, click [Setup
ConfgurationItem].
DXCL040704003.ai
00000404.EPS
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN14-8
2. Sequentially choose ,
, (archivers host name),
and (AE name for DICOM CR
Storage).
00000544.ai
The DICOM Setup window appears within the right-hand area of
the current window.
3. Click (positioned slightly below the center of
the window).
00000533.EPS
4. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for the
Class (StorageCommitmentPush).
5. Since the AE of the connected equipment is Provider,
verify that is chosen as the Role.
6. When handling 2-byte characters, check
(
).
7. Enter an appropriate value in the feld.
Association control varies with the entered value as
summarized below:
When value 0 is entered:
Uses an association other than that transmitted from the
DR-ID 300CL to wait for the connected equipments response.
When a value other than 0 is entered:
Uses the association transmitted from the DR-ID 300CL to wait for
the connected equipments response before the entered time
elapses. After the entered time has elapsed, however, another
association is used to wait for the connected equipments response.
8. Click .
YouarethenreturnedtotheSetupConfgurationItemwindow.
9. WiththeConfg(F)menu,savetheenteredsetupdata.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN14-9
2.6 Registering the SC AE Name
Perform the following procedure to register DICOM CR Storage as the
target of Commitment Push.
choose , ,
(archivers host name), and
(AE name of DICOM CR Storage).
00000544.EPS
The DICOM Setup window opens within the right-hand area of
the current window.
2. From the list in the lower right corner of the window, select
CR Image Storage for the Service Class and then click
.
00000548.EPS
3. Click the downward arrow mark ( ) for the
of Commitment Push for the archiver (e.g.: Scommit_SCP).
4. Click .
YouarethenreturnedtotheSetupConfgurationItemwindow.
5. UsetheConfg(F)menutosavetheenteredsetupdata.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN14-10
3. Verifying the Function
Perform the following steps to start the DR-ID 300CL-AP to verify
Commitment Push function:
3.2 Transferring an image to the Archiver
earlier).
The DR-ID 300CL opening window appears on the display.
opens.
For V4.0 or earlier
DCL44002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL08030002.ai
3.2 Transferring an Image to the Archiver
Perform the following steps to transfer an image stored in the
DR-ID 300CL to the archiver and verify that the Commitment Push
function properly works.
1. Select the image to be transferred, and then transfer it to the
archiver.
2. Check whether the DR-ID 300CL displays a message to
indicate the image has been stored in the archiver device.
Also, perform a deletion procedure in relation to an image
that is not transferred to the archiver to verify that the image
remains undeleted.
For detailed descriptions of the image transfer and image
deletion procedures, see the DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN14-11
For backup, furnish the following items:
For details of the backup procedure, see 5. Restoring/Backing Up
theConfgurationFileConfgurationRestore/Backupunder
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN14-12
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN15-1
Appendix 15 F-RIS: Ordering
Applicable only in Japan.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN15-2
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN15-3
BLANK PAGE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN15-4
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN16-1
Appendix 16 Connecting the High-
resolution Monitor
u NOTE u
In a laptop PC, a high-resolution monitor cannot be used.
1. Changing to the High-resolution Monitor
(1600 1200 monitor)
For Windows Vista
Windows starts up. Within about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP
will also start up opening the DR-ID 300CL initial screen.
initial screen opens, sequentially click the upper left corner
DXL03100001.ai
DXL41001.ai
3. Click .
4. Right-click a menu on the desktop to select
Personalization.
5. Select Display Settings on the window that opens.
DCL70422.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN16-2
6. Select the icon for a high-resolution monitor (select 1 on
the window shown below) and make sure that the selected
resolution is 1600 by 1200 pixels.
DXL81601.ai
7. Click .
For Windows 7
Windows starts up. Within about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP
will also start up, opening the DR-ID 300CL initial screen.
initial screen opens, sequentially click the upper left corner
DXL03100001.ai
DXL41001.ai
3. Click .
desktop.
5. Select the monitor for high resolution and select 1600 by
1200 pixels from the pull-down menu of Resolution.
6. Click .
7. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN16-3
2. Reinstalling the Application and
Performing Necessary Settings
2.1 Reinstalling the Application
(V4.0 or Earlier)
1. Remove the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
For details on how to remove the application, see
1. DR-ID 300CL-AP under Appendix 7 Uninstalling the AP
in Appx IN: Installation Appendix.
2. StartupExplorer.Ifanyofthefollowingflesorfolders
exists, remove it.
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg.bak\MWMConfg.mdb
C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\Confg.bak\MediaListDB.mdb
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\Bmp (Delete the entire
folder.)
3. Select All Programs Accessories Run... from the
menu.
4. Input regedit and click .
DCL70428.ai
5. If the Registry Editor includes any of the following keys,
delete it (delete all values included in the relevant key).
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIP\PatientDB
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIP\ShowItem
DCL70427.ai
6. Click to close the Registry Editor window.
7. Install the DR-ID 300CL-AP.
For details on how to install the application, see 5.1 Installing
the AP under MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN16-4
2.2 Setting the High-Resolution Monitor
1. Start up the Service Utility.
For details on how to start up the Service Utility, see
1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility under
2. Click [LUT].
DXCL040816001.ai
3. Select a type of the monitor to be connected and click
.
DXCL040704003.ai
00000091.EPS
5. On the window that opens, click the mark to the left of
.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN16-5
6. Click .
Setup data of the DR-ID 300CL system information is displayed in
the pane right of the window.
00000248.EPS
7. Perform setting according to the
connected monitor.
8. In V5.0 or later, set up 300 Monitor1 Resolution Setting to
2: 1600 1200.
saved.
10. Click .
11. FromtheConfgmenu,chooseClose.
12. Exit the Service Utility.
13. Restart the PC and check to see that the DR-ID 300CL-AP
goes up and running properly.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN16-6
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN16-7
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN16-8
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN17-1
Appendix 17 DICOM Server :
Image Reprint
(V4.0 or Earlier)
This chapter describes the setup procedure necessary to search for/
acquire images stored in the DICOM server, from the DR-ID 300CL
using the DICOM Query/Retrieve function. This chapter also describes
the procedure for the setup of service classes required for the
acquisition of searched images.
In addition, this chapter explains about the setup procedure used for the
printout of acquired images from the DR-ID 300CL to the DICOM printer
using the DICOM Print function.
u NOTE u
An equipment unit targeted for image search/acquisition (DICOM
server) and that targeted for image printout (DICOM printer) are
abbreviated herein as other connected equipment.
Prior to setup
The DR-ID 300CL main unit (including DICOM Print/DICOM Storage)
must have been set up accordingly.
DX CL DICOM QR key DICOM Query/Retrieve
The main unit of other connected equipment must have been set up
accordingly.
DICOM server
SYNAPSE and other manufacturers DICOM servers should be
connectable. Connection requirements must be checked for in advance.
(1) Connection/setup example (DICOM Query/Retrieve)
Set up the DICOM/Query/Retrieve function following the example
below.
DICOM Query/Retrieve
TCP/IP
DR-ID 300CL
(This equipment)
015039.ai
DICOM CR Storage
IP address : 172.16.2.20*
AE name (User) : CL- SCU-QR*
Service Class : Study Root Query
Study Root Retrieve
Transfer Syntax : ImplicitVRLittleEndian
DR-ID 300CL
setup example
DICOM Server
(Other connected
equipment)
HOST name : D-Server*
IP address : 172.16.4.40*
AE name (Provider) : ServerDicom*
Port number : 12040*
Service Class : Study Root Query
Study Root Retrieve
Transfer Syntax : ImplicitVRLittleEndian
Setup example of other
connected equipment
Items marked with * constitute setup examples, which need to
be changed depending on the equipment or network environment.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-2
(2) Connection/setup example (CR Image Storage)
Set up the CR Image Storage function following the example below.
Items other than those grayed out in the illustration below should be
newly set up here.
NOTE
Searched images will be input actually by using the CR Image Storage
or DX Image Storage for Presentation service class.
TCP/IP
DR-ID 300CL
(This equipment)
015061.ai
DICOM CR Storage
DICOM Query/Retrieve
IP address : 172.16.1.20*
AE name (Provider) : CL- SCP*
Port number : 12408*
Service Class : CR Image Storage*
Transfer Syntax : JPEGLossLess*
DR-ID 300CL
setup example
DICOM server
(Other connected
equipment)
HOST name : D-Server*
IP address : 172.16.1.40*
AE name (User) : ServerDicom*
Service Class : CR Image Storage*
Transfer Syntax : JPEGLossLess*
Setup example of
Items marked with * constitute setup examples, which need to
be changed depending on the equipment or network environment.
REFERENCE
When inputting an image from other connected equipment, if it has
undergone image processing and LUT processing, whether to
automatically perform LUT reverse-conversion processing or perform
reverse-conversion processing on the printer side can be selected on
this equipment. To perform LUT reverse-conversion processing on the
DR-ID 300CL, the reverse-conversion LUT fle (ReverseLut.lut) that is
stored in the directory shown below will be used on this equipment.
However, replace this fle for another if you wish to use a different LUT.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut\ReverseLut.lut
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-3
Overalloperationfow
Perform the following setups that enable
image reprint using DICOM.
Start to install the option key, and reinstall
the AP key. Perform then the following.
Setup of information on this equipment
(AE name, host name, IP address,
device attributes, Service Class, and
other)
Registration of information on other
connected equipment (AE name,
device attributes, host name, IP
address, port number, Service Class,
handling of high-density images, and
other)
Setup of CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
Setup of CONFIG QR
Make sure that the DR-ID 300CL can
search for/retrieve images from the DICOM
server and also that it can print those
retrieved images from the DR-ID 300CL to
the DICOM printer.
Makebackupcopiesofconfgurationfles.
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3.Verifcation
4. Setup File
Backup
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the DR-ID 300CL to other equipment via network, as illustrated
below.
DRYPIX
TCP/IP
1000BASE-T cable
00000044.ai
DR-ID 300CL
Other connected
equipment
u NOTES u
The cable type applicable to this equipment is the IEC950/UL1950-
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN17-4
2. Software Setup
Tasks done on
the DR-ID 300CL
Tasks done on
other connected
equipment
2.1.1 Installing the Image Search/
Acquisition Option Key
2.1.2 Reinstalling the AP Key
2.1.3 Setting the Information on This
Equipment for Image Search/
Acquisition
Image Search/Acquisition
2.1.5 Setting the Information on This
Equipment for the DICOM CR
Storage Function
the DICOM CR Storage Function
2.1.7 Setting CONNECTING
EQUIPMENT
2.1.8 Setting CONFIG QR
2.1.9 Setting the LUT Reverse-
conversion Processing
2.1.1 Installing the Image Search/Acquisition Option Key
The DX CL DICOM QR option key must be installed as follows so that
you can search for/acquire images.
In a few seconds, the installation start widow opens automatically.
NOTE
DCL817001.EPS
2. Click .
3. Click .
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN17-5
Whenever the option key is installed, be sure to reinstall the AP key.
is described below.
After a while, the installation start window opens automatically.
NOTE
DXL309001.ai
2. Click .
DXL820004.ai
3. Click .
2.1.3 Setting the Information on This Equipment for
Image Search/Acquisition
Set up the following information items on this equipment.
Host name and IP address
AE name (Application Entity Name)
Service Class, Role, Attribute
Other (timeout value setting, etc.)
1. Start the Service Utility mode.
The IIP Service Utility main menu opens.
See 1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility under
main menu.
DCL804001.EPS
00000404.EPS
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-6
3. Click the mark of the .
5. Check to see that the DR-ID 300CL host name and IP
address are displayed.
015017.ai
DR-ID 300CL
host name
DR-ID 300CL
IP address
u NOTE u
DR-ID 300CL is network-connected.
6. Click .
015018.ai
7. Enter the AE name (e.g.: CL-SCU-QR) that is the SCU for
the DR-ID 300CL in the feld.
NOTES
A maximum of 16 one-byte characters can be entered.
REFERENCE
You need not to set up the port number in .
8. Click .
015023.ai
9. Click (downward arrow) in the
feldtoselecttheServiceClass(StudyRootQuery).
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-7
10. Select (SCU) for the Role because this equipment is
a user of the DICOM service class.
REFERENCES
If the Service Class and Role are selected, contents of Transfer
Syntax and Attribute are determined automatically. The Transfer
Syntax is fxed at ImplicitVRLittleEndian and the Attribute is fxed
at OTHER.
SCU is the abbreviation of Service Class User.
11. Set the DICOM inter-message timeout value as
necessary.
REFERENCE
It is not necessary to place a checkmark to . It will be
disregarded even if placed.
12. Click .
015018.ai
13. Click .
015024.ai
feldtoselecttheServiceClass(StudyRootRetrieve).
NOTE
Syntax is fxed at ImplicitVRLittleEndian and the Attribute is fxed at
OTHER.
as necessary.
REFERENCE
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-8
17. Click .
18. Click .
015063.ai
saved.
20. Click .
2.1.4 Registering the Information on Other
Connected Equipment for Image Search/
Acquisition
Register the following information items on other connected equipment.
AE name (Application Entity Name ), port number
Service Class, Role, Attribute
Other (settings for the supported search key and default target for
acquisition, etc.)
1. Click the mark in on the Setup
The ALL OTHER NODES list opens.
When other connected equipment (D-Server, for example) has
already been properly registered:
015064.ai
Already-registered other
connected equipment
(e.g.: D-Server)
I. OntheSetupConfgurationItemwindow,sequentiallyselect
, ,
(host name of the DICOM server that stores images),
and then (AE name of the DICOM server).
II. Click (slightly below the center of the window).
The DICOMSetup window opens. Skip steps 3. through 5. and
continue with the processing from step 6.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN17-9
If other connected equipment is unregistered:
Unregistered other connected
equipment (e.g.: D-Server)
015065.ai
I. Select and click .
II. Perform the following settings on the New Node window.
Enter the host name (e.g.: D-Server) in .
NOTE
< > & / \
Enter the IP address (e.g.: 172.16.1.40) in .
NOTE
Select DICOM Protocol in the Add Node feld.
III. Continue with the processing from step 3.
3. Click .
015005.ai
Enter the AE name (ServerDicom, for example) of other connected
equipment in .
u NOTES u
Enter SynapseDicomSCP if the connected DICOM server is
SYNAPSE.
Enter the port number of other connected equipment (12040, for
example) in .
u NOTE u
Enter 104 if other connected equipment is SYNAPSE.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-10
5. Click .
015023-01.ai
feldtoselecttheServiceClass(StudyRootRetrieve).
7. Select (SCP) for the Role because other connected
equipment is a provider of the service class.
NOTE
Syntax is fxed at ImplicitVRLittleEndian and the Attribute is fxed at
OTHER.
8. To handle two-byte characters, place a checkmark to
( ).
as necessary.
10. Set up as necessary.
NOTE
Set any from 1 to 8 if 1: SendConfgurationInformation is specifed
for No.2 in 10. CONFIG QR of the SYSTEM CONFIG, and set
NONE for other cases.
11. Click .
If other connected equipment is unregistered, the system returns
to the Application Entity List. Click .
015067.ai
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-11
12. Click .
015023-01.ai
feldtoselecttheServiceClass(StudyRootQuery).
14. Select (SCP) for the Role because other connected
equipment is a provider of the DICOM service class.
NOTES
If the Service Class of Study Root Query is selected, contents of
Transfer Syntax and Attribute are determined automatically. The
Transfer Syntax is fxed at ImplicitVRLittleEndian and the Attribute
is fxed at QUERY.
SCP is the abbreviation of Service Class Provider.
( ).
REFERENCE
16. Select the AE name of other connected equipment that is
the default destination for retrieval.
015049.ai
17. Click .
015067.ai
saved.
19. Click .
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-12
2.1.5 Setting the Information on This Equipment for
the DICOM CR Storage Function
Set up the following information items on this equipment.
AE name (Application Entity Name), port number
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax, Attribute
Other (settings of timeout value, etc.)
1. Select ontheSetupConfgurationItem
window and click .
2. Check to see that the host name and IP address of the DR-ID
300CL are displayed.
015004.ai
DR-ID 300CL
host name
DR-ID 300CL
IP address
u NOTE u
DR-ID 300CL is network-connected.
3. Click .
015005.ai
Enter the AE name that is the SCP for the DR-ID 300CL
(e.g.: CL-SCP) in the feld.
u NOTES u
Set up an AE name that is different from the AE name of other
SCP.
Enter the port number of this equipment (e.g.: 12408) in the
feld.
NOTE
Set up a port number paying attention not to specify the same port
number of other SCP.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-13
5. Click .
015023-01.ai
feldtoselecttheServiceClass(e.g.:CRImageStorage).
CR Image Storage
DX Image Storage for Presentation
REFERENCE
Verifcation included in the pull-down menu is the Service Class
used to verify connection between DICOM equipment units. For
verifying connection, Verifcation must be selected accordingly.
For details of connection verifcation, see 7. Verifying
7. Select (SCP) for the Role because the DR-ID 300CL
is a provider of the DICOM service class.
REFERENCE
SCP is the abbreviation of Service Class Provider.
feldtoselecttheTransfer
Syntax (JPEG Lossless, for example).
Service Class
Transfer Syntax Supported (Selectable)
ImplicitVR
LittleEndian
ExplicitVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
CR Image Storage
DX Image Storage for
Presentation

Verifcation
NOTE
When setting up ImplicitVRLittleEndian, an image reception error
may result. For the purpose of image storage, use ExplicitVRLittle-
Endian or JPEGLossless.
( ).
( ) as necessary.
feldtoselectthedeviceattribute(HD_FILE).
12. Click .
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-14
13. Click .
015008.ai
saved.
15. Click .
2.1.6 Registering the Information on Other
Connected Equipment for the DICOM CR
Storage Function
Set up the following information items on other connected equipment.
AE name (Application Entity Name)
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax, Attribute
select , ,
(host name of the DICOM server that stores
images), and then (AE name of the
DICOM server).
2. Click (slightly below the center of the window).
015023-01.ai
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-15
feldtoselecttheServiceClass(e.g.:CRImageStorage).
CR Image Storage
DX Image Storage for Presentation
REFERENCE
Verifcation included in the pull-down menu is the Service Class
used to verify connection between DICOM equipment units. For
verifying connection, Verifcation must be selected accordingly.
For details of connection verifcation, see 7. Verifying
4. Select (SCU) for the Role because other connected
equipment is a user of the DICOM service class.
REFERENCE
SCU is the abbreviation of Service Class User.
Syntax (JPEG Lossless, for example).
Service Class
Transfer Syntax Supported (Selectable)
ImplicitVR
LittleEndian
ExplicitVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
CR Image Storage
DX Image Storage for
Presentation

Verifcation
NOTE
Be sure to set up the same Transfer Syntax as that set up on the
Provider side (SCP).
REFERENCES
You need not to place a checkmark to .
It is not necessary to perform setting for . It
will be disregarded even if set up.
feldtoselectdeviceattribute(OTHER)forotherconnected
equipment.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-16
7. Click .
015011.ai
saved.
9. Click .
2.1.7 Setting CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
To search for images based on the DICOM Query protocol, perform
settings of the AE name for the server targeted for inquiry using the
CONNECTING EQUIPMENT function.
Registered equipment units are listed on the right side of the
window.
OE000004.ai
2. Click .
Click (downward arrow) in the feld
to select function (QUERY) of other connected equipment.
Click (downward arrow) in the
feldtoselectequipment(AEnameoftheservertargetedfor
inquiry).
4. Click .
saved.
6. Click .
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-17
2.1.8 Setting CONFIG QR
To enable reprint of images acquired using the DICOM Query/Retrieve
function, Service Utility settings are necessary.
For the default settings, see the Table CONFIG QR-related setup data.
1. Click the mark in on the Setup
2. Click .
Setup information on the DR-ID 300CL is displayed on the right
side on the window.
20000001.EPS
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-18
3. PerformCONFIGQR-relatedconfgurationsettingsas
follows.
Table CONFIG QR-related setup data
1 Retrieved Image
Viewer Finish
Mode
0 : Normal
Normalfnish(fnishingafterclickingthefnishbutton)
1 : Finish After Reprint
Finishes after generating reprint.
Specifyingimageconfrmationfnishmode.
2 Reverse LUT
For Processed
Image
0 : None
No reverse-conversion processing is performed.
1: SendConfgurationInformation
Reverse-conversion processing is performed on the printer
side after LUT type information is sent to the printer.
2 : ApplyReverseLUT
Reverse-conversion processing is performed at the output
process.
Specifying whether or not to perform LUT reverse-
conversion processing when a processed image is
retrieved.
See 2.1.9 Setting the LUT Reverse-
conversion Processing for details on
how to set up the LUT reverse-
conversion processing.
3 The Patient
Format
For Search
Condition
* : (1) family
*^* : (2) family, given
*^*^* : (3) family, given, middle
*^*^*^* : (4)family,given,middle,prefx
*^*^*^*^* : (5)family,given,middle,prefx,suffx
*=* : (1) Multi-byte support to (1) above.
*^*=*^* : (2) Multi-byte support to (2) above.
*^*^*=*^*^* : (3) Multi-byte support to (3) above.
*^*^*^*=*^*^*^* : (4) Multi-byte support to (4) above.
*^*^*^*^*=*^*^*^*^* : (5) Multi-byte support to (5) above.
Specifying which element(s) of a patient name is to
be matched with the search conditions.
*Apatientnameconsistsofthefollowingfve
elements.
Thissetupitemistodeterminewhichofthosefve
elements are to be matched with the search
conditions.
family,given,middle,prefx,suffx
* * appearing in the selective alternatives at left
represents one of the patient name elements.
^shows delimitation between the elements, and
=shows that multi-byte characters can be typed
in.
: Default setting
saved.
5. Click .
The system saves the setup date.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-19
2.1.9 Setting the LUT Reverse-conversion Processing
LUT reverse-conversion processing needs to be set up when 1: Send
ConfgurationInfomratjonor2:ApplyReverseLUTwasselectedfor
No. 2 Reverse LUT For Processed Image in CONFIG QR of
ConfgurationDetails.Shownbelowarethetwoseparatelydescribed
setup procedures.
When1:SendConfgurationInformationwasselected
Different settings are required to be performed on both the printer side
and the DR-ID 300CL side.
Settings required on the printer side
Have an LUT reverse-conversion table be ready for use on the DICOM
printer side. Necessary settings are to be performed on this table.
NOTE
For how to format/set up the table fle, see the manuals supplied with
each printer.
Settings required on the DR-ID 300CL side
Use the Service Utility network setting function to determine the LUT
number from the printer information for the AE that serves as the
StudyRootRetrieve service class Provider.
When 2: ApplyReverseLUT was selected
AnLUTreverse-conversionfleisrequired.Shownbelowisthe
procedure used to create it.
NOTE
When the DR-ID 300CL is up and running, shut it down while holding
down the <Shift> button to have the system being in ordinary Windows
status.
1. SelectAllProgramsAccessoriesRun...fromthe
menu.
F140002.ai
2. Type in C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\CreateLUT.
exe for the Output File name and click .
F140001.ai
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-20
3. Perform the following steps.
F140003.ai
I
II
I. Usetheabsolutepathtospecifyaninputfleinthe[InputFile]
box. Click of [LUT used in outputting processed image:],
andthenselectanoutputLUTfle(receiverAEname+.lut).
II. Type in 16.
NOTE
Do not change [Output File] and [InBit (10-16)] settings.
4. Click .
TheLUTreverse-conversionfleiscreated.
Adialogopenstoshowthattheflehasbeencreatedsuccessfully.
FR140004.ai
5. Click to close the dialog, and click [Exit].
The tool shuts down, closing then the Create LUT for Processed
Images window.
Equipment
Set up DICOM Query/Retrieve in accordance with the software
specifcationofotherconnectedequipmentsothatotherconnected
equipment is available for image data search/acquisition from the
DR-ID 300CL.
DICOM server
See descriptions related to DICOM Query/Retrieve included in
the manuals of the individual equipment.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-21
3. Verifcation
After starting up the DR-ID 300CL-AP, make sure that images on the
DICOM server can be searched for/acquired appropriately. Also make
sure that acquired images can be output from the DR-ID 300CL to the
specifedprinter.
3.2 Searching/Acquiring Images
from the DICOM Server
3.3 Checking Film Output Images
Fuji Film and then DR-Console.
The DR-ID 300CL-AP reception window opens in about two
minutes.
DCL44002.EPS
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-22
3.2 Searching/Acquiring Images from the
DICOM Server
Search for/acquire images stored in the DICOM server and print those
images to the DICOM printer as follows.
1. Specify search conditions to search for/acquire images from
the DICOM server.
For details of the procedure used to search for/acquire
images, see the DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual.
2. Checktoseethatthespecifedimagewastransferredto
this equipment.
For details of the procedure used to check the transferred
image, see the DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual.
3.3 Checking Film Output Images
1. Generate a printout of the transferred image.
For details of how to generate printouts, see the DR-ID 300CL
Operation Manual.
2. Makesurethatthespecifedimagehasbeentransferred
properly and output with the same patient and study
information.
REFERENCE
The example in the fgure below represents a printout that would be
generated when the default flm annotation character format is used
(image size: 35 35cm (14" 14"); print format: TWIN). When the default
settings are used, character strings (1) through (18) are printed out.
1.0G#0.7+0.50R5Q0.5 G R - > L
[F] 23
SCALE:50%
Surgi
RT-04
0000000001 MARY ADAMS
01
1992. 11. 27 [17:43]
G
A0000
L 4.0S 200C 1.2 1.0AP
1.0G#0.7+0.50R5Q1.0
120KV 320mA 16msec 5mAs 1500mm
SKULL, GENERAL
OE000032.EPS
FUJIFILM HOSPITAL
(1) Hospital name (institution name)
(2) EDR mode + menu code
(3) Patient ID
(4) Patient name (9) Film mark
(6) Gender
(7) Age or birth date
(8) Group process information
(10) Reduction ratio
(15) Exposure time
(5) Exposure date
(14) Image reversal mark
(13) Normalization conditions + corrections
(17) Technologists code
(11) Image processing conditions
(12) Exposure menu
name
(16) Requesting
department
(18) X-raying
conditions
If any abnormality is found, see 8. Print Output Function under
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN17-23
Have the following item be ready for use.
010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
Appx IN17-24
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN18-1
Appendix 18 Setup of Date and
Time Display
1. Displaying the Date and Time
(V4.0 or Earlier)
In V4.0 or earlier, set up to display the current date and time at the time
of launching DR-ID 300CL-AP.
NOTES
Perform settings for date and time display after completing DR-ID
300CL-AP installation processing.
In V5.0 or later, the date and time will be displayed on DR-ID 300CL
by default.
REFERENCE
In V4.0 or earlier, the date and time will be displayed as follows. With
the mouse operation, the display position can be moved as desired.
FR180001.ai
Described below is the procedure used for performing necessary
settings.
1. Start Explorer to open C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Tools.
2. Right-click IIPDispDateTime.exe to select Create
Shortcut.
FR180002.ai
Shortcut to IIPDispDateTime.exe is created.
3. Move Shortcut to IIPDispDateTime.exe to C:\Documents
and Settings\Administrator\ Start Menu \Programs\Startup.
NOTE
If startup user of the DR-ID 300CL-AP is other than the
Administrator, move the shortcut to the startup folder of that user.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN18-2
4. ChangeflenameofShortcuttoIIPDispDateTime.exeto
DateTimeDisplayAPL.exe.
FR180003.ai
5. Restart the PC.
Within about one minute, the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts up and the
DR-ID 300CL initial window opens.
6. Check to see that the current date and time appear on the
window.
FR180004.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN18-3
2. Setting the Date and Time
To set up the date and time, perform the following procedures.
2. Click .
3. Click .
DXL08180001.ai
The Date and Time Settings window opens.
4. Correct the date and time appropriately, and click .
FR180008.ai
5. Close the Date and Time window.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN18-4
3. Setting the Display Format of
Date and Time
To set up the display format of date and time, perform the following
procedures.
2. Click .
The Region and Language window opens.
3. Click ( in Windows
Vista).
DXL08180002.ai
4. Select the Time tab to change the Time format.
REFERENCE
In V4.0 or earlier, ss will not be refected on the actually displayed
time.
For Windows Vista
FR180006.ai
For Windows 7
DXL08180003.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN18-5
5. Select then the Date tab to change the Date formats.
For Windows Vista
FR180007.ai
For Windows 7
DXL08180004.ai
6. Click [OK].
The system returns to the Region and Language window.
7. Click [OK].
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN18-6
4. Setting the Display Font of
Date and Time
To set up the display font of date and time, perform the following
procedures.
For Windows Vista
I. Select Control Panel from the menu.
II. Double-click .
III. Select the Window Color and Appearance.
FR180012.ai
The Appearance Settings window opens.
IV. Click .
FR180010.ai
The Advanced Appearance window opens.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN18-7
For Windows 7
I. Select Personalization from the right-click menu on the desktop.
II. Select Window Color
DXL08180005.ai
The Window Color and Appearance window opens.
2. Select Menu in and change the font and font size.
DXL08180007.ai
NOTE
In V4.0 or earlier, only the font can be specifed in the procedures
above. Change the font size by editing the registry.
Refer to 5. Setting the Display Font Size of Date and Time
(V4.0 or Earlier).
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN18-8
5. Setting the Display
Font Size of Date and Time
(V4.0 or Earlier)
To set up the display font size of date and time, perform the following
procedures.
1. Select All Programs Accessories Run... from the
menu.
2. Enter regedit and click .
DCL70428.ai
3. Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\
IIPDispDateTime.
4. Change the FontSizeWWWWxHHHH registry values to
desired font sizes (WWWW: width of the monitor at
installation of the DR-ID 300CL-AP and HHHH: height of the
monitor at installation of the DR-ID 300CL-AP).
REFERENCE
In case there is no registry corresponding to sizes of the installed
monitor, determine the registry name and the date and time display
font size, based on the values shown in the table below.
Monitor size
(M)
Monitor width
(pixel)
Monitor height
(pixel)
Registry
name
Default font
size
0.7 1024 768
FontSize
1024768
10
1 1280 1024
FontSize
12801024
11
2 1600 1200
FontSize
16001200
12
3 2048 1536
FontSize
20481536
14
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-1
Appendix 19 X-Ray Controller
Describes the procedures to directly connect DR-ID 300CL to X-Ray
Controller (hereinafter called as X-CON).
NOTE
In a laptop PC, an X-CON cannot be used.
REFERENCE
Either of the following two operation styles is to be adopted at the
DR-ID 300CL installation site.
For V4.0.0001
Environment where a single CR Image Reader is connected:
- Only a single CR Image Reader is to be connected to the DR-ID
300CL.
- The DR-ID 300CL and an X-CON are to be connected with each
other directly.
Environment where both a CR Image Reader and a DR Image Reader
are connected within the same system:
- A CR Image Reader and a DR Image Reader (CU/MC) are to be
- An X-CON is to be connected to CU/MC or DR-ID 300CL.
For V5.0 or later
Environment where a single CR Image Reader is connected:
- Only a single CR Image Reader is to be connected to the DR-ID
300CL.
other directly.
Environment where both a CR Image Reader and a DR Image Reader
are connected within the same system:
- A CR Image Reader and a DR Image Reader (CU/MC) are to be
other directly.
(Only when DR-ID 200 is to be connected, X-CON is not to be
directly connected to DR-ID 300CL.)
Prior to setup
Software version required: V4.0.0001 or later
(V7.0 or later in case of
mammography X-CON connection)
X-CON requirements for other than mammography use
The connected host main unit must have been set up accordingly.
X-CONs supported by the DR-ID 300CL are as follows:
Maker Product Name
Toshiba DTW220A, KXO80F
Shimadzu UD150B
Hitachi DHF-155H (S)
Philips Super 50 CP
Siemens PL80, PS50S
X-CON for mammography use
The connected host main unit must have been set up accordingly.
X-CONs supported by the DR-ID 300CL are as follows:
Maker Product Name
Toshiba MGU-100D
Planmed Sophie / Sophie mobile / Sophie MaxView
ready / Sophie with MaxView / Sophie Classic /
Sophie Classic mobile / Sophie Classic
MaxView ready / Sophie Classic with MaxView
GE DMR+/DMR/700T/800T
All Software versions are applicable.
Instrumentarium Diamond
Alpha IQ,RT 7.24 or later
Alpha ST 7.24 or later
Alpha III 6.65 or later
Performa 7.7 or later
Lorad LoradM4/LoradAffnity/LoradElite/Lorad
M3 / Lorad M2E / Benet HFQ-100 / Benet HFQ-
1000 / Benet Mamo / Benet MP150 / Contour
2000
IMS IMS Giotto
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-2
Overalloperationfow
Use a serial cable to connect the DR-ID
300CL to an X-CON.
Install the software for directly connecting
the X-CON (option key), reinstall the AP
key,andsetuptheconfgurationfor
X-CON control function.
Verify if the DR-ID 300CL is serially
connected to an X-CON correctly and the
data can be exchanged properly with the
X-CON.
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3. Verifying the
Connection/Data
Exchange
4. Backing Up the
Setup File
Procedure to be performed if necessary
In software V4.0.0001, switch from the CR single connection
environment to the DR connection environment (including CR/DR on
the same environment).
5. Switching to DR Connection Environment (V4.0.0001)
1. Hardware Setup
Use a serial cable to connect the DR-ID 300CL to an X-CON.
DXL819001.ai
X-CON
COM port
Relay adapter
Serial conversion cable Serial cable
DR-ID 300CL
NOTES
In the case where a serial port has already been used, mount an
additional serial port (option) and then connect a dedicated serial
cable.
In the following cases, connect the PC and the X-CON using the
MOXA board (CP-112UL-I-DB9) regardless of the number of ports
being used by PC. In other cases, the COM port of the PC can be
used.
When there is a concern of leak current on the X-CON and
it is considered that a MOXA board should be used as
a countermeasure on the DR-ID 300CL side.
When insulation is a requirement for the use of the X-CON.
For details on the procedures to add a serial port, refer to
Appendix 26 Adding and Setting the Serial Connector.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN19-3
2. Software Setup
REFERENCE
In V5.0 or later (in standard confguration), X-CON control option key is
included in Standard Key CD. Perform the procedure from 2.3
Confguration setting for Directly Connecting the X-CON.
Directly Connecting the X-CON
Direct Connection with the X-CON
Directly Connecting the X-CON
Use DR-ID 300CL-AP CD and install the software for directly connecting
the X-CON.
2.1.1 For Software V4.0.0001
REFERENCE
The procedure described herein is used to install the option key for
X-CON connection.
If 2) CR&DR-Connection is selected during the following procedure,
X-CON connection option key will be uninstalled.
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP into the PC.
NOTE
DCL41501.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN19-4
DXL819002.ai
DXL819003.ai
4. Click .
DXL819004.ai
5. Click .
The system then returns to the desktop screen.
2.1.2 For Software V5.0 or Later (Lite Type)
NOTE
double-click the execution fle (extension: exe) in the CD.
DXL819003.ai
2. Click .
DXL819004.ai
3. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN19-5
Described below is the procedure to be followed to reinstall the AP key
using the AP key CD.
After a while, the installation start window opens.
NOTE
DXL309001.ai
2. Click .
DXL819004.ai
3. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-6
Direct Connection with the X-CON
Setupthefollowingconfgurationitemsfordirectconnectionwiththe
X-CON.
ConfgsettingsfortheX-CONconnection
ConfgsettingsfortheX-CONconnection
1. Start the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility mode.
For how to start the Service Utility mode, see 1. Starting/
Exiting the Service Utility under MU: Maintenance Utility.
DXCL040704003.ai
The[SetupConfgurationItem]windowopens.
00000404.EPS
NOTE
Steps 3 and 4 are not required in cases other than mammography
X-CON. Proceed to step 5.
3. Click .
The printer function setup item will be displayed on the right-hand
side of the window.
Printer function-related setup items
DXCL070819002.ai
4. SetupthefollowingX-CON-relatedconfgurationitem.
87 Film Character
Mode Setting
On XCON
Material Info.
0 : DICOM
Conforms to the DICOM
defnitions(ashasbeenso
previously).
1 : XCON-IF
Conforms to the XCON I/F
defnitions.
Specifyingflm
annotation
characters of
mammography
XCON material
information.
: Default setting
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-7
5. Click .
The IDT/Console function setup items will be displayed on the
IDT/Console function setup items
DXL819006.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-8
6. SetupthefollowingX-CON-relatedconfgurationitems.
No. ConfgurationItem Meaning Remarks
X-CON for other than
mammography use
X-CON for
mammography use
42
Wait Time for Performed Exposure Info.
From Xcon
Wait time (in seconds) between the instant at which the
ID information acquisition request is received from the
built-in type machine and the instant at which the XCON
exposure result information is received in situations
where exposures are made by the built-in device.
Default: 3

43 Xcon Status Display Strings Image display caption Default: XCON
44 Xcon Serial_TX Control Port X-CON control serial port no. Default: 0
45 Xcon Performed Info. Reception Setup for reception of operating condition data Default: Receives.
*1
46 Xcon Exposure Info.Transfer Setup for transfer of exposure condition data Default: Not to transmit.
*2
47
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value
(Minimum KVP [kV])
Minimum tube voltage (kV) Default: 28kV (V4.0 or earlier)
1kV (V5.0 or later)

48
(Maximum KVP [kV])
Maximum tube voltage (kV) Default: 110kV (V4.0 or earlier)
500kV (V5.0 or later)

49
(Minimum X-ray Tube Current [mA])
Minimum tube current (mA) Default: 9mA (V4.0 or earlier)
1mA (V5.0 or later)

50
(Maximum X-ray Tube Current [mA])
Maximum tube current (mA) Default: 400mA

51
(Minimum Exposure Time [msec])
Minimum irradiation time (msec) Default: 10msec

52
(Maximum Exposure Time [msec])
Maximum irradiation time (msec) Default: 5400msec

53
(Minimum Reserve 1)
Minimum Reserved Code 1 value to be sent to the
X-CON
Default: 0

54
(Maximum Reserve 1)
Maximum Reserved Code 1 value to be sent to the
X-CON
Default: 8000

108
Xcon Format Type X-CON format type Default : Old (Conventional X-CON
other than for mammography)

109 Xcon Interlock Command Transfer Whether interlock command is sent or not Default: No
111 Xcon Serial_TX Baudrate X-CON serial transfer rate Default: 4800bit
112 Xcon No-Response Timeout Timeout value Default: 20
113 Xcon Data Reception Timeout Timeout value Default: 20
117 Handling of dose value of Value 1 Handling of dose value of Value 1 Default:1 :Entrance Dose
118 Handling of dose value of Value 2 Handling of dose value of Value 2 Default:2 :Dose Product
120
Xcon No-Data Default Output Setup for output of actual result value unavailable from
X-CON
Default: Does not set up exposure-
related information to the tag.

142 Xcon Serial_TX Parity Setup for X-CON serial transfer parity Default: 2
196
Serial Xcon Connection Specifying whether or not DR-ID 300CL receives actual
result information from X-CON via serial connection.
Default: No

: Essential : Changed as required.
*1 : Be sure to set Yes (reception possible) for an X-CON for mammography use.
*2 : Be sure to set No (transmission not possible) for an X-CON for mammography use.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-9
NOTE
When the mammography X-CON used is made by Toshiba, Planmed, GE/Instrumentarium, Lorad or IMS, the following confguration items must be set up
as shown in the table below.
No. Confgitem Toshiba Planmed GE/Instrumentarium Lorad IMS
44
Xcon Serial_TX
Control Port
To be set in the range
of 1 to 3.
of 1 to 3.
of 1 to 3.
of 1 to 3.
of 1 to 3.
108 Xcon Format Type Select 4: Mammo1. Select 5: Mammo2. Select 5: Mammo2. Select 5: Mammo2. Select 5: Mammo2.
109
Xcon Interlock
Command Transfer
Yes Yes No No No
111
Xcon Serial_TX
Baudrate
2:4800 (Default) 3:9600 2:4800 (Default) 2:4800 (Default) 2:4800 (Default)
112
Xcon No-Response
Timeout
100 20 (Default) 20 (Default) 20 (Default) 20 (Default)
113
Xcon Data
Reception Timeout
100 20 (Default) 20 (Default) 20 (Default) 20 (Default)
117 Xcon DoseValue1
1: Entrance Dose
(Default)
1: Entrance Dose
(Default)
1: Entrance Dose
(Default)
1: Entrance Dose
(Default)
1: Entrance Dose
(Default)
118 Xcon DoseValue2
2: Dose Product
(Default)
2: Dose Product
(Default)
2: Dose Product
(Default)
2: Dose Product
(Default)
2: Dose Product
(Default)
142
Xcon Serial_TX
Parity
2: even (Default) 2: even (Default) 2: even (Default) 2: even (Default) 2: even (Default)
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-10
Savingconfg
Awindowopens,promptingyoutoconfrmthe
setup data to be saved.
2. Click .
The setup data will be saved.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-11
2.4 Setting the OS COM Ports
Setting the COM port using the OS Device Manager is required for
setup of the X-CON connection under Windows Vista and Windows 7.
For details on setting up the COM port of the OS, refer to 3. Port
and Service Utility Settings under Appendix 26 Adding and
Setting the Serial Connector.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-12
3. Verifying
the Connection/Data Exchange
After starting up the DR-ID 300CL-AP, check if the CL is serially
connected to the X-CON correctly and can exchange data with the
X-CON.
3.1 Verifying the Serial Connection
3.2 Checking the Data Exchange
3.1 Verifying the Serial Connection
earlier).
The DR-ID 300CL initial window opens.
opens.
For V4.0.0001
DCL44002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL08030002.ai
2. Check to see that the error message box does not open at
toprightofthewindow(orX-CONOffinedoesnotappear
in the box).
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-13
3.2 Checking the Data Exchange
Check to see that data can be exchanged with the X-CON as per
confgurationsettings(CSL/IDTFUNCTION).
If45.XconPerformedInfo.ReceptioninConfguration
5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION is enabled:
When X-CONs actual values, including those of tube voltage, tube
currentandirradiationtime,arereceived,amarkconfrmingthe
reception is displayed at the right top of the study menu on the
window.
For V4.0.0001
Reception confirmation mark
OE000052.EPS
For V5.0 or later
Reception
confirmation
mark
DXL08190002.ai
After the completion of exposures, X-CONs actual values, including
those of tube voltage, tube current and irradiation time, will be
transferred to RIS or the like via the DR-ID 300CL (the values can be
verifedalsoonflm).
If46.XconExposureInfo.TransferinConfguration5.CSL/
IDT FUNCTION is enabled:
Setup values of the exposure menu, such as tube voltage, tube
currentandirradiationtime,willberefectedontheX-CONduring
exposures.
u NOTE u
The procedure used during cassette-based exposure to check if the
data is exchanged correctly is to take an X-ray shot, with the target
exposure menu selected appropriately, and then register barcode of the
used IP.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-14
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-15
5. Switching to DR Connection
Environment (V4.0.0001)
If switching from the environment of direct connection with the X-CON
to the environment of connection with the DR (including CR/DR on the
same environment), uninstall the software for direct connection with the
X-CON (X-CON connection option key).
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP into the PC.
NOTE
DCL41501.ai
DXL819002.ai
DXL819007.ai
4. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-16
6. Table of X-CON Connections and User Utility Settings (Direct Connection)
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l)
Model code
Exposure/
perspective
fag
X-ray tube/technique
code
Film-related code
Tube
voltage
Tube
current
Irradiation
time
mAs value
(Reserved
Code 1)
AEC
ID code
Focus size
(Reserved
Code 2)
Communication
I/F spec
Format
AA:
Radiation
feldcode
B:
Reference
position for
irradiation
C:
Filter ID
D:
Technique
code
(Function)
ON/OFF Sensitivity Density
X-ray receptor
feld
T
o
s
h
i
b
a

D
T
W
2
2
0
A
,

K
X
O
8
0
F
20(fxed)
21(fxed)
0(fxed) Duringtransferof
exposure conditions:
00 - 10
Whentheanatomical
program is selected:
39 (select a code
specifedby(h)
below.)
0(fxed) 0020 -
0150
0010 -
1000
0003 -
9999
0(fxed)/
Actual usage
enabled as
an
anatomical
program
number.
0 (OFF),
1 (ON)
0 (small),
1 (medium),
2 (large)
0 (-4),
1 (-3),
2 (-2),
3 (-1),
4 (0),
5 (+1),
6 (+2),
7 (+3),
8 (+4)
0 - 7 0(fxed) 0(fxed) RS232C
4800BPS
Start: 1bit
Data: 8bits
Parity: 1bit (even)
Stop: 1bit
D-sub25p male
cross
(provided by Fuji)
S
h
i
m
a
d
z
u

U
D
1
5
0
B
01:UD150B 0(fxed)
Technique: 1 - 7
Tube: 0 - 2
0(fxed) 0020 -
0150
0010 -
1000
0001 -
8000
0(fxed)/
Actual usage
enabled as
an
anatomical
program
number.
0 (OFF),
1 (ON)
0 (Normal),
1 (Low),
2 (High)
1 (-3),
2 (-2),
3 (-1),
4 (0),
5 (+1),
6 (+2),
7 (+3)
1 (left),
2 (right),
3 (right and left),
4 (bottom),
8 (center)
0(fxed) 0000
(small focus),
1000
(large focus)
RS232C
4800BPS
Start: 1bit
Data: 8bits
Parity: 1bit (even)
Stop: 1bit
D-sub25p male
cross
(provided by Fuji)
H
i
t
a
c
h
i

D
H
F
-
1
5
5
H

(
S
)
11(fxed) 0(fxed)
Technique: 1 - 8
Tube:0(fxed)
0(fxed) 0020 -
0150
0010 -
1250
0001 -
8000
A 10 mAs
value is
represented
by a 4-digit
numerical
value.
0: (f) and (g)
are enabled;
0005 - 8000:
(f) and (g)
are disabled.
0 (OFF),
1 (ON)
1 (small),
2 (medium),
3 (large)
0 (-3),
1 (-2),
2 (-1),
3 (0),
4 (+1),
5 (+2),
6 (+3)
1 (center),
2 (left),
3 (right),
4 (right and left)
0 (when
not
used)/
01 - 99
0000
(small focus),
1000
(large focus)
RS232C
4800BPS
Start: 1bit
Data: 8bits
Parity: 1bit (even)
Stop: 1bit
D-sub25p male
straight
(provided by the
maker)
P
h
i
l
i
p
s

S
u
p
e
r

5
0

C
P
30(fxed) 0(fxed)
Technique: 1 - 9
Tube:0(fxed)
0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 01 - 32 0(fxed) RS232C
4800BPS
Start: 1bit
Data: 8bits
Parity: 1bit (even)
Stop: 1bit
D-sub25p male
cross
(the same cable
as the makers
will be provided
by Fuji)
S
i
e
m
e
n
s

P
L
8
0
,

P
S
5
0
S40(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 0(fxed) 01 - 07 0(fxed) RS232C
4800BPS
Start: 1bit
Data: 8bits
Parity: 1bit (even)
Stop: 1bit
User
Utility
Settings
*1 None Determined by the
exposure parameter 1
tab.
*2
None *1 *1 *1 *1, *3 *1 *1 *1 *1 *1 *1
*1: Determined by the X-ray control parameter tab.
*2: For Arcoma, Obayashi mfg, and Mecal, setting is required to use the value as a Control Code.
*3:InV5.0orlater,aAsvalueissetforthissetting.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-17
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l)
Model code
Exposure/
perspective
fag
X-ray tube/technique
code
Film-related code
Tube
voltage
Tube
current
Irradiation
time
mAs value
(Reserved
Code 1)
AEC
ID code
Focus size
(Reserved
Code 2)
Communication
I/F spec
Format
AA:
Radiation
feldcode
B:
Reference
position for
irradiation
C:
Filter ID
D:
Technique
code
(Function)
ON/OFF Sensitivity Density
X-ray receptor
feld
A
r
c
o
m
a

I
n
t
u
i
t
i
o
n
50(fxed) 0(fxed)
Technique: 1 - 5
Tube: 0 - 2
Use as a
Control
Code.
Format:
AABC0000
AA:
Radiation
feldcode
B:
Reference
Position
C:
Filter ID
00: 17x17 (inch)
01: 14x17 (inch)
11: 17x14 (inch)
02: 14x14 (inch)
03: 10x12 (inch)
13: 12x10 (inch)
04: 8x10 (inch)
14: 10x8 (inch)
05: 18x43 (cm)
00 for sizes
other than the
above.
0:
Center
Reference
1:
Top
Reference
2:
Bottom
reference
0 - 9 0020 -
0150
0010 -
1000
0001 -
9999
mA+msec
mode:
0(fxed)
mAs mode:
0005 -
8000
0 (OFF),
1 (ON)
1 (Low),
2 (Normal),
3 (High)
0 (-4),
1 (-3),
2 (-2),
3 (-1),
4 (0),
5 (+1),
6 (+2),
7 (+3),
8 (+4)
0 - 7 0(fxed) 0000
(small focus),
1000
(large focus)
9999
(auto)
RS232C
4800BPS
Start: 1bit
Data: 8bits
Parity: 1bit (even)
Stop: 1bit
D-sub25p male
cross
(provided by
Arcoma)
O
b
a
y
a
s
h
i

m
f
g

F
i
r
m
-
R
A
D
51(fxed) 0(fxed)
Technique: 1 - 7
Tube: 0 - 2
Use as a
Control
Code.
Format:
AABCD000
AA:
Radiation
feldcode
B:
Reference
Position
C:
Filter ID
D:
Technique
code
00: 17x17 (inch)
01: 14x17 (inch)
11: 17x14 (inch)
02: 14x14 (inch)
03: 10x12 (inch)
13: 12x10 (inch)
04: 8x10 (inch)
14: 10x8 (inch)
05: 18x43 (cm)
00 for sizes
other than the
above.
0:
Center
Reference
1:
Top
Reference
2:
Bottom
reference
0 for
reference
positions
other than
the above.
0 - 9 0: RT
(General
exposure)
1: WS
(Image
Stitching
exposure)
0 for
technique
codes other
than the
above.
0040 -
0150
0010 -
1000
0001 -
9999
Use as a
APR Code.
0005 -
8000
0 (OFF),
1 (ON)
0 (small),
1 (medium),
2 (large)
0 (-4),
1 (-3),
2 (-2),
3 (-1),
4 (0),
5 (+1),
6 (+2),
7 (+3),
8 (+4)
0 - 7 0(fxed) 0000
(small focus),
1000
(large focus)
9999
(auto)
RS232C
4800BPS
Start: 1bit
Data: 8bits
Parity: 1bit (even)
Stop: 1bit
D-sub25p male
cross
(provided by
Firm-RAD)
M
e
c
a
l
50(fxed) 0(fxed)
Technique: 1 - 7
Tube: 0 - 2
Use as a
Control
Code.
Format:
0000D000
D:
Technique
code
0: RT
(General
exposure)
1: WS
(Image
Stitching
exposure)
0 for
technique
codes other
than the
above.
0020 -
0150
0010 -
1000
0001 -
9999
0(fxed) 0 (OFF),
1 (ON)
0 (small),
1 (medium),
2 (large)
0 (-4),
1 (-3),
2 (-2),
3 (-1),
4 (0),
5 (+1),
6 (+2),
7 (+3),
8 (+4)
0 - 7 0(fxed) 0000
(small focus),
1000
(large focus)
RS232C
4800BPS
Start: 1bit
Data: 8bits
Parity: 1bit (even)
Stop: 1bit
User
Utility
Settings
*1 None Determined by the
exposure parameter 1
tab.
*2
None *1 *1 *1 *1, *3 *1 *1 *1 *1 *1 *1
*1: Determined by the X-ray control parameter tab.
*2: For Arcoma, Obayashi mfg, and Mecal, setting is required to use the value as a Control Code.
*3:InV5.0orlater,aAsvalueissetforthissetting.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-18
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-19
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN19-20
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-1
Appendix 20 Removable Media :
DICOM Media Storage
This chapter describes the setting procedure used for storage of images
from the DR-ID 300CL to the media (USB memory or USB hard disk),
using the DICOM Media Storage service.
NOTES
Media created with FDR-1000/2000 AWS cannot be reread with DR-
ID 300CL.
Rereading must be performed only with DR-ID 300CL of the same
version.
Media cannot be reread when modality settings for the media and
DR-ID 300CL are not the same. Even when the media is displayed in
the media list, an error will occurs at the time of reading.
REFERENCE
The USB memory and the USB hard disk may be referred hereinafter to
as the media.
Prior to setup
Software version required: V4.0 or later
DX CL DICOM MEDIA STORAGE key DICOM Media Storage
Private Unstandardized CR Storage (A)
CR Image Storage (B)
DX Image Storage For Presentation
(B : V5.0 or later)
MG Image Storage For Presentation
(B : V7.0 or later)
USB memory and USB hard disk requirements
USB2.0 is supported.
Dedicated drive and software need not be installed.
The capacity is 2GB or more.
Writing and reading necessary data are proved to be possible.
ThesetupoftheUSBfashdrivemustbecompleted.
ForsettinguptheUSBfashdrive,seeAppendix 34 Setting
up the USB Flash Drive under Appx IN: Installation
Appendix.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-2
IMPORTANT
Installation of the DX CL DICOM MEDIA STORAGE key will enable
you to use the two kinds of functions said above, (A) and (B). Use
these two functions as appropriate in accordance with the
equipments usage environment.
(A) To use the media only on the DR-ID 300CL, select Private
Unstandardized CR Storage.
(B) To write images onto the media on the DR-ID 300CL and read
those images on other makers DICOM server, select CR
Image Storage, DX Image Storage or MG Image Storage.
DR-ID 300CL
USB memory/
USB hard disk
DXL820005.ai
(A)
(B)
Image reading
Image writing
Other makers
DICOM server
DR-ID 300CL
Only image writing
USB memory/
USB hard disk
Image
reading
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-3
CR Image Storage
DXL820002.ai
DR-ID 300CL setup example
AE name (Provider) : MEDIA *
USB memory drive connected to
the DR-ID 300CL : E:\ * (V4.0 or earlier)
Service Class : CR Image Storage *
Transfer Syntax : JPEG Lossless *
Items marked with
*
changed depending on the equipment environment.
TCP/IP
Data transmission
FPD
Cassette
Image Reader
Data transmission
DR-ID 300CL
USB memory
Overalloperationfow
1. DR-ID 300CL
Software Setup
Use removable media to perform
settings necessary for storage of
images using DICOM.
Install the option key, reinstall the AP
key and then perform the following
settings.
Registrationofremovablemedia
information (including AE name, drive
name etc.)
CONNECTINGEQUIPMENTsettings
Makebackupcopiesofconfguration
fles.
Check to see that images can be
stored from the DR-ID 300CL to
removable media.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-4
1. DR-ID 300CL Software Setup
Set up the DR-ID 300CL software as follows.
1.5 ConfgurationSettings
1.4 CONNECTING EQUIMENT Settings
1.2 Reinstallation of the AP Key
1.3 Setup of Removable Media Information on
the DICOM Media Storage Function
1.1 Installation of the Media Storage Option Key
1.1 Installation of
the Media Storage Option Key
To store an image using the DICOM Media Storage function, the DX CL
DICOM MEDIA STORAGE option key is required.
NOTE
OE170005.EPS
2. Click .
A window opens to indicate the completion of reinstallation.
DXL820003.ai
3. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-5
1.2 Reinstallation of the AP Key
If the option key is installed, be sure to reinstall the AP key.
is described below.
NOTE
DXL309001.ai
2. Click .
A window opens to indicate the completion of reinstallation.
DXL820004.ai
3. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-6
1.3 Setup of Removable Media
Information on the DICOM Media
Storage Function
Described below is the procedure used to set up following removable
media information items.
Removable media name and drive name
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax, Device Attribute
Other (timeout value, etc.)
For how to start up Service Utility, see 1. Starting/Exiting the
Service Utility under MU: Maintenance Utility.
DXCL040704003.ai
00000091.EPS
3. Click of the feld.
The New Node window then opens.
5. Make sure that the CL host name and IP address are
displayed.
00000092.EPS
DR-ID 300CL
IP address
DR-ID 300CL
host name
u NOTE u
The IP address will not be displayed correctly unless the DR-ID
300CL is connected to a network.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-7
6. Select MEDIA and click .
OE170006.EPS Select MEDIA.
For V4.0
OE170008.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL08200002.ai
Enter the removable media name (e.g.: MEDIA) in
.
In V4.0, enter the media drive name (e.g.: E:\) in
.
8. Click .
OE170013.EPS
REFERENCE
The following items have been selected automatically on the
Abstract Syntax window that opens.
Role : SCP
Attribute : FILE (OD_FILE in V4.0)
OE170014.EPS
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-8
feldandselectAbstract
Syntax (e.g.: Private Unstandardized CRStorage).
Private Unstandardized
CRStorage
: For reading images on the DR-ID 300CL.
Select this item when reading the media only on
the DR-ID 300CL.
CR Image Storage : For reading images on other makers DICOM
server.
Select this item when reading the media on
other makers DICOM server.
Presentation
: For reading images on other makers DICOM
server.
MG Image Storage For
Presentation
: For reading images on other makers DICOM
server.
See Prior to setup for selection details.
Syntax (e.g.: JPEGLossless).
Service Class
ImplicitVR
LittleEndian
ExplicitVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
CR Image Storage
Private Unstandardized
CRStorage

Presentation

( to ).
OE170009.EPS
I
II
I. Select ST & HQ & SH.
II. Select HQ/SH.
13. Make the gradation correction settings as required.
REFERENCE
In V4.0, the items to be displayed are different.
DXL08100001.ai
For details of this setting, see 2.1.9 Display Gradation
Correction Setup under Appendix 10 DICOM CR Storage.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-9
14. Make the following settings as required.
OE170012.EPS
Yes : Selected for annotation-embedded storage.
No : Selected for storage not embedded with annotation.
No : Do not perform the standardization process using
the window conditions.
(CR Image Storage only)
(DX Image Storage For Presentation only)
DXCL050810001.ai
18. Click .
19. Click .
REFERENCES
Data that has just been set up is displayed on the right-side of the
Setup Confguration Item window that opens. You can change
the display item as needed. Every time you have changed it,
make sure to click .
Clicking will delete the currently selected setup
item.
20.SelectSavefromtheConfgmenu.
saved.
21. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-10
1.4 CONNECTING EQUIPMENT Settings
To record images on removable media, make settings for
CONNECTING EQUIPMENT appropriately.
A list of registered equipment units appears on the right-side of the
window.
OE170019.EPS
2. Click .
Click the downward arrow in the
feldtoselectFILE(OD_FILEinV4.0orearlier).
Click the downward arrow in the
feldtoselectmedia'sAEname(e.g.:MEDIA).
u NOTE u
For , select the drive name determined at
step 7. in 1.3 Setup of Removable Media Information on the
DICOM Media Storage Function.
4. Click .
5. SelectSavefromtheConfgmenu.
saved.
6. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-11
1.5 ConfgurationSettings
FollowtheprocedurebelowtosetupconfgitemsfortheDICOMMedia
Storage function.
For how to start Service Utility, see 1. Starting/Exiting the
Service Utility under MU: Maintenance Utility.
DXCL040704003.ai
00000404.EPS
3. Click of the feld.
4. Click .
Setup items for the IDT/Console function appear on the right-side
of the window.
Setup items for the IDT/Console function
00000160.EPS
5. Perform settings for the DICOM Media Storage function.
Item Confgname Description
114
Media Auto
Mount
Setting whether or not to mount media (USB
memory or USB hard disk) automatically at CL
startup.
Select Yes (to mount media automatically) or
No (not to mount media automatically).
306
Media Forlder
Warning
Capacity
Specifying the remaining capacity of the media
for displaying the warning (Unit: MB).

312
Media Set
Default
FPD-System
Specifying the default value if FPD-System
cannotbeidentifedwhentheimageis
retrieved from the media.

: Set it up as required.
NOTES
Perform steps 6. thereafter when CR Image Storage was selected at
step 9. in 1.3 Setup of Removable Media Information on the DICOM
Media Storage Function.
When DX Image Storage For Presentation was selected at step 9. in
1.3 Setup of Removable Media Information on the DICOM Media
Storage Function, steps 6. and 7. need not be performed. Go straight
to step 8.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-12
6. Click .
00000248.EPS
7. When the MG Image Storage is used, set the
to 0 : MG.
8. Follow the procedure below to set up
.
CR Image Storage : Set to 1 : CR
Private Unstandardized CRStorage : Set according to the connection.
DX Image Storage : Set to 0 : DX
u NOTE u
To use the Private Unstandardized CRStorage option, make a
selection accordingly depending on the necessary connection
mode.
saved.
10. Click .
The setup data is then saved.
11.SelectClosefromtheConfgmenu.
The system returns to the IIP Service Utility.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-13
1.6 Setting When DVD Media are Used
When DVD media are used, perform the following settings as required.
1.6.1 For DR-ID 300CL V4.0
u NOTE u
HF4000 (Base: V4.0) must be applied in advance.
Creating/Setting the registry key
Perform the following registry settings as required.
REFERENCES
Newly create the Application end waiting time (sec) and Eject waiting
time (sec) keys.
Free space (MB) key
Key
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIP\Media\
MediaVolumeLimit
Type REG_DWORD
Upper limit value 2100
Lower limit value 21 (default)
Application end waiting time (sec) key
Key
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIP\Output\
ProcessEndMarginTime
Type REG_DWORD
Upper limit value None
Lower limit value 3 (Default when there is no key)
Eject waiting time (sec) key
Key
EjectMarginTime
Type REG_DWORD
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-14
1.6.2 For DR-ID 300CL V7.0 or Later
Performthefollowingconfgfleandregistrysettingsasrequired.
Editingtheconfgfle
Edittheconfgfledirectlyandsetthefleasrequired.
Application end waiting time (sec) key
Editingtargetfle C:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\IIP\System\MediaStorage.exe.confg
Tag
<confguration>
<appSettings>
<add key="ProcessEndMarginTime" value="3"/>
</appSettings>
</confguration>
Default value 3
Lower limit value 1
REFERENCES
Open MediaStorage.exe.confg with Notepad and edit the following
values.
DXCL070820002.ai
Creating/Setting the registry key
REFERENCES
Newly create the Eject waiting time (sec) key.
Free space (MB) key
Key
MediaVolumeLimit
Type REG_DWORD
Lower limit value 21 (default)
Eject waiting time (sec) key
Key
EjectMarginTime
Type REG_DWORD
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-15
Start running the DR-ID 300CL-AP and then make sure that images can
be saved from the DR-ID 300CL to the removable media.
2.2 Image Storage onto the Removable Media
2.2.1 Recognizing the Removable Media
2.2.2 Image Storage
earlier).
The DR-ID 300CL initial window appears.
The DR-ID 300CL-AP reception window then opens in about two
minutes.
For V4.0
I. ConfrmthattheMediaisbeingdisplayed.
DCL44002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
I. Click in menuandconfrmthatthe
media list window is displaying.
DXL08200007.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-16
2.2 Image Storage onto the Removable Media
Use removable media to save images accumulated in the DR-ID 300CL
onto the storage media.
2.2.1 Recognizing the Removable Media
Have the DR-ID 300CL-AP recognize removable media that stores
images, as follows.
1. Connect storage media to the PC.
2. Click ( in V4.0) in
the media window of DR-ID 300CL.
A window opens prompting you to set up the volume label name.
For V4.0
OE170002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL08200008.ai
3. Change the folder name and volume label as needed, and
click .
2.2.2 Image Storage
Described below is the procedure used to store images onto image
storage media.
1. Select an image to be stored and save it on the image
storage media accordingly.
For details of how to store images on the image storage media,
see the Operation Manual supplied with the DR-ID 300CL.
2. Check to see that the image has been stored on the image
storage media properly.
For details of how to check images stored on the image
storage media, see the Operation Manual supplied with the
DR-ID 300CL.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-17
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-18
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-19
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN20-20
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN21-1
Appendix 21 Synapse Server
(Web Query)
This chapter describes the setup procedure required when using the
Synapse server Web Query function from the DR-ID 300CL.
Prior to setup
Synapse server
The DR-ID 300CL user account (Administrator) must be registered
beforehand using the Synapse servers Administrator Tool. Specify
Referring Physician as the User Group for registration.
Overalloperationfow
2. DR-ID 300CL
Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
Perform the following setups.
Installation of the Synapse Client
software
Installation of the Synapse Web
Query application (V4.0 only)
Setup of system environment
variables
WebQuery-relatedconfgsettings
Setup of the User Utility
Use a network cable to connect the
DR-ID 300CL and the Synapse.
Make backup copies of Web Query
functionrelatedconfgurationfles.
Use the Web Query function to retrieve
images on the Synapse server.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN21-2
1. Hardware Setup
Network-connect the DR-DI 300CL and the Synapse server to each
other, as illustrated below.
TCP/IP
100BASE-TX cable
DXL8210001.ai
DR-ID 300CL
Synapse
server
u NOTES u
DR-ID 300CL and Synapse server.
The cable type applicable to the DR-ID 300CL and the Synapse server
is the IEC950/UL1950-compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN21-3
2.1 Installing the Synapse Client Software
2.3 Setting System Environment Variables
2.5 Setting the User Utility
2.2 Installing the Synapse Web Query Application (V4.0 Only)
2.4 WebQueryRelatedConfgurationSettings
2.1 Installing the Synapse Client Software
Install the Synapse Client software on the DR-ID 300CL as follows.
Installation of the Synapse Client software
Security setup for Microsoft Internet Explorer
For the installation procedure and other settings of the Synapse
Client software, see the Synapse Operation Manual.
REFERENCE
When installing the Synapse Client software, Microsoft Internet Explorer
is used to download fles and the like. If no Microsoft Internet Explorer
windows are displayed but the Internet connection wizard is displayed,
make the following settings.
For the frst window : Connection via LAN
For the second window : Connection via LAN
For the third window : No proxy settings are required. (Remove
all checkmarks.)
For the fourth window : Do not set up mail account.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN21-4
2.2 Installing the Synapse Web Query
Application (V4.0 Only)
NOTE
In V5.0 or later, Synapse Web Query Application is installed with DR-ID
300CL-AP. The procedures in this section is not required. Proceed to
2.3 Setting System Environment Variables.
NOTE
double-click the execution fle (Setup: bat) in the CD.
DCL41501.ai
A window like that shown below will open.
OE190017.EPS
The SYNAPSE-WebQuery Application Install was Completed
message displays and the system returns to the DR Console
The system then returns to the desktop.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN21-5
OE190003.EPS
The Edit System Variable window opens.
6. Type in the following text in one-byte characters,
immediately after the already entered variable value
(...\BINN), as illustrated below.
;C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System
OE190004.EPS
7. Click .
The system returns to the Environment Variables window.
8. Click .
9. Click .
2.3 Setting System Environment Variables
2. Click .
3. Click .
4. Click the Advanced tab and then .
OE190018.ai
5. Selectavariable,Path,fromtheSystemvariablesfeld
and click .
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN21-6
3. Click the symbol at the left of on the
4. Click .
Alistofconfgurationoptionsetupitemsappearsintheright-hand
area of the window.
OE190005.EPS
Configuration option setup items
5. Double-click of and select [Yes].
6. Click .
A list of IDT/Console function setup items appears in the right-
hand area of the window.
Setup items for the IDT/Console function
00000160.EPS
2.4 WebQueryRelatedConfguration
Settings
For how to start up the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility function,
see 1. Starting/Exiting the Service Utility under
DXCL040704003.ai
00000404.EPS
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN21-7
7. Double-click of
and enter the Synapse server host name
(e.g.: synapse_server).
u NOTES u
When an IP address was used to install the Synapse Client, the
IP address must be input at this step.
< > & / \
8. Double-click of and
enterthemost-signifcantdirectorypathtargetedforsearch
by the Synapse server. Change the entered directory path
name as required.
REFERENCE
%20 of ALL%20Patients stands for a one-byte space.
10. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN21-8
2.5 Setting the User Utility
With the use of the User Utilitys screen display customization function
(exposure parameter shortcut), add screen display icon for the Web
Query function.
For details of the setup procedure, see the DR-ID 300CL Operation
Manual.
Screen display customization function window
(exposure parameter shortcut)
For V4.0
OE190006.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL08210003.ai
Screen display sample
For V4.0
OE190007.EPS
Web Query
function icon
For V5.0 or later
DXL08210004.ai
Web Query
function icon
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN21-9
Use the Web Query function to search images handled by the Synapse
server.
3.2 Web Query Checkout
earlier).
opens.
For V4.0
DCL44002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL08030002.ai
3.2 Web Query Checkout
1. Register patient ID and exposure menu on the DR-ID 300CLs
study reception window.
u NOTE u
Data is searched for on the Synapse server based on the patient
ID, which requires the user to enter a patient ID that actually exists
on the Synapse server.
2. Display the study window.
3. Click ( in V4.0 or earlier).
After a while, the Connect to synapse window opens.
OE190009.EPS
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN21-10
4. Enter the Synapse servers user name (e.g.: synapseae) and
password (e.g.: synapseae) and click .
REFERENCE
If a domain is required to log onto the Synapse server, enter a
domain name in the Domain box.
Mark the Remember my password checkbox as necessary.
Whennetworkauthenticationsuccessfullyconfrmstheuser
identity, the Security Warning window opens.
OE190010.EPS
5. Click .
6. Ensure that the Synapse Client screen appears on the Image
browse window.
OE190011.EPS
Synapse Client screen
7. Click a list item (Ec01v4.0e, Dicom... for the Patient Name
on the window above) to display a patient image.
u NOTE u
When the Web Query function is used, there may be cases where
a patient image is not displayed though the list appears at step 6.
above. Make always sure that the patient image is displayed
appropriately.
OE190012.EPS
8. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN21-11
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN21-12
BLANK PAGE
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN22-1
Appendix 22 Auto Convert Patient ID
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN22-2
BLANK PAGE
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN22-3
BLANK PAGE
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN22-4
BLANK PAGE
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN23-1
Appendix 23 Settings Necessary for
Browsing the Operation
Manuals (PDF)
REFERENCE
The DR-ID 300CL is referred hereinafter to as the Console.
This chapter describes the procedures used to perform settings for
browsing the Operation Manuals (PDF) on the Console.
u NOTE u
The Operation Manuals (PDF) are password-protected. It is possible to
browse the Operation Manuals with the automatically entered password
using a tool available for that purpose.
The password entry tool is installed automatically when the tool is installed.
Browsing the Operation Manuals
Browsing on the Console
Install the tool and select a desired manual from the launcher to browse it.
DXL08230002.ai
For V4.0 For V5.0 or later
Browsing on a PC other than the Console
Directly open the PDF stored on the PC to browse it.
Prior to setup
The Console AP must have been exited accordingly. If the Console AP
is running, exit it as follows.
1. Select Shut Down in the menu ( menu in
V4.0 or earlier).
2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the
termination window.
The following are the recommended operating environments.
CPU : Intel Pentium4 3.00GHZ or more
HDD : 40GB or more
Memory : DDR2 SDRAM 128MB or more
OS : Windows XP or later
Uninstall Adobe Reader on ahead if it is installed.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN23-2
1. Software Setup
1.1 Tool Installation
u NOTE u
The tool installation procedure is applicable in common to both the
Console and a PC other than the Console.
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual-CD into the PC.
2. Start up Windows Explorer and double-click
ElectronicManual.vbs located immediately below the CD
drive.
A window where a desired language is to be selected will open.
DXL823002.ai
3. Enter 1 for use within Japan and 2 for use other than in
Japan. Click then .
A window where an installation environment is to be selected will
open.
DXL823006.ai
4. To browse a manual on the Console, select 1 and 2 to
browse it on a PC other than the Console. Click then
.
The Adobe Reader installer window opens.
DXL823007.ai
5. Click .
DXL823008.ai
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN23-3
6. Click .
After completion of the installation processing, a window like that
shown below opens.
DXL823009.ai
7. Click .
DXL823010.ai
8. Click .
NOTE
Restart the PC if a message appears prompting you to do so.
1.2 AP Key Installation
Use the AP key CD to install the AP key. The installation procedure is
shown below.
NOTE
DXL823003.ai
2. Click .
3. Click .
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN23-4
1.3 Setting the Adobe Reader Operating
Environment
1. Double-click on the desktop.
The License Agreement window opens.
2. Click I Agree.
Adobe Reader starts running.
3. Select Edit - Preferences.
DXL823011.ai
The Preferences window opens.
4. Perform Updater settings as follows.
I. Select [Updater].
II. Select [Do not download or install updates automatically].
DXL823012.ai
II
I
5. Perform Internet settings as follows.
I. Select [Internet].
II. Remove checkmark of [Display PDF in browser].
III. Remove checkmark of [Allow speculative downloading in the
background].
DXL823013.ai
II
I
III
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN23-5
6. Perform Trust Manager settings as follows.
I. Select [Trust Manager].
II. Removecheckmarkof[Loadtrustedrootcertifcatesfroman
Adobe server (no personal information is sent)].
DXL823014.ai
II
I
7. Click and close the [Preferences] window.
The system returns to the Adobe Reader main window.
8. Select [Improvement Program Options...] from the [Help]
tab.
DXL823017.ai
The Adobe Product Improvement Program window opens.
9. Select [No, thank you] on the window that opens and click
[OK].
The system returns to the Adobe Reader main window.
DXL823018.ai
10. Click [x] to exit Adobe Reader.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN23-6
1.4 Correcting and Moving the Setup Files
u NOTE u
Correct the setup fles as follows only when browsing a manual on the
Console.
Installing the tool enables you to browse the four Operation Manuals, as
listed below.
For V4.0
DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual (Basic)
DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual (Standard)
DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual (Option)
DR-ID 300CL Image Processing Parameters - Operation Manual
For V5.0 or later
DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual
DR-ID 300CL Reference Guide
DR-ID 300CL Reference Guide (Option)
DR-ID 300CL Reference Guide (Parameter)
To browse the Image Reader QC Operation Manual (PDF) on the
Console at a hospital where the Image Reader QC (option) is installed
in its equipment, perform the procedure described below.
1. Open the C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Tools folder.
2. OpentheEManualLauncher.iniflewithNotepad.
Delete ; from [CATEGORY05].
Delete ; from [CATEGORY06].
DXL823015.ai
Delete
4. SavetheEManualLauncher.inifleintextformatandthen
close Notepad (Notepad.exe).
NOTES
Move the fles only when browsing a manual on a PC other than the
Console.
Perform the following settings only at a hospital where the QC test
software (option) is not used.
1. Use Explorer to open C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Tools\PDF_
fles\Console_OperationManual.
2. Delete OperationManual(QC).pdf and QAProgramPlus.pdf.
REFERENCE
When a new QC software (option) package is purchased, the
above two fles need be relocated in the Console_Operation
Manual folder.
We recommend that you temporarily move such folder to, for
example, immediately below C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Tools\
PDF_fles.
3. Shut down Explorer.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN23-7
2. Verifcation
On the Console
1. Restart the PC.
After restarting the PC, the Console AP starts running.
2. Check to see that (launcher) is displayed on the
monitor.
3. Select a desired Operation Manual from (launcher) and
then make sure that the PDF is displayed.
DXL08230002.ai
For V4.0 For V5.0 or later
On a PC other than the Console
1. Restart the PC.
2. Double-click Console_Operation Manual on the desktop.
The Console_Operation Manual folder appears.
3. Double-click a desired PDF and check to see that it displays
correctly.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN23-8
3. Setup File Backup/Restore
Backup
1. Use Explorer to open the C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Tools
folder.
2. Savethefollowingflesontostoragemedia,suchasFD,
USB memory stick or the like.
EManualLauncher.ini
PassWordInput.ini
Restore
1. Usethefledatasavedin Backup above to overwrite the
relatedfleintheC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\Toolfolder.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN23-9
4. Browsing Operation Manuals
(PDF) Other Than for the
Console
Described herein are the procedures used to browse Operation
Manuals other than for the Console, such as for the FDR Image Reader
or FCR Image Reader.
1. Copy the relevant PDF onto a PC on which the desired
Operation Manual is to be browsed.
REFERENCE
Move the operation sequence to the folder where the relevant PDF
is to be stored or create related shortcuts, as necessary.
REFERENCE
Shown below is the procedure used to create Console and FCR
Image Reader categories in the launcher and browse the desired
Operation Manual (PDF) from the respective category.
The sample Operation Manuals to be added are for FCR 5000plus
and FCR XG-1 Reader.
1. OpentheC:\ProgramFiles\FujiFilm\Tools\PDF_flesfolder.
2. Create a new folder and then change the folder name
appropriately (E.g. FCR_OperationManual).
3. To the folder created at step 2., above, copy PDF of the
Operation Manual to be added (E.g. FCR5000_
OperationManual.pdf, FCRXG1OperationManual.pdf).
4. Open the C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Tools folder.
5. UsetheNotePadtoopentheEManualLauncher.inifle.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN23-10
6. EdittheEManualLauncher.inifleasfollows.
I
DXL823005.ai
Added
information
II
III
IV
Edited
information
Section Key Details
I [BASE] PATH Path of the folder where the PDF is to
be stored. (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
Tools\PDF_fles)
* Do not put \ at the end of the
character string.
* Be sure to specify the path name in
full.
II [CATEGORY**] TITLE A character string to be displayed for
the category menu.
(E.g.: Console)
* A name thus determined is displayed
in the launcher as the category.
*01to10canbespecifedfor
[CATEGORY**].
TYPE CATEGORY or ITEM is to be
specifedhere.
*WhenITEMisspecifedhere,the
PDFspecifedforPATHwillopenat
the click of the menu.
Section Key Details
PATH Name of the folder that stores the PDF.
(E.g.: Console_OperationManual)
*WhenITEMisspecifedforthe
TYPEkeyabove,describeflename
of the PDF.
* Do not put \ at the end of the
character string. (\ is valid if it is put
at locations other than before and
after the character string.)
ITEM** The Operation Manual name and
flenamearespecifedhere.
Describe a name to be displayed in the
launcher in order of (Operation Manual
name),(PDFflename).
*01to10canbespecifedforITEM**.
III [POSITION] XPOS
YPOS
The launcher display position is
specifedhere.(Default:XPOS=1,
YPOS=1. The launcher appears at
bottom right of the window.)
IV [TIMER] FOREGROUND_
DISPLAY_
TIMER
The time required until the launcher
appears in the forefront of the window.
(unit: millisecond).
1000upto60000canbespecifed.
7. SavetheeditedEManualLauncher.inifleintextformat
and then close NotePad.
8. Restart the PC.
After the restart, the Console AP starts running.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN23-11
9. Choose a desired Operation Manual from (launcher)
and ensure that the relevant PDF is displayed.
DXL823001.ai
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN23-12
BLANK PAGE
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-1
Appendix 24 Connecting 2nd Monitor
Described herein are the setting procedures to add a second monitor
(hereinafter called 2nd monitor) and display images read by the DR-ID
300CL and its overlay data items to the 2nd monitor.
The existent monitor (hereinafter called 1st monitor) is used as a
regular exposure console.
NOTES
The monitors listed below are supported as the 2nd monitors.
2M monitor (color) : RX211/RX220/RX240
2M monitor (monochrome) : GS220/GX240
3M monitor (color) : RX320/RX340
3M monitor (monochrome) : GS310-CL/GS310-CL ECN/GX340-CL
Select the video board to be installed in accordance with the following
table.
OS Video board
Windows Vista ATI FireGL V3600/ATI FirePro V3800
Windows 7 ATI FirePro V3800
In a laptop PC, a 2nd monitor cannot be used.
Prior to setup
DR-ID 300CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
ThePCmemoryis2GBormore.(Ifnotsuffcient,expanditas
appropriate.)
Confgurationexample
1st monitor
2nd monitor
DXL824001.ai
Overalloperationfow
1. Uninstalling the Video
Driver
2. Mounting the Video
Board
3. Installing and Setting
the Video Driver
Uninstall the Video Driver
Mounting the Video Board
(only when using a 3M color/3M
monochrome display monitor)
Installing the Video Driver and Setting
the Monitor
When changing the 2nd monitor.
4. Changing the 2nd Monitor
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN24-2
1. Uninstalling the Video Driver
If the installed video driver (PCs standard driver is excluded) is old,
uninstall it before performing necessary processing.
NOTE
Uninstall the video driver only when using a 3M monitor (color/
monochrome) for the 2nd monitor. It is not necessary to uninstall the
video driver when a 2M monitor (color/monochrome) is to be used for
the 2nd monitor.
1. Select Shut Down in the menu ( menu in
V4.0 or earlier).
4. Click .
5. Select the currently used video driver and click [Uninstall] .
DXL08240024.ai
Video driver uninstallation thus completes.
6. Click and click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN24-3
7. Right-click the display adapter to be uninstalled and select
[Uninstall].
DXL08240040.ai
8. Close the Device Manager window and the Control
Panel window.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN24-4
2. Mounting the Video Board
NOTES
Mount the video board only when using a 3M color/3M monochrome
monitor for the 2nd monitor. It is not necessary to mount the video
board when a 2M color/2M monochrome monitor is to be used for the
2nd monitor.
Select the video board to be installed in accordance with the following
table.
OS Video board
Windows Vista ATI FireGL V3600/ATI FirePro V3800
Windows 7 ATI FirePro V3800
REFERENCE
Use PCs DVI connector when a 2M color/2M monochrome monitor is
to be used for the 2nd monitor.
1. Turn OFF the power to the PC.
2. Disconnect the cables (power cable, DVI cable, etc.) from
the PC.
3. Remove the PC cover.
4. Remove the video board already mounted on the PC.
NOTE
When the video board is not mounted, step 4 is unnecessary.
Proceed to step 5.
Video board
DXL824003.ai
5. Mount the video board.
NOTE
If the ATI FirePro V3800 is used for the mini tower type PC, replace
the bracket to the one that supports full-height.
DXL824004.ai
FireGL V3600 or
FirePro V3800
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN24-5
6. Release the card retention latch, and fasten the video board.
7. Reinstall the PC cover.
8. Connect the power cable to the PC.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-6
3. Installing and Setting
the Video Driver
NOTE
Screen settings may not be performed properly if the monitor cable is
disconnected during the screen setting process. When connecting the
monitor cable, be sure to fasten it frmly with screws.
Installation and setting procedures to be observed are different for each
type of connecting 2nd monitor, video board and video driver.
Perform relevant installation and setting procedures appropriately.
When a 2M monitor (color: RX211/RX220/RX240 or monochrome:
GS220/GX240) is to be used
See 3.1 2M Monitor (Video Board Not Added).
When a 3M monitor (color: RX320/RX340 or monochrome: GS310-
CL/GS310-CL ECN/GX340-CL) is to be used in Windows Vista
See 3.2 3M Monitor (Video Board: FireGL V3600).
When a 3M monitor (color: RX320/RX340 or monochrome: GS310-
CL/GS310-CL ECN/GX340-CL) is to be used in Windows 7
See 3.3 3M Monitor (Video Board: FirePro V3800).
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN24-7
3.1 2M Monitor (Video Board Not Added)
3.1.1 Connecting the Monitor
1. Connect both the 1st and 2nd monitors to the PC.
NOTE
Have the 2nd monitor be placed horizontally (landscape
orientation).
When the DVI board is mounted
Connect the 1st monitor VGA cable to the VGA connector on the
back of the PC.
Connect the 2nd monitor DVI cable to the DVI connector on the
back of the PC.
2nd monitor 1st monitor
DXL824005.ai
Back of the PC
VGA cable
DVI cable
When the DVI board is not mounted
Connect the 1st monitor VGA cable to the VGA connector on the
back of the PC.
Connect the 2nd monitor DVI cable to the DisplayPort on the back
of the PC.
DXCL050824001.ai
Back of the PC
VGA cable
DVI cable
Conversion
connector
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-8
2. Perform the following settings on the 2nd monitor.
For RX211
I. Holding down the <> key, press (Power button).
DXL824006.ai
Screen Manager displays.
II. Press the <> key.
III. Make sure that Basic is selected and press the <> key.
IV. Make sure that Rotation is selected and press the <> key.
V. Use the [] key to select Active and press the <> key.
VI. Select Menu Off to shut down the initial setting window.
VII. Touch (Power button) to turn OFF the monitor power.
VIII. Holding down the <> key, press (Power button).
IX. Press the <> key to make sure that the initial setting window
does not open.
For RX220/GS220-CL
I. When the monitor is turned off (the main power is ON), hold
down the <M> button and < > button (Power button) for at
least 3 seconds.

DXCL070824001.ai
The Optional Settings window opens.
II. Select Key Lock and press the <> button.
III. Select Off and press the <> button.

DXCL070824010.ai
IV. Select Finish and press the <> button.
V. Press the <> button.
The ScreenManager window opens.
VI. Select Screen and press the <> button.
VII. Select Image Rotation and press the <> button.
VII. Select Off and press the <> button.

DXCL070824011.ai
IX. Press the <> button 2 times.
The ScreenManager window closes.
X. Press the < > button (Power button).
Turn off the monitor power.
XI. Hold down the <M> button and < > button (Power button) for
at least 3 seconds.
XII. Select Key Lock and press the <> button.
XIII. Select All and press the <> button.

DXCL070824012.ai
XIV. Select Finish and press the <> button.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-9
For RX240/GX240-CL
I. Hold down the <MODE> button and < > button (Power button)
for at least 3 seconds.

DXCL070824005.ai
II. Select Orientation and press the <Enter> button.
III. Select Portrait (SW) and press the <Enter> button.

DXCL070824009.ai
3. Have the 2nd monitor be placed vertically (portrait
orientation).
DXL824007.ai
Windows starts up.
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
Return to the desktop screen.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-10
desktop.
6. Perform settings for 1st monitor.
I. Select 1st monitor.
II. Put a checkmark to This is my main monitor.
III. Put a checkmark to Extend the desktop onto this monitor.
IV. Check to see that the 1st monitor resolution is properly
determined.
AWS823004.ai
IV.
II.
III.
I.
NOTE
If the 1st monitor resolution determined is not appropriate, make
corrections as follows.
I. Click Advanced Settings.
II. Select the Adapters tab and click List All Modes....
III. Select the correct 1st monitor resolution.
7. Perform settings for 2nd monitor.
I. Select 2nd monitor.
II. Put a checkmark to Extend the desktop onto this monitor.
III. Determine the Colors to be Highest (32 bit).
IV. Change the Resolution to 1200 by 1600 pixels.
AWS823005.ai
IV.
II.
I.
III.
NOTE
If the 2nd monitor resolution determined is not appropriate, make
III. Select the correct 2nd monitor resolution.
8. Move the monitor icon so that the actually determined
monitor setup orientation is selected.
9. Click .
NOTE
In case the Display Settings window opens at this step, click [Yes].
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-11
For GS310-CL/GS310-CL ECN
I. Touch (Power button) while touching [Mode] on the 2nd
monitor control panel.

AWS823065.ai
Mode
II. Select 8/10bit in the Signal Selection menu and press the
Enter key <>.
III. Select Portrait (SW) in the Orientation menu and press the
Enter key <>.
AWS823056.ai
3.2 3M Monitor (Video Board: FireGL V3600)
3.2.1 Setting the Monitor (Before installing the driver)
Setting the 2nd Monitor
1. Perform the following settings on the 2nd monitor.
For RX320
I. Touch (Power button) while touching [Mode] on the 2nd
monitor control panel.

AWS823065.ai
Mode
II. Select Dual Link in the Signal Selection menu and press the
Enter key <>.
AWS827013.ai
III. Select Portrait (HW) in the Orientation menu and press the
Enter key <>.
AWS827014.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-12
For RX340/GX340-CL
I. Hold down the <MODE> button and < > button (Power button)
for at least 3 seconds.

DXCL070824005.ai
II. Select Orientation and press the <Enter> button.
III. Select Portrait (SW) and press the <Enter> button.

DXCL070824009.ai
2. Have the 2nd monitor be placed horizontally (portrait
orientation).
AWV32141.ai
Setting the 1st Monitor
1. Connect the 1st monitor DVI cable to the left-side connector,
viewed from the back of the PC.
1st monitor
DXL824013.ai
Back of the PC
DVI cable
Connect to the left-side
connector.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-13
3.2.2 Installing the Video Driver
Windows starts up.
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts, and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
4. Insert the V3600 Video Driver CD for Vista Ver.8.593.1 CD
into the PC.
NOTE
Be sure to use the driver (V3600 Video Driver CD for Vista
Ver.8.593.1) that comes with the video board.
5. Open Windows Explorer and double-click Autorun.exe.
The ATI Catalyst Software window opens.
6. Select Install Software.
AWS823006.ai
7. Select Install Drivers.
AWS823007.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-14
8. Select Windows VISTA.
AWS823008.ai
The FireGL Drivers: Installation Folder window opens.
AWS823010.ai
9. Click .
DXL824011.ai
10. Click .
DXL824012.ai
11. Click .
The PC restarts.
After restart, the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts up.
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
opens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-15
desktop.
3. Check to see that the 1st monitor Resolution is 1280 by
1024 pixels.
DXL824014.ai
IV.
II.
III.
I.
NOTE
If the 1st monitor resolution determined is not appropriate, make
III. Select the correct 1st monitor resolution.
4. Click .
7. Viewed from the back of the PC, connect the 2nd monitor
DVI cable to the right-side connector.
DXL824009.ai
Back of the PC
DVI cable
Connect to
the right-side
connector.
Windows starts up.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-16
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
opens.
11. Double click that is in the task tray at bottom right of the
window.
The Catalyst Control Center - Basic window opens.
DXL824015.ai
12. Select Advanced and then click .
DXL824016.ai
TheCatalystControlCenterNotifcationwindowopens.
13. Check Don't display this message again and click
.
DXL824017.ai
The CATALYST Control Center window opens.
14. Selsect Display Manager - Display Properties.
DXL824018.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-17
15. Select 2nd monitor.
DXL824019.ai
The Enable this display window opens.
DXL824020.ai
16. Click .
TheDisplayManagerNotifcationwindowopens.
DXL824021.ai
17. Click within a time period of 15 seconds.
The system returns to the CATALYST Control Center window.
18. Selsect Display Manager - Display Properties.
DXL824018.ai
I. Select 2.ATI FireGL V3600 [GS310].
II. Specify 1536x2048 for Desktop area.
III. Specify Left (90 CCW) for Rotation.
IV. Adjust locations of the 1st and 2nd monitors.
DXL824022.ai
IV
II
III
I
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-18
20. Click .
TheDisplayManagerNotifcationwindowopens.
DXL824021.ai
21. Click within a time period of 15 seconds.
The system returns to the CATALYST Control Center window.
22. Click .
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-19
3.3 3M Monitor
(Video Board: FirePro V3800)
3.3.1 Setting the Monitor (Before Installing the
Driver)
Setting the 2nd monitor
For details on procedures to set up the 2nd monitor, refer to
Setting the 2nd Monitor under 3.2 3M Monitor (Video Board:
FireGL V3600).
Connecting the 1st monitor
1. Connect the 1st monitor DVI cable to the left-side connector
(DisplayPort), viewed from the back of the PC.
1st monitor
DXL08240001.ai
Back of the PC
DVI cable
Conversion cable
Connect to the
DisplayPort
(left-side)
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-20
3.3.2 Installing the Video Driver
Windows starts up.
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
opens.
4. Insert the V3800 Video Driver CD for Windows 7
Ver.8.743.3.2 CD into the PC.
NOTE
Be sure to use the driver (V3800 Video Driver CD for Windows 7
Ver.8.743.3.2) that comes with the video board.
5. Open Windows Explorer and double-click Autorun.exe.
DXL08240025.ai
The Main menu window opens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-21
6. Click Software Install.
DXL08240026.ai
The Sortware Install window opens.
7. Click Install CATALYST.
DXL08240027.ai
The ATI - Catalyst Install Manager window opens.
8. Select English and then click .
DXL08240028.ai
The Select Installation Operation window opens.
9. Click (Install).
DXL08240029.ai
The Installer Welcome window opens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-22
10. Select Express and then click .
DXL08240030.ai
The End User License Agreement window opens.
DXL08240031.ai
11. Click .
The Specify folder to install to window opens.
DXL08240032.ai
12. Click .
The Analyzing System window opens and the installation starts.
After the installation is completed, the Finished window opens.
DXL08240033.ai
13. Click .
A window prompting you to restart the PC opens.
DXL08240034.ai
14. Click .
The PC restarts.
After restarting, the DR-ID 300CL-AP starts up.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-23
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
opens.
1. Select Screen Resolution from the right-click menu on the
desktop.
DXL08240035.ai
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-24
2. Confrmthat12801024isselectedandclick
.
DXL08240036.ai
NOTE
In case the Display Settings window opens at this step, click [Yes].
3. Turn OFF the PC power.
4. Connect the 2nd monitor DVI cable to the right-side
connector, viewed from the back of the PC.
DXL08240014.ai
Back of the PC
DVI cable
Connect to
the right-side
connector.
Windows starts up.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-25
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
opens.
8. Double-click in the task tray at bottom right of the
window.
The Catalyst Control Center - Basic window opens.
DXL824015.ai
9. Select Advanced and then click .
DXL824016.ai
TheCatalystControlCenterNotifcationwindowopens.
10. Check Don't display this message again and click
.
DXL824017.ai
The CATALYST Control Center window opens.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-26
11. Select Desktop & Display from the Graphics.
DXL08240037.ai
The Desktop & Display window opens.
12. Clickofthe2ndmonitorandselectProperties....
DXL08240038.ai
The Desktop Properties window opens.
DXL08240039.ai
I
II
III
I. Select the connected 2nd monitor model.
II. Set Desktop area: to 1536 2048.
III. Set Rotation: in accordance with the monitor.
NOTE
If the window opens to confrm whether or not to enable the window
settings, click Yes within a period of 15 seconds.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appx IN24-27
4. Changing the 2nd Monitor
Described herein is the procedure used to change the 2nd monitor.
4.1 Changing the 2nd Monitor
4.1.1 Changing the 2M Monitor to the 3M Monitor
1. Change the video board.
For the video board change procedure, see 2. Mounting the
Video Board.
2. Install and set up the video driver.
For the detailed procedure in Windows Vista, see 3.2 3M
Monitor (Video Board: FireGL V3600).
For the detailed procedure in Windows 7, see 3.3 3M Monitor
(Video Board: FirePro V3800).
4.1.2 Changing the 3M Monitor to the 2M Monitor
1. Uninstall the video board driver.
For the detailed procedure, see 1. Uninstalling the Video
Driver.
2. Change the video board.
For how to change the video board, see 2. Mounting the
Video Board.
3. Set up the monitor.
For the detailed procedure, see 3.1 2M Monitor (Video Board
Not Added).
4.2 Having the 2nd Monitor Recognize the
Linking Application
CAUTION
When the 2nd monitor was changed, it is necessary to have the
changed 2nd monitor recognize all the linking applications that
have been installed.
1. Insert the linking application installation CD into the PC.
The main window opens.
2. Click .
The Select information window opens.
3. Select model of the changed 2nd monitor and click [OK].
DXL824023.ai
The system returns to the main window.
4. Click .
6. Restart the PC.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN24-28
BLANK PAGE
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN25-1
Appendix 25 Precise Enlargement
Function
The setting procedure to display the images read by the DR-ID 300CL
and its overlay items on the 2nd monitor are described herein.
The existent monitor (hereinafter called the 1st monitor) is used as a
regular exposure console.
NOTE
In a laptop PC, the precise enlargement function is unavailable.
Prior to setup
Precise enlargement function option key (DX CL PRECISE
ENLARGEMENT) is required.
The 2nd monitor must have been connected.
For the detailed 2nd monitor connection procedure, see
Appendix 24 Connecting the 2nd Monitor under
Appx IN: Installation Appendix.
NOTE
When using both the Precise Enlargement function and the
Tomosynthesis function, install the 2nd monitor switcher.
For the 2nd monitor switcher installation procedure, see 2nd monitor
switcher installation in Appendix 38 Tomosynthesis under Appx IN:
Installation Appendix.
Overalloperationfow
1. Software Setup
2. ConfrmingtheSettings
3. Backup/Restore
Install the Precise enlargement
software,makesettingsforthefrewall,
install the option key and reinstall the
AP key. Perform then the following
settings.
Setting the OS
Setting the Precise enlargement
software User Utility
Setting the Precise enlargement
software Service Utility
Confrmthattheimageisdisplayed
on the 2nd monitor.
Back up the settings.
WhenrestoringthesettingflesrelatedtothePreciseenlargement
function
3. Backup/Restore
When turning OFF the image display function on the 2nd monitor
4. Disabling the Precise Enlargement Function
When turning ON again the image display function on the 2nd monitor
5. Enabling the Precise Enlargement Function
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN25-2
1. Software Setup
SetuptheDR-ID300CLsoftwarefollowingthefowchartbelow.
1.1 Installing the Precise Enlargement Function Software
1.2 Setting the Firewall (V4.0 Only)
1.5 Setting the System
1.5.2 Setting the Service Utility
1.5.3 Setting the User Utility
1.5.4 Setting the Overlay Items
1.3 Installing the Precise Enlargement Function Option Key
1.1 Installing the Precise Enlargement
Function Software
Windows starts up.
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
opens.
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN25-3
For V4.0
I. Insert the Precise enlargement function installation CD
(114Y2150118A00) into the PC.
NOTE
Double-click directly the execution fle (Setup.exe) in the CD when
the window does not display automatically.
II. Double-click Setup.exe in the explorer.
The Install Precise enlargement function screen window opens.
For V5.0 or later
I. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC.
NOTE
DXCL050416002.ai
II. Enter 60 and then press the <Enter> key.
The Install Precise enlargement function screen window opens.
5. Click [Precise enlargement function].
AWS823070.ai
REFERENCE
Installation is not required when the following window opens. Click
OK and proceed to step 6.
or
AWS825002.ai
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN25-4
The Welcome to the Precise enlargement function Setup Wizard
window opens.
AWS823069.ai
6. Click .
The Please select information to setup window opens.
AWS825004.ai
I
II
I. Select a language.
NOTE
Select the same language as you selected at SYSTEM CONFIG
7. Language Setup for Screen Message in the Service Utility.
II. Select the type of added monitor (2nd monitor) for image
confrmation.
REFERENCE
After installation is completed, the monitor type can be changed by
clicking [Change Monitor] in the Install Precise enlargement
function screen window.
8. Click .
TheConfrmInstallationwindowopens.
AWS823067.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN25-5
9. Click .
AWS823068.ai
10. Click .
The system returns to the Install Precise enlargement function
screen window.
11. Click [Exit].
1.2 Setting the Firewall (V4.0 Only)
1. OpenExploreranddouble-clicktheFirewallSetting.batfle
immediately below the Precise enlargement function
installation CD.
OE240044.ai
REFERENCE
In Windows 7, the following window opens during the setup.
However, this is not an error.
DXL03140001.ai
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN25-6
1.3 Installing the Precise Enlargement
Function Option Key
If the precise enlargement option is 114Y2150118A00
I. Open Explorer and double-click the OptionCooper_Echo.exe
fleimmediatelybelowthePreciseenlargementfunction
installation CD.
The installation start window opens.
If the precise enlargement option is 114Y2150118B00
I. Insert the option key CD into the PC.
The installation start window opens.
NOTES
In V5.0 or later, option keys both for 114Y2150118A00 and
114Y2150118B00 can be used.
2. Click .
A window to express the completion of installation opens.
OE240046.ai
3. Click .
Be sure to reinstall the AP key when you installed the option key. Use
the AP key CD to reinstall the AP key. Installation procedures are shown
below.
NOTE
Double-click directly the execution fle (Filename extension : exe) in
the CD when the window does not display automatically.
OE000018.ai
2. Click .
A window to express the completion of installation opens.
3. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN25-7
1.5 Setting the System
NOTE
The Precise enlargement function has the dedicated Service Utility
and User Utility.
DR-ID 300CL Service Utility and User Utility are different from those of
the Precise enlargement function.
Make settings so that the taskbar is not displayed at the time of starting
the User Utility for Precise enlargement function.
1. Press the <Windows> key and right-click on the displayed
taskbar to select Properties.
The Taskbar and [Start] Menu Properties window opens.
2. Remove the checkmark from the Keep the taskbar on top
of other windows.
1. Input C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\System\
ServiceUtility.exe into the Start Searching column in the
menu and press the <Enter> key.
The Service Utility window for the linking application opens.
2. Select System and make sure that Allow switch app by
menu is set to [No].
NOTE
When [No] is not set for Allow switch app by menu, be sure to set
it to [No].
3. Select ECHO and make the following settings as
requested by the institution.
OE240047.ai
II.
III.
IV.
I.
No. Item Name Option Remarks
I
Font Name of
Overlay
MS UI Gothic
Microsoft Sans Serif
Select a display font type
for the overlay item that is
displayed on the image
confrmationwindow.
II
Image Density
used to display
Highest density
Standard density
Select an image density to
display. HQ image
displayed as STD image if
Standard is selected.
III
Zoom ratio for a
click (%)
10
(5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30,
40, 50)
Zoom/reduction ratio for
image Zoom/image
reduction (%)
IV
Maximum zoom
ratio (%)
500
(200, 300, 400, 500)
Maximum zoom ratio for
imagemagnifcation(%)
: Settings for factory shipment
4. Click .
The Service Utility window closes.
5. Restart the PC.
6. Confrmthatthe2ndmonitorstartsupinthegray
background when the DR-ID 300CL opening window is
displayed.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN25-8
NOTE
The User Utility for the Precise enlargement software should be started
while the DR-ID 300CL-AP is running.
1. Right-click on the 2nd monitor screen and select the User
Utility while the patient information input window for DR-ID
300CL-AP is displayed.
AWS823031.ai
The User Utility window for the Precise enlargement software
opens.
2. Make the following settings as requested by the institution.
OE240048.ai
V
VI
I
II
III
IV
I
Display size of
initial image
Full-scale display at
all the time.
Use Fit in Window
function only to the
images larger than the
image display area.
Fit in Window at all
the time.
Select initial display
settings as desired when
displaying a DR-ID 300CL
image on the image
confrmationwindow.
II
Loupe area size Small
(small, medium, large)
Loupe area size
III
Magnifcation
ratio of Loupe (%)
300
(200, 300, 400, 500)
Zoom ratio for displayed
images in the Loupe area.
IV
Center Mouse cursor position
Center of the display
area
Position of the center of
imagemagnifcation/
reduction processing
V
Overlay Item
Setting
Refer to
1.5.4 Setting the
Overlay Items
VI
Version
information
Displays the Precise
enlargement software
version.
: Default setting
3. Click .
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN25-9
1.5.4 Setting the Overlay Items
1. Click on the User Utility
window for Precise enlargement function.
The Additional Information Settings window opens.
OE240049.ai
I.
III.
II.
I. Font size
Set the font size of overlay item. Select either 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 22 (default), 24, 26, 28, 36, or 48.
II. Font color
Set the display font colors of overlay item. Select either Gray
(default), Cyan, Magenta, or Yellow.
III. Displayed overlay items
Set the overlay items displayed at the four corners of display
area (top left, top right, bottom left, bottom right) on the 2nd
monitor.
The displayable overlay items are shown below.
Patient
overlay items
Patient ID, Patient's Name, Kanji Patient's Name, Sex,
Patient's Birth Date, Patient's Age
Order
information
Accession Number, Acquisition Date, Acquisition Time
Image overlay
items
Menu Name, S/L, Pixel Spacing, kVp, X-ray Tube Current,
Exposure Time, Exposure, Dose Area Product, Target/Filter,
Grid, Focus, Thickness, Comp Force, Angle, AEC, VCS+VMCS,
AGD, ESE, Laterality, Patient Orientation, GA/GS, DAP, EI/DI,
GPR, Trimming size, Panel serial number, Panel name
Display
attribute
information
MagnifcationRatio
Amaximumof10itemscanbesetforeachdisplayarea.
Oneoverlayitemcanbesetonlyatonecorner.
TheusercaneditthePrefxasdesiredfortheoverlayitemlist.The(item
name) : is set for the factory default setting. If the item name does not
needtobedisplayed,leavethePrefxblank,andonlyitemvaluewillbe
displayed.
TheSuffxintheoverlayitemlistcannotbeedited.
Tochangethedisplaypositionofanitem,cancelthesettingfortheitem
once; and then, make the setting for the item again.
Setting method
1. Select the items to be displayed from the right-side of
overlay item lists.
2. Select the position (Top-left, Top-right, Bottom-left, Bottom-
right) to be displayed from the left-side of display area.
3. Click .
Item name is displayed in the selected position.
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN25-10
Method for cancelling the settings
1. Select the items to be hidden from the left-side display area.
2. Click .
The selected item names are deleted.
REFERENCE
Overlay items set as the factory default settings are shown below.
Cancel unnecessary setting items.
Top-left Top-right
PatientID
PatientsName
PatientsSex
PatientsBirthDate
PatientsAge
AccessionNumber
AcquisitionDate
AcquisitionTime
MenuName
Laterality
PatientOrientation(Row/Column)
VCS+VMCS
Bottom-left Bottom-right
PixelSpacing
MagnifcationRatio
S/L
GA/GS
X-rayTubeCurrent
ExposureTime
kVp
Exposure
Target/Filter
Grid
Focus
AEC
AGD
ESE
ImageAreaDoseProduct
NOTE
Remove the following overlay item so that they are not displayed.
VCS+VMCS
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN25-11
2. ConfrmingtheSettings
StartuptheDR-ID300CL-APandconfrmdisplayedimages.
2.2 ConfrmingtheImageDisplay
earlier).
In about two minutes, the DR-ID 300CL-AP registration window
opens.
For V4.0
DCL44002.EPS
For V5.0 or later
DXL08030002.ai
2.2 ConfrmingtheImageDisplay
1. Start the QA processing function on read images.
2. Confrmthattheimagesaredisplayedonthe2ndmonitor
and also that the information items set in 1.5.4 Setting the
Overlay Items are displayed correctly.
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN25-12
3. Backup/Restore
The procedures to back up/restore the setting values for the Precise
enlargement function are described herein.
3.1 Backup
1. Select the menu and then click User Utility.
The User Utility main menu window opens.
2. Click .
The Ascent View window opens.
3. Click the [Backup].
AWS825011.ai
4. Insert the media for backup into the PC.
5. Select the targeted backup drive/folder and click .
AWS825010.ai
CAUTION
When the [Copy File] window opens, do not select [Copy, but keep
both fles].
AWS825014.ai
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN25-13
After the backup processing is completed, the following window
opens.
DXCL040725001.ai
6. Click .
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN25-14
3.2 Restore
CAUTION
Data cannot be restored If the version of the installed software and
that of the software used at the time of creating data to be restored
are different with each other.
See the version information of backup data (Version.xml) to
restore, and confrm that the versions are the same before
restoring.
2. Click [Ascent View].
3. Click [Restore].
AWS825012.ai
The Folder selection window opens.
5. Select the drive/folder in which the backup data is stored,
and then click .
AWS825010.ai
After restoring processing is completed, the following window
opens.
DXCL040825001.ai
6. Click .
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN25-15
4. Disabling the Precise
Enlargement Function
Perform the following procedure when turning the Precise enlargement
function OFF and using only the DR-ID 300CL in the case such as the
2nd monitor becoming defective.
1. Input the following in the Start Searching column (Run...
for Windows XP) from the menu and press the
<Enter> key.
notepad C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\System\Version.xml
Version.xml opens in NotePad.
2. Correct the following parts and save.
Before correction
<ExecutableFile> C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\System\Echo.
exe</ExecutableFile>
After correction (Add Managed=False)
<ExecutableFile Managed=False> C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
Cooper\System\Echo.exe</ExecutableFile>
<Enter> key.
explorer C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\System\Version.xml
Version.xml opens in the browser.
4. Confrmthatnoerrorisdisplayed.
When an error occurs, perform steps 1 through 3 again, and
correctthespecifederrorappropriately.(Inthewindow
below, it is indicated that " corresponding to the 29th
characteronthe4thlineisillegal.Tobemorespecifc,there
is no " that is paired with the other.)
AWS823066.ai
5. Restart the PC.
6. ConfrmthatthePreciseenlargementfunctiondoesnot
start up.
010-305-02E
04.15.2010 FM5668
Appx IN25-16
5. Enabling the Precise
Enlargement Function
Perform the following procedure when turning the Precise enlargement
function ON after it was turned OFF following the procedure directed in
4. Disabling the Precise Enlargement Function.
<Enter> key.
notepad C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\System\Version.xml
Version.xml opens in NotePad.
2. Correct the following parts and save.
Before correction
<ExecutableFile Managed="False"> C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
Cooper\System\Echo.exe</ExecutableFile>
After correction (Delete Managed=False)
<ExecutableFile> C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\System\Echo.
exe</ExecutableFile>
<Enter> key.
explorer C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\System\Version.xml
Version.xml opens in browser.
4. Confrmthatnoerrorisdisplayed.
5. Restart the PC.
6. ConfrmthatthePreciseenlargementfunctionstartsup.
Appx IN26-1
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appendix 26 Adding and Setting
the Serial Connector
NOTE
In a laptop PC, the serial connector cannot be added.
REFERENCE
There are the following three types of function to use serial connector
on DR-ID 300CL.
X-CON
UPS
DAP
1. Adding a Serial Connector
The procedure to be observed for adding a serial connector differs
depending on the number of used ports of the serial connector.
NOTE
In X-CON connection if insulation protection is performed to the PC,
connect the PC and X-CON using MOXA board regardless of number of
ports to be used.
When 1 port is used
Use the PC-standard serial port. There is no need to add a serial
connector.
When 2 ports are used
(When the motherboard has a serial connector)
Add a serial connector from the mother board.
For how to add a serial connector, see 1.1 Adding a Serial
Connector from the Mother Board.
(When the motherboard has no serial connector)
Mount the serial connector add-in board.
For how to mount the serial connector add-in board, see 1.2
Mounting the Serial Connector Add-in Board.
Mount the MOXA board.
For how to mount the MOXA board, see 1.3 Mounting the MOXA
Board.
Appx IN26-2
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.1 Adding a Serial Connector from the
Mother Board
This section describes the procedure on how to add a serial connector
from the mother board.
Add-in serial
connector cable
OE180001.EPS
1. Open the PC cover.
For how to open the PC cover, read the Operation Manual that
comes with the PC.
2. Connect the serial connector cable.
#2
[Mount]
#1
[Connect]
Add-in serial
connector
Add-in serial
connector cable
OE180002.EPS
Appx IN26-3
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Location of the serial connector: OptiPlex 760
OE180115.ai Serial connector
Location of the serial connector: OptiPlex 780MT
OE180122.ai Serial connector
Location of the serial connector: OptiPlex 780DT
DXL08260021.ai
Serial connector
Location of the serial connector: OptiPlex 960
DXL08260006.ai
Serial connector
Appx IN26-4
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Location of the serial connector: HP Compaq 6200 Pro SF
DXCL070826002.ai
Serial connector
Location of the serial connector: HP Compaq 8200 Elite MT
DXCL070826003.ai
Serial connector
Appx IN26-5
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
1.2 Mounting the Serial Connector
Add-in Board
Described herein are the procedures used to mount the serial connector
add-in board.
1. Shut down DR-ID 300CL and shut down the PC.
2. Disconnect the power cable from the PC.
4. Mount the serial connector add-in board in the PCI Express
x1 slot.
DXCL050826001.ai
PCI Express x1 slot
Serial connector
add-in board
NOTE
When the PCI Express x1 slot has been used, use the PCI Express
x16 slot.
REFERENCE
The illustration presented above is for Dell OptiPlex 790 DT. The
same procedure is used for mounting Dell OptiPlex 990 MT.
6. Connect the power cable to the PC.
Appx IN26-6
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
1.3 Mounting the MOXA Board
Described herein are the procedures used to mount the MOXA board.
Cautions for connection
1.3.1 Setting the DIP Switch
1. Set up the DIP switch on the board as follows.
Mode S1 S2 S3
RS-232 ON OFF OFF
NOTE
Some of the contents in the operation manual attached to the board
is incorrect. Set up the DIP switch according to the procedures
above.
1.3.2 Mounting the MOXA Board
1. Shut down DR-ID 300CL and shut down the PC.
4. Mount the MOXA board in the PCI slot.
DXL08260022.ai
PCI slot
MOXA board
REFERENCE
The illustration presented above is for Dell OptiPlex 760. The
same procedure is used for mounting Dell OptiPlex 780 and Dell
OptiPlex 960.
6. Connect the power cable to the PC
Appx IN26-7
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
2. Installing the Driver
2.1 Installing the Serial Connector Add-in
Board Driver
When the serial connector add-in board is mounted, the relevant drivers
must be installed accordingly.
2.1.1 Installing the Serial Connector Add-in Board
Driver
Windows starts up.
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
opens.
Service Utility mode exits.
4. Insert the Resource CD for OptiPlex 790/990 Disk into the
PC.
5. Open the following folder, and double-click R291908.exe.
For OptiPlex 790 DT
(Disk drive):\790\Op.SerialPort folder
For OptiPlex 990 MT
(Disk drive):\990\Op.SerialPort folder
The Miscellaneous:Foxconn Serial/Parallel port PCIE add-in card
Drivers window opens.
The Select the folder where you want to... window opens.
7. Click [OK].
The Folder 'C:\dell\drivers\R291908'... window opens.
8. Click [Yes].
The Allflesweresuccessfullyunzipped.windowopens.
9. Click [OK].
The SUNIX Multi-IO Controller - InstallShield Wizard window
opens.
10. Click [Next].
A new window opens to indicate that the installation wizard is
started.
11. Click [Next].
The Ready to Install the Program window opens.
Appx IN26-8
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
The InstallShield Wizard Complete window opens.
13. Click [Finish].
the Serial Connector Add-in Board Driver
2. Click .
3. Confrmthefollowingitems.
SUNIX COM Port (COM3) is displayed below Port (COM and
LPT).
SUNIX 1 - Port Serial Card is displayed below Multi-port serial
adapters.
Appx IN26-9
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
2.2 Installing the MOXA Board Driver
When the MOXA board are mounted, the relevant drivers must be
installed accordingly.
(for Windows Vista)
Windows starts up.
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
opens.
Service Utility mode exits and the Found New Hardware window
opens.
FR200011.ai
4. Click Locate and install driver software (recommended).
FR200012.ai
5. Select Dont search online.
A window opens prompting you to insert the disk.
FR200013.ai
6. Insert the CD that comes with the MOXA board into the PC.
Appx IN26-10
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
7. Click .
REFERENCE
In case the Windows Security window opens, click Install this
driver software anyway to proceed to the next step.
FR200014.ai
Upon completion of the driver software installation processing,
a window opens to indicate that the driver was installed
successfully.
DXL08260024.ai
8. Click .
NOTE
Upon completion of the board driver setup processing, operation
sequences then proceed to the driver setup processing of each
port.
FR200016.ai
9. Select Dont search online.
A window opens prompting you to insert the disk.
FR200017.ai
Appx IN26-11
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
10. Click .
REFERENCE
In case the Windows Security window opens, click Install this
driver software anyway to proceed to the next step.
FR200014.ai
successfully.
FR200018.ai
11. Click .
(for Windows 7)
Windows starts up.
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
opens.
The Service Utility exits and the system returns to the desktop
screen.
Appx IN26-12
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Enter devmgmt.msc in Start search column from the
DXL08260025.ai
5. Right-click PCI Serial Port and select Update Driver
Software....
DXL08260026.ai
The How do you want to search for driver software? window
opens.
DXL08260027.ai
7. Insert the CD that comes with MOXA board into the PC and
click .
DXL08260028.ai
The Browse For Folder window opens.
Appx IN26-13
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
8. Select the DVD drive and click .
DXL08260029.ai
The system returns to the Browse for driver software on your
computer window.
9. Click .
successfully.
DXL08260030.ai
10. Click .
11. Right-click MOXA communication port and select Update
Driver Software....
DXL08260031.ai
The How do you want to search for driver software? window
opens.
DXL08260032.ai
Appx IN26-14
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
13. Click .
NOTE
If the DVD driver is not selected, click and change the
reference location to DVD drive, and then click .
successfully.
DXL08260033.ai
14. Click .
15. For rest of the ports, perform the same procedures in step 5.
through 14.
the MOXA Board Driver
2. Click .
MOXA Communication Port 1 to 2 are displayed below Port
(COM and LPT).
MOXA CP-112UL Series (PCI Bus) is displayed below Multi-port
serial adapters.
DXL08260034.ai
Appx IN26-15
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3. Port and
Service Utility Settings
If using the X-CON or DAP, the port and Service Utility need to be set
after the serial connector is added.
The setting procedures are different with each other between the case
where the PC-standard serial connector and an add-in serial connector
are used and the case where the MOXA board is used.
3.1 The Case Where
the PC-standard Serial Connector and
an Add-in Serial Connector are Used
1. Use the Service Utility capability to set up the port number
to be used.
For details of the individual setup items, see3.7Confguration
Details 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION under MU: Maintenance
Utility.
Table CSL/IDT FUNCTION setup items
No. Name
44 Xcon Serial_TX Control Port
178 DAP Serial_TX Control Port
3. Click .
4. Click the symbol at the left-side of Port (COM & LPT).
DXL819008.ai
5. Right-click the COM port the serial cable is connected to,
The Communications Port (COM1) Properties window opens.
6. To connect the X-CON, perform the following settings for
COM port properties window.
DXL819009.ai
II
I
III
IV
V
VI
I. Select the Port Settings tab.
II. Select the same value set in CONFIG CSL/IDT FUCTION
111:Xcon Serial_TX Baudrate.
III. Select 8.
IV. Select None.
V. Select 1.
VI. Select None.
7. Click .
The Advance Settings for COM1 window opens.
Appx IN26-16
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
For X-CON
I. Select a port number value, which is the one that is added by 32
to the value set up in the Service Utility.
Example: Select COM33 when
44:Xcon Serial_TX Control Port = 1.
DXL08260036.ai
For DAP
I. Select a port number value set up in the Service Utility.
Example: Select COM32 for
178:DAP Serial_TX Control Port = 32.
DXL08260035.ai
9. Click .
The system returns to the Communications Port (COM1)
Properties window.
10. Click .
Appx IN26-17
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3.2 The Case Where
a MOXA Board is Used
NOTES
COM32 through COM33 port numbers are assigned on the MOXA
board. In case any of the COM32 through COM33 port number is
used for some other device, such COM port number needs to be
changed as required beforehand, and necessary settings must be
performed appropriately so that a COM port number same as that
assigned on the MOXA board is not used double.
The maximum number of DAP connection port number is 32. Select
COM32 or less for Port Number.
2. Click .
3. Right-click MOXA CP-112UL Series (PCI Bus) and select
Properties.
DXL08260037.ai
The MOXA CP-112UL Series (PCI Bus) Properties window
opens.
4. SelectthePortsConfgurationtab.Selectthentherowfor
Port 1 and click .
DXL08260038.ai
The Port 1 window where the Port Number is to be set up will
open.
Appx IN26-18
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
I. Select COM32 from the Port Number pull-down menu.
II. Place a checkmark to Auto Enumerating COM Number.
DXL08260018.ai
I
II
5. Click .
The system returns to the MOXA CP-112UL Series (PCI Bus)
Properties window.
6. Click .
7. ConfrmthattheportnumberandCOMportnumberofthe
board are set as follows.
Port number COM port number
MOXA Communication Port 1 COM32
MOXA Communication Port 2 COM33
DXL08260039.ai
Appx IN26-19
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
8. In the Service Utility, set up a port number to be used.
For details of the individual setting items, see 3.7
ConfgurationDetails5.CSL/IDTFUNCTIONunderMU:
Table CSL/IDT FUNCTION setup items
No. Name
178 DAP Serial_TX Control Port
Appx IN26-20
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN27-1
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appendix 27 DAP
(Dose-area Product Meter)
This chapter describes the procedure used to perform settings
necessary for acquisition of X-ray radiation information (dose-area
product information) when an X-ray image is taken, with a dose-area
product meter (hereinafter referred simply to as the DAP) connected
properly to the DR-ID 300CL.
The X-ray radiation information (dose-area product information) thus
acquired is displayed in the study information list window on the study
execution screen.
NOTE
In a laptop PC, a DAP cannot be used.
Prior to setup
Connected DAP
For direct connection
Connect a VacuDAP of VacuTEC directly to a serial port of the PC.
For indirect connection
Connect a VacuDAP of VacuTEC and an X-CON to a conversion
box (Livingstons CR BOX) and then connect a conversion box to the
serial port board on DR-ID 300CL.
Overalloperationfow
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
3.Verifcation
Connect a DAP to the DR-ID 300CL.
SetuptheconfgurationforDAP.
Verify CL connection to the DAP
and reception of dose-area product
information.
fles.
Appx IN27-2
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
1. Hardware Setup
Connect a DAP to the DR-ID 300CL, as illustrated below.
When no X-CON is connected
TCP/IP
FPD DR-ID 300CL Display
Unit
DAP
DXL08270001.ai
Dedicated serial cable
When a DAP and an X-CON are connected
TCP/IP
FPD
X-CON
DR-ID 300CL
DAP Display
Unit
DXL08270002.ai
Serial connecter
For details on the X-CON setting procedure, see Appendix 19
X-Ray Controller.
When a conversion box is used
TCP/IP
FPD DR-ID 300CL
Conversion
box
X-CON
DAP
DXL08270003.ai
Serial connecter
X-Ray Controller.
When a DAP is connected from an X-CON
TCP/IP
FPD DR-ID 300CL X-CON DAP
DXL08270004.ai
Serial connecter
X-Ray Controller.
Appx IN27-3
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
2. Software Setup
2.1 Starting the Service Utility
2.2 SettingtheConfgurationItems
2.3 Exiting the Service Utility
2.1 Starting the Service Utility
All Programs, Fuji Film, and Console Advance.
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
00000119.ai
REFERENCE
1. To exit the AP, choose Shut Down in the menu.
<Shift> key.
Film, and Console Advance.
Appx IN27-4
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
3. Enterfeldengineerandclick .
The Service Utility mode starts and then the IIP Service Utility
window opens.
DXCL040810001.ai
Appx IN27-5
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
2.2 SettingtheConfgurationItems
PerformsettingsfortheDAP-relatedconfgurationitems,asfollows.
1. Click[SetupConfgurationItem]ontheIIPServiceUtility
window.
DXCL040704003.ai
OE210005.EPS
2. Click on the window that opens.
Theconfgurationoptionsetupitemsappearintheright-handarea
of the window.
3. SelectYesforthefollowingconfgurationsetting.
No. Name Meaning
13 Enable
Connecting
DAP Directly
Specifying whether or not to connect CL
directly to a DAP.
Yes
Connect directly to a DAP.
No [default]
Not to connect directly to a DAP.
4. Click .
The IDT/Console function setup items appear in the right-hand
area of the window.
IDT/Console function setup items
OE210006.EPS
Appx IN27-6
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
5. PerformsettingsforthefollowingDAP-relatedconfguration
items.
177 DAP Serial_TX
Parity
0:none
1:odd
2:even
Specifying a DAP serial
transfer parity.
178 DAP Serial_TX
Control port
0 to 32
( 0)
Specifying a DAP serial
transfer control port
number.
(0: Not used.)
179 DAP Message
Trial Count
3 Specifying a DAP
message transfer trial
count.
180 DAP Address A Specifying a DAP
address character while
a DAP is connected.
(Specify a capital
alphanumeric.)
181 Wait Time for
Response.
From DAP
1 to 30
( 1)
Specifying a time to
wait (in seconds) until
a response is received
after a related command
was transferred to the
DAP.
182 Dap Status
Display Strings
A maximum of 5
one-byte characters
( DAP)
Specifying a caption
used to indicate a
related status while a
DAP is connected.
: Default setting, * : Note
For details on indirect connection, see 2.3Confguration
setting for Direct Connection with the X-CON under Appendix
19 X-Ray Controller.
u NOTE u
Select 0: Old for No. 108 Xcon Format Type.
6. Select[Save]fromtheConfgmenu.
saved.
7. Click .
Appx IN27-7
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
2.3 Exiting the Service Utility
1. Select[Close]fromtheConfgmenuontheSetup
2. Click [Exit Service Utility] on the window that opens.
Appx IN27-8
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
3. Verifcation
Verify connection to a DAP, as follows.
3.2 Verifying Connection to a DAP
3.3 Verifying Reception of Dose-area Product Information
3.4 Verifying Transfer of Dose-area Product Information
3.4.1 When DICOM PPS Connection is Enabled
3.4.2 When DICOM Storage Connection is Enabled
3.4.3 When DICOM Print Connection is Enabled
All Programs, Fuji Film, and Console Advance.
opens.
DXL08030002.ai
3.2 Verifying Connection to a DAP
OpentheOrderInformationwindowandconfrmthatthedose-area
product information is displayed.
DXL08270005.ai
Appx IN27-9
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
3.3 Verifying Reception of
Dose-area Product Information
1. Register any study menu, and then perform exposure to
read an image.
u NOTE u
When a cassette is used to perform exposure, IP registration is
needed after a study menu was registered.
2. Check the X-ray dose value shown on the display unit.
3. On the DR-ID 300CLs study execution screen, display the
study information list window to check the following values.
Total dose-area product of a study
Image-area dose product
Exposure time (for each image)
4. Display the DR-ID 300CL's study reception screen.
5. Make sure that the data appearing on the display unit is
reset appropriately.
Appx IN27-10
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
3.4 Verifying Transfer of Dose-area
Product Information
3.4.1 When DICOM PPS Connection is Enabled
1. On the RIS system, select a study for which the reception of
dose-areaproductinformationwasdefnitelyconfrmed.
u NOTE u
Select the study that was checked for in 3.3 Verifying Reception of
Dose-area Product Information above.
2. With regard to the received study, check the following of the
actual measurement values.
Total dose-area product of a study
For details on the DICOM PPS function setup procedure, see
Appendix 13 RIS: DICOM MWM/DICOM PPS.
3.4.2 When DICOM Storage Connection is Enabled
1. Transfer a study for which the reception of dose-area
productinformationwasdefnitelyconfrmedtoaDICOM
Storage device.
u NOTE u
2. For each of the image information items included in the
received study, check the following values.
For details on the DICOM Storage function setup procedure,
see Appendix 10 DICOM CR Storage and Appendix 11
DICOM DX Storage: Transfer of Processed Images.
3.4.3 When DICOM Print Connection is Enabled
1. Output a study for which the reception of dose-area product
informationwasdefnitelyconfrmedtoaDICOMPrinter
device.
u NOTE u
2. Make sure that dose-area product information (for each
image)isprintedontheoutputflm.
u NOTE u
As a standard function, no dose-area product information is printed
on output flm. Edit the FilmStrFm.env fle so that necessary
settings are performed to print dose-area product information on
output flm properly.
ForhowtoedittheFilmStrFm.envfle,see8. Print Output
Function under MU: Maintenance Utility.
Appx IN27-11
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
Appx IN27-12
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN28-1
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appendix 28 Simple Ordering or
RIS Order USB
The simple ordering is a function to send/receive order information
(request/result) between ordering device (device to manage study
orders and patient information within an institute, such as RIS) and
DR-ID300CLbyexchangingXMLflesoforderrequestandresult
information between them.
RISOrderUSBisafunctiontostoreXMLfleoftheorderinformationto
aUSBfashdriveandimportittoDR-ID300CL,insteadofto
communicate with the ordering device.
This section explains the setting procedures to use the Simple Ordering
function or the RIS Order USB function.
u NOTE u
The simple ordering function or RIS Order USB function cannot co-exist
with the following optional functions.
DICOM MWM Function
(DX CL DICOM ORDER MWM or DX CL DICOM ID MWM)
DICOM PPS Function (DX CL DICOM MPPS)
Prior to setup
The Option key (DX CL SIMPLE ORDERING) is required.
Software version required: V5.0 or later (SIMPLE ORDERING)
V6.1 or later (RIS Order USB, only laptop PC)
Overalloperationfow
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3.Verifcation
Install the option key, reinstall the AP
keyandsettheconfgurationrelatedto
the simple ordering or RIS Order USB.
Connect the ordering device to the
DR-ID 300CL (only simple ordering).
Verify that the order information can
be retrieved from either the ordering
deviceortheUSBfashdrive.
fles.
Appx IN28-2
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1. Hardware Setup
u NOTE u
When the RIS Order USB is used, 1. Hardware Setup is unnecessary.
Connect the ordering device to the DR-ID 300CL via the network, as
illustrated below.
TCP/IP
Ordering
Device
DR-ID 300CL
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX Cable
DXCL050828001.ai
u NOTE u
Do not connect the telephone line to the DR-ID 300CL and ordering
device network connectors.
The cable type applicable to the DR-ID 300CL equipment is the
IEC950/UL1950-compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
Appx IN28-3
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2. Software Setup
2.1 Installing the Simple Ordering Option Key
2.4 Creating and Setting the Shared Folder
2.3 SettingtheConfgurationRelatedtothe
Simple Ordering or RIS Order USB
2.1 Installing the Simple Ordering
Option Key
Simple ordering option key (DX CL SIMPLE ORDERING) is required to
use the simple ordering or RIS Order USB.
1. Insert the Option Key CD into the PC.
u NOTE u
Double-click directly the execution fle (Filename extension: exe) in
DXL08280002.ai
2. Click .
The window to express the completion of installation opens.
DXL08280003.ai
3. Click .
Appx IN28-4
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Be sure to reinstall the AP key when you installed the option key. Use
the AP key CD to reinstall the AP key. Installation procedures are shown
below.
u NOTE u
DXL309001.ai
2. Click .
DXL820004.ai
3. Click .
the Simple Ordering or RIS Order USB
1. Start up the DR-ID 300CL Service Utility mode.
For details of DR-ID 300CLs Service Utility mode startup, see
Utility.
DXCL040829003.ai
OE210005.EPS
3. Click the mark to the left of .
Appx IN28-5
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
4. Click .
DXCL040829006.ai
5. Setupthefollowingconfgurationitemsrelatedtothe
simple ordering or RIS Order USB.
56 Enable
Patient Info.
DB Function
No
Does not use the
patient database
function.
Yes
Uses the patient
database
function.
Specifying whether or not
to use the patient database
function.
* The setup value becomes
invalid if the mass
screening order issuance
97 Recept
Computer
Info File
Share Folder
C:\User\IIP\
ReceptShare\
Specifying a folder in which
thesharedinformationfleis
to be stored when a receipt
computer is connected.
* Set up with up until 256
characters in alphanumeric
characters.
keyboard.
100 Recept
Computer
Info File
Temporal
Folder
C:\Program
Files\FujiFilm\
IIP\Data\
Reserved
Specifying a folder in which
aninformationflewhere
an error occurred is to be
backed up when a receipt
computer is connected.
characters.
keyboard.
307 Simplifed
Ordering
Report Share
Folder
C:\User\IIP\
OrderingReport
Share\
Specifying the directory
toshareflesoftheactual
result information when
connecting to Synapse RIS/
Simple Ordering.
characters.
keyboard.
Appx IN28-6
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
saved.
7. Click .
8. SelectClosefromtheConfgmenu.
2.4 Creating and Setting the Shared Folder
u NOTE u
The folder names of the shared folder of No.97 Recept Computer Info
File Share Folder under 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION and the shared
folder of No.307 Simplifed Ordering Report Share Folder can be
specifed arbitrarily at any locations where DR-ID 300CL and ordering
device can access.
If the location or name of the shared folder is changed from the default
setting, also change the setting in Service Utility.
REFERENCE
This section mainly deals with the examples of creating the
OrderingReportShare folder and the ReceptShare folder at the
default setting location and setting up the sharing options.
1. Click Computer from the menu.
The Comupter window opens.
2. Select C:\Usr\IIP and create the OrderingReportShare
folder.
3. Right-click OrderingReportShare folder and select
Share... (Share... Advanced Sharing for Windows 7).
The OrderingReportShare Properties window opens.
Appx IN28-7
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
4. Click .
OE260010.ai
The Advanced Sharing window opens.
5. Place a checkmark to and click .
OE260011.ai
The Permissions for OrderingReportShare window opens.
6. Select Everyone and place checkmarks to all the
checkboxes in the Allow column.
OE260012.ai
7. Click .
The system returns to the Advanced Sharing window.
8. Click .
The system returns to the OrderingReportShare Properties
window.
9. Close the OrderingReportShare Properties window.
10. Select C:\Usr\IIP and create the ReceptShare folder.
11. For ReceptShare folder, perform the same procedures as
step 3. through 9.
12. Close the explorer.
Appx IN28-8
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
3. Verifcation
Verify receiving of the order information from the ordering device or the
USBfashdrive.
3.2 Verifying Receiving of the Order Information
Fuji Film, and then ConsoleAdvance.
In about 2 minutes, the DR-ID 300CL-AP registration window
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
3.2 Verifying Receiving of the Order
Information
3.2.1 For Simple Ordering
u NOTE u
The order from the ordering device to start a study can be received only
when DR-ID 300CL meet the following conditions.
The study registration window is displayed.
The user is not operating on the screen. (No pop-up is displayed.)
1. The user is not operating on the screen. (No pop-up is
displayed.)
2. Issue and order from the ordering device to DR-ID 300CL.
3. Verify that the study is automatically started.
Appx IN28-9
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
3.2.2 For RIS Order USB
1. StoreorderinformationintoaUSBfashdrive.
2. ConnecttheUSBfashdriveintotheUSBportoftheDR-ID
300CL.
3. Click on the upper-right corner of the window, and
click .
ThepasswordentrywindowfortheUSBfashdriveopens.
4. EnterthepasswordfortheUSBfashdrive.
5. Verify that the order information has been imported to DR-ID
300CL.
Study execution order
Verify that the study has been automatically started, and the
patient information and the menu have been imported.
Study reservation order
Verify that the study has been imported to Waiting QA.
6. Click on the upper-right corner of the window, and
click .
The Do you want to delete the order information? message
appears.
7. Click [Yes].
The order information is deleted.
8. Click on the upper-right corner of the window, click
,andremovetheUSBfashdrive.
u NOTE u
The USB fash drive used for RIS Order USB is automatically
assigned to the "J:" drive from next time.
For details of changing the drive letter, see 2. Changing the Drive
Letter of the USB Flash Drive under Appendix 34 Setting up the
USB Flash Drive.
Appx IN28-10
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Maintenance Utility (MU).
Appx IN28-11
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN28-12
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN29-1
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appendix 29 PDI
(Portable Data of
Imaging)
Described herein is the setup procedure necessary to use the PDI
function for saving study information and image data already output to
the DR-ID 300CL, onto the storage media.
NOTE
In a laptop PC, the PDI function is unavailable.
REFERENCE
A dedicated Viewer is stored on the storage media created using the
PDI function. This Viewer enables you to view image data on a general-
purpose PC.
Prior to setup
The PDI option key (DX CL DICOM PDI STORAGE) is required.
Media and folder to which study information can be output
CD-R
USBfashdriveorUSB-connectedHDD
Shared folder on the network
REFERENCE
Study information in the DICOM fle format can be output also to the
following media:
DVD-R/DVD+R
Requirements of recommended CD-RW drive
Use a internal DVD super multi drive in the DR-ID 300CL.
Overalloperationfow
1. Software Setup
2.Verifcation
Perform the following settings after the
installation of PDI software and option
key and the reinstallation of the AP
key.
SetupconfgurationsrelatedtoPDI
function.
Institution information settings
Write study information using the PDI
function and verify if appropriately.
fles.
Appx IN29-2
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
1. Software Setup
1.1 Installing the PDI Application
1.2 Installing the PDI Option Key
1.4 SetupconfgurationsrelatedtoPDIfunction
1.5 Editing the Institution Information
1.1 Installing the PDI Application
about one minute.
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
u NOTE u
(feldengineer) for Service Utility and click [OK].
DXL41001.ai
opens.
Appx IN29-3
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
NOTE
DXCL050416002.ai
A menu opens to show listing of languages that can be installed.
DXCL050304001.ai
6. Select a desired language and press the <Enter> key.
Installation processing will start. After completion of the installation
processing, the system soon returns to the DR Console Setup
Tool main menu window.
The system then returns to the desktop.
Appx IN29-4
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
1.2 Installing the PDI Option Key
1. Insert the PDI option key CD into the PC.
u NOTE u
DXCL040829001.ai
2. Click .
DXCL040829002.ai
3. Click .
Be sure to reinstall the AP key when you installed the option key.
Use the AP key CD to reinstall the AP key. Installation procedures are
shown below.
u NOTE u
DXL309001.ai
2. Click .
DXL820004.ai
3. Click .
Appx IN29-5
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
1.4 SetupconfgurationsrelatedtoPDI
function
For details of DR-ID 300CLs Service Utility mode startup, see 1.
Starting/Exiting the Service Utility under Maintenance Utility
(MU).
DXCL040829003.ai
00000091.EPS
4. Click .
DXCL040829007.ai
5. SetupthefollowingPDI-relatedconfgurationitems.
319 PDI Normalized Yes
No
normalize(Standardized) when
performing PDI output.
: Default setting
Appx IN29-6
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
6. Click .
DXCL040829006.ai
7. SetupthefollowingPDI-relatedconfgurationitems.
167 PDI Driver
Letter
(None) Specifying drive letter of a
connected internal drive.
168 PDI Use
CrtLut
A maximum of 64
one-byte characters.
C:\Program Files\
FujiFilm\IIP\
CrtLut\PDI.lut
Specifying SoftcopyLUT applied
to a processed image.
* Perform the necessary setting
adding extension .lut.
170 PDI Use
Multibyte
Yes
Included.
No
Not included.
include multi-byte information in
the DICOM contents.
171 PDI Transfer
Syntax
0 : Explicit VR
Little Endian
1 : Jpeg
Lossless
Specifying a DICOM contents
transfer syntax
* Select 0:Explicit VR Little
Endian if complied with IHE.
172 PDI Image
Bit Stored
0 : 10
1 : 12
2 : 14
Specifying the bit depth.
* For CR, set 0 : 10 or 1 : 12.
* For DR, set 1 : 12 or 2 : 14.
* From V5.0, the setting for
DICOMfleoutputisalso
specifedinthisitem.
saved.
9. Click .
10.SelectClosefromtheConfg(F)menu.
Appx IN29-7
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.5 Editing the Institution Information
This section describes the procedure when editing the README.txt
flecreatedandstoredontoaCD-RusingthePDIfunction,following
informationspecifctotheinstitution.
1. Input C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\PDIMaster\README.txt
in the Start Search column from the menu, and
DXCL040829008.ai
TheREADME.txtfleopens.
DXCL050808001.ai
I.
II.
I. Edit details of 2. Facility at which the disk was created
followinginformationspecifctotheinstitution.
II. Modify the software version in "3. Application with which
the disk was created" and make it the same with the actual
software version.
3. StoreediteddataaccordinglyandclosetheREADME.txtfle.
Appx IN29-8
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
2. Verifcation
Verify the writing of the study information.
2.2 Writing Study Information Using the PDI Function
2.3 Verifying the Created CD-R
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
Appx IN29-9
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
2.2 Writing Study Information Using
the PDI Function
u NOTE u
CD-R is as the output destination in the following operation. When
outputting to USB fash drive, USB-connected HDD or the shared folder
on the network. Read CD-R for USB fash drive, USB-connected HDD
or the shared folder on the network as necessary.
1. Insert a blank CD-R into the PC.
2. Click .
DXCL040829010.ai
The study window opens.
3. Select the Finish QA tab.
DXCL040829011.ai
ThelistofstudieswhoseQAhasbeenfnishedisdisplayed.
4. Select study information you want to write onto CD-R and
click .
DXCL040829012.ai
The PDI Wizard window opens.
5. Place a checkmark to "PDI format" and click .
DXCL040829013.ai
The window to specify the saving destination opens.
REFERENCE
When study information is output without placing a checkmark
to "PDI format", the study information is output in the DICOM fle
format.
6. Click and select the drive to which the CD-R has been
inserted.
DXCL040829014.ai
Appx IN29-10
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
7. Select an arbitrary folder and click .
REFERENCE
When outputting to USB fash drive, USB-connected HDD or the
shared folder on the network, click . Then, a folder will be
created automatically.
DXCL040829015.ai
The system returns to the PDI Wizard window.
8. Click .
DXCL040829016.ai
When data writing is complete, a window like that shown below
opens.
DXCL040829017.ai
9. Click .
10. Remove the CD-R from the PC.
Appx IN29-11
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
2.3 Verifying the Created CD-R
Use the procedure below to verify the data written onto the CD-R
created as directed in 2.2 Writing Study Information Using the PDI
Function, above, by inserting it into a PC other than the DR-ID 300CL.
u NOTE u
CD-R is as the output destination in the following operation. When
output to USB fash drive, USB-connected HDD or the shared folder on
the network. Read CD-R for USB fash drive, USB-connected HDD or
the shared folder on the network as necessary.
1. Insert the CD-R created by using the PDI function into the
PC other than the DR-ID 300CL.
2. Start up Explorer and select a drive to which the CD-R has
been inserted.
Contents of the CD-R will be displayed.
3. Double-click INDEX.HTM.
OE220013.EPS
The Portable Data for Image window opens.
4. Click [View Image] on the window that opens.
OE220014.EPS
The File Download window opens.
OE220015.EPS
5. Click .
The Download complete window opens.
OE220016.EPS
6. Click .
The FUJIFILM DICOM MEDIA Viewer window opens.
Appx IN29-12
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
7. Select a patients name and click .
OE220017.ai
The Viewer window opens.
8. Checktoseethatthespecifedimagedataisdisplayed
correctly on the Viewer window.
DXCL040829018.ai
9. Click .
The system returns to the FUJIFILM DICOM MEDIA Viewer
window.
10. Click .
The system returns to the Portable Data for Image window.
11. Click [About this disk].
OE220019.EPS
The README.TXT window opens.
OE220020.EPS
12. Check to see that what is displayed on the README.
TXT window is as edited in 1.5 Editing the Institution
Information.
13. Click to close the README.TXT window.
14. Remove the CD-R from the PC.
Appx IN29-13
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
MakeabackupcopyoftheDR-ID300CLsetupfle.
Preparethefollowingitemforflebackup:
Mediaforstorage(FD,USBfashdrive,etc.)
Appx IN29-14
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN29-15
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN29-16
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN30-1
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appendix 30 Free Layout Print
Described herein is the setup procedure to print out images from DR-ID
300CL using the Free Layout Print function.
NOTE
In a laptop PC, the Free Layout Print function is unavailable.
Prior to setup
(including DICOM Print)
For details of DICOM Print settings, see Appendix 12 DICOM
Print under Appx IN: Installation Appendix.
The Option key (DX CL F-LAYOUT PRINT) is required.
Overalloperationfow
1. Software Setup
2.Verifcation
4. Backing up/
Restoring Cooper
Application Settings
Perform the following settings after
the installation of Free Layout Print
software and option key and the
reinstallation of the AP key.
SetupconfgurationsrelatedtoFree
Layout Print function.
Verify that images are transferred to
the printer from DR-ID 300CL and the
images are printed out.
fles.
Back up/restore setting values for the
Free Layout Print function.
Appx IN30-2
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
1. Software Setup
Set up software for the DR-ID 300CL as follows.
1.1 Installing the Free Layout Print Application
1.2 Installing the Free Layout Print Option Key
1.4 SetupConfgurationsRelatedtoFreeLayout
Print Function
1.5 Setting the Cooper Application
Appx IN30-3
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.1 Installing
the Free Layout Print Application
about one minute.
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
u NOTE u
DXL41001.ai
opens.
NOTE
DXCL050416002.ai
The Install Free Layout Print screen window opens.
Appx IN30-4
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
6. Click [Free Layout Print].
DXCL040830002.ai
REFERENCE
Installation is not required when the following window opens. Click
OK and proceed to step 7.
or
DXCL040830005.ai
The Welcome to the Free Layout Print Setup Wizard window
opens.
DXCL040830003.ai
7. Click .
The Please select information to setup window opens.
DXCL040830001.ai
Appx IN30-5
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
DXCL040830004.ai
I.
II.
I. Select a language.
u NOTE u
Select the same language as you selected at SYSTEM CONFIG
7. Language Setup for Screen Message in the Service Utility
II. Select the type of added monitor (1st monitor) for image
confrmation.
REFERENCE
After installation is completed, the monitor type can be changed by
clicking [Change Monitor] in the Install Free Layout Print screen
window.
9. Click .
TheConfrmInstallationwindowopens.
DXCL040830006.ai
10. Click .

DXCL040830007.ai
11. Click .
The system returns to the Install Free Layout Print screen
window.
12. Click [Exit].
DXCL040830008.ai
Appx IN30-6
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
1.2 Installing the Free Layout Print
Option Key
Free Layout Print option key (DX CL F-LAYOUT PRINT) is required to
use the Free Layout Print function.
1. Insert the Option Key CD into the PC.
DXCL040830009.ai
u NOTE u
2. Click .
DXCL040830010.ai
3. Click .
shown below.
DXL309001.ai
u NOTE u
2. Click .
3. Click .
Appx IN30-7
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Free Layout Print Function
Utility.
DXCL040829003.ai
00000091.EPS
4. Click .
DXCL040829007.ai
5. SetupthefollowingFreeLayoutPrint-relatedconfguration
items.
304 FLP DiskUsage
Limit Size
10000 (1 ~) Free disk space (MB) necessary
to use the free layout print
function.
: Default setting
saved.
7. Click .
Appx IN30-8
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
1.5 Setting the Cooper Application
ServiceUtility.exe in the Start Search column from the
menu, and press the <Enter> key.
2. Select FREELAYOUTPRINT and make the following
settings as requested by the institution.
DXCL040830013.ai
II
III
I
I Print Priority HIGH
MID
LOW
Select the print priority.
II View PatientID TRUE
FALSE
Select whether to display the
patient ID. (when there are
multiple patient information in the
layout of the Print window, the
patient IDs must be displayed.
In case of different patients, the
patient IDs are automatically
displayed in the overlay
information display area.)
III Overlay Font
Style
Normal
Bold
Italic
Select the font size to be used for
displaying overlay information.
: Default setting
3. Click .
The Service Utility window closes.
4. Restart the PC.
Appx IN30-9
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
2. Verifcation
Verifythattheflminwhichstudyimagesarearbitrarilylaidoutis
printed out.
2.2 Verifying the Print Output
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
Appx IN30-10
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
2.2 Verifying the Print Output
1. Click .
DXCL040829010.ai
The study window opens.
2. Select the "Waiting QA" or "Finish QA" tab.
DXCL040830011.ai
3. Select an arbitrary study and click .
DXCL040830012.ai
The Free Layout window opens.
4. Arbitrarily lay out some images click .
DXCL040830014.ai
The Application information window opens.
DXCL040830015.ai
5. Click .
Aflmisprintedout.
6. Verifythattheflminwhichstudyimagesarearbitrarilylaid
out is printed out.
Appx IN30-11
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appx IN30-12
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
4. Backing up/Restoring
Cooper Application Settings
The procedures to back up/restore the setting values for the Free
Layout Print are described herein.
4.1 Backup
2. Click .
3. Click the [Backup].

AWS825011.ai
5. Select the targeted backup drive/folder and click
.
AWS825010.ai
CAUTION
When the [Copy File] window opens, do not select [Copy, but keep
both fles].
AWS825014.ai
Appx IN30-13
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
After the backup processing is completed, the following window
opens.
DXCL040830016.ai
6. Click .
Appx IN30-14
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
4.2 Restore
CAUTION
Data cannot be restored If the version of the installed software and
that of the software used at the time of creating data to be restored
are different with each other.
See the version information of backup data (Version.xml) to
restore, and confrm that the versions are the same before
restoring.
2. Click .
3. Click [Restore].
AWS825012.ai
The Folder selection window opens.
5. Select the drive/folder in which the backup data is stored,
and then click .
AWS825010.ai
After restoring processing is completed, the following window
opens.
DXCL040830017.ai
6. Click .
Appx IN30-15
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN30-16
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN31-1
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appendix 31 Performing Study
Information Sharing Setup
Described herein is the setup procedure that more than one DR-ID
300CL will share study information (cluster connection).
uNOTE u
In a laptop PC, the study information sharing (cluster connection) is
available only in the wired connection.
Prior to setup
The DR-ID 300CLs to be cluster-connected must be found on the
network and capable of transferring images.
ThesoftwareversionandBMPmarkerflemustbethesameinall
DR-ID 300CLs connected in cluster connection.
The OS must be the same in all DR-ID 300CLs connected in cluster
connection. (V6.1 or earlier)
ThefollowingoptionconfgurationsmustbethesameamongallDR-
ID 300CLs connected in cluster connection.
Image storage
assurance
DX CL DICOM
COMMITMENT
A function assuring that an image has
surely been stored in the archiver unit.
Image
processing
DX CL GPR Grid pattern removal processing function
DX CL IM
COMPOSITION
Image stitching
FOR LITE
LUT adjustment for competitors PACS
(for Lite type)
Acquisition
of patient
information
DX CL DICOM
ORDER MWM
DX CL DICOM ID
MWM
(acquiring only patient information)
DX CL DICOM
MPPS
DICOM PPS function Basically,
installed together with MWM.
Appx IN31-2
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Connection/setup examples
DR-ID 300CL1
FPD1
FRUP
TCP/IP
DXCL040831001.ai
DR-ID 300CL2
FPD2
FRUP
Items marked with
*
constitute setup examples, which need to be
changed depending on the employed equipment and network
environment.
Host name : fcr-csl2*
IP address : 172.16.1.30*
Host name : fcr-csl1*
IP address : 172.16.1.20*
DR-ID 300CL1 setup example
DR-ID 300CL2 setup example
Overalloperationfow
2. Software Setup
3. Connection
Verifcation
1. Hardware Setup
the Cluster-connected
DR-ID 300CL
To permit study information sharing,
perform the following procedures for all
DR-ID 300CLs to be cluster-connected.
Verifying the host name
Initializing the output queue and image
database
Equalizingtheconfgurationsettings
Verifying the settings of connected
devices and selectors.
Equalizing the Environment/Table/
Menu Settings
Performing Setup for Drive Sharing
Performing Study Information Sharing Setup
DefningtheShareRange
Backing Up/Restoring the Share Settings
Perform the following operations on each
DR-ID 300CL as necessary.
Performing integrated output
processing setup
Performing study list setup
Verifying that the DR-ID 300CLs can
share study information
Connect the DR-ID 300CLs with network
cables.
Add or delete DR-ID 300CL to share the
study information.
Appx IN31-3
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1. Hardware Setup
Ensure that the DR-ID 300CLs are network-connected as indicated
below.
FPD1 FPD2
TCP/IP
DXCL040831002.ai
10Base-T/
100Base-TX cable
DR-ID 300CL1 DR-ID 300CL2
uNOTE u
connector.
2. Software Setup
Perform the following DR-ID 300CL software setup procedure.
Tasks done on all
DR-ID 300CLs
Tasks done on
individual
DR-ID 300CLs
2.1 Software Setup for All DR-ID 300CLs
2.1.1 Verifying the Host Name
2.1.2 Initializing the Output Queue and
Image Database
2.1.3 EqualizingtheConfguration
Settings
2.1.4 Verifying the Settings of
Connected Devices and Selectors
2.1.5 Equalizing the Environment/
Table/Menu Settings
2.1.6 Performing Setup for Drive
Sharing
2.1.7 Performing Study Information
Sharing Setup
2.1.8 DefningtheShareRange
2.1.9 Backing Up/Restoring the Share
Settings
2.2 Software Setup for Individual DR-ID
300CLs
2.2.1 Performing Integrated Output
Processing Setup
2.2.2 Performing Study List Setup
2.2.3 Setting User Utility in
All DR-ID 300CLs
Appx IN31-4
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.1 Software Setup for All DR-ID 300CLs
To permit study information sharing, use Windows, Service Utility, and
User Utility to complete various setup procedures at the DR-ID 300CLs
to be cluster-connected.
2.1.1 Verifying the Host Name
To permit the DR-ID 300CLs to share study information, ensure that
their host names do not exceed ten characters in length. (By the default,
the DR-ID 300CL host name consists of no more than ten characters.)
Verify the DR-ID 300CL host name as directed below.
2. Click .
3. Click .
4. Select the Computer Name tab and check to see that the
Full Computer Name is described at a maximum of 10
characters (a period at the tail end is not included).
DXCL040831003.ai
uNOTE u
When the host name is described with 10 or more characters,
change it accordingly so that it is within the 10 characters.
For how to change the DR-ID 300CL host name, see
Appendix 5 Changing the DR-ID 300CL Host Name.
5. Click .
Appx IN31-5
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.1.2 Initializing the Output Queue and Image
Database
To establish a cluster connection, it is necessary to restore the output
queue and image database of each DR-ID 300CLs to their default
states.
Initialize the output queue and image database as directed below.
CAUTION
Before initializing the image database, turn off other DR-ID
300CLs sharing the study information.
When initializing the image database, make sure that the LAN
cable is connected. Otherwise, image database cannot be
initialized properly.
(MU).
00000615.EPS
The DataBase Utility window opens.
3. Click [Clear Output Queue].
00000616.EPS
The Command Prompt window opens to display the following
message.
00000271.ai
The output queue will then be initialized.
Appx IN31-6
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5. Click [ImageDB Initialization].
00000617.EPS
The Command Prompt window opens to display the following
message.
00000271.ai
The image database will then be initialized.
7. Click .
2.1.3 EqualizingtheConfgurationSettings
For study information sharing, it is necessary that all the DR-ID 300CLs
agreewitheachotherinsomeServiceUtilityconfgurationsettings.
Performthefollowingstepstochecktherelevantconfgurationsettings
and equalize them as needed.
1. ClickSetupConfgurationIteminServiceUtility.
2. ConfrmtheSYSTEMCONFIG.
Forconfgsetupitemsrequiredtobeconsistent,refertothe
following contents in MU: Maintenance Utility.
3.4ConfgurationDetails1.IMAGEMODALITY
3.5ConfgurationDetails3.QAFUNCTION
3.6ConfgurationDetails4.PRINTER
3.7ConfgurationDetails5.CSL/IDTFUNCTION
3.8ConfgurationDetails7.CONFIGOPTION
Locate the setup item list in the above reference sections, note the
column for cluster connection, and ensure that the DR-ID 300CL
agrees with the other DR-ID 300CLs in items marked Agreement
required.
Itemsspecifedtobesetupuniquelymustbedonesounfailingly.
3. Make the settings of the following items in Setup
confgurationItemwindowconsistentineachDR-ID300CL.
PARSON NAME
DISTRIBUTION CODE
FILM SORTING
IDT CONNECTING
For details of each item, see Maintenance Utility (MU).
Appx IN31-7
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.1.4 Verifying
the Settings of Connected Devices and Selectors
Verifying the connection settings between
DR-ID 300CL and DR Image Exposure Equipment
If connection setting with DR Image Exposure Equipment exists in
DR-ID 300CL which is not to be connected to DR Image Exposure
Equipment, a connection error occurs.
Therefore, for DR-ID 300CL not to be connected to DR Image Exposure
Equipment, the connection setting with DR Image Exposure Equipment
needs to be deleted.
1. Verify the connection settings with DR Image Exposure
Equipment in Service Utility.
If there is a connection setting with the DR Image Exposure
Equipment which is not to be connected actually, delete the
setting.
Verifying the Settings of Selectors
To run DR-ID 300CL, at least one selector must be setup. Therefore, if
DR-ID 300CL is not connected to DR Image Exposure Equipment or CR
Image Reader, no matter if it is connected for real, a connection with
CR Image Reader must be set up to the selector.
1. Set the connection with CR Image Reader from Setup
ConfgurationItemwindowinServiceUtility.
2. Set the connection with CR Image Reader on Selector 1
tab of Selector Setting window.
For details on setup, see 12.2 Setting the Selectors (V5.0 or
Later) under Maintenance Utility (MU).
Appx IN31-8
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.1.5 Equalizing the Environment/Table/Menu
Settings
For study information sharing, it is necessary that all the DR-ID 300CLs
agree with each other in some menu, environment, and table settings
that can be accessed from User Utility.
Perform the following steps to check the relevant User Utility settings
and equalize them as needed.
Starting User Utility
1. From the menu, sequentially choose All
Programs, Fuji Film, and Console Advance.
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
2. Click User Utility from the menu.
00000090.eps
Appx IN31-9
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Equalizing the environment settings
1. Click .
The Property setting window opens.
2. Choose the tab.
The Setup during a study 1 window opens.
3. Confrmthefollowingitem.
Item
no.
Item
Necessity for
agreement
Cautions
1
Setting of
action to be
taken when
the button was
pressed to
complete the
study.
The setting
canbedefned
variously for all
DR-ID 300CLs.
In the intensive QA
environment, set to
Terminate Study with no
QA processed.
4. Choose the tab.
The Distribution Setting window opens.
5. Confrmthefollowingsettingsandeditthemasneededto
achieve agreement with the other DR-ID 300CLs.
Item
no.
Item
Necessity for
agreement
Cautions
1
PRINT
Attribute
Agreement is
required.
If there is a disagreement,
distribution addresses may
be different even when the
same study is handled.
2 FILE Attribute
Agreement is
required.
distribution addresses may
be different even when the
same study is handled.
3
Setting for
reduction ratio
for an output
on8"10"flm
Agreement is
required.
theflmvariesdepending
on the DR-ID 300CL to
process.
4
Auto
distribution
setting
Agreement is
required.
In the intensive QA
environment, set to
Distributes automatically
after QA completion.
5
Energy-
Subtraction
Exposure
Output Image
Agreement is
required.
the number of images
varies depending on the
DR-ID 300CL to process.
6
Output stitched
image
Agreement is
required.
the number of images
varies depending on the
DR-ID 300CL to process.
6. Choose the tab.
The Other Setting window opens.
Appx IN31-10
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Item
no.
Item
Necessity for
agreement
Cautions
1
Setup of an
automatic
study end
The setting
canbedefned
variously for all
DR-ID 300CLs.
In the intensive QA
environment, decide to
operate in intensive QA
and apply the settings in
intensive QA to each CSL
are recommended. (for
avoiding from confusion)
8. Choose the tab.
The Other Setting 2 window opens.
Item
no.
Item
Necessity for
agreement
Cautions
1
QA auto-
confrmation
settings
The setting
canbedefned
variously for all
DR-ID 300CLs.
In the intensive QA
environment, decide to
operate in intensive QA
and apply the settings in
intensive QA to each CSL
are recommended. (for
avoiding from confusion)
10. Click .
Equalizing the table settings
1. Click .
The Table Setting window opens.
2. Confrmthefollowingsettingsandeditthemasneededto
achieve agreement with the other DR-ID 300CLs.
Item
no.
Item
Necessity for
agreement
Cautions
1
Technologist
Information
Setting
Agreement is
required.
The information about
a technologist may be
improperly displayed or
output.
2
Requesting
Department
Information
Setting
Agreement is
required.
The information about a
requesting department may
be improperly displayed or
output.
3
Anatomic
Region
Settings
Agreement is
required.
-
3. Click .
The Main Menu window opens.
Appx IN31-11
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Equalizing the menu settings
In all DR-ID 300CLs, the following items must be agreed.
Image processing parameter
Exposure menu parameter
Exposure menu code
Tomaketheaboveitemsagreed,restorethebackupflethatisbacked
up from the User Utility of base DR-ID 300CL to all DR-ID 300CL.
1. Click and backup the menu information to
media.
2. Start up the User Utility of other DR-ID 300CL to be cluster-
connected.
3. Click and restore the backup data saved in
media.
The X-ray control parameter setting, which is one of the exposure
menu parameters, can be edited independently for all DR-ID
300CLs.
(The reason is that the X-ray control parameter setting needs to
vary with the employed Image Reader model.)
When the DR-ID 300CLs do not agree in X-ray control parameter
setting, the setting for the DR-ID 300CL with which exposure
menus are registered takes effect. Even if an exposure is
suspended at a DR-ID 300CL at which registration is completed
and later made at another DR-ID 300CL, the setting prevailing at
the time of registration takes effect.
The extended menu code and MPM code must basically be in
agreement.
If the DR-ID 300CLs do not agree in extended menu code or MPM
code, their operations differ depending on the procedure performed
and menu code difference.
To give an example, the table on the next page shows the
relationship between the operations at DR-ID 300CL-B and the
exposure menu registrations at DR-ID 300CL-A.
Appx IN31-12
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Relationship between operations at DR-ID 300CL-B and
exposure menu registrations at CL-A
No. Function
Operation
When DR-ID 300CL-B has MPM code
but not extended menu code
When DR-ID 300CL-B has neither
MPM code nor extended menu code
1 Starting a study after its move to DR-ID 300CL-B
The study cannot be started unless there is an extended code for the
Unexposed menu, and the following messages appear.
Failed in acquiring image information
Failed in reading an exposure menu
The process can be resumed by registering a menu or changing the
exposure menu.
As regards the Image entered menu, a study can be started even
when the extended code is unavailable.
Same as left.
2
Moving an image within a study after its move to
DR-ID 300CL-B
If the extended menu code for the image source and destination are
notregisteredinthemenudatabaseofaspecifcDR-ID300CL,itis
reported to the user and no image changeover takes place.
Same as left.
3
Changing the exposure menu after a study is
moved to DR-ID 300CL-B
When a study can be started, a menu change can be applied
(Unexposed menu).
Same as left.
4
Exposure menu for QA within a study after its
move to DR-ID 300CL-B
The menu change dialog box opens with no menu selected (although
the currently set menu should be selected).
The sequence to be followed after dialog box opening remains
unchanged.
Same as left.
5
Changing the exposure menu parameters for QA
within a study after its move to DR-ID 300CL-B
Changes are possible. Same as left.
6
Changing the image processing conditions for QA
within a study after its move to DR-ID 300CL-B
Changes are possible. Same as left.
7
Shuttering processing and marking for QA within a
study after its move to DR-ID 300CL-B
Processing is possible. Same as left.
8 Integrated output processing from DR-ID 300CL-B
Output is possible. If the MPM code is not available, different image
processing result is obtained because the output
is generated according to the default value.
For details on User Utility, see the Operation Manual.
Appx IN31-13
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Exiting User Utility and AP
1. Click .
User Utility exits.
2. From the menu, click Exit System.
The Exit window opens.
3. Hold down the <Shift> key and click .
The AP exits and the desktop screen appears.
Appx IN31-14
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.1.6 Performing Setup for Drive Sharing
For study information sharing, perform the following drive C sharing
setup procedure at each DR-IR 300CL.
1. Open Windows Explorer.
2. Select Folder Options... from Tools.
The Folder Option window opens.
OE150001.ai
3. Select the View tab, and remove the checkmark from Use
simpleflesharing(Recommended)( ).
Click .
OE150002.ai
The system returns to the explorer.
For Windows Vista
I. Right-click drive C and select the Sharing tab.
For Windows 7
I. Right-click C drive and select Sharing - Advanced Sharing.
5. Click .
The Advanced Sharing window opens.
DXCL040831010.ai
I
II
III
I. Put a checkmark to Share this folder ( ).
II. EnterCintheSharenamefeld.
III. Set Limit the number of simultaneous user to to 8.
Appx IN31-15
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
7. Click [Permissions...].
The Permissions for C window opens.
OE150005.ai
8. Select Everyone and click .
Everyone is then removed.
9. Click .
The Select Users or Groups window opens.
DXCL040831011.ai
10. Click .
The Common Queries window opens.
11. Click .
DXCL040831012.ai
Appx IN31-16
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
12. Select Administrators and click repeatedly
until the Permissions for C window opens.
DXCL040831013.ai
uNOTE u
Although Administrators and Administrator are both selectable,
be sure to select Administrators here.
DXCL040831014.ai
The Permissions for C window opens.
13. Select Administrators and put a checkmark to Allow in
theFullControlfeld( ).
For Windows Vista
I. Click repeatedly until Local Disk (C:) Properties
window opens.
II. Select the Security tab.
III. Select Everyone if there is and then click .
uNOTE u
If Administrators is not displayed, repeat steps 7 through 10.
IV. Select Administrators and then check Full Control for Allow
( ).
V. Click to close the Local Disk (C:) Properties
window.
The entered setup data is then saved.
For Windows 7
I. Click .
The system returns to the explorer.
REFERENCE
When the sharing setup procedure for drive C is completed, the icon for
drive C looks like the fgure below.
Appx IN31-17
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.1.7 Performing Study Information Sharing Setup
To permit study information sharing, perform the following study
information sharing setup procedure at each DR-ID 300CL.
(MU).
2. Click [Setup Study Sharing].
00000612.EPS
The SetCluster window opens.
3. Click[SetupConfguration]
00000613.EPS
TheStudySharingConfgurationwindowopens.
4. IntheStudySharingConfgurationwindow,set[Study
Sharing] to YES.
DXCL040831015.ai
5. Click .
The entered setup data is then saved.
6. Click [Cancel].
The system returns to the SetCluster window.
Appx IN31-18
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.1.8 DefningtheShareRange
Todefnethestudyinformationsharerange,performthefollowing
procedure to register the host name of the DR-IR 300CLs that share the
study information.
IMPORTANT
When you register the host name of the DR-ID 300CLs that share the
study information, use only one DR-ID 300CL.
To the other study information sharing DR-ID 300CLs, copy the
registered data from the DR-ID 300CL at which the host name
registration procedure is completed (by backing up the data and
restoring it).
Do not change the registered host name individually at the DR-ID
300CLs.
If the host name is registered or its registration is changed at the DR-
ID 300CLs on an individual basis, the images related to shared study
information may not be displayed.
1. From the SetupCluster window, click [Host Sharing].
00000618.EPS
The HostSharing window opens.
00000619.EPS
2. Click .
The Host window opens.
00000620.EPS
3. MakeentriesintheHostNameandLocationfeldsand
then click .
HostName : Host name (computer name) of a DR-IR 300CL that
shares study information.
Location : Name (any name will do) of the location at which the
above CL is installed.
The HostSharing window opens, and the entered host name and
installation location name are then displayed.
4. If two or more CLs share the study information, repeat steps
2. and 3. as needed.
5. Click .
Settings are saved, and the system returns to the SetCluster
window.
Appx IN31-19
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.1.9 Backing Up/Restoring the Share Settings
For cluster-connected DR-ID 300CLs, the same sharing setup data
about a registered host name must be used. Therefore, copy the
registered host name data to the other DR-ID 300CLs to be cluster-
connected.
For the copy operation, use the sharing setup backup/restore function.
The procedure is indicated below.
IMPORTANT
Be sure to perform sharing setup at only one DR-ID 300CL. Copy the
resulting setup data to the other DR-ID 300CLs. If you register a host
name individually at each DR-ID 300CL, images may not be displayed
REFERENCE
Within the DR-ID 300CL, the host name registered for sharing setup is
managed with a unique ID. This ID varies with the order of registration.
Backing up the sharing setup data
BackuponstoragemediathesharingsetupfleofaCLforwhichthe
study information share setting was performed. For this operation, have
the following ready for use.
Storagemedia(FD,USBfashdrive,etc.)
1. Insert the media into the PC.
2. From the SetupCluster window, click [Backup/Restore].
00000043.EPS
TheStudySharingConfgurationRestore/Backupwindowopens.
3. Enterthemediadrivesdirectorypath(a:\)inConfguration
Backup, and click .
00000042.EPS
uNOTE u
Select the drive letter of the media to be used.
Theflesbelowaresavedinthemedia.
Hosts.mdb
Cluster.ini
4. Click .
5. Click .
00000111.EPS
IIP Service Utility exits.
Appx IN31-20
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Restoring the sharing setup data
Restorethesharingsetupdatafle,backeduponmediainprevious
steps, to other cluster-connected DR-ID 300CLs.
1. Insert the media into the PC created in Backing up the
sharing setup data.
(MU).
00000612.EPS
4. Click [Backup / Restore].
00000043.EPS
TheStudySharingConfgurationRestore/Backupwindow
opens.
5. Enterthemediadrive'sdirectorypath(a:\)inConfguration
Restore, and click .
00000041.EPS
uNOTE u
Select the drive letter of the media to be used.
The sharing setup data is then restored.
6. Click .
7. Click .
00000111.EPS
Appx IN31-21
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Individual DR-ID 300CLs
2.2.1 Performing Integrated Output Processing Setup
TopermitaspecifcDR-ID300CLtoexercisecentralizedmanagement
ofoutputtoaprinterorotherdevice,defnetheoutputprocessingDR-
ID 300CL by performing the following procedure.
(MU).
00000612.EPS
3. Click[SetupConfguration]
00000613.EPS
TheStudySharingConfgurationwindowopens.
4. Set [OutputProcess] to Centered.
00000622.EPS
5. Click .
The OutputMasterList window opens.
Appx IN31-22
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
6. In the OutputMasterList, check the host name for the output
processing DR-ID 300CL, and then click .
00000623.EPS
uNOTE u
The OutputMasterList shows the host names that are registered
as directed in 2.1.8 Defning the Share Range.
7. From the OutputMaster pull-down menu, choose the host
name of the output processing DR-ID 300CL.
DXCL040831008.ai
uNOTE u
The OutputMaster pull-down menu shows only the host names
that are checked in step 6.
8. Click .
The entered setup data is then saved, and the SetCluster
window opens.
9. Click .
00000111.EPS
Appx IN31-23
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
To change the items of study information to be displayed within a study
list, perform a display item setup procedure from the Study List Setup
window at an individual DR-ID 300CL.
For details on how to set the items to be displayed within a study
list, see DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual.
uNOTE u
If the Maximum Display Count for a study list is set to limitless, a
considerable amount of time may be required for study information
operation.
The reason is that the number of study information items to be
displayed within a study list may increase when multiple DR-ID 300CLs
share the study information.
It is also well to remember that study information of your interest may
not appear if you reduce the maximum display count setting. In such
an instance, you can display the study information of your interest by
executing the search/sort/fltering command from the study list window.
2.2.3 Setting User Utility in All DR-ID 300CLs
Items except for the ones set in 2.1.5 Equalizing the Environment/
Table/Menu Settings can be changed in accordance with the institute's
requests. Change the settings as necessary.
For details of User Utility, see DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual.
Appx IN31-24
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
3. ConnectionVerifcation
Register a study at one of the cluster-connected DR-ID 300CLs
and then read an image from an Image Reader. Verify that another
cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL can display the information about the
registered study and the associated image.
3.1 ConfrmingConsistency
3.2 Study Registration
3.3 Image Reading
3.4 Study Information and Image Display
Share Study Information with
uNOTE u
Before performing the verifcation procedures, start all the cluster-
connected DR-ID 300CLs. If any DR-ID 300CL is not operating, the
study information possessed by that unit cannot be shared.
3.1 ConfrmingConsistency
AmongDR-ID300CLstosharestudyinformation,confrmthatthe
settings necessary for sharing study information are consistent.
(MU).
00000612.EPS
Appx IN31-25
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
3. Click[Verifcationofsettingwithotherhosts].
DXCL040831006.ai
The Information window opens.
4. Click [OK].
Text editor is opened, and the items whose settings are different
among DR-ID 300CLs to share study information are displayed.
5. To unify the settings of these items, modify the settings
again in all DR-ID 300CLs.
3.2 Study Registration
Register a study at one of the cluster-connected DR-ID 300CLs.
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
2. From the registration window, register study information.
For details on how to register study information, see DR-ID 300CL
Operation Manual.
Appx IN31-26
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
3.3 Image Reading
At the DR-ID 300CL with which a study is registered, read an image
from the FPD.
1. Perform an image read process in relation to the registered
study information.
For details on how to read an image, see DR-ID 300CL
Operation Manual.
2. Verify that the image is saved in the DR-ID 300CL and can be
displayed accordingly.
For details on how to display an image, see CL Operation
Manual.
3.4 Study Information and Image Display
Verify that the study information registered by performing the
aforementioned procedure and the associated image can be displayed
at a DR-ID 300CL other than the DR-ID 300CL that has performed the
registration and image read processes.
uNOTE u
If the study information cannot be acquired, it is necessary to register
the other DR-ID 300CLs IP addresses and host names in hosts.ini fle
manually in the DR-ID 300CL that performed the study registration and
image read processes.
The registration of other DR-ID 300CLs IP addresses and host
names, see 3.5 Register IP Addresses and Host Names of Other
DR-ID 300CLs to Share Study Information with.
1. Start the DR-ID 300CL-AP at another DR-ID 300CL.
2. Confrmthatthestudyinformationregisteredin3.2Study
Registration is displayed in Study List window.
For details on how to verify the study information from the
Study List window, see DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual.
3. Select the study information to verify that the associated
image appears on the display.
For details on the image display procedure, see DR-ID 300CL
Operation Manual.
Appx IN31-27
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Share Study Information with
If necessary, register the IP addresses and host names of DR-ID
300CLs to share the study information with the DR-ID 300CL that
performed study registration and image read processes.
1. From the menu,
enter C:\Windows\System32\drivers\etc\hosts in
the Start search area and press the <Enter> key.
hosts opens on Notepad.
2. Enter the IP addresses and host names of the other DR-ID
300CLs to share the study information.
REFERENCE
Following contents describes an example when 3 other DR-ID
300CLs are registered.
DXCL040831009.ai
I. II.
I. IP addresses of other DR-ID 300CLs to share study information with.
II. Host names of other DR-ID 300CLs to share study information with.
3. Save and close the Notepad.
Appx IN31-28
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BackuptheDR-ID300CLsetupfles.
When using a cluster connection, it is necessary to back up the cluster
connectionsetupfleaswellasthenormalsetupfles.
For backup, have the following items ready for use.
Storagemedia(FD,USBfashdrive,etc.)
Fordetailsonthenormalsetupflebackupprocedure,see 5.
Restoring/BackingUptheConfgurationFileConfguration
Restore/Backup in MU: Maintenance Utility.
Fordetailsontheclusterconnectionsetupflebackupprocedure,
see 2.1.9 Backing Up/Restoring the Share Settings.
Appx IN31-29
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
the Cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL
5.1 Adding
uNOTE u
Before 5.1.1 Setting the Existing DR-ID 300CL, confrm the host
names of the DR-ID 300CL to be added.
For details on procedure of confrming the host name, see 2.1.1
Verifying the Host Name.
5.1.1 Setting the Existing DR-ID 300CL
1. Start the Service Utility of the existing DR-ID 300CL.
(MU).
00000612.EPS
3. Followingtheproceduresin2.1.8DefningtheShare
Range, set the Host Name and Location of the DR-ID 300CL
to be added.
For details, see 2.1.8DefningtheShareRange.
4. Set integrated output as necessary.
For details on procedure of integrated output setting, see 2.2.1
Performing Integrated Output Processing Setup.
5. Backupthemodifedclusterconnectionsettings,and
restore them to other existing DR-ID 300CLs.
For details on procedure of backup/restoring, see 2.1.9
Backing Up/Restoring the Share Settings.
Appx IN31-30
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5.1.2 Settings the DR-ID 300CL to be Added
uNOTE u
To prevent setting errors restore the settings of the existing DR-ID
300CL. As necessary, change setting items in User Utility and Service
Utility not related to the cluster-connection after restoring the settings of
the existing DR-ID 300CL.
1. Perform the drive sharing settings for DR-ID 300CL to be
added.
For details on procedure of drive setting, see 2.1.6
Performing Setup for Drive Sharing.
2. Restore the cluster connection settings backed up in step 5
of 5.1.1 Setting the Existing DR-ID 300CL to DR-ID 300CL
to be added.
For details on restoration procedure, see 2.1.9 Backing Up/
Restoring the Share Settings.
3. Back up the User Utility and Service Utility in existing DR-ID
300CL, and restore them individually to DR-ID 300CL to be
added.
For details on procedure of backup/restoring User Utility
settingfle,seetheOperationManualofDR-ID300CL.
For details on procedure of backup/restoring Service Utility
settingfle,see5.Restoring/BackingUptheConfguration
FileConfgurationRestore/BackupinMU:Maintenance
Utility.
4. Modify the setting items of User Utility and Service Utility
not related to the cluster connection.
5. Confrmtheconsistencyofsettingitems.
Fortheproceduretoconfrmtheconsistencyofsettingitems,
see 3.1ConfrmingConsistency.
Start DR-ID 300CL, specify the DR-ID 300CL to actually share study
information for each study list query.
For details on sharing settings in study list query, see the
Operation Manual of DR-ID 300CL.
Appx IN31-31
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5.2 Deleting
1. Delete the DR-ID 300CL to be deleted from Customize the
study list of all the cluster-connected DR-ID 300CLs.
2. Start the Service Utility for cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL.
For details on starting the Service Utility, see 1. Starting/
00000612.EPS
4. Click [Host Sharing].
00000618.EPS
The HostSharing window opens.
5. Select the DR-ID 300CL to be deleted, and click [Delete].
6. Click .
The settings are saved, and the SetCluster window opens.
7. Modify the integrated output settings as necessary.
For details on procedure of integrated output setting, see 2.2.1
Performing Integrated Output Processing Setup.
8. Backuptheclusterconnectionsettingfle.
Fordetailsonprocedureofclusterconnectionsettingfle
backup, see 2.1.9 Backing Up/Restoring the Share Settings.
9. Restoretheclusterconnectionsettingfletoalltheother
cluster-connected DR-ID 300CLs.
Appx IN31-32
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5.3 Replacing
When replacing the cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL due to the trouble
of HDD or other reasons, perform the following procedure.
uNOTE u
Between DR-ID 300CL before and after replacement, Host Name and
Location settings shall not be changed.
1. Perform the cluster connection settings in the alternate
DR-ID 300CL.
For details on setting procedure, see 5.1.2 Settings the DR-ID
300CL to be Added.
uNOTE u
When setting the cluster connection, it is necessary to back up the
cluster connection setting fle. Acquire the setting fle from another
cluster-connected DR-ID 300CL appropriately.
2. Set the study list.
For details on sharing settings in study list query, see the DR-
ID 300CL Operation Manual.
Appx IN32-1
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
Appendix 32 Installing and Setting
up the Control Software
as Software Product
Appx IN32-2
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN32-3
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN32-4
010-305-04E
08.31.2011 FM5897
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN33-1
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appendix 33 Laptop PC
Described herein is DR-ID 300CL installed in a laptop PC.
Systemconfguration
Fordetailsofthesystemconfguration,see1.2 Laptop PC
under MD: Machine Description.
Installation procedures
For details of the installation procedures, see IN: Installation.
uNOTE u
The installation procedures are described for both desktop PC and
laptop PC. Perform only the settings necessary for a laptop PC.
Procedures for reinstalling the OS and the application
For details of the procedures for reinstalling the OS and the
application, see Appendix C Reinstalling the OS and Application
on Laptop PC under MC: Inspection, Replacement and
Adjustment.
Restrictions
The following items are restricted in a laptop PC.
Restricted items Restricted content
Connect with DR built-in
Exposure device
Do not make the connection setting.
Connect with CR built-in
Exposure device
Do not make the connection setting.
Connect with CR Image
Reader
Connectable only in the wired connection.
DR Cassette Long-view
Exposure
Unavailable (Recomposition is available
by obtaining the study data after exposure
via the cluster connection.)
Energy subtraction processing Unavailable (ES reprocessing is available
by obtaining the study data after exposure
via the cluster connection.)
Connecting 2nd Monitor Do not make the connection setting.
Precise enlargement images
function
Unavailable
Connecting X-CON Do not make the connection setting.
Connecting directly with DAP Do not make the connection setting.
Free Layout Print function Do not install the option key.
PDI function Do not install the option key.
Study Information Sharing
RIS trigger function Connectable only in the wired connection.
Remote image display function Connectable only in the wired connection.
linkage function
Appx IN33-2
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN33-3
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN33-4
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN34-1
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appendix 34 Setting up the USB
Flash Drive
1. Setting up the Security
Software
Described herein is the setting procedures for Swivel Flash Drive 2G
(model: UFDSWV2G) of Imation. Perform operations reading the
descriptionpresentedhereinfortheUSBfashdriveyouareusing
accordingly as necessary.
u NOTE u
Do not connect more than 1 USB fash drive that uses
ImationLOCKV2.25.exe to USB port. When connecting more than 1
USB fash drive that uses ImationLOCKV2.25.exe of the same
version, you can log in only to the security area of 1 USB fash drive.
Note that the installed security software may differ depending on the
product, even within the Imation USB fash drives.
Overalloperationfow
1.2 Setting the
Password
1.3Confrmingthe
Login to the Security
Area
1.1 Setting up the
Security Area
1.4 Creating a Folder
Setting the password of the external
memory unit.
ConfrmingtheconnectionfromDR-ID
300CL to the security area of the external
memoryunit(USBfashdrive).
Setting up the security area of the
externalmemoryunit(USBfashdrive).
Creating a folder in the security-disabled
memory region (right below the drive).
Appx IN34-2
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.1 Setting up the Security Area
1. ConnectaUSBfashdrivetoUSBport.
2. From the Explorer, double-click E:\ImationLOCK2.25.exe.
The window of the security software (Imation Lock) opens.
3. Select .
MBCL08170001.ai
4. Click .
MBCL08170002.ai
The security area setting window opens.
5. Move the slider to the far right, and click .
MBCL08170003.ai
MBCL08170004.ai
6. Click ,andremovetheUSBfashdrivefromtheUSB
port.
Appx IN34-3
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.2 Setting the Password
1. ConnectaUSBfashdrivetoUSBport.
3. Select .
MBCL08170005.ai
The password setting window opens.
4. Enter the following, and click .
MBCL08170006.ai
I
II
I. New Password (16 characters) : fcr-iip
II. Retype Password (16 characters) : fcr-iip
5. Click ,andremovetheUSBfashdrivefromtheUSB
port.
6. ConnecttheUSBfashdrivetotheUSBportagain.
MBCL08170007.ai
I
II
I. Password Status : Yes
II. Secure Partition Status : Locked
Appx IN34-4
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.3 ConfrmingtheLogintotheSecurityArea
1. ConnectaUSBfashdrivetotheUSBport.
3. Select .
MBCL08170008.ai
The password entering window opens.
4. Enter fcr-iip in the Enter Password: column, and
click .
MBCL08170009.ai
Amessagetoindicatethatyougotabletoaccessthefashdrive
is displayed.
5. Click .
Appx IN34-5
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1.4 Creating a Folder
ForUSBfashdriveforMediaStorage,createafolderfordatastorage
with the following procedures.
1. ConfrmthattheUSBfashdriveisconnectedtotheUSB
port and the security is disabled.
2. Launch the Explorer.
3. Right-click on the open area, and the sequentially select
New and Folder.
New Folder is created.
4. Change the folder name from New Folder to Media.
Appx IN34-6
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2. Changing the Drive Letter of
the USB Flash Drive
IncasethedriveletteroftheUSBfashdriveforMediaStorageis
changed to J:\ for some reason, change the assignment of the drive
letter with the following procedures.
1. From the menu, right-click Computer and select
Manage.
MBCL08170010.ai
2. Sequentially click Storage Disk Management.
MBCL08170011.ai
3. Right-click USB Drive (j:\) and select Change Drive Letter
and Paths....
MBCL08170012.ai
u NOTE u
Depending on the security software, you cannot select Change
Drive Letter and Paths... until you log into the USB fash drive.
The Change Drive Letter and Paths for J:(USB drive) window
opens.
4. Select j: and then click .
MBCL08170013.ai
The Add Drive Letter and Path window opens.
Appx IN34-7
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5. Select Assign the following drive letter:, and select E
from the pull-down menu.
MBCL08170014.ai
6. Click .
MBCL08170015.ai
7. Click .
MBCL08170016.ai
8. Click .
9. Restart the PC.
Appx IN34-8
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN35-1
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appendix 35 Patient Information
Display Linkage
(for V6.1 or Later)
The patient information display linkage function for DR-ID 300CL V6.1
or later is the function to display patient information in a terminal
(hereinafter, remote terminal) connected to DR-ID 300CL via the
network by using the Web browser.
The procedures for setting the patient information display linkage
function for DR-ID 300CL V6.1 or later are described below.
u NOTE u
In a laptop PC, the patient information display linkage function is
available only in the wired connection.
Prior to setup
The Option key (DX CL DISPLAY OF PATIENT INF) is required.
Remote terminal requirements
The terminal used for this function must meet the following conditions.
<PC terminal>
Items Description
CPU Pentium IV or more
HDD 20GB or more
Network 100Base-TX or more (wired/wireless)
Framework .Net Framework 3.5 + SP1
Monitor resolution 0.7M/1M/2M
The browser, OS and terminal must meet the following combinations.
Web browser OS Terminal
Internet Explorer 8.0 Windows 7 PC terminal
u NOTE u
When using other terminals, browser or OS, check the operations
previously.
Appx IN35-2
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Overalloperationfow
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3.Verifcation
5. Changing the
Patient Information
Display Items
Perform the following settings
nSetting in the DR-ID 300CL
Installing the application for the
remote display
Installing the option key
Reinstalling the AP key
Checking the IIS
Setting the Wake-on-LAN Utility
Setting the automatic shutdown of
the remote terminal
Settingtheconfgurationrelated
to the patient information display
linkage
n Setting in the remote terminal
Setting the automatic start of
Internet Explorer
Setting BIOS related to Wake-on-LAN
Connect the remote terminal to the
DR-ID 300CL via the network.
Verify that the patient information can
be displayed in the remote terminal.
fles.
Change the patient information display
item displayed in the remote terminal
as necessary.
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the remote terminal to the DR-ID 300CL via the network, as
illustrated below.
TCP/IP
Remote terminal DR-ID 300CL
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
DXCL050835001.ai
u NOTE u
Do not connect the telephone line to the DR-ID 300CL and remote
terminal network connectors.
Appx IN35-3
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
2. Software Setup
Set up the software of DR-ID 300CL and the remote terminal.
Tasks done on
the DR-ID 300CL
2.1 Setting in the DR-ID 300CL
2.1.1 Installing the Application for the
Remote Display
2.1.2 Installing the Option Key
2.1.4 Checking the IIS
2.1.5 Setting the Wake-on-LAN Utility
the Remote Terminal
2.1.7 SettingtheConfgurationRelatedto
the Patient Information Display
Linkage
2.2 Setting in the Remote Terminal Tasks done on
the remote
terminal
2.1.1 Installing the Application for the Remote Display
u NOTE u
When the remote image display function is used, 2.1.1 Installing the
Application for the Remote Display is unnecessary. Proceed to 2.1.2
Installing the Option Key.
about one minute.
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
u NOTE u
DXL41001.ai
opens.
Appx IN35-4
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
NOTE
DXCL050416002.ai
DXCL050834002.ai
DXCL050835008.ai
NOTE
the <Enter> key.
When the system prompts to restart, restart the system.
DXCL050834002.ai
DXCL050835009.ai
u NOTE u
If the Press any key to continue... message appears again, press
the <Enter> key.
DXCL050834002.ai
Appx IN35-5
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN35-6
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1. Insert the Patient information display linkage option key CD
into the PC.
u NOTE u
DXCL050835007.ai
2. Click .
DXCL050835002.ai
3. Click .
shown below.
u NOTE u
DXCL050834007.ai
2. Click .
DXCL050834008.ai
3. Click .
Appx IN35-7
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
u NOTE u
When the remote image display function is used, 2.1.4 Checking the
IIS is unnecessary. Proceed to 2.1.5 Setting the Wake-on-LAN Utility.
2. Click .
DXL03020257.ai
4. Open the Internet Information Services - World Wide Web
Services windows, and check to see that a checkmark is
placed to the following items.
The NET Extensibility, ASP.NET, ISAPI Extensions and
ISAPI Filters under the Application Development Features
The Default Document, Directory Browsing, HTTP Errors
and Static Content under the Common HTTP Features
The HTTP Logging and Request Monitor under the Health
and Diagnostics
The Static Content Compression under the Performance
Features
The Request Filtering under the Security
DXCL050835010.ai
Appx IN35-8
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5. Click .
The system returns to the Programs and Features window.
u NOTE u
The Wake-on-LAN function is available only when the remote terminal
is a PC connected via a wire.
When the remote terminal has been registered, this setting is
unnecessary.
For details of the setup of Wake-on-LAN, see "16.1 Setting the
Wake-on-LAN Utility" under "MU: Maintenance Utility".
Appx IN35-9
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
the Remote Terminal
u NOTE u
The automatic shutdown function of the remote terminal is available
only when the remote terminal is a PC.
unnecessary.
NOTE
DXCL050416002.ai
DXCL050834002.ai
The "Local Group Policy Editor" window opens
4. Select Scripts (Logon/Logoff) from the Local Computer
Policy-UserConfguration-Windowssettings.
DXCL050835011.ai
5. Right-click Logoff to select Properties.
DXCL050835012.ai
The "Logoff Properties" window opens.
Appx IN35-10
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
6. Click Add.
DXCL050835013.ai
The Add a Script window opens.
7. Click Browse.
DXCL050835014.ai
The Browse window opens.
8. Select ShutdownRemotePC and click [Open].
DXCL050835015.ai
Notepad opens.
9. Enter the IP address of the remote terminal to be
automatically shut down.
DXCL050835016.ai
u NOTE u
When shutting down two or more remote terminals automatically,
enter the IP addresses of the remote terminals as follows.
DXCL050835017.ai
10.SavethefleandthencloseNotepad(Notepad.exe).
u NOTE u
The processing is not completed unless the notepad is closed. Be
sure to close the fle.
The system returns to the following window.
DXCL050834002.ai
Appx IN35-11
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN35-12
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.1.7 SettingtheConfgurationRelatedtothePatient
Information Display Linkage
Utility.
DXCL040829003.ai
00000091.EPS
4. Click .
DXCL040829006.ai
5. Setupthefollowingconfgurationitemsrelatedtothe
patient information display linkage.
191 Display
Terminal
Share Folder
C:\User\IIP\
DisplayTerminal\
Specifying a share
folder where the patient
informationfles(XMLfles)
are to be stored.
* A maximum of 256
alphanumerics can be
used to specify a share
folder name.
192 Patient Info
File Name
PatientInfo.xml Specifying a name of the
patientinformationfle(XML
fle).
* A maximum of 256
alphanumerics can be
usedtospecifyaflename.
Appx IN35-13
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
saved.
7. Click .
8. SelectClosefromtheConfgmenu.
Appx IN35-14
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
2.2 Setting in the Remote Terminal
Setting the automatic start of Internet Explorer
u NOTE u
When the Internet Explorer is to be started manually, n Setting the
automatic start of Internet Explorer is unnecessary.
1. Click All Programs from the menu.
2. Right-clickInternetExplorer,andselectSendto
Desktop (create shortcut).
DXCL050835019.ai
AshortcutfleofInternetExploreriscreatedonthedesktop.
3. Right-click the shortcut created in step 2, and select
Properties.
DXCL050835020.ai
The Internet Explorer Properties window opens.
4. Enter the
C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer\iexplore.exe http://
(IP address of DR-ID 300CL) /rmtDisp_PatientInfo into the
Linked destination column, and click [OK].
DXCL050835021.ai
Appx IN35-15
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
6. Right-click Startup and select Explore.
DXCL050835022.ai
The "Startup" window opens.
7. DragtheshortcutfleoftheInternetExplorer,forwhich
linked destination has been set, to the Startup window.
Appx IN35-16
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
u NOTE u
This setting is necessary only when 2.1.5 Setting the Wake-on-LAN
Utility is executed.
Described here is the setting procedures for DELL OptiPlex 780 as a
remote terminal. When the other devices are used, install according to
the users manual attached to the device.
1. Restart the remote terminal.
NOTE
will not open.
DXL03020005.ai
5. Click [Yes].
The remote terminal starts running.
Appx IN35-17
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
3. Verifcation
Verify that the patient information can be displayed in the remote
terminal.
When the Wake on LAN is set, verify also the function.
3.1 Verifying the Patient Information Display
3.2 Verifying Wake-on-LAN
3.1 Verifying
the Patient Information Display
u NOTE u
Before verifying, open the page for the patient information display
linkage with the Web browser of the remote terminal.
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
2. Open the study window/QA window, and display the study
image.
3. Verify that the patient information is displayed in the remote
terminal.
u NOTE u
When the access from the remote terminal to DR-ID 300CL is
impossible, check the following two settings.
Checking the setting of Windows Firewall
I. Select Control Panel from the menu and click
.
II. Select Advanced settings.
III. Select Inbound Rules.
IV. Check to see that the WorldWideWeb service (HTTP traffc) is
enabled. If disabled, enable the service.
Checking the setting of IIS
.
II. Double-click Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager.
III. Right-click the Sites - FDW Web Site, and select Bind edit.
The Site Bind window opens.
IV. Check to see that the Host name column is empty. If a host
name is set, delete it.
Appx IN35-18
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
u NOTE u
When the Wake on LAN function is not used, 3.2 Checking Wake-on-
LAN is unnecessary.
DR-ID 300CL PC shuts down.
2. Verify that the remote terminal shuts down with the Wake-
on-LAN function.
3. Turn ON the DR-ID 300CL PC power.
4. Verify that the remote terminal starts with the Wake-on-LAN
function.
Appx IN35-19
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN35-20
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5. Changing the Patient
Information Display Items
In the patient information display linkage function, the following items to
be displayed in the remote terminal can be changed.
I. Display/nondisplay of patient information items
II. Display order of patient information items
III. Font size/color of patient information items
EditthefollowingXSLTfletochangetheaboveI.toIII.
C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_PatientInfo\App_Themes\PatientInfo.xsl
The procedures for changing the above I. to III. are described below.
u NOTE u
Do not change the items other than the above I. to III.
Appx IN35-21
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5.1 Display/Nondisplay of the Patient
Information Items
Set display/nondisplay of the patient information items by commenting
out the descriptions corresponding to the respective patient information
item ID.
Setup example (not displaying the patient ID)
In the following example, the patient ID is not displayed by adding the
parts A and B.


A
B
DXCL050835003.ai
Settable items
Patient information
item content
Patient information
item ID
Patient ID _00100020
Patient name _00100010
Sex _00100040
Date of birth _00100030
Telephone number _00102154
Height [cm] _00101020
Weight [kg] _00101030
Kanji Patient name _00111010
Blood type (ABO) _00111030
Blood type (Rh) _00111031
Contraindication _00102110
Infection _00102000
Physical disorder _00380500
Pregnancy status _001021C0
Patient comment _00104000
Outpatient/Inpatient _00111060
AccessionNumber _00080050
Reception number _0007F242
Study Instance UID _0020000D
StudyID _00200010
StudyDescription _00081030
Study date _00080020
Study time _00080030
Study comment _00324000
Appx IN35-22
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5.2 Changing the Display Order of
Patient Information Items
The display order of patient information items can be changed by
replacingtheorderintheXSLTfle.
Setup example
Shown below is an example of replacing the display order of a birth
date (patient information item ID:_00100030) and a phone number
(patient information item ID:_00102154). The part A is a code related to
a birth date.
Before changing

<tr align='center'>
<td>Date of birth</td>
<td>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="./_00100030!=''">
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</td>
</tr>

<tr align='center'>
<td>Telephone number</td>
<td>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="./_00102154!=''">
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</td>
</tr>
A
DXCL050835004.ai
After changing

<tr align='center'>
<td>Telephone number</td>
<td>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="./_00102154!=''">
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</td>
</tr>

<tr align='center'>
<td>Date of birth</td>
<td>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="./_00100030!=''">
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</td>
</tr>
A
DXCL050835005.ai
Appx IN35-23
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5.3 Changing the Font Size/Color of
Patient Information Items
Thefontsize/colorcanbechangedbyeditingthedefnitionofthefont
oftheXSLTfle.
Setup example
AnabstractoftheXSLTfleisshownbelow.Addnecessarydatatothe
part A.

<style TYPE="text/css">
BODY {
BACKGROUND-COLOR: LIGHTCYAN;
}
TABLE {
BORDER : 1PX SOLID BLUE;
BORDER-SPACING : 0PX;
BORDER-COLLAPSE : COLLAPSE;
}
TH {
BACKGROUND-COLOR : AQUA;
FONT-SIZE : 12PT;
COLOR : BLUE;
}
TD {
BACKGROUND-COLOR : WHITE;
PADDING : 2PX;
TEXT-ALIGN : LEFT;
FONT-SIZE : 12PT;
COLOR : BLUE;
}
</style>
</xsl:template>
</xsl:stylesheet>
A
A
DXCL050835006.ai
Settable font color
REFERENCE
The font color can be set by the font colors defned in hexadecimal
notation and HTML notation.
Color No
Hexadecimal
notation
Defnition
character
string
DXCL050836007.ai
1 ff0000 RED
2 ff8000 -
3 ff0080 -
4 ff00ff MAGENTA
5 ffff00 YELLOW
6 00ffff AQUA
7 0000ff BLUE
8 679df8 -
9 00ff00 LIME
10 4fba30 -
11 2dffb0 -
12 cbefd5 -
13 ffffff WHITE
14 c0c0c0 SILVER
15 804040 -
16 b3a4f0 -
Appx IN35-24
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN36-1
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appendix 36 Remote Image Display
The remote image display is the function to display the same image as
that being displayed in DR-ID 300CL in a terminal (hereinafter, remote
terminal) connected to DR-ID 300CL via the network by using the Web
browser.
The procedures for setting the remote image display function are
described below.
u NOTE u
In case of laptop PC, the remote image display function is available only
in the wired connection.
Prior to setup
The Option key (DX CL REMOTE IMAGE DISPLAY) is required.
Remote terminal requirements
The terminal used for this function must meet the following conditions.
<PC terminal>
Items Description
CPU Pentium IV or more
HDD 20GB or more
Network 100Base-TX or more (wired/wireless)
Framework .Net Framework 3.5 + SP1
Monitor resolution 0.7M/1M/2M
<Mobile terminal>
iPhone4
iPad
The browser, OS and terminal must meet the following combinations.
Web browser OS Terminal
Internet Explorer 8.0 Windows 7 PC terminal
Safari 4 iOS 4.1 iPhone
Safari 5 iOS 4.3 iPad
u NOTE u
When using other terminals, browser on OS, check the operations
previously.
Appx IN36-2
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Overalloperationfow
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3.Verifcation
5. Changing Display
Layout
Perform the following settings
nSetting in the DR-ID 300CL
Installing the application for the
remote display
Checking the IIS
Setting the Wake-on-LAN Utility
Setting the automatic shutdown of
the remote terminal
n Setting in the remote terminal
PC Terminal
Mobile Terminal
Connect the remote terminal to the
DR-ID 300CL via the network.
Verify that the image can be displayed
in the remote terminal.
fles.
Change the layout and setting of the
window to be displayed in the remote
terminal as necessary.
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the remote terminal to the DR-ID 300CL via the network, as
illustrated below.
TCP/IP
Remote terminal DR-ID 300CL
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
DXCL050835001.ai
u NOTE u
Do not connect the telephone line to the DR-ID 300CL and remote
terminal network connectors.
Appx IN36-3
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2. Software Setup
Set up the software of DR-ID 300CL and the remote terminal.
Tasks done on
the DR-ID 300CL
2.1.1 Installing the Application for the
Remote Display
the Remote Terminal
2.2.1 PC Terminal
2.2.2 Mobile Terminal
Tasks done on
the remote
terminal
2.1.1 Installing the Application for the Remote Display
u NOTE u
When the patient information display linkage function of V6.1 or later is
used, 2.1.1 Installing the Application for the Remote Image Display is
unnecessary. Proceed to 2.1.2 Installing the Option Key.
about one minute.
the window.
DXL03100001.ai
u NOTE u
DXL41001.ai
opens.
Appx IN36-4
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
NOTE
DXCL050416002.ai
DXCL050834002.ai
DXCL050835008.ai
NOTE
the <Enter> key.
When the system prompts to restart, restart the system.
DXCL050834002.ai
DXCL050835009.ai
u NOTE u
If the Press any key to continue... message appears again, press
the <Enter> key.
DXCL050834002.ai
Appx IN36-5
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN36-6
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1. Insert the Remote image display option key CD into the PC.
u NOTE u
DXCL050834005.ai
2. Click .
DXCL050834006.ai
3. Click .
shown below.
u NOTE u
DXCL050834007.ai
2. Click .
DXCL050834008.ai
3. Click .
Appx IN36-7
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
u NOTE u
When the patient information display linkage function of V6.1 or later is
used, 2.1.4 Checking the ISS is unnecessary. Proceed to 2.1.5
Setting the Wake-on-LAN Utility.
2. Click .
DXL03020257.ai
4. Open the Internet Information Services - World Wide Web
Services windows, and check to see that a checkmark is
placed to the following items.
The NET Extensibility, ASP.NET, ISAPI Extensions and
ISAPI Filters under the Application Development Features
The Default Document, Directory Browsing, HTTP Errors
and Static Content under the Common HTTP Features
The HTTP Logging and Request Monitor under the Health
and Diagnostics
The Static Content Compression under the Performance
Features
The Request Filtering under the Security
DXCL050835010.ai
Appx IN36-8
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5. Click .
The system returns to the Programs and Features window.
u NOTE u
The Wake-on-LAN function is available only when the remote terminal
is a PC connected via a wire.
unnecessary.
For details of the setup of Wake-on-LAN, see "16.1 Setting the
Wake-on-LAN Utility" under "MU: Maintenance Utility".
Appx IN36-9
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
the Remote Terminal
u NOTE u
The automatic shutdown function of the remote terminal is available
only when the remote terminal is a PC.
unnecessary.
NOTE
DXCL050416002.ai
DXCL050834002.ai
The "Local Group Policy Editor" window opens
4. Select Scripts (Logon/Logoff) from the Local Computer
Policy-UserConfguration-Windowssettings.
DXCL050835011.ai
5. Right-click Logoff to select Properties.
DXCL050835012.ai
The "Logoff Properties" window opens.
Appx IN36-10
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
6. Click Add.
DXCL050835013.ai
The Add a Script window opens.
7. Click Browse.
DXCL050835014.ai
The Browse window opens.
8. Select ShutdownRemotePC and click [Open].
DXCL050835015.ai
Notepad opens.
9. Enter the IP address of the remote terminal to be
automatically shut down.
DXCL050835016.ai
u NOTE u
When shutting down two or more remote terminals automatically,
enter the IP addresses of the remote terminals as follows.
DXCL050835017.ai
10.SavethefleandthencloseNotepad(Notepad.exe).
u NOTE u
The processing is not completed unless the notepad is closed. Be
sure to close the fle.
The system returns to the following window.
DXCL050834002.ai
Appx IN36-11
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN36-12
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.2.1 PC Terminal
Setting the automatic start of Internet Explorer
u NOTE u
When the Internet Explorer is to be started manually, n Setting the
automatic start of Internet Explorer is unnecessary.
1. Click "All Programs" from the menu.
2. Right-clickInternetExplorer,andselectSend
Desktop (create shortcut).
DXCL050835019.ai
AshortcutfleofInternetExploreriscreatedonthedesktop.
3. Right-click the shortcut created in step 2, and select
Properties.
DXCL050835020.ai
The Internet Explorer Properties window opens.
4. Enter the
C:\Program Files\Internet Explorer\iexplore.exe http:// (IP
address of DR-ID 300CL) /rmtDisp_DisplayImage into the
Linked destination column, and click [OK].
DXCL050836017.ai
Appx IN36-13
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
DXCL050835022.ai
The "Startup" window opens.
7. DragtheshortcutfleoftheInternetExplorer,forwhich
linked destination has been set, to the Startup window.
Appx IN36-14
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
u NOTE u
This setting is necessary only when 2.1.5 Setting the Wake-on-LAN
Utility is executed.
Described here is the setting procedures for DELL OptiPlex 780 as a
remote terminal. When the other devices are used, install according to
the users manual attached to the device.
1. Restart the remote terminal.
NOTE
will not open.
DXL03020005.ai
5. Click [Yes].
The remote terminal starts running.
Appx IN36-15
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.2.2 Mobile Terminal
Creating the Safari shortcut
1. Start the Safari, and enter the following URL.
http:// (IP address of DR-ID 300CL) /rmtDisp_PatientInfo
2. Tap [Add to the Home screen] from the Safari browser menu.
3. Set the icon name to be added to the home screen, and tap
[Add].
u NOTE u
When the patient information display linkage function of V6.1 or
later is used, perform the setting so that the function is identifed by
the icon name.
The icon is added to the home screen.
Appx IN36-16
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
3. Verifcation
Verify that the image being displayed on the study window/QA window
of DR-ID 300CL can be displayed in the remote terminal.
When the Wake on LAN is set, verify also the function.
3.1 Verifying the Image Display
3.1 Verifying the Image Display
u NOTE u
Before verifying, open the page for the remote image display with the
Web browser of the remote terminal.
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
2. Open the study window/QA window, and display the study
image.
3. Verify that the study image being displayed in DR-ID 300CL
can be displayed in the remote terminal.
u NOTE u
When the access from the remote terminal to DR-ID 300CL is
impossible, check the following two settings.
Checking the setting of Windows Firewall
.
II. Select Advanced settings.
III. Select Inbound Rules.
IV. Check to see that the WorldWideWeb service (HTTP traffc) is
enabled. If disabled, enable the service.
Checking the setting of IIS
.
II. Double-click Internet Information Service (IIS) Manager.
III. Right-click the Sites - FDW Web Site, and select Bind edit.
The Site Bind window opens.
IV. Check to see that the Host name column is empty. If a host
name is set, delete it.
Appx IN36-17
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
u NOTE u
When the Wake on LAN function is not used, 3.2 Checking Wake-on-
LAN is unnecessary.
DR-ID 300CL PC shuts down.
2. Verify that the remote terminal shuts down with the Wake-
on-LAN function.
3. Turn ON the DR-ID 300CL PC power.
4. Verify that the remote terminal starts with the Wake-on-LAN
function.
Appx IN36-18
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appx IN36-19
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5. Changing Display Layout
In the remote image display function, the image layout to be displayed
in the remote terminal is comprised as shown below.
DXCL050836018.ai
I.
II.
III. or IV.
I. Patient information display area
II. Image processing button area
III. Exposure information area (displaying overlay items)
IV. Exposure information area (displaying an exposed image)
The procedures for changing the above I. to IV. are described below.
u NOTE u
Do not change the items other than the above I. to IV.
Appx IN36-20
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
5.1 Changing the Items Displayed in the
Patient Information Display Area
Up to three optional overlay items can be displayed.
The display format is shown below. (items separated by comma)
[Information 1 contents],[Information 2 contents],[Information 3 contents]
Filetobemodifed
C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\web.confg
Setup example
The part A is to be edited in the following example.
<appSettings>
<add key="DisplayImgFixFutai"Value="PatientsName,PatientID"/> A
DXCL050836008.ai
Settable items
Name of overlay items Defnitioncharacterstring
Patient ID PatientID
Patient's Name PatientName
Kanji Patient's Name KanjiPatientName
Sex PatientsSex
Patient's Bitrth Date PatientsBirthDate
Patient's Age PatientsAge
Accession Number AccessionNumber
Acquisition Date AcquisitionDate
Acquisition Time AcquisitionTime
Menu Name MenuName
S/L Svalue_Lvalue
Name of overlay items Defnitioncharacterstring
Pixel Spacing PixelSpacing
kVp KVp
X-ray Tube Current XrayTubeCurrent
Exposure Time ExposureTime
Exposure Exposure
Dose Area Product MagnifcationRatio
Target/Filter TargetFilter
Grid Grid
Focus Focus
Thickness Thickness
Comp Force CompForce
Angle Angle
AEC AEC
VCS+VMCS VCS_VMCS
AGD AGD
ESE ESE
Laterality Laterality
Patient Orientation PatientOrientation
GA/GS GA_GS
DAP ImageAreaDoseProduct
EI/DI EI_DI
GPR GPR
Trimming size TrimmingSize
Panel serial number DetectorID
Panel name DetectorDescription
Appx IN36-21
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Image Processing Button Display Area
Five buttons of manual update, automatic update ON/OFF, overlay
item display ON/OFF, zoom-out, and zoom-in are provided.
Left-aligned and right-aligned buttons can be set.
Filetobemodifed
C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\web.confg
Setup example
Example of setting the left-aligned button (in a PC terminal)
<appSettings>
<add key="DisplayImgBtnLeft"Value="MANUAL,AUTO"/> A
DXCL050836009.ai
Example of setting the right-aligned button (in a PC terminal)
<appSettings>
<add key="DisplayImgBtnRight"Value="ANOTATION,ZOOMDOWN,ZOOMUP"/> A
DXCL050836010.ai
Example of setting the left-aligned button (in a mobile terminal)
<appSettings>
<add key="DisplayImgBtnLeftForMobile"Value="MANUAL,AUTO"/> A
DXCL050836011.ai
Settable items
Function Defnitioncharacterstring
Manual update MANUAL
Automatic update ON/OFF AUTO
Overlay item display ON/OFF ANOTATION
Zoom-out ZOOMDOWN
Zoom-in ZOOMUP
Appx IN36-22
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
(Displaying Overlay Items)
The overlay item display position can be changed to the left/right on
the screen.
The overlay item font size/color can be changed.
Filetobemodifed
SetupfleforthePCterminal
C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\App_Themes\Display.css
Setupfleforthemobileterminal
C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\App_Themes\Display_Mobile.css
Setup example
Example of setting for displaying on the left-hand side of the
screen(inthesetupfleforthePCterminal)
.FUTAI_CUSTOM{

TEXT-ALIGN:LEFT; A
DXCL050836012.ai
Example of setting for displaying on the right-hand side of
thescreen(inthesetupfleforthePCterminal)
.FUTAI_CUSTOM{

TEXT-ALIGN:RIGHT; A
DXCL050836013.ai
REFERENCE
Setting of the overlay item display position is unnecessary in the setup
fle for the mobile terminal.
Example of setting for changing the overlay item font size/
color
.FUTAI_CUSTOM{

COLOR:WHITE;

FONT-SIZE:12PT;
A
A
DXCL050836014.ai
Appx IN36-23
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Settable font color
REFERENCE
The font color can be set by the font colors defned in hexadecimal
notation and HTML notation.
Color No
Hexadecimal
notation
Defnition
character
string
DXCL050836007.ai
1 ff0000 RED
2 ff8000 -
3 ff0080 -
4 ff00ff MAGENTA
5 ffff00 YELLOW
6 00ffff AQUA
7 0000ff BLUE
8 679df8 -
9 00ff00 LIME
10 4fba30 -
11 2dffb0 -
12 cbefd5 -
13 ffffff WHITE
14 c0c0c0 SILVER
15 804040 -
16 b3a4f0 -
Appx IN36-24
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Exposure Information Area
(Displaying an Exposed Image)
You can set to display/not display the overlay items.
Filetobemodifed
C:\FDRWeb\rmtDisp_DisplayImage\App_Themes\Anotation.css
Setup example
Displaying the overlay items
DISP_XXXX{
DISPLAY:BLOCK;
}
A
DXCL050836015.ai
Hiding the overlay items
DISP_XXXX{
DISPLAY:NONE;
}
A
DXCL050836016.ai
Appx IN36-25
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Settable overlay items
Name of overlay items Name of item display class
Patient ID DISP_PatientID
Patient's Name DISP_PatientsName
Kanji Patient's Name DISP_KanjiPatientsName
Sex DISP_PatientsSex
Patient's Bitrth Date DISP_PatientsBirthDate
Patient's Age DISP_PatientsAge
Accession Number DISP_AccessionNumber
Acquisition Date DISP_AcquisitionDate
Acquisition Time DISP_AcquisitionTime
Menu Name DISP_MenuName
S/L DISP_Svalue_Lvalue
Pixel Spacing DISP_PixelSpacing
kVp DISP_kVp
X-ray Tube Current DISP_XrayTubeCurrent
Exposure Time DISP_ExposureTime
Exposure DISP_Exposure
Dose Area Product DISP_MagnifcationRatio
Target/Filter DISP_TargetFilter
Grid DISP_Grid
Focus DISP_Focus
Thickness DISP_Thickness
Comp Force DISP_CompForce
Angle DISP_Angle
AEC DISP_AEC
VCS+VMCS DISP_VCS_VMCS
AGD DISP_AGD
Name of overlay items Name of item display class
ESE DISP_ESE
Laterality DISP_Laterality
Patient Orientation DISP_PatientOrientation
GA/GS DISP_GA_GS
DAP DISP_ImageAreaDoseProduct
EI/DI DISP_EI_DI
GPR DISP_GPR
Trimming size DISP_TrimmingSize
Panel serial number DISP_DetectorID
Panel name DISP_DetectorDescription
Appx IN36-26
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN36-27
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN36-28
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN37-1
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Appendix 37 Energy Subtraction
(ES)
Energy subtraction is the function of generating the images of soft
tissue and born by energy subtraction processing (ES processing) of
the images of the same part exposed at different tube voltages (ES
exposure).

Hereinafter, the setup method for using the DR energy subtraction is
explained.
Prior to setup
The Option key (DX CL ES FOR DR-ID200) is required.
Connection to DR-ID 200 must have been completed in the service
utility.
DR-ID 200 requirements
The DR-ID 200 main unit must have been set up accordingly.
The ES option must have been set up.
For details of the ES option setup in DR-ID 200, see the service
manual of DR-ID 200.
Overalloperationfow
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3.Verifcation
Perform the following settings after the
installation of the option key and the
reinstallation of the AP key.
Setting the position ID
Settingupconfgurationsrelatedto
energy subtraction
Setting up the User Utility
Connect the DR-ID 200 to the DR-ID
300CL via the network.
Perform the ES exposure, and verify
that the ES processed image is
generated.
fles.
Appx IN37-2
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the DR-ID 300CL to the DR-ID 200 via networks, as illustrated
below.
DR-ID 200
DR-ID 300CL CU
TCP/IP
DXCL050837001.ai
1000Base-T cable
(straight)
u NOTE u
Do not connect the telephone line to the DR-ID 300CL and DR-ID 200
network connectors.
Appx IN37-3
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2. Software Setup
2.1 Installing the ES Option Key
2.3 Setting the Position ID
2.4 SetupConfgurationsRelatedtoEnergy
Subtraction
2.5 Setting up the User Utility Related to Energy
Subtraction
Appx IN37-4
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.1 Installing the ES Option Key
ES option key (DX CL ES FOR DR-ID200) is required to use the energy
subtraction function.
u NOTE u
DXCL050837002.ai
2. Click .
DXCL050837003.ai
3. Click .
shown below.
u NOTE u
DXCL050834007.ai
2. Click .
DXCL050834008.ai
3. Click .
Appx IN37-5
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.3 Setting the Position ID
Set the default position ID for energy subtraction in the
PositionIDDefault.inifle.
u NOTE u
Check previously the setting of the position ID on the side of the
exposure device.
2. OpenthePositionIDDefault.iniflewithNotepad
(Notepad.exe).
3. Set the position ID for the following key name.
Exposure method and
technique
Key name
ES (upright position) Stand(ES)
ES (supine position) Table(ES)
DXCL050838006.ai
u NOTE u
The PositionIDDefault.ini fle uses Unicode characters. Therefore,
be sure to use NotePad as an editor and save the edited fle in
Unicode format.
Appx IN37-6
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Energy Subtraction
(MU).
DXCL040829003.ai
00000091.EPS
4. Click .
DXCL040829007.ai
5. Set up the following energy subtraction-related
confgurationitems.
19 Kind of Output
Image (Energy
Subtraction)
0 : L, H, B, S
1 : L, B, S
2 : L, S
3 : L, B
4 : L, H
L : Low-energy image
H : High-energy image
B : Bone image
S : Soft tissue image
Specifying a
combination of
image types to be
transferred to other
: Default setting
Appx IN37-7
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
6. Click .
DXCL040829006.ai
7. Set up the following energy subtraction-related
confgurationitems.
14 Function
Setup
RT, TS, ES, WS, PS,
TM
( RT, TM, WS)
RT : Routine
processing
(routine exposure)
TS : Temporal
subtraction
processing
ES : Energy
subtraction
processing
WS : Whole spine
processing
PS : IVP processing
TM : Tomographic
processing
Specifying functions that
can be selected when
changing exposure menu
parameters.
* Enumerate functions
demarcating them using
one-byte
* Be sure to enter one-
byte characters on the
keyboard.
322 Use ES
Motion
Correction
Param Set
No
Does not display the
ES motion correction
parameter set.
Yes
Displays the ES
motion correction
parameter set.
Specifying whether or not
to display the ES motion
correction parameter set.
: Default setting
saved.
9. Click .
Appx IN37-8
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.5 Setting up the User Utility Related to
Energy Subtraction
2.5.1 Starting User Utility
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
00000090.eps
2.5.2 Displaying the ES Exposure Menu
1. Click .
The "Menu Setting" window opens.
2. Select the exposure menu group tab to register the ES
exposure menu, and drag 7201 Chest front ES (2 shots)
from Exposure/Study Menu on the right of the window to
the registration button.
The ES exposure menu is registered.
Appx IN37-9
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.5.3 Setting up the ES Exposure Menu
1. Select 7201 Chest front ES (2 shots) from Exposure/Study
Menu on the right of the window, and click .
The Exposure Menu Setting window opens.
DXCL050837007.ai
I.
II.
I. Set up according to the operation of the facilities.
II. Select ES.
3. Click .
The Image Processing Parameter Setting window for DR
exposure opens.
Setup items Selection Meaning
Specifying a
diagnosis image
High-energy image,
Low-energy image
Selecting an image to be
handled as a diagnosis
image
ECS A0, A1 ECS parameter
ECT
A, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9
ECT parameter
ECP A, B, C, D ECP parameter
EAD ON, OFF EAD parameter
ES positioning
method
(V6.1 or later)
OFF,Affne
transformation,
Non-linear
transformation
Setting the ES positioning
method
*DonotselectAffne
transformation.
ES positioning
parameter set
(V6.1 or later)
A, B RegParam
u NOTE u
For the items that are not set on the Image processing parameter
setting window, select the image type at the image position, and
perform the setting as necessary.
5. Click .
Appx IN37-10
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
6. Select the X-ray control parameter (common to CR/DR)
tab, and set the exposure conditions.
u NOTE u
Set the exposure conditions for 2 shots in the SELENE connection.
REFERENCE
In the ES exposure, the following conditions cannot be set.
Tube voltage [kV]
Tube current [mA]
Exposure time [ms]
mAs value (X10)
Filter ID
AEC setting
- AEC ON/OFF
- Sensitivity
- Density
- X-ray receptor feld
7. Click .
The system returns to the Menu Setting window.
8. Click .
2.5.4 Exiting User Utility
1. Click .
User Utility exits.
The Exit window opens.
3. Hold down the <Shift> key and click .
The AP exits and the desktop screen appears.
Appx IN37-11
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
3. Verifcation
Perform the ES exposure, and verify that the images of soft tissue and
born are generated.
3.2 Verifying the ES Exposure
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
3.2 Verifying the ES Exposure
1. Perform the ES exposure.
For the method of ES exposure, see the DR-ID 300CL
Operation Manual.
2. Verify that the images of soft tissue and born have been
generated.
u NOTE u
When the ES exposure fails, check to see that the following items
are matched. In the ES exposure, unlike normal exposure, the
same part is exposed under different conditions. If the following
items are not matched, the exposure may have to be retried.
Position ID assigned to the exposure menu
Detailed exposure conditions for the exposure performed using
the Position ID
MPM code
Appx IN37-12
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
IntheES,inadditiontobackingupthesetupfleofServiceUtility,the
setupfleofUserUtilitymustbebackedupseparately.
FordetailsontheServiceUtilitysetupflebackupprocedure,see
5.Restoring/BackingUptheConfgurationFileConfguration
Restore/Backup under Maintenance Utility (MU).
FordetailsontheUserUtilitysetupflebackupprocedure,seethe
DR-ID 300CL Operation Manual.
Appx IN38-1
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appendix 38 Tomosynthesis
Tomosynthesis is the function that performs reconstruction processing
of two or more images exposed from different angles in the PPU, and
displays the generated oblique plane image on the 2nd monitor of
DR-ID 300CL.
Prior to setup
The Option key (DX CL TOMO FOR DR-ID200 (114Y2150201B00))
is required.
2GB of the additional memory must have been added. (4GB in total)
Software version required: V6.1.0003 or later
The 2nd monitor must have been connected.
For the detailed 2nd monitor connection procedure, see
Appendix 24 Connecting the 2nd Monitor under Appx IN:
InstallationAppendix.
u NOTE u
The following restrictions are imposed on the use of Tomosynthesis.
Restricted items Restricted content
Study Information Sharing
(clustering)
Do not set this function.
Free Layout Print
Cannot output the study including the
Tomosynthesis menu.
Output to PDI
Tomosynthesis menu.
StoringaDICOMfle
Tomosynthesis menu.
DICOM Media Storage
Cannot output the Tomosynthesis menu with
the Private Unstandardized CR Storage.
About system layout restriction, see DR-XD 200 Service Manual.
Overalloperationfow
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3.Verifcation
Perform the following settings.
DR-ID 300CL Setup
Setting the position ID
(PositionIDDefault.ini)
Setting a module for Tomosynthesis
Setting the User Utility
PPU Setup
Setting the SQL Server remote
connection
Connect the PPU to the DR-ID 300CL
via the network.
Check to see that the oblique plane
image is generated.
fles.
When the DR-ID 300CL PC is replaced or the OS is reinstalled
5. PPU Data Initialization
When the DR-ID 300CL synchronizes with the time server
6. Time Synchronization for the DR-ID 300CL and PPU
When the IP address of the DR-ID 300CL is changed
7. Setting of the PPU at the Time of Changing the IP Address
of DR-ID 300CL
Appx IN38-2
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the PPU to the DR-ID 300CL via the network, as illustrated
below.
DR-ID 300CL PPU
TCP/IP
100BASE-TX Cable
DXCL050838001.ai
u NOTE u
connector.
Appx IN38-3
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
2. Software Setup
Tasks done on
the DR-ID 300CL
2.1.1 Installing the Tomosynthesis
Option Key
2.1.3 Setting the Position ID
(PositionIDDefault.ini)
2.1.4 Setting a Module for Tomosynthesis
2.2 PPU Software Setup
2.2.1 Setting the IP Address
2.2.2 Setting the SQL Server Remote
Connection
Tasks done on
the PPU
2.1.1 Installing the Tomosynthesis Option Key
Tomosynthesis option key (DX CL TOMO FOR DR-ID200) is required to
use the Tomosynthesis.
u NOTE u
DXCL050838002.ai
2. Click .
3. Click .
Appx IN38-4
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
shown below.
u NOTE u
DXCL050834007.ai
2. Click .
DXCL050834008.ai
3. Click .
2.1.3 Setting the Position ID (PositionIDDefault.ini)
Set the default position ID for Tomosynthesis in the PositionIDDefault.
inifle.
u NOTE u
Check previously the setting of the position ID on the side of the
exposure device.
2. OpenthePositionIDDefault.iniflewithNotepad
(Notepad.exe).
3. Set the position ID for the following key name.
Exposure method and
technique
Key name
Tomosynthesis (upright position) Stand(Tomosyn)
Tomosynthesis (supine position) Table(Tomosyn)
DXCL050838006.ai
u NOTE u
Confrm settings of the equipment when entering xx values.
u NOTE u
The PositionIDDefault.ini fle uses Unicode characters. Therefore,
be sure to use NotePad as an editor and save the edited fle in
Unicode format.
Appx IN38-5
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
2.1.4 Setting a Module for Tomosynthesis
2nd monitor switcher installation
NOTE
When using both the Precise Enlargement function and the
Tomosynthesis function, install the 2nd monitor switcher with the
following procedures.
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC
NOTE
DXCL050416002.ai
The Tomosynthesis Setup Menu appears.
DXCL050838004.ai
The Switching Tool Setup Menu appears.
DXCL050838005.ai
The Switcher installation processing starts.
Upon completion of installation, the system returns to
Tomosynthesis Setup Menu.
Appx IN38-6
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
ServiceUtility.exe into the Start Searching column in the
9. Select System from the left panel and perform the
following settings.
DXCL050838010.ai
I.
II.
I. Select Yes
II. Select the application to be run on the second monitor when
you start up the DR-ID 300CL. (Tomo View or ECHO)
10. Click .
Appx IN38-7
010-305-05E
12.15.2011 FM5944
Switchingaflmformat
1. Insert the DR-ID 300CL-AP Disk into the PC
NOTE
DXCL050416002.ai
DXCL050838004.ai
The Film Format Setup Menu appears.
Copyingoftheflmformatisstarted.
After the copying is completed, the system returns to
Tomosynthesis Setup Menu.
Appx IN38-8
0010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Set up the following items in the Service Utility.
Registering the PPU
SettingtheConfgurationItems
Setting the LUT of 2nd monitor
Registering the PPU
(MU).
DXCL040829003.ai
OE210005.EPS
5. Perform the following settings on the New Node window.
Enter the host name (e.g.: PPUServer) in .
u NOTE u
< > & ' " / \
Enter the IP address (e.g.: 172.16.1.35) in .
Select PPU.
Select PPU
DXCL050838003.ai
6. Click .
Appx IN38-9
0010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
SettingtheConfgurationItems
2. Click .
DXCL050838007.ai
3. SetupthefollowingTomosynthesis-relatedconfguration
items.
320 Monitor2
Resolution
Setting
0: None
1: 1200 X 1600
2: 1536 X 2048
Specifying the monitor2
resolution setting with
Width (pixel) Height
(pixel) format.
321 Job Status
Display Time
300 (1 -) Timing for hiding a
reconstructed job from the
simple reconstruction cue
(unit: sec).
342 Image File
Type For
Tomosynthesis
Viewer
0: THM
Thumbnail
image
1: STD
Standard density
image
Specifying the type of the
image to be displayed on
the Tomosynthesis Viewer.
350 Display Pixel
Size for 2nd
monitor
264 (1 or larger) Specifying the display pixel
size for the 2nd monitor
(mm).
* The actual pixel size is
specifedvaluex0.001.
Appx IN38-10
0010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Click .
DXCL050838008.ai
item.
14 Function
Setup
RT, TS, ES, WS, PS, TM, TO
( RT, TM, WS)
RT : Routine processing
(routine exposure)
TS : Temporal subtraction
processing
ES : Energy subtraction
processing
WS : Whole spine processing
PS : IVP processing
TM : Tomographic processing
TO : Tomosynthesis processing
Specifying functions that can
be selected when changing
* Enumerate functions
demarcating them using
one-byte
* Be sure to enter one-
byte characters on the
keyboard.
323 TopBoard
To Partition
Distance
0 (0 - 500) Specifying the distance
between the topboard of the
upright exposure stand and
the partition (mm).
Without partition: 0
With partition: 37
* Operation with/without
partitionisfxedinupright
exposures. The setting
cannot be changed for
each exposure.
Appx IN38-11
0010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
6. Click .
The Tomosynthesis function setup item will be displayed on the
DXCL050838009.ai
Tomosynthesis function-related setup item
item.
1 MaximuData
Size
1 or larger ( 87040) Threshold of the Image folder
usage (MB)
* When enabling the
Tomosynthesis function, set
to 160000 (MB).
saved.
9. Click .
10.SelectClosefromtheConfg(F)menu.
u NOTE u
Steps 11 and 12 need not be performed for V6.2 or earlier. Proceed to
step 13.
11. Select [LUT].
DXCL070838002.ai
12.Confrmthat2ndMonitorLUTissettoLinearLUTand
click [OK].
DXCL070838001.ai
Appx IN38-12
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Set up the following items in the User Utility.
Setting the exposure/study menu for Tomosynthesis
Overlay setting for Tomosynthesis
Setting the exposure/study menu for Tomosynthesis
u NOTE u
When creating a new exposure/study menu for Tomosynthesis, prepare
an exposure/study menu for which necessary settings have been
confgured, and perform the following procedures.
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
00000090.eps
3. Click .
The Menu Setting window opens.
4. Select Exposure Menu or Study Menu from Exposure/
Study Menu on the right of the window.
5. Select exposure/study menu for Tomosynthesis , and click
.
The Exposure Menu Setting window opens.
6. Set Function(CR/DR) to TO in the Exposure Parameter
1 tab.
DXCL060838014.ai
Appx IN38-13
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
7. Select X-ray Control Parameter(CR/DR) tab, set
Positioning ID for Tomosynthesis, and click .
For details of Positioning ID for Tomosynthesis, see 2.1.3
Setting the Position ID (PositionIDDefault.ini).
DXCL060838015.ai
The system returns to the Menu Setting window.
8. Click .
9. Click <Terminate>.
User Utility exits.
Overlay setting for Tomosynthesis
For details of the overlay setting for Tomosynthesis, see the
User's Manual.
2.2 PPU Software Setup
2.2.1 Setting the IP Address
For details of the setup of the IP address, see Setting the IP
address under Appendix D Reinstalling the OS and Application
on PPU of MC: Inspection, Replacement and Adjustment.
2.2.2 Setting the SQL Server Remote Connection
For details of the setup of the SQL Server remote connection,
see Setting the remote connection of the SQL server under
Appendix D Reinstalling the OS and Application on PPU of MC:
Appx IN38-14
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
3. Verifcation
Check to see that the reconstruction processing is performed in the
PPU and the oblique plane image is generated.
3.2 Checking the Tomosynthesis
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
3.2 Checking the Tomosynthesis
1. Perform the Tomosynthesis exposure.
For the procedure of Tomosynthesis exposure, see the DR-ID
300CL Operation Manual.
2. Check to see that the oblique plane image reconstructed in
the PPU is displayed on the 2nd monitor.
Appx IN38-15
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx IN38-16
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
5. PPU Data Initialization
When the DR-ID 300CL PC is replaced or the DR-ID 300CL OS is
reinstalled, the PPU data must be initialized. Procedures are described
below.
2. Disconnect the LAN cable from the PPU-PC.
3. Insert the DR-ID300CL PPU Application Software disk into
the PPU-PC.
NOTE
Data initialization starts.
The PPU All Data Delete completed. message appears, and the
system returns to the PPU Setup Tool main menu.
6. Remove the Disk from the PPU-PC.
7. Connect the LAN cable to the PPU-PC.
Appx IN38-17
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
6. Time Synchronization for
the DR-ID 300CL and PPU
When DR-ID 300CL synchronizes with the time server, the PPU must
be synchronized with DR-ID 300CL. Procedures are described below.
6.1 Settings on the DR-ID 300CL Side
1. Insert the HF0002 (V6.1) installation disk into the PC.
The IIP Setup Tool main menu opens automatically.
DXCL060838005.ai
DXCL060838005.ai
The Local Group Policy Editor window opens.
4. Select Time Providers from Local Computer Policy -
ComputerConfguration-AdministrativeTemplates-
System - Windows Time Service.
DXCL060838007.ai
5. Double-click Enable Windows NTP Server.
DXCL060838008.ai
The Enable Windows NTP Server window opens.
Appx IN38-18
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
6. Select Enabled and click .
DXCL060838009.ai
The system returns to the Local Group Policy Editor window.
7. Select Windows Time Service.
DXCL060838010.ai
8. Double-clickGlobalConfgurationSettings.
DXCL060838008.ai
TheGlobalConfgurationSettingswindowopens.
DXCL060838012.ai
I.
II.
I. Select Enabled.
II. Set AnnounceFlags to the 5.
The system returns to the Local Group Policy Editor window.
Appx IN38-19
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
10. Close the Local Group Policy Editor window.
DXCL060838013.ai
11. Press <Enter> key.
The system returns to the IIP Setup Tool main menu.
6.2 Settings on the PPU Side
2. Select Adjust date/time from the right-click menu on the
clock at the right bottom of the screen.
DXCL060838001.ai
3. Select Internet Time tab and click Change settings.
DXCL060838002.ai
Appx IN38-20
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
4. Place a checkmark to the Synchronize with an Internet time
server.
DXCL060838003.ai
5. Enter the DR-ID 300CL IP address into the item Server:.
DXCL060838004.ai
6. Click [Update now].
The The clock was successfully synchronized with xxxx on yyyy
at zzzz message appears.
REFERENCE
xxxx : DR-ID 300CL IP address
yyyy : Current date
zzzz : Current time
7. Setting of the PPU at the Time of
Changing the IP Address of
DR-ID 300CL
When the IP address of DR-ID 300CL is changed, be sure to change
also the IP address of DR-ID 300CL in the PPU.
Setting the SQL Server remote connection
For details of the setup of the SQL Server remote connection,
see Setting the remote connection of the SQL server under
Appendix D Reinstalling the OS and Application on PPU of
Time Synchronization for the DR-ID 300CL and PPU
For details of the PPU synchronization setting with the time
server, see 6. Time Synchronization for the DR-ID 300CL and
PPU.
Appx IN38-21
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
8. Tomosynthesis Menu List
TMS condition and X-ray condition
TMS condition*
1
X-ray condition
Menu name MPM AP/PA Technique ID SID Angle Time No. of exposures Kv mAs mA ms Total mAs*
2
Cu*
3
focal size Grid
SKULL,LAT:TMS 7000 PA Table 22 130 60 12 60 75 2.5 250 10 150 0.2mm S +
SKULL,FRN:TMS 7000 PA Table 22 130 60 12 60 85 2.5 250 10 150 0.2mm S +
PARANASAL SINUS,LAT:TMS 7000 AP Table 22 130 60 12 60 75 2.5 250 10 150 0.2mm S +
PARANASAL SINUS,FRN:TMS 7000 PA Table 22 130 60 12 60 85 2.5 250 10 150 0.2mm S +
MANDIBULAR JNT,LAT:TMS 7003 AP Table 22 130 60 12 60 75 2.5 250 10 150 0.2mm S +
CERVICAL SPINE,FRN:TMS 7100 AP Table 22 130 60 12 60 75 2.5 250 10 150 0.2mm S +
CERVICAL SPINE,LAT:TMS 7100 PA Table 19 130 40 9 45 70 3.2 200 16 144 0.2mm S +
CHEST,SUPINE:TMS 7202 AP Table 19 130 40 9 45 100 1 250 4 45 0.2mm S +
CHEST,UPRIGHT:TMS 7202 AP Upright 76 180 27 12 60 100 1.6 200 8 96 0.2mm S +
THORACIC SPINE,FRN:TMS 7203 AP Table 22 130 60 12 60 100 1.6 250 6.3 96 0.2mm S +
THORACIC SPINE,LAT:TMS 7204 PA Table 19 130 40 9 45 100 2 250 8 90 0.2mm S +
ABDOMEN,SUPINE:TMS 7400 AP Table 13 130 20 4 20 80 16 500 32 320 0.2mm L +
IVP,SUPINE:TMS 7400 AP Table 13 130 20 4 20 80 16 500 32 320 0.2mm L +
ABDOMEN,UPRIGHT:TMS 7400 AP Upright 62 130 15 4.8 24 80 12.5 500 25 300 0.2mm L +
IVP,UPRIGHT:TMS 7400 AP Upright 62 130 15 4.8 24 80 12.5 500 25 300 0.2mm L +
SHOULDER JNT,SUPINE:TMS 7205 AP Table 22 130 60 12 60 65 4 250 16 240 0.2mm S +
SHOULDER JNT,UPRIGHT:TMS 7205 AP Upright 69 130 37 12 60 65 4 250 16 240 0.2mm S +
PELVIS:TMS 7501 AP Table 22 130 60 12 60 80 5 250 20 300 0.2mm S +
HIP JNT,FRN:TMS 7502 AP Table 22 130 60 12 60 80 5 250 20 300 0.2mm S +
HIP JNT,LAT:TMS 7502 AP Table 22 130 60 12 60 100 10 400 25 600 0.2mm L +
LUMBAR SPINE,FRN,SUPINE:TMS 7500 AP Table 22 130 60 12 60 70 10 400 25 600 0.2mm L +
*1: ThecombinationsofTechnique,SID,Angle,andTimewhichcanbesetaredefned.IDandNo.ofexposuresaredetermineduniquelyaccordingtothecombinationoffouritemsabove.
(There is no direct editing by users.)
*2 : A value calculated from the mAs value per image and the number of exposures. (There is no direct editing by users. This is shown in this table as reference information.)
*3: Practically,thisisspecifedbytheFilterID.(AsthedefaultoftheAcSeleratesystem,thefollowingarespecifedforFilterID=2;material:Cu,thickness:0.2mm.)
Appx IN38-22
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
TMS condition*
1
X-ray condition
Menu name MPM AP/PA Technique ID SID Angle Time No. of exposures Kv mAs mA ms Total mAs*
2
Cu*
3
focal size Grid
LUMBAR SPINE,LAT,SUPINE:TMS 7500 PA Table 19 130 40 9 45 100 12.5 500 25 563 0.2mm L +
LUMBAR SPINE,FRN,UPRIGHT:TMS 7500 AP Upright 68 130 35 11 55 70 10 400 25 550 0.2mm L +
LUMBER SPINE,LAT,UPRIGHT:TMS 7500 PA Upright 68 130 35 11 55 100 10 400 25 550 0.2mm L +
WRIST JNT,LAT:TMS 7601 AP Table 17 130 40 6 30 55 2.5 200 12.5 75 0.2mm S -
WRIST JNT,FRN:TMS 7601 PA Table 17 130 40 6 30 47 2.5 200 12.5 75 0.2mm S -
HAND,LAT:TMS 7601 AP Table 17 130 40 6 30 55 2.5 200 12.5 75 0.2mm S -
HAND,FRN:TMS 7601 PA Table 17 130 40 6 30 47 2.5 200 12.5 75 0.2mm S -
KNEE JNT,FRN,SUPINE:TMS 7701 AP Table 18 130 40 8 40 65 1.26 200 6.3 50 0.2mm S -
KNEE JNT,LAT,SUPINE:TMS 7701 AP Table 18 130 40 8 40 65 1.26 200 6.3 50 0.2mm S -
KNEE JNT,FRN,UPRIGHT:TMS 7701 AP Upright 54 100 20 9.6 48 65 1 200 5 48 0.2mm S -
KNEE JNT,LAT,UPRIGHT:TMS 7701 AP Upright 54 100 20 9.6 48 65 1 200 5 48 0.2mm S -
ANKLE JNT,FRN:TMS 7702 AP Table 17 130 40 6 30 65 2.5 250 10 75 0.2mm S -
ANKLE JNT,LAT:TMS 7702 AP Table 17 130 40 6 30 65 2.5 250 10 75 0.2mm S -
FOOT,LAT:TMS 7702 AP Table 17 130 40 6 30 65 2.5 250 10 75 0.2mm S -
FOOT,OBL:TMS 7702 AP Table 17 130 40 6 30 65 2.5 250 10 75 0.2mm S -
*1: ThecombinationsofTechnique,SID,Angle,andTimewhichcanbesetaredefned.IDandNo.ofexposuresaredetermineduniquelyaccordingtothecombinationoffouritemsabove.
(There is no direct editing by users.)
*2 : A value calculated from the mAs value per image and the number of exposures. (There is no direct editing by users. This is shown in this table as reference information.)
*3: Practically,thisisspecifedbytheFilterID.(AsthedefaultoftheAcSeleratesystem,thefollowingarespecifedforFilterID=2;material:Cu,thickness:0.2mm.)
Appx IN38-23
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Reconstruction condition and Image processing parameter
Reconstruction condition Image processing parameter
Menu name MPM AP/PA
Reconflter
0:SA
1:FBP
2-9:EMPTY
Slice
direction
or
Center
Height
(mm)
Range
(mm)
Pitch
(mm)
No. of
slices*
1
EDR
mode
GA GT GC GS MRB MRT MRE MDB MDT MDE
SKULL,LAT:TMS 7000 PA 1 60 120 4 31 SemiAuto
1.2 i 0.9 0.4 B R 0.5 A F 0.3
SKULL,FRN:TMS 7000 PA 1 75 120 4 31 SemiAuto
PARANASAL SINUS,LAT:TMS 7000 AP 1 60 120 2 61 SemiAuto
PARANASAL SINUS,FRN:TMS 7000 PA 1 75 120 2 61 SemiAuto
MANDIBULAR JNT,LAT:TMS 7003 AP 1 60 120 2 61 SemiAuto 1.2 i 0.9 0.5 B R 0.5 A F 0.3
CERVICAL SPINE,FRN:TMS 7100 AP 1 110 190 5 39 SemiAuto
1.0 i 0.6 0.5 B Q 0.5 A F 0.4
CERVICAL SPINE,LAT:TMS 7100 PA 1 200 90 5 19 SemiAuto
CHEST,SUPINE:TMS 7202 AP 1 150 260 5 53 SemiAuto
1.0 e 1.6 0 C R 0 A A 0
CHEST,UPRIGHT:TMS 7202 AP 1 150 260 5 53 SemiAuto
THORACIC SPINE,FRN:TMS 7203 AP 1 65 120 4 31 SemiAuto 1.2 i 0.9 0.5 B R 0.5 A F 0.3
THORACIC SPINE,LAT:TMS 7204 PA 1 200 104 4 27 SemiAuto 1.0 g 0.9 0.1 C T 0.5 A B 0.6
ABDOMEN,SUPINE:TMS 7400 AP 1 110 180 5 37 SemiAuto
1.0 j 0.6 0.3 C Q 0.5 A A 0
IVP,SUPINE:TMS 7400 AP 1 110 80 10 9 SemiAuto
ABDOMEN,UPRIGHT:TMS 7400 AP 1 110 180 5 37 SemiAuto
IVP,UPRIGHT:TMS 7400 AP 1 110 80 10 9 SemiAuto
SHOULDER JNT,SUPINE:TMS 7205 AP 1 100 200 5 41 SemiAuto
1.0 o 0.6 0.4 B T 0.5 A F 0.4
SHOULDER
JNT,UPRIGHT:TMS
7205 AP 1 100 200 5 41 SemiAuto
PELVIS:TMS 7501 AP 1 110 180 5 37 SemiAuto 1.1 o 0.9 0.8 C Q 0.5 A A 0
HIP JNT,FRN:TMS 7502 AP 1 95 150 5 31 SemiAuto
1.0 o 0.6 0.5 B T 0.5 A J 0.4
HIP JNT,LAT:TMS 7502 AP 1 95 150 5 31 SemiAuto
*1 : The No. of slices is determined by the set values for Center Height, Range, and Pitch.
Appx IN38-24
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Reconstruction condition Image processing parameter
Menu name MPM AP/PA
Reconflter
0:SA
1:FBP
2-9:EMPTY
Slice
direction
or
Center
Height
(mm)
Range
(mm)
Pitch
(mm)
No. of
slices*
1
EDR
mode
GA GT GC GS MRB MRT MRE MDB MDT MDE
LUMBAR
SPINE,FRN,SUPINE:TMS
7500 AP 1 65 120 4 31 SemiAuto
1.1 o 0.9 0.4 C Q 0.5 A J 0.4
LUMBAR
SPINE,LAT,SUPINE:TMS
7500 PA 1 250 104 4 27 SemiAuto
LUMBAR
SPINE,FRN,UPRIGHT:TMS
7500 AP 1 65 120 4 31 SemiAuto
LUMBER
SPINE,LAT,UPRIGHT:TMS
7500 PA 1 250 104 4 27 SemiAuto
WRIST JNT,LAT:TMS 7601 AP 1 40 80 2 41 SemiAuto
0.9 o 0.6 0.4 C T 0.5 A J 0.3
WRIST JNT,FRN:TMS 7601 PA 1 30 60 2 31 SemiAuto
HAND,LAT:TMS 7601 AP 1 40 80 2 41 SemiAuto
HAND,FRN:TMS 7601 PA 1 30 60 2 31 SemiAuto
KNEE JNT,FRN,SUPINE:TMS 7701 AP 1 75 132 2 67 SemiAuto
0.9 o 0.6 0.4 C T 0.5 A J 0.3
KNEE JNT,LAT,SUPINE:TMS 7701 AP 1 75 132 2 67 SemiAuto
KNEE JNT,FRN,UPRIGHT:TMS 7701 AP 1 75 132 2 67 SemiAuto
KNEE JNT,LAT,UPRIGHT:TMS 7701 AP 1 75 132 2 67 SemiAuto
ANKLE JNT,FRN:TMS 7702 AP 1 55 104 4 27 SemiAuto
0.7 o 0.6 0.3 C T 0.5 A J 0.1
ANKLE JNT,LAT:TMS 7702 AP 1 55 104 4 27 SemiAuto
FOOT,LAT:TMS 7702 AP 1 55 92 2 47 SemiAuto
FOOT,OBL:TMS 7702 AP 1 56 112 2 57 SemiAuto
*1 : The No. of slices is determined by the set values for Center Height, Range, and Pitch.
Appx IN39-1
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appendix 39 Remote Desktop
The Remote Desktop function is the function which displays a screen of
the DR-ID 300CL and performs a remote operation on the mobile
terminals connected to the DR-ID 300CL via network.
The procedures for setting the Remote Dnesktop function are described
below.
Prior to setup
The Option key (DX CL REMOTE DESKTOP) is required.
Mobile terminal requirements
Use the mobile terminal below
iPad/iPad2 (iOS4 or later)
iPod touch (iOS4 or later)
u NOTES u
Set the password on the mobile terminals to be used.
The connection setting for mobile terminals must be for only one unit.
Other items to be prepared
Mediaformovingtheexecutionfle(FD,CD-R,USBfashdrive,etc.)
Overalloperationfow
2. Software Setup
1. Hardware Setup
3.Verifcation
4. Solving Connection
Problems
Perform the following settings.
DR-ID 300CL setup
Installing and setting the UltraVNC
Mobile terminal setup
Installing and Setting
the Wyse PocketCloud
Connect the DR-ID 300CL and mobile
terminal to the network.
Verify that a screen of DR-ID 300CL is
displayed on the mobile terminal and a
remote operation can be performed.
Solve a connection problem as
necessary.
Appx IN39-2
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the mobile terminal to the DR-ID 300CL via the network, as
illustrated below.
TCP/IP
Mobile
Terminal
DR-ID 300CL AP
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
DXCL060839001.ai
u NOTES u
connector.
A network connection confguration on the mobile terminal must have
been done.
Appx IN39-3
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
2. Software Setup
Set up the software of DR-ID 300CL and the mobile terminal.
Tasks done on
the DR-ID 300CL
2.1.1 Installing the Remote Desktop
Option Key
2.1.3 Setting the UltraVNC
2.2 Setting in the Mobile Terminal
2.2.1 Setting the Wyse PocketCloud
2.2.2 Setting the Connection of Wyse
PocketCloud
Tasks done on
the mobile
terminal
2.1.1 Installing the Remote Desktop Option Key
u NOTE u
DXCL060839031.ai
2. Click .
DXCL060839032.ai
3. Click .
Appx IN39-4
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
shown below.
u NOTE u
DXCL050834007.ai
2. Click .
DXCL050834008.ai
3. Click .
2.1.3 Setting the UltraVNC
DownloadingtheUltraVNCexecutionfle
REFERENCE
The recommended version of the UltraVNC to be installed is 1.0.9.6.1.
1. Access the following URL via the Web browser on the
service PC.
http://www.uvnc.com/component/jdownloads/summary/4/4.html
u NOTE u
Since the URL might be changed, confrm the URL before
downloading the fle.
The UltraVNC download window opens.
2. Place a checkmark to I accept the above listed conditions
and click [Download].
TheUltraVNCexecutionfleisdownloaded.
3. Copythedownloadedexecutionfletoamedia.
4. Remove the media from service PC.
Appx IN39-5
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Installing the UltraVNC
1. Set the media to the DR-ID 300CL-PC, and copy the
executionflefromthemediatotheDR-ID300CL-PC.
2. Double-clickthecopiedexecutionfle.
DXCL060839009.ai
3. Click .
The License Agreement window opens.
4. Select I accept the agreement and click .
DXCL060839008.ai
DXCL060839010.ai
5. Click .
The Select Destination Location window opens.
DXCL060839011.ai
Appx IN39-6
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
6. Click .
The Select Components window opens.
7. Select UltraVNC Server Only from the pull-down menu and
click .
DXCL060839012.ai
The Select Start Menu Folder window opens.
DXCL060839013.ai
8. Click .
The Optional non-GPL addons recommended for Vista window
opens.
For Windows Vista
I. Ensure that Download Vista addons fles now is
checkmarked and then click .

DXCL060839014.ai
The Optional non-GPL Mirror Driver 1.0.5 window opens.
For Windows other than Windows Vista
I. Remove the checkmark from Download Vista addons fles
now and click .

DXCL060839015.ai
The Optional non-GPL Mirror Driver 1.0.5 window opens.
Appx IN39-7
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
10. Remove the checkmark from Download the mirror driver
and click .
DXCL060839016.ai
The Select Additional Tasks window opens.
11. Remove the all checkmarks and click .
DXCL060839017.ai
DXCL060839018.ai
12. Click .
DXCL060839019.ai
13. Click .
DXCL060839020.ai
14. Click .
Appx IN39-8
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Setting the UltraVNC connection
1. Right-click in the task tray and select Admin Properties.
DXCL060839002.ai
The UltraVNC Server Property Page window opens.
REFERENCE
If the icon is not displayed in the task tray, perform the following
procedure to start up the "UltraVNC".
I. Select All Programs UltraVNC UltraVNC Server
from the menu.
UltraVNC starts.
2. Perform password setting.
DXCL060839021.ai
VNC Password : Enter an arbitrary password.
View-Only Password : Enter an arbitrary password.
u NOTE u
Inform the users of the set password.
3. Click .
The UltraVNC Server Property Page window closes.
Appx IN39-9
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Setting the UltraVNC Server Startup
1. Select All Programs UltraVNC from the menu.
DXCL060839033.ai
2. Right-click UltraVNCServer and select Copy.
DXCL060839034.ai
3. Select All Programs from menu.
DXCL060839035.ai
Startup window opens.
5. Right-click in the Startup window and select Paste.
DXCL060839036.ai
AshortcutfleofUltraVNCServeriscreated.
Appx IN39-10
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
2.2 Setting in the Mobile Terminal
REFERENCE
In the following procedures, the screens of iPad 2 are used as samples.
2.2.1 Setting the Wyse PocketCloud
Download Wyse PocketCloud from the AppleStore and install it on the
mobile terminal.
REFERENCE
The recommended versions of Wyse PocketCloud to be installed is
2.2.123 or later.
2.2.2 Setting the Connection of Wyse PocketCloud
1. Tap Wyse PocketCloud icon.
The Wyse PocketCloud initial window opens.
2. Tap [Advanced users].
DXCL060839003.ai
My Computers window opens.
REFERENCE
If the Anonymous Usage Statistics window opens, tap [No].
3. Tap .
DXCL060839004.ai
The Choose a Connection Type window opens.
4. Tap Manual Connection.
DXCL060839005.ai
The Choose a Connection Method window opens.
Appx IN39-11
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
5. Tap VNC.
DXCL060839006.ai
The New Computer window opens.
6. Perform connection settings.
DXCL060839022.ai
I.
II.
IV.
III.
V.
No. Items Setup content Setup example
I Operating
System
Select the operating system of
the connecting destination PC.
Windows
II Nickname Set the display name of the
connection setting (arbitrary).
fcr-csl
III Host Set the host name or IP address
of the connecting destination
PC.
172.16.1.20
IV Password Set the password which has
been set with the UltraVNC.
fcr-iip
V Port Set the port number for VNC.
(Default: port TCP5900)
5900
7. Tap .
The system returns to My Computers window
Appx IN39-12
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
3. Verifcation
Verify thet the screen of DR-ID 300CL is displayed on the mobile
terminal and a remote operation can be performed.
3.2 Checking the Operation of Remote Desktop
Fuji Film, and Console Advance.
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
3.2 Checking the Operation of
Remote Desktop
1. Tap Wyse PocketCloud icon on the mobile terminal.
Wyse PocketCloud starts, and the My Computers window
opens.
2. Tap [Connect].
DXCL060839023.ai
3. Check to see that a screen of the DR-ID 300CL is displayed
on the mobile terminal and a remote operation can be
performed.
REFERENCE
During connection from a mobile terminal, the following icon is
displayed at the right bottom of the DR-ID 300CL screen.
DXCL060839007.ai
Appx IN39-13
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
4. Solving Connection Problems
4.1 When the VNC Connection Fails
When the VNC connection from the mobile terminal to the DR-ID 300CL
fails,confrmthefollowingitems,andsetthemupasrequired.
Checking the Firewall Settings
1. Select Control Panel from the menu and click
.
2. Select Advanced settings.
3. Select Inbound Rules.
4. Check to see that the WorldWideWeb service (HTTP
traffc)isenabled.Ifdisabled,enabletheservice.
ConfrmationoftheIPaddressof
DR-ID 300CL and mobile terminal
IP addresses which are valid/invalid for VNC connection are shown
herein. Change the settings as required.
Example of IP addresses which are valid for VNC connection
(A and B are the same)
a. DR-ID 300CL
IP address : 172.16.1 20
Subnet mask : 255.255.255.0
b. Mobile terminal
IP address : 172.16.1 21
Subnet mask : 255.255.255.0
Example of IP addresses which are invalid for VNC connection
(A and B are not the same)
a. DR-ID 300CL
IP address : 172.16.1 20
Subnet mask : 255.255.255.0
b. Mobile terminal
IP address : 192.168.1 1
Subnet mask : 255.255.255.0
A
B
B
A
Appx IN39-14
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
4.2 When the Performance of
the Remote Desktop is Unstable
When the following phenomenons occur, restart DR-ID 300CL, mobile
terminal, and wireless LAN device.
It takes several ten seconds from operation of the mobile terminal
until the Console operates.
DR-ID 300CL operation become unstable.
REFERENCE
If multiple devices, such as DR-ID 300CL and mobile terminal, are
operated simultaneously, the performance might be unstable.
4.3 When the Remote Operation from
the Mobile Terminal to DR-ID 300CL
Cannot be Performed
When the VNC connection from the mobile terminal to DR-ID 300CL
has succeeded but the touch panel operation cannot be performed,
1. Display the UltraVNC Server Property Page on DR-ID 300CL.
For the procedure for opening the UltraVNC Server Property
Page window, see Setting the UltraVNC connection.
2. Ensure that Disable Viewers inputs is not checkmarked.
When it is checkmarked, remove the checkmark.
DXCL060839028.ai
3. Click .
Appx IN39-15
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN39-16
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN40-1
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appendix 40 DoseSR
(Output for Exposure
Dose Management)
This chapter explains the setting procedures for sending exposure dose
information in the exposure result as Structure report format to the
exposure dose management system using DICOM X-Ray Radiation
DoseSRSOPClasswhenconfrmingstudies.
u NOTES u
DoseSR is sent when confrming a study (fnishing QA) or
redistributing a study from QA.
DoseSR is a type of information which is not saved in a media.
Even when multiple sending destinations are set for DR-ID 300CL,
DoseSR is output only once to the exposure dose management
system.
The output condition of DoseSR is displayed in the output queue of
DR-ID 300CL but not displayed in the event log.
A user cannot arbitrarily select an exposure dose management
system.
A user cannot switch ON/OFF sending to the exposure dose
management system.
Prior to setup
Output Result of DoseSR
DR-ID 300CL outputs 1 DoseSR for an image generated by exposing
X-ray (all CR/DR images). The output results of DoseSR according to
exposure menus and their setting contents are as follows.
Exposure method Output result
General exposure Output per exposure image
Long-view exposure Output per exposure image
DoseSR is not output for composite images
Energy-subtraction
exposure
Output per exposure image
DoseSR is not output for resultant images (bone and
soft tissue images).
Tomosynthesis
exposure
DoseSR output for one Tomosynthesis exposure
DoseSR output for the ancillary information of one
exposure of the reconstructed images
Additional exposure DoseSR output for the images from additional exposures
Repeat exposure DoseSR output for the images from repeat exposures
Mis-exposure DoseSR output for rejected images
Re-exposure because
of mis-exposure
DoseSR output for re-exposure because of rejected
images
Overalloperationfow
1. Software Setup
2.Verifcation
Perform setup for sending DoseSR
to the exposure dose management
system.
Setup of information on this equipment
Registering the exposure dose
management system
Setting up the exposure dose
management system output
Verify if the exposure dose information
is sent from DR-ID 300CL to the
exposure dose management system.
Appx IN40-2
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
1. Software Setup
1.1 Setup of Information on This Equipment
Utility.
DXCL040829003.ai
00000091.EPS
3. Select .
DXL74005.ai
4. Click .
are displayed.
00000441.ai
DR-ID 300CL
IP address
DR-ID 300CL
host name
u NOTE u
The IP address will not be displayed properly unless the DR-ID
Appx IN40-3
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
00000093.ai
015005.ai
8. Click .
015023-01.ai
feldtoselectX-RayRadiationDoseSR.
11. Click .
12. Click .
13.SelectSavefromtheConfg(F)menu.
saved.
14. Click .
Appx IN40-4
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
1.2 Registering the Exposure Dose
Management System
Utility.
DXCL040829003.ai
00000091.EPS
3. Select .
DXL74003.ai
4. Click .
Appx IN40-5
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Enter the host name (e.g.: RMS) in .
u NOTE u
< > & / \
Enter the IP address in .
REFERENCE
IP addresses are varied according to the institutions.
Select DICOM.
6. Click .
015005.ai
(e.g.: RMS-01) in the feld.
Enter the Port number of other connected equipment
(e.g.: 104) in the feld.
Appx IN40-6
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
8. Click .
015023-01.ai
feldtoselectX-RayRadiationDoseSR.
10. Because the AE of other connected equipment is the Provider,
make sure that (SCP) is selected for the Role.
11. Click .
12. Click .
13.SelectSavefromtheConfg(F)menu.
saved.
14. Click .
Appx IN40-7
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
1.3 Setting up the Exposure Dose
Management System Output
Utility.
DXCL040829003.ai
00000091.EPS
DXCL060840005.ai
and select SR.
and select the AE name set
in 1.2 Registration of the Exposure Dose Management
System.
5. Click .
saved.
7. Click .
Appx IN40-8
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
2. Verifcation
Verify if that exposure dose information is sent from DR-ID 300CL to the
exposuredosemanagementsystemwhenfnishingQAandwhen
redistributing a study.
2.2 Verifying Sending of Exposure Dose Information
When Finishing QA
2.3 Verifying Sending of Exposure Dose Information
When Redistributing Study
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
2.2 Verifying Sending of Exposure Dose
Information When Finishing QA
1. Start a study in DR-ID 300CL.
2. Perform an exposure.
3. Finish the study and QA.
The exposure dose information is sent to the exposure dose
management system.
4. Check the exposure dose information in the exposure dose
management system.
2.3 Verifying Sending of Exposure Dose
Information When Redistributing Study
1. Start the QA on an already-exposed study.
2. Redistribute the study.
The exposure dose information is sent to the exposure dose
management system.
3. Check the exposure dose information in the exposure dose
management system.
Appx IN40-9
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appx IN40-10
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN40-11
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN40-12
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN41-1
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
Appendix 41 Screening
Examination Order
Issuance
Appx IN41-2
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN41-3
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN41-4
010-305-06E
03.31.2012 FM6000
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN42-1
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appendix 42 DICOM MG Storage:
Digital Mammogram
Transfer
Described herein is the procedure for transferring digital mammography
images from the DR-ID 300CL to other makers equipment using the
DICOM MG Storage function.
u NOTE u
The equipment to which images are transferred are abbreviated
hereafter other connected equipment.
Prior to setup
The DICOM MG Storage (SCP) Service Class must be supported.
properly.
DXCL070842004.ai
DICOM MG Storage
DR-ID 300CL
Data transfer
RU
HOST name : Mammo-View
IP address : 172.16.1.35*
AE name (Provider) : MammoView01-SCP*
Port number : 5001*
Service Class : MG Image Storage For Presentation
Setup example of other connected equipment
Other connected
equipment
HOST name : fcl-csl*
IP address : 172.16.1.20*
AE name (User) : CL-mammo-SCU*
Service Class : MG Image Storage For Presentation
Items marked with "
*
" constitute setup examples, which need be
DR-ID 300CL setup example
Appx IN42-2
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Overalloperationfow
1. Hardware Setup
2. DR-ID 300CL
Software Setup
3. Connection
Checkout
Use a network cable to connect the
DR-IR 300CL to other connected
equipment.
digital mammography images via
DICOM.
Setup on the DR-ID 300CL (AE name,
device attribute, Service Class, etc.).
Registration of AE name, device
attribute, port number, Service Class,
etc. on other connected equipment.
Setup for automatic image
distribution code.
Setup for CONNECTING
EQUIPMENT.
Setup for UID issuance.
Setup for name elements.
from the DR-IR 300CL to other connected
equipment.
Appx IN42-3
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
1. Hardware Setup
illustrated below.
DXCL070842005.ai
Other connected
equipment
DR-ID 300CL RU
100BASE-T Cable
u NOTES u
Appx IN42-4
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
items.
the DICOM MG Storage Function
DICOM MG Storage Function
2.3 Registering on the Other Connected Equipment
for DICOM MG Storage Function
2.4 Setting Up the Automatic Image Distribution
Function (DISTRIBUTION CODE)
2.6 Setting Up the UID Issuance Method
2.7 Changing the Name Elements
2.5 Setting Up CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
the DICOM MG Storage Function
Utility.
DXCL040829003.ai
00000091.EPS
Appx IN42-5
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
4. Click .
The DR-ID 300CL system information setup items appear on the
right-side area of the window.
DXCL040829007.ai
5 Set Item 35 Modality Setup for Mammography Image to
0:MG.
u NOTES u
Do not change the set value of Item 35 Modality Setup for
Mammography Image after at least one study has been created
for DR-ID 300CL.
The image DB must be initialized when the Confg settings have
been changed.
REFERENCE
The supported DICOM Storage SOP Classes differ according to
the combination of the Confg settings. The supported SOP
Classes are shown in the following table.
Confgsetting
Set value of
item 35
0:MG 2:CR 0:MG
Set value of
item 54
0:DX 0:DX 1:CR
Supported
DICOM
Storage
SOP Class
CR Image
Storage
Operation
restriction
Not supported General query
Mammography
query
Private CR
Storage
Operation
restriction
Not supported General query
Mammography
query
DX Image
Storage For
Presentation
General query Not supported Not supported
DX Image
Storage For
Processing
General query Not supported Not supported
MG Image
Storage For
Presentation
Mammography
query
Not supported Mammography
query
Only processed mammography images can be used when item
35 Modality Setup for Mammography Image has been set to
0:MG.
Mammography images before processing can be used only when
Private CR Storage has been specifed for the DICOM Storage
SOP Class.
Appx IN42-6
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
6. Click .
The QA function-related setup items appear on the right-side area
of the window.
QA function-related setup items
DXCL070842006.ai
19 PEM
Processing
in the case
of Magnify
Display
No
Not
performed.
Yes
Performed.
Setting whether PEM
processing is performed for
extremely high density images
at the time of magnify display.
* Only CR images are objects
for PEM processing.
u NOTE u
To perform PEM processing, set Item 18 Image File Type For
Magnify Display to 1:Hq image fle.
9. Click .
Appx IN42-7
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
DICOM MG Storage Function
Make settings for the following items of the DR-ID 300CL side.
Host name and IP address of the DR-ID 300CL
AE name (Application Entity Name) of the DR-ID 300CL
1. Start Service Utility of the DR-ID 300CL.
For the Service Utility startup procedure, see 1. Starting/
DXCL040829003.ai
00000091.EPS
are displayed.
00000092.ai
DR-ID 300CL
IP address
DR-ID 300CL
host name
u NOTE u
The IP address will not be displayed properly unless the DR-ID
Appx IN42-8
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
6. Select DICOM and click .
00000093.ai
CL-mammo-SCU) in the feld.
u NOTE u
8. Click .
00000443.EPS
feldtoselectMGImage
Storage For Presentation.
REFERENCE
If MG Image Storage For Presentation is selected, items that
need not be set will be hidden on the DICOM Setup window.
Connection under Maintenance Utility (MU).
Appx IN42-9
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Role.
REFERENCE
two or more Service Class settings (e.g., CR Image Storage,
Syntax (e.g.: ExplictVR LittleEndian).
Service Class
ImplicitVR
LittleEndian
ExplicitVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
MG Image Storage
For Presentation

Verifcation - -
as necessary.
REFERENCE
above is the SCU.
feldtoselectthedeviceattribute(OTHER).
u NOTE u
14. Click .
15. Click .
REFERENCE
.
deleted.
saved.
17. Click .
Appx IN42-10
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
2.3 Registering on the Other Connected
Equipment for DICOM MG Storage
Function
Register the following items of other connected equipment.
connected equipment
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax, and device attribute (Attribute)
Other (settings for usage of two-byte characters, etc.)
1. Select oftheSetupConfgurationItem
window and click .
Enter the Host name (e.g.: Mammo-View) in the
feld.
u NOTE u
< > & / \
feld.
Select DICOM.
Select DICOM.
00000097.ai
3. Click .
00000098.EPS
Enter the AE name of other connected equipment (e.g.:
MammoView01-SCP) in the feld.
u NOTE u
in the feld.
Appx IN42-11
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
5. Click .
015023-01.ai
6. Click the downward arrow mark in the
feldandselectMGImage
Storage For Presentation.
REFERENCES
If MG Image Storage For Presentation is selected, items that
need not be set will be hidden on the DICOM Setup window.
Role.
Syntax (e.g.: ExplictVRLittleEndian).
Service Class
ImplicitVR
LittleEndian
ExplicitVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
MG Image Storage
For Presentation

Verifcation - -
uNOTE u
Be sure to select the same Transfer Syntax as that selected for this
equipment.
Setting of
ST : Select if other connected equipment cannot
receive HQ images.
ST & HQ : Select if other connected equipment can receive
HQ images.
ST & HQ & SH : Select if other connected equipment can receive
20 lines/mm images.
Setting of
images.
Appx IN42-12
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
( to ).
REFERENCE
disregarded.
feldtoandselectFILE.
DXL08100001.ai
Yes : Perform the standardization process using the window
conditions.
No : Do not perform the standardization process using the
window conditions.
17. Select Apply mask processing to the image in the Mask
Processing.
DXCL050810001.ai
18. Click .
19. Click .
saved.
21. Click .
Appx IN42-13
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
2.4 Setting Up the Automatic Image
Distribution Function
(DISTRIBUTION CODE)
For an automatic image distribution to equipment of FILE attribute, set
up DISTRIBUTION CODE as follows.
uNOTE u
Yes ahead of time the setting (item 3 of SYSTEM CONFIG 5.CSL/
IDT FUNCTION) under Enable Distribution Code Setup of the Service
Utility.
For an automatic distribution to equipment of FILE attribute,
perform the procedure described in 2.5 Setting Up CONNECTING
EQUIPMENT.
Item window.
00000247.EPS
2. Click .
.
to select equipments AE name (e.g.: MammoView01-SCP).
4. Click .
saved.
6. Click .
Appx IN42-14
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
2.5 Setting Up CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
To automatically transfer images to the FILE attribute, set up
CONNECTING EQUIPMENT as directed below.
window.
2. Click .
select FILE.
and select equipment's AE name.
4. Click .
6. Click .
2.6 Setting Up the UID Issuance Method
2. Click

.
00000248.EPS
Appx IN42-15
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3. Make UID issuance settings as follows.
Table List of UID setting (IMAGE MODALITY)
9 UID Issuance
after Modifying
ID Information
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
10 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Normalized
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
UID when image normalization
DR-ID 300CL.
11 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Image
Processing
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
UID when image processing
DR-ID 300CL.
12 UID Issuance
Before Sending
Processed Data
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
Whether or not to output an
SOP Instance UID as the UID
of a processed CR image when
outputting processed images
from the DR-ID 300CL.
13 DICOM Series
Generation
Logic
Series - 1 image
multiple series for one study and
only one image for one series.
Series - M image
multiple series for one study and
Series - N image
series.
issuance logic.
See
3.4Confguration
Details 1. IMAGE
MODALITY under
MU: Maintenance
Utility.
: Default setting
39 UID
Issuance about
a function
(except Image
Processing)
to change
to the image
themselves
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
UID when shuttering processing
conditionismodifedontheDR-
ID 300CL.
45 UID Issuance
afterModifying
Trimming
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
UID as trimming information is
46 UID Issuance
after Modifying
FNC Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
UID when an FNC parameter is
modifed.
57 UID Issuance
afterModifying
CRF Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
image UID and SOPInstanceUID
when the CRF parameter
(sharpness processing
parameter)ismodifed.
: Default setting
saved.
5. Click .
2.7 Changing the Name Elements
Change the order and the separating character of the name elements
for the DICOM connection.
under Maintenance Utility (MU).
Appx IN42-16
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
3.2 Image Transfer to Other Connected Equipment
Fuji Film and Console Advance.
In about two minutes, the DR-ID 300CL-AP registration window
opens.
DXL07040003.ai
3.2 Image Transfer to Other Connected
Equipment
equipment.
For details of the image transfer procedures, see the "DR-ID
300CL Operation Manual".
Appx IN42-17
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Prepare the following item for backup:
Appx IN42-18
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN42-19
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN42-20
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
BLANK PAGE
Appx IN43-1
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
Appendix 43 Adding the NIC
NOTE
In a laptop PC, the NIC cannot be added.
REFERENCE
The following type of confguration use two LAN ports for DR-ID 300CL.
Integrated MC confguration
1. Adding a Serial Connector
The NIC to be mounted and the mounting procedure differ according to
the type of PC being used.
For DELL Optiplex 780DT
Mount PWLA8391GTL (PCI board).
For how to add PWLA8391GTL, see 1.1 Mounting PWLA8391GTL.
For other than DELL Optiplex 780DT
Mount EXPI9301CT (PCIExpress board).
For how to add EXPI9301CT, see 1.2 Mounting EXPI9301CT.
1.1 Mounting PWLA8391GTL
1. Shut down DR-ID 300CL and turn OFF the power to the PC.
4. Mount PWLA8391GTL in the PCI slot.
DXCL070843003.ai
PCI slot
PWLA8391GTL
Appx IN43-2
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
1.2 Mounting EXPI9301CT
1. Shut down DR-ID 300CL and turn OFF the power to the PC.
4. Mount EXPI9301CT in the PCI Express x1 slot.
DXCL070843004.ai
PCI Express x1slot
EXPI9301CT
NOTE
When the PCI Express x1 slot has been used, use the PCI Express
x16 slot.
REFERENCE
The illustration presented above is for Dell OptiPlex 790 DT. The
same procedure is used for mounting HP 6200 Pro SF/8200 Elite MT.
Appx IN43-3
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
2. Updating Network Driver
The driver update procedures are shown below.
2.1 EXPI9301CT
NOTE
When the PC is not HP 6200 Pro SF/8200 Elite MT, network driver
update and confrmation are not required.
2.1.1 Updating EXPI9301CT network driver
Windows starts up.
DXL03100001.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
opens.
Service Utility mode exits.
4. Insert the Option NIC Board Driver Disk into the PC.
6. Click .
7. Right-click Network adapters and then EXPI9301CT to
select Update Driver Software.....
9. Select [Browse...].
The Browse For Folder window opens.
10. Select the DVD drive and click [OK].
11. Click [Next].
After a while, the driver is updated and installation completion
screen is displayed.
12. Click [Close].
Appx IN43-4
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
2.1.2 Confrming
the update EXPI9301CT network driver
2. Click .
3. Right-click Network adapters and then EXPI9301CT to
select Properties.
The EXPI9301CT Properties window opens.
4. SelecttheDrivertabandconfrmthatthedriverversionis
11.17.27.0.
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
PC-I
PC: Performance Check
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
PC-II
Control Sheet
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
PC-1
DR-ID 300CL Performance Checklist
The purpose of this checklist is to document the steps performed and
settings determined during installation of the DR-ID 300CL in
accordance with the instructions of the DR-ID 300CL Service Manual.
This checklist is not intended to replace the installation workfow
described in the service manual but to be followed concurrently.
Check system connections and output images (3. Checkout Procedures
and thereafter) not only during installation but also after servicing to
ensure correct operation of the system prior to its delivery to the
customer.
Installation information
Equipment S/N: Software Ver. :
Site Name : Installed by :
Site Number : Signature :
Room Name : Date of Installation/Servicing:
Checklist
1. DR-ID 300CL Hardware Setup
3. DR-ID 300CL Hardware Setup under IN: Installation
Checking the items supplied Pass Fail
Equipment main unit Accessories
4. Software Setup under IN: Installation
Setting/checking the PC system date and time Pass Fail
Installing the option key Pass Fail
DICOM PRINT DICOM COMMITMENT DICOM ORDER MWM
DICOM ID MWM DICOM MPPS ORDER ONLINE FOR TST
TILE-IM QA MFP GPR
SHUTTER-PROC IM COMPOSITION DICOM Q/R
RetakeAnalysis RUQC DICOM MEDIA STORAGE
PRECISE ENLARGEMENT DISPLAY OF PATIENT INF DELUX-QA FOR LITE
IM-MAGNIFY FOR LITE LUT-ADJUSTMENT FOR LITE ANNOTATION FOR LITE
X ONLINE FOR LITE FPD FOR LITE F-LAYOUT PRINT
DICOM PDI STORAGE REMOTE IMAGE DISPLAY REMOTE DESKTOP
GRID SHADING REDUCTION PEM
DR-ID 300CL startup verifcation Pass Fail
DR-ID 300CL setup for connection with
other equipment Pass Fail
IP address (in-hospital network) : ( )
IP address (image local network) : ( )
Subnet mask : ( )
Host name : ( )
Default gateway : ( )
Registered AE title Pass Fail
Printer : ( )
Storage (server) : ( )
Storage (viewer) : ( )
MWM/PPS : ( )
3. Checkout Procedures
5. Checkout Procedures under IN: Installation
Checking the connection between DR-ID 300CL and FPD
Pass Fail
Checking the connection between DR-ID 300CL and
Cassette-type Image Reader Pass Fail
CR built-in exposure device Pass Fail
other equipment Pass Fail
X-CON connection (maker/model )
MWM connection (maker/model )
PPS connection (maker/model )
Ordering connection (maker/model )
DAP connection (maker/model )
Checking output images Pass Fail
Printer (maker/model )
Storage (server) (maker/model )
Storage (viewer) (maker/model )
4. Setup File Backup and Error Log Verifcation/Deletion
6. Setup File Backup, Image Database Initialization and Error
Log Verifcation/Deletion under IN: Installation
Making backup copies of setup fles Pass Fail
5. Overall Test Pass Fail
6. Storing fnal Output Films at the Customer Site as
the Records of the Performance Verifcation Done
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
PC-2
DR-ID 300CL Confg List
1. IMAGE MODALITY
Check No. Name Setup Value
1 System Common Date Format
2 Alert MSG Display When Deleting Image
3 Activate Error Recovery Retrial
4 Institute/Site Name Strings
5 Image Size by inch or Metric
6 Two Independent Mask Sizes Applicable to
Left and Right Images
7 Language Setup for Screen Message
8 Institute/Site Name in Two-Byte Characters
9 UID Issuance after Modifying ID Information
10 UID Issuance after Modifying Normalized
Parameter
Modifying Image Processing Parameter
12 UID Issuance Before Sending Processed Data
13 DICOM Series Generation Logic
14 System Recognition ID (A to Z)
15 User Utility Password Required or Not
16 SOP Class UID for PPS When
No FILE Attribute Output
17 Protocol Name for PPS
18 Display Performed Procedure on Worklist Tab
19 Kind of Output Image (Energy Subtraction)
21 Connection Between Reader and Console
22 Long Type Character Format
23 Tag Mapped on Study Menu at MWM Use
24 Perform Mapping to Exposure Menu at MWM Use
25 Display Dialog When
Failed in Mapping to Menu at MWM Use
26 Use Study InstanceUID from RIS
27 StudyInstanceUID Generation Logic
28 Dicom Storage Output Connection Number
29 Image Number Generation Logic
30 Display Pixel Size
32 Kind of Print Image (Image Combining Process)
33 Kind of Transfer Image (Image Combining Process)
34 Enable Statistical Info.Output
35 Modality Setup for Mammography Image
36 Administrator Password
37 Enable Security Function
38 Link User Account to Operators Name
39 UID Issuance about a function (except Image
Processing) to change to the image themselves
40 Rotate the 2nd Stitching Image
41 Rotate the 3rd Stitching Image
42 Enable Stitching Edge Adjustment
43 Cut IP Edge for Stitching
44 Use Series Identifcation From F-RIS
45 UID Issuance after Modifying Trimming Parameter
46 UID Issuance after Modifying FNC Parameter
48 Apply GS Filter To 8 10 / 1824 Image
49 Kind of the image used for the displaying
51 Use Reject Comment
52 Time Until Auto Log Off
53 Horizontal UMB Processing for
VELOCITY & PRELIO
54 Modality Setup
55 DICOM Station Name
56 Gradients (x10) of LUT used for Preview Image
57 UID Issuance after Modifying CRF Parameter
61 Use Password Security
62 Password for PAS Security
64 Edge Adjust Flag For FPD
65 Fov Cut UD
66 Fov Cut LR
67 Use Service Utility Password
68 Software KeyBoard Program Path
69 USB Memory Security Soft Path
70 Enable Marking Stit ched Image
300 Monitor1 Resolution Setting
301 Enable Free Size Trimming
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
PC-3
302 Display Motion Correction
303 Motion Warning Value
304 FLP DiskUsage Limit Size
305 User Utility Guest Password
306 Media Forlder Warning Capacity
307 Link User Account to Verifying Observer Name
(The Person done the QA Complete)
308 Enable AutoQA Complete
309 AutoQA Complete Time
312 Enable Expousre Index Function
313 Period [Days] of log keeping
315 User Selector Setting
316 Enable High Speed Preview
317 Enable Trimming Size 1
318 Enable Trimming Size 2
319 PDI Normalized
320 Monitor2 Resolution Setting
321 Job Status Display Time
323 Threshold of Mobile PC low battery warning
(for laptop PC)
324 Enable Media initialize button in UserUtility
(for laptop PC)
325 Enable PowerManagement button in UserUtility
(for laptop PC)
326 Study Suspend when using PPS. (for laptop PC)
327 Motion Shift Flag
328 Marker Search LR
329 DR Stitch With Modality Option
331 RSPC Path
337 Complete Study when WS menu with one image
340 User Utility Admin Password
342 Image File Type For Tomosynthesis Viewer
349 Enable Implant Input
350 Display Pixel Size for 2nd monitor
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
PC-4
2. QA FUNCTION
1 Enable Image Proc. Pram Update Flag
3 Use Dialog for Choosing Folder to Save Jpeg Image
4 Destination Path of JPEG File
5 Filename Format of JPEG Information
6 JPEG Image Processing Use CrtLut
7 Alert MSG Display When Output
8 Display Save Button
9 Alert MSG Display When Save
10 Alert MSG Display When Image Changed
11 Enable Dicom File Storage
12 Tranfer Syntax Used When Using Dicom File Storage
13 Save Multibyte Code When Using Dicom File Storage
14 Save Annotation Information When
Using Dicom File Storage
15 DCM File Image Processing Use CrtLut
17 Enable Change ImageDate and ImageTime
18 Image File Type For Magnify Display
19 PEM Processing in the case of Magnify Display
20 BitsStored Used When Using Dicom File Storage
ResponseSValue
21 Alert MSG Type When
Patient Information will be Modifed
ResponseLValue
22 Enable Adjust GA/GS by dragging
23 ResponseGA
24 ResponseGS
3. PRINTER
2 Enable Magnify Print
10 Black Margin Setup o n Film Edge
11 Trimming Range [mm]
12 Trimming Range for Mammography [mm]
13 Print Barcode
14 Print EDR Mode
15 Print Image Process Condition
16 Print L, S, CS, SS Condition
17 Print Shot Time
18 Print Set Process
19 Print Engineer ID
20 Print Menu Name
21 Print Compression Rate
22 Print Energy-Subtraction Parameter
23
Print Image Frame (3543flm:1417, 1414, 18
43/3535flm:1414/2636flm:1014/
2025flm:810, 1824 Single Format)
24
Print Image Frame (3543 flm:1843 LR/2on1
Format)LR/2on1 Format)
25
Print Image Frame (3543 flm:1417, 1843,
810 4on1 Format)
27
Print Image Frame (2636 flm:18x24,24x30/2025
flm:18x24 Single Mammography Format)
28
Print Image Frame (2636flm:18x24 2on1 100%
Mammography Format)
29 No Print Scale (User Defnition Rules)
30 Representation of Age
31 Print Reverse Mark
32
Print Film Character Field (1417-S/4on1, 1843-
LR/2on1/4on1, 810-4on1, 1414-S, 1014-S,
1824-LR/2on1, 810/1824-S Format)
33 Print Film Char 2/Examination number
34
Size Selection of 3543, 3535, 2636, 2025 Film
Character(Single Format)
35
3543 Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(1417 Image)
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
PC-5
36
(1714 Image)
37
(1843 Image)
38
3543,2025 Film Character Field Position &
Rotation (3543 Film:810-4on1, 2025 Film:
810-Single)
39
2025 (Landscape)Film Character Field Position &
Rotation (810,1824-Single)
40
Film Character Field position & rotation
(User Defnition Rules1)
41
42
43
44
45
46 Image Area Move to the Top of 3543 Film
47 Patients Name Length on Film
48 Patients Name Length on Film (Multibyte)
49 Patients Name Justify on Film
50 Menu Name Length on Film
51 Menu Name Length on Film (Multibyte)
52 Menu Name Justify on Film
53 Department Name Length on Film
54 Department Name Length on Film (Multibyte)
55 Department Name Justify on Film
56 Enable Auto Edit Function of Film String Format File
57
Gap between Image Edge and Film Edge
(Mammography Format)[x0.1mm]
58 Font Size of Requesting Service
59 Format Type of Operators Name
60 Display Image Feature
61
(Left Image of 2on1 Mammography Format)
62
(Right Image of 2on1 Mammography Format)
63
(Single Format)
64 Enable Reduce To 810 Film
65
(1014 Image)
66
(1410 Image)
67
(2636 flm:1824-LR)
68
(2636 flm:1824-2on1)
69
Print Image Frame (2636 flm:1824-LR, 2on1
Format)
70 Reduction Rate (2636 flm:1824-LR, 2on1 Format)
71 Print Priority in Dicom Print
72
2530 Film Character Field Position Rotation
(1012, 2430-Single)
73
2530(Landscape)Film Character Field Position
Rotation (1012, 2430-Single)
74 Film String Format
75 Lifesize Film Character Field Position & Rotation
76 Overlap width(mm) of the Lifesize Film
81 Reduction Rate (810,2on1 Film Format)
82
Enable Image Frame (810,100%-Size Image
2on1Film Format)
83
Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(810,100%-Size Image 2on1 Film Format)
84
85
86
87 Film Character Mode Setting On XCON Material Info.
90
Setting of minimum scale to be cut off the ends of
Lif-size Output(cm).
91 Type of processing multi-frame format.
92 Enable Distance Correction
93
(5x8,100%-Size Image 2on1 Film Format)
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
PC-6
4. CSL/IDT FUNCTION
1 AutoMenuSelect
3 Enable Distribution Code
4 Enable Film String
6 Enable Pantomography Processing
7 Enable Performance Data (RIS)
8 Enable Automatic Selector Switching
9 Enable Requesting Dept. Name Field
10 Enable Technologist Name Field
11 Image Rotation/Reversal Range
12 EDR Mode Setup
13 Image Data Filing Mode Setup
14 Function Setup
15 Examination No. Length
16 Examination No. Padding Method
17 Patient ID Length
18 Patient ID Padding Method
19 Reception No. Length
20 Reception No.Padding Method
21 Exposure List Erasure Setup
22 Requesting Dept. Name Field Setup
23 Technicians Name Filed Setup
24 Min.Set Number
25 Max.Set Number
26 MCR Customized Card
27 MCR Card Type (JIS/ISO)
28 MCR Card Format Setup
29 Study Number Issuance Logic Setup
30 Technicians Code Length
42 Wait Time for Performed Exposure Info. From Xcon
43 Xcon Status Display Strings
45 Xcon Performed Info. Reception
46 Xcon Exposure Info.Transfer
47 Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value (Minimum KVP [kV])
48 Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value (Maximum KVP [kV])
49 Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value
(Minimum X-ray Tube Current [mA])
(Maximum X-ray Tube Current [mA])
(Minimum Exposure Time [msec])
(Maximum Exposure Time [msec])
(Minimum Reserve 1)
(Maximum Reserve 1)
55 Distribution Code for FCR5000 Series Connection
56 Enable Patient Info.DB Function
57 Max. Number of Patient Info.
60 IP Info. Request Timeout (Reader:CSL=N:N)
61 Replace All IP Size When
Receive Size Change Request from Builtin
64 MWM RIS Trigger Port
65 MWM RIS Trigger Timeout
66 MWM Execute Study Type
68 Exposure Menu Code Treatment
75 Patient ID# is Unique
76 PPS Exposure Status Sequence
81 Enable Continuous Barcode Read
82 Selection Type of Requesting Service
83 Default Requesting Service
84 Barcode Type for Search on List
87 PPS Edit Billing Supplies
88 PPS Edit Exposure Result
89 MWM Menu Name Mapping
90 PPS Exposure Status Mapping Tag
91 PPS Exposure Status Mapping Kind
92 PPS N-SET Timming
93 Use Distribution Code Depart Name
94 Film Size Setup
96 Kanji Patients Name Auto Convert
97 Recept Computer Info File Share Folder
100 Recept Computer Info File Temporal Folder
105 Do Next Study At Study Screen With End Button Click
106 Automatic Issuance Patient ID
107 Enable mAs Value Recalculation
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
PC-7
108 Xcon Format Type
109 Xcon Interlock Command Transfer
111 Xcon Serial_TX Baudrate
112 Xcon No-Response Timeout
113 Xcon Data Reception Timeout
114 Media Auto Mount
115 Synapse Host for Web Query
116 Web Query Root Path
117 Xcon DoseValue1
118 Xcon DoseValue2
119 Enable Velocity Sensitivity Button
120 Xcon No-Data Default Output
122 External Character Conversion
123 MWM Not Received Condition Delete Study
131 Enable MultipleStudy
134 MWM StudyInstanceUID Regeneration
135 Enable Swap Image In Order
140 Enable IP Use Count List
141 Enable IP Use Count Reset
142 Xcon Serial_TX Parity
164 Use PPS Cache Server
167 PDI Drive Letter
168 PDI Use CrtLut
170 PDI Use Multibyte
171 PDI Transfer Syntax
172 PDI Image Bit Stored
174 Enable Auto Marker
177 DAP Serial_TX Parity
178 DAP Serial_TX Control port
179 DAP Message Trial Count
180 DAP Address
181 Wait Time for Response. From DAP
182 Dap Status Display Strings
183 Send Xcon Detail Parameter
184 Type of FPD System
185 Enable Display Reverse Marker
186 Reverse Marker Position [%] (XY)
187 Reverse Marker Color (Fore Color-Back Color)
188 Mass Order Site Code Mapping Tag
190 ImageCuttingLogicType
191 Display Terminal Share
192 Patient Info File Name
193 Monolith Image Output Mode
194 Enable Auto Exposure Area Recognition
195 Exposure Area Margin
196 Serial Xcon Connection
302 Stitch Point Marker Path
303 Motion Marker Path
304 Enable Patient's Info. Automatic Search by Bcr/Mcr
305 Max Number of Exposure Menu
306 Media Forlder Warning Capacity
307 Simplifed Ordering Report Share Folder
308 Synapse RIS URL (reserved)
309 Enable Multiple Study Select
310 Alert MSG Type When Patient Information will be
Modifed
312 Media Set Default FPD-System
313 Edge Correct RE
314 Selection of GT Parameter Type
315 Display Battery Warning
318 Use X-ray Free Operation
320 Remaining Battery Display Format
321 Use X-ray Free Operation Mode
322 Use ES Motion Correction Param Set
323 TopBoard To Partition Distance
325 Distance Path of QC Test
327 GPR Processing algorithmto DRImage
328 Reduction Ratio of WS image (DR) is fxed
335 Motion Correct Marker Path
336 Density Irregularity Warning Value
337 Mode of Alignment Auto warning
338 Examination No. Alignment
339 Enable Function Mass Order
340 Enable Auto Pairing
341 Sorting priority of the studylist for Smacon
342 Filtering conditions of the clusters hostname for Smacon
343 Display Maximum number of the studylist for Smacon.
344 Range of IP addresses for the Smacon
010-305-07E
09.12.2012 FM6055
PC-8
5. CONFIG OPTION
2 Enable Trimming Function
3 Enable Reader QCFunction
5 Enable Synapse WebQuery
6 Enable S/L Value Restriction Function
7 Enable RetakeAnalysis Function
11 Enable Six Image Display
13 Enable Connecting DAP Directly
14 Enable Alignment Auto warning
15 Enable ConsoleGateway on WebApplication
6. CONFIG QC
1 Visible QC Record Delete Button
2 Destination Path of QC Record File
7. CONFIG QR
1 Retrieved Image Viewer Finish Mode
2 Reverse LUT For Processed Image
3 The Patient Format For Search Condition
8. CONFIG FIX
1 MaximumDataSize
345 Smacon Default Login UserName
346 Smacon Default Login Password
347 Smacon Login Timeout
348 Display Calibration Dialog
352 Use X free High Sensitive Mode
353 Time-out Value in High Sensitive Mode
354 MPM Code for QC Lag Image
010-305-03E
02.28.2011 FM5818
PC-9
DR-ID 300CL System Confguration List
Equipment Host Name IP address Function AE name Port No. Service Class Transfer Syntax
DR-ID 300CL DICOM PRINT
DR-ID 300CL DICOM Storage
DR-ID 300CL DICOM MWM
DR-ID 300CL DICOM PPS

FPD/CU SFPD
FPD/MC FPD
DICOM PRINT
DICOM PRINT
DICOM PRINT
DICOM Storage
DICOM Storage
DICOM Storage
DICOM MWM
DICOM PPS

010-305-01E
08.20.2009 FM5581
PC-10
BLANK PAGE

DR-ID - 300CL-07E PG 494

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

DR-ID - 300CL-07E PG 494

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

FUJIFILM DR-ID 300

Console : DR-ID 300CL

SpeedStep and remove the checkmark from

SpeedStep and remove the checkmark from

Matrix Storage Console from the menu.

Matrix Storage Console window opens.

Matrix Storage Console window opens.

$ENT Entrance Dose 0.002mGy

ANSIshortformat 1998.12.13 %DATE1

Potrebbero piacerti anche